PreviousNext
Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies 2004/05


- Academic Units -

1 Agricultural Economics

Department of Agricultural Economics
Macdonald Campus
21,111 Lakeshore Road
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9 
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-7820
Fax: (514) 398-8130
E-mail: agr.econ@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.agrenv.mcgill.ca/agrecon 
Chair
J.C. Henning

1.1 Staff

Assistant Professor
D.K.Y. Mok; B.Math., B.E.S.(Wat.), M.Pl.(W.Ont.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
Associate Professors
L.B.B. Baker; S.D.A., D.C.P.(Edin.), D.F.B.O.M.(Aberd.), M.Sc.(Man.), Ph.D.(McG.)
J.C. Henning; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Guelph)
P.J. Thomassin; B.Sc.(McG.), M.S., Ph.D.(Hawaii)
Faculty Lecturer
M. Savard; B.Sc., M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(UBC)
Adjunct Professor
Joan Marshall

1.2 Programs Offered

The Department of Agricultural Economics offers a program leading to the M.Sc.

It is possible for students to pursue doctoral studies through the Department of Economics with Agricultural Economics as a field of specialization. For specific requirements of that graduate program see the Department of Economics.

1.3 Admission Requirements

M.Sc.

Direct admission to the M.Sc. requires the completion of a B.Sc. in Agricultural Economics or a closely related area, with the equivalent cumulative grade point average of 3.0/4.0 (second class-upper division) or 3.2/4.0 during the last two years of full-time university study. High grades are expected in courses considered by the academic unit to be preparatory to the graduate program.

The ideal preparation includes courses in agricultural economics, economic theory (intermediate micro and macro), calculus, linear algebra, and statistics. Students with deficiencies in these areas will be required to take additional courses as part of their degree program.

1.4 Application Procedures

Applicants for graduate studies must forward supporting documents to:

Department of Agricultural Economics
Macdonald Campus of McGill University
21,111 Lakeshore
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada
Telephone: (514) 398-7820
Fax: (514) 398-8130
E-mail: agr.econ@mcgill.ca

Applications will be considered upon receipt of a completed application form, $60 application fee, and the following supporting documents:

Transcripts

- Two official copies of all university level transcripts with proof of degree(s) granted. Transcripts written in a language other than English or French must be accompanied by a certified translation. An explanation of the grading system used by the applicant's university is essential. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for transcripts to be sent.

It is desirable to submit a list of the titles of courses taken in the major subject, since transcripts often give code numbers only. Applicants must be graduates of a university of recognized reputation and hold a Bachelor's degree equivalent to a McGill Honours degree in a subject closely related to the one selected for graduate work. This implies that about one-third of all undergraduate courses should have been devoted to the subject itself and another third to cognate subjects.

Letters of Recommendation

- Two letters of recommendation on letterhead (official paper) of originating institution or bearing the university seal and with original signatures from two instructors familiar with the applicant's work, preferably in the applicant's area of specialization. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for these letters to be sent.

Competency in English

- Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree using the English language are required to submit documented proof of competency in oral and written English, by appropriate exams, e.g., TOEFL (minimum score 570 on the paper-based test or 230 on the computer-based test) or IELTS (minimum 7 overall band). The MCHE is not considered equivalent. Results must be submitted as part of the application. The University code is 0935 (McGill University, Montreal); please use Department code 31(Graduate Schools), Biological Sciences-Agriculture, to ensure that your TOEFL reaches this office without delay.

Graduate Record Exam (GRE)

- The GRE is not required, but it is highly recommended.

DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED WILL NOT BE RETURNED.

Application Fee (non-refundable)

- A fee of $60 Canadian must accompany each application (including McGill students), otherwise it cannot be considered. This sum must be remitted using one of the following methods:

1. Credit card (by completing the appropriate section of the application form). NB: on-line applications must be paid for by credit card.

2. Certified cheque in Cdn.$ drawn on a Canadian bank.

3. Certified cheque in U.S.$ drawn on a U.S. bank.

4. Canadian Money order in Cdn.$.

5. U.S. Money Order in U.S.$.

6. An international draft in Canadian funds drawn on a Canadian bank requested from the applicant's bank in his/her own country.

Deadlines

-Applications, including all supporting documents must reach the department no later than June 1 (March 1 for International) for the Fall Term (September); October 15 (July 1 for International) for the Winter Term (January); February 15 (November 1 for International) for the Summer Term (May). It may be necessary to delay review of the applicant's file until the following admittance period if application materials including supporting documents are received after these dates. International applicants are advised to apply well in advance of the deadline because immigration procedures may be lengthy. Applicants are encouraged to make use of the on-line application form available on the Web at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

Financial aid is very limited and highly competitive. It is suggested that students give serious consideration to their financial planning before submitting an application.

Qualifying Students

- Some applicants whose academic degrees and standing entitle them to serious consideration for admission to graduate studies, but who are considered inadequately prepared in the subject selected may be admitted to a Qualifying Program if they have met the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office minimum CGPA of 3.0/4.0. The course(s) to be taken in a Qualifying Program will be prescribed by the academic unit concerned. Qualifying students are registered in graduate studies, but not as candidates for a degree. Only one qualifying year is permitted. Successful completion of a qualifying program does not guarantee admission to a degree program.

1.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc. (46 Credits)

A minimum of 19 graduate course credits and the completion of a research thesis (27 credits) are required for the M.Sc. Students may specialize, by way of their research program, in agri-business, development, finance, marketing and trade, policy, and resource and ecological economics.

Specific requirements are as follows:

1.6 Graduate Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
AGEC 503 Methods of Regional Analysis.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: AGEC 200) (Not open to students who have taken GEOG 503) Advanced methods of regional economic analysis including analytical, general equilibrium modeling, regional and multiregional input-output models, spatial interaction modelling and methods used to measure localization and urbanization economies.

AGEC 611 Price Analysis.

(3) (Winter) Topics in advanced microeconomic theory with applications in agricultural economics.

l

AGEC 630 Food and Agricultural Policy.

(3)

AGEC 633 Environmental and Natural Resource Economics.

(3) (Fall) An advanced course in the theory and problems of environmental and resource economics and in the analytical techniques used to assess environmental and resource use issues.

AGEC 642 Economics of Agricultural Development.

(3) (Winter) This course focuses on the role of agriculture in economic development. Topics covered will be - development theories, economic efficiency, employment, technology adoption and structural change in developing countries. Also, agriculture, food and development policies and implications for long term planning will be discussed.

AGEC 679 Financing: Alternative Strategies.

(3) (Fall) An in-depth study of the relationship between financing, asset acquisition, tenure, and property rights and obligations for farm businesses. Emphasis will be placed on the potential for the use of non-debt financial instruments such as Community Based Land Trusts (CBLT) and Community Supported Agriculture (CSA).

AGEC 685 Selected Topics in Agricultural Economics.

(3) This course is designed to permit students to explore agricultural economics topics that are not covered in other courses. Students may be asked to prepare a presentation or lead discussion on the selected topic for the benefit of other students and staff. (Pass/Fail grading.)

AGEC 690 Seminar.

(1) This course will focus on current research on economic problems of agriculture through presentations by staff, students and special guests. All graduate students are required to register for this course, and make at least one major presentation.

AGEC 691 M.Sc. Thesis 1.

(6)

AGEC 692 M.Sc. Thesis 2.

(3)

AGEC 693 M.Sc. Thesis 3.

(6)

AGEC 694 M.Sc. Thesis 4.

(6)

AGEC 695 M.Sc. Thesis 5.

(6)

2 Anatomy and Cell Biology

Department of Anatomy and Cell Biology
Strathcona Anatomy and Dentistry Building
3640 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 2B2
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6335
Fax: (514) 398-5047
Web site: www.medicine.mcgill.ca/anatomy 
Chair
J.J.M. Bergeron

2.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
Y. Clermont; B.Sc.(Montr.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
D.G. Osmond; B.Sc., M.B., Ch.B., D.Sc.(Brist.), F.R.S.C.
H. Warshawsky; B.Sc.(Sir G.Wms), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Professors
A. Beaudet*; M.Sc., Ph.D., M.D.(Montr.)
G.C. Bennett; B.A., B.Sc.(Sir. G.Wms.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
J.J.M. Bergeron; B.Sc.(McG.), D.Phil.(Oxon)
J.R. Brawer; B.S.(Tufts), Ph.D.(Harv.)
M. Burnier*; M.D.,M.Sc.,Ph.D.(Brazil)
A. Ribeiro-da-Silva;M.D.,Ph.D(Oporto)
L. Hermo; B.A.(Montr.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
C.P. Leblond; M.D.(Paris), Ph.D.(Montr.), D.Sc.(Sorbonne)
S.C. Miller; B.Sc.(Sir G.Wms.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
C.R. Morales; D.V.M.(Argentina), Ph.D.(McG.)
B. Posner*; M.D.(Man.), Ph.D.(Iowa)
C.E. Smith*; D.D.S., Ph.D.(McG.)
Associate Professors
C. Autexier; B.Sc.(C'dia) Ph.D.(McG.)
P. Barker*; B.Sc.(S.Fraser), Ph.D.(Alta.)
O.W. Blaschuk*; B.Sc.(Winn.), M.Sc.(Man.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
E. Daniels; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Man.)
S. David*; Ph.D.(Man.)
E. Davis; B.Sc., M.Sc.(W.Ont.), Ph.D.(McG.)
T. Kennedy*; B.Sc.(McM.), M.Phil., Ph.D.(Col.)
A. Koromilas*; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Aristotelian U., Greece)
M.F. Lalli; B.S., M.A.(Bowling Green), Ph.D.(McG.)
M. Latterich; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Durham)
M. McKee*; B.Sc.,M.Sc.,Ph.D.(McG.)
P. McPherson*; M.Sc.(Man.), Ph.D.(Iowa)
A. Ribeiro-da-Silva*; M.D., Ph.D.(Oporto)
W. Sossin*; S.B.(M.I.T.), Ph.D.(Stan.)
S. Stifani*; Ph.D.(Rome), Ph.D.(Alta.)
H. Vali*; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Munich)
D. Walker*; B.Sc.(Geneva), Ph.D.(Salk), Ph.D.(Geneva)
Assistant Professors
C. Autexier; B.Sc.(C'dia) Ph.D.(McG.)
F. Bedford; B.Sc.(Birm.), Ph.D.(Lond.)
M. Greenwood*; B.Sc.,M.Sc.(C'dia), Ph.D.(McG.)
T. Kennedy*; B.Sc.(McM.), M.Phil., Ph.D.(Col.)
N. Lamarche-Vane; B.Sc.,Ph.D.(Montr.)
C. Mandato, B.Sc., Ph.D.(Wat.)
J.F. Presley; B.A., Ph.D.(Texas)
W. Sossin*; S.B.(M.I.T.), Ph.D.(Stan.)
Associate Members
C. Chalk, E. Chevet, C. Cuello, J. Henderson, P. Lasko,A. Leblanc,J. Schrag, P. Seguella, B.Suter, G.Wild
Adjunct Professors
A. Berghius,D. Cyr, M. Desjardins,G. DiBattista,M.Cygler J. Drouin, S. Inoue, M. O'Connor-McCourt A. Nantel, J. Ostermann, P. Metrakos J. Snipes,P. Thibault, D. Thomas

* Denotes cross or joint appointees.

2.2 Programs Offered

Graduate research activities leading to the presentation of the M.Sc. and Ph.D. thesis involve original experimental work in one of the areas being actively investigated by the Department's Research Supervisors. Current research projects include: cell biology of secretion; cell biology of endocytosis; signal transduction of cell receptors for growth factors and hormones; synthesis and migration of glycoproteins; subcomponents of the Golgi apparatus and their function; biogenesis and function of lysosomes; cell turnover in various tissues; control of cell growth and proliferation; molecular biology of extracellular matrix; structure, composition and function of basement membranes and connective tissue microfibrils; cell and mocrofibrils; cell and molecular biology of spermatogenesis; genetic expression of proteins in the formation of cytoskeletal components of spermatozoa; role of endocytosis and secretion by epididymal cells in sperm maturation; molecular biology of Sertoli cell secretions and their interaction with germ cells; synchronization of sperm production; transferrin, transferrin receptors and iron in germinal cells; differentiation of B lymphocytes in bone marrow in relation to mechanisms of humoral immunity, immunodeficiency states and B cell neoplasias; control mechanisms and cytokines in B lymphopoiesis; in situ organization and stromal cell-interactions of B lineage precursor cells in bone marrow; microenvironmental regulation of hemopoiesis; differentiation and regulation of cells mediating natural tumor immunosurveillance; tumor-cell biology; cell and molecular biology of the formation of dental enamel, dentin and bone; structure of organic matrices and inorganic crystals of dental enamel; role of hormones and their binding sites with calcified tissues; secretion and degradation of the proteins of enamel matrix, hypothalamo-pituitary function and gonadotropin patterns in ovarian follicular development; polycystic ovarian disease; computer assisted modeling of morphometric and kinetic data; cell biology and molecular genetics of ageing; senescence and cell cycle-specific genes and their products.

Research in the Department

investigates the dynamics and organization of molecules, organelles, cells and tissues in several major systems of the body. The work makes fundamental contributions to a number of established and emerging multidisciplinary fields: cell and Molecular Biology, Cellular Immunology and Hematology, Reproductive Biology, Calcified Tissue Biology, Tumor Cell Biology, Developmental Biology, neurobiology and Ageing.

The Department offers contemporary facilities for the wide range of techniques currently employed in research. Modern methods of cell and molecular biology, immunology and biochemistry are used in conjunction with specialized microscopy in a variety of experimental systems. Techniques used by Department members include labeling with radioisotopes and other tracers, radioautography, immunocytochemistry, histochemistry, cryo immune microscopy, fluorescence microscopy, high resolution electron microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, backscattered electron imaging, confocal microscopy, microinjection, video-microscopy in living cells, X-ray microanalysis, electron diffraction, freeze-fracture replication, computer reconstruction and quantitation, chromatography, subcellular fractionation, recombinant DNA technology, in situ hybridization, tissue grafting, cell and tissue culture, mutant and transgenic mice, hybridomas, and monoclonal antibodies.

The Department has one of the largest electron microscope facilities in Canada. Currently in use are three modern electron microscopes, including a high voltage instrument, the JEOL 2000FX. Combined with some of these microscopes are computer-aided analytical equipment capable of elemental microanalysis, histomorphometry, reconstruction and quantitation. The high voltage microscope is particularly useful for certain analytical electron optical procedures such as electron diffraction, lattice imaging and stereo electron microscoy.

2.3 Admission Requirements

M.Sc. and Ph.D. Programs

Admission to a Qualifying Program

Applicants whose academic degree and standing entitle them to serious consideration for admission to graduate studies, but who are considered inadequately prepared in the area chosen may, upon recommendation of the Graduate Student Affairs Committee and with the permission of the Director of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office, be admitted to Qualifying Programs. The courses to be taken in qualifying programs will be stipulated by the Graduate Student Affairs Committee. (Note: Only one qualifying program of a maximum of one year is permitted.)

2.4 Application Procedures

Application for admission to graduate studies for the degrees of M.Sc. or Ph.D. in Anatomy should be made to the Chair of Graduate Studies, Department of Anatomy and Cell Biology.

Application forms and a brochure giving full details of the Graduate Program are available upon request.

Documents Required

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

2.5 Program Requirements

The M.Sc. program is a 48-credit program. Students must complete 15 credits in course work and 33 credits of thesis research (ANAT 698 and ANAT 699).

For the Ph.D. degree, the student must complete a series of courses selected to suit individual requirements. In addition, Ph.D. candidates will write a comprehensive examination after the end of the first year.

For both degrees, the major emphasis is placed on the conduct of original research and the preparation of a thesis.

2.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
ANAT 541 Cell and Molecular Biology of Aging.

(3) (Winter) (2 hours lecture, 2 hours conference) (Prerequisites: ANAT 261, ANAT 262, or by special permission) This course will focus on how the complex aging process can be studied by modern cell and molecular approaches. Topics will include discussion on animal model systems for aging, gene regulation controlling the aging process and age-dependent diseases.

ANAT 663D1 (4.5), ANAT 663D2 (4.5) Histology.

(Students must register for both ANAT 663D1 and ANAT 663D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANAT 663D1 and ANAT 663D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) The study of the cytology and structure of tissues and organs.

ANAT 690D1 (3), ANAT 690D2 (3) Cell and Developmental Biology.

(Students must register for both ANAT 690D1 and ANAT 690D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANAT 690D1 and ANAT 690D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Current developments in molecular cell biology and developmental biology will be presented by course coordinators and staff from primary papers in the scientific literature. These will be researched and critiqued by students through oral and written presentations. Two term papers are required for students taking the course.

ANAT 698 M.Sc. Thesis Research 1.

(24)

l

ANAT 698D1 (12), ANAT 698D2 (12) M.Sc. Thesis Research 1.

(Students must register for both ANAT 698D1 and ANAT 698D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANAT 698D1 and ANAT 698D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ANAT 698D1 and ANAT 698D2 together are equivalent to ANAT 698)

ANAT 699 M.Sc. Thesis Research Seminar.

(9)

l

ANAT 699D1 (4.5), ANAT 699D2 (4.5) M.Sc. Thesis Research Seminar.

(Students must register for both ANAT 699D1 and ANAT 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANAT 699D1 and ANAT 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ANAT 699D1 and ANAT 699D2 together are equivalent to ANAT 699)

ANAT 701 Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

l

ANAT 701D1 (0), ANAT 701D2 (0) Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both ANAT 701D1 and ANAT 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANAT 701D1 and ANAT 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ANAT 701D1 and ANAT 701D2 together are equivalent to ANAT 701)

3 Animal Science

Department of Animal Science
Macdonald Campus
21,111 Lakeshore Road
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9 
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-7794
Fax: (514) 398-7964
E-mail: animal.science@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/animal 
Chair
X. Zhao

3.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
J.E. Moxley; B.Sc.(Agr.), M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(C'nell)
Professors
R.B. Buckland; B.Sc(Agr.), M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Maryland)
E.R. Chavez; Agr.Eng.(Chile), M.Sc. Ph.D.(Calif.)
B.R. Downey; D.V.M.(Tor.), Ph.D.(McG.)
J.F. Hayes; B.Agr.Sc., M.Agr.Sc.(Dub.), Ph.D.(N.C.St.)
U. Kuhnlein; B.Sc.(Fed. Inst. of Tech., Zurich), Ph.D.(Geneva)
K.F. Ng-Kwai-Hang; B.Sc.(Agr.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Associate Professors
R.I. Cue; B.Sc.(Newcastle-upon-Tyne), Ph.D.(Edin.)
H. Monardes; Ing. Agr.(Concepcion, Chile), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
L.E. Phillip; B.Sc.(Agr.), M.Sc.(Agr.)(McG.), Ph.D.(Guelph)
K.M. Wade; B.Sc.(Agr.), M.Sc.(Agr.)(Dublin), Ph.D.(C'nell)
D. Zadworny; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Guelph)
X. Zhao; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Nanjing), Ph.D.(C'nell) (William Dawson Scholar)
Assistant Professors
V. Bordignon; D.V.M.(URCAMP, Brazil), M.SC.(UFPel, Brazil), Ph.D.(Montreal)
R. Lacroix; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Que.), Ph.D.(McG.) (PT)
A.F. Mustafa; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Khartoum), Ph.D.(Sask.)
C. Ruiz-Feria; B.S. (Autonoma Chapingo, Mexico), M.Sc.(Texas A&M), Ph.D. (Ark.)
Adjunct Professors
P. Lacasse, D. Lefebvre, B. Murphy

3.2 Programs Offered

The Department provides laboratory facilities for research work leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the disciplines of animal breeding (genetics), nutrition, and reproductive physiology, molecular biology, milk biochemistry and information systems. Within these areas advantage may be taken of strong research programs and expertise in molecular biology and milk biochemistry.

Students registered in the Department of Animal Science may develop programs in conjunction with other units at McGill, for example the Nutrition and Food Science Centre or the School of Dietetics and Human Nutrition.

Each student has an advisory committee composed of the thesis supervisor and at least two other faculty members.

3.3 Admission Requirements

M.Sc. (Thesis)

Candidates are required to have either a Bachelor's degree in Agriculture or a B.Sc. degree in an appropriate, related discipline with an equivalent cumulative grade point average of 3.0/4.0 (second class-upper division) or 3.2/4.0 during the last two years of full-time university study. High grades are expected in courses considered by the academic unit to be preparatory to the graduate program.

M.Sc. Applied

All candidates are required to have a B.Sc. degree or equivalent.

Ph.D.

Candidates are normally required to have an M.Sc. degree in an area related to the chosen field of specialization for the Ph.D. program.

3.4 Application Procedures

Applicants for graduate studies through academic units in the Faculty of Agricultural and Environmental Sciences must forward supporting documents to:

Department of Animal Science
Macdonald Campus of McGill University
21,111 Lakeshore
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada
Telephone: (514) 398-7792
Fax: (514) 398-7964
E-mail: animal.science@mcgill.ca

Applications will be considered upon receipt of a signed and completed application form, $60 application fee, and the following supporting documents:

Transcripts

- Two official copies of all university level transcripts with proof of degree(s) granted. Transcripts written in a language other than English or French must be accompanied by a certified translation. An explanation of the grading system used by the applicant's university is essential. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for transcripts to be sent.

It is desirable to submit a list of the titles of courses taken in the major subject, since transcripts often give code numbers only. Applicants must be graduates of a university of recognized reputation and hold a Bachelor's degree equivalent to a McGill Honours degree in a subject closely related to the one selected for graduate work. This implies that about one-third of all undergraduate courses should have been devoted to the subject itself and another third to cognate subjects.

Letters of Recommendation

- Two letters of recommendation on letterhead (official paper) of originating institution or bearing the university seal and with original signatures from two instructors familiar with the applicant's work, preferably in the applicant's area of specialization. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for these letters to be sent.

Competency in English

- Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree using the English language are required to submit documented proof of competency in oral and written English, by appropriate exams, e.g., TOEFL (minimum score 550 or 213 on computerized test) or IELTS (minimum 6.5 overall band). The MCHE is not considered equivalent. Results must be submitted as part of the application. The University code is 0935 (McGill University, Montreal); please use Department code 31(Graduate Schools), Biological Sciences - Agriculture, to ensure that your TOEFL reaches this office without delay.

Graduate Record Exam (GRE)

- The GRE is not required, but it is highly recommended.

DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED WILL NOT BE RETURNED.

Application Fee (non-refundable)

- A fee of $60 Canadian must accompany each application (including McGill students), otherwise it cannot be considered. This sum must be remitted using one of the following methods:

1. Credit card (by completing the appropriate section of the application form). NB: on-line applications must be paid for by credit card.

2. Certified cheque in Cdn.$ drawn on a Canadian bank.

3. Certified cheque in U.S.$ drawn on a U.S. bank.

4. Canadian Money order in Cdn.$.

5. U.S. Money Order in U.S.$.

6. An international draft in Canadian funds drawn on a Canadian bank requested from the applicant's bank in his/her own country.

Deadlines

- Applications, including all supporting documents must reach the department no later than June 1 (March 1 for International) for the Fall Term (September); October 15 (July 1 for International) for the Winter Term (January); February 15 (November 1 for International) for the Summer Term (May). It may be necessary to delay review of the applicant's file until the following admittance period if application materials including supporting documents are received after these dates. International applicants are advised to apply well in advance of the deadline because immigration procedures may be lengthy. Applicants are encouraged to make use of the on-line application form available on the Web at www.mcgill.ca/applying/ graduate.

Financial aid is very limited and highly competitive. It is suggested that students give serious consideration to their financial planning before submitting an application.

Acceptance to all programs depends on a staff member agreeing to serve as the student's supervisor and the student obtaining financial support. Normally, a student will not be accepted unless adequate financial support can be provided by the student and/or the student's supervisor. Academic units cannot guarantee financial support via teaching assistantships or other funds.

Qualifying Students

- Some applicants whose academic degrees and standing entitle them to serious consideration for admission to graduate studies, but who are considered inadequately prepared in the subject selected may be admitted to a Qualifying Program if they have met the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office minimum CGPA of 3.0/4.0. The course(s) to be taken in a Qualifying Program will be prescribed by the academic unit concerned. Qualifying students are registered in graduate studies, but not as candidates for a degree. Only one qualifying year is permitted. Successful completion of a qualifying program does not guarantee admission to a degree program.

3.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc. (Thesis)
(45 credits)

Four one-term courses or the equivalent and two seminar courses at the post-graduate level are required, as a minimum, although a student may be advised to take additional courses as specified by his/her advisory committee. Advanced undergraduate courses may be considered for graduate credit if approved by the student's committee and the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office and passed at the graduate level; generally, this will not constitute more than one of the four required courses.

A minimum of 45 credits and completion of an acceptable thesis is required for the M.Sc. degree; 14 credits are for course work and 31 credits for the thesis (ANSC 680, ANSC 681, ANSC 682, and ANSC 683). Exceptional M.Sc. students may be considered for Ph.D. status after one full year in the Department.

M.Sc. Applied
(45 credits)

The M.Sc. Applied (non-thesis) degree is oriented to animal scientists already working in industry or government, to undergraduate students inspired by concepts in sustainable and integrated animal agriculture, to project leaders interested in animal resource management and to veterinarians. The program aims to provide graduate training in applied areas of animal production with a view towards integrating technology and management in animal production with allied areas of agricultural resource utilisation.

Project Component - Required
(15 credits)
ANSC 643
(3)
Project 1
ANSC 644
(3)
Project 2
ANSC 645
(3)
Project 3
ANSC 646
(3)
Project 4
ANSC 647
(3)
Project 5
Complementary Courses
(30 credits)
12 credits from the following list:
AEMA 610
(3)
Statistical Methods 2
ANSC 501
(3)
Advanced Animal Production Systems
ANSC 504
(3)
Population Genetics
ANSC 508
(3)
Tools in Animal Biotechnology
ANSC 551
(3)
Carbohydrate & Lipid Metabolism
ANSC 552
(3)
Protein Metabolism & Nutrition
ANSC 605
(3)
Estimation: Genetic Parameters
ANSC 606
(3)
Selection Index & Animal Improvement
ANSC 607
(3)
Linear Models in Agricurtural Research
ANSC 611
(3)
Advanced Reproductive Physiology
ANSC 622
(3)
Selected Topics in Molecular Biology
ANSC 630
(3)
Experimental Techniques: Animal Science: Macro
ANSC 635
(3)
Vitamins and Minerals in Nutrition
ANSC 636
(3)
Analysis - Animal Breeding Research Data
ANSC 691
(3)
Special Topic: Animal Sciences
ANSC 692
(3)
Topic in Animal Sciences 1
18 credits from the following list:
ABEN 518
(3)
Bio-Treatment of Wastes
AGEC 630
(3)
Food and Agricultural Policy
AGEC 633
(3)
Environmental and Natural Resource Economics
AGEC 642
(3)
Economics of Agricultural Development
BTEC 501
(3)
Bioinformatics
BTEC 502
(3)
Biotechnology Ethics and Society
ENTO 550
(3)
Veterinary and Medical Entomology
FDSC 535
(3)
Food Biotechnology
PLNT 602
(3)
Forage Crop Experimentation
PLNT 636
(3)
Epidemiology and Managment of Plant Disease
SOIL 521
(3)
Soil Microbiology and Biochemistry
WILD 605
(3)
Wildlife Ecology

Ph.D.

Since the Ph.D. is primarily a research degree, the amount of course work required may comprise a smaller portion of the total than is the case for the M.Sc., this will depend on the background of the individual student, and must be approved by the student's advisory committee. This course work must include two seminar courses at the graduate level and the Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination ANSC 701.

The thesis must clearly show originality and be a contribution to knowledge.

3.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
ANSC 501 Advanced Animal Production Systems.

(3) (Winter) (3 lectures) An advanced course dealing with current world animal production systems (ruminant and monogastric) emphasizing their practices, constraints and relative efficiencies with a view to developing methods of improving productivity.

ANSC 504 Population Genetics.

(3) (Fall) (3 lectures) A consideration of the problems involved in the improvement of animals and the application of genetics in their solution.

ANSC 551 Carbohydrate and Lipid Metabolism.

(3) (Winter) (3 lectures) Comparative aspects of nutrition and metabolism of carbohydrate and lipid from the cellular level through the multi-organ of the whole organism. Main topics will include biothermodynamics, calorimetry, cellular metabolism and functions of carbohydrate and lipid, digestion, absorption and utilization of dietary carbohydrate and lipid.

ANSC 552 Protein Metabolism and Nutrition.

(3) (Fall) (3 lectures) Comparative aspects of nutrition and metabolism of amino acids and proteins from the cellular level on through the multisystem operation of the whole organism. Main topics include cellular metabolism and functions of amino acids and proteins, digestion, absorption and utilization of dietary protein. Comparison between farm animals and humans.

ANSC 605 Estimation: Genetic Parameters.

(3) (3 lectures) (Given in alternate years.) General methods for the estimation of components of variance and co-variance are considered, with specific emphasis given to their application to heritability, repeatability and genetic correlation estimation.

l

ANSC 606 Selection Index and Animal Improvement.

(3) (3 lectures)

ANSC 607 Linear Models in Agricultural Research.

(3) (3 lectures) The theory and application of linear models to agricultural research is considered. Special emphasis is given to the analysis of experimental and survey data with unequal subclass numbers.

l

ANSC 611 Advanced Reproductive Physiology.

(3) (2 lectures, 1 seminar) (Given in alternate years.)

ANSC 622 Selected Topics in Molecular Biology.

(3) (1 lecture and 2 seminars) (Prerequisite: MICR 500 or permission of instructor) Key examples of applications of molecular biology to the study of animal physiology and animal genetics will be drawn from the current literature and discussed in depth. The course has a dual purpose. It will familiarize students with current events at the forefront of molecular biology and will teach them how to read and critically evaluate research publications.

l

ANSC 623 Techniques Molecular Genetics: DNA Sequencing.

(3)

l

ANSC 624 Techniques Molecular Genetics: DNA Fingerprinting.

(3) (Requires previous laboratory experience.)

l

ANSC 625 Techniques Molecular Genetics: Polymerase Chain Reaction.

(3)

ANSC 630 Experimental Techniques: Animal Science: Macro.

(3) (1 lecture, 1 lab) Lectures and laboratories dealing with animal experimentation. Emphasis on the design and conduction of animal studies, selection of experimental animals, chemical and biological assays, statistical analysis, interpretation of data and preparation of technical reports.

ANSC 635 Vitamins and Minerals in Nutrition.

(3) (3 lectures) Modularised course dealing with advanced topics in Nutrition. The core of the course will focus on vitamins and minerals.

ANSC 636 Analysis - Animal Breeding Research Data.

(3) (3 lectures) An advanced graduate course to give training and experience in statistical techniques applied to quantitative genetics and animal breeding. To consider aspects of data handling of large data sets (100,000 observations), checks for consistency and connectedness in data. Considerations in choosing efficient analytical procedures in fitting these models and development of efficient numerical algorithms to apply these procedures.

l

ANSC 643 Project 1.

(3) Review of the literature and design of the project. This project relates to the M.Sc. Applied (non-thesis) degree.

l

ANSC 644 Project 2.

(3)

l

ANSC 645 Project 3.

(3)

l

ANSC 646 Project 4.

(3)

l

ANSC 647 Project 5.

(3)

ANSC 680 M.Sc. Thesis 1.

(7) Independent research under the direction of a supervisor toward completion of M.Sc. thesis.

ANSC 681 M.Sc. Thesis 2.

(7) Independent research under the direction of a supervisor toward completion of M.Sc. thesis.

ANSC 682 M.Sc. Thesis 3.

(7) Independent research under the direction of a supervisor toward completion of M.Sc. thesis.

ANSC 683 M.Sc. Thesis 4.

(10) Final submission and approval of M.Sc. thesis.

l

ANSC 691 Special Topic: Animal Sciences.

(3)

ANSC 691D1 (1.5), ANSC 691D2 (1.5) Special Topic: Animal Sciences.

(Students must register for both ANSC 691D1 and ANSC 691D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANSC 691D1 and ANSC 691D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ANSC 691D1 and ANSC 691D2 together are equivalent to ANSC 691) Prescribed reading, conference or practical work on a selected topic in the student's area of specialization, not otherwise available in other courses; under staff supervision. An approved course outline must be on file in the Departmental office prior to registration deadline.

ANSC 691N1 Special Topic: Animal Sciences.

(1.5) (Students must also register for ANSC 691N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANSC 691N1 and ANSC 691N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ANSC 691N1 and ANSC 691N2 together are equivalent to ANSC 691) Prescribed reading, conference or practical work on a selected topic in the student's area of specialization, not otherwise available in other courses; under staff supervision. An approved course outline must be on file in the Departmental office prior to registration deadline.

ANSC 691N2 Special Topic: Animal Sciences.

(1.5) (Prerequisite: ANSC 691N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANSC 691N1 and ANSC 691N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ANSC 691N1 and ANSC 691N2 together are equivalent to ANSC 691) See ANSC 691N1 for course description.

l

ANSC 692 Topic in Animal Sciences 1.

(3)

ANSC 692D1 (1.5), ANSC 692D2 (1.5) Topic in Animal Sciences 1.

(Students must register for both ANSC 692D1 and ANSC 692D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANSC 692D1 and ANSC 692D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ANSC 692D1 and ANSC 692D2 together are equivalent to ANSC 692) Prescribed reading, conference or practical work on a selected topic in the student's area of specialization, not otherwise available in other courses; under staff supervision. An approved course outline must be on file in the Departmental office prior to registration deadline.

ANSC 692N1 Topic in Animal Sciences 1.

(1.5) (Students must also register for ANSC 692N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANSC 692N1 and ANSC 692N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ANSC 692N1 and ANSC 692N2 together are equivalent to ANSC 692) Prescribed reading, conference or practical work on a selected topic in the student's area of specialization, not otherwise available in other courses; under staff supervision. An approved course outline must be on file in the Departmental office prior to registration deadline.

l

ANSC 692N2 Topic in Animal Sciences 1.

(1.5) (Prerequisite: ANSC 692N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANSC 692N1 and ANSC 692N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ANSC 692N1 and ANSC 692N2 together are equivalent to ANSC 692) See ANSC 692N1 for course description.

l

ANSC 693D1 (1.5), ANSC 693D2 (1.5) Topic in Animal Sciences 2.

(Students must register for both ANSC 693D1 and ANSC 693D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANSC 693D1 and ANSC 693D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

ANSC 693N1 Topic in Animal Sciences 2.

(1.5) (Students must also register for ANSC 693N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANSC 693N1 and ANSC 693N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period)

l

ANSC 693N2 Topic in Animal Sciences 2.

(1.5) (Prerequisite: ANSC 693N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANSC 693N1 and ANSC 693N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period)

ANSC 695 Animal Science Seminar 1.

(1) (1 hour) One of two seminars to be given by all students in an M.Sc. program. Consists of a review of literature in relation to the student's proposed research and an experimental design of the research to be conducted.

ANSC 696 Animal Science Seminar 2.

(1) (1 hour) One of two seminars to be given by all students in an M.Sc. program. Presentation of a current scientific topic which is not related to the student's research. The topic for the presentation should be cleared by the thesis supervisor.

ANSC 701 Doctoral Comprehensive Examination.

(0) (See Faculty Regulations)

ANSC 701D1 (0), ANSC 701D2 (0) Doctoral Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both ANSC 701D1 and ANSC 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANSC 701D1 and ANSC 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ANSC 701D1 and ANSC 701D2 together are equivalent to ANSC 701)

ANSC 797 Animal Science Seminar 3.

(1) (1 hour) One of two seminars to be given by all students in a Ph.D. program. Review of literature in relation to the student's proposed research and an experimental design of the research to be conducted.

ANSC 798 Animal Science Seminar 4.

(1) (1 hour) One of two seminars to be given by all students in a Ph.D. program. Presentation of a current scientific topic which is not related to the student's research. The topic for the presentation should be cleared by the thesis supervisor.

4 Anthropology

Department of Anthropology
Stephen Leacock Building
855 Sherbrooke Street W., Room 717
Montreal, QC  H3A 2T7
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4300
Fax: (514) 398-7476
Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/anthro 
Chair
Michael S. Bisson

4.1 Staff

Professors
Donald W. Attwood; A.B.(Calif.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Margaret Lock; B.Sc.(Leeds), M.A., Ph.D.(Calif.) (joint appoint. with Social Studies of Medicine)(on leave 2004-2005)
Jérome Rousseau; M.A.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Cantab.)
Philip Carl Salzman; A.B.(Antioch), M.A., Ph.D.(Chic.)(on leave 2004-2005)
Bruce G. Trigger; B.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Yale), F.R.S.C. (James McGill Professor) (on leave Jan.-Dec. 2004)
Allan Young; B.A.(Penn.), M.A.(Wash.), Ph.D.(Penn.) (joint appoint. with Social Studies of Medicine)
Associate Professors
Michael S. Bisson; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Calif.)
Laurel Bossen; B.A.(Barnard), M.A., Ph.D.(SUNY, Albany)
Ellen Corin; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Louvain) (joint appoint. with Psychiatry)
John Galaty; M.A., Ph.D.(Chic.)
Carmen Lambert; B.A.(Montr.), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
Kristin Norget; B.A.(Vic.,B.C.), M.Phil., D.Phil.(Cantab.)
James M. Savelle; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Ott.), M.A.(Ark.), Ph.D.(Alta.)
Colin H. Scott; B.A.(Regina), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
Assistant Professors
André Costopoulos; B.A.(McG.), M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Oulu, Finland)
Nicole Couture ; B.A. (Trent), M.A., Ph.D. (Chic.)
Sandra T. Hyde; B.A.(U.C. Santa Cruz), M.P.H.(Hawaii), Ph.D.(U.C. Berkeley)

4.2 Programs Offered

The Department offers training leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. in Anthropology. Admission is to the M.A. program, except when a student already holds a Master's degree. It is expected, however, that most applicants will be oriented towards achievement of the Ph.D.

The Department offers several alternative M.A. programs:

4.3 Admission Requirements

Master's

Admission to the M.A. program is open competitively to students holding an Honours or Major B.A. in Anthropology. Outstanding candidates with B.A. degrees in other disciplines but with substantial background related to anthropology are sometimes admitted on the condition that they complete a specified number of additional courses in Anthropology.

The applicants admitted usually have undergraduate Grade Point Averages of 3.5 or above on a 4.0 point scale.

Ph.D.

Admission to the Ph.D. program is open competitively to students with a Master's degree in Anthropology. In very special circumstances candidates with Master's degrees in related disciplines may be admitted.

4.4 Application Procedures

The deadlines for receipt of all application material for September admission is January 1.

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

The Department admissions committee announces its selections by mid-March.

A number of teaching assistantships are available to graduate students in the Department. Applicants who wish to be considered for an assistantship, a McGill Recruitment Fellowship, or for Differential Fee Waivers (for international students) should include a note to that effect with their applications. For information regarding a variety of other fellowship programs, see the "Graduate Fellowships and Awards" section of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar.

Application information is available on the Department Web site.

4.5 Program Requirements

M.A. Degree

The purpose of the M.A. program is to provide advanced level training in anthropology and to prepare students for research at the Ph.D. level.

M.A. Degree with Thesis
(48 credits)

The Master's degree with thesis is a 48-credit program: 4 courses (12 credits) and the M.A. thesis (36 credits).

The student's program of work, which is based on his/her research interests, is developed in consultation with the student's supervisor and the two other members of his or her advisory committee. Students are required to take four courses in the form of seminars and/or tutorials. The set of four courses should be directed toward and converge in the thesis research. M.A. thesis research may take the form of fieldwork but a library thesis is strongly advised so that students can proceed more rapidly to the Ph.D.

M.A. Degree with Research Paper
(45 credits)

The Master's degree with research paper is a 45-credit program: 5 courses (15 credits), a Proseminar (6 credits) and the research paper (24 credits).

The student's program of work is developed in consultation with the student's supervisor and the two other members of his or her advisory committee. It consists of: five courses (seminars or tutorials), only one of which is optional, a research paper proposal and the research paper. They must also attend the Proseminar. The research paper will normally be based on library research but can involve limited and preferably local fieldwork. The research paper should demonstrate the student's ability to define a problem, place it in a theoretical and factual context, collect and analyze data, and write up a report.

M.A. Degree in Medical Anthropology
(48 credits)

The M.A. program in Medical Anthropology is given jointly by the Department of Anthropology and the Department of Social Studies of Medicine (SSOM). For additional information, including seminar offerings, please refer to the SSOM section.

The program is open to students with backgrounds in the social sciences, the medical professions, or the medical sciences. The M.A. degree is awarded by the Anthropology Department and admission is granted by a joint admissions committee made up of representatives from Anthropology and SSOM. Within the medical anthropology program, candidates will apply for permission to take one of the following courses of study:

This course of study is taken by students with an academic background in anthropology. Course and thesis requirements are the same as described in the M.A. in Anthropology, with thesis, with the following differences: students are required to take two Seminars in Medical Anthropology (HSSM 605, ANTH 615), as two of their four courses.

This option is offered as an alternative for students with a background in Anthropology. Students are required to take five courses: two Seminars in Medical Anthropology (HSSM 605, ANTH 615) as well as the following courses in anthropology: Theory 1, Research Methods, and Quantitative Methods. They must also attend the Anthropology Proseminar. In addition, students are required to write a research paper.

This course of study is taken by students who lack a strong academic background in anthropology. These students are required to take eight courses (24 credits), including two seminars in Medical Anthropology (HSSM 605, ANTH 615) and at least five additional graduate courses in anthropology (Theory 1 and Research Methods are recommended). In addition, students are required to write a research paper.

Ph.D. Degree

The purpose of the Ph.D. program is to enable a student to make an original contribution to anthropological research in the form of a doctoral thesis. This must be based on a comprehensive understanding of prior research relevant to the topic investigated.

All requirements for the M.A. must be completed. Students holding an M.A. from another discipline may be requested to take seminars covering deficiencies in their previous training.

Candidates must (1) pass a language exam; (2) demonstrate comprehensive understanding of prior research in three subfields of anthropology through the successful completion of three courses; these courses are the Ph.D. Tutorials listed below; (3) submit and orally defend a research proposal; and (4) carry out field research and submit an original thesis for examination and oral defense.

4.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
ANTH 551 Advanced Topics: Archaeological Research.

(3) (Fall) Examination and discussion of topics of current theoretical or methodological interest in archaeology. Topics will be announced at the beginning of term.

ANTH 555 Advanced Topics in Ethnology.
(3) (Restriction: Honours students at the U3 level in the Anthropology Department or with permission of instructor) Examination and discussion of topics of current theoretical or methodological interest in ethnology. Topics will be announced at the beginning of term.

l

ANTH 602 Theory 1.

(3)

l

ANTH 602D1 (1.5), ANTH 602D2 (1.5) Theory 1.

(Students must register for both ANTH 602D1 and ANTH 602D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANTH 602D1 and ANTH 602D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ANTH 602D1 and ANTH 602D2 together are equivalent to ANTH 602)

l

ANTH 603 Theory 2.

(3)

l

ANTH 605 Culture Area.

(3)

ANTH 607D1 (3), ANTH 607D2 (3) Proseminar in Archaeology.

(Students must register for both ANTH 607D1 and ANTH 607D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANTH 607D1 and ANTH 607D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

ANTH 609D1 (3), ANTH 609D2 (3) Proseminar in Anthropology.

(Students must register for both ANTH 609D1 and ANTH 609D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANTH 609D1 and ANTH 609D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ANTH 609D1 and ANTH 609D2 together are equivalent to ANTH 609)

ANTH 610 Social Organization.

(3)

l

ANTH 611 Research Design.

(3)

ANTH 614 Economic Anthropology.

(3)

ANTH 615 Seminar in Medical Anthropology.

(3)

ANTH 616 Political Anthropology.

(3)

l

ANTH 625 Cultural Ecology.

(3)

ANTH 631 Symbolic Anthropology.

(3)

ANTH 634 Anthropology of Development 1.

(3)

l

ANTH 635 Anthropology of Development 2.

(3)

l

ANTH 638 Complex Societies.

(3)

ANTH 640 Psychological Anthropology.

(3)

ANTH 648 Structural Anthropology.

(3)

l

ANTH 652 Anthropology and Gender.

(3)

ANTH 660 Research Methods.

(3)

l

ANTH 665 Quantitative Methods.

(3)

ANTH 670 Archaeological Theory 1.

(3)

ANTH 671 Archaeological Theory 2.

(3)

l

ANTH 673 Archaeological Field Methods.

(3)

l

ANTH 676 Archaeological Area.

(3)

l

ANTH 678 Ethnohistory.

(3)

ANTH 680 Tutorial Reading 1.

(3)

ANTH 681 Tutorial Reading 2.

(3)

ANTH 682 Tutorial Reading 3

(3)

ANTH 683 Tutorial Reading 4.

(3)

ANTH 684 Tutorial Reading 5.

(3)

l

ANTH 685 Research Tutorial 1.

(3)

l

ANTH 686 Research Tutorial 2.

(3)

ANTH 690 Research Paper 1.

(6)

ANTH 691 Research Paper 2.

(6)

ANTH 692 Research Paper 3.

(6)

ANTH 693 Research Paper 4.

(6)

ANTH 694 M.A. Thesis Tutorial 1.

(6)

ANTH 695 M.A. Thesis Tutorial 2.

(6)

l

ANTH 696 M.A. Research Paper.

(15)

l

ANTH 699 M.A. Thesis.

(24)

ANTH 699D1 (12), ANTH 699D2 (12) M.A. Thesis.

(Students must register for both ANTH 691D1 and ANTH 691D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANTH 699D1 and ANTH 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ANTH 699D1 and ANTH 699D2 together are equivalent to ANTH 699)

l

ANTH 700 Ph.D. Preliminary Examination.

(6)

ANTH 700D1 (3), ANTH 700D2 (3) Ph.D. Preliminary Examination.

(Students must register for both ANTH 700D1 and ANTH 700D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANTH 700D1 and ANTH 700D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ANTH 700D1 and ANTH 700D2 together are equivalent to ANTH 700)

l

ANTH 702 Advanced Anthropological Theory.

(3)

l

ANTH 760 Advanced Anthropological Methods.

(3)

l

ANTH 770 Advanced Archaeological Theory.

(3)

l

ANTH 773 Advanced Archaeological Methods.

(3)

l

ANTH 780 Reading and Research.

(3)

l

ANTH 781 Reading and Research.

(3)

l

ANTH 790 Ph.D. Tutorial 1.

(3)

ANTH 790D1 (1.5), ANTH 790D2 (1.5) Ph.D. Tutorial 1.

(Students must register for both ANTH 790D1 and ANTH 790D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANTH 790D1 and ANTH 790D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ANTH 790D1 and ANTH 790D2 together are equivalent to ANTH 790)

l

ANTH 791 Ph.D. Tutorial 2.

(3)

ANTH 791D1 (1.5), ANTH 791D2 (1.5) Ph.D. Tutorial 2.

(Students must register for both ANTH 791D1 and ANTH 791D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANTH 791D1 and ANTH 791D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ANTH 791D1 and ANTH 791D2 together are equivalent to ANTH 791)

l

ANTH 792 Ph.D. Tutorial 3.

(3)

ANTH 792D1 (1.5), ANTH 792D2 (1.5) Ph.D. Tutorial 3.

(Students must register for both ANTH 792D1 and ANTH 792D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ANTH 792D1 and ANTH 792D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ANTH 792D1 and ANTH 792D2 together are equivalent to ANTH 792)

5 Architecture

School of Architecture
Macdonald Harrington Building
815 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2K6
Canada  
Telephone: (514) 398-6700
Fax: (514) 398-7372
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/architecture 
Director
David Covo
Graduate Program Coordinator
Alberto Pérez-Gómez

5.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
Harold Spence-Sales; B.A.(Well.), A.A.Dipl., L.L.D.(S. Fraser)
Radoslav Zuk; B.Arch.(McG.), M.Arch.(M.I.T.), D.Sc.(U.A.A.), F.R.A.I.C., O.A.Q., O.A.A.
Professors
Vikram Bhatt; N.Dip Arch.(Ahmed.), M.Arch.(McG.), M.R.A.I.C.
Derek Drummond; B.Arch.(McG.), F.R.A.I.C., O.A.Q., O.A.A. (William C. Macdonald Professor of Architecture)
Avi Friedman; B.Arch.(Technion), M.Arch.(McG.), Ph.D.(Montr.), O.A.Q., I.A.A.
Alberto Pérez-Gómez; Dipl.Eng.(Nat.Pol.Inst.Mexico), M.A., Ph.D.(Essex) (Saidye Rosner Bronfman Professor of Architectural History)
Adrian Sheppard; B.Arch.(McG.), M.Arch.(Yale), F.R.A.I.C., O.A.Q., A.A.P.P.Q.
Associate Professors
Annmarie Adams; B.A.(McG.), M.Arch., Ph.D.(Calif.), M.R.A.I.C. (William Dawson Scholar)
Martin Bressani; B.Sc.(McG.), B.Arch.(McG), M.Sc.(Arch.)(MIT), D.E.A., Docteur (Paris-Sorbonne - Paris IV), O.A.Q.
Ricardo Castro; B.Arch.(Los Andes, Col.), M.Arch., M.A.(Oregon), M.R.A.I.C.
David Covo; B.Sc.(Arch.), B.Arch.(McG.), F.R.A.I.C., O.A.Q.
Robert Mellin; B.Arch., M.Sc.(Arch.) (Penn.State), M.Arch.(McG.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(U.Penn.), M.R.A.I.C., N.A.A.
Pieter Sijpkes; B.Sc.(Arch.), B.Arch.(McG.)
Faculty Lecturer
Julia Bourke
Course Lecturers
Manon Asselin, Jean D'Aragon, Lisa Landrum, Nadia Meratla, Carlos Rueda Plata, David Theodore
Adjunct Professors
Cecile Baird, Ewa Bieniecka, Lawrence Bird, Michael Carroll, Nathalie David, Howard Davies, Georges Drolet, Gordon Edwards, François Émond, Julia Gersovitz, Nan Griffiths, Dan Hanganu, Pierre Jampen, Richard Klopp, Phyllis Lambert, Seymour Levine, Anna Mainella, Harry Mayerovitch, Sybil McKenna, Serge Melanson, Rosanne Moss, Carl Mulvey, Joanna Nash, Harry Parnass, Louise Pelletier, Mark Poddubiuk, Louis Pretty, Daniella Rohan, Richard Russell, Robert Stanley, Sheila Theophanides, Samson Yip, Jozef Zorko
Adjunct Professors
Cecile Baird, Ewa Bieniecka, Lawrence Bird, Julia Bourke, Michael Carroll, Nathalie David, Howard Davies, Georges Drolet, Gordon Edwards, François Émond, Julia Gersovitz, Mark Ginocchio, Dan Hanganu, Phyllis Lambert, Seymour Levine, Anna Mainella, Harry Mayerovitch, Serge Melanson, Rosanne Moss, Carl Mulvey, Joanna Nash, Louise Pelletier, Mark Poddubiuk, Louis Pretty, Daniella Rohan, Jacques Rousseau, Richard Russell, Robert Stanley, Fred Weiser, Samson Yip, Jozef Zorko

5.2 Programs Offered

M.Arch.I (professional), M.Arch. II (post-professional) (non-thesis), Graduate Diploma in Housing, Ph.D.

The professional M.Arch.I program is accredited by the Canadian Architectural Certification Board (CACB), and is recognized as accredited by the National Council of Architectural Registration Boards (NCARB) in the U.S.A.

There are two areas of study in the post-professional M.Arch.II and Ph.D. programs: Architectural History and Theory, and Housing (which includes Affordable Homes, Domestic Environments, and Minimum Cost Housing).

Information concerning the duration of programs, documents required of applicants, etc., may be obtained from: profdegree. architecture@mcgill.ca (M.Arch.I), postprofmaster.architecture@ mcgill.ca (M.Arch.II and Graduate Diploma in Housing), or phd.architecture@mcgill.ca (Ph.D.).

Architectural Certification in Canada

In Canada, all provincial associations recommend a degree from an accredited professional degree program as a prerequisite for licensure. The Canadian Architectural Certification Board (CACB), which is the sole agency authorized to accredit Canadian professional degree programs in architecture, recognizes two types of accredited degrees: the Bachelor of Architecture and the Master of Architecture. A program may be granted a five-year, three-year, or two-year term of accreditation, depending on its degree of conformance with established educational standards.

Masters degree programs may consist of a pre-professional undergraduate degree and a professional graduate degree, which, when earned sequentially, comprise an accredited professional education. However, the pre-professional degree is not, by itself, recognized as an accredited degree.

Since all provincial associations in Canada recommend any applicant for licensure to have graduated from a CACB-accredited program, obtaining such a degree is an essential aspect of preparing for the professional practice for architecture. While graduation from a CACB-accredited program does not assure registration, the accrediting process is intended to verify that each accredited program substantially meets those standards that, as a whole, comprise an appropriate education for an architect.

5.3 Admission Requirements

M.Arch. I (professional) Program

Students holding the McGill B.Sc.(Arch.) degree, or equivalent, with a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 on a scale of 4.0, are eligible to apply for admission.

M.Arch. II (post-professional) (non-thesis) and Graduate Diploma in Housing

Students holding an accredited professional degree in architecture, or equivalent, with a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 on a scale of 4.0, are eligible to apply for admission. In special cases, candidates with a degree in a related field may be considered.

Ph.D.

Candidates with high standing in McGill's M.Arch.II, or who hold an equivalent degree from another university, are eligible to apply to this program. Those who do not have an appropriate background in the chosen research area may be admitted to Ph.D.I. Candidates who have an adequate background at the post-professional Master's level in the proposed area of research will be admitted to Ph.D.II.

A working knowledge of a language or languages relevant to the area of research may be required.

5.4 Application Procedures

Professional Master of Architecture: M.Arch.I

McGill B.Sc.(Arch.) Graduates:

Others:

*These documents are available in PDF format on the School of Architecture Web site.

Post-professional programs:
M.Arch. II, Ph.D. and Graduate Diploma in Housing

5.5 Program Requirements

M.Arch. I

McGill's professional program in Architecture is structured as a four-and-a-half-year, or nine-term, course of study divided into two parts. The first part is a six-term (minimum) design program leading to a non-professional degree, Bachelor of Science (Architecture). Applicants whose background includes a university degree in an area not related to Architecture should apply to the B.Sc.(Arch.) program. Further information on the B.Sc.(Arch.) program can be found in the Faculty of Engineering section of the Undergraduate Programs Calendar, available at www.mcgill.ca. The second part, for students with the B.Sc.(Arch.) degree, or the equivalent, is the professional Master of Architecture program.

The professional Master of Architecture program is a one-and-a-half year, or three-term course of studies leading to the M.Arch. I degree. Applicants whose background includes a non-professional degree in Architecture equivalent to the McGill B.Sc.(Arch.) may be eligible for admission directly to the professional M.Arch. I program. In certain cases, qualified applicants may be required to complete a qualifying year, up to a maximum of 30 credits or two terms, before entering the three-term M.Arch. I program. Further information may be obtained at the School of Architecture website: www.mcgill.ca/architecture/programs/professional.

M.Arch.I Program of Study
(45 credits)
ARCH 550
(3)
Urban Planning 1
ARCH 551
(3)
Urban Planning 2
ARCH 554
(2)
Mechanical Services
ARCH 555
(2)
Environmental Acoustics
ARCH 671
(4)
Design Research and Methodology
ARCH 672
(6)
Architectural Design 1
ARCH 673
(8)
Architectural Design 2
ARCH 674
(2)
Professional Practice 1
ARCH 675
(2)
Professional Practice 2
ARCH 676
(2)
Specifications and Building Costs
ARCH 678
(3)
Advanced Construction
ARCH 679
(1)
Architectural Journalism
ARCH 680
(1)
Sketching School 2
6 credits of complementaries/electives, of which a minimum of 3 credits must be from an architectural complementary.

Unless otherwise indicated, the above courses are restricted to students in the professional program.

M.Arch.II
(45 credits)

The post-professional Masters (M.Arch.II) is open to applicants who have a professional degree in architecture. Students holding the McGill B.Arch. (former) or M.Arch.I (new) degree, or an equivalent professional qualification, with a CGPA of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 point scale, are eligible for admission to the graduate programs. In special cases, applicants with a degree in a related field may be considered. The primary requirement for the M.Arch.II is 30 credits of course work, to be completed in the first two terms, and a 15-credit project report that can be completed during the summer, or in the following fall term. The residence requirement for the M.Arch.II degree is three academic terms, making it possible for students who elect to work on their project report in the summer term to obtain their degree after twelve calendar months in the program.

Ph.D.

Doctoral candidates must have their thesis proposal approved by their advisor (ARCH 700) before embarking on their research. A Thesis Advisory Committee is then struck and is responsible for monitoring the student's research. For course number ARCH 701, a comprehensive research proposal is required, as well as a demonstration of broad knowledge in the field. Candidates will submit two further reports in formal meetings with the Advisory Committee, who will review the work in progress (ARCH 702 and ARCH 703). The final meeting takes place after the Committee has reviewed the full draft of the dissertation. If approved, the dissertation will then be submitted in its final form to the Thesis Office. Acceptance of the thesis by the examiners is followed by an oral defense.

Graduate Diploma in Housing

The Graduate Diploma in Housing is open to applicants who have a professional degree in architecture. The Diploma program is a two-term program which is intended for professionals who have worked in the area of housing in North America or in the developing world. The program is designed for those who, while wishing to advance their knowledge in the housing field, are not able, or inclined, to undertake studies towards a Master's degree.

5.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

Denotes limited enrolment
l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

l

ARCH 520 Montreal: Urban Morphology.

(3) (2-1-6) (Prerequisite: ARCH 251)

l

ARCH 521 Structure of Cities.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: ARCH 202 or permission of instructor)

l

ARCH 522 History of Domestic Architecture in Quebec.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: ARCH 251) (Departmental permission required).

l

H
ARCH 523 Significant Texts and Buildings.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: ARCH 251) (Alternating with ARCH 524) (Departmental permission required).

l

H
ARCH 524 Seminar on Architectural Criticism.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: ARCH 251) (Alternating with ARCH 523) (Departmental permission required).

l

ARCH 525 Seminar on Analysis and Theory.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: ARCH 202 or permission of instructor) (Departmental permission required) Analysis and evaluation of significant architectural projects with reference to contemporary architectural theories.

ARCH 526 Philosophy of Structure.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: ARCH 202 or permission of Instructor) (Not open to students who have taken ARCH 374) Philosophy of Structure aims to investigate structure in its broadest sense. The course is divided in two halves; the first one gives an overview of the development of theoretical structural frameworks such as mathematics and geometry, while the second one highlights physical structures constructed by nature (geology, turbulence), man or animals.

ARCH 527 Civic Design.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: ARCH 378) The elements of form in buildings and their siting design in the urban setting.

ARCH 528 History of Housing.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: ARCH 251 or permission of instructor) Indigenous housing both transient and permanent, from the standpoint of individual structure and pattern of settlements. The principal historic examples of houses including housing in the age of industrial revolution and contemporary housing.

ARCH 529 Housing Theory.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: ARCH 528 or permission of instructor) A review of environmental alternatives in housing; contemporary housing and the physical and sociological determinants that shape it; Canadian housing.

ARCH 531 Architectural Intentions Vitruvius - Renaissance.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: ARCH 251) Architectural intentions embodied in buildings and writings of architects from antiquity to the Renaissance. Special emphasis is placed on the cultural connections of architecture to science and philosophy.

ARCH 532 Origins of Modern Architecture.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: ARCH 251) Examination of architectural intentions (theory and practice) in the European context (especially France, Italy and England), during the crucial period that marks the beginning of the modern era.

l

ARCH 534 Architectural Archives.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ARCH 250 and ARCH 251 or equivalent.) (Restriction: Open only to architecture students.)

ARCH 540 Selected Topics in Architecture 1.

(3) (2-0-7) A course to allow the introduction of new topics in Architecture as needs arise, by regular and visiting staff.

ARCH 541 Selected Topics in Architecture 2.

(3) (2-0-7) A course to allow the introduction of new topics in Architecture as needs arise, by regular and visiting staff.

ARCH 550 Urban Planning 1.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: B.Sc.(Arch.) or permission of instructor) (Not normally open to Urban Planning students) Theory and practice. An examination of different basic approaches to urban planning with special reference to Quebec.

ARCH 551 Urban Planning 2.

(3) (2-1-6) (Prerequisite: ARCH 550) Urban design and project development, theory and practice. Detailed analysis of selected examples of the development process and of current techniques in urban design. Includes case studies from Quebec and elsewhere.

ARCH 554 Mechanical Services.

(2) (2-0-4) (Prerequisite: ARCH 405 or permission of instructor) Problems encountered in providing mechanical services in buildings. Physiological and environmental aspects of heat, ventilation and air conditions, estimation of heating and cooling loads and selection and specification of equipment. Sprinkler systems and plumbing. Construction problems produced by installation of this equipment.

ARCH 555 Environmental Acoustics.

(2) (2-0-4) (Prerequisite: ARCH 405 or permission of instructor) Acoustics in architectural design, and in environmental control of buildings. Acoustical requirements in the design of auditoria such as theatres, lecture halls, opera houses, concert halls, churches, motion picture theatres, studios. Principles of noise and vibration control, sound insulating in building construction. Practical noise control in various types of buildings.

ARCH 622 Critical Writing.

(3) (2-1-6) Seminar to critically review an architectural topic.

ARCH 623 Project Preparation.

(3) (2-1-6) Guided background preparation for the project.

ARCH 624 History and Theory Project.

(15) (0-15-30) Thematic, site-specific experimental design with an emphasis on process, including 1) survey/mapping and 2) preparation of text, drawings and models.

ARCH 627 Research Methods.

(3) (2-1-6) Different approaches and research methods in housing. Setting of goals and objectives, identification of appropriate research methods, collection and evaluation of information, analysis and synthesis of data, and presentation of the findings.

ARCH 628 Housing Project Report.

(15) (0-15-30) A supervised project report based on material developed by candidates in the project preparation course. It may include on-site explorations of housing projects, surveying and documentation, critical analysis, and creative mapping of the same, plus an evaluation report.

ARCH 630 Housing Seminar 1.

(3) (2-0-7) Strategies for affordable and low-cost housing. Investigation of cost-saving measures both at urban and dwelling unit levels. An analysis of recent low-cost housing projects.

ARCH 631 Housing Seminar 2.

(3) (2-0-7) Strategies for affordable and low-cost housing. Investigation of cost-saving measures both at urban and dwelling unit levels. An analysis of recent low-cost housing projects.

l

ARCH 634 Housing Report.

(6) (2-10-6)

l

ARCH 635 Selected Topics in Housing 1.

(3) (3-0-6) Special topics related to housing.

l

ARCH 636 Selected Topics in Housing 2.

(3) (3-0-6) Special topics related to housing.

ARCH 645 Housing Project 1.

(6) (2-10-6) Innovative housing designs; lectures and studio work leading to a design project.

ARCH 646 Housing Project 2.

(6) (2-10-6) Innovative housing designs; lectures and studio work leading to a design project.

ARCH 650 Architectural History Seminar 1.

(8) (3-5-16) Western Architectural history from Antiquity to the Renaissance. A hermeneutic reading of primary sources, i.e. a section or chapter of an historical treatise, a frontispiece or image, in the framework of recent scholarship on the subject.

ARCH 651 Architectural History Seminar 2.

(8) (3-5-16) Early Modern European theory of architecture, 17th - 19th centuries. A hermeneutic reading of primary sources, i.e. a section or chapter of an historical treatise, a frontispiece or image, in the framework of recent scholarship on the subject.

ARCH 652 Architectural Theory Seminar 1.

(4) (4-0-8) Phenomenology and hermeneutic.

ARCH 653 Architectural Theory Seminar 2.

(4) (4-0-8) The experience of modernity in cultural criticism, philosophy, literature and art.

ARCH 671 Design Research and Methodology.

(4) (1-4-7) An architectural design problem is selected, bibliographic research undertaken, site selection established: program developed and theoretical approach evolved in preparation for course ARCH 673.

ARCH 672 Architectural Design 1.

(6) (2-10-6) A series of complex architectural and urban design issues are addressed with the intention of improving the student's facility to critically assess existing design solutions, to seek alternatives and to articulate clearly the rational and the impact of alternative proposals.

ARCH 673 Architectural Design 2.

(8) (2-14-8) (Prerequisite: ARCH 671 and ARCH 672) An individual, student-selected and faculty-approved study of complex architectural design objectives involving site and building program constraints, the integration of building systems and the demonstration of comprehensive design and presentation skills.

ARCH 674 Professional Practice 1.

(2) (2-0-4) The architect's relationship to his/her client: responsibility, business conduct, supervision, arbitration, issuing of certificates, competitions, standard forms of contracts, payments, liens, servitudes, public health, building regulations, fees.

ARCH 675 Professional Practice 2.

(2) (2-0-4) (Prerequisite: ARCH 674) The construction process will be examined. Topics include project and construction management, contracting methods, tendering, sureties, site safety, negotiations, cost control, quality control, delay claims, legal hypothecs. Standard documentation and procedures will be reviewed, including CCDC contract, OAQ forms, CSC MasterFormat.

ARCH 676 Specifications and Building Costs.

(2) (2-0-4) Principles of writing architectural specifications; discussion of actual specifications and practice in specifying for common trades; essays on common building materials; costing of materials and building assemblies.

ARCH 678 Advanced Construction.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: ARCH 674) An exploration of construction in relation to architectural design; research in advanced methods of construction and structure related to design problems and built projects; appropriate technologies and alternatives.

ARCH 679 Architectural Journalism.

(1) (0-0-3) (Prerequisite: ARCH 674) The project deals with the review and criticism of a recently constructed controversial building.

ARCH 680 Sketching School 2.

(1) (0-0-3) An eight-day supervised field trip in the late summer to sketch places or things having specific visual characteristics.

l

ARCH 690 Thesis Research 1.

(3) (0-2-7) Ongoing research pertaining to thesis.

l

ARCH 691 Thesis Research 2.

(6) (0-2-16) Ongoing research pertaining to thesis.

l

ARCH 692 Thesis Research 3.

(6) (0-2-16) Ongoing research pertaining to thesis.

l

ARCH 693 Thesis Research 4.

(12) (0-2-34) Ongoing research pertaining to thesis.

ARCH 700 Dissertation Proposal.

(0) Evaluation of research proposals to finalize a preliminary thesis proposal. Development of a comprehensive framework for the research project.

ARCH 701 Comprehensive Oral Examination.

(0) Presentation of research to an Advisory Committee, including a comprehensive review of material in the field.

ARCH 702 Progress Report 1.

(0) Research in progress and the writing of the dissertation.

ARCH 703 Progress Report 2.

(0) Final presentation of the dissertation to the committee.

6 Art History

Department of Art History and Communication Studies
Arts Building,W-225 (West Wing, top floor)
853 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2T6
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6541
Fax: (514) 398-7247
E-mail: ahcs@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/AHCS 
Chair ; Director, Graduate Programs in Communication Studies
TBA
Director, Graduate Programs in Art History

Christine Ross

6.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
John M. Fossey; B.A.(Birm.), D.U.(Lyon II), F.S.A., R.P.A.
George Szanto; B.A.(Dart.), Ph.D.(Harv.)
Professor
Hans J. Böker; Ph.D.(Saarbrücken), Dr. Ing.-habil(Hannover)
Associate Professors
David Crowley; B.A.(Johns H.), M.Sc.(Penn.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Christine Ross; M.A.(C'dia.), Ph.D.(Paris I)
Will Straw; B.A.(Carl.), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.) (on leave Sept. 2004 - Aug. 2005)
Assistant Professors
Jenny Burman; B.A.(C'dia), M.A., Ph.D.(York)
Ting Chang; B.A.(McG.), M.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Sussex)
Charmaine Nelson; B.F.A., M.A.(C'dia), Ph.D.(Man.)
Bronwen Wilson; B.A., M.A.(U.B.C.), Ph.D.(Northwestern)
Angela Vanhaelen; B.A.(W.Ont.), M.A., Ph.D.(U.B.C.)
Adjunct Professors
David W. Booth, Louis De Moura Sobral, Johanne Lamoureux, Charles Levine, Constance Naubert-Riser

6.2 Programs Offered

M.A. and Ph.D.

Areas of Specialization:

Western Medieval Art; Medieval Architecture; Post-Medieval Architecture; Renaissance Art; Baroque Art; Late Eighteenth and Nineteenth Century Art; Twentieth-Century Art; Chinese Art; Canadian Art; Methodology; Feminist Art History

To obtain financial aid information please consult the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Web site at www.mcgill.ca/gps or e-mail graduate.fellowships@mcgill.ca.

For programs in Communications, refer to section 18.

6.3 Admission Requirements

Entrance into either the M.A. or Ph.D. programs is limited to the best qualified applicants. A minimum CGPA of 3.3 out of 4.0 or the equivalent, i.e., B+ (75%), is required.

To apply to the M.A. program, candidates are normally expected to have a B.A. Honours degree either in Art History alone or in Art History and one other closely related field. But regardless of the program, the Department normally requires a minimum of 36 credits (at least 12 courses) in Art History with emphasis on European art and architecture. For candidates from institutions not offering the above number of credits in Art History, provision is made, upon consultation with the Director of Graduate Programs, for a program of study which would then qualify the candidate to apply for M.A. work.

In order to apply to the Ph.D. program, candidates must normally hold an M.A. degree preferably in Art History or an M.A. degree in a closely related field together with an appropriate number of Art History credits such as are described for entrance into the M.A. program. Applicants are strongly encouraged to consult with the Director of Graduate Programs. The number of entrants to the doctoral program is necessarily limited to the most highly qualified applicants.

It should be noted that courses in studio practice, although useful, cannot be counted among the 36 Art History credits for either the M.A. or Ph.D programs. Also please see as well the language requirements given under the degree programs below.

The Department also requires a 250-word statement outlining the candidate's major interest in Art History as well as an example of written work. Applicants should send complete dossiers by January 15 to the Graduate Administrative Coordinator, Department of Art History and Communication Studies.

6.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

Deadline for application is January 15.

Inquiries regarding the Programs should be addressed to the Graduate Administrative Coordinator, Department of Art History and Communication Studies (ahcs@mcgill.ca).

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

6.5 Program Requirements

Master of Arts

M.A. Degree in Art History
(45 credits)
Required Courses
(30 credits)
ARTH 600
(3)
Advanced Pro-Seminar
ARTH 605
(3)
Master's Thesis Preparation
ARTH 698
(12)
Thesis Research 1
ARTH 699
(12)
Thesis Research 2
Complementary Courses
(15 credits)

Course work of 15 graduate level credits of which a maximum of 6 credits, upon the advice of the supervisor and with the permission of the Graduate Studies Director, may be taken from a list of courses offered in other disciplines as approved by the Department.

Language requirements for the M.A. degree:

Beside a proficiency in English and French, students must demonstrate reading knowledge of any language relating to their research project assessed by means of a written translation of a text.

Doctor of Philosophy
Ph.D. Degree in Art History

Required Courses
(3 credits)
ARTH 600
(3)
Advanced Pro-Seminar
ARTH 701
(0)
Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination

Ph.D. Thesis Research

Complementary Courses
(12 credits)

Course work of 12 graduate credits of which a maximum of 6 credits, upon the advice of the supervisor and with the permission of the Graduate Studies Director, may be taken from a list of courses offered in other disciplines as approved by the Department.

Language requirements for the Ph.D. degree:

Beside a proficiency in English and French, students must demonstrate reading knowledge of any language relating to their research project assessed by means of a written translation of a text.

The Department is prepared to direct dissertations in fields wherein adequate supervision and resources can be provided: see section 6.2. Candidates are also advised to consult the General Information section of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar.

6.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva-students (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Students may also consult the Department Web site (www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/AHCS) for information.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l

ARTH 600 Advanced Pro-Seminar

(3)

ARTH 605 Master's Thesis Preparation.

(3) (Restriction: For Art History students only.) The aim is to introduce the student to research methods specific to his/her area of thesis work.

ARTH 617 Modern Art.

(3)

l

ARTH 618 Art History - 1400-1900 1.

(3)

ARTH 619 Art History - 1400-1900 2.

(3)

ARTH 630 Directed Reading Course.

(3) Directed Reading Course for graduate students in Art History.

l

ARTH 641 Greek Art and Archaeology 1.

(3)

l

ARTH 642 Greek Art and Archaeology 2.

(3)

l

ARTH 643 Greek Art and Archaeology 3.

(3)

l

ARTH 646 Medieval Art and Archaeology.

(3)

l

ARTH 647 Art of the Italian Renaissance.

(3)

ARTH 648 Art of the Italian Renaissance.

(3)

l

ARTH 653 Baroque Art and Architecture.

(3)

ARTH 654 Baroque Art and Architecture.

(3)

l

ARTH 655 Baroque Art and Architecture.

(3)

l

ARTH 656 19th Century Painting and Sculpture.

(3)

ARTH 657 19th Century Painting and Sculpture.

(3)

l

ARTH 660 Contemporary Art and Criticism.

(3)

ARTH 661 Contemporary Art and Criticism.

(3)

l

ARTH 673 Renaissance and Post-Renaissance 1.

(3)

l

ARTH 674 Renaissance and Post-Renaissance 1.

(3)

l

ARTH 675 Renaissance and Post-Renaissance 1.

(3)

l

ARTH 678 Renaissance and Post-Renaissance 2.

(3)

l

ARTH 679 Roman Art and Archaeology 1.

(3)

ARTH 687 Problems in Western Medieval Architecture and Sculpture.

(3)

ARTH 698 Thesis Research 1.

(12) (Restriction: No credit will be given for this course unless both ARTH 698 and ARTH 699 are successfully completed.) For the completion of thesis research.

ARTH 699 Thesis Research 2.

(12) (Prerequisite: ARTH 698.) (Restriction: No credit will be given for this course unless both ARTH 698 and ARTH 699 are successfully completed.) For the completion of thesis research.

ARTH 701 Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

l

ARTH 701D1 (0), ARTH 701D2 (0) Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both ARTH 701D1 and ARTH 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ARTH 701D1 and ARTH 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ARTH 701D1 and ARTH 701D2 together are equivalent to ARTH 701)

l

ARTH 701N1 Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(0) (Students must also register for ARTH 701N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ARTH 701N1 and ARTH 701N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ARTH 701N1 and ARTH 701N2 together are equivalent to ARTH 701)

l

ARTH 701N2 Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(0) (Prerequisite: ARTH 701N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ARTH 701N1 and ARTH 701N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ARTH 701N1 and ARTH 701N2 together are equivalent to ARTH 701) See ARTH 701N1 for course description.

l

ARTH 705 Thesis Methods.

(3) (Restriction: For Art History graduate students only.) The aim is to introduce the student to research methods specific to his/her area of dissertation work.

l

ARTH 714 Research: Modern Architecture - 1750 to Present.

(3)

l

ARTH 715 Research: Modern Architecture - 1750 to Present.

(3)

l

ARTH 716 Research: Modern Architecture - 1750 to Present.

(3)

l

ARTH 724 Art Criticism 2.

(3)

l

ARTH 725 Methods in Art History.

(3)

l

ARTH 730 Current Problems: Architectural History 1.

(3)

l

ARTH 731 Current Problems: Architectural History 2.

(3)

7 Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences

Department of Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences
Burnside Hall
805 Sherbrooke Street West, Room 945
Montreal, QC  H3A 2K6
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-3764
Fax: (514) 398-6115
E-mail: graduateinfo.aos@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/meteo 
Chair
J.R. Gyakum

7.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
R.R. Rogers; B.S.(Texas), S.M.(M.I.T.), Ph.D.(N.Y.)
E.J. Stansbury; M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.)
Professors
J.F. Derome; B.Sc., M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Mich.)
H.G. Leighton; B.Sc., M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Alta.)
C.A. Lin; B.Sc.(Br.Col.), Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
L.A. Mysak; B.Sc.(Alta.), M.Sc.(Adel.), A.M. Ph.D.(Harv.), F.R.S.C.
R. E. Stewart; B.Sc.(Man.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
M.K. Yau; S.B., S.M., Sc.D.(M.I.T.)
I.I. Zawadzki; B.Sc.(Buenos Aires), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Associate Professors
P. Bartello; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Mathematics)
J.R. Gyakum; B.Sc.(Penn.St.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
D. Straub; B.S., M.S.(SW Louisiana), Ph.D.(Wash.)
Assistant Professors
P. Ariya; B.Sc., Ph.D.(York) (William Dawson Scholar) (joint appoint. with Chemistry)
F. Fabry; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.) (joint appoint. with McGill School of Environment)
Adjunct Professors
G. Brunet, S. Laroche, R. Menard, F. Saucier, A. Zadra

7.2 Programs Offered

The Department of Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences offers courses and research opportunities in atmospheric, physical oceanographic, and climate fields leading to the M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees. Research programs include the main areas of atmospheric science, such as cloud and precipitation physics, dynamic meteorology, numerical weather prediction, atmospheric chemistry, radar and satellite meteorology, and mesoscale meteorology. Research projects in physical oceanography include the modelling of ocean circulations as well as studies of sea ice and paleoclimates. Some faculty members are associated with the Centre for Climate and Global Change Research, which brings together researchers from several departments to work on problems affecting the evolution of our planet, with emphasis on climate-related questions. Topics of research of this nature in the Department include large scale air/sea interaction, air/sea-ice interaction, interannual and longer term variability of the atmosphere and oceans, and cloud-radiation climate interaction.

Other faculty members are associated with the Cooperative Centre for Research in Mesometeorology which also includes researchers in several other departments at McGill, in the Département de Physique at the Université du Québec à Montréal, and in Montreal offices of the Meteorological Service of Canada. The objective of the Centre is to study the evolution, maintenance and decay of mesoscale precipitation systems. Such systems, whose sizes range from 10 to 300 km, are important for the precipitation climatology of southern Quebec.

Facilities include the J. Stewart Marshall Radar Observatory, a radar wind profiler and a laser ceilometer and several years of global atmospheric data. Graduate students have access to large and small computers, including the NEC supercomputer of the Meteorological Service of Canada.

Financial assistance in the form of research or teaching assistantships is available for all qualified graduate students.

7.3 Admission Requirements

Applicants for the M.Sc. program must meet the general requirements of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office and hold a bachelor's degree with high standing in atmospheric science, physics, mathematics, engineering, or equivalent.

The normal requirement for admission to the Ph.D. program is an M.Sc. degree in atmospheric science, physical oceanography, or related discipline with acceptably high standing. Students without a Master's degree in Atmospheric Science (Meteorology) or Physical Oceanography but with a strong background in related disciplines (physics, mathematics, engineering) may be admitted to the Ph.D. program. They enter at the Ph.D. I rather than the Ph.D. II level, and devote the first year of the program mainly to course work.

Inquiries should be addressed directly to the Chair of Admissions, Department of Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

7.4 Program Requirements

M.Sc. Degree

Depending on their background, students must take from 9 to 27 credits of courses chosen from any course offered by the Department at the 500 and 600 levels, up to but not including ATOC 691. In some instances, courses in this Department may be replaced by courses given by other departments at the 500 level or higher with the approval of the Department. Usually, students with no previous background in atmospheric science (or physical oceanography) are required to take 27 credits of courses, while students with a strong B.Sc. or Diploma in meteorology or a related field may take as few as 9 credits of courses.

Students must also complete a minimum of 24 thesis-research credits from ATOC 691, ATOC 692, ATOC 693, ATOC 694, ATOC 695, ATOC 696 and ATOC 699. All students must take seminar course ATOC 694 and complete ATOC 699. The M.Sc. degree requires a minimum of 45 credits in total. This includes course credits, a minimum of 12 thesis credits and the completion of a thesis satisfying all the requirements of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office. Normally the equivalent of 12 months of full-time work is required to obtain these thesis-research credits, in addition to the time needed for the courses mentioned in the preceding paragraph. It is possible for students to write a thesis based on research in atmospheric, oceanic, or climate topics.

M.Sc. - Computational Science and Engineering (CSE) Option
(minimum 46 credits)

Students can complete the CSE Option by including in their course selection ATOC 669D1/ATOC 669D2, plus two of CIVE 602, COMP 522, COMP 540, COMP 566, MATH 578 and MATH 579; and two other approved courses from a list available in the Department of Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences but which will usually be ATOC 513 and ATOC 515. The rest of the credits are thesis courses.

Ph.D. Degree

The Ph.D. program consists of supervised research and normally a minimum of two approved courses. Candidates are required to submit a written thesis proposal, to present a Ph.D. proposal seminar and to take the Ph.D. oral comprehensive examination. The standard Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office requirements concerning a thesis must be satisfied.

7.5 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
ATOC 512 Atmospheric and Oceanic Dynamics.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours lectures) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: Permission of instructor) Introduction to the fluid dynamics of large-scale flows of the atmosphere and oceans. Stratification of atmosphere and oceans. Equations of state, thermodynamics and momentum. Kinematics, circulation, and vorticity. Hydrostatic and quasi-geostrophic flows. Brief introduction to wave motions, flow over topography, Ekman boundary layers, turbulence.

ATOC 513 Waves and Stability.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours lectures) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: Permission of instructor) Linear theory of waves in rotating and stratified media. Geostrophic adjustment and model initialization. Wave propagation in slowly varying media. Mountain waves; waves in shear flows. Barotropic, baroclinic, symmetric, and Kelvin-Helmholtz instability. Wave-mean flow interaction. Equatorially trapped waves.

ATOC 515 Turbulence in Atmosphere and Oceans.

(3) (3 hours lectures) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: ATOC 512 or permission of instructor) Application of statistical and semi-empirical methods to the study of geophysical turbulence. Reynolds' equations, dimensional analysis, and similarity. The surface and planetary boundary layers. Oceanic mixed layer. Theories of isotropic two- and three- dimensional turbulence: energy and enstrophy inertial ranges. Beta turbulence.

ATOC 530 Climate Dynamics 1.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours lectures) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: Permission of instructor) (Restricted to Graduate students and final-year Honours Atmospheric Science students. Others by special permission.) Introduction to the components of the climate system. Review of paleoclimates. Physical processes and models of climate and climate change.

ATOC 531 Climate Dynamics 2.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours lectures) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: Permission of instructor) (Restricted to Graduate students and final-year Honours Atmospheric Science students. Others by special permission.) The general circulation of the atmosphere and oceans. Atmospheric and oceanic general circulation models. Observations and models of the El Niño and Southern Oscillation phenomena.

ATOC 540 Synoptic Meteorology 1.

(3) (Fall) (2 hours lectures; 2 hours laboratory) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: Permission of instructor) Analysis of current meteorological data. Description of a geostrophic, hydrostatic atmosphere. Ageostrophic circulations and hydrostatic instabilities. Kinematic and thermodynamic methods of computing vertical motions. Tropical and extratropical condensation rates. Barotropic and equivalent barotropic atmospheres.

ATOC 541 Synoptic Meteorology 2.

(3) (Winter) (2 hours lectures; 2 hours laboratory) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: ATOC 512 and ATOC 540 or permission of instructor) Analysis of current meteorological data. Quasi-geostrophic theory, including the omega equation, as it relates to extratropical cyclone and anticyclone development. Frontogenesis and frontal circulations in the lower and upper troposphere. Cumulus convection and its relationship to tropical and extratropical circulations. Diagnostic case study work.

ATOC 546 Current Weather Discussion.

(1) (Winter) (2 hours) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: ATOC 540 or permission of instructor) (Restricted to Graduate students and final-year Honours Atmospheric Science students. Others by special permission.) Half-hour briefing on atmospheric general circulation and current weather around the world using satellite data, radar observations, conventional weather maps, and analyses and forecasts produced by computer techniques.

ATOC 550 Special Topics Meteorology and Oceanography.

(1) (Fall) (1 hour lecture) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: Permission of instructor) (Restricted to Graduate students and final-year Honours Atmospheric Science students. Others by special permission.) Lectures and seminars on special topics such as hydrology, agricultural meteorology, the limits of predictability, planetary atmospheres, atmospheric and oceanic pollution, coastal currents, and research reviews.

l

ATOC 558 Numerical Methods and Laboratory.

(3) (Winter) (1 hour lecture; 4 hours laboratory) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: Permission of instructor) (Restricted to Graduate students and final-year Honours Atmospheric Science students. Others by special permission.)

ATOC 568 Ocean Physics.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours lectures) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: ATOC 512 or permission of instructor) (Restricted to Graduate students and final-year Honours Atmospheric Science students. Others by special permission.) Research methods in physical oceanography including data analysis and literature review. Course will be divided into five separate modules focussing on temperature-salinity patterns, ocean circulation, boundary layers, wave phenomena and tides.

l

ATOC 616 Topics - Geophysical Fluid Dynamics.

(3) (3 hours) Advanced topics in the dynamics of oceanic and atmospheric flows.

l

ATOC 619 Atmospheric Chemistry.

(4) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: CHEM 213, CHEM 273, MATH 222 and MATH 315 or equivalents, or permission of instructor) (Restriction(s): Offered in odd years. Students should register in CHEM 619 in even years. Not open to students who have taken or are taking ATOC 419, CHEM 419, or CHEM 619)

ATOC 620 Physical Meteorology 1.

(3) (2 hours) Thermodynamics of the atmosphere. Instability and convection. Solar and terrestrial radiation. Radiative transfer. Radiation budgets.

ATOC 621 Physical Meteorology 2.

(3) (2 hours) Atmospheric aerosols, nucleation of water and ice. Formation and growth of cloud droplets and ice crystals. Initiation of precipitation. Severe storms and hail. Weather modification. Numerical cloud models.

l

ATOC 626 Atmospheric/Oceanic Remote Sensing.

(3) (3 hours)

l

ATOC 646 Mesoscale Meteorology.

(3) (3 hours)

ATOC 666 Topics In Ocean Circulation.

(3) (3 hours) Recent observations of mesoscale and large-scale ocean circulation. Inverse methods and their application to tracer distributions and deep ocean circulation. Review of modern theoretical developments such as geostrophic turbulence, homogenization of potencial vorticity, ventilated thermoclines, wind and buoyancy driven ocean circulation models, and coupled ice-ocean circulation models.

ATOC 670 Reading Course: Meteorology 1.

(3) Assigned reading of a specialized topic in meteorology with formal evaluation.

ATOC 671 Reading Course: Meteorology 2.

(3) Assigned reading of a specialized topic in meteorology with formal evaluation.

ATOC 672 Reading Course: Oceanography 1.

(3) Assigned reading of a specialized topic in oceanography with formal evaluation.

ATOC 673 Reading Course: Oceanography 2.

(3) Assigned reading of a specialized topic in oceanography with formal evaluation.

ATOC 691 Master's Thesis Literature Review.

(3) Review of relevant literature in preparation for the M.Sc. research.

ATOC 692 Master's Thesis Research 1.

(6) Independent research under the supervision of the student's M.Sc. supervisor.

ATOC 692N1 Master's Thesis Research 1.

(3) (Students must also register for ATOC 692N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ATOC 692N1 and ATOC 692N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ATOC 692N1 and ATOC 692N2 together are equivalent to ATOC 692) Independent research under the supervision of the student's M.Sc. supervisor.

l

ATOC 692N2 Master's Thesis Research 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: ATOC 692N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ATOC 692N1 and ATOC 692N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ATOC 692N1 and ATOC 692N2 together are equivalent to ATOC 692) See ATOC 692N1 for course description.

ATOC 693 Master's Thesis Research 2.

(6) Independent research under the supervision of the student's M.Sc. supervisor.

ATOC 693N1 Master's Thesis Research 2.

(3) (Students must also register for ATOC 693N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ATOC 693N1 and ATOC 693N2 are successfully completed in the same calendar year) (ATOC 693N1 and ATOC 693N2 together are equivalent to ATOC 693) Independent research under the supervision of the student's M.Sc. supervisor.

l

ATOC 693N2 Master's Thesis Research 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: ATOC 693N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ATOC 693N1 and ATOC 693N2 are successfully completed in the same calendar year) (ATOC 693N1 and ATOC 693N2 together are equivalent to ATOC 693) See ATOC 693N1 for course description.

ATOC 694 Master's Thesis Progress Report and Seminar.

(3) Written report on the M.Sc. research progress and oral presentation of the report in seminar form to staff and students.

ATOC 695 Master's Thesis Research 3.

(6) Independent research under the supervision of the student's M.Sc. supervisor.

ATOC 696 Master's Thesis Research 4.

(6) Independent research under the supervision of the student's M.Sc. supervisor.

ATOC 699 Master's Thesis.

(12) Independent research under the supervision of the student's M.Sc. supervisor leading to the M.Sc. thesis.

ATOC 699N1 Master's Thesis.

(6) (Students must also register for ATOC 699N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ATOC 699N1 and ATOC 699N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ATOC 699N1 and ATOC 699N2 together are equivalent to ATOC 699) Independent research under the supervision of the student's M.Sc. supervisor leading to the M.Sc. thesis.

l

ATOC 699N2 Master's Thesis.

(6) (Prerequisite: ATOC 699N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ATOC 699N1 and ATOC 699N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ATOC 699N1 and ATOC 699N2 together are equivalent to ATOC 699) See ATOC 699N1 for course description.

ATOC 700 Ph.D. Proposal Seminar.

(1)

ATOC 701 Ph.D. Comprehensive (General).

(0)

ATOC 701D1 (0), ATOC 701D2 (0) Ph.D. Comprehensive (General).

(Students must register for both ATOC 701D1 and ATOC 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ATOC 701D1 and ATOC 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ATOC 701D1 and ATOC 701D2 together are equivalent to ATOC 701)

l

ATOC 751 Seminar: Physical Meteorology.

(6)

ATOC 751D1 (3), ATOC 751D2 (3) Seminar: Physical Meteorology.

(Students must register for both ATOC 751D1 and ATOC 751D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ATOC 751D1 and ATOC 751D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ATOC 751D1 and ATOC 751D2 together are equivalent to ATOC 751) Seminars on topics in physical meteorology. Students are required to present one or more seminars during the year on their thesis research and to participate actively in the seminars given by others.

ATOC 752D1 (0.5), ATOC 752D2 (0.5) Atmospheric, Oceanic and Climate Dynamics.

(Students must register for both ATOC 752D1 and ATOC 752D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ATOC 752D1 and ATOC 752D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Seminars on topics in atmospheric, oceanic and climate dynamics. Students are required to present one or more seminars during the year on their thesis research and to participate actively in the seminars given by others.

8 Biochemistry

Department of Biochemistry
McIntyre Medical Sciences Building
3655 Promenade Sir-William-Osler
Montreal, QC  H3G 1Y6
Canada 
Telephone: 
	Admissions Information (514) 398-1898
	Student Affairs Officer (514) 398-7266
Fax: (514) 398-7384
E-mail: admissions.biochemistry@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/biochemistry 
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/biochemistry/chemicalbiology 
Chair
David Y. Thomas

8.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
Angus F. Graham; M.Sc., Ph.D., D.Sc.(Edin.), F.R.S.C.
Rose M. Johnstone; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.S.C.
Samuel Solomon; M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.S.C.
Theodore L. Sourkes; M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(C'nell), F.R.S.C.
Professors
Rhoda Blostein; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Nicole Beauchemin; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.) (joint appoint. with Oncology)
Philip E. Branton; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.) (Gilman Cheney Professor of Biochemistry)
Peter E. Braun; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Br.Col.), Ph.D.(Berk.)
Vincent Giguère; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Laval) (joint appoint. with Oncology)
Philippe Gros; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(McG.) (James McGill Professor)F.R.S.C.
Annette A. Herscovics; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.S.C. (joint appoint. with Oncology)
Robert E. MacKenzie; B.Sc.(Agr.) (McG.), M.N.S., Ph.D.(C'nell)
Edward A. Meighen; B.Sc.(Alta.), Ph.D.(Berk.)
William Muller; B.Sc.,Ph.D.(McG.)
Walter E. Mushynski; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Morag Park; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Glas.) (William Dawson Scholar)(joint appoint. with Oncology)
Jerry Pelletier; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Gordon C. Shore; B.Sc.(Guelph), Ph.D.(McG.)
Joseph Shuster; B.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Calif.), M.D.(Alta.)
John R. Silvius; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Alta.)
Nahum Sonenberg; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Weizmann Inst.) F.R.S.C. (James McGill Professor)
Clifford P. Stanners; B.Sc.(McM.), M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.) (joint appoint. with Oncology)
David Y. Thomas; B.Sc.(Bristol), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Univ. College, Lond.), F.R.S.C.
Michel L. Tremblay; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Sher.), Ph.D.(McM.)
Maria Zannis-Hadjopoulos; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Oncology)
Associate Professors
Albert Berghuis; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Rijks Univ. Groningen, The Netherlands), Ph.D.(UBC)
Kalle Gehring; M.Sc.(Mich.), Ph.D.(Berk.)
Alain Nepveu; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Sher.) (joint appoint. with Oncology)
Arnim Pause; B.Sc., M.Sc.(U. Konstanz, Germ.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Assistant Professor
Maxime Bouchard; B.Sc.,Ph.D. (Laval)
Imed Gallouzi; Maîtrise, DEA, Ph.D.(Montpellier, France)
Jason Young;B.Sc.(Tor.),Ph.D.(McM.)
Associate Members
Karine Auclair (Chemistry), John J. Bergeron (Anatomy and Cell Biology), Katherine Cianflone (Exp. Medicine, RVH), Mark A. Featherstone (Oncology), William C. Galley (Chemistry), Michael Hallett (Computer Science), Peter J. Roughley (Shriners' Hosp.), Erwin Schurr (Exp. Medicine, RVH), Charles Scriver (Pediatrics, MCH), Bernard Turcotte (Exp. Medicine, RVH), Simon Wing (Medicine), Xiang-Jiao Yang (Mol. Oncol., RVH)
Adjunct Professors
Prabhat Arya (NRC, Steacie Inst. for Mol. Sciences); Michael Cordingley (Boehringer-Ingelheim); Mirek Cygler (NRC/BRI); Jacques Drouin (Clin. Res. Inst.); Karen Meerovitch (Phytobiotech); Donald Nicholson (Merck Frosst); Maureen D. O'Connor-McCourt (NRC/BRI); Enrico Purisima (NRC/BRI); Sophie Roy (Merck Frosst); Marc Therrien (Clin.Res.Inst.)

8.2 Programs Offered

The Department of Biochemistry offers training at both the M.Sc. and Ph.D. levels. There are a wide variety of areas in which specialized training for the Ph.D. can be obtained. The Department also offers the Chemical Biology Interdisciplinary Graduate Option, together with the Departments of Chemistry and Pharmacology and Therapeutics. Students interested in training in this option must first be accepted for graduate studies by one of the participating departments. Information on this option can be found at the following web address: www.mcgill.ca/biochemistry/chemicalbiology.

The Department concentrates on the following key areas of research: signal transduction; molecular genetics; gene regulation; oncogenes; structure, function and regulation of proteins; membrane structure, function and assembly; intracellular protein targeting; embryonic development; bioinformatics; chemical biology and cellular neurobiology. A summary of the research interest of faculty members is available on the Department's Website.

Funding

Prospective students are urged to make every effort to secure their own funding. All students accepted to the program must be financially supported either by their supervisor or through studentships or fellowships. Applications may be made for a variety of fellowships administered by the University or by various private, provincial or federal agencies. Deadlines for completion of most fellowship applications vary from October to February for studies beginning the following September. For more information on fellowships and awards, see the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office Web site www.mcgill.ca/gps.

8.3 Admission Requirements

Admission is based on the candidate's academic record, letters of recommendation, curriculum vitae and personal statement. A minimum grade point average of 3.2/4.0 (B+) is required. Files that do not meet the minimum requirement will not be considered.

Master's Program

Candidates for the M.Sc. degree must hold a B.Sc. degree or its equivalent in Biochemistry or in related disciplines (e.g., biology, chemistry, physics, physiology, microbiology).

Doctoral Program

Candidates who have completed their M.Sc. degree may be admitted directly to the Ph.D. program. Candidates who are admitted to the M.Sc. program and who are interested in the Ph.D. may transfer directly to the Ph.D. program after successfully completing the transfer seminar (BIOC 701) and all course requirements. The M.Sc. thesis requirement is then waived.

International Applicants

International students whose language of instruction is not English must submit the following documents in order to be considered for admission:

TOEFL: Minimum score of 600 (250 on computer-based test). 
GRE: Subject Test in Biochemistry, Cell and Molecular Biology
with a minimum score of 550. 

Admissions Requirements - Chemical Biology Option

As for the regular graduate programs of the participating departments, acceptance into the Chemical Biology Option consists of two steps:

1.	Preliminary approval by the Department's Graduate Commit-
tee based on the student's transcript, references and other 
documents submitted with the application. The criteria for 
assessment at this level are the same as for the regular grad-
uate programs of the participating departments.  
2.	Acceptance by an individual research director. For students 
wishing to participate in the Chemical Biology Option, the 
director must propose a research project for the student that 
provides training in the methods and philosophy of chemical 
biology. Project proposals are assessed by the Chemical 
Biology Program Committee.  

8.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All information is to be submitted to the Admissions Officer, Department of Biochemistry. All applicants are encouraged to approach staff members during or before the application process since no students are accepted without a supervisor.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

Deadlines

Applications should be submitted as early as possible in order to meet the following deadlines:

Canadian applicants: March 1 for September admission
July 1 for January admission
International applicants: November 1 for September admission
April 1 for January admission

8.5 Program Requirements

Coursework

All students are required to complete a minimum of 6 course credits as part of their M.Sc. or Ph.D. program. The Graduate Admissions Committee may stipulate additional course work depending on the background of the candidate. Unless stipulated on the decision form, students, after consultation with their research director and with the approval of the Chair of the Graduate Admissions Committee, may choose their courses from those offered by Biochemistry, Experimental Medicine, Biology, Chemistry, Physiology as well as other graduate and advanced undergraduate courses in the medical and allied sciences. The following courses are required for those who have not completed an equivalent: BIOC 450 Protein Structure and Function, and BIOC 454 Nucleic Acids.

Departmental Seminars:

Members of the staff and visiting scientists present their work to the Department at weekly and bi-weekly intervals respectively throughout the academic year. Graduate students are required to attend all the above seminars and other informal seminars, and are encouraged to attend meetings of scientific communities.

Master's Program

The M.Sc. program is comprised of 45 credits:

BIOC 696
(3)
Research Seminar
BIOC 697
(9)
Thesis Research 1
BIOC 698
(12)
Thesis Research 2
BIOC 699
(15)
Thesis Research 3
and a minimum 6 credits of course credits, as specified above.

Additional courses may be required, depending on the student's background.

The M.Sc. program usually requires a minimum of two years of study. Students in the M.Sc. program are required to complete all course requirements and submit a thesis.

Doctoral Program

The requirements for the doctorate are: successful completion of the mimimum of 6 course credits specified above, plus any additional course work stipulated by the Graduate Admissions Commitee; the comprehensive oral exams; submission of a thesis, and its oral defence.

Transfer to the Ph.D.

After 21 months students may transfer to the Ph.D. program only if all transfer requirements have been fulfilled. This includes completion of BIOC 701 and the mimimum of 6 course credits specified above, plus any additional course work stipulated by the Graduate Admissions Commitee. The M.Sc. thesis requirement is then waived.

Comprehensive Oral Exams

All students who plan to proceed to the Ph.D. degree, as well as students entering at the Ph.D. level, must present and pass the following comprehensive oral exams, listed as courses:
BIOC 701 Research Seminar 1
BIOC 702 Ph.D. Thesis Proposal
BIOC 703 Research Seminar 2.

Program Requirements - Chemical Biology Option

The curriculum of the Chemical Biology Option is structured so that in completing the option, students also complete the course requirements for the regular graduate programs in their home departments. For this reason, program requirements are listed separately for each department, even though the 'core' content in Chemical Biology (9 lecture credits plus 2 or 4 seminar credits for each program) is the same for each. The course requirements for the Chemical Biology Option taken through the Biochemistry Department are available at www.mcgill.ca/biochemistry/chemicalbiology.

8.6 Graduate Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
BIOC 503 Immunochemistry.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: BIOC 311, BIOC 312) This course, presented in lecture format, emphasizes the molecular, genetic and structure function events that occur in the humoral immune response. Interleukins and other mediators of inflammation, a field in which rapid changes are occurring, are discussed. The clinical significance of fundamental biochemical findings is described.

l

BIOC 603 Recent Advances in Molecular Genetics.

(3) (Prerequisites: BIOC 454 and permission of instructor.) Recent advances in our understanding of gene function and its control in normal and diseased cellular systems will be discussed in depth. Course given based on minimum registration of 10 students. Contact Student Affairs Officer for information.

H
BIOC 604 Macromolecular Structure.

(3) (Prerequisite: BIOC 450 or equivalent) (Lectures in French and English) X-Ray crystallography, NMR spectroscopy, computational methods and theoretical approaches to the determination and analysis of macromolecular structures. Theory and practical applications will be covered. Examples will include interpretation of structure as it applies to biological functions. In conjunction with the Université de Montréal.

BIOC 610 Seminars in Chemical Biology 1.

(1) (Restrictions: Open only to students registered for the M.Sc. or Ph.D. Graduate Option in Chemical Biology.) First multidisciplinary seminar in chemical biology.

BIOC 611 Seminars in Chemical Biology 3.

(1) (Restrictions: Open only to students registered for the M.Sc. or Ph.D. Graduate Option in Chemical Biology.) Third multidisciplinary seminar in chemical biology.

BIOC 695 Thesis Research 1 (Chemical - Biology)

(6) (Restrictions: Open only to students registered for the M.Sc. Graduate Option in Chemical Biology.) Research toward completion of thesis.

BIOC 696 Research Seminar.

(3) (Open to M.Sc. Biochemistry students only.) Compulsory participation in the departmental seminar series. Graded pass/fail, based on participation.

BIOC 697 Thesis Research 1.

(9)

BIOC 698 Thesis Research 2.

(12)

BIOC 699 Thesis Research 3.

(15)

BIOC 701 Research Seminar 1.

(0) (Biochemistry graduate students) Presentation on original current laboratory research carried out by student.

BIOC 702 Ph.D. Thesis Proposal.

(0) (Biochemistry graduate students) Dissertion presented to Committee.

BIOC 703 Research Seminar 2.

(0) (Ph.D. students in Biochemistry) Presentation of the planned thesis including central findings and original contribution to knowledge in the field of research.

EXMD 615 Membrane Carbohydrates.

(3) The structure, function and biosynthesis of glycoproteins, glycolipids and glycoaminoglycans, and the biological role of complex carbohydrates at the cell surface.

Advanced Undergraduate Courses

BIOC 311 Metabolic Biochemistry.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisites: BIOL 200, BIOL 201 or BIOC 212, CHEM 222) The generation of metabolic energy in higher organisms with an emphasis on its regulation at the molecular, cellular and organ level. Chemical concepts and mechanisms of enzymatic catalysis are also emphasized. Included: selected topics in carbohydrate, lipid and nitrogen metabolism; complex lipid and biological membranes; hormonal signal transduction.

BIOC 312 Biochemistry of Macromolecules.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: BIOC 311, BIOL 200, BIOL 201 or BIOC 212) Gene expression from the start of transcription to the synthesis of proteins, their modifications and degradation. Topics covered: purine and pyrmidine metabolism; transcription and its regulation; mRNA processing; translation; targetting of proteins to specific cellular sites; protein glycosylation; protein phosphorylation; protein turn-over; programmed cell death (apoptosis).

BIOC 404 Biophysical Chemistry.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: CHEM 204, CHEM 214 or equivalent) (Not open to students who have taken 180-404) Hydrodynamic and electrophoretic methods for separation and characterization of macromolecules. Optical and magnetic resonance spectroscopy of biopolymers, and applications to biological systems.

BIOC 450 Protein Structure and Function.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisites: BIOC 311, BIOC 312 and/or sufficient organic chemistry. Intended primarily for students at the U3 level) Primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary structure of enzymes. Active site mapping and site-specific mutagenesis of enzymes. Enzyme kinetics and mechanisms of catalysis. Multienzyme complexes.

BIOC 454 Nucleic Acids.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisites: BIOC 311, BIOC 312 or permission of instructor) Chemistry of RNA and DNA, transcription and splicing of RNA and their control; enzymology of DNA replication. Special topics on transgenics, genetic diseases and cancer.

BIOC 455 Neurochemistry.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: BIOC 311, BIOC 312 or permission of instructor) Covers biochemical mechanisms underlying central nervous system function. Introduces basic neuroanatomy, CNS cell types and morphology, neuronal excitability, chemically mediated transmission, glial function. Biochemistry of specific neurotransmitters, endocrine effects on brain, brain energy metabolism and cerebral ischemia (stroke). With examples, where relevant, of biochemical processes disrupted in human CNS disease.

BIOC 458 Membranes and Cellular Signaling.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: BIOC 212, ANAT 262; one of PHGY 201, PHGY 209 or BIOL 205; one of BIOC 312 or ANAT 365; and BIOC 311 or permission of instructors) (This course is also listed as ANAT 458. Not open to students who have taken or are taking ANAT 458 or BIOC 456) An integrated treatment of the properties of biological membranes and of intracellular signaling, including the major role that membranes play in transducing and integrating cellular regulatory signals. Biological membrane organization and dynamics: membrane transport; membrane receptors and their associated effectors; mechanisms of regulation of cell growth, morphology, differentiation and death.

9 Bioethics

For information, write to:
Chair, Master's Specialization in Bioethics
Biomedical Ethics Unit
3647 Peel Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 1X1
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6980 
Fax: (514) 398-8349
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/biomedicalethicsunit/masters 

9.1 Staff

E. Bereza; B.A., M.D.,C.M.(McG.), C.C.F.P.(C)
R. Crouch; B.A., M.A. (McG.)
C. Ells; R.R.T(VGH), M.A., Ph.D.(Tenn.)
K.C. Glass; A.M.(Chic.), LL.B., B.C.L., D.C.L.(McG.)
N. Gilmore; B.A.(College of the Holy Cross), Ph.D.(Lond.), M.D.(Vt.)
D. Jones; B.A.(Yale), J.D.(Harv.)
L. Turner; B.A.(Winn.), M.A.(Manit.), M.A., Ph.D.(S.Calif.)

9.2 Programs Offered

Master's Specialization in Bioethics.

The Master's Specialization in Bioethics is sponsored by the: 
Faculty of Medicine, Department of Experimental Medicine;
Faculty of Law; 
Faculty of Religious Studies; and 
Faculty of Arts, Department of Philosophy.  

Students receive an M.A., LL.M. or M.Sc. degree in the discipline chosen with a specialization in Bioethics.

9.3 Admission Requirements

M.D., bachelor's level professional training in a health science, or bachelor's degree in law, philosophy or religious studies. Other students may be considered on an individual basis.

Enrolment is limited to 12 students.

9.4 Application Procedures

Applications are made initially through the Biomedical Ethics Unit in the Faculty of Medicine, which administers the program and teaches the core courses.

Applicants must be accepted by the appropriate Faculty, the Bioethics Graduate Studies Advisory Committee, and the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

9.5 Program Requirements

The curriculum is composed of required courses (for 6 credits) offered in the Biomedical Ethics Unit, bioethics courses (3 credits minimum) offered by the base faculty or department and any graduate courses required or accepted by a base faculty for the granting of a Master's degree, for a total of 21 credits. A minimum of 45 credits is required including the thesis.

Registration Requirements: Depending upon the requirements of the base discipline, a minimum of three terms is required for completion of the program, including course work and thesis.

Thesis Supervision: Thesis supervision for students in the specialization is provided by a participating faculty member in the program. Thesis examination will be conducted according to the base discipline and the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office norms.

Required Courses - Biomedical Ethics Unit
(6 credits)
BIOE 680
(3)
Bioethical Theory
BIOE 681
(3)
Bioethics Practicum
Required Course - base faculty
(3 credits)
one of the following:
BIOE 682
(3)
Medical Basis of Bioethics
CMPL 642
(3)
Law and Health Care
PHIL 543
(3)
Seminar: Medical Ethics
RELG 571
(3)
Religion and Medicine
Complementary Courses
(12 credits)
the remaining credits are to be taken in any graduate courses required or accepted by the base faculty for the granting of a Master's degree
Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
BIOE 690
(3)
Thesis Literature Survey
BIOE 691
(3)
Thesis Research Proposal
BIOE 692
(6)
Thesis Research Progress Report
BIOE 693
(12)
Thesis

9.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

BIOE 680 Bioethical Theory (3)

(Limited enrolment) A survey of some of the main problem areas and common argument forms used in current bioethics. Problem areas include consent, decions to withhold or withdraw treatment, allocation of scarce resources, research with human subjects and confidentiality. Argument forms include those drawn from diverse ethical theories and traditions.

BIOE 681 Bioethics Practicum.

(3) (Limited enrolment) Four hours per week supervised placement within health care settings (e.g., intensive care, family practice, clinical ethics committees). In addition, students shall be assigned for the last month of the term to a single intensive placement. Participation in rounds, case discussions, and a weekly seminar.

BIOE 690 M.Sc. Thesis Literature Survey.

(3)

BIOE 691 M.Sc. Thesis Research Proposal.

(3)

BIOE 692 M.Sc. Thesis Research Progress Report.

(6)

l

BIOE 692D1 (3), BIOE 692D2 (3) M.Sc. Thesis Research Progress Report.

(Students must register for both BIOE 692D1 and BIOE 692D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both BIOE 692D1 and BIOE 692D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (BIOE 692D1 and BIOE 692D2 together are equivalent to BIOE 692)

BIOE 693 M.Sc. Thesis.

(12)

BIOE 693D1 (6), BIOE 693D2 (6) M.Sc. Thesis.

(Students must register for both BIOE 693D1and BIOE 693D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both BIOE 693D1 and BIOE 693D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (BIOE 693D1 and BIOE 693D2 together are equivalent to BIOE 693)

l

BIOE 694 Independent Studies 3.

(3)

Base Faculty Courses

BIOE 682 Medical Basis of Bioethics.

(3) (Limited enrolment.) The seminar examines the medical basis of timely ethical dilemmas in health care. Content includes: clinical concepts of pathogenesis, disease, screening, diagnosis, therapeutic interventions and prognosis; decision-making in clinical care and institutional policy development; organization of health care systems including socialized medicine, public health and institutions providing health care; medical research.

l

CMPL 642 Law and Health Care.

(3) (Limited enrolment.) Topics in this seminar will include philosophical and ethical foundations of law as applied in medicine, legal structures and their impact on health care, law and ethics of the health care professions, administrative and legal control of health care systems and other selected issues.

PHIL 543 Seminar: Medical Ethics.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 343 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department) An advanced course devoted to a particular philosophical problem as it arises in the context of medical practice or the application of medical technology.

RELG 571 Religion and Medicine.

(3) (Winter) A study of the resources of major world religions (Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism and Shinto) for thinking about ethical issues related to modern medicine, e.g., health, illness, suffering; new reproductive technologies; genetic engineering; euthanasia; palliative care; animal research; transplants.

10 Biology

Department of Biology
Stewart Biology Building
1205 Avenue Docteur Penfield
Montreal, QC  H3A 1B1
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6400
Fax: (514) 398-5069
E-mail: gradinfo.biology@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/biology 
Chair
Paul F. Lasko
Chair of Graduate Program
Robert Levine

10.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
Robert L. Carroll; B.S. (Mich), M.A., Ph.D. (Harv.), F.R.S.C.
F. Clarke Fraser; O.C., B.Sc.(Acad.), M.Sc., Ph.D., M.D., C.M.(McG.), D.Sc.(Acad.), F.R.S.C., F.R.C.P.S.(C) (Molson Emeritus Professor of Genetics) (joint appoint. with Human Genetics)
Sarah P. Gibbs; A.B., M.S.(C'nell), Ph.D.(Harv.), F.R.S.C. (Macdonald Emeritus Professor of Botany)
Jacob Kalff; M.S.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Ind.)
John B. Lewis; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Gordon A. Maclachlan; B.Sc., M.A.(Sask.), Ph.D.(Man.), F.R.S.C. (Macdonald Emeritus Professor of Botany)
Barid B. Mukherjee; B.Sc.(Calc.), M.S.(Brig.Young), Ph.D.(Utah) (joint appoint. with Human Genetics)
Rolf O. Sattler; B.Sc.(Tübingen), Ph.D.(Munich), F.R.S.C.
Professors
Graham A.C. Bell; B.A., D.Phil.(Oxon), F.R.S.C. (James McGill Professor)
Gregory G. Brown; B.Sc.(Notre Dame), Ph.D.(N.Y.)
A. Howard Bussey; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Brist.), F.R.S.C. (on leave
2003-04)
Ronald Chase; A.B.(Stan.), Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
Rajinder S. Dhindsa; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Punj.), Ph.D.(Wash.)
Donald L. Kramer; B.Sc.(Boston Coll.), Ph.D.(U.B.C.)
Paul F. Lasko; A.B.(Harv.), Ph.D.(M.I.T.) (Molson Professor of Genetics) (joint appoint. with Anatomy & Cell Biology)
Martin J. Lechowicz; B.A.(Mich. St.), M.S., Ph.D.(Wis.)
Louis Lefebvre; B.Sc., M.A., Ph.D. (Montr.)
Ronald J. Poole; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Birm.)
Catherine Potvin; B.Sc., M.Sc. (Montr.), Ph.D. (Duke)
Rima Rozen; B.Sc.,PhD.(McG.) (James McGill Professor)
Daniel J. Schoen; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Mich.), Ph.D.(Calif.) (Macdonald Professor of Botany)(on leave)
Associate Professors
Thomas E. Bureau; B.Sc.(Calif), Ph.D.(Texas) (William Dawson Scholar)
François Fagotto; Ph.D.(Neuchâtel)
Gregor Fussman; Diploma (Berlin), Ph.D. (Max-Planck-Institute)
Andrew Gonzalez; B.Sc. (U. Nott.), Ph.D. (Lond.)
Siegfried Hekimi; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Geneva)
Louis Lefebvre; B.Sc., M.A., Ph.D.(Montr.)
Robert L. Levine; B.Sc.(Brooklyn), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Yale)
Yutaka Nishioka; B.A., M.A.(Tokyo), Ph.D.(Col.)
Gerald S. Pollack; M.A., Ph.D.(Prin.)
Catherine Potvin; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Duke)
Neil M. Price; B.Sc.(U.N.B.), Ph.D.(U.B.C.)
Joseph Rasmussen; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Alta.), Ph.D.(Cal.)
Beat Suter; Dip., Ph.D.(Zur)(on leave)
Assistant Professors
Ehab Abouheif; M.Sc.(C'dia), Ph.D.(Duke)(on leave 2003-04)
Joseph Dent; B.Sc.(Mich), Ph.D.(Colo.)
Irene Gregory-Eaves; B.Sc. (Vic., B.C.), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Queen's)
Frédéric Guichard; B.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Laval)
Christian Hardtke; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Munich)
Paul Harrison; B.Sc. (National Univ. of Ireland), Ph.D. (Lond.)
Andrew Hendry; B.Sc.(Vic.,B.C.) M.Sc., Ph.D.(Wash)
Rudiger Krahe; Diploma (Alexander U.), Ph.D. (Humboldt)
Kevin McCann; B.A.(Dart), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Guelph)
Laura Nilson; B.A.(Colgate), Ph.D.(Yale) (Canada Research Chair in Developmental Genetics)
Richard Roy; B.Sc.(Bishop's), Ph.D.(Laval)
Frieder Schoeck; Diploma (Erhangen), Ph.D. (Max Planck Institute)
Jacalyn Vogel; M.Sc.(E.Ill.), Ph.D.(Kansas)
Tamara Western; B.Sc. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Br. Col.)
Monique Zetka; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Br. Col.)
Associate Members
Salvatore Carbonetto (Montreal General Hospital), Hugh Clarke (Royal Victoria Hospital), Pierre Drapeau (Montreal General Hospital), Robert Dunn (Montreal General Hospital), Michael Ferns (Montreal General Hospital), David Green (Redpath Museum), Kenneth Hastings (Montreal Neurological Inst.), Paul Holland (Montreal Neurological Inst.), Roberta Palmour (Allan Memorial Inst.itute), Anthony Ricciardi (Redpath Museum), David Rosenblatt (Royal Victoria Hospital), Guy Rouleau (Montreal General Hospital), Charles R. Scriver (Montreal Children's Hospital Research Inst.), Teruko Taketo (Royal Victoria Hospital), Harriet S. Tenenhouse (Montreal Children's Hospital Research Inst.), David Y. Thomas (Biochemistry Dept.)
Adjunct Professors
Eldredge Bermingham (STRI), Allen Herre (STRI), Wayne Hunte (U. West Indies), Benoit S. Landry (DNA Landmarks), William F. Laurance (STRI), Malcom S. Whiteway (Bio Tech Inst.)

10.2 Programs Offered

The Department offers graduate training in many areas of biology with particular strengths in Molecular Genetics and Development, Evolutionary and Behavioural Ecology, Human Genetics, Limnology, Marine Biology, Neurobiology, and Experimental Plant Biology.

Graduate programs leading to the M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees are offered. The emphasis in both programs is on development of the intellectual and technical skills necessary for independent research. The main component of both degrees is a thesis embodying the results of original research. Formal course requirements are few and are largely intended to fill gaps in the student's background.

The Stewart Biology Building is well equipped for graduate training and research in a wide variety of areas of biology. Its resources are greatly extended by affiliation with other organizations such as the Redpath Museum; the Groupe Interuniversitaire de Recherches Océanographiques du Québec (GIROQ); the Biotechnology Research Institute of the National Research Council of Canada; Macdonald Campus; the Montreal Neurological Institute; the Jewish General Hospital; the Montreal General, Montreal Children's and Royal Victoria Hospitals. Field research facilities include the Mont St. Hilaire Field Station (Quebec); the Huntsman Marine Science Centre (New Brunswick); the Subarctic Research Laboratory (Quebec); the Bellairs Research Institute (Barbados); and the Memphremagog Field Station (Quebec).

The Department specifies a minimum level of support for all graduate students. This amount is $13,500 per annum plus tuition fees. The required minimum duration of support is two years for the M.Sc. program, five years for a Ph.D. student entering as Ph.D.1 (from a Bachelor's) and four years for a Ph.D. student entering as Ph.D.2.

10.3 Admission Requirements

Applicants must have a B.Sc. in a discipline relevant to the proposed field of study with an overall Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 3.0/4.0 or a CGPA of 3.2/4.0 for the last two full-time academic years. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores are not required, but may be submitted. The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required of students who have graduated from a non-English language university outside of Canada. A score of 550 on the paper-based TOEFL (213 on the computer-based test) or 6.5 on IELTS, is the minimum standard for admission.

Admission is based on an evaluation by the Graduate Training Committee and on acceptance by a research director who can provide adequate funding for personal and research expenses. Prospective graduate students are encouraged to contact staff members with whom they wish to study before applying for admission.

10.4 Application Procedures

Application to the graduate program in Biology may be made on a paper application form or aan on-line Web application form (a direct link to the on-line form is on the Department Web site) or a. The paper form that can be obtained directly from the Graduate Admissions Secretary. It is recommended to apply on-line.

All applicants should read the academic faculty and admission procedure sections on either the separate paper handouts or the Biology Department Web site before completing the application form. These guidelines contain specific information on the application process, summaries of the research areas of our staff and contact information.

Deadlines for applications and all supporting documents are March 1 for September admission (January 15 for international applicants) and October 15 for January admission (August 15 for international applicants). If application materials are received after these dates, it may be necessary to delay review of the applicant's file until the following admittance period. All inquiries pertaining to admission procedures should be directed to the Graduate Admissions Secretary.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

10.5 Program Requirements

The graduate program of each student is established and regularly evaluated by a three-member supervisory committee appointed by the Graduate Training Committee and chaired by the student's thesis supervisor.

All graduate students are required to participate regularly in the various seminar series and journal clubs offered by the Department.

M.Sc. REQUIREMENTS (45 credits)
Length of Program

- Three full-time terms of resident study at McGill University is the minimum time requirement to complete the Master's degree. The normal and expected duration is two years.

Course Requirements

- Forty-five credits are required for the M.Sc. degree. Students must complete the courses BIOL 697, BIOL 698 and BIOL 699 (Master's Thesis Research 1, 2, 3). The research courses each carry a credit weight of 13 credits. In addition, six course credits are required and may be taken in Biology or in other departments and must be numbered 500 or higher. Additional course work may be required if the student's background is insufficient. A graduate pass (B- or better) is mandatory for all courses required for the M.Sc. degree.

Thesis

- In Biology, the M.Sc. degree is considered to be a research degree and the candidate must present a thesis which should contain original contributions to knowledge.

M.Sc. - NEOTROPICAL ENVIRONMENT REQUIREMENTS (48 credits)
Length of Program

- Three full-time terms of resident study at McGill University is the minimum time requirement to complete the Master's degree. The normal and expected duration is two years.

Course Requirements

- Forty-eight credits are required for this M.Sc. degree. Students must complete the courses BIOL 697, BIOL 698 and BIOL 699 (Master's Thesis Research 1, 2, 3). The research courses each carry a credit weight of 13 credits. In addition, six course credits are required from ENVR 610 and BIOL 640. Three credits must be chosen from POLI 644, SOCI 565, ENVR 611, ENVR 612, ENVR 680, BIOL 553, BIOL 641, GEOG 498, AGRI 550. Additional course work may be required if the student's background is insufficient. A graduate pass (B- or better) is mandatory for all courses required for the M.Sc. degree.

Participation in the MSE-Panama Symposium presentation in Montreal is also required.

Thesis

- In Biology, the M.Sc. degree is considered to be a research degree and the candidate must present a thesis which should contain original contributions to knowledge.

Transfer from M.Sc to Ph.D. Program

- The student's Supervisory Committee may recommend to the Graduate Training Committee that the student be permitted to transfer to the Ph.D. program. This is normally done at the end of the first year of the Master's program. Students who transfer into the Ph.D. program are required to take their Ph.D. Qualifying Examination within eight months of the transfer.

Ph.D. REQUIREMENTS
Length of Program

- Candidates entering Ph.D.1 must complete at least three years of full-time resident study (6 terms). The normal and expected duration of the Ph.D. program is 4-5 years. A student who has obtained a Master's degree at McGill, or at an approved institution elsewhere, and is proceeding in the same subject towards a Ph.D. degree may, upon the recommendation of the Graduate Training Committee, enter at the Ph.D.2 level.

Course Requirements

- Students are required to take 6 course credits. These courses may be taken in Biology or in other departments and must be numbered 500 or higher. Additional courses may be required if the student's background is insufficient. A graduate pass (B- or better) is mandatory for all courses required for the Ph.D. degree.

Ph.D. Qualifying Examination

- The Qualifying exam is a formal evaluation of the student's ability to proceed to the attainment of the Ph.D. Students must pass the Qualifying Examination (BIOL 700) no later than 15 months from the date of registration in the program. Students who transfer from the Master's program must take the exam within 8 months. Students who enter the Ph.D. program after completing an M.Sc. in Biology at McGill must take the exam within 12 months.

Ph.D. Seminar

- All Ph.D. students must deliver a research seminar (BIOL 702) at some time during the academic session (September-April) towards the end of their studies and preferably at least 3 months prior to the thesis submission.

Thesis

- The Ph.D. is a research degree. The candidate must present a thesis which represents high scholastic attainment in a specialized field, demonstrated by independent and original research. After the thesis has been submitted and approved, the candidate is required to orally defend their thesis in an open forum.

Ph.D. REQUIREMENTS - NEOTROPICAL ENVIRONMENT

Length of Program

- Candidates entering Ph.D.1 must complete at least three years of full-time resident study (6 terms). The normal and expected duration of the Ph.D. program is 4-5 years. A student who has obtained a Master's degree at McGill, or at an approved institution elsewhere, and is proceeding in the same subject towards a Ph.D. degree may, upon the recommendation of the Graduate Training Committee, enter at the Ph.D.2 level.

Course Requirements

- Students are required to take 6 course credits: ENVR 610 and BIOL 640. Three more credits must be chosen from POLI 644; SOCI 565, ENVR 611, ENVR 612, ENVR 680, BIOL 553, BIOL 641, GEOG 498, AGRI 550. Additional courses may be required if the student's background is insufficient. A graduate pass (B- or better) is mandatory for all courses required for the Ph.D. degree.

Participation in the MSE-Panama Symposium presentation in Montreal is also required.

Ph.D. Qualifying Examination

- The Qualifying exam is a formal evaluation of the student's ability to proceed to the attainment of the Ph.D. Students must pass the Qualifying Examination (BIOL 700) no later than 15 months from the date of registration in the program. Students who transfer from the Master's program must take the exam within 8 months. Students who enter the Ph.D. program after completing an M.Sc. in Biology at McGill must take the exam within 12 months.

Ph.D. Seminar

- All Ph.D. students must deliver a research seminar (BIOL 702) at some time during the academic session (September -April) towards the end of their studies and preferably at least 3 months prior to the thesis submission.

Thesis

- The Ph.D. is a research degree. The candidate must present a thesis which represents high scholastic attainment in a specialized field, demonstrated by independent and original research. After the thesis has been submitted and approved, the candidate is required to orally defend their thesis in an open forum.

10.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

H Denotes courses offered in alternate years.
l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05
BIOL 650 Recent Advances in Biology 1.

(3) Directed reading, seminar and discussion courses in subjects of current interest in biological research. Intended for students working individually or in classes on selected areas under the supervision of one or more staff members. Content and form are flexible to allow the Department to meet specific student demands or needs. Such courses are arranged by consultation with individual staff.

BIOL 651 Recent Advances in Biology 2.

(3) Directed reading, seminar and discussion courses in subjects of current interest in biological research. Intended for students working individually or in classes on selected areas under the supervision of one or more staff members. Content and form are flexible to allow the Department to meet specific student demands or needs. Such courses are arranged by consultation with individual staff.

BIOL 652 Recent Advances in Biology 3.

(3) Directed reading, seminar and discussion courses in subjects of current interest in biological research. Intended for students working individually or in classes on selected areas under the supervision of one or more staff members. Content and form are flexible to allow the Department to meet specific student demands or needs. Such courses are arranged by consultation with individual staff.

BIOL 655 Laboratory Projects and Techniques 1.

(3) Directed training in selected methods used in areas of current interest in biological research. Intended for individuals or classes working in selected areas under the supervision of one or more staff members. Form and content are flexible to allow the Department to meet specific student demands and needs. Each course is arranged by consultation with individual staff.

BIOL 656 Laboratory Projects and Techniques 2.

(3) Directed training in selected methods used in areas of current interest in biological research. Intended for individuals or classes working in selected areas under the supervision of one or more staff members. Form and content are flexible to allow the Department to meet specific student demands and needs. Each course is arranged by consultation with individual staff.

BIOL 697 Master's Thesis Research 1.

(13) Independent research work under the direction of the Thesis Supervisor and the Supervisory Committee.

BIOL 698 Master's Thesis Research 2.

(13) Independent research work under the direction of the Thesis Supervisor and the Supervisory Committee.

BIOL 699 Master's Thesis Research 3.

(13) Independent research work under the direction of the Thesis Supervisor and the Supervisory Committee.

BIOL 700 Doctoral Qualifying Examination.

(0) The oral Qualifying Examination is a formal evaluation of the candidate's ability to proceed to the attainment of the Ph.D. Candidates must submit a thesis proposal in advance of the exam.

BIOL 702 Ph.D. Seminar.

(6) Doctoral candidates are required to give a public oral presentation of their major results before submitting a thesis.

Specific Courses

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100-to 500-level have limited enrolment).

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

l

H
BIOL 505 Diversity and Systematics Seminar.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours seminar) (Prerequisites: BIOL 215 and BIOL 304 or permission)

BIOL 516 Genetics of Development.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours lecture) (Prerequisites: BIOL 202, BIOL 300, BIOL 303; permission) (Not open to students who have taken 177-416) This course aims to examine problems, theories, and experimental evidence on several concepts of mammalian developmental processes at molecular to organogenesis levels. Most topics are in the mouse model system, where various techniques for genetic manipulation are available.

BIOL 518 Advanced Topics in Cell Biology.

(3) (Winter) (2 hours seminar) (Prerequisite: BIOL 313 and permission) Conserved processes in Eukaryotic organisms, including the cytoskeleton, the cell cycle, complex traits/disease, global analysis/bioinformatics, and innovative studies/techniques in cell biology.

BIOL 520 Gene Activity in Development.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours lecture and discussion) (Prerequisites: BIOL 300 and BIOL 303 or permission) (Not open to students who have taken 177-420) An analysis of the role and regulation of gene expression in several models of eukaryotic development. The emphasis will be on critical evaluation of recent literature concerned with molecular or genetic approaches to the problems of cellular differentiation and determination. Recent research reports will be discussed in conferences and analyzed in written critiques.

BIOL 524 Topics in Molecular Biology.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisite: BIOL 300, BIOL 303 or permission) Recent literature in the fields of molecular genetics and molecular biology. Topics include: signal transduction, cell function, genetic diseases in eukaryotes.

H
BIOL 530 Neural Basis of Behaviour.

(3) (Winter) (1 hour lecture, 2 hours seminar) (Prerequisite: BIOL 306 or PHGY 311 or PSYC 308) (Not open to students who have taken 177-430) This course examines neural mechanisms underlying behaviour. Topics will be introduced by a lecture, supplemented by a review article. This will be followed by student seminars and/or discussions. Topics will vary according to current literature, but will likely include communication, visual behaviour, escape, orientation, neurogenetics and locomotion.

l

BIOL 531 Neurobiology Learning Memory.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours lecture and discussion) (Prerequisite: BIOL 306 or permission) (Not open to students who have taken 177-431)

BIOL 532 Developmental Neurobiology Seminar.

(3) (Winter) (1 hour lecture, 2 hours seminar) (Prerequisites: BIOL 303 and BIOL 306 or permission) Discussions of all aspects of nervous system development including pattern formation, cell lineage, pathfinding and targetting by growing axons, and neuronal regeneration. The basis for these discussions will be recent research papers and other assigned readings.

BIOL 534 Theoretical Ecology.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: BIOL 308 and either BIOL 309 or BIOL 373; and permission of instructor.) Advanced topics in theoretical ecology. Mathematical and computational tools available to explore the dynamical behaviour of model populations and communities. Models addressing major ecological theories: population stability, diversity and community functioning, epidemic and disturbance dynamics; spatial models, game theory, complex-system theories.

BIOL 540 Ecology of Species Invasions.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours lecture) (Prerequisite: BIOL 308 or permission of instructor) (Not open to U1 or U2 students) (Not open to students who are taking or have taken ENVR 540.) Causes and consequences of invasion, as well as risk assessment methods and management strategies for dealing with this global problem.

l

H
BIOL 544 Genetic Basis of Life Span.

(3) (Fall) (1 hour lecture, 2 hours seminar) (Prerequisites: BIOL 202, BIOL 300; BIOL 303 recommended or permission) (Not open to students who have taken 177-444) The course will consider how gene action is determining the duration of life in various organisms focusing on the strengths and limitations of the genetic approach. The course will focus particularly on model organisms such as yeast, Caenorhabditis, Drosophila and mouse, as well as on the characterization of long-lived mutants.

l

BIOL 551 Molecular Biology: Cell Cycle.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours lecture) (Prerequisites: BIOL 200, BIOL 201, BIOL 300) (Not open to students who have taken 177-451)

BIOL 553 Neotropical Environments.

(3) (Winter) (24 hours lecture and 36 hours field work over a 4-week period) (Prerequisites: HISP 218, MATH 203, and BIOL 215, or equivalents, and permission of Program Coordinator) (Corequisites: ENVR 451, GEOG 404 and SOCI 565.) (Not open to students who have taken BIOL 453) (Restriction: location in Panama. Students must register for a full semester of studies in Panama) Ecology revisited in view of tropical conditions. Exploring species richness. Sampling and measuring biodiversity. Conservation status of ecosystems, communities and species. Indigenous knowledge.

BIOL 555D1 (1.5), BIOL 555D2 (1.5) Functional Ecology of Trees.

(Prerequisites: BIOL 304, BIOL 308 or permission.) (Students must register for both BIOL 555D1 and BIOL 555D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both BIOL 555D1 and BIOL 555D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (BIOL 555D1 and BIOL 555D2 together are equivalent to BIOL 555.) Discussion of the interactions among traits that underpin the survival of woody plants in diverse environments: physiology, anatomy, architecture, seasonality and phenology, reproductive ecology, life history trade-offs, and the phylogenetic basis of functional diversification.

BIOL 568 Topics on the Human Genome.

(3) (Winter) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken BIOL 468.) Cellular and molecular approaches to characterization of the human genome.

BIOL 569 Developmental Evolution.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: BIOL 303 and BIOL 304; or permission of instructor.) The influence of developmental mechanisms on evolution. This course draws on recent examples from plants and invertebrate and vertebrate animals. Topics include homology, modularity, dissociation, co-option, evolutionary novelty, evolution of genetic cis-regulation, developmental constraint and evolvability, heterochrony, phenotypic plasticity, and canalization.

l

BIOL 570 Advanced Seminar in Evolution.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours seminar) (Open to undergraduates by permission) Detailed analysis of a topic in evolutionary biology, involving substantial original research.

BIOL 571 Experimental Evolution/Ecology.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: BIOL 435 or equivalent) (Restriction: Restricted to U3 and Graduate students.) Basic principles and processes of evolution and ecology will be demonstrated using microbial model systems. Topics include mutation, fitness, selection, adaptive radiation, properties of mixtures and community assembly.

l

H
BIOL 572 Molecular Evolution.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours lecture/seminar) (Prerequisite: BIOL 300) (Not open to students who have taken 177-472) Evolutionary change in DNA and proteins and its implications for cellular, organismal, and population/species evolution.

BIOL 575 Human Biochemical Genetics.

(3) (Winter) (Not open to students who have taken BIOL 475.) Topics on the study of human systems that have led to advances in basic biology.

H
BIOL 588 Molecular/Cellular Neurobiology.

(3) (Fall) (1 1/2 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours seminar) (Prerequisite: BIOL 300 and BIOL 306 or permission) Discussion of fundamental molecular mechanisms underlying the general features of cellular neurobiology. An advanced course based on lectures and on a critical review of primary research papers.

l

BIOL 632 Limnology.

(3) (2 hours lecture; 3 hours laboratory) (Prerequisites: BIOL 206 and/or permission) A study of the physical, chemical and biological properties of inland waters, with emphasis on their functioning as systems.

l

H
BIOL 640 Tropical Biology and Conservation.

(3) (Restricted to students enrolled in Neotropical Environment Option (NEO) or permission of the instructor).

BIOL 641 Issues in Tropical Biology.

(3) (Course will only be offered if enrolment is five students or more. Enrolment in the Neotropical Environment Option (NEO) or permission of the instructor) Advanced interdisciplinary topics relevant to environmental work in Latin America including tropical marine environmental physiology encompassing issues of pollution and toxicity, global climate change from an ecosystem and economical perspective, evolutionary ecology of tropical communities as related to the maintenance of species diversity.

11 Biomedical Engineering

Department of Biomedical Engineering
Duff Medical Building
3775 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 2B4
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6736
Fax: (514) 398-7461
Web site: www.bmed.mcgill.ca 
Chair
R.E. Kearney

11.1 Staff

Professors
T.M.S. Chang; B.Sc., M.D., C.M., Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C) (joint appoint. with Physiology)
A.C. Evans; B.Sc.(Liv.), M.Sc.(Sur.), Ph.D.(Leeds) (joint appoint. with Neurology and Neurosurgery)
H.L. Galiana; B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Otolaryngology)
R.E. Kearney; B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Physiology)
Associate Professors
J.D. Bobyn; B.Sc., M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Tor.) (joint appoint. with Surgery)
W.R.J. Funnell; B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Otolaryngology)
G.B. Pike; B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Neurology and Neurosurgery)
Assistant Professors
D.L. Collins; B.Sc., M.Eng, Ph.D.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Neurology and Neurosurgery)
S. Prakash, B.Sc., M.Sc.(BHU-India), Ph.D.(McG.)
M. Tabrizian, B.Sc.(Iran), M.Sc., Ph.D.(PMC-France), M.B.A.(HEC) (joint appoint. with Dentistry)
Associate Members
K. Cullen (Physiology), S. De Serres (Physical and Occupational Therapy), J. Gotman (Neurology and Neurosurgery), R. Mongrain (Mechanical Engineering), B.N. Segal (Otolaryngology), T. Steffen (Surgery), C. Thompson (Neurology and Neurosurgery)
Adjunct Professor
J.H.T. Bates (VT)
Research Associates
C. Baker, D. Guitton, A. Katsarkas

11.2 Programs Offered

The Department offers a graduate training program leading to Master's (M.Eng.) and Ph.D. degrees in Biomedical Engineering.

It provides instruction and opportunities for interdisciplinary research in the application of engineering, mathematics, and the physical sciences to problems in medicine and the life sciences. Courses are offered for graduate students in the life sciences and in engineering and the physical sciences.

Excellent laboratory facilities for basic and applied research are available in the Department and in the laboratories of associated staff located elsewhere in the Medical Faculty. The Department operates a network of high performance workstations and well-equipped mechanical and electronics workshops.

Basic research in the Department concentrates on the application of quantitative engineering analysis methods to basic biomedical research problems. Currently active areas of research include: neuromuscular and postural control, muscle mechanics, the vestibular system, oculomotor control, the auditory system, joint prosthetics, biomaterials, artificial cells and organs, and medical imaging, and bioinformatics in genomics and proteomics. Staff members are also active in more applied research related to the development of quantitative analysis tools and instruments for biomedical research. Areas of activity here include: signal analysis, system identification, modeling, simulation and parameter estimation, image processing, pattern recognition, ultrasound, and biorobotics.

11.3 Admission Requirements

See minimum admission requirements in Section 5 of the General Information section of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar.

11.4 Application Procedures

Please address enquiries directly to the Department.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

11.5 Program Requirements

Master's degrees (M.Eng.) require students to complete a minimum of 45 credits (24 thesis credits and 21 graduate course credits).

Graduate students may also be registered through departments of Medicine, Science and Engineering, and must then fulfill the requirements for advanced degrees imposed by their respective departments.

In addition, all students are required, through course work and independent study, to achieve a degree of inter-disciplinary competence appropriate to their area of specialization.

11.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

BMDE 500D1 (1.5), BMDE 500D2 (1.5) Seminars in Biomedical Engineering.

(Students must register for both BMDE 500D1 and BMDE 500D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both BMDE 500D1 and BMDE 500D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

BMDE 501 Selected Topics in Biomedical Engineering.

(3) (3-0-6) An overview of how techniques from engineering and the physical sciences are applied to the study of selected physiological systems and biological signals. Using specific biological examples, systems will be studied using: signal or finite-element analysis, system and identification, modelling and simulation, computer control of experiments and data acquisition.

BMDE 502 BME Modelling and Identification.

(3) (Prerequisites: Undergraduate basic statistics and: either BMDE 519, or Signals and Systems (e.g., ECSE 303 & ECSE 304) or equivalent) Methodologies in systems or distributed multidimentional processes. System themes include parametric vs non-parametric system representations; linear/non-linear; noise, transients and time variation; mapping from continuous to discrete models; and relevant identification approaches in continuous and discrete time formulations.

BMDE 503 Biomedical Instrumentation.

(3) (2-1-6) The principles and practice of making biological measurements in the laboratory, including theory of linear systems, data sampling, computer interfaces, basic electronic circuit design and machining.

BMDE 504 Biomaterials and Bioperformance.

(3) (3-0-0) (Restricted to graduate and final-year undergraduate students from physical, biological and medical science, and engineering.) Biological and synthetic biomaterials, medical devices, and the issues related to their bioperformance. The physicochemical characteristics of biomaterials in relation to their biocompatibility and sterilization.

BMDE 505 Cell and Tissue Engineering.

(3) (1.5 hours lecture/1.5 hours seminar per week) (Restricted to graduate and final year undergraduate students from physical, biological, and medical science, and engineering.) Application of the principles of engineering, physical, and biological sciences to modify and create cells and tissues for therapeutic applications will be discussed, as well as the industrial perspective and related ethical issues.

BMDE 519 Biomedical Signals and Systems.

(3) (2-0-8) (Prerequisites: Satisfactory standing in U3 Honours Physiology; or U3 Major in Physics-Physiology; or U3 Major Physiology-Mathematics; or permission of instructor.) An introduction to the theoretical framework, experimental techniques and analysis procedures available for the quantitative analysis of physiological systems and signals. Lectures plus laboratory work using the Biomedical Engineering computer system. Topics include: amplitude and frequency structure of signals, filtering, sampling, correlation functions, time and frequency-domain descriptions of systems.

BMDE 650 Advanced Medical Imaging.

(3) (Prerequisite: MDPH 607) Review of advanced techniques in medical imaging including: fast magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), functional MRI, MR angiography and quantitative flow measurement, spiral and dynamic x-ray computed tomography, 2D/3D positron emission tomography (PET), basic PET physiology, tracer kinetics, surgical planning and guidance, functional and anatomical brain mapping, 2D and 3D ultrasound imaging, and medical image processing.

BMDE 651 Orthopaedic Engineering.

(3) (Restriction: Permission of the instructor.) Science and technology related to implants used for various orthopaedic reconstructive procedures, with emphasis on artificial hip and knee joint prostheses.

BMDE 690 Thesis Research 1.

(3)

BMDE 691 Thesis Research 2.

(3)

BMDE 692 Thesis Research 3.

(3)

BMDE 693 Thesis Research 4.

(6)

BMDE 694 Thesis Research 5.

(6)

BMDE 695 Thesis Submission.

(12)

BMDE 700 Ph.D. Comprehensive.

(0)

12 Bioresource Engineering

Department of Bioresource Engineering
Macdonald Campus
21,111 Lakeshore Road
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-7774
Fax: (514) 398-8387
E-mail: robert.kok@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/agreng 
Chair
R. Kok

12.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
R.S. Broughton; B.S.A., B.A.Sc.(Tor.), S.M.(M.I.T.), Ph.D.(McG.), LL.D.(Dal.)
Professors
S. Barrington; B.Sc.(Agr. Eng.), Ph.D.(McG.)
R. Kok; B.E.Sc., Ph.D.(W.Ont.)
C.A. Madramootoo; B.Sc.(Agr. Eng.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.) (James McGill Professor)
E. McKyes; B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.)
S.O. Prasher; B.Tech, M.Tech.(Punj.), Ph.D.(Br.Col.) (James McGill Professor)
G.S.V. Raghavan; B.Eng.(B'lore), M.Sc.(Guelph), Ph.D.(Colo.St.) (James McGill Professor)
Associate Professors
R.B. Bonnell; B.Sc.(Geo.), B.Sc.(Agr.Eng.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Assistant Professors
M.O. Ngadi; B.Eng.(Agr.Eng.), M.A.Sc., Ph.D.(Dal.Tech.)(William Dawson Scholar)
N. Wang; B.Eng.(E.E.), M.Eng.(I.E.) (Asian Institute of Technology), M.Sc.(E.E.), Ph.D (Kansas St.)
Assistant Professors
M.O. Ngadi; B.Eng.(Agr.Eng.), M.A.Sc., Ph.D.(Dal.Tech.)
N. Wang; B.Eng.(E.E.), M.Eng.(I.E.) (Asian Institute of Technology), M.Sc.(E.E.), Ph.D (Kansas St.)
Research Associates
P. Enright, V. Orsat, V. Sosle

12.2 Programs Offered

The Department offers M.Sc. and Ph.D. research programs in various areas of bioresource engineering including: plant and animal environments; ecological engineering (ecosystem modelling, design, management, and remediation); water resources management (hydrology, irrigation, drainage, water quality); agricultural machinery, mechatronics and robotics; food engineering and food processing; postharvest technology; waste management and protection of the environment; artificial intelligence.

The interdisciplinary nature of bioresource engineering often requires candidates for higher degrees to work in association with, or attend courses given by, a number of other departments at both the McGill University Macdonald Campus and the Downtown Campus.

12.3 Admission Requirements

Candidates for M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees should indicate in some detail their fields of special interest when applying for admission. An equivalent cumulative grade point average of 3.0/4.0 (second class-upper division) or 3.2/4.0 during the last two years of full-time university study is required at the Bachelor's level. High grades are expected in courses considered by the academic unit to be preparatory to the graduate program. Experience after the undergraduate degree is an additional asset.

12.4 Application Procedures

Applicants for graduate studies through academic units in the Faculty of Agricultural and Environmental Sciences must forward supporting documents to:

Department of Bioresource Engineering
Macdonald Campus of McGill University
21,111 Lakeshore
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada
Telephone: (514) 398-7773
Fax: (514) 398-8387
E-mail: robert.kok@mcgill.ca

Applications will be considered upon receipt of a completed application form, $60 application fee, and the following supporting documents:

Transcripts

- Two official copies of all university level transcripts with proof of degree(s) granted. Transcripts written in a language other than English or French must be accompanied by a certified translation. An explanation of the grading system used by the applicant's university is essential. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for transcripts to be sent.

It is desirable to submit a list of the titles of courses taken in the major subject, since transcripts often give code numbers only. Applicants must be graduates of a university of recognized reputation and hold a Bachelor's degree equivalent to a McGill Honours degree in a subject closely related to the one selected for graduate work. This implies that about one-third of all undergraduate courses should have been devoted to the subject itself and another third to cognate subjects.

Letters of Recommendation

- Two letters of recommendation on letterhead (official paper) of originating institution or bearing the university seal and with original signatures from two instructors familiar with the applicant's work, preferably in the applicant's area of specialization. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for these letters to be sent.

Competency in English

- Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree using the English language are required to submit documented proof of competency in oral and written English, by appropriate exams, e.g., TOEFL (minimum score 550 on the paper-based test or 213 on the computer-based test) or IELTS (minimum overall band 6.5). The MCHE is not considered equivalent. Results must be submitted as part of the application. The University code is 0935 (McGill University, Montreal); please use department code 31 (graduate schools), Biological Sciences - Agriculture to ensure that your TOEFL reaches this Office without delay.

Graduate Record Exam (GRE)

- The GRE is not required, but it is highly recommended.

DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED WILL NOT BE RETURNED.

Application Fee (non-refundable)

- A fee of $60 Canadian must accompany each application (including McGill students), otherwise it cannot be considered. This sum must be remitted using one of the following methods:

1. Credit card (by completing the appropriate section of the application form). NB: on-line applications must be paid for by credit card.

2. Certified cheque in Cdn.$ drawn on a Canadian bank.

3. Certified cheque in U.S.$ drawn on a U.S. bank.

4. Canadian Money order in Cdn.$.

5. U.S. Money Order in U.S.$.

6. An international draft in Canadian funds drawn on a Canadian bank requested from the applicant's bank in his/her own country.

Deadlines

- Applications, including all supporting documents must reach the Department no later than June 1 (March 1 for International) for the Fall Term (September); October 15 (July 1 for International) for the Winter Term (January); February 15 (November 1 for International) for the Summer Term (May). It may be necessary to delay review of the applicant's file until the following admittance period if application materials including supporting documents are received after these dates. International applicants are advised to apply well in advance of the deadline because immigration procedures may be lengthy. Applicants are encouraged to make use of the on-line application form available on the Web at www.mcgill.ca/applying/ graduate.

Financial aid is very limited and highly competitive. It is suggested that students give serious consideration to their financial planning before submitting an application.

Acceptance to all programs depends on a staff member agreeing to serve as the student's supervisor and the student obtaining financial support. Normally, a student will not be accepted unless adequate financial support can be provided by the student and/or the student's supervisor. Academic units cannot guarantee financial support via teaching assistantships or other funds.

Qualifying Students

- Some applicants whose academic degrees and standing entitle them to serious consideration for admission to graduate studies, but who are considered inadequately prepared in the subject selected may be admitted to a Qualifying Program if they have met the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office minimum CGPA of 3.0/4.0. The course(s) to be taken in a Qualifying Program will be prescribed by the academic unit concerned. Qualifying students are registered in graduate studies, but not as candidates for a degree. Only one qualifying year is permitted. Successful completion of a qualifying program does not guarantee admission to a degree program.

12.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc. (Bioresource Engineering)

At least 12 months of full-time study are required for this degree. A student may complete the requirements by obtaining 46 credits under the requirements of the thesis or non-thesis options.

M.Sc. Thesis Option

This option for the M.Sc. degree is oriented towards individuals who intend to develop a career in bioresource engineering research. The requirements for this option are:

M.Sc. Thesis Option - Neotropical Environment

The requirements for this option are:

M.Sc. Applied - Non-thesis Option (Bioresource Engineering)

The non-thesis option is aimed towards individuals already employed in industry or seeking to improve their skills in specific areas (soil and water/structures and environment/waste management/and environment protection/post harvest technology/food process engineering/environmental engineering) in order to enter the engineering profession at a higher level. The requirements for a candidate registering for this option are:

Candidates must meet the qualifications of a professional engineer either before or during their M.Sc., Applied program.

Each candidate for this option is expected to establish and maintain contact with his/her academic advisor in the Department of Bioresource Engineering some time before registration in order to clarify objectives, investigate project possibilities and plan a program of study.

M.Sc. Applied - Non-thesis Option - Neotropical Environment

The program consists of a minimum of 45 credits. The requirements for a candidate registering for this option are:

M.Sc. Applied - Environmental Engineering Option

The program consists of a minimum of 45 credits, of which, depending on the student's home department, a minimum of 5 and a maximum of 15 may be allotted to the project. The balance is earned by coursework, of which one to three approved undergraduate (below 500-level) courses are allowed. Candidates must possess a Bachelor's degree in engineering with superior academic achievement (a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 out of a possible 4.0).

To complete the program, students must:

Ph.D. - Bioresource Engineering

Candidates for the Ph.D. degree will normally register for the M.Sc. degree first. In cases where the research work is proceeding very satisfactorily, or where the equivalent of the M.Sc. degree has been completed previously, candidates may be permitted to proceed directly to the Ph.D. degree.

Requirements are:

Ph.D. - Neotropical Environment Option

The requirements for a candidate registering for this option are: 
    1. 6 credits of required courses: ENVR 610 and BIOL 640.
    2. 3 credits chosen from AGRI 550, BIOL 553, BIOL 641, ENVR 611, ENVR 612, ENVR 680, GEOG 498, POLI 644, SOCI 565.
    3. Participation in the MSE-Panama Symposium presentation in Montreal.
    4. Participation in graduate seminar during four terms.
    5. A comprehensive examination, ABEN 701, will be taken either late in the first, or early in the second, registration year to qualify to proceed to the completion of the Ph.D. degree.
    6. Satisfactory completion of a Ph.D. thesis.

12.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

H	Denotes courses taught only in alternate years. 
l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

l

ABEN 501 Simulation and Modelling.

(3) (Restrictions: U3 students and above. Not open to students who have taken ABEN 612.)

l

ABEN 502 Drainage/Irrigation Engineering.

(3) (Prerequisite: ABEN 217) (Restrictions: U3 students and above. Not open to students who have taken ABEN 611.)

ABEN 504 Instrumentation and Control.

(3) (3 lectures and one 2-hour lab) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: ABEN 312 or ECSE 281) Principles and operation of instrument systems used for measurement and control in agricultural processes and research.

ABEN 506 Advances in Drainage Management.

(3) (3 weeks intensive course) Land drainage in relation to soils and crops. Design of regional drainage systems, stability of ditches, ice problems. Design of subsurface drainage systems. Theories of flow into drain tubes. Hydraulics of wells. Drainage of irrigated lands. Water table control.

ABEN 509 Hydrologic Systems and Modelling.

(3) (3 hour lectures) Use of deterministic and stochastic models to analyze components of the hydrologic cycle on agricultural and forested watersheds, floods frequency analysis, hydrograph analysis, infiltration, runoff, overland flow, flood routing, erosion and sediment transport. Effects of land-use changes and farm and recreational water management systems on the hydrologic regime.

l

H
ABEN 512 Soil Cutting and Tillage.

(3) (2 lectures and one 2-hour lab) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: ABEN 341).

l

ABEN 515 Soil Hydrologic Modelling.

(3) (3 lectures and one 3-hour lab).

l

H
ABEN 518 Bio-Treatment of Wastes.

(3) (One 3 hour lecture) Special topics concerning control of pollution agents from the agricultural industry; odour control, agricultural waste treatment including biological digestion, flocculants, land disposal and sedimentation, pesticide transport.

ABEN 519 Advanced Food Engineering.

(3) (3 lectures and one 2-hour lab) (Prerequisites: ABEN 325 and MECH 426, or permission of instructor) Advanced topics in food engineering. Concepts of mathematical modeling and research methodologies in food engineering. Topics include heat and mass transfer in food systems, packaging and distribution of food products, thermal and non-thermal processing, rheology and kinetics of food transformations.

l

H
ABEN 525 Climate Control for Buildings.

(3) (3 lectures and one 3-hour lab) (Prerequisite: ABEN 301) (Restriction: U3 students or above.)

H
ABEN 530 Fermentation Engineering.

(3) (3 lectures and one 3-hour lab) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: ABEN 325 or equivalent) (Graduate courses available to senior undergraduates with permission of the instructor) Advanced topics in food and fermentation engineering are covered, including brewing, bioreactor design and control and microbial kinetics.

l

ABEN 531 Post-Harvest Drying.

(3) (Restrictions: U3 students or above. Not open to students who have taken ABEN 621)

ABEN 532 Post-Harvest Storage.

(3) (Restrictions: Not open to students who have taken ABEN 622) Active, semi-passive and passive storage systems; environmental control systems; post-harvest physiology and pathogenicity; quality assessment and control methodology; economic aspects of long-term storage.

ABEN 608 Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering.

(3) (2 conferences, either term) Laboratory, field and library studies and reports on special problems related to agricultural and biosystems engineering that are not covered in regular course work.

l

ABEN 616 Advanced Soil and Water Engineering.

(3) (3 lectures)

ABEN 623 Proposal Preparation.

(3) (3 hours conferences) Critiques of proposals prepared by others. Preparation and defense of draft proposals for funding agencies.

ABEN 625 Water Quality Management.

(3) Management of water quality for sustainablilty. Cause of soil degradation, surface and groundwater contamination by agricultural chemicals and toxic pollutants. Screening and mechanistic models. Human health and safety concerns. Water table management. Soil and water conservation techniques will be examined with an emphasis on methods of prediction and best management practices.

ABEN 651 Departmental Seminar M.Sc. 1.

(1) To give seminars and participate in discussions.

ABEN 652 Departmental Seminar M.Sc. 2.

(1) To give seminars and participate in discussions.

ABEN 671 Project 1.

(6) Prepare project outline, execute and report. This project relates to the M.Sc. (Applied) degree.

ABEN 671D1 (3), ABEN 671D2 (3) Project 1.

(Students must register for both ABEN 671D1 and ABEN 671D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ABEN 671D1 and ABEN 671D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ABEN 671D1 and ABEN 671D2 together are equivalent to ABEN 671) Prepare project outline, execute and report. This project relates to the M.Sc. (Applied) degree.

ABEN 672 Project 2.

(6) Prepare project outline, execute and report. This project relates to the M.Sc. (Applied) degree.

ABEN 672D1 (3), ABEN 672D2 (3) Project 2.

(Students must register for both ABEN 672D1 and ABEN 672D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ABEN 672D1 and ABEN 672D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ABEN 672D1 and ABEN 672D2 together are equivalent to ABEN 672) Prepare project outline, execute and report. This project relates to the M.Sc. (Applied) degree.

ABEN 691 M.Sc. Thesis 1.

(4) Problem definition and literature Review.

ABEN 692 M.Sc. Thesis 2.

(4)

ABEN 693 M.Sc. Thesis 3.

(4) Methodology development.

ABEN 694 M.Sc. Thesis 4.

(4) Experimentation 1.

ABEN 695 M.Sc. Thesis 5.

(4) Experimentation 2.

ABEN 696 M.Sc. Thesis 6.

(4) Data analysis.

ABEN 697 M.Sc. Thesis 7.

(4) Draft thesis preparation.

ABEN 698 M.Sc. Thesis 8.

(4) Thesis completion and acceptance.

ABEN 699 Scientific Publication.

(3) (Periodic conferences) Review and critique papers that are published in field of the candidate. Prepare draft paper(s) following the format of leading journals in field of study undertaken.

ABEN 701 Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

l

ABEN 701D1 (0), ABEN 701D2 (0) Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both ABEN 701D1 and ABEN 701D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ABEN 701D1 and ABEN 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ABEN 701D1 and ABEN 701D2 together are equivalent to ABEN 701)

ABEN 702 Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering 2.

(3) (2 conferences, either term) Advanced level laboratory, field and library studies and reports on special problems related to agricultural and biosystems engineering which are not covered in regular course work. Designed for doctoral level students with experience in postgraduate studies.

ABEN 751 Departmental Seminar Ph.D. 1.

(0) To give seminars and participate in discussions.

ABEN 752 Departmental Seminar Ph.D. 2.

(0) To give seminars and participate in discussions.

ABEN 753 Departmental Seminar Ph.D. 3.

(0) To give seminars and participate in discussion.

ABEN 754 Departmental Seminar Ph.D. 4.

(0) To give seminars and participate in discussions.

13 Chemical Engineering

Department of Chemical Engineering
M.H. Wong Building
3610 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 2B2
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4494
Fax: (514) 398-6678
E-mail: info.chemeng@mcgill.ca 
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/chemeng 
Chair
R.J. Munz

13.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
M.E. Weber; B.S.E.(Prin.), Sc.D.(M.I.T.), P.Eng.
Professors
D.G. Cooper; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
J.M. Dealy; B.S.(Kansas), M.S.E., Ph.D.(Mich.), Eng.
M.R. Kamal; B.S.(Ill.), M.S., Ph.D.(Carn.-Mellon), Eng.
R.J. Munz; B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc.(Wat.), Ph.D.(McG.), Eng.
A.D. Rey; B.Ch.E.(C.C.N.Y.), Ph.D.(Calif.) (James McGill Professor)
J.H. Vera; B.Mat.(Chile), Ing.Quim.(U.T.E.), M.S.(Calif.), Dr.Ing.(Santa Maria), Eng.
B. Volesky; M.Sc.(Czech. Tech. Univ.), Ph.D.(W.Ont.)
Associate Professors
D. Berk; B.Sc.(Bosphorus), M.E.Sc.(W.Ont.), Ph.D.(Calg.), P.Eng.
J.-L. Meunier; D.Ing.(E.P.F.L.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(I.N.R.S.), Eng.
Assistant Professors
S. Coulombe; B.Sc., M.Sc.A.(Sherb.), Ph.D.(McG.)
R.J. Hill; B.E.(Auck.), Ph.D.(C'nell)
R.L. Leask; B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc.(Wat.), Ph.D.(Tor.), P.Eng.
C.A. Leclerc; B. S.(Maine), Ph.D.(Minn.)
M. Maric; B.Eng.& Mgnt. (McM.), Ph.D.(Minn.), P.Eng.
S. Omanovic; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Zagreb)
P.D. Servio; B.A.Sc., Ph.D.(UBC)
Post-Retirement
J.-M. Charrier; Dipl.Ing., (E.N.S.A.M. Paris), M.S., Ph.D.(Akron), Eng.
W.J.M. Douglas; B.Sc.(Qu.), M.S.E., Ph.D.(Mich.)
Paprican Adjunct Professor
G.J. Kubes; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Prague), Ph.D.(Bratislava), P.Eng.
Adjunct Professors
A. Beils, C. Bélanger, P. Bisaillon, W.A. Brown, R.H. Crotogino, P. Csakany, M. Davidovsky, D. Dionne, S. Guiot, D. Juck, D.J. McKeagan, C. Miguez, P. Nadeau, M. Perrier, N.P. Peters, M. Renaud, B. Sarkis, R.C. Urquhart, L.A. Utracki,
P. Wood-Adams.

13.2 Programs Offered

The Department offers programs leading to the Master of Engineering, the Master of Science, and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees.

Two options are available for the M.Eng. degree: the thesis option and the project option. The M.Eng. (Thesis) is a research-oriented degree requiring a limited number of courses and a research thesis; the M.Eng. (Project) is a course-oriented degree which includes a project. Two specialized versions of the M.Eng. (Project) are offered: specialization in petrochemicals, polymers and plastics; specialization in environmental engineering.

The M.Sc. degree is appropriate for science graduates wishing to complete a Master's thesis without acquiring a broad engineering background. The requirements for the M.Sc. are similar to those for the M.Eng. (Thesis).

The Ph.D. is a research degree requiring a thesis which makes a distinct contribution to knowledge.

The Department's offices and research laboratories are located in the M.H. Wong Building, which was completed in 1996. Members of the Department are active in a number of research areas, including transport phenomena, separation processes, thermodynamics, chemical reaction engineering and catalysis, experimental and computational materials science, electrochemistry, plasma technology, polymer science and engineering, biochemical engineering, biotechnology, biomedical engineering, biomechanics, nanotechnology, sustainable energy development, gas hydrate systems, and environmental engineering. Most staff are members of one or more research groups.

Biotechnology research in the department includes the development of new processes/products, the environmental impact of biotransformation and biomedical applications. Strong collaborations in these research areas exist with other engineering departments, the Faculty of Medicine and the Montreal Heart Institute. Research in biomedical engineering also includes development and characterization of biomaterials for human implants and biosensors.

Research in Plasma Technology includes fundamental studies in transport phenomena, reaction kinetics, optical emission and laser-absorption spectroscopy, and reactor design, as well as applied studies in plasma processing for environmental and biomedical engineering applications, advanced materials synthesis, and coating generation. Close collaboration is maintained with the Université de Sherbrooke through the Interuniversity Plasma Technology Research Centre (CRTP) and with other Québec universities through Plasma-Québec, a Regroupement Stratégique FQRNT.

Research related to the Environment is pursued on many fronts; for example, the plasma group is investigating plasma-assisted incineration, the biochemical group is evaluating biosorbents for heavy metals, the biodegradation of pesticides, and a number of projects considering the fate of plasticizers, chlorinated hydrocarbons and polymers in the environment. Other projects involve electrochemical treatment of wastewater, activated sludge treatment, development of envrionmentally-friendly corrosion inhibitors, etc.

Research in Computational Materials Science is a science-based program that seeks to design and control materials, products, and processes using molecular, mesoscopic, and macroscopic computational modeling. This work is in close collaboration with the National Science Foundation Center for Advanced Engineering Fibers and Films at Clemson University. The research in Computational Biomaterials Science seeks to understand the fundamental natural principles that lead to advanced materials such as superstrong spider silk fibers, natural foams, and biolubricants.

Research in colloids and interface science brings together a variety of theoretical, computational and experimental 'tools'. Current efforts are focused on the development of a novel optical-tweezer/micro-electrophoresis apparatus for probing the dynamics of "fuzzy" colloidal particles, and development of experiments and theory for studying the organization and dynamics of synthetic polymers grafted to lipid-bilayer membranes. The broader objectives are to understand in detail how macromolecules forming "soft" interfaces influence colloidal dynamics and equilibria.

13.3 Admissions Requirements

Admission to graduate study requires a minimum CGPA of 3.0/4.0 (or equivalent) for the complete Bachelor's program or a minimum GPA of 3.2/4.0 (or equivalent) in the last two years of full-time studies. Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English must achieve a minimum TOEFL score of 577 on the paper-based test (233 on the computer-based test) prior to admission.

M.Eng. (Thesis), M.Eng. (Project)

Admission requires a Bachelor's degree (or equivalent) in chemical engineering or other engineering disciplines. Students with Bachelor's degrees in science wishing to pursue the M.Eng. first enter a Qualifying Program, normally of two terms, to prepare for entry into the M.Eng. program.

M.Sc.

Admission requires a Bachelor's degree (or equivalent) in science. In some cases, depending on the area of research, the student may be required to complete one or two extra courses as part of the graduate program.

Ph.D.

Program revisions are under consideration for September 2004

Admission requires a Master's degree (or equivalent) from a recognized university. Students in the Department's M.Eng. (Thesis) or M.Sc. program may transfer to the Ph.D. program after one year without submitting the Master's thesis following a formal "fast track" procedure.

13.4 Application Procedures

The application procedure is outlined on the Web at www.mcgill. ca/chemeng/grad/application. The first step in the process is to complete a pre-application form. The completed preliminary application form is evaluated by the Admissions Committee. A formal application is only requested of the candidate if there is a reasonable probability of admission.

Full applications will be considered when the Graduate Admissions Committee has received:

Application deadlines differ for International and Canadian (and Permanent Resident) students, to allow time to obtain a visa.

Deadlines for Canadian (and Permanent Resident) applicants:
May 15 for September (Fall term) admission,
October 1 for January (Winter term) admission,
February 1 for May (Summer term) admission. 
Deadlines for International applicants:
February 15 for September (Fall term) admission, 
August 1 for January (Winter term) admission,
December 1 for May (Summer term) admission. 

13.5 Program Requirements

M.Eng., M.Sc.

The Master's degrees require the completion of 45 credits and three terms of residence at McGill.

M.Eng. (Thesis), M.Sc.

Courses: 12 credits of graduate courses (500- or 600-level) 
(a minimum of 3 courses in Chemical Engineering, one of 
which is from the Chemical Engineering Fundamentals). 
Research: 33 credits which include completion of a thesis pro-
posal, presentation of a research seminar and submission of a 
thesis. 

M.Eng. (Project)

Courses: 33-39 credits (a minimum of 18 credits in chemical 
engineering). 
Project: (design or research): 6-12 credits. 

The specialized versions of the M.Eng. (Project) follow the above distribution between courses and project.

The specialization in petrochemicals, polymers and plastics, which is offered in cooperation with the Institute Français du Pétrole (IFP), requires that the Winter term be spent at IFP in Paris where 15 course credits are completed. This program may be entered in September, January or May.

The specialization in environmental engineering requires the completion of a Core of 12 credits of environmental engineering courses and a research or design project related to the environment.

Ph.D.

The Ph.D. requires three years of residence at McGill.

Courses: A minimum of two 600-level Chemical Engineering 
courses; however, students must take at least three courses 
(or their equivalent) from the Chemical Engineering Funda-
mentals during their Master's and Ph.D. programs combined. 
Research: completion of a thesis proposal, its defence, presenta-
tion of two seminars, and submission and defence of a thesis. 

Chemical Engineering Fundamentals (Courses):

CHEE 611
Heat and Mass Transfer
CHEE 621
Thermodynamics
CHEE 631
Foundations of Fluid Mechanics
CHEE 641
Chemical Reaction Engineering
CHEE 662
Computational Methods

13.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
CHEE 571 Small Computer Applications: Chemical Engineering.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: CHEE 458 or permission of the instructor.) The use of small computers employing a high level language for data acquisition and the control of chemical processes. Real-time system characteristics and requirements, analog to digital, digital to analog conversions and computer control loops are examined. Block level simulation.

l

CHEE 581 Polymer Composites Engineering.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: CHEE 481 or permission of instructor)

CHEE 591 Environmental Bioremediation.

(3) (3-0-6) The presence and role of microorganisms in the environment, the role of microbes in environmental remediation either through natural or human-mediated processes, the application of microbes in pollution control and the monitoring of environmental pollutants.

CHEE 611 Heat and Mass Transfer.

(4) Heat and mass transfer in laminar and turbulent flows; scaling; models for interphase transport.

CHEE 621 Thermodynamics.

(4) Theory and application of phase and chemical equilibria in multicomponent systems.

CHEE 631 Foundations of Fluid Mechanics.

(4) Rigorous derivation of equations of motion; creeping flow inviscid flow; boundary layer theory; hydrodynamic stability; turbulent flow, separated flows, drag on submerged bodies.

CHEE 641 Chemical Reaction Engineering.

(4) Interpretation of chemical reaction data, especially for heterogeneous systems. Residence time, complete segregation, maximum mixedness, other advanced concepts. Reactor design.

CHEE 643 Thermal Plasma Technology.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor) An introduction to thermal (high temperature) plasmas as applied to chemical and materials engineering. Degree of ionization, velocity distribution function, plasma parameters, collisions and diffusion, energy states, plasma generation, diagnostic techniques for plasma and particles, particle-plasma interaction, mathematical modelling of plasma systems, applications.

CHEE 662 Computational Methods.

(4) Methods of weighted residuals; solution to non-linear algebraic equations; stability in nonlinear equations; bifurcations; mesh refinement strategies; convection dominated transport; hyperbolic equations, particle simulation methods.

CHEE 672 Process Dynamics and Control.

(4) (Prerequisite: CHEE 455) Process representation and identification and simulation; sensor stability; sensitivity of feedback control systems; feedward control; discrete representation of continuous systems; controller tuning; adaptive control.

l

CHEE 673 Biosystems Engineering.

(3) (Intensive course.)

l

CHEE 681 Polymer Chemical Engineering.

(3)

CHEE 682 Engineering Properties of Polymeric Materials.

(3) Mechanical and transport properties of non-crystallizing and crystallizing thermoplastics, rigid thermosets, fibers, films, elastomers and composites with particle and fiber reinforcement. Elasticity, visco-elasticity, ultimate properties, diffusion of liquids and gases, thermal and electrical properties.

l

CHEE 683 Polymer Rheology.

(3)

CHEE 684 Polymer Processing.

(3) Survey of engineering properties of polymers and processing operations, degradation of polymers, extrusion, injection molding, fiber spinning, film blowing, blow molding, thermoforming, miscellaneous other processes. Lectures, plant visits, problem assignments.

CHEE 685 Polymer Product and Process Design Project.

(3) Principles of product design, optimization and processing conditions for the production of plastics articles. Selection of resins, process and equipment and tool design, considering cost, safety and environmental aspects of production. Students undertake projects to define specifications for the manufacture of selected plastics articles.

CHEE 686 Polymer Engineering Laboratory.

(3) Study of experimental aspects of polymer characterization. Areas of study are selected from molecular weighlt determination, polymer morphology, mechanical and rheological behaviour. Polymer processing areas available for study include extrusion, mixing and injection and compression molding.

CHEE 690 Research Techniques.

(3) This course introduces techniques and develops skills necessary for commencing a particular thesis research project. A written report is required.

l

CHEE 692 Selected Topics in Chemical Engineering.

(2)

l

CHEE 693 Selected Topics in Chemical Engineering.

(3)

l

CHEE 694 Selected Topics in Chemical Engineering.

(4)

CHEE 695 Project in Chemical Engineering.

(6) Independent work under the general direction of a full-time staff member, on a problem of industrially-oriented design or research leading to a comprehensive report.

CHEE 696 Extended Project.

(6) Extended independent work on a problem of industrially-oriented design or research, leading to a comprehensive project report.

CHEE 697 Thesis Proposal.

(6) Independent work under the supervision of the thesis advisor(s) leading to a thesis proposal.

CHEE 698 Thesis Research 1.

(12) (Prerequisite: CHEE 697) Ongoing research pertaining to thesis.

l

CHEE 698N1 Thesis Research 1.

(6) (Students must also register for CHEE 698N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both CHEE 698N1 and CHEE 698N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (CHEE 698N1 and CHEE 698N2 together are equivalent to CHEE 698)

l

CHEE 698N2 Thesis Research 1.

(6) (Prerequisite: CHEE 698N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both CHEE 698N1 and CHEE 698N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (CHEE 698N1 and CHEE 698N2 together are equivalent to CHEE 698)

CHEE 699 Thesis Research 2.

(15) (Prerequisite: CHEE 698) Ongoing research pertaining to thesis.

CHEE 795 Ph.D. Thesis Proposal.

(0) Independent work under the supervision of the thesis advisor(s) leading to a thesis proposal.

CHEE 796 Ph.D. Proposal Defence.

(0) Presentation and defence of thesis proposal at an oral examination.

CHEE 797 Ph.D. Seminar.

(0) (Prerequisite: CHEE 796) Required for all Ph.D. candidates. Presentation of a seminar on an aspect of their thesis work.

14 Chemistry

Department of Chemistry
Otto Maass Chemistry Building
801 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2K6
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6999
Fax: (514) 398-3797
E-mail: graduate.chemistry@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/chemistry 
Chair
R.B. Lennox
Director of Graduate Studies
B.A. Arndtsen

14.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
B.C. Eu; B.Sc.(Seoul), Ph.D.(Brown)
J.F. Harrod; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Birm.)
A.S. Hay; B.Sc.(Alta.), Ph.D.(Ill.), F.R.S.
M. Onyszchuk; B.Sc.(McG.), M.Sc.(W.Ont.), Ph.D.(Cantab), Ph.D.(McG.), F.C.I.C.
D. Patterson; M.Sc.(McG.)
A.S. Perlin; M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.), F.C.I.C., F.R.S.C.
W.C. Purdy; B.A.(Amh.), Ph.D.(M.I.T.), F.C.I.C.
L.E. St-Pierre; B.Sc.(Alta.), Ph.D.(Notre Dame), F.C.I.C.
M.A. Whitehead; B.Sc., Ph.D., D.Sc.(Lond.), F.C.I.C.
Professors
D.S. Bohle; B.A.(Reed College), M.Phil., Ph.D.(Auck.)
I.S. Butler; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Brist.), F.C.I.C.
T.H. Chan; B.Sc.(Tor.), M.A., Ph.D.(Prin.), F.C.I.C., F.R.S.C.
M. Damha; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
A. Eisenberg; B.S.(Wor. Poly.), M.A., Ph.D.(Prin.), F.C.I.C.
P.G. Farrell; B.Sc., Ph.D., D.Sc.(Ex.)
D.F.R. Gilson; B.Sc.(Lond.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Br.Col.), F.C.I.C.
D.N. Harpp; A.B.(Middlebury), M.A.(Wesleyan), Ph.D. (N.Carolina), F.C.I.C.
G.E. Just; Ing.Chem.(E.T.H. Zürich), Ph.D.(W.Ont.), F.C.I.C.
R.B. Lennox; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
C.J. Li; B.Sc.(Zhengzhou), M.S.(Chinese Academy of Sciences), Ph.D.(McG.)
R.H. Marchessault; B.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(McG.), F.C.I.C., F.R.S.C.
D.M. Ronis; B.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
E.D. Salin; B.Sc.(Calif.), Ph.D.(Oregon), F.C.I.C.
B.C. Sanctuary; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Br.Col.)
A.G. Shaver; B.Sc.(Carl.), Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
Associate Professors
M.P. Andrews; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
B.A. Arndtsen; B.A.(Carl.), Ph.D.(Stan.)
D.H. Burns; B.Sc.(Puget Sound), Ph.D.(Wash.)
W.C. Galley; B.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Calif.)
J.L. Gleason; B.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Va.)
A. Kakkar; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Chan. U., India), Ph.D.(Wat.)
J.F. Power; B.Sc., Ph.D.(C'dia)
L. Reven; B.A.(Carl.), Ph.D.(Ill.)
Assistant Professors
P. Ariya; B.Sc., Ph.D.(York)
K. Auclair; B.Sc.(U.Q.A.C.), Ph.D.(Alta)
C.J. Barrett; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Qu.)
P. Kambhampati; B.A. (Carleton College), Ph.D. (Texas)
N. Moitessier; B.A., Ph.D.(Nancy)
H. Sleiman; B.Sc.(A.U.B.), Ph.D.(Stan.)
P. Wiseman; B.Sc.(St.F.X.), Ph.D.(W.Ont.)
Lecturers
J. Finkenbine, G. Wilczek
Associate Members
J.A. Finch (Mining, Metals and Materials Engineering), O.A. Mamer (University Clinic, RVH), B.I. Posner (Medicine), K. Gehring (Biochemistry)
Paprican Adjunct Professors
D.G. Gray, R. St. John Manley, T.G.M. Van de Ven
Adjunct Professors
D. Argyropoulos, Y. Guindon, R.J. Kazlauskas, Y. Tsantrizos, I. Wharf, R. Zamboni

14.2 Programs Offered

M.Sc., Ph.D. and the M.Sc. (Applied).
The Department also offers the Chemical Biology Interdisciplinary Graduate Option, together with the Departments of Biochemistry, and Pharmacology and Therapeutics. Students interested in training in this option must first be accepted for graduate studies by one of the participating departments. Information on this option can be found at the following web address: www.mcgill.ca/biochemistry/chemicalbiology.

Research in Chemistry

Members of the Department are active in directing research in the following fields:

Analytical

- Atomic and molecular spectroscopy; laboratory automation; artificial intelligence; instrument design; optimization of data processing techniques; application of modern analytical techniques to biochemical and medical systems; detectors for liquid chromatography; photothermal analytical methods; thermal wave imaging; development of analytical techniques for studies of diffusion and photodegradation in thin films. Technique development for quantitative spectroscopy in scattering media. Micronano-sensors; Chemoinfomatics. Analytical spectroscopy of bioenergetics.

Bio-organic

- Enzyme chemistry; protein and nucleic acid structure and function; drug design and modification; active site stereochemistry; molecular basis of regulation and pharmacological action; lipid and lipid analogue chemistry.

Biophysical

- Excited electronic states of proteins and nucleic acids; spectroscopic probes of biopolymer conformation; sensitized photochemistry in biopolymers; dynamics of protein and nucleic acid conformations. Spectroscopic analysis of oxygen transport in aerobic metabolism.

Colloid and Polymer

- Monomolecular layers; solution properties of high polymers; molecular morphology; rheology and stability of dispersions; phase transitions in polymers and polymer blends; polymer reinforcement; radiation effects and solid-state polymerization; mechanisms of polymerization reactions; wetting and spreading; the glass transition; molecular dynamics and polymer properties; ionic polymers; cellulose and paper; carbohydrate biopolymers; pollution abatement; polymer melt rheology; synthetic latex; rheo- and electro-optical phenomena; polymers at interfaces.

Inorganic

- Synthesis of new classes of organometallic complexes and inorganic polymers; homogeneous catalysis; catenated polysulfur and polysulfoxide complexes; organosilicon chemistry; spectroscopic studies (e.g., FT-IR, laser Raman, multinuclear NMR, and mass) of complexes; kinetics and mechanisms of inorganic and organometallic reactions; bioinorganic chemistry; inorganic materials chemistry; asymmetric catalysis; surface chemistry.

Organic

- Synthesis and structure of heterocyclic compounds; natural products; carbohydrates; cellulose; plant-growth regulators; organic sulphur, chemistry; stereochemistry; reaction mechanisms; charge transfer complexes; new synthetic methods; conformational analysis; solvation effects; substituent effects; polymer supports; nucleic acids, anti-sense and anti-gene oligonucleotides.

Physical

- Laser excited luminescence and novel optical materials. Order-disorder phenomena in molecular crystals and liquid crystals. Vibrational spectroscopy at high pressures. Nuclear quadrupole resonance spectroscopy.

Pulp and Paper

- Research in areas of chemistry of interest to the Canadian pulp and paper industry is also performed at the Pulp and Paper Research Centre, adjacent to the Chemistry Department. Current research topics include cellulose and lignin chemistry, the chemistry of pulping and bleaching, colloidal aspects of papermaking, physical chemistry of cellulosic materials, and de-inking and recycling of paper.

Theoretical

- Non-equilibrium statistical mechanics, kinetic theory of fluids and plasmas, non-equilibrium thermodynamics of non-linear transport processes for systems far from equilibrium and fluid dynamics. Theories of nuclear magnetic resonance and multiquantum NMR spectra are developed with emphasis on the determination of the structures of proteins from NMR. Molecular structure, chemical bonding, intermolecular forces in solids and isolated molecules in dimers and metastable polymers are studied quantum mechanically.

14.3 Admission Requirements

The minimum academic standard for admission to research thesis M.Sc., Ph.D. and the M.Sc. (Applied) degree programs is a minimum standing equivalent to a Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 3.0 out of a possible 4.0 or a CGPA of 3.2/4.0 for the last two full-time academic years. Applicants from other institutions should have an academic background equivalent to that of a McGill graduate in the Chemistry Honours/Major programs. If possible, candidates should specify the field of research in which they are interested.

Admissions Requirements - Chemical Biology Option

As for the regular graduate programs of the participating departments, acceptance into the Chemical Biology Option consists of two steps:

1.	Preliminary approval by the Department's Graduate Commit-
tee based on the student's transcript, references and other 
documents submitted with the application. The criteria for 
assessment at this level are the same as for the regular grad-
uate programs of the participating departments.  
2.	Acceptance by an individual research director. For students 
wishing to participate in the Chemical Biology Option, the 
director must propose a research project for the student that 
provides training in the methods and philosophy of chemical 
biology. Project proposals are assessed by the Chemical 
Biology Program Committee.  

14.4 Application Procedures

All inquiries concerning graduate work in the Department should be addressed to the Director of Graduate Studies, Department of Chemistry.

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

M.Sc. and Ph.D. Degrees

Financial assistance for accepted graduate students who do not hold fellowships or scholarships is normally available in the form of laboratory demonstratorships/assistantships, and occasionally by payment from research funds. Graduate students devote 12 hours per week (contact hours, plus grading of reports, etc.) during the academic session to their teaching duties. Financial assistance during the remainder of the year is provided from research funds. Most students receive partial fee waivers. Scholarship holders, such as NSERC or awards of similar value, receive a tuition fee waiver.

M.Sc. (Applied) Degree

Financial assistance for candidates in the M.Sc. (Applied) program is not available during the two academic sessions when courses are taken, unless candidates are recipients of scholarships. During the four-month project, candidates are paid at rates established by participating companies.

14.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc.* and Ph.D. Degrees

* This program requires 45-50 credits.

A minimum of 6 credits of course work is required; the balance of credits will be made up from either a combination of course work (graduate and upper undergraduate) and thesis credits, or from thesis research credits only. There will be a minimum of 24 credits in the thesis research component.

M.Sc. (Applied) Degree

This program requires a minimum of 45 credits, 30 credits of course work (graduate and upper undergraduate) plus a 15-credit project in some aspect of chemical industry, normally completed during a four-month project.

Examinations in Chemistry

Program Requirements - Chemical Biology Option

The curriculum of the Chemical Biology Option is structured so that in completing the option, students also complete the course requirements for the regular graduate programs in their home departments. For this reason, program requirements are listed separately for each department, even though the 'core' content in Chemical Biology (9 lecture credits plus 2 or 4 seminar credits for each program) is the same for each. The course requirements for the Chemical Biology Option taken through the Chemistry Department are available at www.mcgill.ca/biochemistry/chemicalbiology.

14.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

Advanced Undergraduate Courses

Undergraduate courses may be required of a student who is admitted to a graduate program if deficiencies are perceived in the student's previous training. Descriptions of undergraduate courses may be found in the Faculty of Science section of the Undergradute Programs Calendar.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
CHEM 502 Advanced Bio-Organic Chemistry.

(3) (Prerequisite: CHEM 302) (Not open to students who have taken CHEM 402.) This course will cover biologically relevant molecules, particularly nucleic acids, proteins, and their building blocks. In each case, synthesis and biological functions will be discussed. The topics include synthesis of oligonucleotides and peptides; chemistry of phosphates; enzyme structure and function; coenzymes, and enzyme catalysis; polyketides; antiviral and anticancer agents.

CHEM 503 Drug Design and Development 1.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisites: CHEM 302, BIOL 200, BIOL 201 or BIOC 212, PHAR 300 or PHAR 301 or PHAR 303 or permission of instructor) (U3 and graduate students. Students can register only with permission of coordinators. Priority: students registered in the Minor in Pharmacology) (Not open to students who are taking or have taken PHAR 503) Interdisciplinary course in drug design and development covering chemistry, mechanisms of action and steps in drug development, principles and problems in drug design.

CHEM 504 Drug Design and Development 2.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: CHEM 503 and permission of instructor) (U3 and graduate students. Students can register only with permission of coordinators) (Not open to students who are taking or have taken PHAR 504) Groups of 2-4 students with different backgrounds will form a team. Each team will select a lead compound, design the analogues, propose the preclinical and clinical studies, present possible untoward effects, and reasons for drug (dis)approval.

CHEM 531 Chemistry of Inorganic Materials.

(3) (Winter) (3 lectures) (Prerequisite: CHEM 381) Structure, bonding, synthesis, properties and applications of covalent, ionic, metallic crystals, and amorphous solids. Defect structures and their use in synthesis of specialty materials such as electronic conductors, semiconductors, and superconductors, and solid electrolytes. Basic principles of composite materials and applications of chemistry to materials processing.

CHEM 534 Nanoscience and Nanotechnology.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisites: CHEM 334 or PHYS 334 or permission of instructor. Corequisites: one of CHEM 345, PHYS 357, or PHYS 446 or permission of instructor) (Not open to students who have taken or are taking PHYS 534) Topics discussed include scanning probe microscopy, chemical self-assembly, computer modelling, and microfabrication/micromachining.

CHEM 543 Chemistry of Pulp and Paper.

(3) (Fall) (2 lectures plus a reading/research project.) (Prerequisite: CHEM 302 or permission of instructor.) The industrial processes for converting wood to paper are described with emphasis on the relevant organic, physical, surface chemistry and colloid chemistry. The structure and organization of the polymeric constituents of wood are related to the mechanical, optical and other requisite properties of paper.

CHEM 547 Laboratory Automation.

(3) (Winter) (Two 1.5 hour lectures, lab) (Prerequisite: CHEM 377, equivalent or permission of instructor) Automation and data handling with respect to modern chemical laboratory instrumentation. Basic electronics, data acquisition, evaluation of laboratory needs, data processing methodologies.

CHEM 552 Physical Organic Chemistry.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisite: CHEM 302) The correlation of theory with physical measurements on organic systems; an introduction to photochemistry; solvent and substituent effects on organic reaction rates, etc.; reaction mechanisms.

CHEM 555 NMR Spectroscopy.

(3) (Fall) (3 lectures) (Prerequisite: CHEM 355 or equivalent) Interpretation of proton and carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy in one dimension for structural identification.

CHEM 556 Advanced Quantum Mechanics.

(3) (Fall) (3 lectures) (Prerequisites: CHEM 345 and PHYS 242) Quantum mechanical treatment of species of chemical interest. Introduction to perturbation theory, both time-dependent and time-independent. Treatment of the variational principle. Introduction to atomic spectra. Chemical bonding in terms of both the valence bond and molecular orbital theory. Elementary collision theory. Interaction of radiation with molecules.

CHEM 567 Chemometrics: Data Analysis.

(3) (Winter) (2 lectures amd 3 hours of laboratory) (Prerequisite: Linear Algebra and experience in some computer programming language) Topics covered include; factorial analysis of chemical spectra, pattern recognition from multisensor data, linear and nonlinear optimization for the determination of optimal reaction conditions molecular modeling, multisensor calibration, etc.

CHEM 571 Polymer Synthesis.

(3) (Winter) (3 lectures) (Prerequisite: CHEM 302 or equivalent, or permission of instructor.) A survey of polymer preparation and characterization; mechanisms of chain growth, including free radical, cationic, anionic, condensation and transition metal-mediated polymerization, and the effects of these mechanisms on polymer architecture; preparation of alternating, block, graft and stereoblock copolymers; novel macromolecular structures including dendrimers and other nanostructures.

CHEM 572 Synthetic Organic Chemistry.

(3) (3 lectures) (Prerequisite: CHEM 382) Synthetic methods in organic chemistry and their application to the synthesis of complex molecules.

CHEM 575 Chemical Kinetics.

(3) (Winter) (3 lectures) (Prerequisites: CHEM 273 and CHEM 213) Kinetic laws, measurement of reaction rates, transition state and collision theory. Elementary reactions in gas, solution and solid phases and on surfaces. Reaction mechanisms, laser techniques, molecular beams, chemiluminescence, explosions. Extensive use of computers to simulate the kinetic behaviour of chemical systems.

l

CHEM 576 Quantum Chemistry.

(3) (Lecture and/or reading course) (Prerequisite: CHEM 345)

l

CHEM 577 Electroanalytical Chemistry.

(3) (Prerequisites: CHEM 367 and CHEM 377)

l

CHEM 581 Inorganic Topics 1.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: CHEM 381)

CHEM 582 Supramolecular Chemistry.

(3) (Prerequisites: CHEM 222, CHEM 381) Introduction to supramolecular organization will be followed by discussions on the nature of interactions and methodologies to create ordered aggregates of high complexity. Potential of supramolecular chemistry in fabricating smart materials will be explored using specific topics including inclusion chemistry, dendrimers, molecular self-assembly and crystal engineering.

CHEM 585 Colloid Chemistry.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: CHEM 273 and CHEM 345, MATH 223 and MATH 315, PHYS 241 and PHYS 242 or permission of instructor) Principles of the physical chemistry of phase boundaries. Electrical double layer theory; van der Waals forces; Brownian motion; kinetics of coagulation; electrokinetics; light scattering; solid/liquid interactions; adsorption; surfactants; hydrodynamic interactions; rheology of dispersions.

l

CHEM 587 Topics in Modern Analytical Chemistry.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisites: CHEM 367 and CHEM 377)

CHEM 591 Bioinorganic Chemistry.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: CHEM 381) (For Honours and Major Chemistry students or with permission) The roles of transition and main group elements in biology and medicine will be examined with an emphasis on using tools for structure and genome searching as well as becoming acquainted with experimental spectroscopic methods useful for bioinorganic chemistry such as macromolecular X-ray diffraction, EPR and EXAFS.

CHEM 593 Statistical Mechanics.

(3) (Winter) (2 lectures) (Research project) (Prerequisite: CHEM 345. Recommended: CHEM 365) Basic hypotheses of statistical thermodynamics; ideal monatomic, diatomic and polyatomic gases; Einstein and Debye models of solids; statistical theory of black-body radiation; Debye-Hückel theory of electrolyte solutions; absolute reaction rate theory of rate processes; theories of solutions.

CHEM 597 Analytical Spectroscopy.

(3) (Fall) (2 lectures; 3 hours lab) (Prerequisites: CHEM 367 and CHEM 377) The design and analytical use of spectroscopic instrumentation with respect to fundamental and practical limitations. Classical emission, fluorescence, absorption and chemical luminescence. Topics may include photo-acoustic spectroscopy, multielement analysis, X-ray fluorescence and modern multiwavelength detector systems.

l

CHEM 603 Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy.

(5)

CHEM 611 Inorganic Topics 2.

(4) This advanced level course surveys recent trends in inorganic chemistry. Students select a topic from the current literature, research the topic, present periodic oral reports and a final summary paper. The instructor participates as a tutor and gives occasional oral presentations on topics of his choice.

CHEM 612 Organometallic Chemistry.

(5) A first course at the graduate level in organometallic chemistry. The theory and practice of the field is treated starting from basic principles of inorganic and organic chemistry.

l

CHEM 619 Advanced Atmospheric Chemistry.

(4)

CHEM 621 Recent Advances in Organic Chemistry.

(5) A systematic survey of the mechanisms of the most common organic reactions from studies of reactions in the current literature.

l

CHEM 623 Stereochemistry.

(5)

l

CHEM 626D1 (2), CHEM 626D2 (2) Fundamentals of Medicinal Chemistry.

(Students must register for both CHEM 626D1 and CHEM 626D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both CHEM 626D1 and CHEM 626D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

CHEM 627 Special Topics 2.

(5)

CHEM 629 Organic Synthesis.

(5) An advanced course in the synthesis of organic molecules with an emphasis on stereoselective transformations. Topics will include multiple bond formation, functional group interconversions, carbon-carbon bond formation and stereoselective oxidations and reductions.

CHEM 631D1 (2), CHEM 631D2 (2) Selected Topics in Analytical Chemistry.

(Students must register for both CHEM 631D1 and CHEM 631D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both CHEM 631D1 and CHEM 631D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) A directed reading course with individual student-professor conferences, and intended mainly for students specializing in analytical chemistry. Topics are chosen to meet the individual needs of each student.

l

CHEM 634 Seminar in Advanced Materials.

(3)

CHEM 636 Laboratory Automation 2.

(5) (Prerequisite: CHEM 547) Students will undertake a chemical laboratory automation project. Design and implementation problems will be discussed by the students in seminars and advanced topics in automated chemical instrumentation will be presented. Several experiments will be required.

l

CHEM 643 Organic Chemistry / Wood Components.

(4)

l

CHEM 645 Quantum Mechanics.

(5)

l

CHEM 645D1 (2.5), CHEM 645D2 (2.5) Quantum Mechanics.

(Students must register for both CHEM 645D1 and CHEM 645D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both CHEM 645D1 and CHEM 645D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (CHEM 645D1 and CHEM 645D2 together are equivalent to CHEM 645)

CHEM 646 Advanced Statistical Mechanics.

(4) Intermediate and advanced topics in statistical mechanics. Material to be covered will include: graphical methods, modern theories of dense gases and liquids, static and dynamic critical phenomena, time-correlation functions, light-scattering and nonequilibrium phenomena.

CHEM 647 Physical Chemistry: Special Topic 1.

(4)

l

CHEM 648 Physical Chemistry: Special Topic 2.

(4)

CHEM 650 Seminars in Chemistry 1.

(1) (1 seminar) (Required of first year graduate students in Chemistry.) A seminar course designed for graduate students in chemistry which in conjunction with McGill Chemical Society will provide exposure to a broad range of special topics within the discipline.

CHEM 651 Seminars in Chemistry 2.

(1) (1 seminar) (Required of first year graduate students in Chemistry.) A seminar course designed for graduate students in chemistry which in conjunction with McGill Chemical Society will provide exposure to a broad range of special topics within the discipline.

CHEM 655 Advanced NMR Spectroscopy.

(4) (1 lecture) (Prerequisite: CHEM 555 or equivalent.) Advanced techniques of nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, Fourier transform methods, multiple pulsing, two-dimensional pulse sequencing.

l

CHEM 661 Literature Review and Proposal.

(3) (Restricted to graduate students in Chemistry.)

l

CHEM 662 Research Report 1.

(3) (Restricted to graduate students in Chemistry.)

CHEM 666D1 (3), CHEM 666D2 (3) Special Topics 2.

(Students must register for both CHEM 666D1 and CHEM 666D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both CHEM 666D1 and CHEM 666D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Critical and original essays are required on various subjects of current interest in chemistry.

CHEM 667 Special Topics.

(4) Critical and original essays are required on various subjects of current interest in chemistry.

l

CHEM 672 The Polymer Solid State.

(4)

CHEM 673 Polymers in Solutions.

(4) Thermodynamics of regular and of polymer solutions; osmotic pressure; phase separations; polymer configurations; light scattering; ultracentrifugation; viscometry; gel permeation chromatography; polyelectrolytes.

CHEM 674 Introductory Physical Chemistry - Polymers.

(4) A survey course on the structure of polymers; kinetics and mechanisms of polymer synthesis; molecular weight distributions; polymer configurations and the thermodynamics of polymer solutions; rubber, elasticity, osmometry and viscosity.

CHEM 675 Mechanical Properties and Rheology - Polymers.

(4) Mechanical properties of polymers; glass transition, visco-elasticity, rubber elasticity, failure. Relation to molecular properties, mechanical spectroscopy, dielectric properties, birefringence.

CHEM 686 Wet-End Papermaking Chemistry.

(3) (Restricted to graduate students in Chemistry or Chemical Engineering or permission of instructor.) (Prerequisites: CHEM 543 and CHEM 585) Review of the chemistry of various additives used in papermaking, such as wet and dry strength agents, sizing agents, fillers, filler retention aids, antifoam agents, biocides, dyes, dewatering agents, drainage and formation aids. The course also addresses the chemistry of deinking of waste papers and the treatment of effluents.

CHEM 688 Assessment.

(3) (Restriction: Restricted to graduate students in Chemistry.) An evaluation that is completed before the end of the second year of registration.

l

CHEM 689 Seminars in Chemical Biology 2.

(1) (Restrictions: Open only to students registered for the M.Sc. or Ph.D. Graduate Option in Chemical Biology.)

l

CHEM 690 Seminars in Chemical Biology 4.

(1) (Restrictions: Open only to students registered for the M.Sc. or Ph.D. Graduate Option in Chemical Biology.)

CHEM 691 M.Sc. Thesis Research.

(3) Independent research work leading to writing of M.Sc. thesis for final submission to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

CHEM 692 M.Sc. Thesis Research.

(6) Independent research work leading to writing of M.Sc. thesis for final submission to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

CHEM 693 M.Sc. Thesis Research.

(9) Independent research work leading to writing of M.Sc. thesis for final submission to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

CHEM 694 M.Sc. Thesis Research.

(12) Independent research work leading to writing of M.Sc. thesis for final submission to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

CHEM 695 M.Sc. Thesis Research.

(15) Independent research work leading to writing of M.Sc. thesis for final submission to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

CHEM 696 M.Sc. Thesis Research.

(6) Independent research work leading to writing of M.Sc. thesis for final submission to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

CHEM 697 M.Sc. Thesis Research.

(9) Independent research work leading to writing of M.Sc. thesis for final submission to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

CHEM 698 M.Sc. Thesis Research.

(12) Independent research work leading to writing of M.Sc. thesis for final submission to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

l

CHEM 699 Project.

(15)

l

CHEM 699D1 (7.5), CHEM 699D2 (7.5) Project.

(Students must register for both CHEM 699D1 and CHEM 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both CHEM 699D1 and CHEM 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (CHEM 699D1 and CHEM 699D2 together are equivalent to CHEM 699)

CHEM 701 Comprehensive Examination 1.

(0) (Restriction : Restricted to Ph.D. students in Chemistry.) An evaluation that is completed before the end of the third year of registration.

CHEM 702 Comprehensive Examination 2.

(0) (Restriction : Restricted to Ph.D. students in Chemistry.) An evaluation that is completed before the end of the fourth year of registration.

CHEM 721 Organic Chemistry Research Seminar.

(3) Upon completion of the organic cumulative examinations, students will present a seminar on their research work (including background and future plans).

CHEM 763 Research Report 2.

(3) (Restricted to graduate students in Chemistry.) Students will present a seminar on a complete or nearly complete research project and discuss these results.

15 Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics

Department of Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics
Macdonald Engineering Building
817 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2K6
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6858
Fax: (514) 398-7361
E-mail: gradinfo.civil@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/civil 
Chair
D. Mitchell
Chair of Graduate Program
G. McClure (Acting)

15.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
P.J. Harris; B.Sc.(Man.), M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.), F.E.I.C., F.C.S.C.E., Eng.
R.G. Redwood; B.Sc.(Bristol), M.A.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Bristol), F.C.S.C.E., FI Struct. Eng., Eng.
S.B. Savage; B.Eng.(McG.), M.S.Eng.(Cal.Tech.), Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.S.C.
Professors
V.H. Chu; B.S.Eng.(Taiwan), M.A.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(M.I.T.), Eng.
M.S. Mirza; M.S., B.Eng.(Karachi), M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.), F.E.I.C., F.C.S.C.E., F.A.C.I., Hon.F.I.E.P., Eng.
D. Mitchell; B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.), F.A.C.I., Eng.
V.T.V. Nguyen; B.M.E.(Vietnam), M.C.E.(A.I.T.), D.A.Sc.(Montr.), Eng.
J. Nicell; B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc., Ph.D.(Windsor), P.Eng.
A.P.S. Selvadurai; M.S.(Stan.), Ph.D., D.Sc.(Nott.), F.E.I.C., F.I.M.A., F.C.S.C.E., P.Eng.
S.C. Shrivastava; B.Sc.(Eng.)(Vikram), M.C.E.(Del.), Sc.D.(Col.), Eng.
Associate Professors
L. Chouinard; B.Ing., M.Ing.(Montr.), B.C.L.(McG.), Sc.D.(M.I.T.), Eng.
S.J. Gaskin; B.Sc.(Eng.) (Qu.), Ph.D.(Cant.), Eng.
R. Gehr; B.Sc.(Eng.) (Witw.), M.A.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.), P.Eng.
S. Ghoshal; B.C.E.(India), M.S.(Missouri), Ph.D.(Carnegie Mellon)
G. McClure; B.Ing.(Mont.), S.M.C.E.(M.I.T.), Ph.D.(Mont.), Eng.
Y. Shao; B.Sc., M.S.(Tongji), Ph.D.(Northwestern)
Assistant Professors
M. Haider; B.Sc.(Peshwar), M.A.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.),
C. Rogers; B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc.(Wat.), Ph.D.(Sydney), P.Eng.
Adjunct Professors
S. Babarutsi, J.P. Desmarais, S. Guiot, J. Hadjinicolaou, J. Hawari, P. Henshaw, G. Holder, E. Lecollettier, Z. Lounis, K. MacKenzie, C. Manatakos, T.S. Nguyen, P. Rodrigue, S. Scola, W. Taylor, J. Vrana, A. Zaki, R. Zaloum

15.2 Programs Offered

Advanced courses of instruction and laboratory facilities are available for engineering graduate students desiring to proceed to the degrees of M.Eng., M.Sc. and Ph.D.

Graduate studies and research are at present being conducted in the fields of structures and structural mechanics, rehabilitation, fluid mechanics and hydraulics, materials engineering, soil behaviour, soil mechanics and foundations, water resources engineering, environmental engineering and transportation engineering.

M.Eng. (Project) in Civil Engineering - Option in Rehabilitation of Urban Infrastructure

This program is offered to students with a university undergraduate degree in engineering who want to specialize in the field of maintenance and rehabilitation of urban infrastructures. It is offered jointly by McGill University and École de Technologie Supérieure, École Polytechnique de Montréal, and Institut National de la Recherche Scientifique - Urbanisation. A student registered at McGill is required to take courses at the other three institutions.

M. Eng. (Environmental Engineering Option)

This program is offered to students with a university undergraduate degree in engineering who desire graduate education in the environmental engineering field. This option is within the context of the existing M.Eng. (Project Option) programs currently offered in the Departments of Bioresource, Chemical, Civil, and Mining, Metals and Materials Engineering. This program emphasizes interdisciplinary fundamental knowledge courses, practical applications in diverse environmental contexts, and functional skills needed for solving environmental problems. Candidates must possess a Bachelor's degree in engineering with superior academic achievement (a minimum of CGPA of 3.0 out of a possible 4.0).

M.Sc.

Candidates with a Bachelor's degree in a discipline other than Engineering, such as Science or Arts, may be accepted into a M.Sc. program in the Department. Such students would typically study in the fluid mechanics, water resources, or environmental engineering areas, and would follow the Thesis Option program, as outlined in section 15.5 "Program Requirements".

15.3 Admission Requirements

The general rules of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office apply and are detailed in the General Information section. The minimum academic standard for admission is a Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 3.0/4.0 or better.

Applicants whose native language is not English or French, and who have not completed an undergraduate degree in Canada, are expected to achieve a grade of 580 or better on the paper-based (237 on the computer-based) Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) for entry to the Ph.D. program, and 550 on the paper-based (213 on the computer-based) TOEFL for other programs. The test is administered by the Educational Testing Service and is easily available throughout the world. The results reach McGill approximately eight weeks after the test is taken. It is the student's responsibility to make the necessary arrangements with the examining board to write the test in the country of residence. Full information about the Test and a registration form may be obtained by writing to: Test of English as a Foreign Language, Box 6191, Princeton, New Jersey 08540-6151, U.S.A.

15.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

Applicants for entry into a graduate program are requested to address their completed forms for admission to the Chair of the Graduate Studies Admissions Committee, Department of Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics.

Applications for September admission should be submitted by March 1, and those for January admission by August 1 (international students) and October 1 (Canadian students).

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

15.5 Program Requirements

M.Eng.

Candidates may satisfy the requirements for the M.Eng. degree by following one of two options:

Thesis Option

program (45 credits) requires a research thesis (27 credits), a compulsory Masters Research Seminar CIVE 662 (1 credit), and a minimum of five courses at the 500 or 600 level (17 credits). The thesis describing the candidate's research is to be submitted in accordance with the regulations of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

Project Option

program requires a minimum of 30 credits of course work plus a project, the total amounting to 45 credits. The credits assigned to the project can vary between 5 and 15 depending on the amount of work involved.

Both programs normally require that course work credits be earned at the 500 and 600 levels. However, at least two courses must be taken at the 600 level. The above minimum course requirements for both options pertain to well prepared students; others may be required to take additional courses as a condition of acceptance or as determined in consultation with their director of studies or research. Only one 400-level Civil Engineering course may be counted towards program requirements.

Three terms of resident study at McGill are required for the degree. This is a minimum requirement and usually a longer period will be necessary. This residence requirement can also be satisfied by Project Option students through part-time (evening) studies over a period of three or more years.

Master of Engineering (Environmental Engineering Option)

The program consists of a minimum of 45 credits, of which, depending on the student's home department, a minimum of 5 and a maximum of 15 may be allotted to the project. The balance is earned by coursework, of which one to three approved undergraduate (below 500-level) courses are allowed.

To complete the option, students must:

- complete four (4) required core courses (see section A below);

- complete a minimum of two (2) engineering courses (see section B below);

- complete a minimum of two (2) non-engineering courses (each course should be chosen from a different department) (see section C below)

- complete a design or research project of 5 to 15 credits

- complete all the remaining courses (to a total of at least 45 credits) as required in the student's departmental program (these courses must be approved by the student's Academic Advisor); and

- obtain a grade of B- (or 65%) or better in all required and approved courses

Prerequisite

(Not credited to the Master Environmental Engineering Option Program) CIVE 225 Environmental Engineering or equivalent environmental engineering courses.

A. Required Core Courses

CHEE 591 Environmental Bioremediation

CIVE 555 Environmental Data Analysis

  or AEMA 611 Experimental Designs

CIVE 615 Environmental Engineering

OCCH 612 Principles of Toxicology

  or FDSC 505 Health Risks of Toxicants

B. Elective Engineering Courses

These are to be chosen from a list of specific courses offered by the following Engineering Departments:

Bioresource Engineering

Chemical Engineering

Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics

Mechanical Engineering

Mining, Metals and Materials Engineering

C. Elective Non-engineering Courses

These are to be chosen from a list of specific courses offered by the following units:

Faculty of Agricultural and Environmental Sciences

Department of Atmospheric and Ocean Sciences

Department of Biology

Department of Chemistry

Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences

Department of Economics
McGill School of Environment

Department of Epidemiology and Biostatistics

Department of Geography

Faculty of Law

Faculty of Management

Department of Occupational Health

Department of Political Science

Faculty of Religious Studies

Department of Sociology

School of Urban Planning

The Environmental Engineering Option Program is administered by the Faculty of Engineering. Further information may be obtained from the Program Coordinator, Department of Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics.

M.Eng. (Project) in Civil Engineering -
Option in Rehabilitation of Urban Infrastructure

This program is offered jointly by McGill University, École de Technologie Supérieure, École Polytechnique de Montréal, and Institut National de la Recherche Scientifique - Urbanisation. A student registered at McGill is required to take courses at the other three institutions.

The program leads to a professional non-thesis (Project Option) degree with a minimum of 45 credits divided in three modules described below. Depending on their background and interests, students would specialize in one or two out of three possible areas: (1) underground water supply and drainage systems; (2) road infrastructure; (3) bridges, overpasses and tunnels. Students registered at McGill can specialize in area 3 or jointly in areas 2 and 3: students interested in other program scenarios are encouraged to register at one of the other three participating institutions.

Module 1 Required courses
(15 credits)
CIV(1) 6313 Méthodologie de réhabilitation des infrastructures 
urbaines 
MGC(2) 810 Gestion des projets de construction et de réhabilita-
tion 
CIVE 512(3) Advanced Civil Engineering Materials (required for 
McGill students) 
RIU(5) 9500 Analyse du processus de décision et choix tech-
nologiques 
RIU 9501 Financement des infrastructures et finances publiques 
locales 
Module 2 Specialized courses
(15 credits)

Elective courses in rehabilitation (6 to 12 credits)

Area 1 Underground water supply and drainage systems

CIV 6314 Évaluation des systèmes d'alimentation en eau et 
d'assainissement 
GCI 745 Réhabilitation des systèmes d'alimentation en eau et 
d'assainissement 

Area 2 Road Infrastructure

MGC 835 Évaluation des chausées 
MGC 840 Conception et réhabilitation des chausées 

Area 3 Bridges, overpasses and tunnels

CIVE 527 Renovation and Preservation: Infrastructure 
CIVE 617 Design and Rating of Highway and Railway Bridges 
(required for McGill students) 
or CIV 6511 Conception et évaluation des ponts 

Other graduate electives (3 to 9 credits) to be approved by the inter-university program coordination committee. McGill students specializing in area 3 are required to take at least 6 credits at McGill, while those specializing in areas 2 and 3 must take 3 credits at McGill.

Module 3 Integration
(15 credits)
Research project (15 credits)

Documentation outlining the program and giving additional information is available on request.

M.Sc.

Candidates with a Bachelor's degree in a discipline other than Engineering, such as Science or Arts, may be accepted into a M.Sc. program in the Department. Such students would typically study in the fluid mechanics, water resources, or environmental engineering areas, and would follow the Thesis Option program requirements.

Ph.D.

Candidates normally register for the M.Eng. degree, Thesis Option, or M.Sc. degree in the first instance. Those who have a Master's degree acceptable to the Department may, however, be considered for direct registration for the Ph.D. degree (Ph.D.II).

The Ph.D. program consists of a research project and courses as required to develop the candidate's background. Candidates are expected to take a comprehensive preliminary oral examination (course CIVE 701) within the first year of their Ph.D. registration. They must fulfill the requirements outlined in the General Information section of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar. There is no foreign language requirement.

Direct transfer into the Ph.D. program (fast-tracking) may be available for students who have demonstrated a superior record in the undergraduate program.

15.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

l

CIVE 512 Advanced Civil Engineering Materials.

(3) (3-3-3) (Prerequisite: CIVE 202)

CIVE 514 Structural Mechanics.

(3) (3-1-5) Stress, strain, and basic equations of linear elasticity. General and particular solutions of plane and axisymmetric problems. Stress concentration and failure criteria. Unsymmetrical bending of beams; shear centres; torsion of thin-walled structural members. Curved beams. Formulation and applications of energy principles, and their connection to finite-element method.

CIVE 519 Sustainable Development Plans.

(6) (Corequisites: Enrolment in full "Barbados Field Study Semester"; AGRI 413, AGRI 452 or CIVE 452, URBP 507) (Restrictions: Not open to students who have taken AGRI 519 or URBP 519. Permission of the Coordinator of the Field Semester required.) Geared for solving real-world environmental problems related to water at the local, regional and international scale in Barbados. Projects to be designed by instructors in consultation with university, government and NGO partners and to be conducted by teams of 2 to 4 students in collaboration with them.

l

CIVE 526 Solid Waste Management.

(3) (3-2-4) (Prerequisite: CIVE 225)

CIVE 527 Renovation and Preservation: Infrastructure.

(3) (3-2-4) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: CIVE 202 and CIVE 318) Maintenance, rehabilitation, renovation and preservation of infrastructure; infrastructure degradation mechanisms; mechanical, chemical and biological degradation; corrosion of steel; condition surveys and evaluation of buildings and bridges; repair and preservation materials, techniques and strategies; codes and guidelines; case studies.

CIVE 540 Urban Transportation Planning.

(3) (3-1-5) (Prerequisite: CIVE 319 or permission of instructor.) Process and techniques of urban transportation engineering and planning, including demand analysis framework, data collection procedures, travel demand modelling and forecasting, and cost-effectiveness framework for evaluation of project and system alternatives.

l

CIVE 546 Selected Topics in Civil Engineering 1.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: Permission of instructor)

l

CIVE 550 Water Resources Management.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: CIVE 323 or equivalent)

l

CIVE 553 Stream Pollution and Control.

(3) (3-2-4) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: CIVE 225)

CIVE 555 Environmental Data Analysis.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: CIVE 302 or permission of instructor) Application of statistical principles to design of measurement systems and sampling programs. Introduction to experimental design. Graphical data analysis. Description of uncertainty. Hypothesis tests. Model parameter estimation methods: linear and nonlinear regression methods. Trend analysis. Statistical analysis of censored data. Statistics of extremes.

l

CIVE 572 Computational Hydraulics.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: CIVE 327 or equivalent)

CIVE 573 Hydraulic Structures.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: CIVE 323 and CIVE 327) Hydraulic aspects of the theory and design of hydraulic structures. Storage dams, spillways, outlet works, diversion works, drop structures, stone structures, conveyance and control structures, flow measurement and culverts.

l

CIVE 574 Fluid Mechanics of Water Pollution.

(3) (Prerequisite: CIVE 327 or equivalent.)

l

CIVE 577 River Engineering.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: CIVE 428 or permission of the instructor.) (Graduate Corequisite: CIVE 428)

CIVE 602 Finite Element Analysis.

(4) (Prerequisite: CIVE 514) Development of displacement based simple and high order, one, two and three dimensional elements for linear elastic stress analysis. Variational and other methods for element formulation. Plate bending and shell elements. Finite element programming. Use of package programs in static analysis of structures.

l

CIVE 603 Structural Dynamics.

(4)

l

CIVE 604 Theory of Plates and Shells.

(4)

CIVE 605 Stability of Structures.

(4) Buckling of elastic columns by equilibrium analysis. Buckling of inelastic columns. Energy analysis and approximate methods. Stability of frames. Torsional buckling of columns and flexural-torsional buckling of beams. Buckling of plates and axially compressed circular cylindrical shells. Stability analysis using the finite element method.

CIVE 607 Advanced Design in Steel.

(4) Design and behaviour of cold formed and hot rolled structural steel members and systems. Lateral load resistance design of steel roof diaphragms, flexural design of composite slabs, bracing requirements and design procedures for steel structures, floor vibration, member torsion, slender members and design procedures for low rise steel frame buildings.

l

CIVE 609 Risk Engineering.

(4)

CIVE 610 Special Topics in Structural Mechanics.

(4) Special problems in the theory and design of structures. These may include topics in the theories of elasticity and plasticity and advanced theories of shell structures.

CIVE 612 Earthquake-Resistant Design.

(4) Static and dynamic analyses, design codes, effects of local ground conditions, ductility demands on structural components. Inelastic behaviour of beams, columns, joints, shear walls and bracing under cyclic loading of steel concrete and masonry structures. Design applications.

l

CIVE 614 Composites for Construction.

(4)

CIVE 615 Environmental Engr. Seminar

(3) The course will expose the students to various environmental engineering issues. Lectures will be given by faculty and invited speakers from industry. Each student is required to prepare a written technical paper and make oral presentation.

l

CIVE 617 Design and Rating of Highway and Railway Bridges.

(4)

CIVE 618 Design in Concrete 1.

(4) Concrete physical properties, creep, shrinkage; review of ultimate strength design; combined loadings; design of frames and flat plates; limit design, yield line theory; prestressed concrete, partial prestressing and load balancing. The course will include group projects.

l

CIVE 622 Prestressed Concrete.

(4)

l

CIVE 623 Durability of Materials.

(4)

CIVE 624 Durability of Structures.

(4) Basic concepts, safety, durability, repair and strengthening; reliability analysis; deterioration mechanisms, preventive and corrective measures; design for durability; parking structures; bridges; steel, timber and masonry structures; municipal infrastructure; strengthening and retrofitting; management systems; case studies. This course will involve field trips and group design exercises.

l

CIVE 628 Design of Wood Structures.

(4)

CIVE 630 Thesis Research 1.

(3)

CIVE 631 Thesis Research 2.

(3)

CIVE 632 Thesis Research 3.

(3)

CIVE 633 Thesis Research 4.

(6)

CIVE 634 Thesis Research 5.

(6)

CIVE 635 Thesis Research 6.

(6)

l

CIVE 648 Special Topics in Civil Engineering.

(4)

CIVE 651 Theory: Water / Wastewater Treatment.

(4) Theoretical aspects of the chemistry of water and wastewater treatment. This will include acid-base and solubility equilibria; redox reactions; reaction kinetics; reactor design; surface and colloid chemistry; gas transfer; mass transfer; stabilization and softening; disinfection; corrosion.

CIVE 652 Biological Treatment: Wastewaters.

(4) Process kinetics and reactors. Population kinetics of microorganisms and their role in the various waste treatment processes. Unit processes for wastewater treatment, such as suspended-growth, attached-growth processes, sludge treatment, and nutrient removal. Biological treatment techniques for groundwater decontamination. Laboratory pilot plant exercises.

CIVE 660 Chemical and Physical Treatment of Waters.

(4) Theory and design of specific processes used for the physical and/or chemical purification of waters and wastewaters, including mixing, flocculation, sedimentation, flotation, filtration, disinfection, adsorption, ion exchange, aeration, membrane processes, distillation, removal of specific inorganics and organics, taste and odour control, process control, sludge treatment. Laboratory exercises will complement theoretical aspects.

l

CIVE 662 Masters Research Seminar.

(1) (Restriction: For civil engineering students in the final semester of the thesis masters program.)

CIVE 678 Gravity Currents.

(4) Internal hydraulics of one-layer and two-layers systems. Boussinesq's approximation, concepts of specific energy and specific force, upstream and downstream influences. Waves, instabilities and turbulence in continuous stratified flows; the flux, gradient and local Richardson numbers. Turbulent mixing and entrainment across gravity and turbulent interfaces. Turbulent thermals, turbulent plumes and related mixing phenomena.

l

CIVE 684 Groundwater Pollution and Transport Processes.

(4)

CIVE 686 Site Remediation.

(4) Field investigations; geotechnical and geophysical techniques; hydrogeological conditions; risk assessment; contaminant transport; remedial action plan; containment systems (gas, surface water, and ground water); on-site and off-site treatment techniques (solidification, stabilization, landfilling, and soil washing); In-situtreatment techniques (physical, biological, and chemical).

CIVE 691 Project 1.

(1)

CIVE 692 Research Project.

(2)

CIVE 693 Research Project.

(3)

CIVE 694 Project 4.

(4)

CIVE 695 Project 5.

(5)

CIVE 696 Research Project.

(6)

CIVE 697 Research Project.

(7)

CIVE 701 Ph.D. Comprehensive Preliminary Oral Exam.

(0)

16 Classics

Graduate Program in Classics
Department of History
Stephen Leacock Building, Room 625
855 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2T7
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-3977
Fax: (514) 398-8365
E-mail: graduate.history@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/history 

16.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
P. F. McCullagh; B.A.(Tor.), M.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Chic.)
P. Vivante; B.A.(Oxon), Dott.Lett.(Florence) (John MacNaughton Emeritus Professor of Classics)
Professor
T. Wade Richardson; B.A.(McG.), A.M., Ph.D.(Harv.)

16.2 Programs Offered

M.A. with Thesis

(48 credits over 4 terms, in 18 or 24 months)

M.A. non-Thesis option

(48 credits over 3 or 4 terms, in 18 months)

Ph.D.

16.3 Admission Requirements

M.A. Program

Candidates are required to have a B.A. Honours in Classics or equivalent.

Ph.D. Program

Candidates are required to have a McGill M.A. in Classics or equivalent.

16.4 Application Procedures

No applications will be accepted for 2004-05 as the program has been temporarily suspended. Further information may be obtained from the Department of History.

16.5 Program Requirements

Please consult the Department for detailed regulations.

M.A. with thesis

M.A. non-thesis option

Ph.D.

16.6 Courses Offered

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

CLAS 515D1 (3), CLAS 515D2 (3) Latin Authors.

(Undergraduate Prerequisite: 9 credits in Intermediate Latin or equivalent) (Restricted to Honours and Graduate students) (Students must register for both CLAS 515D1 and CLAS 515D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both CLAS 515D1 and CLAS 515D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Completion of a Reading List in Latin, with Faculty supervision, to be tested by written examination.

CLAS 525D1 (3), CLAS 525D2 (3) Ancient Greek Authors.

(Undergraduate Prerequisite: 9 credits in Intermediate Greek or equivalent) (Restricted to Honours and Graduate students) (Students must register for both CLAS 525D1 and CLAS 525D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both CLAS 525D1 and CLAS 525D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Completion of a Reading List in Greek, with Faculty supervision, to be tested by written examination.

17 Communication Sciences and Disorders

School of Communication Sciences and Disorders
Beatty Hall
1266 Pine Avenue West
Montreal, QC  H3G 1A8
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4137
Fax: (514) 398-8123
E-mail: scsd@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/scsd 
Director
Shari Baum
Research Director
Elin Thordardottir

17.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
Donald Doehring; B.A.(Buff.), M.A.(N.M.), Ph.D.(Ind.)
Professors
Shari Baum; B.A.(C'nell), M.S.(Vt.), M.A., Ph.D.(Brown)
Martha Crago; B.A., M.Sc.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
Athanasios Katsarkas; M.D.(Thess.), M.Sc.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
Associate Professors
Vincent Gracco; B.A., M.A.(San Diego), Ph.D.(Wis.-Madison)
Rachel Mayberry; B.A.(Drake), M.S.(Wash.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Marc Pell; B.A.(Ott.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Linda Polka; B.A.(Slippery Rock), M.A.(Minn.), Ph.D.(S.Flor.)
Assistant Professors
Karsten Steinhauer; M.Sc.,Ph.d. (Dr.rer.nat)F.U.Berlin
Elin Thordardottir; B.A., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Wis.-Madison)
Assistant Professor (Special Category)
Susan Rvachew; B.Sc.(Alta.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Calg.)
Assistant Professors (Part-Time)
Gabriel Leonard; B.A.(Dublin), D.A.P., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Sybil Schwartz; B.Sc.(McG.), M.Sc.A.(Iowa St.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Rosalee Shenker; B.Sc.(Syr.), M.A.(Calif. St.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Faculty Lecturer
Jeanne Claessen; M.A.(Reading), Dip. Clinical Communication Studies(City University, London)
Faculty Lecturers (Part-Time)
Areej Alasseri; B.Sc. (King Saud U.), M.A. (San Jose St.U.)
Joane Déziel; B.Sc, M.Sc.(Montr.)
Caroline Erdos; B.A. (C'dia), M.Sc.A.(McG.)
Ruth Gesser; B.A.(C'dia), M.Sc.A.(McG.)
Jill Harrisson; B.A., M.Sc.(McG.)
Helena Kisilevsky; B.A.(McG.), M.A.(UCLA), M.O.A.(Montr.)
Cathy Mhun; B.A., M.Sc.A.(McG.)
Darla Orchard; B.A., M.Sc.(McG.)
Judith Robillard-Shultz; B.A., M.Sc.A.(McG.)
Phaedra Royle; B.A.(C'dia), M.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Montr.)
Amee Shah; B.Sc. ASR, M.A. Ling. (Bom.), M.A.-SLP,
M.Phil.,Ph.D. C.U.N.Y.)
Megha Sundara; B.Sc., M.Sc.(All India Inst. of Speech & Hearing)
Colleen Timm; B.A.(C'dia), M.Sc.A.(McG.)
Patricia Viens; ASLTA Certificate(Rochester I.T.), ASL Workshop Certificate(Vista U.)
Associate Members
Eva Kehayia (Physical and Occupational Therapy)
Yuriko Oshima-Takane (Psychology)
Adjunct Members
Howard Chertkow (Jewish Gen.), David McFarland (Montr.)

17.2 Programs Offered

The School offers a professional degree in Communication Sciences and Disorders at the M.Sc. (Applied) level with specialization in Speech-Language Pathology and two research degrees, an M.Sc. (Research) and a Ph.D. in Communication Sciences and Disorders.

M.Sc.(Applied) Degree in Communication Sciences and Disorders

The professional degree leads to a Master of Science (Applied) with a specialization in Speech-Language Pathology. The program involves two academic years of full-time study and related practical work followed by a summer internship. To prepare students as creative professionals, the program emphasizes the understanding of principles and theories, and their present or potential clinical applications, in addition to the teaching of specific techniques for assessment and intervention. Active participation in the learning process is encouraged.

The profession of Speech-Language Pathology concerns assessment and intervention in speech and language disorders. In particular, the Speech-Language Pathologist is concerned with two major parameters of communication sciences and disorders: language and speech. At present, most speech-language pathologists in Canada work in hospitals, public school systems, rehabilitation centres, and in special education facilities.

Requirements for Licensure

- The majority of provinces in Canada and certain states in the U.S.A. require that those intending to practice as Speech-Language Pathologists within their borders comply with special provincial or state licensing regulations. Graduates wishing to practice in the province of Quebec must be members of l'Ordre des Orthophonistes et Audiologistes du Québec (OOAQ) in order to call themselves Speech-Language Pathologists. Further information is available from the OOAQ, 235, boulevard René Levésque est, bureau 601, Montréal (Québec) H2X 1N8. Telephone: (514) 282-9123. Web site: www.ooaq.qc.ca

Quebec law requires that candidates seeking licensure in provincially recognized professions demonstrate a verbal and written working knowledge of the French language. See the Language Requirements for Professions in the General Information and Regulations section of the Health Sciences Calendar.

Research Degrees - M.Sc. and Ph.D.

Selected candidates may be accepted for the M.Sc. and Ph.D. research degrees. Each student's Thesis supervisor and Thesis Committee design an individualized program of study in collaboration with the student. The program can include graduate courses offered by the School and by other departments at McGill.

Ph.D. Option in Language Acquisition (LAP)

Information about this option is available from the School and on the Web at http://psych.mcgill.ca

Funding

The IODE Provincial Chapter of Quebec funds two $1,000. "Silence to Sound" awards for studies in hearing impairment. These in-course awards are based on academic merit, financial need, and potential for excellence are awarded by the School.

Montreal League for the Hard of Hearing Award.
Candidates must be enrolled at the graduate level in the School and working in the area of hearing impairment. Awarded by the School. Value - up to $1,000.

17.3 Admissions Requirements

M.Sc.(Applied)

An applicant must hold an undergraduate degree with a minimum B average (3.0 on a 4.0 point scale) or better in areas relevant to the selected field of specialization. Specific requirements are six credits in statistics, a total of 18 credits across the disciplines of psychology and linguistics (with a minimum of six credits in each discipline). Knowledge of physiology is also desirable.

M.Sc. in Communication Sciences and Disorders

The M.Sc. provides research training for:

Ph.D. in Communication Sciences and Disorders

Applicants should normally have a Master's degree with thesis or its equivalent in Communication Sciences and Disorders or a related field (e.g., psychology, linguistics).

Students who possess an appropriate Bachelor's degree or Master's degree without thesis will also be considered for the Ph.D. program, but, if admitted, must first complete a qualifying year of coursework and a research project in the School ("fast-track" option).

17.4 Application Procedures

Please see the School of Communication Sciences and Disorders website at: www.mcgill.ca/scsd/application for required application materials.

School of Communication Sciences and Disorders will only consider applications upon receipt of the following documentation prior to the February 1st deadline.

- On-line application

- Information Form

- Prerequisite Form

- Personal Statement

- Two letters of Reccomendation

- Two official copies of Trasncripts from all Universities attended

Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree from a recognized institution where English is the language of instruction are required to submit documented proof of competency in oral and written English prior to admission: the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a minimum score of 550 (paper-based) or 213 (computer-based), or the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) with a minimum overall band score of 6.5.

M.Sc. (thesis) and Ph.D. programs

Application for Fall admission are processed shortly after the deadline of February 22. All applications received by that date are automatically considered for any internal funding or awards made available to the department for recruitment purposes. Applications for Winter or Summer admission are processed when they are received, but must be received no later than August 1 (Winter admission) or December 15 (Summer admission). Students who apply for Fall admission generally have the most options with respect to applying for external funding as well as for being considered for internal support.

Applications will be considered upon receipt of supporting documentsas outlined above. All applicants strongly encouraged to submit reports of their performance on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE).

17.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc.(Applied) Degree in Communication Sciences and Disorders
(68 credits)

The professional degree program leads to a Master of Science, Applied degree in Communication Sciences and Disorders with a specialization in Speech-Language Pathology. The program involves two academic years of full-time study and related practical work followed by a summer internship.

Year 1 Required Courses
(31 credits)
Fall
SCSD 616
(3)
Audiology
SCSD 617
(3)
Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing
SCSD 619
(3)
Phonological Development
SCSD 624
(3)
Language Processes
SCSD 633
(3)
Language Development
SCSD 681
(1)
Practicum and Seminar 1
Winter
SCSD 631
(3)
Speech Science
SCSD 632
(3)
Phonological Disorders: Children
SCSD 637
(3)
Developmental Language Disorders 1
SCSD 638
(3)
Neurolinguistics
SCSD 682
(1)
Practicum and Seminar 2
Summer
SCSD 646
(2)
Introductory Clinical Practicum
Year 1 Complementary Course
(3 credits)
One three-credit seminar option must be taken.
Year 2 Required Courses
(31 credits)
Fall
SCSD 618
(3)
Research and Measurement Methodologies
SCSD 636
(3)
Fluency Disorders
SCSD 639
(3)
Voice Disorders
SCSD 643
(3)
Developmental Language Disorders 2
SCSD 644
(3)
Applied Neurolinguistics
SCSD 683
(1)
Practicum and Seminar 3
Winter
SCSD 609
(3)
Neuromotor Disorders
SCSD 642
(3)
Aural Rehabilitation
SCSD 669
(3)
Special Developmental Speech/Language Problems
SCSD 680
(3)
Deglutition and Dysphagia
SCSD 684
(1)
Practicum and Seminar 4
Summer
SCSD 679
(2)
Advanced Clinical Practicum
Year 2 Complementary Course
(3 credits)
One three-credit seminar option must be taken.
M.Sc.(Applied) Complementary Course List
SCSD 634
(3)
Research and Measurement Methodologies 2
SCSD 664
(3)
Communication Sciences and Disorders 1
SCSD 666
(3)
Communication Sciences and Disorders 3
SCSD 667
(3)
Communication Sciences and Disorders 4
SCSD 670
(3)
Communication Sciences and Disorders 2

A seminar may also be taken outside of the School upon approval of a faculty advisor.

M.Sc. in Communication Sciences and Disorders (45 credits)

M.Sc. candidates must complete at least 45 credits, including a minimum of 24 and a maximum of 39 credits for thesis research (courses SCSD 671, SCSD 672, SCSD 673 and SCSD 674), and a minimum of 6 credits in other courses. The non-thesis credits can be special topic courses in the School and/or courses in other departments, as arranged with the student's thesis supervisor.

Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
SCSD 671
(12)
M.Sc. Thesis 1
SCSD 672
(12)
M.Sc. Thesis 2
Complementary Courses
(21 credits)
a maximum of 15 credits may be chosen from:
SCSD 673
(12)
M.Sc. Thesis 3
SCSD 674
(3)
M.Sc. Thesis 4
a minimum of 6 credits must be chosen from:
SCSD 675
(12)
Special Topics 1
SCSD 676
(9)
Special Topics 2
SCSD 677
(6)
Special Topics 3
SCSD 678
(3)
Special Topics 4
or courses in other departments, as arranged with the student's thesis supervisor
Ph.D. in Communication Sciences and Disorders

Ph.D. students must complete a full graduate course in statistics and both advanced research seminars as well as the other course requirements in their individual program of study, and pass a comprehensive examination. Students entering the Ph.D. program through the fast-track option must additionally demonstrate the ability to complete a research project and related coursework during the initial year. An examination in a foreign language is not required.

Required Courses

SCSD 652
(3)
Advanced Research Seminar 1
SCSD 653
(3)
Advanced Research Seminar 2
SCSD 685
(3)
Research Project 1
SCSD 686
(3)
Research Project 2
SCSD 701
 
Doctoral Comprehensives

17.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
SCSD 609 Neuromotor Disorders.

(3) The focus of this course will be on the assessment and management of motor speech disorders, associated with both acquired and developmental neuromotor disorders, and swallowing disorders (of both neuromotor and structural origin).

SCSD 616 Audiology.

(3) Basic diagnostic and rehabilitative procedures, goals and procedures used in clinical audiology, and the psychoacoustic theories on which they are based will be presented.

SCSD 617 Anatomy and Physiology: Speech and Hearing.

(3) The anatomy and physiology of speech and hearing mechanisms will be covered. Topics will include neuroanatomy, the anatomy and physiology of the head, neck and upper torso, and the external, middle, and inner ear.

SCSD 618 Research and Measurement Methodologies 1.

(3) Methodologies used in research and measurement in the field of communication sciences and disorders will be introduced. Topics covered include: the nature and interpretation of test norms; validity; interpretation of test score differences; and questionnaire development (scaling). Tests currently used in speech-language pathology and audiology are examined.

SCSD 619 Phonological Development.

(3) Theories and research related to normal and abnormal phonological development in children will be studied.

SCSD 624 Language Processes.

(3) The structure and nature of on-line processing of the language code, and the interaction of structure and function of language will be studied. Theories about the nature of representation and research concerning its processing, and the role of sociocultural factors in linguistic performance also will be covered.

SCSD 631 Speech Science.

(3) The acoustic analysis and perception of speech and related pathologies will be presented. Theories and models of speech production, speech motor control, and speech perception will be considered.

SCSD 632 Phonological Disorders: Children.

(3) The nature of phonological disorders and clinical approaches for their remediation in children will be presented.

SCSD 633 Language Development.

(3) Theories of language acquisition, prerequisites to language development, and current issues in research will be studied. Topics include the role of input, individual differences in acquisition, and language socialization.

SCSD 634 Research and Measurement Methods 2.

(3) This course addresses the strengths and weaknesses of various research designs. Issues concerning the analysis and interpretation of research results also will be discussed.

SCSD 636 Fluency Disorders.

(3) The nature of stuttering, various causal theories, and techniques for evaluation and treatment of children and adults will be presented.

SCSD 637 Developmental Language Disorders 1.

(3) The nature of developmental language disorders and the assessment of language competence and performance in both speaking and non-speaking children will be studied.

SCSD 638 Neurolinguistics.

(3) Current theories of language- brain relationships and speech and language deficits subsequent to brain damage will be studied. A review of current research on phonetic, lexical, and syntactic processing in brain-damaged individuals is included.

SCSD 639 Voice Disorders.

(3) Information about the vocal mechanism, its pathologies, and methods of evaluation and treatment will be studied.

SCSD 642 Aural Rehabilitation.

(3) This course addresses the effects of hearing impairment in adults as well as in the developing child with attention to problems in speech, language, and cognitive function as well as social-emotional adjustment. Various intervention approaches are examined.

SCSD 643 Developmental Language Disorders 2.

(3) Major theories of language disorders are translated into intervention principles used in language treatment programs. Adaptations of intervention techniques to suit specific disorders (including augmentative communication) will be explored.

SCSD 644 Applied Neurolinguistics.

(3) Various classificatory systems and appropriate assessment and remediation principles for brain-damaged individuals will be covered. Theoretical and clinical issues relevant to treatment of aphasic, neuromotor, and memory disorders will be considered.

SCSD 646 Introductory Clinical Practicum.

(2) This course provides an introduction to professional practice through intensive exposure to a variety of clinical populations.

SCSD 652 Advanced Research Seminar 1.

(3) (This course may be taken as an advanced course for M.Sc. students.) Pro seminar in which current research topics in communication disorders will be discussed.

SCSD 653 Advanced Research Seminar 2.

(3) (This course may be taken as an advanced course for M.Sc. students.) Pro seminar in which current research topics in communication disorders will be discussed.

SCSD 664 Communication Sciences and Disorders 1.

(3) Current research and professional issues in communication sciences and disorders will be discussed. Specific topics to be selected yearly.

SCSD 666 Communication Sciences and Disorders 3.

(3) Current research and professional issues in communication sciences and disorders will be discussed. Specific topics to be selected yearly.

SCSD 667 Communication Sciences and Disorders 4.

(3) Current research and professional issues in communication sciences and disorders will be discussed. Specific topics to be selected yearly.

SCSD 669 Special Developmental Speech/Language Problems.

(3) Information pertinent to cerebral palsy, cleft palate, autism, mental retardation, multiple handicaps and syndromes involving speech and language disorders will be presented. General descriptions of the disorders and specific assessment and remedial procedures will be addressed.

SCSD 670 Communication Sciences and Disorders 2.

(3) Current research and professional issues in communication sciences and disorders will be discussed. Specific topics to be selected yearly.

SCSD 671 M.Sc. Thesis 1.

(12)

SCSD 671D1 (6), SCSD 671D2 (6) M.Sc. Thesis 1.

(Students must register for both SCSD 671D1 and SCSD 671D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SCSD 671D1 and SCSD 671D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (SCSD 671D1 and SCSD 671D2 together are equivalent to SCSD 671)

SCSD 671N1 M.Sc. Thesis 1.

(6) (Students must also register for SCSD 671N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SCSD 671N1 and SCSD 671N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (SCSD 671N1 and SCSD 671N2 together are equivalent to SCSD 671)

SCSD 671N2 M.Sc. Thesis 1.

(6) (Prerequisite: SCSD 671N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SCSD 671N1 and SCSD 671N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (SCSD 671N1 and SCSD 671N2 together are equivalent to SCSD 671) See SCSD 671N1 for course description.

SCSD 672 M.Sc. Thesis 2.

(12)

SCSD 672D1 (6), SCSD 672D2 (6) M.Sc. Thesis 2.

(Students must register for both SCSD 672D1 and SCSD 672D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SCSD 672D1 and SCSD 672D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (SCSD 672D1 and SCSD 672D2 together are equivalent to SCSD 672)

SCSD 672N1 M.Sc. Thesis 2.

(6) (Students must also register for SCSD 672N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SCSD 672N1 and SCSD 672N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (SCSD 672N1 and SCSD 672N2 together are equivalent to SCSD 672)

SCSD 672N2 M.Sc. Thesis 2.

(6) (Prerequisite: SCSD 672N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SCSD 672N1 and SCSD 672N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (SCSD 672N1 and SCSD 672N2 together are equivalent to SCSD 672) See SCSD 672N1 for course description.

SCSD 673 M.Sc. Thesis 3.

(12)

SCSD 673D1 (6), SCSD 673D2 (6) M.Sc. Thesis 3.

(Students must register for both SCSD 673D1 and SCSD 673D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SCSD 673D1 and SCSD 673D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (SCSD 673D1 and SCSD 673D2 together are equivalent to SCSD 673)

SCSD 673N1 M.Sc. Thesis 3.

(6) (Students must also register for SCSD 673N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SCSD 673N1 and SCSD 673N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (SCSD 673N1 and SCSD 673N2 together are equivalent to SCSD 673)

SCSD 673N2 M.Sc. Thesis 3.

(6) (Prerequisite: SCSD 673N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SCSD 673N1 and SCSD 673N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (SCSD 673N1 and SCSD 673N2 together are equivalent to SCSD 673) See SCSD 673N1 for course description.

SCSD 674 M.Sc. Thesis 4.

(3)

SCSD 678 Special Topics 4.

(3)

SCSD 679 Advanced Clinical Practicum.

(2) This course enhances professional practice independence through intensive exposure to a variety of clinical populations.

SCSD 680 Deglutition and Dysphagia.

(3) Advanced physiology and neurophysiology of mastication and deglutition, including normal function and diagnosis and treatment of swallowing disorders.

SCSD 681 Practicum and Seminar 1.

(1) Course provides initial practicum experiences including a combination of the following: speech/language and hearing screenings, facility tours, short term placements and laboratory assignments.

SCSD 682 Practicum and Seminar 2.

(1) This course provides clinical experience through short-term placements and screenings, as well as discussions of current practicum issues.

SCSD 683 Practicum and Seminar 3.

(1) Professional practice experiences focusing on a variety of clinical populations are provided. Discussion of advanced issues in clinical practice is included.

SCSD 684 Practicum and Seminar 4.

(1) This course provides clinical practicum experiences in a range of settings. Professional practice issues are considered.

SCSD 685 Research Project 1.

(3) Supervised research project.

SCSD 686 Research Project 2.

(3) Supervised research project.

SCSD 701 Doctoral Comprehensive.

(0)

SCSD 701D1 (0), SCSD 701D2 (0) Doctoral Comprehensive.

(Students must register for both SCSD 701D1 and SCSD 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SCSD 701D1 and SCSD 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (SCSD 701D1 and SCSD 701D2 together are equivalent to SCSD 701)

SCSD 712 Language Acquisition Issues 4.

(2)

18 Communication Studies

Department of Art History and Communication Studies
Arts Building, W-225 (West Wing, top floor)
853 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2T6
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6541
Fax: (514) 398-7247
E-mail: ahcs@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/AHCS 
Chair; Director, Graduate Programs in Communication Studies
TBA
Director, Graduate Programs in Art History
Christine Ross

18.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
John M. Fossey; B.A.(Birm.), D.U.(Lyon II), F.S.A., R.P.A.
George Szanto; B.A.(Dart.), Ph.D.(Harv.)
Professor
Hans J. Böker; Ph.D.(Saarbrücken), Dr. Ing.-habil(Hannover)
Associate Professors
David Crowley; B.A.(Johns H.), M.Sc.(Penn.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Christine Ross; M.A.(C'dia.), Ph.D.(Paris I)
Will Straw; B.A.(Carl.), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.) (on leave Sept. 2004 - Aug. 2005)
Assistant Professors
Jenny Burman; B.A.(C'dia), M.A., Ph.D.(York)
Ting Chang; B.A.(McG.), M.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Sussex)
Charmaine Nelson; B.F.A., M.A.(C'dia), Ph.D.(Man.)
Bronwen Wilson; B.A., M.A.(U.B.C.), Ph.D.(Northwestern)
Angela Vanhaelen; B.A.(W.Ont.), M.A., Ph.D.(U.B.C.)
Assistant Professor (Special Category)
Francesca Dal Lago; B.A.(Univ. of Venice), M.A., Ph.D.(NYU)
Adjunct Professors
David W. Booth, Louis De Moura Sobral, Johanne Lamoureux, Charles Levin, Constance Naubert-Riser

18.2 Programs Offered

The Communication Studies Program offers courses and directs project research in preparation for the M.A. (Thesis and Non-thesis options) and Ph.D. in Communications.

The Program is concerned with the study of communications phenomena through interdisciplinary activity that includes both theoretical and practical considerations of the various modes and media of communication. The Program does not provide the purely technical training which can be more appropriately carried out by institutions of technology and communication arts, rather the focus is on broadening the understanding of the interplay between practical needs and theoretical perspectives. The special theoretical interest of the Program centres on the nature and scope of human communications as they emphasize the relationship of cognitive, social and aesthetic problems.

For more information on the Program, please visit our Web site www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/AHCS.

To obtain financial aid information please consult the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office, McGill University, James Administration Building, Room 400, 845 Sherbrooke Street W., Montreal, Quebec, H3A 2T5. Telephone: (514) 398-3990. Web site: www.mcgill.ca/gps.

For programs in Art History refer to section 6.

18.3 Admission Requirements

M.A.

An Honours Bachelor's degree or equivalent is required of applicants for the M.A. program with a minimum CGPA of 3.3 out of 4.0 or the equivalent, i.e., B+ (75%), is required. In any case, the transcript must show breadth or depth in related areas of study.

Ph.D.

Applicants for the Ph.D. program are expected to have completed the equivalent of an M.A. degree. Admission will be based on academic achievement and evidence of talent and strong motivation in communication studies.

18.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

Deadline for application is January 15.

Inquiries regarding the Program should be addressed to the Graduate Administrative Coordinator, Department of Art History and Communication Studies.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

18.5 Program Requirements

M.A. Degree
(48 credits)

The Master's Program consists of a three-term program of courses. Successful completion of the M.A. requires either:

and the fulfilment of a language requirement.

Ph.D. Degree

Candidates with an M.A. degree will be admitted at the Ph.D. 2 level, thereby gaining credit for one year of resident study. When admitted at Ph.D.1 level, three years of residence are required for the Doctoral degree. The program of study is comprised of 4 courses, the Pro-Seminar, a comprehensive examination, a project, the fulfillment of a language requirement and a written dissertation with its defence.

18.6 Courses Offered

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva-students (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Students may also consult the Department Web site (www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/AHCS) for information.

For course inquiries, please contact the Department.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Arts (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

l

ENGC 521 Communications in History.

(3)

l

ENGC 541 Cultural Industries.

(3)

l

ENGC 560 Communications and Development.

(3)

ENGC 611 History/Theory/Technology.

(3) A critical appraisal of current issues in the field of communications notably through an examination of how new theorists have dealt with the effects and consequences of developments in the technologies of communication. The contributions of Canadian media theorists figure significantly in the seminar's concerns.

l

ENGC 613 Gender and Technology.

(3)

l

ENGC 616 Staff-Student Colloquium.

(3)

ENGC 617 Staff-Student Colloquium.

(3) A required course for all new M.A. and Ph.D. students. The Pro-Seminar is designed to explore theoretical and methodological issues in Communications through a series of presentations by the faculty and other McGill associates.

l

ENGC 619 Cultural Commodities.

(3)

l

ENGC 621 Interpersonal Communication.

(3)

l

ENGC 623 Information Design.

(3)

l

ENGC 625 New Media Policy.

(3)

l

ENGC 629 Canadian Cultural Communications Policy.

(3)

ENGC 630 Readings in Communications Research.

(3)

l

ENGC 631 Discourse Analysis.

(3)

l

ENGC 633 Gender and Representation.

(3)

ENGC 637 Cultural Analysis in History.

(3) Further analysis of cultural products, policy, history and the role of cultural institutions in the development of media practices.

l

ENGC 639 Interpretive Methods in Media.

(3)

l

ENGC 643 Narrowcast Media.

(3)

l

ENGC 646 Popular Media.

(3)

l

ENGC 649 Audience Analysis.

(3)

l

ENGC 655 Interp Meth/Media/Comms.1.

(3)

ENGC 692 M.A. Thesis Preparation 1.

(6)

l

ENGC 692D1 (3), ENGC 692D2 (3) M.A. Thesis Preparation 1.

(Students must register for both ENGC 692D1 and ENGC 692D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 692D1 and ENGC 692D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGC 692D1 and ENGC 692D2 together are equivalent to ENGC 692)

l

ENGC 692N1 M.A. Thesis Preparation 1.

(3) (Students must also register for ENGC 692N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 692N1 and ENGC 692N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGC 692N1 and ENGC 692N2 together are equivalent to ENGC 692)

l

ENGC 692N2 M.A. Thesis Preparation 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: ENGC 692N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 692N1 and ENGC 692N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGC 692N1 and ENGC 692N2 together are equivalent to ENGC 692)

ENGC 693 M.A. Thesis Preparation 2.

(6)

l

ENGC 693D1 (3), ENGC 693D2 (3) M.A. Thesis Preparation 2.

(Students must register for both ENGC 693D1 and ENGC 693D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 693D1 and ENGC 693D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGC 693D1 and ENGC 693D2 together are equivalent to ENGC 693)

l

ENGC 693N1 M.A. Thesis Preparation 2.

(3) (Students must also register for ENGC 693N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 693N1 and ENGC 693N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGC 693N1 and ENGC 693N2 together are equivalent to ENGC 693)

l

ENGC 693N2 M.A. Thesis Preparation 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: ENGC 693N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 693N1 and ENGC 693N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGC 693N1 and ENGC 693N2 together are equivalent to ENGC 693)

ENGC 694 M.A. Thesis Preparation 3.

(6)

l

ENGC 694D1 (3), ENGC 694D2 (3) M.A. Thesis Preparation 3.

(Students must register for both ENGC 694D1 and ENGC 694D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 694D1 and ENGC 694D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGC 694D1 and ENGC 694D2 together are equivalent to ENGC 694)

l

ENGC 694N1 M.A. Thesis Preparation 3.

(3) (Students must also register for ENGC 694N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 694N1 and ENGC 694N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGC 694N1 and ENGC 694N2 together are equivalent to ENGC 694)

l

ENGC 694N2 M.A. Thesis Preparation 3.

(3) (Prerequisite: ENGC 694N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 694N1 and ENGC 694N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGC 694N1 and ENGC 694N2 together are equivalent to ENGC 694)

ENGC 695 M.A. Thesis Preparation 4.

(6)

l

ENGC 695D1 (3), ENGC 695D2 (3) M.A. Thesis Preparation 4.

(Students must register for both ENGC 695D1 and ENGC 695D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 695D1 and ENGC 695D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGC 695D1 and ENGC 695D2 together are equivalent to ENGC 695)

l

ENGC 695N1 M.A. Thesis Preparation 4.

(3) (Students must also register for ENGC 695N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 695N1 and ENGC 695N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGC 695N1 and ENGC 695N2 together are equivalent to ENGC 695)

l

ENGC 695N2 M.A. Thesis Preparation 4.

(3) (Prerequisite: ENGC 695N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 695N1 and ENGC 695N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGC 695N1 and ENGC 695N2 together are equivalent to ENGC 695)

ENGC 696 Research Project 1.

(6)

ENGC 697 Research Project 2.

(6)

l

ENGC 702 Comprehensive Examination Part 1.

(6)

ENGC 702D1 (3), ENGC 702D2 (3) Comprehensive Examination Part 1.

(Students must register for both ENGC 702D1 and ENGC 702D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 702D1 and ENGC 702D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGC 702D1 and ENGC 702D2 together are equivalent to ENGC 702) A required course for all new Ph.D. students. The Pro-Seminar is designed to explore theoretical & methodological issues in Communications through a series of presentations by the faculty and other McGill associates.

ENGC 702N1 Comprehensive Examination Part 1.

(3) (Students must also register for ENGC 702N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 702N1 and ENGC 702N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGC 702N1 and ENGC 702N2 together are equivalent to ENGC 702) A required course for all new Ph.D. students. The Pro-Seminar is designed to explore theoretical & methodological issues in Communications through a series of presentations by the faculty and other McGill associates.

ENGC 702N2 Comprehensive Examination Part 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: ENGC 702N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 702N1 and ENGC 702N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGC 702N1 and ENGC 702N2 together are equivalent to ENGC 702) See ENGC 702N1 for course description.

l

ENGC 703 Comprehensive Examination Part 2.

(6)

ENGC 703D1 (3), ENGC 703D2 (3) Comprehensive Examination Part 2.

(Students must register for both ENGC 703D1 and ENGC 703D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 703D1 and ENGC 703D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGC 703D1 and ENGC 703D2 together are equivalent to ENGC 703)

l

ENGC 704 Comprehensive Examination Part 3.

(6)

ENGC 704D1 (3), ENGC 704D2 (3) Comprehensive Examination Part 3.

(Students must register for both ENGC 704D1 and ENGC 704D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 704D1 and ENGC 704D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGC 704D1 and ENGC 704D2 together are equivalent to ENGC 704)

l

ENGC 705 Comprehensive Examination Part 4.

(6)

ENGC 705D1 (3), ENGC 705D2 (3) Comprehensive Examination Part 4.

(Students must register for both ENGC 705D1 and ENGC 705D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGC 705D1 and ENGC 705D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGC 705D1 and ENGC 705D2 together are equivalent to ENGC 705)

ENGC 730 Readings in Communications Research.

(3)

19 Computer Science

School of Computer Science
McConnell Engineering, Room 318
3480 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 2A7
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-7071 ext. 00074
Fax: (514) 398-3883
E-mail: grad.cs@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.cs.mcgill.ca 
Director
D. Thérien
Chairs of Graduate Programs:

M.Sc. - T. Merrett, X-W. Chang

Ph.D. - K. Siddiqi

19.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
C. Paige; B.Sc., B. Eng.(Syd.), Ph.D.(Lond.)
Professors
D. Avis; B.Sc.(Wat.), Ph.D.(Stan.)(on leave Jan. 2005-June 2005)
L. Devroye; M.S.(Louvain), Ph.D.(Texas)(on leave 2004-05)
L. Hendren; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Queen's), Ph.D.(C'nell)
T.H. Merrett; B.Sc.(Queen's), D.Phil.(Oxon)
M.M. Newborn; B.E.E.(R.P.I.), Ph.D.(Ohio St.), F.A.C.M.
P. Panangaden; M.Sc.(I.I.T. Kanpur), Ph.D.(Wis.)
G.F.G. Ratzer; B.Sc.(Glas.), M.Sc.(McG.)
B. Reed; B.Sc, Ph.D.(McG.) (CRC Professor)
D. Therien; B.Sc.(Mont.), Ph.D.(Wat.) (James McGill Professor)
G.T. Toussaint; B.Sc.(Tulsa), Ph.D.(Br.Col.)
S. Whitesides; M.S.E.E.(Stan.), Ph.D.(Wis.)
Associate Professors
C. Crépeau; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
G. Dudek; B.Sc.(Queen's), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
N. Friedman; B.A.(W.Ont.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
K. Siddiqi; B.Sc.(Lafayette), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Brown)
C. Tropper; B.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Brooklyn Poly.)
Assistant Professors
M. Blanchette; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Wash.)
D. Bryant; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Canterbury)
X-W. Chang; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Nanjing), Ph.D.(McG.)
M.T. Hallett; B.Sc.(Queen's), Ph.D.(Vic. B.C.)
B. Kemme; B.Sc., M.Sc.(U. of Erlangen-Nuremberg), Ph.D.(ETH, Zurich)
J. Kienzle; Eng.Dip., Ph.D.(Swiss Fed. I.T.)
A. Klein; B.A.(Stan.) M.A., Ph.D.(Prin.)
M. Langer; B.Sc.(McG.), M.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(McG.)
M. Maheswaran; B.Sc.(Peradeniya), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Perdue)
B. Pientka; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Tech.U.of Darmstadt, Germany), Ph.D.(Carnegie Mellon)
D. Precup; B.Sc.(Tech. U. of Cluj-Napoca), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Mass, Amherst)
H. Vangheluwe; B.Sc., M.Sc., D.Sc.(Ghent)
C. Verbrugge; B.A.(Queen's), Ph.D.(McG.)
Faculty Lecturer
J. Vybihal; M.Sc.(McG.)
Associate Member
T.R. Shult
Adjunct Professors
S. Brands, R. De Mori, K. El Emam, S. Hyder, K. Paton, J-M. Robert

19.2 Programs Offered

Master's in Computer Science (Thesis Option), including the Computational Science and Engineering (CSE) option.

Master's in Computer Science (Project Option)

Ph.D. in Computer Science

19.3 Admission Requirements

Master's (M.Sc.)

The minimum requirement for admission is a bachelor's degree (CGPA 3.2 or better, or equivalent) with the course work in Computer Science indicated in the brochure "Information for Applicants to Graduate Programs".

The brochure supplements information in this Calendar and should be consulted by all graduate students.

Ph.D.

Candidates who do not hold a Master's degree from a recognized department of Computer Science will normally first register for the M.Sc.

Candidates with excellent standing in the M.Sc. program may be allowed to proceed to the Ph.D. degree without first submitting a Master's thesis; however, in other cases, permission to proceed to the Ph.D. may depend on the standing obtained in the M.Sc. Exceptional candidates who do not hold a Master's degree in Computer Science are, on rare occasions, admitted directly to the Ph.D. program.

19.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All information is to be submitted directly to the Graduate Secretary.

Deadline(s):

February 1st (if applicant wishes to be considered for scholarship awards); April 1st. Application documents are also available at our Web site: www.cs.mcgill.ca/acadpages/grad/ applying.html.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

19.5 Program Requirements

MASTER'S

The M.Sc. program has two options, a thesis and a project option. All students are required to take a reading course during their first year. In addition, the M.Sc. Thesis option (49 credits) requires six courses and a thesis, and the M.Sc. Project (non-thesis) option (46 credits) requires nine courses and a project. Courses will be chosen with guidance from an academic adviser, subject to approval by the School.

Available under the M.Sc. Thesis option is the following multidisciplinary Computational Science and Engineering (CSE) option.

M.Sc. Thesis - CSE Option
(50 credits)
Required Courses
(29 credits)
COMP 601
(4)
Special Topics in Computer Science
COMP 669D1
(.5)
CSE Seminar
COMP 669D2
(.5)
CSE Seminar
COMP 698
(9)
Thesis Research 1
COMP 699
(15)
Thesis Research 2
Complementary Courses
 (minimum 21 credits)
Two courses from List A, two courses from List B, and the remaining credits to be chosen from graduate (500, 600 or 700-level) courses in the School of Computer Science. Two complementary courses must be taken outside the School of Computer Science.
List A - Scientific Computing Courses:
CIVE 602
(4)
Finite Element Analysis
COMP 522
(4)
Modelling and Simulation
COMP 540
(3)
Matrix Computations
COMP 566
(3)
Discrete Optimization 1
MATH 578
(4)
Numerical Analysis 1
MATH 579
(4)
Numerical Differential Equations
List B - Applications and Specialized methods Courses:
ATOC 512
(3)
Atmospheric and Oceanic Dynamics
ATOC 513
(3)
Waves and Stability
ATOC 515
(3)
Turbulence in Atmosphere and Oceans
CIVE 514
(3)
Structural Mechanics
CIVE 572
(3)
Computational Hydraulics
CIVE 603
(4)
Structural Dynamics
CIVE 613
(4)
Numerical Methods: Structural Engineering
COMP 505
(3)
Advanced Computer Architecture
COMP 557
(3)
Fundamentals of Computer Graphics
COMP 558
(3)
Fundamentals of Computer Vision
COMP 567
(3)
Discrete Optimization 2
COMP 621
(4)
Optimizing Compilers
COMP 642
(4)
Numerical Estimation
COMP 767
(3)
Advanced Topics: Applications 2
ECSE 507
(3)
Optimization and Optimal Control
ECSE 532
(3)
Computer Graphics
ECSE 547
(3)
Finite Elements in Electrical Engineering
ECSE 549
(3)
Expert Systems in Electrical Design
MATH 555
(4)
Fluid Dynamics
MATH 560
(4)
Optimization
MATH 651
(4)
Asymptotic Expansion and Perturbation Methods
MATH 761
(4)
Topics in Applied Math 1
MECH 533
(3)
Subsonic Aerodynamics
MECH 537
(3)
High-Speed Aerodynamics
MECH 538
(3)
Unsteady Aerodynamics
MECH 539
(3)
Computational Aerodynamics
MECH 541
(3)
Kinematic Synthesis
MECH 545
(3)
Advanced Stress Analysis
MECH 572
(3)
Introduction to Robotics
MECH 573
(3)
Mechanics of Robotic Systems
MECH 576
(3)
Computer Graphics and Geometrical Modelling
MECH 577
(3)
Optimum Design
MECH 610
(4)
Fundamentals of Fluid Dynamics
MECH 620
(4)
Advanced Computational Aerodynamics
MECH 632
(4)
Theory of Elasticity
MECH 642
(4)
Advanced Dynamics
MECH 650
(4)
Heat Transfer
MECH 654
(4)
Compt. Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer
 

PH.D.

All students must consult the graduate program web page www.cs.mcgill.ca/acadpages/grad, where up-to-date information about the graduate program is posted. Any questions concerning the program should be addressed to the Graduate Secretary.

In accordance with the University regulations, the successful completion of the Ph.D. program includes the following:

Progress Committee and Progress Report

Upon arrival at McGill a new Ph.D. student must, in consultation with his or her supervisor or supervisors, form a Progress Committee. This Committee will consist of three professors who will monitor the student's progress in the course of the Ph.D. program. At least two of these professors must be from the School of Computer Science, one of which will be the student's thesis supervisor.

The student will be expected to complete a Progress Report once for every year of the program, following the Ph.D. 2 year. This will comprise a written document of no more than 10 pages, single-spaced in 12 point font, to be distributed to the Progress Committee members at least two weeks prior to the evaluation. The evaluation will consist of a 30-minute presentation of the Progress Report by the student followed by questions from the Progress Committee. The presentation will be open only to Progress Committee members. Following the evaluation the Profess Committee will assign a grade of either satisfactory or unsatisfactory, and will give feedback to the student in a written Progress Form. If the mark is unsatisfactory the Committee will offer specific comments to guide the student towards improving his or her performance. The student will also be invited to submit written comments to be included in this form. Once all comments have been included, the form must be signed by the student and his or her supervisor.

Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination - COMP 700 (0 credits)

The student must register for this course the term in which the exam will take place. The Ph.D. comprehensive examination is an oral examination taken by the end of the Ph.D. 2 year. The exam has course number COMP 700. The syllabus for this examination will be decided upon the examination committee which will be comprised of the Progress Committee members and one additional member selected from the Ph.D. committee. This last member will chair the examination. The syllabus will be given to the student by the examination committee at least four months prior to the examination. It will normally consist of a selection of articles, chapters from textbooks, or notes, which are considered important background material for the student to master. A typical syllabus should be of the same complexity as that of a graduate-level course in the School of Computer Science. The examination will consist of oral questions to the student on the material in the syllabus and will be open only to examination committee members. Following the examination the committee will assign a mark of either Pass or Fail. This mark will be based on a discussion between the committee members and will be arrived at by a majority vote. If a student fails the examination, he or she will be allowed to take it one more time. If the comprehensive examination is failed a second time, the student will be required to withdraw from the program, as required by University regulations.

Ph.D. Thesis Proposal and Area Examination - COMP 701 (3 credits)

Before the end of Ph.D. 3, students must take and pass the Ph.D. Proposal and Area Exam. This exam has course number COMP 701. The student must register for this course the term in which the exam will take place. This exam is a public, oral exam designed to test the research ability of the student in the area of the thesis as well as depth of knowledge in those areas of computer science closely related to the thesis topic. The exam consists of a 20-page (maximum) written report, single-spaced in 12 point font, to be submitted to the Graduate Secretary at least two weeks before the exam, and an oral presentation by the candidate lasting no more than 20 minutes. The outcome of this exam is either a Pass or a Fail. In the event of a Fail, the student may be given a single chance to retake the examination. If it is a second fail in the program, the student will be asked to withdraw. COMP 701 may not be treated like COMP 700, which falls under the Comprehensive Policy.

19.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

COMP 505 Advanced Computer Architecture.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: COMP 302 and COMP 273 or equivalent) Basic principles and techniques in the design of high-performance computer architecture. Topics include memory architecture: cache structure and design, virtual memory structures; pipelined processor architecture: pipeline control and hazard resolution, pipelined memory structures, interrupt, evaluation techniques; vector processing; RISC vs. CISC architectures; general vs. special purpose architectures; VLSI architecture issues.

COMP 506 Advanced Analysis of Algorithms.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 330 or COMP 360 or COMP 405 or COMP 431) The study of computational complexity and intractability: Cook's Theorem, NP-completeness, oracles, the polynomial hierarchy, lower bounds, heuristics, approximation problems.

COMP 507 Computational Geometry.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 360 or COMP 405 or equivalent or corequisite COMP 506) Problems in computational geometry; worst-case complexity of geometric algorithms; expected complexity of geometric algorithms and geometric probability; geometric intersection problems; nearest neighbor searching; point inclusion problems; distance between sets; diameter and convex hull of a set; polygon decomposition; the Voronoi diagram and other planar graphs; updating and deleting from geometric structures.

COMP 520 Compiler Design.

(4) (Fall) (3 hours, 1 hour consultation) (Prerequisites: COMP 273 and COMP 302) The structure of a compiler. Lexical analysis. Parsing techniques. Syntax directed translation. Run-time implementation of various programming language constructs. Introduction to code generation for an idealized machine. Students will implement parts of a compiler.

COMP 522 Modelling and Simulation.

(4) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: COMP 251, COMP 302, COMP 350) Simulation and modeling processes, state automata, Petri Nets, state charts, discrete event systems, continuous-time models, hybrid models, system dynamics and object-oriented modeling.

COMP 523 Language-based Security.

(3) (Prerequisites: COMP 302, COMP 330.) State-of-the-art language-based techniques for enforcing security policies in distributed computing environments. Static techniques (such as type- and proof-checking technology), verification of security policies and applications such as proof-carrying code, certifying compilers, and proff-carrying authentication.

COMP 524 Theoretical Foundations of Programming Languages.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 302, and MATH 340 or MATH 235) Operational and denotational semantics of programming languages. Equivalence theorems for first-order languages. Lambda calculus. Type-inference, typed lambda calculus. Polymorphism. Elements of domain theory and fixed-point induction.

COMP 525 Formal Verification.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: COMP 251, COMP 310, COMP 330 and MATH 340) Propositional logic - syntax and semantics, temporal logic, other modal logics, model checking, symbolic model checking, binary decision diagrams, other approaches to formal verification.

COMP 526 Probabilistic Reasoning and AI.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: COMP 206, COMP 360, COMP 424 and MATH 323) Belief networks, Utility theory, Markov Decision Processes and Learning Algorithms.

COMP 531 Theory of Computation.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 330) Models for sequential and parallel computations: Turing machines, boolean circuits. The equivalence of various models and the Church-Turing thesis. Unsolvable problems. Model dependent measures of computational complexity. Abstract complexity theory. Exponentially and super-exponentially difficult problems. Complete problems.

COMP 533 Object-Oriented Sofware Development.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisites: COMP 335 or ECSE 321) Object-oriented, UML-based software development; requirements engineering based on use cases; using OCL and a coherent subset of UML to establish complete and precise analysis and design documents for a software system; Java-specific mapping strategies for implementation.

COMP 534 Team Software Engineering.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 433 or equivalent) Team-work and team-processes for evolving software systems. Guided by defined processes, project teams will elicit new requirements, design code and test an enhanced software system. Team members will play various technical and managerial roles in carrying out their software project.

COMP 535 Computer Networks 1.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 310) (Students may not take both COMP 435 and COMP 535 for credit) Exposition of the first four layers of the ISO model for computer network protocols, i.e., the physical, data, network, and transport layers. Basic hardware and software issues with examples drawn from existing networks, notably SNA, DECnet, and ARPAnet.

COMP 537 Internet Programming.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: COMP 251 and COMP 302, and any one of COMP 310, COMP 420, COMP 424, or COMP 433) Sockets, User Datagram Protocol (UDP), Transmission utility protocals; Remote Terminal Protocol (Telnet), Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP), File Transfer Protocol (FTP), Hypertext Transfer Protrocol (HTTP), Internet resource database and search engines. Remote File Systems. Distributed objects, Common Object Request Broker Architecture (CORBA).

COMP 538 Person-Machine Communication.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: COMP 251, COMP 302) Introduction to programming techniques and hardware design concepts that facilitate interaction between humans and computers. Theories and models for person-machine communication, object oriented design and software engineering of interfaces. Natural language facilities.

COMP 540 Matrix Computations.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: MATH 327 or COMP 350) Designing and programming reliable numerical algorithms. Stability of algorithms and condition of problems. Reliable and efficient algorithms for solution of equations, linear least squares problems, the singular value decomposition, the eigenproblem and related problems. Perturbation analysis of problems. Algorithms for structured matrices.

COMP 547 Cryptography and Data Security.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 360) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken 308-647) This course presents an in-depth study of modern cryptography and data security. The basic information theoretic and computational properties of classical and modern cryptographic systems are presented, followed by a cryptanalytic examination of several important systems. We will study the applications of cryptography to the security of systems.

COMP 557 Fundamentals of Computer Graphics.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: MATH 223, COMP 251, COMP 206) The study of fundamental mathematical, algorithmic and representational issues in computer graphics. The topics to be covered are: overview of graphics process, projective geometry, homogeneous coordinates, projective transformations, quadrics and tensors, line-drawing, surface modeling and object modeling reflectance models and rendering, texture mapping, polyhedral representations, procedural modeling, and animation.

COMP 558 Fundamentals of Computer Vision.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: COMP 206, COMP 360, MATH 222, MATH 223) (Restriction: not open to students who have taken 308-766 before January 2001) Biological vision, edge detection, projective geometry and camera modeling, shape from shading and texture, stereo vision, optical flow, motion analysis, object representation, object recognition, graph theoretic methods, high level vision, applications.

COMP 560 Graph Algorithms and Applications.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 360 or COMP 431 or MATH 343) Algorithms for connectivity, partitioning, clustering, colouring and matching. Isomorphism testing. Algorithms for special classes of graphs. Layout and embedding algorithms for graphs and networks.

COMP 563 Molecular Evolution Theory.

(3) (Prerequisites: COMP 251 or COMP 252, MATH 323 or equivalent; or by permission of instructor.) Population genetics; statistical inference from sequence data; phylogenetics, coalescent theory; models of mutation and selection.

COMP 564 Computational Gene Regulation.

(3) (Prerequisite: COMP 462.) This course examines computational problems related to gene regulation at the mRNA and protein levels. With respect to mRNA expression, topics include microarray analysis, SNP detection, and the inference of genetic networks. With respect to protein expression, topics include peptide sequencing, peptide identification, and the interpretation of interaction maps.

COMP 566 Discrete Optimization 1.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: COMP 360 and MATH 223) Use of computer in solving problems in discrete optimization. Linear programming and extensions. Network simplex method. Applications of linear programming. Vertex enumeration. Geometry of linear programming. Implementation issues and robustness. Students will do a project on an application of their choice.

COMP 567 Discrete Optimization 2.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: COMP 566 or MATH 417) Formulation, solution and applications of integer programs. Branch and bound, cutting plane, and column generation algorithms. Combinatorial optimization. Polyhedral methods. A large emphasis will be placed on modeling. Students will select and present a case study of an application of integer programming in an area of their choice.

COMP 573 Microcomputers.

(3) (Fall or Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 273) Characteristics and internal structure of microcomputers and workstations. Architectures of current CISC and RISC micro processors. Assembler and machine languages for microcomputers. System software. Applications for single and networked microcomputers. Students will be assigned hands-on projects.

COMP 575 Fundamentals of Distributed Algorithms.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 310) Study of a collection of algorithms that are basic to the world of concurrent programming. Discussion of algorithms from the following areas: termination detection, deadlock detection, global snapshots, clock synchronization, fault tolerance (byzantine and self-stabilizing systems). Students will implement algorithms on the BBN butterfly and will present papers on topics in these areas.

COMP 577 Distributed Database Systems.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: COMP 421 and COMP 310) High-level communication paradigms (e.g. client/server, publish/subscribe). Architecture of distributed information systems. Distributed transactions: concurrency control, recovery, distributed agreement. Data Replication. Data Distribution. Distributed queries. Advanced topics.

COMP 601 Special Topics in Computer Science.

(4)

COMP 601D1 (2), COMP 601D2 (2) Special Topics in Computer Science.

(2 per term) (Restricted to Computer Science students) (Students must register for both COMP 601D1 and COMP 601D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both COMP 601D1 and COMP 601D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (COMP 601D1 and COMP 601D2 together are equal to COMP 601.)

COMP 601N1 Special Topics in Computer Science.

(2) (Students must also register for COMP 601N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both COMP 601N1 and COMP 601N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (COMP 601N1 and COMP 601N2 together are equal to COMP 601.)

COMP 601N2 Special Topics in Computer Science.

(2) (Prerequisite: COMP 601N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both COMP 601N1 and COMP 601N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (COMP 601N1 and COMP 601N2 together are equal to COMP 601.) See COMP 601N1 for course description.

COMP 605 Parallel Computer Architecture.

(4) (3 hours) Basic principles and techniques in parallel computer architecture. Topics include: characteristics of parallel computation models; instruction-level parallelism and architectures; vector architecture; shared memory vs. message-passing architectures; memory models and cache coherence; interconnection techniques and high-speed networks, parallel programming issues; multithreaded architecture; future trends.

COMP 610 Information Structures 1.

(4) (3 hours) Study of elementary data structures: lists, stacks, queues, trees, hash tables, binary search trees, red-black trees, heaps. Augmenting data structures. Sorting and selection, Recursive algorithms. Advanced data structures including binomial heaps, Fibonacci heaps, disjoint set structures, and splay trees. Amortizing. String algorithms. Huffman trees and suffix trees. Graph algorithms.

COMP 612 Database Systems.

(4) (3 hours) Database programming using the relational algebra. Introduces the relational model of databases and high level programming techniques with applications to data processing, text and picture processing, knowledge bases and logic programming on secondary storage.

COMP 617 Information Systems.

(4) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 612) Seminar course. A major area of application of the techniques covered in 308-612 is discussed. No prior expertise in the application area is required, since the emphasis of the course is on methods of computation. Storage structures and algorithms for efficient retrieval and processing of data for the application will be discussed.

COMP 621 Optimizing Compilers.

(4) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 251 or equivalent, COMP 302 or equivalent, COMP 520 is useful but not strictly necessary) This course examines the components of optimizing compiler, tree-like and graph-like intermediate representations, flow analysis, abstract interpretation, program transformation, register allocation, an introduction to instruction scheduling and parallelization techniques. Students complete assignments and a course project.

COMP 623 Concurrent Programming Languages.

(4) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 302 or equivalent.) The course will include the following topics: deadlock, fairness, liveness and safety properties, distributed protocols, standard concurrent programming problems, a comparative study of concurrent programming paradigms. Additional topics: dataflow programming, concurrent constraint programming, concurrent logic programming, process algebra, fault tolerant distributed systems, parallel object-oriented languages.

COMP 627 Theoretical Programming Languages.

(4) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: COMP 524 and COMP 530) Programming language semantics. Lambda calculus, the Church Rosser theorem, typed lambda calculus, the strong normalization theorem, polymorphism, type inference, elements of domain theory, models of the lambda calculus, relating operational and denotational semantics, full abstraction. Reasoning about programs. Soundness and relative completeness of program logics.

COMP 631 Software Process Engineering.

(4) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 434) Software is critical; the record is poor, and improvement action is needed. The quality of a software system is governed by the quality of the process used to develop and maintain it. The course aims to describe the technical and managerial topics critical in the design, engineering and management of software processes.

COMP 642 Numerical Estimation.

(4) (4 hours) (Prerequisites: MATH 323, MATH 324 and COMP 350) (Corequisite: COMP 540) Efficient and reliable numerical algorithms in estimation and their applications. Linear models and least squares estimation. Maximun-likelihood estimationl. Kalman filtering. Adaptive estimation, GPS measurements and mathematical models for positioning. Position estimation. Fault detection and exclusion.

COMP 644 Pattern Recognition.

(4) (3 hours) Techniques for smoothing, approximating and enhancing spatial and temporal data. Feature extraction and shape measurement using spatial moments and medial axis transforms. Detecting structure using Hough transforms and proximity graphs. Discriminant functions. Neural networks. Bayesian decision theory. Feature selection. Estimation of misclassification. Nearest neighbor decision rules. Applications.

COMP 646 Computational Perception.

(4) (3 hours) Seminar course on perception problems from a computer science perspective. Vision problems such as stereo, shading, motion, color, object recognition. Audition problems such as sonar, source localization, source recognition.

COMP 647 Advanced Cryptography.

(4) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: COMP 547) Information theoretic definitions of security, zero-knowledge protocols, secure function evaluation protocols, cryptographic primitives, privacy amplification, error correction, quantum cryptography, quantum cryptanalysis.

COMP 648 Motion Planning and Robotics.

(4) (3 hours) (Given in alternate years.) Topics in motion planning, including: algorithms and complexity results for collision avoidance; the configuration space approach; the algebraic cell decomposition approach; motion planning using Voronoi diagrams; object representation schemes.

COMP 652 Machine Learning.

(4) (Prerequisites: COMP 424, COMP 526 or ECSE 526, COMP 360, MATH 323 or ECSE 305.) An overview of state-of-the-art algorithms used in machine learning, including theoretical propertiesand practical applications of these algorithms.

COMP 656 Run-Time Language Support.

(4) Hardware and software support for late binding, polymorphic calls and garbage collection in object-oriented languages.

COMP 667 Software Fault Tolerance.

(4) (Prerequisite: COMP 409 or permission of instructor) Software fault tolerance, concepts and implementation. Failure classification; information and time redundancy; forward and backward error recovery; error confinement; idealized fault-tolerant component; sequential and concurrent systems; exception handling; transactions and atomic actions; voting; design diversity. Case studies.

COMP 675 Parallel Search Problems.

(4) (3 hours) A study of recent work in parallel search techniques. Algorithms to be considered are: parallel branch and bound, parallel minimax and parallel resolution techniques for theorem proving. Students will be expected to write programs implementing algorithms for parallel search on the School's 32-processor BBN parallel computer.

COMP 690 Probabilistic Analysis of Algorithms.

(4) (3 hours) Probabilistic analysis of algorithms and data structures under random input. Expected behavior of search trees, tries, heaps, bucket structures and multidimensional data structures. Random sampling, divide-and-conquer, grid methods. Applications in computational geometry and in game tree searching. Combinatorial search problems. Algorithms on random graphs.

COMP 694 Research Project 1.

(6) (Restricted to Computer Science students) Ongoing research pertaining to project.

COMP 695 Research Project 2.

(6) (Restricted to Computer Science students) Ongoing research pertaining to project.

COMP 698 Thesis Research 1.

(9) (Restricted to Computer Science students) Ongoing research pertaining to thesis.

COMP 699 Thesis Research 2.

(15) (Restricted to Computer Science students) Ongoing research pertaining to thesis.

COMP 700 Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

COMP 700D1 (0), COMP 700D2 (0) Ph.D.Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both COMP 700D1 and COMP 700D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both COMP 700D1 and COMP 700D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (COMP 700D1 and COMP 700D2 together are equivalent to COMP 700)

COMP 701 Thesis Proposal and Area Examination.

(3)

COMP 760 Advanced Topics Theory 1.

(4) (Topics for Winter 2004: Section 001 - Theory of Molecular Evolution. Section 003 - Combinatorial Optimisation and Approximation Algorithms.)

COMP 761 Advanced Topics Theory 2.

(4)

COMP 762 Advanced Topics Programming 1.

(4)

COMP 763 Advanced Topics Programming 2.

(4)

COMP 764 Advanced Topics Systems 1.

(4)

COMP 765 Advanced Topics Systems 2.

(4)

COMP 766 Advanced Topics Applications 1.

(4)

COMP 767 Advanced Topics: Applications 2.

(4)

20 Dentistry

Department of Dentistry
Faculty of Dentistry
3640 University Street, Room M18
Montreal, QC  H3A 2B2
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-7203
Fax: (514) 398-8900
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/dentistry 
Dean, Faculty of Dentistry
J.P. Lund
Associate Dean, Research
M.D. McKee
Director, Graduate Studies
J.S. Feine
Director, Graduate Program in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
T.W. Head

20.1 Staff

Professors
M.C. Bushnell; B.A.(Maryland), M.A., Ph.D.(American U.)
F. Cervero; M.B., Ch.B., Ph.D.(Madrid), D.Sc.(Edin.)
J.S. Feine; D.D.S., M.S.(Texas), H.D.R.
J.P. Lund; B.D.S.(Adel.), Ph.D.(W.Ont.)
C.E. Smith; D.D.S., Ph.D.(McG.)
Associate Professors
P.J. Allison; B.D.S., F.D.S.R.C.S., M.Sc.(Lond.), Ph.D.(McG.)
J. Barralet; Ph.D., IRC (Lond.)
G. Bennett; B.A.(Rutgers), M.A., Ph.D.(Va.)
P.J. Chauvin; B.Sc.,D.D.S.(McG.), M.Sc.(W.Ont.), F.A.A.O.P., F.R.C.D.(C)
M. Dagenais; D.M.D.(Montr.), Dip. Oral Radiology(Tor.)
T.W. Head; B.Sc.(Sir G. Wms.), D.D.S., M.Sc.(McG.), F.R.C.D.(C), Dipl. A.B.O.M.S.
M.D. McKee; Ph.D.(McG.)
S. Schwartz; D.M.D.(Montr.), M.Sc. Cert. Pedo.(Boston), F.I.C.D., F.A.C.D.
E.D. Shields; B.Sc.(Ball State), D.D.S., Ph.D.(Ind.)
Assistant Professors
C. Bedos; D.D.S.(Paris), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
J.R. Emery; D.D.S., M.Sc.(McG.), F.R.C.D.(C), Dipl. A.B.O.M.S.
M.T. Kaartinen; M.Sc.(Jyväskylä), Ph.D.(Kuopio, Finland)
H. LeMoual; D.E.A., M.Sc.(Paris), Ph.D.(Montr.)
J.-M. Retrouvey; D.M.D.(Montr.), M.Sc.(Boston)
M. Tabrizian; D.E.A., Ph.D.(Paris)
S. Tran; D.M.D., Cert.Perio, Ph.D.(Minn.)
Adjunct Professors
A. Charbonneau, S. Marchand, J. Morais, D.J. Ostry
Associate Members
E.L. Franco, E.G. Gisel, J. Penrod, H. Warshawsky

20.2 Programs Offered

M.Sc. in Dental Sciences

The goal of this program is to train students in research in the dental sciences which comprise a number of disciplines relating to the functioning of the oro-facial complex.

Please consult the Graduate Secretary, Faculty of Dentistry, for further details.

M.Sc. in Dental Sciences,
option in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

A residency training program in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery provides a candidate with a comprehensive background for the practice of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery as a specialty.

During the four years of the program the candidate serves as a resident principally at the Montreal General Hospital. During this time the resident is given increasing responsibility for the care of in-patients and out-patients, as well as being required to fulfill certain basic science courses and other assignments. A research project must be undertaken, followed by a Master's thesis.

The program is open to one candidate per year.

20.3 Admission Requirements

M.Sc. in Dental Sciences

Students who have successfully completed the D.D.S./D.M.D. degree or a B.Sc. degree with a CGPA of 3.0 on 4.0 in any of the disciplines in the Health Sciences (Anatomy, Biochemistry, Microbiology and Immunology, Physiology) or related disciplines (Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Psychology) are eligible to apply for admission to a graduate program in the Faculty of Dentistry leading to the M.Sc. degree in Dental Sciences. In addition to submitting GRE scores, TOEFL tests must be passed in the case of non-Canadians whose mother tongue is not English.

The number of candidates accepted each year will depend on the elective courses and research facilities available which are applicable to the candidate's area of expertise.

M.Sc. in Dental Sciences,
option in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

Candidates for this program must possess a D.D.S. or D.M.D. degree or its equivalent, and be acceptable to l'Ordre des Dentistes du Québec as a training candidate in a hospital.

20.4 Application Procedures

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

M.Sc. in Dental Sciences

All applications must include an up-to-date official transcript of academic performance, two letters of recommendation and a brief resume indicating their particular field of interest for the M.Sc. degree. B.Sc. students who have not obtained eligible qualifications will be required to make up for deficiencies in their academic profile by taking a qualifying year.

Students must be accepted by a research director before the Faculty approves the application, prior to final acceptance by the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

Applications may be obtained by writing to the Graduate Program in Dental Sciences, Faculty of Dentistry.

Deadlines

for receipt of the application on-line are as follows:
Fall Term - March 1
Winter Term - September 1
Summer Term - November 1

M.Sc. in Dental Sciences,
option in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

Applications must be submitted by September 15.

Information for financial support for this program may be obtained by writing to Dr. T.W. Head, Director of the program.

Further information may be obtained by writing to Graduate Program in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dentistry.

20.5 Program Requirements

All students who are registered in Graduate Clinical Programs in the Faculty of Dentistry, McGill University, and who are not already registered with l'Ordre, must register with l'Ordre des Dentistes du Québec. Further information may be obtained from the Registrar of l'Ordre des Dentistes du Québec, 625 René-Lévesque Boulevard West, 15th Floor, Montreal, QC  H3B 1R2.

M.SC. IN DENTAL SCIENCES

The M.Sc. degree should normally be completed within two years of full-time study.

Required Courses
(8 credits)
EPIB 607
(4)
Inferential Statistics (or equivalent course)
DENT 671D1
(2)
Advanced Research Seminar
DENT 671D2
(2)
Advanced Research Seminar
Complementary Courses
(8 - 14 credits)
chosen from the following:
ANAT 632D1
(3)
Experimental Morphology
ANAT 632D2
(3)
Experimental Morphology
ANAT 663D1
(4.5)
Histology
ANAT 663D2
(4.5)
Histology
BIOC 404
(3)
Biophysical Chemistry
BIOC 450
(3)
Protein Structure and Function
BIOC 454
(3)
Nucleic Acids
BIOC 456
(3)
Biochemistry of Membranes
BIOL 524
(3)
Topics in Molecular Biology
DENT 562
(3)
Calcified Tissues
DENT 654
(3)
Mechanisms and Management of Pain
EPIB 606
(4)
Introduction to Epidemiology
EPIB 611
(3)
Study Design and Analysis 1
EPIB 621
(3)
Data Analysis Health Sciences 1
EPIB 635
(3)
Clinical Trials
EPIB 655
(3)
Epidemiology in Public Health
EPIB 681
(3)
Data Analysis Health Sciences 2
EXMD 610
(3)
Biomedical Methods in Medical Research
POTH 630
(3)
Measurement: Rehabilitation 2
PSYC 505
(3)
The Psychology of Pain

Other complementary courses in the University may be taken with the approval of the supervisor or research director.

Thesis Research Courses
(24 - 30 credits)

The required number of Master's thesis credits (minimum 24) will be made up from among the following:

DENT 650
(3)
Thesis Research 1
DENT 651
(6)
Thesis Research 2
DENT 652
(9)
Thesis Research 3
DENT 653
(15)
Thesis Research 4

M.SC. IN DENTAL SCIENCE, OPTION IN ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY
(46 credits)

Duration: Four calendar years commencing July 1.

Students will register in the four-year graduate-training program, which leads to a McGill Certificate of Residency Training. They will concurrently register with the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office during the Third and Fourth years of the program and complete the requirements for the M.Sc. degree during these two years.

Required Courses
(16 credits)
DENT 631
(3)
OMFS 2 Seminar
DENT 632
(3)
Clinical OMFS 2
DENT 641
(3)
OMFS 3 Seminar
DENT 642
(3)
Clinical OMFS 3
EPIB 607
(4)
Inferential Statistics (or equivalent course)
Thesis Component - Required
(30 credits
DENT 651
(6)
Thesis Research 2
DENT 652
(9)
Thesis Research 3
DENT 653
(15)
Thesis Research 4
)

20.6 Courses for the M.Sc. in Dental Sciences

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
DENT 504 Biomaterials and Bioperformance.

(3) (Restrictions: Graduate and final year undergraduates from physical, biological, medical and dental sciences, and engineering.)

Biological and synthetic biomaterials, medical devices, and the issues related to their bioperformance. The physicochemical characteristics of biomaterials in relation to their biocompatibility and sterilization.

DENT 631 OMFS 2 Seminar.

(3)

DENT 632 Clinical OMFS 2.

(3)

DENT 632D1 (1.5), DENT 632D2 (1.5) Clinical OMFS 2.

(Students must register for both DENT 632D1 and DENT 632D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both DENT 632D1 and DENT 632D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (DENT 632D1 and DENT 632D2 together are equivalent to DENT 632)

DENT 650 Thesis Research 1.

(3)

DENT 651 Thesis Research 2.

(6)

DENT 652 Thesis Research 3.

(9)

DENT 652D1 (4.5), DENT 652D2 (4.5) Thesis Research 3.

(Students must register for both DENT 652D1 and DENT 652D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both DENT 652D1 and DENT 652D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (DENT 652D1 and DENT 652D2 together are equivalent to DENT 652) Independent work under the direction of a supervisor on a research problem in the student's designated area of research.

DENT 653 Thesis Research 4.

(15)

DENT 653D1 (7.5), DENT 653D2 (7.5) Thesis Research 4.

(Students must register for both DENT 653D1 and DENT 653D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both DENT 653D1 and DENT 653D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (DENT 653D1 and DENT 653D2 together are equivalent to DENT 653)

DENT 653J1 Thesis Research 4.

(5) (Students must also register for DENT 653J2 and DENT 653J3.) (No credit will be given for this course unless DENT 653J1, DENT 653J2, and DENT 653J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (DENT 653J1, DENT 653J2 and DENT 653J3 together are equivalent to DENT 653 or DENT 653D1 and DENT 653D2 together.)

DENT 653J2 Thesis Research 4.

(5) (Prerequisite: DENT 653J1) (Students must also register for DENT 653J3) (No credit will be given for this course unless DENT 653J1, DENT 653J2, and DENT 653J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (DENT 653J1, DENT 653J2 and DENT 653J3 together are equivalent to DENT 653 or DENT 653D1 and DENT 653D2 together.)

DENT 653J3 Thesis Research 4.

(5) (Prerequisite: DENT 653J2) (No credit will be given for this course unless DENT 653J1, DENT 653J2, and DENT 653J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (DENT 653J1, DENT 653J2 and DENT 653J3 together are equivalent to DENT 653 or DENT 653D1 and DENT 653D2 together.)

DENT 654 Mechanisms and Management of Pain.

(3) (Open to all health professionals)

DENT 671 Advanced Research Seminar.

(4)

DENT 671D1 (2), DENT 671D2 (2) Advanced Research Seminar.

(Students must register for both DENT 671D1 and DENT 671D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both DENT 671D1 and DENT 671D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (DENT 671D1 and DENT 671D2 together are equivalent to DENT 671)

DENT 671N1 Advanced Research Seminar.

(2) (Students must also register for DENT 671N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both DENT 671N1 and DENT 671N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (DENT 671N1 and DENT 671N2 together are equivalent to DENT 671)

DENT 671N2 Advanced Research Seminar.
(2) (Prerequisite: DENT 671N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both DENT 671N1 and DENT 671N2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (DENT 671N1 and DENT 671N2 together are equivalent to DENT 671)

21 Developing-Area Studies

Centre for Developing-Area Studies (CDAS)
3715 Peel Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 1X1
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-3507
Fax: (514) 398-8432
E-mail: adm.cdas@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/cdas 
Director
Rosalind E. Boyd, Ph.D.
Documentalist
Iain Blair
E-mail: doc.cdas@mcgill.ca
Adjunct Professor
Izzud-Din Pal, Ph.D.
Senior Research Associate
Myriam Gervais, Ph.D.

The CDAS conducts research on social, political, and economic problems within countries in Africa, Asia, the Caribbean, Latin America and the Middle East, from an interdisciplinary perspective. It organizes seminars and conferences on development issues and globalization, primarily in the social sciences.

The CDAS has a specialized library (the Gutkind Library), open to the public. In addition, it maintains an active publications program centred around the internationally respected journal Labour, Capital and Society and has research fellows and research groups in residence.

The CDAS works with an international community of scholars, development groups and the public, and is currently involved in a series of research and development projects focusing on gender, environment, the labouring poor, human security, and globalization.

Graduate students with research interests in international development can apply to become fellows.

22 Dietetics and Human Nutrition

School of Dietetics and Human Nutrition
Room MS2-039, Macdonald-Stewart Building
Macdonald Campus, McGill University
21,111 Lakeshore Road
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-7762
Fax: (514) 398-7739
E-mail: lise.grant@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/dietetics 
Director
Kristine G. Koski

22.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
Helen Neilson; B.H.S., M.Sc.(McG.)
Professors
Tim A. Johns; B.Sc.(McM.), M.Sc.(Br.Col.), Ph.D.(Mich.) (joint appoint. with Plant Science)
Peter J.H. Jones; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Br.Col.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
Harriet V. Kühnlein; B.S.(Penn. St.), M.S.(Oregon St.), Ph.D.(Calif.) (joint appoint. with Faculty of Medicine)
Associate Professors
Laurie H.M. Chan; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Hong Kong), Ph.D.(Lond.) (joint appoint. with Natural Resource Sciences, and Food Science and Agricultural Chemistry) (NSERC Northern Chair)
Grace Egeland; B.A.(Luther College), Ph.D.(Pitts.) (Canada Research Chair)
Katherine Gray-Donald; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Epidemiology and Biostatistics, Faculty of Medicine)
Kristine G. Koski; B.S., M.S.(Wash.), Ph.D.(Calif.) (joint appoint. with the Division of Experimental Medicine, Faculty of Medicine)
Stan Kubow; B.Sc.(McG.), M.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Guelph)
Louise Thibault; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Laval)
Linda J. Wykes; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.) (William Dawson Scholar)
Faculty Lecturers
Linda Jacobs Starkey; B.Sc.(Mt. St. Vincent), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.) (University Coordinator, Professional Practice (Stage) in Dietetics)
Hughes Plourde; B.Sc.(McG.), M.Sc.(U.Mtl.)
Maureen Rose; B.Sc., M.Ed., Ph.D.(McG.)
Associate Members
Anaesthesia: Franco Carli
Food Science & Agricultural Chemistry: Selim Kermasha
Parasitology: Marilyn E. Scott
Psychiatry: Simon N. Young
Medicine: Louis Beaumier, Katherine Cianflone, Rejeanne Gougeon, L.John Hoffer, Errol B. Marliss, Jean-François Yale, Thomas Schricker
Adjunct Professors
Kevin A. Cockell (Health Canada), Jeffrey S. Cohn (Clinical Research Inst. of Canada), Mary L'Abbé (Health Canada)

22.2 Programs Offered

M.Sc., M.Sc. Applied and Ph.D. in Human Nutrition.

The M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs are research degrees wherein students conduct research with one of the faculty members. Most areas of research in Human Nutrition are covered including nutritional biochemistry, clinical nutrition, community or international nutrition. Prospective students are encouraged to contact faculty members to discuss potential research areas since final acceptance requires identification of a research supervisor.

The M.Sc. Applied is intended to provide advanced learning in Nutrition with substantial course work and either a practicum in the field of Dietetics or a project in the area of Human Nutrition. Students need not define their research area prior to enrolment.

Research Facilities: Students may conduct research at the School of Dietetics and Human Nutrition, including the Mary Emily Clinical Nutrition Research Unit, the Centre for Indigenous Peoples' Nutrition and Environment (CINE), or at the McGill University Health Centre.

In addition to their research, eligible candidates may complete the equivalent of a Dietetics Internship for membership in the professional association for registration as Dietitians and Nutritionists in Canada. However, completion of specific undergraduate dietetics course work and practica will increase the duration and cost of the program.

22.3 Admission Requirements

M.Sc.

Applicants must be graduates of a university of recognized reputation and hold a B.Sc. degree equivalent to a McGill Honours degree in a subject closely related to the one selected for graduate work. Applicants must have at least a cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in McGill University's credit equivalency of 3.2/4.0 (second class-upper division) during the last four full-time terms of a completed Bachelor's degree program in nutrition or a closely related field. High grades are expected in courses considered by the academic unit to be preparatory to the graduate program.

M.Sc. (Applied)

Applicants to the M.Sc. Applied project or practicum options must have a B.Sc.(Nutritional Sciences) or equivalent with a GPA of 3.2 or higher. The program is available to students who do not have a working knowledge of French, however, not all project or practicum opportunities will be open to them.

All eligible candidates may select the project option. Applicants who have completed a dietetics internship and six months' work experience are eligible for the practicum option.

Ph.D.

Admission for Ph.D. studies normally requires a M.Sc. degree in an area related to the chosen field of specialization.

22.4 Application Procedures

Applicants for graduate studies must forward supporting documents to:

School of Dietetics and Human Nutrition
Macdonald Campus of McGill University
21,111 Lakeshore
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada
Telephone: (514) 398-7162
Fax: (514) 398-7339
E-mail: lise.grant@mcgill.ca

Applications will be considered upon receipt of a completed application form, $60 application fee, current resumé, statement describing reasons for interest in the program and career goals, and the following supporting documents:

Transcripts

- Two official copies of all university level transcripts with proof of degree(s) granted. Transcripts written in a language other than English or French must be accompanied by a certified translation. An explanation of the grading system used by the applicant's university is essential. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for transcripts to be sent.

It is desirable to submit a list of the titles of courses taken in the major subject, since transcripts often give code numbers only. Applicants must be graduates of a university of recognized reputation and hold a Bachelor's degree equivalent to a McGill Honours degree in a subject closely related to the one selected for graduate work.

Letters of Recommendation

- Two letters of recommendation on letterhead (official paper) of the originating institution or bearing the university seal and with original signatures from two instructors familiar with the applicant's work, preferably in the applicant's area of specialization. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for these letters to be sent.

Competency in English

- Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree using the English language are required to submit documented proof of competency in oral and written English, by appropriate exams, e.g., TOEFL (minimum score 560 on the paper-based test, 220 on the computer-based) or IELTS (minimum overall band 6.5). The MCHE is not considered equivalent. The School reserves the right to request TOEFL results. Please contact the School for details. Results must be submitted as part of the application. The University code is 0935 (McGill University, Montreal); please use Department code 31(Graduate Schools), Biological Sciences - Agriculture, to ensure that your TOEFL reaches this office without delay.

Graduate Record Exam (GRE)

- The GRE is required for all applicants to the School of Dietetics and Human Nutrition who are submitting non-Canadian and non-U.S. transcripts.

DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED WILL NOT BE RETURNED.

Application Fee (non-refundable)

- A fee of $60 Canadian must accompany each application (including McGill students), otherwise it cannot be considered. This sum must be remitted using one of the following methods:

1. Credit card (by completing the appropriate section of the application form). NB: on-line applications must be paid for by credit card.

2. Certified cheque in Cdn.$ drawn on a Canadian bank.

3. Certified cheque in U.S.$ drawn on a U.S. bank.

4. Canadian Money order in Cdn.$.

5. U.S. Money Order in U.S.$.

6. An international draft in Canadian funds drawn on a Canadian bank requested from the applicant's bank in his/her own country.

Deadlines

- Applications, including all supporting documents must reach the School no later than June 1 (March 1 for International) for the Fall Term (September); October 15 (July 1 for International) for the Winter Term (January); February 15 (November 1 for International) for the Summer Term (May). It may be necessary to delay review of the applicant's file until the following admittance period if application materials including supporting documents are received after these dates. International applicants are advised to apply well in advance of the deadline because immigration procedures may be lengthy. Applicants are encouraged to make use of the on-line application form available on the Web at www.mcgill.ca/applying/ graduate.

Graduate Record Exam (GRE)

- The GRE is required for all applicants to the School of Dietetics and Human Nutrition who are submitting non-Canadian and non-U.S. transcripts.

Financial aid is very limited and highly competitive. It is suggested that students give serious consideration to their financial planning before submitting an application.

Acceptance to all programs depends on a staff member agreeing to serve as the student's supervisor and the student obtaining financial support. Normally, a student will not be accepted unless adequate financial support can be provided by the student and/or the student's supervisor. Academic units cannot guarantee financial support via teaching assistantships or other funds.

Qualifying Students

- Some applicants whose academic degrees and standing entitle them to serious consideration for admission to graduate studies, but who are considered inadequately prepared in the subject selected may be admitted to a Qualifying Program if they have met the School's minimum CGPA of 3.2 out of 4.0. The course(s) to be taken in a Qualifying Program will be prescribed by the academic unit. Qualifying students are registered in graduate studies, but not as candidates for a degree. Only one qualifying year (two terms) is permitted.

Successful completion of a qualifying program does not guarantee admission to a degree program.

22.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc.

Program requirements for the M.Sc. include a minimum of 45 credits. This is comprised of 31 credits for the thesis (NUTR 680, NUTR 681, NUTR 682, NUTR 683), two credits of required seminars (NUTR 695, NUTR 696), and four three-credit graduate courses. The student may be advised to take more than four courses.

M.Sc. Applied

Program requirements for the M.Sc. Applied include a minimum of 45 credits. This is comprised of 29 course credits (nine three-credit courses and two credits of required seminars (NUTR 695, NUTR 696), and 16 credits of project or practicum courses.

Ph.D.

Requirements for the Ph.D. include a course of study recommended by the committee including a comprehensive examination (NUTR 701), a research dissertation, and two credits of required seminars (NUTR 797, NUTR 798). Course work at the Ph.D. level normally comprises a smaller portion than for the M.Sc. degree. The research program must clearly show originality and be a contribution to knowledge. At least three years are required to meet the Ph.D. requirements. Outstanding students may be permitted to transfer to the Ph.D. program following the first year of M.Sc. study.

22.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

H Denotes courses offered only in alternate years.
l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05. (Some courses are given every second year.)

Students may also take courses in other faculties such as Medicine or Education.

NUTR 501 Nutrition in Developing Countries.

(3) (Fall) (2 lectures and one seminar) (Prerequisite: For undergraduate students, consent of instructor required) This course will cover the major nutritional problems in developing countries. The focus will be on nutrition and health and emphasize young children and other vulnerable groups. The role of diet and disease for each major nutritional problem will be discussed.

NUTR 503 Bioenergetics and the Lifespan.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisites: Undergraduate Basic Biochemistry (3 credits), Undergraduate Mammalian Physiology (EDKP 331 or PHGY 202 or PHGY 210 or ANSC 323), Undergraduate Introductory Nutrition (EDKP 392 or NUTR 207 or NUTR 307).) Multidisciplinary approach that integratesprinciples of bioenergetics with nutrition through the lifespan.

NUTR 510 Professional Practice - Stage 4.

(14) (Fall: 16 weeks) (Prerequisite: NUTR 409) (Restricition: Not open to students who have taken NUTR 410) (Restriction: Undergraduate registration is restricted to students in the Dietetics Major, CGPA greater than, or equal to 2.50) Interrelated modules of directed experience in clinical nutrition, foodservice management, nutrition education and community nutrition, in health care setting and in the private sector.

l

H
NUTR 511 Nutrition and Behaviour.

(3) (2 lectures and one seminar) (Prerequisite: NUTR 445 for undergraduate students or consent of instructor)

NUTR 512 Herbs, Foods and Phytochemicals.

(3) (3 lectures and a project) (Undergraduate prerequisite: FDSC 211 or BIOL 201 or BIOC 212) An overview of the use of herbal medicines and food phytochemicals and the benefits and risks of their consumption. The physiological basis for activity and the assessment of toxicity will be presented. Current practices relating to the regulation, commercialization and promotion of herbs and phytochemicals will be considered.

l

H
NUTR 600 Advanced Clinical Nutrition 1.

(3) (3 lectures) (Prerequisites: Courses in human nutrition, biochemistry and physiology and permission of instructor.)

l

H
NUTR 601 Advanced Clinical Nutrition 2.

(3) (3 lectures) (Prerequisites: NUTR 377, NUTR 344, NUTR 445 or equivalent and permission of instructor.)

H
NUTR 602 Nutritional - Status Assessment.

(3) (1 lecture and 1 lab) (Prerequisites: courses in human nutrition, biochemistry and physiology.) The understanding and evaluation of dietary and anthropometric indices used in the nutritional assessment of individuals and groups.

l

H
NUTR 603 Nutritional Toxicology.

(3) (Prerequisites: courses in human nutrition, biochemistry and physiology.)

H
NUTR 604 Integrated Metabolic Research.

(3) (2 seminars and 1 lab visit) (Prerequisites: at least one 500 or 600-level course in nutritional biochemistry, e.g. ANSC 551, ANSC 552, ANSC 634, and permission of instructor.) An in-depth analysis of concepts and investigative approaches to in vivio metabolic nutrition research. Seminars will emphasize stable isotope kinetic studies. Visiting scientists and tours of other laboratories will expose students to different approaches to research.

l

NUTR 606 Human Nutrition Research Methods.

(3) (3 lectures) (Prerequisites: A graduate course in statistics or permission of the instructor.)

NUTR 608 Special Topics 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: permission of instructor and Director of School. Restricted to graduate students in Nutrition.) Prescribed reading, conference, lectures, assignments and/or practical work on selected topics in student's area of specialization. An approved course outline must be on file in the School's office prior to registration.

NUTR 609 Special Topics 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: permission of instructor and Director of School. Restricted to graduate students in Nutrition.) An individualized course to allow students to undertake projects in library, laboratory, or field study. An approved course outline must be on file in the School's office prior to registration.

l

H
NUTR 610 Maternal and Child Nutrition.

(3)

l

H
NUTR 620 Nutrition of Indigenous Peoples.

(3) (Prerequisite: One course in nutritional sciences.)

NUTR 623 Functional Foods.

(3) (Prerequisite: NUTR 207, NUTR 307 or equivalent) The science and application of functional foods and nutraceuticals in the context of maintenance of optimal health and disease risk reduction. Legislative and regulatory frameworks which control the use of the functional foods and nutraceuticals sector.

NUTR 651 M.Sc. (Applied) Nutrition 1.

(3) (Corequisites: NUTR 606, NUTR 695) Review of literature and problem definition for both the project option or for placement preparation for practicum option. This course relates to the Human Nutrition M.Sc. (Applied) degree and is required for both project and practicum options.

NUTR 652 M.Sc. (Applied) Project 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: NUTR 651) Project design and planning.

NUTR 653 M.Sc. (Applied) Project 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: NUTR 652) Project execution. This project relates to the Human Nutrition M.Sc. (Applied) degree.

NUTR 654 M.Sc. (Applied) Project 3.

(3) (Prerequisite: NUTR 653) Continuation of project execution and data collection; preliminary analysis. This project relates to the Human Nutrition M.Sc. (Applied) degree.

NUTR 655 M.Sc. (Applied) Project 4.

(3) (Prerequisite: NUTR 654) Data analysis. Submission of project report. This project relates to the Human Nutrition M.Sc. (Applied) degree.

NUTR 656 M.Sc. (Applied) Practicum 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: NUTR 651) Clinical or community placement (4 weeks). Submission of placement report. This practicum relates to the Human Nutrition M.Sc. (Applied) degree.

NUTR 657 M.Sc. (Applied) Practicum 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: NUTR 656) Continuation of placement (4 weeks). Submission of placement report. This practicum relates to the Human Nutrition M.Sc. (Applied) degree.

NUTR 658 M.Sc. (Applied) Practicum 3.

(3) (Prerequisite: NUTR 657) Continuation of placement (4 weeks). Submission of placement report. This practicum relates to the Human Nutrition M.Sc. (Applied) degree.

NUTR 659 M.Sc. (Applied) Practicum 4.

(3) (Prerequisite: NUTR 658) Continuation of placement (4 weeks). Submission of placement report. This practicum relates to the Human Nutrition M.Sc. (Applied) degree.

NUTR 660 M.Sc. (Applied) Nutrition 2.

(1) (Prerequisites: NUTR 653; NUTR 659 or NUTR 655) Oral presentation. This presentation relates to the Human Nutrition M.Sc. (Applied) degree, project and practicum options.

NUTR 680 Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 1.

(6) Independent research under the direction of a supervisor toward completion of the M.Sc. thesis.

l

NUTR 680D1 (3), NUTR 680D2 (3) Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 1.

(Students must register for both NUTR 680D1 and NUTR 680D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUTR 680D1 and NUTR 680D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (NUTR 680D1 and NUTR 680D2 together are equivalent to NUTR 680)

l

NUTR 680N1 Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 1.

(3) (Students must also register for NUTR 680N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUTR 680N1 and NUTR 680N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NUTR 680N1 and NUTR 680N2 together are equivalent to NUTR 680)

l

NUTR 680N2 Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: NUTR 680N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUTR 680N1 and NUTR 680N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NUTR 680N1 and NUTR 680N2 together are equivalent to NUTR 680)

NUTR 681 Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 2.

(6) Independent research under the direction of a supervisor toward completion of the M.Sc. thesis. Presentation of a thesis proposal.

NUTR 681D1 (3), NUTR 681D2 (3) Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 2.

(Students must register for both NUTR 681D1 and NUTR 681D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUTR 681D1 and NUTR 681D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (NUTR 681D1 and NUTR 681D2 together are equivalent to NUTR 681) Independent research under the direction of a supervisor toward completion of the M.Sc. thesis. Presentation of a thesis proposal.

l

NUTR 681N1 Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 2.

(3) (Students must also register for NUTR 681N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUTR 681N1 and NUTR 681N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NUTR 681N1 and NUTR 681N2 together are equivalent to NUTR 681)

l

NUTR 681N2 Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: NUTR 681N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUTR 681N1 and NUTR 681N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NUTR 681N1 and NUTR 681N2 together are equivalent to NUTR 681)

NUTR 682 Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 3.

(9) Independent research under the direction of a supervisor toward completion of the M.Sc. thesis.

NUTR 682D1 (4.5), NUTR 682D2 (4.5) Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 3.

(Students must register for both NUTR 682D1 and NUTR 682D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUTR 682D1 and NUTR 682D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (NUTR 682D1 and NUTR 682D2 together are equivalent to NUTR 682) Independent research under the direction of a supervisor toward completion of the M.Sc. thesis.

l

NUTR 682N1 Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 3.

(4.5) (Students must also register for NUTR 682N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUTR 682N1 and NUTR 682N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NUTR 682N1 and NUTR 682N2 together are equivalent to NUTR 682)

l

NUTR 682N2 Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 3.

(4.5) (Prerequisite: NUTR 682N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUTR 682N1 and NUTR 682N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NUTR 682N1 and NUTR 682N2 together are equivalent to NUTR 682)

NUTR 683 Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 4.

(10) Final submission, thesis defense seminar and approval of the M.Sc. thesis.

l

NUTR 683D1 (5), NUTR 683D2 (5) Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 4.

(Students must register for both NUTR 683D1 and NUTR 683D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUTR 683D1 and NUTR 683D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (NUTR 683D1 and NUTR 683D2 together are equivalent to NUTR 683)

l

NUTR 683N1 Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 4.

(5) (Students must also register for NUTR 683N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUTR 683N1 and NUTR 683N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NUTR 683N1 and NUTR 683N2 together are equivalent to NUTR 683)

l

NUTR 683N2 Human Nutrition M.Sc. Thesis 4.

(5) (Prerequisite: NUTR 683N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUTR 683N1 and NUTR 683N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NUTR 683N1 and NUTR 683N2 together are equivalent to NUTR 683)

NUTR 695 Human Nutrition Seminar 1.

(1) Students will present a recent original research article in which the methods and data presentation will be critically analyzed. The article must be approved by the instructor.

NUTR 696 Human Nutrition Seminar 2.

(1) Students will present a recent original research article in which the methods and data presentation will be critically analyzed. The article must be approved by the instructor.

NUTR 701 Doctoral Comprehensive Examination.

(0) (See Faculty Regulations)

NUTR 797 Human Nutrition Seminar 3.

(1) Doctoral candidates will present a recent original research article in which the methods and data presentation will be critically analyzed. The article must be approved by the instructor.

NUTR 798 Human Nutrition Seminar 4.

(1) Doctoral candidates will present a group of recent research articles in which the methods and data presentation will be critically analyzed. The articles must be approved by the instructor.

23 Earth and Planetary Sciences

Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences
Frank Dawson Adams Building
3450 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 2A7
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6767
Fax: (514) 398-4680
E-mail: carol.matthews@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.eps.mcgill.ca 
Chair
A. Mucci

23.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
E.W. Mountjoy; B.A.Sc.(Br.Col.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
W.H. MacLean; B.Geol.Eng.(Colo. Sch. of Mines), M.Sc.(A), Ph.D.(McG.)
C.W. Stearn; B.Sc.(McM.), M.S., Ph.D.(Yale), F.R.S.C.
Professors
J. Arkani-Hamed; B.Eng.(Tehran), Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
D. Francis; B.Sc.(McG.), M.Sc.(Br.Col.), Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
A.J. Hynes; B.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Cantab.)
O.G. Jensen; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Br.Col.)
R.F. Martin; B.Sc.(Ott.), M.S.(Penn. St.), Ph.D.(Stan.)
A. Mucci; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Miami)
A.E. Williams-Jones; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Natal), Ph.D.(Queen's)
Associate Professors
D. Baker; B.A.(Chic.), Ph.D.(Penn. St.)
B. Hart; B.A.(McM.), M.Sc.(Que.), Ph.D.(W.Ont.)
J. Paquette; B.Sc., M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Stonybrook)
J. Stix; A.B.(Dart.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
H. Vali; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Munich) (Director, Electron Microscopy Centre)
Assistant Professors
M. Best; B.Sc.(Laur.), Ph.D.(Chic.)
Lecturer
S.T. Ahmedali
Associate Members
M. Bilodeau (Mining Engineering)
B. Volesky (Chemical Engineering)
Adjunct Professors
H. Hofmann, B. Minarik, B. Sundby
Research Associate
P. Lorrain

23.2 Programs Offered

Opportunities for advanced study and research in geology, geochemistry, geophysics, planetary sciences and oceanography are available to qualified students. Graduate programs leading to the M.Sc., and Ph.D. degrees are offered.

Financial assistance is available in the form of demonstratorships, research assistantships and scholarships.

AREAS OF RESEARCH

Economic Geology

Application of geochemistry in understanding the genesis of hydrothermal mineral deposits (Cu, Mo, W, Sn, Au, Ag, and REE), in particular those associated with felsic intrusives and carbonatites. Experimental simulations of fluid-rock interaction and investigation of metal solubility and speciation at elevated temperatures and pressures.

Environmental Geology and Low Temperature Geochemistry

Low-temperature geochemistry and chemical oceanography; chemical thermodynamics and kinetics of solid solution reactions in natural environments; early diagenesis of marine, coastal, and estuarine sediments; crystal growth mechanisms in low-temperature aqueous solutions and their influence on element partitioning in minerals.

High-Temperature Geochemistry

Experimental and theoretical studies of melting and crystallization in oxide, silicate and sulfide systems at temperatures and pressures up to 2200°C and 5.5 Gpa. Spectroscopic studies of the structure of silicate melts and their transport properties, diffusion and viscosity. Effects of volatiles on the melting and crystallization of igenous systems.

Igneous Petrology

Orogenic and non-orogenic magmatism, alkali feldspars as indicators of magmatic and post-magmatic processes; high-temperature geochemistry, experimental investigation of petrogenetic processes, structure and properties of silicate melts and glasses, physical and chemical controls on volcanic eruptions.

Mineralogy/Crystal Chemistry

Studies of crystal growth mechanism of minerals, with emphasis on carbonate minerals, natural and synthetic, of sedimentary and hydrothermal origin. X-ray diffraction, electron probe microanalysis, atomic force microscopy and cathodoluminescence are used to study the influence of conditions of growth on the incorporation of trace elements, surface topography and crystal morphology.

Petroleum Geoscience

Integrated studies of hydrocarbon reservoirs using 3-D seismic data, borehole logs, core and outcrop analogues; reservoir compartmentalization by stratigraphic and structural features; attribute-based prediction of physical properties; naturally fractured tight-gas reservoirs.

Planetary Sciences

Geophysical potential fields, dynamics of planetary interiors; global geodynamics and physics of Earth's interior; seismology - tectonophysics, geophysical systems analysis. Origin and evolution of basic magmas in the mantles of the terrestrial planets.

Sedimentary Geology

Sedimentology and stratigraphy of modern and ancient clastic and carbonate systems from outcrop, marine sampling, and subsurface data; sequence stratigraphy; diagenesis.

Tectonics

Tectonics and structural geology, transpression in the Canadian Cordillera, origin of the Hudson Bay Arc, gravity features of sutures in the Canadian Shield, uplift of the Laurentides, paleomagnetism and plate motions.

Volcanology

Physical and chemical approaches to the study of active volcanoes and magmatic-hydrothermal systems; caldera systems, including the chemistry of silicic volcanic rocks, field and experimental studies of collapse mechanisms, and comparisons of recent and ancient caldera systems; magmatic volatiles and volcanic gas studies; arc volcancism, including eruption monitoring; and subaqueous volcanism, including experimental studies of subaqueous pyroclastic flows, and fragmentation of magma.

23.3 Admission Requirements

Applicants should have an academic background equivalent to that of a McGill graduate in the Honours or Major program in geology, geophysics, chemistry, or physics (3.0 out of 4.0). The admissions committee may modify the requirements in keeping with the field of graduate study proposed. In some cases a qualifying year may be required.

23.4 Application Procedures

Applications and all supporting documents should be received in the Department before May 1st for admission the following September. Applicants who want to be considered for entrance awards, or requiring financial assistance, should apply as early as January 1st. There are no special forms required to apply for financial aid from the Department, as all applicants will be considered for the awards for which they are eligible.

Candidates should indicate their field(s) of interest when making formal application for admission. Specific inquiries concerning the Department should be addressed to Graduate Admissions, Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

23.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc. Degree
(45 credits)

The M.Sc. degree program includes:

Ph.D. Degree

The Ph.D. degree program comprises:

Highly qualified B.Sc. graduates may be admitted directly to the Ph.D.I year. Students with the M.Sc. degree may be admitted to either the Ph.D.I or Ph.D.II year, depending on their background. Students are required to take 18 credits of graduate course study in the Ph.D.I year, and 6 credits plus a comprehensive oral examination in the Ph.D.II year. There is no language requirement for the Ph.D. degree.

23.6 Graduate Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

l

EPSC 501 Crystal Chemistry.

(3) (Fall) (2 hours lectures, 1 hour seminar) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: CHEM 203 or CHEM 213)

l

EPSC 510 Geodynamics and Geomagnetism.

(3) (Winter) (3 lecture) (Prerequisites: EPSC 320, MATH 319 or permission of the instructor. Corequisite: EPSC 350)

l

EPSC 519 Isotope Geology.

(3) (Fall) (3 lectures) (Prerequisites: U2 core program)

l

EPSC 525 Subsurface Mapping.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: EPSC 455 or permission of instructor)

l

EPSC 530 Volcanology.

(3) (Fall) (2 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) (Prerequisites: EPSC 212 and EPSC 312, or permission of instructor)

EPSC 542 Chemical Oceanography.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisites: CHEM 213, CHEM 257 or equivalents, or registration in Graduate Program in Oceanography) History of chemical oceanography. Seawater composition and definition of salinity/chlorinity. Minor and trace-element distribution in the ocean. Geochemical mass balance. Dissolved gases in sea water. CO2 and the carbonate system. Chemical speciation. Physical chemistry of seawater. Organic matter and the carbon cycle in the marine environment. Sediment geochemistry.

l

EPSC 547 High-Temperature Geochemistry.

(3) (Fall) (2 hours lectures, 3 hours laboratory) (Prerequisites: CHEM 203, CHEM 204 or CHEM 213, or permission of instructor)

EPSC 548 Processes of Igneous Petrology.

(3) (Winter) (2 hours lecture, 1 hour seminar) (Prerequisite: EPSC 423) Investigation of the primary mechanisms causing the diversity of igneous rock compositions on the Earth, other planets, asteroids, and meteorite parent bodies.

EPSC 549 Hydrogeology.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours lecture, 1-2 hours laboratory) (Prerequisite: permission of the instructor) Introduction to groundwater flow through porous media. Notions of fluid potential and hydraulic head. Darcy flux and Darcy's Law. Physical properties of porous media and their measurement. Equation of groundwater flow. Flow systems. Hydraulics of pumping and recharging wells. Notions of hydrology. Groundwater quality and contamination. Physical processes of contaminant transport.

EPSC 550 Selected Topics 1.

(3) (Fall or Winter) (2 hours seminar, permission of department undergraduate advisor) Research seminar and/or lecture with readings in topics concerning aspects of current interests in Earth & Planetary Sciences.

EPSC 551 Selected Topics 2.

(3) (Fall or Winter) (2 hours seminar, permission of department undergraduate advisor) Research seminar and/or lecture with readings in topics concerning aspects of current interest in Earth & Planetary Sciences.

EPSC 552 Selected Topics 3.

(3) (Fall or Winter) (2 hours seminar, permission of department undergraduate advisor) Research seminar and/or lecture with readings in topics concerning aspects of current interest in Earth & Planetary Sciences.

l

EPSC 561 Ore-forming Processes 1.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisite: One course in ore petrology (EPSC 451 or EPSC 452) or permission of the instructor)

l

EPSC 562 Ore-forming Processes 2.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: One course in mineral deposits (EPSC 451 or EPSC 452) or permission of the instructor)

EPSC 570 Cosmochemistry.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours lecture) (Prerequisites: EPSC 220, EPSC 210 or permission of instructor) Examines the implications of phase equilibria and the compositions of meteorites and the solar system for the formation and internal differentiation of the terrestrial planets and the nature of chemical fractionation processes in both planetary interiors and the solar system as a whole.

l

EPSC 580 Aqueous Geochemistry.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours lecture) (Prerequisites: EPSC 210, EPSC 212 or permission of instructor)

l

EPSC 590 Applied Geochemistry Seminar.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours seminar) (Prerequisite: permission of instructor)

l

EPSC 601 Felsic Igneous Petrology.

(3) (Prerequisite: EPSC 423 or equivalent)

l

EPSC 603 Mafic Igneous Rocks.

(3) (Prerequisite: EPSC 423 or equivalent)

EPSC 613 Regional Structural Analysis.

(3) (2 hours lectures, 2 hours lab) Interpretation of structural measurements in complexly-deformed rocks. Regional geometric, kinematic and tectonic analysis.

EPSC 631 Field Studies - Orogenic Belts.

(3) Traverse of a major orogenic belt (usually the Acadian and Taconic of New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and Quebec). The principal tectonic units and the major igneous, depositional, metamorphic and tectonic events and processes. Interpretation of orogenic belts in terms of continental-margin evolution, the opening and closure of ocean basins, collision of island arcs and continents and the arrival of "rafted terrains".

l

EPSC 631D1 (1.5), EPSC 631D2 (1.5) Field Studies - Orogenic Belts.

(2-week field course in May, plus assigned papers) (Students must register for both EPSC 631D1 and EPSC 631D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPSC 631D1 and EPSC 631D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

EPSC 644 Topics - Advanced Earth Sciences 1.

(3) (3 hours lectures or seminars) A survey of a research topic of particular current interest.

EPSC 645 Topics - Advanced Earth Sciences 2.

(3) (3 hours lectures or seminars) A survey of a research topic of particular current interest.

l

EPSC 655 Alteration Lithogeochemistry.

(3) (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

EPSC 697 Thesis Preparation 1.

(9) Independent study, theoretical and/or laboratory work in connection with the development of an M.Sc. thesis. Success in the course is dependent on presentation of an adequate progress report to the supervisory committee.

EPSC 697D1 (4.5), EPSC 697D2 (4.5) Thesis Preparation 1.

(Students must register for both EPSC 697D1 and EPSC 697D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPSC 697D1 and EPSC 697D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EPSC 697D1 and EPSC 697D2 together are equivalent to EPSC 697) Independent study, theoretical and/or laboratory work in connection with the development of an M.Sc. thesis. Success in the course is dependent on presentation of an adequate progress report to the supervisory committee.

EPSC 697N1 Thesis Preparation 1.

(4.5) (Students must also register for EPSC 697N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPSC 697N1 and EPSC 697N2 are successfully completed in the a twelve month period) (EPSC 697N1 and EPSC 697N2 together are equivalent to EPSC 697) Independent study, theoretical and/or laboratory work in connection with the development of an M.Sc. thesis. Success in the course is dependent on presentation of an adequate progress report to the supervisory committee.

l

EPSC 697N2 Thesis Preparation 1.

(4.5) (Prerequisite: EPSC 697N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPSC 697N1 and EPSC 697N2 are successfully completed in the a twelve month period) (EPSC 697N1 and EPSC 697N2 together are equivalent to EPSC 697)

EPSC 698 Thesis Preparation 2.

(12) Independent study, theoretical and/or laboratory work in connection with the development of an M.Sc. thesis. Success in the course is dependent on presentation of an adequate progress report to the supervisory committee.

l

EPSC 698D1 (6), EPSC 698D2 (6) Thesis Preparation 2.

(Students must register for both EPSC 698D1 and EPSC 698D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPSC 698D1 and EPSC 698D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EPSC 698D1 and EPSC 698D2 together are equivalent to EPSC 698)

EPSC 698N1 Thesis Preparation 2.

(6) (Students must also register for EPSC 698N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPSC 698N1 and EPSC 698N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EPSC 698N1 and EPSC 698N2 together are equivalent to EPSC 698) Independent study, theoretical and/or laboratory work in connection with the development of an M.Sc. thesis. Success in the course is dependent on presentation of an adequate progress report to the supervisory committee.

l

EPSC 698N2 Thesis Preparation 2.

(6) (Prerequisite: EPSC 698N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPSC 698N1 and EPSC 698N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EPSC 698N1 and EPSC 698N2 together are equivalent to EPSC 698)

EPSC 699 Thesis Preparation 3.

(12) Independent study, theoretical and/or laboratory work in connection with the development of an M.Sc. thesis. Success in the course is dependent on presentation of an adequate progress report to the supervisory committee.

EPSC 699D1 (6), EPSC 699D2 (6) Thesis Preparation 3.

(Students must register for both EPSC 699D1 and EPSC 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPSC 699D1 and EPSC 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EPSC 699D1 and EPSC 699D2 together are equivalent to EPSC 699) Independent study, theoretical and/or laboratory work in connection with the development of an M.Sc. thesis. Success in the course is dependent on presentation of an adequate progress report to the supervisory committee.

EPSC 699N1 Thesis Preparation 3.

(6) (Students must also register for EPSC 699N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPSC 699N1 and EPSC 699N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EPSC 699N1 and EPSC 699N2 together are equivalent to EPSC 699) Independent study, theoretical and/or laboratory work in connection with the development of an M.Sc. thesis. Success in the course is dependent on presentation of an adequate progress report to the supervisory committee.

l

EPSC 699N2 Thesis Preparation 3.

(6) (Prerequisite: EPSC 699N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPSC 699N1 and EPSC 699N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EPSC 699N1 and EPSC 699N2 together are equivalent to EPSC 699)

l

EPSC 700 Preliminary Doctoral Examination.

(0)

EPSC 700D1 (0), EPSC 700D2 (0) Preliminary Doctoral Examination.

(Students must register for both EPSC 700D1 and EPSC 700D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPSC 700D1 and EPSC 700D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EPSC 700D1 and EPSC 700D2 together are equivalent to EPSC 700)

l

EPSC 706 Advanced Sedimentology.

(6) (2 hours lectures or seminar and 3 hours lab)

l

EPSC 706D1 (3), EPSC 706D2 (3) Advanced Sedimentology.

(Students must register for both EPSC 706D1 and EPSC 706D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPSC 706D1 and EPSC 706D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EPSC 706D1 and EPSC 706D2 together are equivalent to EPSC 706)

EPSC 710 Geotectonics.

(3) (Fall) (2 hours lectures or seminars) Plate tectonics and orogenesis. Plate tectonics in the geologic past. Problems of tectonic evolution in Precambrian time.

EPSC 715 Instrumental Analysis.

(3) (3 hours lectures, 3 hours lab) Application of analytical instrumental techniques to obtaining reliable chemical data from complex (geological and environmental) materials, and evaluation of the data in problem solving. Electron Microprobe Analysis (WDS and EDS), Scanning Electron Microscopy, X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry, X-ray Diffraction, Atomic Spectroscopy (Atomic Absorption, ICP and ICP-MS). Neutron Activation Analysis.

EPSC 725 Independent Studies 1.

(3) (Not available to students who have taken EPSC 720. Ineligible for credit in M.Sc. Thesis program) Research and/or reading project. Independent study under the guidance of qualified staff in areas of special interest to the student.

EPSC 726 Independent Studies 2.

(3) (Not available to students who have taken EPSC 720. Ineligible for credit in M.Sc. Thesis program) Research and/or reading project. Independent study under the guidance of qualified staff in areas of special interest to the student.

24 East Asian Studies

Department of East Asian Studies
3434 McTavish Street, Room 203
Montreal, QC  H3A 1X9
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6742
Fax: (514) 398-1882
E-mail: asian.studies@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/eas 
Chair
G. Fong
Director of Graduate Program
T. Looser

24.1 Staff

Professors
K. Dean; B.A.(Brown), M.A., Ph.D.(Stan.)
R.D.S. Yates; B.A., M.A.(Oxon), M.A.(Calif.), Ph.D.(Harv.)
Associate Professors
G. Fong; B.A., M.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Br. Col.)
T. Lamarre; B.A.(Georgetown), M.A., Ph.D.(Chic.), D.Sc.(Aix-Marseille II)
T. Looser; B.A.(UC Santa Cruz), M.A., Ph.D.(Chic.)
Assistant Professors
P. Button; B.A.(Col.), M.A., Ph.D.(C'nell)
A. McKnight; B.A.(Wellesley), M.A., Ph.D.(UC Berkley)
H. Nakatani; B.A.(Tokyo), M.A.(Lond.), Ph.D.(Chic.)
Faculty Lecturers
J. Chang; B.A.(Taiwan), M.A.(Harv.)
S. Hasegawa; M.A.(Montr.)
M. Kim; B.A., M.A.(Montr.)
M. Uesaka; B.Sc.(Kyoto), M.A.(McG.)
B. Wang; B.A.(Heilongjiang), M.A.(Calg.)

24.2 Programs Offered

M.A. in East Asian Studies (Ad Hoc).

Ph.D. in East Asian Studies (Ad Hoc).

24.3 Admission Requirements

General

TOEFL and GRE (if applicable).

Applicants who have an undergraduate degree from outside Canada will need to take the Graduate Record Examination. A minimum TOEFL score of 577 on the paper-based test (or 233 on the computer-based test) is required for all applicants whose native language is not English.

M.A.

Applicants must hold, or expect to hold by September of the year of entry, a bachelor's degree for entry into the M.A. program. Applicants should have a Bachelor of Arts degree with a specialization in East Asia; applicants without this specialization who possess a strong disciplinary background are also invited to apply. Those who have experience with an Asian language, but no formal course work, will be required to take a placement test on admission. Those without knowledge of an Asian language will be required to take three qualifying terms (Fall, Winter, Summer) in which they will complete the second year of language; a minimum of a B+ average must be maintained.

Ph.D.

Applicants must hold, or expect to hold by September of the year of entry, a master's degree in East Asian Studies for entry into the Ph.D. program.

24.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All of the above should be submitted directly to the Graduate Director, Department of East Asian Studies.

Deadline: January 7th for September admissions.

We encourage applications via McGill's on-line application form for graduate program students available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

24.5 Program Requirements

Program Requirements for the M.A. Degree (Ad Hoc)

(45 credits)

The Department only offers a thesis option. The M.A. program with thesis includes:

Language Courses:

Program Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree (Ad Hoc)

After successfully completing the M.A. degree or its equivalent (45 credits minimum), a student will be admitted to the second year of the Ph.D. program. The Graduate Studies Committee will assign an advisory committee to advise the student and specify the student's course program.

Exceptional students with appropriate background at the undergraduate level may be admitted directly into the Ph.D. program.

Students must complete at least 24 course credits, with a grade point average of 3.5 or better: this course work must be chosen to identify three distinct fields for the Comprehensive Evaluation. Students may take up to two 3-credit courses or one 6-credit course in another department with the approval of the Graduate Studies Committee.

There are four requirements for obtaining the Doctoral degree:

24.6 Courses for Graduate Students (M.A. and Ph.D.)

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Arts (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
EAST 501 Advanced Topics in Japanese Studies 1.

(3) (Fall) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: permission of instructor) (Departmental approval required) Consideration of selected topics and aspects of Japanese culture and society.

EAST 502 Advanced Topics in Japanese Studies 2.

(3) (Winter) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: permission of instructor) (Departmental approval required) Consideration of selected topics and aspects of Japanese culture and society.

EAST 503 Advanced Topics in Chinese Studies 1.

(3) (Fall) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: permission of instructor) Consideration of selected topics and aspects of Chinese culture and society.

EAST 504 Advanced Topics in Chinese Studies 2.

(3) (Winter) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: permission of instructor) (Departmental approval required) Consideration of selected topics and aspects of Chinese culture and society.

EAST 515 Seminar: Beyond Orientalism.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: any EAS course at the 300-level or above or permission of instructor) Examines the cultural stakes and ethical implications of applying Western European models of understanding to East Asian societies. Provides background on interdisciplinary debates around "otherness", "cultural appropriation", and "postcolonialism", focusing on their history within East Asian Studies and their impact on that field's methodological assumptions, self-definition, and institutional practices.

l

EAST 529 Contemporary China: Analysis of Change.

(3) (Not open to students who have taken ANTH 329)

l

EAST 530 Fourth Level Chinese.

(6) (Summer) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: EAST 430 or equivalent)

EAST 530D1 (3), EAST 530D2 (3) Fourth Level Chinese.

(Undergraduate Prerequisite: EAST 430 or equivalent) (Students must register for both EAST 530D1 and EAST 530D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EAST 530D1 and EAST 530D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EAST 530D1 and EAST 530D2 together are equivalent to EAST 530) Development of skills required to conduct academic discussions in oral as well as in written forms. Teaching materials include original texts from Chinese newspapers, Chinese literature and videos.

l

EAST 535 Chinese for Business 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: EAST 330 or equivalent or permission of instructor)

l

EAST 536 Chinese for Business 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: EAST 535 or equivalent or permission of instructor)

EAST 537D1 (3), EAST 537D2 (3) China Today Through Translation.

(Undergraduate Prerequisite: students with native or near native proficiency may register directly, other students require permission of instructor) (Not open to students who have taken EAST 437) (Students must register for both EAST 537D1 and EAST 537D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EAST 537D1 and EAST 537D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) A course to develop practical translation skills and understanding of contemporary China, focusing on Sino-Canadian and multi-lateral political, cultural and trade issues. Interpretive skills will be enhanced through translation exercises and discussion in class. Course materials include original documents and videos from the business communications and other fields.

EAST 540D1 (3), EAST 540D2 (3) Fourth Level Japanese.

(Undergraduate Prerequisite: EAST 440 or equivalent or permission of instructor) (Students must register for both EAST 540D1 and EAST 540D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EAST 540D1 and EAST 540D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Advanced study of Japanese, with emphasis on reading Japanese newspapers. Classes will be conducted entirely in Japanese.

EAST 543 Classical Japanese 1.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: EAST 440 or permission of instructor) The course will offer an introduction to the grammar and syntax of classical Japanese. Readings of well-known pre-modern writings.

l

EAST 544 Classical Japanese 2.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: EAST 543 or permission of instructor)

EAST 547 Advanced Reading and Translation in Japanese.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: EAST 440 or permission of the instructor) This course is designed to improve students' skills in reading and translating Japanese. Readings will be taken from various novels, short stories and articles. Translation from Japanese to English or French.

l

EAST 550 Classical Chinese Poetry Themes and Genres.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: EAST 433 or permission of instructor)

l

EAST 551 Technologies of Self in Early China.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: One advanced course in EAS or permission of the instructor)

EAST 559 Advanced Topics: Chinese Literature.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: one advanced course in EAST or permission of instructor) (Departmental approval required) Consideration of selected topics and aspects of Chinese literature. The content of the course may vary from year to year, ranging from contemporary to modern to pre-modern literature.

l

EAST 562 Japanese Literary Theory and Practice.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: Any course in EAS above the 200-level and at least a year of an East Asian Language, or permission of instructor)

EAST 563 Images, Ideograms, Aesthetics.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: EAST 320 or EAST 330 or EAST 340 or equivalent, or permission of instructor) This course explores theories and usage of ideograms and images in Asian texts, both modern and premodern.

EAST 564 Structures of Modernity: Japan.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: Any East Asian Studies course above the introductory level, or permission of the instructor) This course explores relations between some of the principal sites which structure the experience of "modernity" in Japan (and elsewhere) - from bodies and cities, to the urban context in general. Along with general approaches (e.g. the idea of everyday life; questions of time), specific topics may include speed, music, architecture, crime, etc.

EAST 569 Advanced Topics: Japanese Literature.

(3) (Prerequisite: one advanced course in EAS or permission of instructor) (Departmental approval required) Consideration of selected topics and aspects of Japanese literature. The content of the course may vary from year to year from contemporary to modern to pre-modern literature.

l

EAST 582 Japanese Culture and Society.

(3)

l

EAST 590 Multiple Narratives of "Orient".

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: A literature course above the introductory level in EAS or permission of instructor)

EAST 600 East Asian Studies 1.

(3)

EAST 601 East Asian Studies 2.

(3)

EAST 619 Topics in Literary Theory.

(3)

EAST 651 Seminar in Taoist Studies 1.

(3)

EAST 652 Seminar in Taoist Studies 2.

(3)

EAST 653 Chinese Popular Culture 1.

(3)

EAST 654 Chinese Popular Culture 2.

(3)

EAST 655 Premodern Chinese Poetry.

(3)

EAST 656 Premodern Chinese Narrative.

(3)

EAST 657 Women's Writings in Traditional China.

(3)

EAST 660 Seminar: Japanese Fiction.

(3)

EAST 661 Premodern Japanese Poetry and Narrative.

(3)

EAST 662 Popular Culture in Japan.

(3)

EAST 663 Japanese Culture and Thought.

(3)

EAST 680 Seminar: Social Change in Japan.

(3)

EAST 690 Thesis Research 1.

(3)

EAST 691 Thesis Research 2.

(3)

EAST 692 Thesis Research 3.

(3)

EAST 693 Thesis Research 4.

(3)

EAST 694 Thesis Research 5.

(3)

EAST 695 Thesis Research 6.

(3)

l

EAST 696 Thesis Research 7.

(6)

EAST 696D1 (3), EAST 696D2 (3) Thesis Research 7.

(Students must register for both EAST 696D1 and EAST 696D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EAST 696D1 and EAST 696D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EAST 696D1 and EAST 696D2 together are equivalent to EAST 696)

EAST 700D1 (3), EAST 700D2 (3) East Asian Studies 3.

(Students must register for both EAST 700D1 and EAST 700D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EAST 700D1 and EAST 700D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

EAST 701D1 (3), EAST 701D2 (3) East Asian Studies 4.

(Students must register for both EAST 701D1 and EAST 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EAST 701D1 and EAST 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

EAST 750 Chinese Literary Theory and Criticism.

(3)

25 Economics

Department of Economics
Stephen Leacock Building, Room 443
855 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2T7
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4845
Fax: (514) 398-4938
E-mail: graduate.economics@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/economics 
Chair
Christopher Green

25.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
Irving Brecher; B.A.(McG.), M.S., Ph.D.(Harv.)
Kari Polanyi-Levitt; B.Sc.(Lond.), M.A.(Tor.)
Professors
Robert D. Cairns; B.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
Russell Davidson; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Glasgow), Ph.D.(U.B.C.)(Canada Research Chair)
Antal Deutsch; B.Com.(Sir G. Wms.), Ph.D.(McG.)
John Galbraith; B.A.(Queen's), M.Phil., D.Phil.(Oxon) (James McGill Professor)
Christopher Green; M.A.(Conn.), Ph.D.(Wis.)
Joseph Greenberg; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Heb. U. of Jer.)
Jagdish Handa; B.Sc.(Lond.), Ph.D.(Johns H.)
Ngo van Long; B.Ec.(LaT.), Ph.D.(A.N.U.) (James McGill Professor)
Robin Thomas Naylor; B.A.(Tor.), M.Sc.(Lond.), Ph.D.(Cantab.) (on leave 2003-04)
J.C. Robin Rowley; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Lond.)
Victoria Zinde-Walsh; M.A.(Wat.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Moscow St.)
Associate Professors
Myron Frankman; B.Mgt.E.(Renss.), Ph.D.(Texas)
George Grantham; B.A.(Antioch), M.A., Ph.D.(Yale)
Franque Grimard; B.A.(York), Ph.D.(Prin.)
John Iton; B.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Johns H.)
C. John Kurien; B.A.(Kerala), M.A., Ph.D.(Vanderbilt)
Mary MacKinnon; B.A.(Queen's), M.Phil., D.Phil.(Oxon)
Christopher T.S. Ragan; B.A.(Vic. B.C.), M.A.(Queen's), Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
Lee Soderstrom; B.A., Ph.D.(Calif.)
Thomas Velk; M.S., Ph.D.(Wis.)
Alexander Vicas; B.Com.(McG.), M.A., Ph.D.(Prin.)
William Watson; B.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Yale)
Assistant Professors
Jim Engle-Warnick; B.S.(Akron), M.B.A.(Carnegie-Mellon), Ph.D.(Pitt.)
Hassan Benchekroun; Diplôme d'ingénieur d'état(École Mohamedia des ingénieurs, Morocco), Ph.D.(Laval)
Sonia Laszlo; B.A.(Ott.), M.A.(W.Ont.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
Daniel Parent; B.A., M.A.(Laval),Ph.D.(Montr.) (William Dawson Scholar)
Nurlan Turdaliev; B.Sc.(Moscow), M.A.(Ark.), Ph.D.(Minn.)
Licun Xue; B.Eng., M.Eng.(Tianjin), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)

25.2 Programs Offered

M.A. in Economics, thesis and non-thesis options.

Ph.D.

Because this Calendar is prepared early in the year, changes may take place after it has been printed. Students are advised to contact the Department Office for supplementary information which may be important to their choice of program.

25.3 Admission Requirements

An Honours B.A. in Economics is the normal requirement, although students holding an ordinary B.A., whether in economics or another discipline, may also be eligible for admission. Students judged by the admissions committee to have deficiencies in their preparation in economics may be admitted to a qualifying year in which they undertake advanced undergraduate work.

Students who have not previously passed a suitable course in statistics must take the undergraduate honours statistics course, ECON 257D1/ECON 257D2. A course in the history of economic thought is also a prerequisite for a graduate degree in economics, and students who have not taken such a course will be required to take ECON 460 and ECON 461 or ECON 660 (the M.A. course in History of Economic Thought). Students are also expected to have completed or to complete three terms of introductory calculus and at least one term of linear algebra.

25.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

Information and application form can be downloaded from the Economics Department Web site at www.mcgill.ca/economics.

Deadline: February 1st for financial consideration.

25.5 Program Requirements

Lectures and examinations in the graduate program (M.A. and Ph.D.) in Economics are given in Macroeconomics, Microeconomics and several fields: Econometrics; Economic Development; Economic History; Industrial Organization; International Economics; Labour Economics; Monetary Economics; Public Finance; Mathematical Economics; Advanced Theory. Courses at the 600 level are usually taught in the first-term. Seminars/courses at the 700 level are offered in many of the fields listed above. They are generally given in the second term and normally have as a prerequisite the corresponding 600-level course.

Requirements for the M.A. Degree
(48 credits)

I.  M.A. with Thesis:

The requirements for the Master's degree are:

The total thesis program requirement is 48 credits (18 credits of course work and 30 credits for the thesis). An average grade of B (70%) in approved courses is needed for graduation.

Econometrics ECON 662D1/ECON 662D2 or equivalent is strongly recommended but will not meet the 6-credit field requirement for the M.A.

II.  M.A. with Research Paper:

Econometrics ECON 662D1/ECON 662D or equivalent is strongly recommended but will not meet the six credit field requirement for the M.A.

Residency requirement for the M.A. degree: Three full-time terms for the M.A. degree one of which can be an approved Summer Term. Many students are able to complete the M.A. requirements in one calendar year.

III.  M.A. Degree Program Non-thesis Option in Social
       Statistics:

The program complements disciplinary training with research experience applying statistical methods to Statistics Canada data (or equivalent). Students will normally complete normal program course requirements, supplemented by further statistical courses, as advised by the Option advisor, and subject to approval by the home department. Students will complete a statistics-based M.A. research paper (Economics, Political Science, Sociology) or thesis (Geography) in conjunction with an interdisciplinary capstone seminar.

Acceptance into the program is by application to the Social Statistics Option Committee and is contingent on acceptance into the M.A. program in one of the participating departments (Economics, Geography, Political Science, Sociology), which in turn requires meeting the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office admission requirements.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE Ph.D. DEGREE

The requirements for the doctoral degree are:
Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

This examination consists of written examinations in Macroeconomics, Microeconomics and two fields. A third field is also required, although this requirement is satisfied by successful completion of two courses in that field.

Doctoral Dissertations.

Doctoral dissertations make original contributions to the literature. The topic must be approved by a two-person supervisory committee whose Chair is the student's Director of Research. The completed thesis must be approved by an external examiner as well as by two internal examiners before the student may defend the work at a formal oral examination.

25.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Arts (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
ECON 525 Project Analysis.

(3) (Open to advanced undergraduate students. Prerequisite: ECON 250, ECON 352 or equivalent) A course in cost benefit analysis for graduate and advanced undergraduate students.

ECON 534 Pension Crisis.

(3) The consequences of commitments made by governments in the area of old age pensions and the implications of the resulting tax burden. An international perspective will be adopted.

ECON 546 Game Theory.

(3) (Prerequisite: ECON 230 or ECON 250) (Not open to students who have taken ECON 446. Open to advanced undergraduate students) This course introduces students to game theory, the branch of the social sciences that focuses on the formal modelling and analysis of human interactions and strategic behaviour. Basic concepts in cooperative and non-cooperative games are applied to economic models.

ECON 567 Complex and Interactive Systems.

(3) (Prerequisites: ECON 250, ECON 352) (Restrictions: For Honours and Graduate students in Economics. Permission of the instructor.) Behaviour in open (incomplete) economic systems as they relate to nonlinearities, chaos, adaptiveness, networks, externalities, dynamic competition, computable economics, simulation-driven analogies, disequilibrium dynamics, lock-in phenomena and path dependence, quasi-rationality with uncertainty and fuzzy constraints, evolutionary processes, genetic algorithms, etc.

ECON 577 Mathematical Economics 1.

(3) (Prerequisites: MATH 133, MATH 139 and MATH 141 or equivalent) A mathematical treatment of basic economic theory.

l

ECON 578 Mathematical Economics 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: ECON 577)

l

ECON 602 Economic History.

(3)

l

ECON 604 Macroeconomics for Policy 1.

(3)

l

ECON 605 Microeconomics for Policy 1.

(3)

l

ECON 606 Macroeconomics for Policy 2.

(3)

l

ECON 607 Microeconomics for Policy 2.

(3)

ECON 610 Microeconomic Theory 1.

(3) This is the first in a two-course sequence in microeconomics. The core microeconomics sequence (ECON 610, ECON 611) provides a rigorous coverage of the economic foundation upon which economic fields are built. Most of the sequence is devoted to building up this foundation of consumer and firm optimisation (including choice under uncertainty), partial and general equilibrium, and welfare economics. The remainder of 154-611 covers special topics that vary from year to year. These are likely to be drawn from the following: social choice; externalities and public goods; models of asymmetric information; the principal-agent framework; search; basic game theory.

ECON 611 Microeconomic Theory 2.

(3) This is the second in a two-course sequence in microeconomics.

l

ECON 611D1 (1.5), ECON 611D2 (1.5) Microeconomic Theory 2.

(Students must register for both ECON 611D1 and ECON 611D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ECON 611D1 and ECON 611D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ECON 611D1 and ECON 611D2 together are equivalent to ECON 611)

ECON 620 Macroeconomic Theory 1.

(3) This course is the first in a two-course sequence in macroeconomics. The course offers a thorough treatment of the fundamentals of macroeconomic theory. Emphasis is placed on the construction of economic models with microeconomic foundations. Topics include market-clearing and non-market-clearing models, capital accumulation, business cycles, monetary policy and fiscal policy.

ECON 621 Macroeconomic Theory 2.

(3) This is the second in a two-course sequence in macroeconomics. The course provides an in-depth analysis of selected issues in macroeconomic theory, extending and complementing the coverage provided in ECON 620.

l

ECON 622 Public Finance.

(3)

l

ECON 622D1 (1.5), ECON 622D2 (1.5) Public Finance.

(Students must register for both ECON 622D1 and ECON 622D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ECON 622D1 and ECON 622D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ECON 622D1 and ECON 622D2 together are equivalent to ECON 622)

ECON 623 Money and Banking.

(3) A rigorous analysis of the demand and supply of money and the role that it plays in the economy. Study of the ideas of the major schools of thought in monetary economics.

ECON 624 International Economics.

(3) A detailed examination of theories and policies in international trade and finance.

l

ECON 624D1 (1.5), ECON 624D2 (1.5) International Economics.

(Students must register for both ECON 624D1 and ECON 624D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ECON 624D1 and ECON 624D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ECON 624D1 and ECON 624D2 together are equivalent to ECON 624)

ECON 634 Economic Development.

(3) A systematic treatment of the characteristics and problems of economic development in underdeveloped countries.

ECON 637 Industrial Organization and Regulation.

(3) An analysis of the nature of the firm, industrial structure and the effect of structure on firm and industry behaviour and performance.

ECON 641 Labour Economics.

(3) A synthesis of theoretical developments in the area of labour economics with stress upon problems of empirical testing.

ECON 650 Research 1.

(3) Preparation for work on M.A. thesis and M.A. research report.

ECON 651 Research 2.

(3) Preparation for work on M.A. thesis and M.A. research report.

ECON 652 Research 3.

(3) Preparation for work on M.A. thesis and M.A. research report.

ECON 653 Research 4.

(3) Preparation for work on M.A. thesis and M.A. research report.

ECON 660 History of Economic Thought.

(3) Selected topics in the history of economic thought.

l

ECON 662 Econometrics.

(6)

ECON 662D1 (3), ECON 662D2 (3) Econometrics.

(Students must register for both ECON 662D1 and ECON 662D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ECON 662D1 and ECON 662D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ECON 662D1 and ECON 662D2 together are equivalent to ECON 662) A broad treatment of econometric methods, with particular reference to time series processes. Estimation of linear and non-linear models, GLS, IV, Maximum Likelihood, parametric specification testing for linear and non-linear hypotheses, diagnostic testing (autocorrelation, heteroskedasticity, normality, parameter constancy, etc.), modelling technique, non-stationary data processes.

ECON 665 Quantitative Methods.

(3) A survey of quantitative methods frequently used in economic research. Special emphasis will be placed upon the formulation and evaluation of econometric models. Illustrations will be drawn from the existing empirical literature in economics. Required for all Ph.D. students who have not taken Econometrics as a field.

ECON 670 Thesis 1.

(6)

ECON 671 Thesis 2.

(6)

ECON 672 Thesis 3.

(6)

ECON 680 M.A. Report 1.

(3) The M.A. Report must demonstrate the candidate's ability to do independent work at the graduate level in a particular field of economics. While length will vary with the subject matter, it is expected that on average reports will be about 50 pages long. The Report will be graded jointly by two members of the Department. The supervisor will normally be one of the examiners.

ECON 681 M.A. Report 2.

(3) The M.A. Report must demonstrate the candidate's ability to do independent work at the graduate level in a particular field of economics. While length will vary with the subject matter, it is expected that on average reports will be about 50 pages long. The Report will be graded jointly by two members of the Department. The supervisor will normally be one of the examiners.

l

ECON 681D1 (1.5), ECON 681D2 (1.5) M.A. Report 2.

(Students must register for both ECON 681D1 and ECON 681D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ECON 681D1 and ECON 681D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ECON 681D1 and ECON 681D2 together are equivalent to ECON 681)

ECON 682 M.A. Report 3.

(3) The M.A. Report must demonstrate the candidate's ability to do independent work at the graduate level in a particular field of economics. While length will vary with the subject matter, it is expected that on average reports will be about 50 pages long. The Report will be graded jointly by two members of the Department. The supervisor will normally be one of the examiners.

l

ECON 682D1 (1.5), ECON 682D2 (1.5) M.A. Report 3.

(Students must register for both ECON 682D1 and ECON 682D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ECON 682D1 and ECON 682D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ECON 682D1 and ECON 682D2 together are equivalent to ECON 682)

ECON 683 M.A. Report 4.

(3) The M.A. Report must demonstrate the candidate's ability to do independent work at the graduate level in a particular field of economics. While length will vary with the subject matter, it is expected that on average reports will be about 50 pages long. The Report will be graded jointly by two members of the Department. The supervisor will normally be one of the examiners.

ECON 705 Reading Course: Selected Topics Economics.

(3) Reading course in Economics.

ECON 706 Selected Topics.

(3) (Prerequisites: ECON 610, ECON 620 and 6 additional credits at the 600 level) Reading course in Economics.

ECON 710 Selected Topics in Economics.

(3) Selected topics in specialized areas of Economic.

l

ECON 720 Advanced Game Theory.

(3)

ECON 721 Advanced Monetary Theory.

(3) Selected topics in monetary theory, the theory of monetary policy, and the history of monetary institutions.

ECON 724 International Economics.

(3) Selected problems in international trade, foreign exchange and international movements of capital.

ECON 734 Economic Development.

(3) Problems of economic growth and planning in selected underdeveloped countries. Topics covered vary from year to year in response to student interests; growth, poverty and income distribution, LDC labour markets and institutions, trade and development, international debt problems, issues in trade policy.

ECON 737 Industrial Organization and Regulation Seminar.

(3) Builds on material covered in ECON 637. Problems are examined in greater depth with specific topics varying from year to year.

l

ECON 741 Advanced Labour Economics.

(3)

ECON 742 Empirical Microeconomics.

(3) (Prerequisite: First term of ECON 662 and either ECON 634 or ECON 641, or consent of the instructor) Surveys the empirical techniques used in applied microeconomic fields, particularly development and labour economics. Focus is on the formulation of empirical models derived from economic theory, and on various estimation methodologies, including panel data econometrics, limited dependent variable models, and duration analysis. A "hands on" approach is emphasized.

l

ECON 744 Health Economics.

(3)

l

ECON 750 Selected Topics: Microeconomics.

(3)

l

ECON 752 Topics in Financial Economics.

(3)

l

ECON 761 Econometrics: Time Series Analysis.

(3) (Not open to students who have taken ECON 762) (Offered only in some years)

ECON 762 Econometrics - Asymptotic and Finite - Sample.

(3) Exact and asymptotic distribution theory in econometrics: basic results for estimation and inference in regression models, extensions and other selected topics including nonparametric and distribution-free methods for econometric models.

l

ECON 762D1 (1.5), ECON 762D2 (1.5) Econometrics - Asymptotic and Finite-Sample.

(Students must register for both ECON 762D1 and ECON 762D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ECON 762D1 and ECON 762D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ECON 762D1 and ECON 762D2 together are equivalent to ECON 762)

ECON 763 Financial Econometrics.

(3) This course covers advanced time series methods used in the analysis of financial data and other potentially non-stationary time series. Topics: integrated time series, co-integration, unit root testing, conditional heteroscedasticity, long memory, non-parametric and neural network models. Applications include market efficiency, stochastic volatility and predictability of asset retuns.

ECON 799 Ph.D.Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

ECON 799D1 (0), ECON 799D2 (0) Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both ECON 799D1 and ECON 799D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ECON 799D1 and ECON 799D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ECON 799D1 and ECON 799D2 together are equivalent to ECON 799)

26 Educational and Counselling Psychology

Department of Educational and Counselling Psychology
Education Building, Room 513
3700 McTavish Street
Montreal, QC   H3A 1Y2 
Telephone - Program Information: (514) 398-4241
Fax: (514) 398-6968
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/edu-ecp 
Chair
Susanne P. Lajoie
Program Directors:
Professional Psychology Program Grouping
Counselling Psychology
Theodore J. Maroun
School/Applied Child Psychology
Ingrid Sladeczek
Associate Program Director
Jacob A. Burack (Applied Developmental Psychology)
Professional Education Program Grouping
Family Life Education
Theodore J. Maroun
General Educational Psychology
F. Gillian Bramwell
Inclusive and Gifted Education
Nancy Heath
Cognition and Instruction Program Grouping
Alenoush Saroyan
Associate Program Director
Lynn McAlpine (Adult Education)

26.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
Eigil Pedersen; B.A.(Sir G. Wms.), M.A.(McG.), Ed.D.(Harv.)
Howard A. Stutt; B.A.(Queen's), B.Ed., M.Ed.(Montr.), F.C.C.T.
Professors
Mark W. Aulls; B.S.(Ball St.), M.Ed.(Ind.), Ed.D.(Georgia)
Jacob A. Burack; B.A.(Col.), M.S., M.Phil., Ph.D.(Yale)
Glenn F. Cartwright; B.A.(Sir G. Wms.), M.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Alta.), F.A.A.S.P., F.C.C.T.
Jeffrey L. Derevensky; B.A.(C. W. Post), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
Janet G. Donald; B.A., M.A.(W. Ont.), Ph.D.(Tor.) (joint appoint. with the Centre for University Teaching and Learning)
Florent R. Dumont; A.B.(Col.), M.S.(S. Conn. St.), Ed.D.(Mass.)
Carl H. Frederiksen; B.A.(Harv.), M.A., Ph.D.(Ill.)
Susanne P. Lajoie; B.A., M.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Stan.) (James McGill Chair)
Lynn McAlpine; B.A.(McG.), M.A.(C'dia), Ph.D.(Tor.) (joint appoint. with the Centre for University Teaching and Learning)
Bruce M. Shore; B.Sc., M.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Calg.)
Cynthia B. Weston; B.A. (Georgetown), M.L.S.(S.U.N.Y.), D.Ed.(Wash.) (joint appoint. with the Centre for University Teaching and Learning)
Associate Professors
Antonio Bernardelli; B.Sc.(Loy. Coll. Montr.), M.Ed., Ed.D. (McG.) (PT)
Robert J. Bracewell; B.Sc., M.A.(McM.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
F. Gillian Bramwell; B.A., M.A.(Sask.), Ph.D.(C'dia)
Alain Breuleux; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
Jack de Stefano; B.A.(Loy. Coll.. Montr.), M.A., Ed.D.(McG.) (PT)
Kim Cornish; B.Sc.(Lancaster), Ph.D.(Lond.)
Janet Donin; B.A.(Tor.), M.A.(Ill.), Ph.D.(Cal.) (joint appoint. with Integrated Studies in Education)
James P. Hanrahan; B.A., B.Ed.(St. F. X.), M.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Lond.)
Nancy L. Heath; B.A.(McG.), M.Ed.(Ott.), Ph.D.(Tor.)(Frank Dawson Fellow)
Michael L. Hoover; B.S.(Tulane), M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.(Col.)
Robert A. Lavers; B.A.(Bishop's), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Evelyn Lusthaus; B.S., M.S., Ph.D.(S.U.N.Y. Buffalo)
Theodore J. Maroun; B.S.(S.U.N.Y. Potsdam), M.S.(Canisius), M.Ed.(S.U.N.Y. Buffalo), Ed.D.(Ind.)
Alenoush Saroyan; B.A.(Pahlavi), M.Ed.(Loy. U. Chic.), Ph.D.(McG.) (joint appoint. with the Centre for University Teaching and Learning)
Ada L. Sinacore; B.A.(Montclair St.), M.A., M.Ed., Ph.D.(Col.)
Ingrid E. Sladeczek; B.A., M.S., Ph.D.(Ariz.), A.A.(Maryland)
Renée Stevens; B.A.(U.C.L.A.), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.) (PT)
Assistant Professors
Marilyn Fitzpatrick; B.A.(Tor.), M.Ed., Ph.D.(McG.)
Robert Savage; B.A.(Oxf.), M.Sc.(Camb.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Lond.)
Ronald Stringer; B.Sc., M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.)
Victoria Talwar; M.A.(St. Andrews), M.A., Ph.D.(Queens)
Adjunct Professors
Annie Alaku (Kativik School Board), H. Don Allen, Joyce F. Benenson, Susan Butler, Franco Carnevale, Bertha Dawang, Valentina De Krom (Nunavut Arctic College), Marcia A. B. Delcourt (Western Connecticut University), Michael J. Dixon (Douglas Hospital), Peter J. Doehring (Douglas Hospital), Mary Elijassiapik (Kativik School Board), Micki Lane (MVM Communications), Elsa Lo, Henry Markovits, Judith A. MacArthur (Kativik School Board), Leonard Shenker, Anastassios Stalikas, Michael Thomas
Associate Members
Terry Gandell, Mary H. Maguire, Joseph Rochford, Lalit K. Srivastava, Claire-Dominique Walker, Laura Winer, Vicki Zack
Part-time Instructors
Diane Bateman, Andrew Chiarella, Scott Conrod, Dawn Cruchet, Adam Finkelstein, Cindy Finn, Karen Gazith-Cohen, Pheleshia Hudson, Andrew Hum, Denise Maroun, Judy McBride, Sharon Miller, Stephanie Mitelman, Judith Norton, Margaret O'Byrne, Rosemary Reilly, Lisa Reisinger, Andre Renaud, Kieron Rogan, Tina Roth, Christina Rudd, Joan Stafford, Diana Tabatabai, Gerry Weintraub

26.2 Programs Offered

The Department offers M.A. (Non-thesis), M.A. (Thesis), and Ph.D. programs in Counselling Psychology and in Educational Psychology, as well as an M.Ed. in Educational Psychology.

Also offered is a Graduate Diploma in School/Applied Child Psychology (Ph.D. Respecialization); see section 26.5.3 "Professional Psychology Program Grouping - M.A. (Non-thesis), M.A., Ph.D.".

For information about graduate programs, please contact the appropriate Program Coordinator (Secretary):

Cognition and Instruction and Professional Education,

including Adult Education, Applied Cognitive Science, Computer Applications in Education, Education of the Gifted, Family Life Education, General Educational Psychology, Higher Education, Inclusive (formerly "Special") Education, Instructional Psychology, Psychology of Gender - Mrs. Geri Norton, (514) 398-4244.

Professional Psychology,

including Counselling Psychology, School/Applied Child Psychology, and Applied Developmental Psychology - Ms. Diane Bernier, (514) 398-4245.

Graduate programs are organized under two degree designations, Counselling Psychology and Educational Psychology. Within Educational Psychology, degrees are offered in three program groupings, each covering different specializations. Please refer to the detailed subsections following for each to verify which degrees are available and specific requirements.

Educational Psychology Ph.D. programs are organized around a Major and Minor; students may freely select the combination of Major and Minor across program groupings, according to availability. Some of the specializations listed below are available only as Minors, and School/Applied Child Psychology is available only as a Major.

Cognition and Instruction

Professional Education

Professional Psychology

Professional Accreditation

The Major in School/Applied Child Psychology of the Ph.D. in Educational Psychology is accredited by the American Psychological Association (APA).

The Ph.D. in Counselling Psychology is jointly accredited by the Canadian Psychological Association and the American Psychological Association.

The Ordre des psychologues du Québec (OPQ) has endorsed accreditation of both the Ph.D. in Counselling Psychology and the Ph.D. in Educational Psychology Major in School/Applied Child Psychology. Both applications have been forwarded to the Office des professions du Québec. Once accredited, graduates of these two programs who are also graduates of recognized undergraduate programs in Psychology (a list is available from the OPQ or the Department) will qualify for automatic admission to the professional practice of Psychology in Quebec. They presently receive "fast track" consideration under the admission procedures for the evaluation of "equivalence". Ph.D. graduates with any other undergraduate preparation, and all graduates until the accreditation process is complete, are eligible to apply for OPQ membership by review of equivalence of their training.

The M.A. (Non-thesis) in Counselling Psychology is accredited by the Ordre professionnel des conseillers et conseillères d'orientation du Québec (OPCCOQ). Graduates of this program meet the professional requirements for licensing as a Counsellor in Quebec. This program does not qualify graduates to meet the requirements for certification as a Psychologist.

The M.Ed. Educational Psychology Concentration in Family Life Education is approved by the Association of Family Life Educators of Quebec (AFLEQ). AFLEQ has established reciprocal recognition of qualifications with the Canadian Association of Family Life Educators.

Graduate degrees in Educational or Counselling Psychology, and elsewhere in Education, do not lead to teaching certification - see the Undergraduate Education Calendar for B.Ed. programs. Holders of other undergraduate degrees may apply to enter the B.Ed. with advanced standing.

Research Facilities

The Department maintains working relationships with specialized centers and research groups offering opportunities for training and research to selected students. This includes the Centre for University Teaching and Learning, concerned with educational improvement and evaluation in higher education; the Centre for Medical Education whose activities focus on training in the health sciences; the Psychoeducational and Counselling Clinic which assists children, adolescents, and adults with learning and other problems; the Neuropsychology Department of Rivière des Prairies Hospital; the Taylor Adolescent Program conducted in association with the Learning Associates of Montreal; the Laboratory of Applied Cognitive Science which conducts research on human learning and performance; the Apple Research Partnership Program (APR) which assists in developing Macintosh software; the Computer-Based Instructional Research Laboratory; the Office for Student Disabilities (McGill University Student Services); and the High Ability and Inquiry Research Group concerned with giftedness, creativity, and the role of inquiry in teaching and learning. Students considering participation in the activities of any Centre or research group should contact the researchers responsible, their own program director or advisor about eligibility, types of available involvement, and any registration requirements.

Professional Conduct

Several programs (Counselling Psychology, School/Applied Child Psychology, Inclusive Education, and others) have professional components and field placements. In all aspects of any program, on campus and off, students are expected to conduct themselves in accord with the professional standards of all relevant professional associations, in accord with the law (e.g., Youth Protection), and the expectations of organizations receiving field placements. This applies to all aspects of professional conduct, including but not limited to respect for persons, property, and confidentiality, appropriate dress, and punctuality. Failure to meet these expectations, regardless of performance in courses or other formal program requirements, will be taken into account in the assessment of the students' overall academic standing in the program and, in the most serious instance, may result in a requirement to withdraw from the program.

26.3 Admission Requirements

Specific admission requirements vary across degrees and program options. Please see additional details with each detailed description below.

26.4 Application Procedure

McGill's on-line application form is available to all graduate program candidates at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

All applicants must supply:

Additional specific requirements apply to particular degrees and program options. Please see additional details with each detailed description below.

Applications including the fee should be addressed to the Program Coordinator (Secretary) at the above address, clearly stating the Degree (M.Ed., M.A. with or without thesis, Ph.D., or Post-Ph.D. Graduate Diploma) and specialization of interest.

The deadline for applications is February 1 for Summer and September admission. Some programs will consider other admission dates - please consult the Program Coordinator (Secretary) beforehand if applying after February 1. Late applications in some programs may be considered if places have not been filled. The September starting date is normally firm in accredited professional programs.

26.5 Program Requirements

26.5.1 Graduate Degrees in Counselling Psychology -
M.A.(Non-thesis), M.A., Ph.D.

(see also section 26.5.2 "Graduate Degrees in Educational Psychology - M.Ed., M.A. (Non-thesis), M.A., Ph.D." )

M.A.(NON-THESIS) COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY

The aim of the M.A.(Non-thesis) in Counselling Psychology is to produce graduates who (a) are trained in the major academic and applied areas of Counselling Psychology; (b) will be qualified to be counsellors in a variety of settings that require educational, vocational, personal, and developmental counselling; (c) have a knowledge of counselling in both the academic and applied aspects, and (d) who have an extensive supervised internship in either a clinical or educational setting. This program also qualifies graduates to apply to the Ph.D. program in Counselling Psychology and membership in the OPCCOQ.

Admission Requirements

Admission to this program is limited.

Program Requirements

This degree requires two years (four semesters) and one summer term of full-time study. All students must also attend weekly case conferences.

M.A.(Non-thesis) Counselling Psychology
(60 credits)
Required Courses
(30 credits)
EDPC 606
(3)
Theories of Counselling 1
EDPC 607
(3)
Theories of Counselling 2
EDPC 608
(3)
Group Counselling: Theory
EDPC 609
(3)
Psychological Testing 1
EDPC 615
(3)
Assessment and Diagnosis in Counselling
EDPC 618
(3)
Professional Ethics and the Law
EDPC 624
(3)
Group Counselling: Practice
EDPC 662
(3)
Career Psychology
EDPC 665D1
(3)
Practicum
EDPC 665D2
(3)
Practicum
Internship - Required
(24 credits)
Four 6-credit components reflect various dimensions of the profession. Completion of the internship is essential to becoming a member of the OPCCOQ.
EDPC 679
(6)
Internship: General 1
EDPC 680D1
(3)
Internship Research Seminar
EDPC 680D2
(3)
Internship Research Seminar
EDPC 682D1
(3)
Practicum:Psychological Test
EDPC 682D2
(3)
Practicum:Psychological Test
EDPC 685
(6)
Internship: Vocational and Rehabilitation Counselling
Elective Courses
(6 credits)
The following courses may be offered periodically and taken to complete or exceed the academic requirements. Electives may also be chosen from other courses offered by the Department or other departments of the University. Choice of electives requires approval of the student's faculty advisor.
EDPC 616
(3)
Individual Reading Course
EDPC 630
(3)
Feminism, Women and Psychology
EDPC 635
(3)
Counselling for Sexual Adjustment
EDPC 636
(3)
Theories of Sex Therapy
EDPC 660
(3)
Selected Topics in Counselling
EDPC 670
(3)
Current Trends in Counselling
EDPE 617
(3)
Adolescent Development
M.A. (THESIS) COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY

The aim of the M.A. is to produce graduates who (a) are trained in the major academic areas of Counselling Psychology; (b) have sufficient research ability to evaluate research in counselling; (c) are able to design, conduct and interpret empirical research, and (d) can apply research methods in counselling to common problems and concerns in educational and clinical settings. This program is designed to prepare graduates for research and teaching in the field of counselling psychology and to give them the foundation for doctoral studies that have an emphasis on research. This degree does not fulfil the requirements for membership in either the Quebec Professional Order of Guidance Counsellors (OPCCOQ) or Quebec Order of Psychologists (OPQ) or for acceptance into the McGill Ph.D. in Counselling Psychology.

Graduates of the M.A. program will also need a supplementary internship experience if they wish to fulfil the requirements for membership in the Professional Order of Guidance Counsellors of Quebec (OPCCOQ). This will require an additional year of fieldwork experience. M.A. students are admitted to an internship/fieldwork only with approval of the program staff and if supervisory staff is available.

Admission Requirements

Same as for the M.A.(Non-thesis) Counselling Psychology.
Admission to this program is limited.

Program Requirements

Credit for the thesis will be awarded upon satisfactory completion of the thesis components listed below. This degree requires a minimum of four semesters and one summer session of full-time study.

M.A. Counselling Psychology
(48 credits)
Required Courses
(21 credits)
EDPC 606
(3)
Theories of Counselling 1
EDPC 607
(3)
Theories of Counselling 2
EDPC 608
(3)
Group Counselling: Theory
EDPC 609
(3)
Psychological Testing 1
EDPC 662
(3)
Career Psychology
EDPC 665D1
(3)
Practicum
EDPC 665D2
(3)
Practicum
Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
EDPC 697
(6)
Thesis Preparation 1
EDPC 698
(6)
Thesis Preparation 2
EDPC 699D1
(6)
Thesis Preparation 3
EDPC 699D2
(6)
Thesis Preparation 3
Elective Course
(3 credits)
Ph.D. IN COUNSELLING PSYCHOLOGY

This program is built on the scientist-practitioner model and is accredited by the Canadian and American Psychological Associations. Its aims are:

Graduates of the program will be prepared to assume careers in education and community settings, including faculty positions, counselling and psychological positions on the staff of university and college mental health centers, and professional positions in psychological agencies offering preventative mental health services.

Admission Requirements

Ph.D. in Counselling Psychology

Applicants are advised that in accordance with the Canadian Psychological Association and American Psychological Association criteria for doctoral program accreditation, all doctoral candidates must have a solid grounding in the history of psychology, developmental psychology, abnormal psychology, and the social
aspects and determinants of behavior. If applicants to this program do not have such courses in their undergraduate or Master's level education, they will be required to take supplemental courses in these domains after entering the doctoral program.

Required Courses, Comprehensive Examination, and Internship
(84 credits)
Required Courses
(54 credits)
EDEM 692
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods
EDPC 709
(3)
Advanced Theories and Models
EDPC 714
(3)
Theory / Models: Family Therapy
EDPC 719
(3)
Advanced Small Group Counselling
EDPC 720D1
(3)
Seminar Vocational Psychology and Career Development Theory
EDPC 720D2
(3)
Seminar Vocational Psychology and Career Development Theory
EDPC 780
(6)
Professional Development
EDPC 782
(6)
Doctoral Field Experience
EDPC 786
(6)
Seminar: Research Problems in Counselling
EDPE 622
(3)
Multiculturalism and Gender
EDPE 627
(3)
Professional Practice of Psychology
EDPE 676
(3)
Intermediate Statistics 2
EDPE 682
(3)
Univariate/Multivariate Analysis
EDPE 684
(3)
Applied Multivariate Statistics
EDPE 712
(3)
Neurological Bases of Behavior
EDPC 701
 
Comprehensive Examination
Complementary Courses
(6 credits)
EDPE 616
(3)
Cognitive Development
(or an equivalent course)
EDPE 617
(3)
Adolescent Development
or EDPE 623
(3)
Social-Emotional Development
Internship - Required
(24 credits)
EDPC 795
(24)
Supervised Fieldwork: Counselling

Other Requirements

Most applicants to the Ph.D. program enter with previous supervised fieldwork and with considerable educational and clinical counselling experience. Candidates must coordinate with their academic supervisors an appropriate setting for their fieldwork (pre-doctoral practicum and internship) before entering the formal studies of the program. All students attend weekly case conferences.

A minimum of two years full-time study is required following the Master's degree; three or four are commonly required.

26.5.2 Graduate Degrees in Educational Psychology -
M.Ed., M.A. (Non-thesis), M.A., Ph.D.

(see also section 26.5.1 "Graduate Degrees in Counselling Psychology - M.A.(Non-thesis), M.A., Ph.D." )

M.Ed. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

The aim of the M.Ed. is to offer educators advanced professional training in areas where educational psychology can make a practical contribution to teaching, such as (a) the application of the results of educational research, (b) evaluation of student learning, teaching, programs, and educational experimentation and innovation, (c) a greater understanding of human development, individual differences, and the learning process, and (d) a greater understanding of classroom processes and strategies for teaching diverse learners. Courses will be offered at times that enable part-time study. The program is directed toward the innovative teacher at any level. Applicants may choose the general program or one of several concentrations.

The program offers six M.Ed. areas of concentration of studies:

Students may design their studies around the Major/Minor areas outlined under the Ph.D. listings. This is especially recommended for students contemplating an application to the Ph.D. (Educational Psychology) following the M.Ed.

Admission Requirements

Program Requirements

The program contains three main parts: (a) 3 required courses (9 credits), (b) two required courses (12 credits) constituting a Special Activity, the student's major project intended to demonstrate by performance that the student has succeeded in the program - the Special Activity may be one large project or two smaller ones, and (c) optional courses, totalling 27 credits that allow the student to design an individualized program or specialize in one or more areas of concentration.

Some courses are offered in alternating years. Students should take EDPE 602 early in their program. Pre- or corequisite to EDPE 602: EDPE 575 Educational Measurement or its equivalent; this course may be included as an elective within the 48 credits of the M.Ed. and should be taken first. The program director or advisor for the M.Ed. area of concentration should be consulted about the specific sequence to be followed

Required Courses
(21 credits)
EDPE 602
(3)
Uses of Research Findings in Education
EDPE 603
(3)
Educational Research and Development for Practitioners
EDPE 635*
(3)
Theories of Learning and Instruction
EDPE 697
(6)
Special Activity 1
EDPE 698**
(6)
Special Activity 2
* Inclusive Education and Family Life Education students may replace EDPE 635 with EDPE 636 or take both
** Inclusive Education students may replace EDPE 698 with EDPI 656
Elective Courses
(27 credits)

Optional courses may be selected in consultation with the Program Director for the M.Ed. area of concentration from among the Department's graduate courses and from other courses offered at the graduate level in the University. Optional courses are selected so as to provide students with a coherent program of study in their area of interest and tailored to their needs.

M.Ed. Concentrations

Students may select these as part of their 27 credits of elective courses. Some courses also have prerequisites or corequisites that should be heeded in program planning. Students are welcome to propose to their faculty advisors or the Associate Program Director adaptations of these M.Ed. Concentrations. Completion of the Family Life Education Concentration as described is essential for recognition by the accrediting body.

(a)  Adult Education
(Admission to this concentration has been suspended)
The M.Ed. Concentration in Adult Education is offered in collaboration with the Department of Integrated Studies in Education. The program especially addresses professional education and its links with studies in higher education, instructional psychology, and applied cognitive science.
EDPA 610
(3)
Foundations of Adult Education
EDPA 612
(3)
The Adult Learner
EDPA 614
(3)
Teaching the Adult
(b)  Computer Applications in Education
(Admission to this concentration has been suspended)

15 credits from among the following:
EDPE 640
(3)
Research in Computer Applications
EDPE 641
(6)
Use of the Computer in Educational Instruction
EDPE 643
(3)
Evaluation - Computer Software and Hardware
EDPE 650
(3)
Consciousness and Virtual Reality
EDPE 660
(3)
Artificial Intelligence and Education

(c)  Education of the Gifted
EDPI 526
(3)
Talented and Gifted Students
EDPI 536
(3)
Practicum Gifted Education 1
plus 3 credits from the following:
EDPI 527
(3)
Creativity and its Cultivation
EDPI 537
(3)
Practicum Gifted Education 2
EDPI 628
(3)
Gifted Students: Special Needs
(d)  Family Life Education
EDPC 502
(3)
Group Processes and Individuals
EDPC 507
(3)
Practicum: Group Leadership Skills
EDPC 540
(3)
Foundation of Family Life Education
plus 9 credits from the following:
EDPC 501
(3)
Helping Relationships
EDPC 503
(3)
Human Sexuality: Professionals
EDPC 504
(3)
Practicum: Interviewing Skills
EDPC 505
(3)
Crisis Intervention Processes
EDPC 508
(3)
Seminar in Special Topics
EDPC 509
(3)
Individual Reading Course
EDPC 510
(3)
Family Life Education and Marriage
EDPE 560
(3)
Human Development
EDPE 564
(3)
Family Communication
EDPE 565
(3)
Psychosocial Aspects of Cancer
EDPE 595
(3)
Seminar in Special Topics
(e)  General Educational Psychology

The program is designed individually by the student in consultation with the student's faculty advisor or Associate Program Director.

(f)  Inclusive Education

The following pattern is recommended for students without previous background in inclusive education. With the advice of the student's faculty advisor, the program will be adapted to address students' academic and professional interests and needs.

EDPI 642
(3)
Educational of Learners/Special Needs 1
EDPI 643
(3)
Education of Learners/Special Needs 2
EDPI 645
(3)
Diagnosis and Assessment in Special Education
EDPI 654
(3)
Instruction/Curriculum Adaption
EDPI 665
(3)
Research and Theory in Learning Disabilities
EDPI 667
(3)
Behavioral and Emotional Problems
EDPI 680
(3)
Selected Topics in Special Education 1
EDPI 526
(3)
Talented and Gifted Students

Since 1997 the Quebec Ministry of Education no longer issues specialist certificates except in initial teacher education. Specialized certificates are not required to seek employment, but school boards will still seek suitably qualified applicants for teaching and consulting positions.

PRE-DOCTORAL STUDIES

M.Ed. students and graduates are eligible to apply to the Ph.D. in Educational Psychology if they have completed the following program elements. These may have been included within the M.Ed. program. Upon completion of the M.Ed., if the uncompleted requirements can be accomplished in one year of study or less, they may be taken in the Ph.D. 1 year. Any excess must be completed before Ph.D. studies can begin. The required elements are:

In the Ph.D. 1 year for M.Ed. (Educational Psychology) graduates, students will normally complete any remaining Ph.D. required courses listed below, continue study in their Major and Minor sequences, and actively begin their doctoral research. The courses referred to are:

EDPE 600
(3)
Current Topics: Educational Psychology
EDPE 682
(3)
Univariate/Multivariate Analysis
and, optionally,
EDPE 684
(3)
Applied Multivariate Statistics
All three courses may be taken as options within the M.Ed.

M.Ed. students who contemplate continuing to a Ph.D. (Educational Psychology) Major in the Cognition and Instruction Program Grouping should take EDPE 666 and, in addition, take EDPE 555 which may supplement or replace EDPE 600.

M.A. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
(48 credits -
or 78 credits for School/Applied Child Psychology)

The aim of the M.A. (with thesis) is to produce graduates who (a) are broadly trained in educational psychology, (b) have sufficient research competence to critically evaluate research in educational psychology, and to design, conduct and report empirical research, and (c) have experience in applying research methods and findings to the solution of practical problems in varied educational settings.

Admission and Program Requirements vary among program areas that correspond to Ph.D. Majors described in "Major Sequences in the Ph.D.(Educational Psychology)" .

Admission Requirements

Program Requirements

Candidates are required to follow an approved course of study, to select a topic for research, and to present the results of such research in the form of an acceptable thesis. Required courses ensure that each graduate will emerge with substantive knowledge of the content and methods used in educational psychology. Optional courses provide an opportunity for qualified candidates to study advanced topics related to their research and to diversify their knowledge of the discipline.

Required Courses
(9 credits)
EDPE 605
(3)
Research Methods
EDPE 676
(3)
Intermediate Statistics 2
EDPE 682
(3)
Univariate/Multivariate Analysis
Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
EDPE 604
(3)
Thesis 1
EDPE 607
(3)
Thesis 2
EDPE 693
(3)
Thesis 3
EDPE 694
(3)
Thesis 4
EDPE 695
(6)
Thesis 5
EDPE 696
(6)
Thesis 6
Complementary Courses
(15 credits)
one of:
EDPE 600
(3)
Current Topics: Educational Psychology
or EDPE 555
(3)
Applied Cognitive Science
and 12 credits to be chosen by students with the approval of their supervisors and the program director. The courses must come from at least two different Major or Minor Ph.D. sequences or other courses in those areas. Courses may be applied toward Ph.D. (Educational Psychology) Major and Minor requirements.
It is generally recommended that students make their choices from among the courses required for the Ph.D. Major or Minor sequences or the M.Ed. Concentration in their areas of primary interest. These are enumerated below.
Students intending to proceed to the Ph.D. Majors in Applied Cognitive Science or Instructional Psychology take courses for which EDPE 555 Applied Cognitive Science or the equivalent is a prerequisite. Students may take both EDPE 555 and EDPE 600 among their complementary courses.

26.5.3 Professional Psychology Program Grouping -
M.A. (Non-thesis), M.A., Ph.D.

M.A. (NON-THESIS) EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

The M.A. (Non-thesis) in Educational Psychology is available only to students admitted to the study sequence leading to the Ph.D. in Educational Psychology (Major in School/Applied Child Psychology). The M.A. is normally awarded after completion of the first two years of the five-year Ph.D., including the School Psychology Research Project.

Admission Requirements

Program Requirements

Detailed program requirements for the full five-year program are listed below under the Ph.D. Major in School/Applied Child Psychology.

M.A. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

The M.A. in Educational Psychology with thesis in this program grouping is available in two specializations, Applied Developmental Psychology (48 credits) and School/Applied Child Psychology (78 credits). In the latter case, students must begin in the M.A. (Non-thesis) and may request to transfer at the end of the first semester or thereafter.

Admission Requirements

Same as for the M.A. (Non-thesis) specialization in School/Applied Child Psychology.

Program Requirements

Candidates are required to follow an approved course of study, to select a topic for research, and to present the results of such research in the form of an acceptable thesis. Required courses ensure that each graduate will emerge with substantive knowledge of the content and methods used in educational psychology. Optional courses provide an opportunity for qualified candidates to study advanced topics related to their research and to diversify their knowledge of the discipline.

Required Courses
(12 credits)
Applied Developmental Psychology and
School/Applied Child Psychology:
EDPE 600
(3)
Current Topics: Educational Psychology
EDPE 605
(3)
Research Methods
EDPE 676
(3)
Intermediate Statistics 2
EDPE 682
(3)
Univariate/Multivariate Analysis
Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
Applied Developmental Psychology:
EDPE 604
(3)
Thesis 1
EDPE 607
(3)
Thesis 2
EDPE 693
(3)
Thesis 3
EDPE 694
(3)
Thesis 4
EDPE 695
(6)
Thesis 5
EDPE 696
(6)
Thesis 6

Students in School/Applied Child Psychology who may wish to do an M.A. (with thesis) should consult the Program Director regarding additional requirements.

Complementary Courses
(12 credits)

To be chosen by students with the approval of their supervisors and the Program Director. The courses must come from at least two different Major and Minor sequences or other courses in those areas. Courses may be applied toward Ph.D. (Educational Psychology) Major and Minor requirements.

For students in School/Applied Child Psychology there are no complementary courses. All courses taken at the M.A. level are prescribed within the M.A./Ph.D. sequence described below and the total at the M.A. level, including thesis, is 78 credits.

Ph.D. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

Areas including Major sequences:
Applied Cognitive Science
Applied Developmental Psychology
Instructional Psychology
School/Applied Child Psychology
Special Populations of Learners
	(Special Needs Option)
	(Gifted Education Option) 

The aim of the Ph.D. is to produce graduates who are competent in planning and implementing basic and applied research on problems of cognition; teaching and learning, and development, applying research methods to the solution of educational problems and the improvement of educational practices. It prepares graduates to work as psychologists, consultants, and program directors in schools or related educational institutions, and for teaching educational psychology at the university level. Opportunities are provided for advanced study, research, clinical practice, practica and internships experience in the application of research.

Admission Requirements

All doctoral students must have a research advisor upon entry to the program. Interested candidates should contact the program coordinator (secretary) for a faculty list or consult the Department Web page. An advisor may be selected from among professors in the Department. It is essential to clearly state the Major. It is helpful to identify the Minor as well.

Students in School/Applied Child Psychology are automatically considered to elect Applied Developmental Psychology as their Minor, but may also add another Minor in some circumstances.

There are two entry levels and patterns:
+ starting at Ph.D. 2
starting at Ph.D. 1

The specific requirements to be admitted at each level are as follows:

Ph.D. 2 level

Ph.D. 1 level

All applicants will also be expected to provide:

Additional Entrance Notes:

School/Applied Child Psychology

Applicants are required to supply results of the Graduate Record Examinations (Verbal, Quantitative, and Psychology) at the time of initial application. An undergraduate Major or Honours degree in Psychology is required including courses in developmental, abnormal and cognitive psychology, history and systems in psychology, and statistics. McGill Psychology graduates completing the 36-credit B.A. Major Concentration must complete at least 18 additional credits of senior undergraduate study in psychology or related subjects.

Students will enrol for two years in the M.A. (Non-thesis) in Educational Psychology, and will follow the course sequence noted below. At the end of the first semester or thereafter students may request to change to the M.A. with thesis if supervision is available. Students will receive the M.A. following the second year having completed all the requirements and to proceed directly to Ph.D. 2 in their third year of study unless advised after the third M.A. semester that they are not maintaining a sufficiently high standard to continue to the Ph.D. Such students may elect to complete the M.A. or withdraw.

Applied Developmental Psychology

Applications to the Ph.D. are normally only accepted from the thesis M.A. to Ph.D. route (see the M.A. in Educational Psychology). Other entrance requirements are the same as for School/Applied Child Psychology.

Applicants with exceptional strength in academic studies who do not meet the above requirements may apply for admission to the doctoral program. Such students may be required to complete a qualifying year or term prior to applying for Ph.D. admission.

Program Requirements

All students are required to elect and follow a Major and a Minor sequence. Students who are making satisfactory progress in their studies may be permitted to fulfil the requirements of a second Minor within the programs. Courses from Major and Minor sequences taken during M.A. and M.Ed. studies are counted toward the total. A Major consists of five courses (15 credits), except in School/Applied Child Psychology, and a Minor consists of three courses (9 credits). Each Major and Minor is specified below and the degree of choice of courses within each is indicated separately.

Candidates admitted into Ph.D. 2 are required to complete a minimum of two full years of study. Candidates admitted into Ph.D. 1 are required to complete a minimum of three full years of study.

A dissertation must be submitted displaying original scholarship expressed in satisfactory literary form and constituting a distinct contribution to knowledge on a problem in educational psychology. Work on the thesis normally begins in the Ph.D. 2 year and becomes the major concern in the Ph.D. 3 year of a student's program of study.

Each student will be supervised by an advisor who will chair the student's doctoral committee. This committee will have a minimum of three members. It will assist the student and advisor in planning the student's program. It will also be consulted in the nomination of external examiners for the thesis.

Ph.D. Educational Psychology Core Courses

These requirements apply to all Majors and except for EDPE 708 (Comprehensive Examination) they may partly or wholly be completed in the M.A. or M.Ed.

Students may replace any course for which they have equivalent background, subject to approval by the Program Director.

Required Courses and Comprehensive Examination

EDPE 605
(3)
Research Methods
EDPE 676
(3)
Intermediate Statistics 2
EDPE 682
(3)
Univariate/Multivariate Analysis
EDPE 708
 
Comprehensive Examination

Complementary Courses
(6 credits)
3 credits chosen from:
EDPE 684
(3)
Applied Multivariate Statistics
EDEM 692
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods
EDSL 630
(3)
Qualitative/Ethnographic Methods
or the equivalent
plus 3 credits, as follows:
Students in the Ph.D. Major in Applied Cognitive Sciences choose one of:
EDPE 600
(3)
Current Topics: Educational Psychology.
EDPE 555
(3)
Applied Cognitive Psychology
Students in other Ph.D. Majors choose one of:
EDPH 689
(3)
Teaching and Learning in Higher Education
EDPC 780
(6)
Professional Development

Language Requirement

Students are not required to demonstrate knowledge of a second language within this program, but anyone wishing to be licensed as a psychologist in Quebec must at that point demonstrate a working knowledge of French. Appropriate courses are available at McGill.

Major Sequences in the Ph.D.(Educational Psychology)

The following sequences are in addition to the Ph.D. Educational Psychology Core courses.

(a)  Applied Cognitive Science

Research on the cognitive processes and knowledge structures that underlie learning, competence and performance in educationally significant domains and populations of learners; applied research employing the theories, methods and findings of the cognitive sciences to the analysis of cognitive processes underlying performance in instructional tasks including: reading comprehension, written composition and other literacy skills; computation, mathematical problem solving and other mathematical skills; learning and the acquisition of knowledge and skill in other content domains of school learning and cognitive processes, including differences between novices and experts, and comparative studies of different populations of learners; applications of cognitive analyses of school learning and performance to the improvement of learning and instruction and the diagnosis and remediation of learning difficulties.

Students in the Applied Cognitive Science Major are required to take a total of 30 credits plus the comprehensive examination (12 credits of core requirements for Educational Psychology, 3 credits for Cognition and Instruction, and 15 credits for the Applied Cognitive Science major).

Required Courses
(6 credits)
EDPE 656
(3)
Applied Cognitive Theory/Methods
EDPE 666
(3)
Cognition and Instruction (to be taken first)
Complementary Courses
(9 credits)
9 credits to be chosen from:
EDPE 655
(3)
Cognitive Science and Education
EDPE 661
(3)
Discourse Processes and Education
EDPE 662
(3)
Psycholinguistics and Learning
EDPE 663
(3)
Learning in Complex Situations
EDPE 664
(3)
Nature/Development of Expertise
EDPE 665
(3)
Reasoning and Problem Solving
EDPE 668
(3)
Advanced Seminar Cognitive

(b)  Applied Developmental Psychology

Child and adolescent development including cognitive, language, social issues, and personality development, and gender issues in relation to processes of learning, problems and practices of education, child rearing and family influences, and social interaction in varied educational settings; developmental theories, developmental psychopathology and social policy issues.

Required Courses
(9 credits)
EDPE 615
(3)
Theory/Issues: Child Development
EDPE 616
(3)
Cognitive Development
EDPE 623
(3)
Social Emotional Development
Complementary Courses
(6 credits)
6 credits from the following, which may be offered in rotation:
EDPE 515
(3)
Gender Identity Development
EDPE 610
(3)
History of Developmental Psychology
EDPE 620
(3)
Developmental Psychopathology
EDPE 622
(3)
Multiculturalism and Gender
EDPE 628
(3)
Advanced Seminar - Developmental

(c)  Instructional Psychology

Research on cognitive processes applied to instruction and learning in classrooms and other instructional situations at all levels of education including higher education, adult and professional education; applied research on the design of effective instructional environments including educational applications of computers; application of research methods, models and results in evaluating and improving the capacity of classrooms and other instructional environments to support high levels of educational accomplishment in learners with varied backgrounds of knowledge, ability and experience.

Students in the Instructional Psychology Major are required to take a total of 30 credits plus the comprehensive examination (12 credits of core requirements for Educational Psychology, 3 credits for Cognition and Instruction, and 15 credits for the Instructional Psychology major).

Required Courses
(9 credits)
EDPE 666
(3)
Cognition and Instruction (to be taken first)
EDPE 645
(3)
Research on Instructional Processes
EDPE 648
(3)
Instructional Psychology Seminar
(to be taken near the end)
Complementary Courses
(6 credits)
to be chosen from:
EDPE 535
(3)
Instructional Design
EDPE 635
(3)
Theories of Learning and Instruction
EDPE 670
(3)
Educational Evaluation
EDPE 687
(3)
Advanced Qualitative Methods

(d)  School/Applied Child Psychology

This program is constructed according to the scientist-practitioner model. Child and adolescent problems faced by practicing school and child psychologists. Research on the educational impact of intellectual deficits, emotional disorders, pervasive developmental disorders, abuse, social-effective and cognitive development, high risk indices, and psychological assessment in school and educationally related settings. Development psychopathology and therapeutic interventions and techniques, coordination of psychological and pedagogical services in educational settings. This is a minimum 96-credit, five-year fixed major that includes the M.A.

Required Courses
(60 credits)
EDPC 609
(3)
Psychological Testing 1
EDPC 610
(3)
Psychological Testing 2
EDPC 618
(3)
Professional Ethics and the Law
EDPC 682D1
(3)
Practicum: Psychological Testing
EDPC 682D2
(3)
Practicum: Psychological Testing
EDPC 714
(3)
Theory/Models: Family Therapy
EDPE 611
(3)
School Psychology Seminar
EDPE 616
(3)
Cognitive Development
EDPE 619
(3)
Child and Adolescent Therapy
EDPE 620
(3)
Developmental Psychopathology
EDPE 622
(3)
Multiculturalism and Gender
EDPE 623
(3)
Social-Emotional Development
EDPE 625
(3)
Practicum 1: School Psychology
EDPE 626
(3)
Practicum 2: School Psychology
EDPE 627
(3)
Professional Practice of Psychology
EDPE 629
(6)
School Psychology Research Project
EDPE 710
(3)
Consultation in School Psychology
EDPE 712
(3)
Neurological Bases of Behavior
EDPI 654
(3)
Instruction/Curriculum Adaptation
Students who transfer from the M.A.-level Non-thesis to the Thesis option will replace EDPE 629 (6 credits) with EDPE 604, EDPE 607, and EDPE 693 to EDPE 696 (total 24 credits). Electing the M.A.-level Thesis option will, therefore, add 18 credits to the 60 required in the Non-thesis option, for a total of 78 credits.
Complementary Courses
(12 credits)
Students must select 2 of these 3 practicum settings:
EDPE 721
(6)
School Psychology: Elementary
EDPE 722
(6)
School Psychology: Secondary
EDPE 723
(6)
School Psychology: Community
Placement in a school covering all grades may be applied to either EDPE 721 or EDPE 722.
Internship
(24 credits)
EDPE 725
(12)
Internship 1 - School Psychology
EDPE 726
(12)
Internship 2 - School Psychology

(e)  Special Populations of Learners

Focus on research and teaching of special groups of students, including gifted and creative students, and special needs children and adolescents. In the area of special needs students, the focus is on inclusive settings. Theoretical models, intervention strategies, and systems change are explored.

Students will normally follow the M.Ed. (rather than the M.A.) prior to the Ph.D. They should therefore make the following course substitutions and additions:

M.A. students will require EDPE 635 as an additional course.

Special Populations of Learners/Special Needs Option
EDPI 643
(3)
Education of Learners/Special Needs 2
EDPI 743
(3)
Seminar on Special Needs
EDPI 756
(3)
Internship/Special Needs Education
and 6 credits from the courses offered in the M.Ed. Inclusive Education Concentration with the approval of the student's thesis supervisor and the Program Director.
Special Populations of Learners/Gifted Education Option
EDPI 526
(3)
Talented and Gifted Students
EDPE 535
(3)
Instructional Design
EDPI 636
(3)
Curriculum in Gifted Education
EDPE 670
(3)
Educational Evaluation
or EDPE 671D1
(3)
Educational Evaluation: Theory and Practice
EDPE 671D2
(3)
Educational Evaluation: Theory and Practice
and one of the following, which may be offered in rotation:
EDPI 527
(3)
Creativity and its Cultivation
EDPI 628
(3)
Gifted Students: Special Needs
EDPE 636
(3)
Classroom Processes - Social

In addition, one of the Special Activities (EDPE 697 or EDPE 698) (6 credits each) must consist of the content of EDPI 536 and EDPI 537, Practicum Gifted Education 1 and 2 (3 credits each). Students may register either for the Practica or Special Activity.

Minor Sequences in the Ph.D.(Educational Psychology)
(a)  Adult Education

(Admission to this minor sequence has been suspended.)

The Ph.D. Minor sequence in Adult Education is offered in collaboration with the Department of Integrated Studies in Education. The program especially addresses professional education and its links with studies in higher education, instructional psychology, and applied cognitive science.

Required Courses
(9 credits)
EDPA 610
(3)
Foundations of Adult Education
EDPA 612
(3)
The Adult Learner
EDPA 614
(3)
Teaching the Adult
(b) Applied Cognitive Science
Complementary Courses
(9 credits)
6 credits chosen from:
EDPE 555
(3)
Applied Cognitive Science
EDPE 655
(3)
Cognitive Science and Education
EDPE 656
(3)
Applied Cognitive Theory/Methods
EDPE 666
(3)
Cognition and Instruction
3 credits chosen from:
EDPE 661
(3)
Discourse Processes and Education
EDPE 662
(3)
Psycholinguistics and Learning
EDPE 663
(3)
Learning in Complex Situations
EDPE 664
(3)
Nature/Development of Expertise
EDPE 665
(3)
Reasoning and Problem Solving
EDPE 668
(3)
Advanced Seminar Cognitive
(c) Applied Developmental Psychology
EDPE 615
(3)
Theory/Issues: Child Development
EDPE 616
(3)
Cognitive Development
EDPE 623
(3)
Social-Emotional Development
(d)  Computer Applications in Education

(Admission to this concentration has been suspended.)

Complementary Courses
(9 credits)
9 credits chosen from:
EDPE 640
(3)
Research in Computer Applications
EDPE 641
(6)
Use of the Computer in Educational Instruction
EDPE 643
(3)
Evaluation - Computer Software and Hardware
EDPE 650
(3)
Consciousness and Virtual Reality
EDPE 660
(3)
Artificial Intelligence and Education
(e) Family Life Education
EDPC 505
(3)
Crisis Intervention Processes
EDPC 540
(3)
Foundation of Family Life Education
EDPE 564
(3)
Family Communication
(f)  Higher Education
Required Courses
(9 credits)
EDPH 582
(3)
Higher Education Theory/Policy
EDPH 588
(3)
The Higher Education Environment
EDPH 681
(3)
Higher Education Development
(g) Instructional Psychology
Required Courses
(6 credits)
EDPE 666
(3)
Cognition and Instruction (to be taken first)
EDPE 648
(3)
Instructional Psychology Seminar
(to be taken near the end)
Complementary Courses
(3 credits)
to be chosen from one of the following:
EDPE 535
(3)
Instructional Design
EDPE 635
(3)
Theories of Learning and Instruction
EDPE 645
(3)
Research on Instructional Processes
(h)  Psychology of Gender
EDPE 515
(3)
Gender Identity Development (must be completed at the Master's or Ph.D. 1 level).
EDPE 624
(3)
Educational Psychology and Gender
EDPC 630
(3)
Feminism, Women and Psychology

Students selecting the Psychology of Gender Minor are encouraged to take EDEM 692 or EDSL 301 or the equivalent (qualitative research methods).

(i)  Special Populations of Learners/Special Needs
EDPI 643
(3)
Education of Learners/Special Needs 2
EDPI 743
(3)
Seminar on Special Needs
and 3 credits from the courses offered in the M.Ed. Inclusive Education Concentration with the approval of the student's thesis supervisor and the Program Director.
(j) Special Populations of Learners/Gifted Education
EDPI 526
(3)
Talented and Gifted Students
EDPI 536
(3)
Practicum Gifted Education 1
and one of:
EDPI 527
(3)
Creativity and its Cultivation
EDPI 537
(3)
Practicum Gifted Education 2
EDPI 628
(3)
Gifted Students: Special Needs

26.5.4 Post-Ph.D. Graduate Diploma in School/Applied Child Psychology

This Post-Ph.D. Graduate Diploma enables holders of a doctorate in Psychology to respecialize in School/Applied Child Psychology. The course of study is adapted to the background of each student. The program includes exceptionally one, or typically two, years of courses and practica, plus a year of internship. Students register on a per-credit basis (including Internship).

Professional Accreditation

All elements of this Post-Ph.D. Graduate Diploma are selected from the professional components of the Ph.D. Educational Psychology Major in School/Applied Child Psychology, which is accredited in the School Psychology category by the American Psychological Association (APA). Graduates of a respecialization program are normally accorded the same recognition as graduates of the accredited program.

The Ph.D. Major has also been approved by the Ordre des psychologues du Québec (OPQ) which has recommended the final stage of professional recognition to the Office des professions of the Government of Quebec. Once this accreditation is confirmed, however, graduates of the Post-Ph.D. Graduate Diploma will not be automatically eligible for membership in the OPQ and the right to practice professional psychology in Quebec. If it is their ultimate wish to do so, they will be required to apply to the OPQ for the recognition of equivalent qualifications.

Accreditation status may be confirmed by contacting the accrediting bodies:

APA

- Committee on Accreditation, 750 First Street NE, Washington, DC, USA 20002-4242
tel. 1-800-374-2721-option 5-local 5974

CPA

- 151 Slater Street, Suite 205, Ottawa, ON, Canada K1P 5H3
tel. 1-888-472-0657

OPCCOQ

- 1100 Beaumont, Ste. 520, Mt-Royal, QC, Canada H3P 3H5; tel. 514-737-6431

OPQ

- 1100 Beaumont, Ste. 510, Mt-Royal, QC, Canada H3P 3H5; tel. 514-738-1881

Admission Requirements

Students may be asked to provide further details in support of any request for a course exemption, e.g., course outlines, examples of work done in the course, or a letter from the instructor or department where the material is claimed to have been covered.

Program Requirements

The program will be individually tailored to each accepted student in respect of previous studies and experience. Students will not be asked to repeat a course on a topic in which they can demonstrate a high level of competence. The following are expected to be most often required of students.

Required Courses and Clinic-based Practica
(30 credits)
EDPC 609
(3)
Psychological Testing 1
EDPC 610
(3)
Psychological Testing 2
EDPC 618
(3)
Professional Ethics and the Law
EDPC 682D1
(3)
Practicum: Psychological Testing
EDPC 682D2
(3)
Practicum: Psychological Testing
EDPE 619
(3)
Child and Adolescent Therapy
EDPE 625
(3)
Practicum 1: School Psychology
EDPE 626
(3)
Practicum 2: School Psychology
EDPE 710
(3)
Consultation in School Psychology
EDPE 714
(3)
Models of Family Therapy
Complementary Courses - Field Placements

(12 credits)
(2 days per week, one semester each; students select 2 of these 3 field experiences; placement in a school covering all grades may be applied to either EDPE 721 or EDPE 722):

EDPE 721
(6)
School Psychology: Elementary
EDPE 722
(6)
School Psychology: Secondary
EDPE 723
(6)
School Psychology: Community

Internship
(24 credits)
(1 year full-time or 2 years half-time)
EDPE 725
(12)
Internship 1 - School Psychology
EDPE 726
(12)
Internship 2 - School Psychology

Please see the description of the Ph.D. Educational Psychology Major in School Applied Child Psychology for the full list of requirements from which each student's Graduate Diploma program will be constructed.

Language Requirement

Students are not required to demonstrate knowledge of a second language within this program, but any student wishing to be licensed as a professional psychologist in Quebec must at that point have a working knowledge of French.

26.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Single term and Multi-term Courses (D1/D2, N1/N2, J1/J2/J3)

The same course may be available as a single term offering and also as a multi-term offering. The course content and credit weight is equivalent in all modes; the only difference being the scheduling.

Courses with numbers ending in D1 and D2
are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for the same section of both the D1 and D2 components. When registering for a fall term D1 course the student will automatically be registered for the winter term D2 portion. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms, e.g., Fall 2004 and Winter 2005.
Note:
Some courses are open only to students in specific programs or concentrations. For specific program applicability consult the program profiles above. Some courses, particularly in psychological assessment, have supplementary lab fees. Details are available from the Program Coordinator (Secretary).

Some courses are offered in alternate years and others only when numbers warrant. Annual lists are available. Please consult the Department before attempting to register.

For more information on Multi-term Courses, Course
Terminology, Class Schedule and Course Catalog, see the
General Information, Regulations and Research Guidelines, Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar for 2004-05.

Descriptions of courses not scheduled in 2004-05 can usually be found in the preceding Calendar.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

26.6.1 EDPA - Ed Psych & Couns (Adult Education)

Courses:

EDPA 610 Foundations of Adult Education. (3)
EDPA 612 The Adult Learner. (3)
EDPA 614 Teaching the Adult. (3)
26.6.2 EDPC - Ed Psych & Couns (Counselling)

Courses currently scheduled for 2004-05:

EDPC 501 Helping Relationships.

(3) (Offered through Continuing Education.) A course in the basic principles of human relationships and communication skills, approached from a theoretical and experimental viewpoint. An emphasis will be given to training in basic listening skills, interviewing techniques, and the interpretation of non-verbal behaviour and communication.

EDPC 502 Group Processes and Individuals.

(3) (Offered through Continuing Education.) A laboratory course in which participants observe individual dynamics within a group setting as well as understand the developmental phases of the group. Participants will be encouraged to experiment with their own behaviour, in order to increase their own awareness of functioning.

l

EDPC 503 Human Sexuality: Professionals.

(3) (Offered through Continuing Education.)

EDPC 504 Practicum: Interviewing Skills.

(3) (Offered through Continuing Education.) (Prerequisite: EDPC 501) This course will enable students to become practitioners in the field of Applied Social Sciences. Theoretical principles of the helping relationship will be applied in particular situations. Demonstration, lecture, role-playing and psychodrama techniques will be used.

EDPC 505 Crisis Intervention Processes.

(3) (Offered through Continuing Education.) Instruction in the skills of working with crisis situations involving persons emotionally disturbed, suicidal, or alcoholic, and those who are on drugs or experiencing emotional trauma, as well as other problems. Attention will be given to identification of referral sources and the writing of reports.

EDPC 507 Practicum: Group Leadership Skills.

(3) (Offered through Continuing Education.) (Prerequisite: EDPC 502) The practical aspects of group leadership, group design and planning. Candidates will set up groups, conduct such groups over a number of sessions, and assess these groups according to the theoretical models covered in the prerequisite course.

l

EDPC 508 Seminar in Special Topics.

(3) (Permission must be obtained from the Department before registration) (Offered through Summer Studies.)

l

EDPC 509 Individual Reading Course.

(3) (Permission of Program Director required) (By arrangement with individual instructor.)

EDPC 510 Family Life Education and Marriage.

(3) (Offered through Continuing Education.) The contribution of central concepts of psychological theories and therapeutic systems to the understanding of marriage and relationships. Special attention will be given to gender and ethnicity issues in order to increase the sensitivity of students to the issues typically confronted in the modern marriage and family.

EDPC 540 Foundation of Family Life Education.

(3) (Not open to students who have taken EDPC 640) (Offered through Summer Studies.) An examination of the psychological and sociological foundations of family life education tracing the evolution of theory, research and practice within this domain.

EDPC 542 Counselling Role of the Teacher.

(3) (Offered through Continuing Education or Summer Studies.) Theory and practice in interpersonal communication, interviewing, group dynamics, group leadership management, and referral criteria and procedures for students with developmental problems who experience trauma or crisis. Addressed primarily to elementary and secondary teachers who combine instructional responsibilities with a supportive role in school guidance and counselling activities.

EDPC 562 Career Education and Guidance.
(3) (Offered through Continuing Education or Summer Studies.) A review of career education and guidance programs that refer to the subject matter and related methods and techniques designed to foster the intellectual development of career awareness, career planning, career decison-making, and the necessary career-resilient employability skills for the school-to-work transition.

EDPC 606 Theories of Counselling 1.

(3) An introduction to counselling theories especially as they are related to theories of personality, human development and learning.

EDPC 607 Theories of Counselling 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPC 606) A detailed study of phenomenological, developmental and behavioral theories of counselling among others.

l

EDPC 608 Group Counselling: Theory.

(3)

EDPC 609 Psychological Testing 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: a basic statistics course.) For Counselling Psychology and School/Applied Child Psychology students. History of psychological testing, theoretical aspects of individual and group testing, basic theories of intelligence, and ethical and legal issues in testing. An introduction to tests of intelligence (particularly the WISC-R), aptitude, personality, and interests, including issues of validity, reliability, and construction.

EDPC 610 Psychological Testing 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPC 609) (Required in School/Applied Psychology. Optional in Counselling Psychology, but recommended for students specializing in school or child counselling.) Theory and interpretation of intelligence tests, particularly the Wechsler and Binet scales. Practice in writing test reports, particularly as a part of a case study. The use of intelligence test results in conjunction with other types of tests.

EDPC 615 Assessment and Diagnosis in Counselling.

(3) An introduction to differential assessment and diagnosis for counsellors in educational and mental health settings. The clinical interview, the assessment process, the DSM-IV, relevant test instruments, diagnostic procedures, and development of treatment plans will be subjects of study. Models of record keeping and referral procedures will be reviewed.

l

EDPC 616 Individual Reading Course.

(3)

l

EDPC 616D1 (1.5), EDPC 616D2 (1.5) Individual Reading Course.

(Students must register for both EDPC 616D1 and EDPC 616D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 616D1 and EDPC 616D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 616D1 and EDPC 616D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 616)

EDPC 618 Professional Ethics and the Law.

(3) (For Counselling Psychology and School/Applied Child Psychology students.) Ethics in the helping professions and some of the philosophical bases for making ethics decisions. Quebec and Canadian law relative to human rights of clients; responsibilities of counselling and school psychologists toward clients and society in general.

l

EDPC 624 Group Counselling: Practice.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPC 608)

l

EDPC 630 Feminism, Women and Psychology.

(3)

l

EDPC 660 Selected Topics in Counselling.

(3)

EDPC 662 Career Psychology.

(3) Contemporary perspectives on career development, career planning and work values are reviewed. Current issues related to career development through the life stages such as personal values and aptitudes, the family and the societal content will be explored within the existing and emerging theories of vocational, developmental, and transitional psychology.

EDPC 665D1 (3), EDPC 665D2 (3) Practicum.

(Students must register for both EDPC 665D1 and EDPC 665D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 665D1 and EDPC 665D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Practice in counselling interactions in preparation for internship. Developing expertise and confidence in a full range of skills to help clients make and implement self-directed choices. Emphasis on the counsellor as an educational and therapeutic agent dealing with vocational, educational, and personal counselling using various intervention modes.

l

EDPC 670 Current Trends in Counselling.

(3)

l

EDPC 670D1 (1.5), EDPC 670D2 (1.5) Current Trends in Counselling.

(Students must register for both EDPC 670D1 and EDPC 670D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 670D1 and EDPC 670D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 670D1 and EDPC 670D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 670)

l

EDPC 679 Internship: General 1.

(6)

EDPC 679D1 (3), EDPC 679D2 (3) Internship: General 1.

(Students must register for both EDPC 679D1 and EDPC 679D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 679D1 and EDPC 679D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 679D1 and EDPC 679D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 679)

EDPC 680D1 (3), EDPC 680D2 (3) Internship Research Seminar.

(Students must register for both EDPC 680D1 and EDPC 680D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 680D1 and EDPC 680D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Students become acquainted with current research designs in both quantitative and qualitative traditions and develop skills in both analyzing research projects and critiquing journal articles. Special emphasis is given to the application of research findings to field settings and clinical process. Lecture, discussion, workshops, and student research presentations are used.

l

EDPC 682 Practicum:Psychological Test.

(6)

EDPC 682D1 (3), EDPC 682D2 (3) Practicum: Psychological Testing.

(Prerequisite: EDPC 609. Open only to students in Counselling Psychology or School/Applied Child Psychology) (Students must register for both EDPC 682D1 and EDPC 682D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 682D1 and EDPC 682D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 682D1 and EDPC 682D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 682) Seminar and field practice in the administration and interpretation of educational and psychological tests including personality, within clinical and educational settings. Selection and evaluation of test instruments will be covered. Supervision of report writing and the ethical use of test information.

l

EDPC 685 Internship: Vocational and Rehabilitation Counselling.

(6)

EDPC 685D1 (3), EDPC 685D2 (3) Internship: Vocational and Rehabilitation Counselling.

(Students must register for both EDPC 685D1 and EDPC 685D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 685D1 and EDPC 685D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 685D1 and EDPC 685D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 685) Study, observation, and practice of specialized aspects of counselling through Faculty supervision and direction by personnel in the internship setting.

EDPC 697 Thesis Preparation 1.

(6)

l

EDPC 697D1 (3), EDPC 697D2 (3) Thesis Preparation 1.

(Students must register for both EDPC 697D1 and EDPC 697D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 697D1 and EDPC 697D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 697D1 and EDPC 697D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 697)

EDPC 698 Thesis Preparation 2.

(6)

l

EDPC 698D1 (3), EDPC 698D2 (3) Thesis Preparation 2.

(Students must register for both EDPC 698D1 and EDPC 698D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 698D1 and EDPC 698D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 698D1 and EDPC 698D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 698)

l

EDPC 699D1 (6), EDPC 699D2 (6) Thesis Preparation 3.

(Students must register for both EDPC 699D1 and EDPC 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 699D1 and EDPC 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

EDPC 701 Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

l

EDPC 701D1 (0), EDPC 701D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both EDPC 701D1 and EDPC 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 701D1 and EDPC 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 701D1 and EDPC 701D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 701)

l

EDPC 709 Advanced Theories and Models.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPC 624)

EDPC 714 Theory / Models: Family Therapy.

(3) For doctoral students in Counselling and School Psychology. Theoretical and therapeutic models in family therapy, core concepts and their relevance for application, intervention strategies, the child in family context, impact on school performance.

l

EDPC 719 Advanced Small Group Counselling.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPC 709)

EDPC 720D1 (3), EDPC 720D2 (3) Seminar Vocational Psychology and Career Development Theory.

(Students must register for both EDPC 720D1 and EDPC 720D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 720D1 and EDPC 720D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Review and critique of vocational psychology theories and contributions of contemporary career development theories to the understanding of the processes and the determinants of career choice, life stages, adjustment, and career patterns in personal and vocational development. Study of selected problems, designs and outcomes of research in vocational psychology and career development.

l

EDPC 770 Individual Reading Course.

(6)

l

EDPC 770D1 (3), EDPC 770D2 (3) Individual Reading Course.

(Students must register for both EDPC 770D1 and EDPC 770D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 770D1 and EDPC 770D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 770D1 and EDPC 770D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 770)

l

EDPC 780 Professional Development.

(6) (For Ph.D. students in Counselling Psychology and, with permission, in School/Applied Child Psychology.)

EDPC 780D1 (3), EDPC 780D2 (3) Professional Development.

(Students must register for both EDPC 780D1 and EDPC 780D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 780D1 and EDPC 780D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 780D1 and EDPC 780D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 780) Individually planned and developed (1) supervision of Master's practicum or internship students, (2) co-teaching with a McGill staff member, and (3) diversified research experiences utilizing different techniques and instrumentation.

l

EDPC 782 Doctoral Field Experience.

(6) (Corequisite: EDPC 780)

EDPC 782D1 (3), EDPC 782D2 (3) Doctoral Field Experience.

(Corequisite: EDPC 780D1) (Students must register for both EDPC 782D1 and EDPC 782D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 782D1 and EDPC 782D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 782D1 and EDPC 782D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 782) A 2-day/week, 2-term (minimum 500 hours) doctoral practicum integrating research, theory, and supervised practica to provide a perspective for clinical work within the field of counselling psychology. Skill development in counselling intervention, assessment, treatment plans, etc. Clientele will be individuals, families, and groups with a variety of concerns.

l

EDPC 786 Seminar: Research Problems in Counselling.

(6)

l

EDPC 786D1 (3), EDPC 786D2 (3) Seminar: Research Problems in Counselling.

(Students must register for both EDPC 786D1 and EDPC 786D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 786D1 and EDPC 786D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 786D1 and EDPC 786D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 786)

l

EDPC 795 Supervised Fieldwork: Counselling.

(24) (Prerequisites: EDPC 679, EDPC 680, EDPC 682, EDPC 685)

EDPC 795D1 (12), EDPC 795D2 (12) Supervised Fieldwork: Counselling.

(Students must register for both EDPC 795D1 and EDPC 795D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 795D1 and EDPC 795D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 795D1 and EDPC 795D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 795) A 5-day, 10 to 11-month supervised internship (minimum 1200 hours). Study, observation, assessment and diagnosis, and practice in Counselling Psychology settings. Group seminar and individual conferences. May be accumulated over two years.

l

EDPC 799 Thesis.

(0)

l

EDPC 799D1 (0), EDPC 799D2 (0) Thesis.

(Students must register for both EDPC 799D1 and EDPC 799D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPC 799D1 and EDPC 799D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPC 799D1 and EDPC 799D2 together are equivalent to EDPC 799)

26.6.3 EDPE - Ed Psych & Couns (Psychology)

Courses currently scheduled for 2004-05:

EDPE 510 Learning and Technology.

(3) (Offered through Continuing Education.) Impact of virtual learning communities on learners/teachers in formal schooling and beyond. Information technologies as a resource to enhance learning experiences, creative/critical thinking. Principles of internet design, authoring, management. Evaluation of computer-based information quality and strategies for efficient and effective use of the technology in education and society.

EDPE 515 Gender Identity Development.

(3) (Offered through Continuing Education.) (Prerequisites: EDPE 208, EDPE 300 or a course in developmental psychology) Theoretical models and empirical findings relevant to the development of gender identity. Special attention is given to the influence of peers in school settings. Psychological, physiological, parental, peer and cultural influences on gender identity.

l

=
EDPE 535 Instructional Design.

(3)

EDPE 555 Applied Cognitive Science.

(3) Examination of foundations of cognitive science including contributions by psychology, linguistics, and computer science. Consideration of theory and methodology or cognitive science in educational and instructional contexts.

EDPE 560 Human Development.

(3) A review of current theory and knowledge of human development through the life cycle. Particular attention is given to emotional and social development. All major age-stages are considered. Emphasis is placed on the effects of interaction between individuals of these different age groupings.

l

EDPE 564 Family Communication.

(3) (Offered through Summer Studies.)

EDPE 575 Educational Measurement.

(3) (Offered through Continuing Education and Summer Studies.) Statistical measurements in education, graphs, charts, frequency distributions, central tendencies, dispersion, correlation, and sampling errors.

l

EDPE 595 Seminar in Special Topics.

(3) (Permission must be obtained from the Department before registration.)

l

EDPE 596 Seminar in Special Topics.

(3)

EDPE 600 Current Topics: Educational Psychology.

(3) Current issues and developments and reviews of major areas in educational psychology in the context of research in the Department and the evolution of the discipline at large.

l

EDPE 600D1 (1.5), EDPE 600D2 (1.5) Current Topics: Educational Psychology.

(Open to School/Applied Psychology students only.) (Students must register for both EDPE 600D1 and EDPE 600D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 600D1 and EDPE 600D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 600D1 and EDPE 600D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 600)

EDPE 602 Uses of Research Findings in Education.

(3) (Pre-/Co-requisite: EDPE 575 or equivalent.) Basic concepts of educational research for the student who is likely to be a regular consumer of research but only an occasional generator of research. Mechanics of research: e.g., funding sources, proposal and report preparation, information bases (e.g., the ERIC system), and ethics in research.

EDPE 603 Educational Research and Development for Practitioners.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPE 602) Development of research projects and proposals, design and methodology. Emphasis on applied research in school settings. Evaluation of research.

EDPE 604 Thesis 1.

(3) (Corequisite: EDPE 600) Literature survey and thesis planning.

EDPE 605 Research Methods.

(3) (Corequisite: EDPE 676) Research methods and designs, planning and evaluating research, relations between research and statistical designs, interdisciplinary and nonquantitative approaches, meta-analysis, and the use of computers beyond computation. Ethics, scholarly writing.

EDPE 607 Thesis 2.

(3) (Corequisite: EDPE 604) Preparation of a thesis proposal.

l

EDPE 609 Selected Topics in Educational Psychology.

(3)

EDPE 611 School Psychology Seminar.

(3) (Open to School/Applied Psychology students only.) Focus on the profession and practice of school psychology. Four major areas of information within the discipline of school psychology will be addressed: history and organizational systems, psychological service delivery in educational settings, ethical and legal issues, and new trends and future developments in school psychology and training.

EDPE 616 Cognitive Development.

(3) Assessment of theories of cognitive development including Piagetian, neo-Piagetian, and information-processing approaches. Theoretical models and empirical findings, and their application to educational and other settings.

EDPE 619 Child and Adolescent Therapy.

(3) (For School/ Applied Child Psychology students only.) Therapeutic models for individual and group interventions for children and adolescents; case histories; gender and cultural minority issues; emphasis on classical and innovative strategie sand methods for school and counselling psychologists.

EDPE 620 Developmental Psychopathology.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPE 615) Theory, research, and practice in developmental processes in the study of psychopathology, including aberrant behavior in childhood, at-risk and resilient children, and mental illness.

l

EDPE 622 Multiculturalism and Gender.

(3) (Open to School/ Applied Child and Counselling Psychology students only.)

EDPE 623 Social-Emotional Development.

(3) (Prerequisites: EDPE 615, EDPE 616 or EDPE 620) Social-emotional development including temperament, attachment, gender identity, and peer relations. Biological and environmental influences, continuity and change, and qualitative versus quantitative variables.

EDPE 625 Practicum 1: School Psychology.

(3) (Prerequisites: EDPC 609, EDPC 610, EDPC 618, EDPI 654, EDPE 611, EDPE 616. Corequisites: EDPC 682, EDPE 620.) Clinic experiences (normally 8-10 hours/week) (a) conducting assessment batteries, (b) interpreting assessment findings and developing intervention plans, (c) providing remedial services for specific learning domains and practical recommendations, (d) acquiring skills in group intervention techniques. Weekly case review and student progress meetings.

EDPE 626 Practicum 2: School Psychology.

(3) (Prerequisites: EDPE 620, EDPE 625. Corequisite: EDPC 682) Clinic experiences (normally 8-10 hours/week) building upon EDPE 625: (a) conducting assessment batteries, (b) interpreting assessment findings and developing intervention plans, (c) providing remedial services for specific learning domains and practical recommendations, (d) acquiring skills in group intervention techniques. Weekly case review and student progress meetings. May continue to the end of the public school year.

l

EDPE 627 Professional Practice of Psychology.

(3) (Open only to students in Counselling Psychology or School/Applied Child Psychology.)

l

EDPE 629 School Psychology Research Project.

(6) (Prerequisites: EDPC 618, EDPE 605. Corequisite: EDPE 682)

EDPE 629D1 (3), EDPE 629D2 (3) School Psychology Research Project.

(Students must register for both EDPE 629D1 and EDPE 629D2) (Prerequisites: EDPC 618, EDPE 605. Corequisite: EDPE 682) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 629D1 and EDPE 629D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms ) (EDPE 629D1 and EDPE 629D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 629) Open to School/Applied Child Psychology students. An individually supervised research project in school/applied child psychology.

EDPE 635 Theories of Learning and Instruction.

(3) An analysis of the relationship between theory and research about learning and teaching from a historical perspective.

l

EDPE 636 Classroom Processes - Social.

(3) Instructional or environmental effects on learning and their implications for educational practice, with particular emphasis on such topics as the social psychology of learning, family background and effects, classroom interaction, teacher impact, and ethnographic and survey approaches to their study.

l

EDPE 640 Research in Computer Applications.

(3)

l

EDPE 641 Use of Computer in Educational Instruction.

(6)

l

EDPE 641D1 (3), EDPE 641D2 (3) Use of Computer in Educational Instruction.

(Students must register for both EDPE 641D1 and EDPE 641D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 641D1 and EDPE 641D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 641D1 and EDPE 641D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 641)

l

EDPE 643 Evaluation - Computer Software and Hardware.

(3)

EDPE 645 Research on Instructional Processes.

(3) (Corequisite: EDPE 635) This course builds critical skills in the analysis of categories of research and methodologies specific to instructional processes.

l

EDPE 648 Instructional Psychology Seminar.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPE 635)

l

EDPE 650 Consciousness and Virtual Reality.

(3)

l

EDPE 655 Cognitive Science and Education.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPE 555 or permission of instructor.)

EDPE 656 Applied Cognitive Theory/Methods.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPE 555 or permission of instructor.) Models of knowledge representation, cognitive architectures, and cognitive processes for complex domains of performance and instruction. Methods of data collection that allow testing of models of performance and learning in such domains.

EDPE 660 Artificial Intelligence in Education.

(3) An exploration of the principles of artificial intelligence as a metaphor for understanding conventional instructional and learning-processes. Topics include expert systems, intelligent computer-assisted instruction, tutoring systems, fifth-generation languages, and logic programming (e.g. Prolog). Lectures, discussion, demonstrations, and where possible site visits and hands-on experience will be provided.

l

EDPE 661 Discourse Processes and Education.

(3) (Prerequisites: EDPE 655, EDPE 656 or permission of the instructor.)

EDPE 662 Psycholinguistics and Learning.

(3) (Prerequisites: EDPE 655, EDPE 656 or permission of the instructor.) Theory and research on syntactic and semantic processing, and acquisition of language, including second languages. Implications for learning and instruction.

EDPE 664 Nature/Development of Expertise.

(3) (Prerequisites: EDPE 655, EDPE 656 or permission of the instructor.) Theories of expert performance in complex and realistic situations, including the development of such expertise.

l

EDPE 665 Reasoning and Problem Solving.

(3) (Prerequisites: EDPE 655, EDPE 656 or permission of the instructor.)

EDPE 666 Cognition and Instruction.

(3) (Corequisite: a graduate course in cognitive or instructional psychology.) Relationships between instructional design and cognitive models. Analysis of instruction and instructional environments from a cognitive perspective.

l

EDPE 668 Advanced Seminar Cognitive.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPE 655 or permission of the instructor)

EDPE 670 Educational Evaluation.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPE 635) Theories and models of evaluation as applied to educational programs and instructional systems.

l

EDPE 675 Intermediate Statistics 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPE 575 or equivalent.)

EDPE 676 Intermediate Statistics 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPE 675 or equivalent.) Analysis of variance and covariance, fixed, random and mixed effects, crossed and nested designs; regression models. Computer data processing using existing packages.

EDPE 682 Univariate/Multivariate Analysis.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPE 676) General linear model as a unified data analytic system for estimation and hypothesis testing that subsumes regression, analysis of variance, and analysis of covariance for single dependent variables. Introduction to generalizations involving multiple dependent (criterion) variables. Applications oriented toward education, educational psychology and counselling psychology. Experience with data-analysis tools.

EDPE 684 Applied Multivariate Statistics.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPE 682 or equivalent.) Principal methods, models, and hypothesis-testing procedures for the prediction and analysis of patterns, structure, and relationships in multivariate date, e.g., discriminant, principal components, canonical correlation, profile analyses, measurement models, factor and path analysis, repeated measures. Applications oriented toward education and educational and counselling psychology. Experience with data-analysis tools.

EDPE 687 Advanced Qualitative Methods.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDEM 692 or the equivalent.) Origins of qualitative methodologies in sociology, psychology, and education in relation to ideology, epistemology, and methodology. Focus on data reduction and field methods.

EDPE 691 Reading Course.

(3)

l

EDPE 691D1 (1.5), EDPE 691D2 (1.5) Reading Course.

(Students must register for both EDPE 691D1 and EDPE 691D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 691D1 and EDPE 691D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 691D1 and EDPE 691D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 691)

l

EDPE 692 Reading Course.

(6)

l

EDPE 692D1 (3), EDPE 692D2 (3) Reading Course.

(Students must register for both EDPE 692D1 and EDPE 692D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 692D1 and EDPE 692D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 692D1 and EDPE 692D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 692)

EDPE 693 Thesis 3.

(3) Thesis research under supervision of a research director.

EDPE 694 Thesis 4.

(3) Thesis research under supervision of a research director.

EDPE 695 Thesis 5.

(6) Thesis research under supervision of a research director.

EDPE 695D1 (3), EDPE 695D2 (3) Thesis 5.

(Students must register for both EDPE 695D1 and EDPE 695D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 695D1 and EDPE 695D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 695D1 and EDPE 695D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 695) Thesis research under supervision of a research director.

EDPE 696 Thesis 6.

(6) Thesis research under supervision of a research director.

EDPE 696D1 (3), EDPE 696D2 (3) Thesis 6.

(Students must register for both EDPE 696D1 and EDPE 696D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 696D1 and EDPE 696D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 696D1 and EDPE 696D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 696) Thesis research under supervision of a research director.

l

EDPE 697 Special Activity 1.

(6)

EDPE 697D1 (3), EDPE 697D2 (3) Special Activity 1.

(Students must register for both EDPE 697D1 and EDPE 697D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 697D1 and EDPE 697D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 697D1 and EDPE 697D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 697)

l

EDPE 698 Special Activity 2.

(6)

EDPE 698D1 (3), EDPE 698D2 (3) Special Activity 2.

(Students must register for both EDPE 698D1 and EDPE 698D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 698D1 and EDPE 698D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 698D1 and EDPE 698D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 698) A project relevant to improving educational practice. It may be an internship, a research project, or an innovation in teaching supervised by the student's advisor and with the approval of the department. It is completed by the submission of a project report, monograph, or production. For M.Ed. students only.

EDPE 708 Comprehensive Examination.

(6) A four-part evaluation which is normally taken at the end of the Ph.D. 2 year. A detailed description of the examination is provided to all students.

EDPE 708D1 (3), EDPE 708D2 (3) Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both EDPE 708D1 and EDPE 708D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 708D1 and EDPE 708D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 708D1 and EDPE 708D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 708) A four-part evaluation which is normally taken at the end of the Ph.D. 2 year. A detailed description of the examination is provided to all students.

EDPE 710 Consultation in School Psychology.

(3) (Corequisites: EDPE 625, EDPE 626 or equivalent.) Open only to students in School/Applied Child Psychology and with permission, Counselling Psychology and Special Populations Major. A clinical course on the use of consultation in educational and school-related settings. Topics include: consultation theory, the process of evaluations of the consultation process and outcomes, critical study of relevant research and practice. Includes problem identification, problem analysis, treatment implementation, and treatment evaluation of one case.

EDPE 712 Neurological Bases of Behavior.

(3) Development of human brain structure and function related to sensory, motor, emotional, perceptual, cognitive, and linguistics skills. Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology relevant to neuropsychological function, dysfunction, rehabilitation. Psychopharmacological influences.

l

EDPE 721 School Psychology: Elementary.

(6) (Prerequisite: EDPE 626)

EDPE 721D1 (3), EDPE 721D2 (3) School Psychology: Elementary.

(Prerequisite: EDPE 626) (Students must register for both EDPE 721D1 and EDPE 721D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 721D1 and EDPE 721D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 721D1 and EDPE 721D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 721) Open only to Ph.D. students in School/Applied Child Psychology. Field experience. Two days or 16 hours per week supervised by faculty members and a field supervisor in a school providing elementary education. Weekly class meetings. Students must also register for either EDPE 722 or EDPE 723 in the same academic year.

l

EDPE 722 School Psychology: Secondary.

(6) (Prerequisite: EDPE 626)

EDPE 722D1 (3), EDPE 722D2 (3) School Psychology: Secondary.

(Prerequisite: EDPE 626) (Students must register for both EDPE 722D1 and EDPE 722D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 722D1 and EDPE 722D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 722D1 and EDPE 722D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 722) Open only to Ph.D. students in School/Applied Child Psychology. Field experience. Two days or 16 hours per week supervised by faculty members and a field supervisor in a school providing secondary education. Weekly class meetings. Students must also register for either EDPE 721 or EDPE 723 in the same academic year.

l

EDPE 723 School Psychology: Community.

(6) (Prerequisite: EDPE 626)

EDPE 723D1 (3), EDPE 723D2 (3) School Psychology: Community.

(Prerequisite: EDPE 626) (Students must register for both EDPE 723D1 and EDPE 723D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 723D1 and EDPE 723D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 723D1 and EDPE 723D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 723) Open only to Ph.D. students in School/Applied Child Psychology. Field experience. Two days or 16 hours per week supervised by faculty members and a field supervisor in a school providing secondary education. Weekly class meetings. Students must also register for either EDPE 721 or EDPE 723 in the same academic year.

l

EDPE 725 Internship 1 - School Psychology.

(12) (Prerequisites: EDPE 708 and two of EDPE 721, EDPE 722 or EDPE 723)

EDPE 725D1 (6), EDPE 725D2 (6) Internship 1 - School Psychology.

(Prerequisites: EDPE 708 and two of EDPE 721, EDPE 722 or EDPE 723)) (Students must register for both EDPE 725D1 and EDPE 725D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 725D1 and EDPE 725D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 725D1 and EDPE 725D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 725) Open only to Ph.D. students in School/Applied Child Psychology. A 2 1/2 day, 10 to 12-month supervised internship (minimum 600 hours) including assessment and diagnosis normally in a school-based setting. This also includes group supervision to discuss cases that arise in internship settings. May be combined with EDPE 726 in a single full-time year long internship; this full-time pattern is typical in accredited sites.

l

EDPE 726 Internship 2 - School Psychology.

(12) (Prerequisites: EDPE 708 and two of EDPE 721, EDPE 722 or EDPE 723)

EDPE 726D1 (6), EDPE 726D2 (6) Internship 2 - School Psychology.

(Prerequisites: EDPE 708 and two of EDPE 721, EDPE 722 or EDPE 723) (Students must register for both EDPE 726D1 and EDPE 726D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPE 726D1 and EDPE 726D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPE 726D1 and EDPE 726D2 together are equivalent to EDPE 726) Open only to Ph.D. students in School/Applied Child Psychology. A 2 1/2 day, 10 to 12-month supervised internship (minimum 600 hours) including assessment and diagnosis normally in an educationally relevant community-based center (e.g., hospital, clinic), group supervision, case discussions. May be combined with EDPE 725 in a single full-time year long internship; this full-time pattern is typical in accredited sites.

26.6.4 EDPH - Ed Psych & Couns (Collegial)

Courses currently scheduled for 2004-05:

l

EDPH 681 Higher Education Development.

(3) (Corequisite: EDPH 582 or permission of instructor) Analysis of program and curriculum development across disciplines and multidisciplinary areas of study at the postsecondary level. Program organization and planning in particular disciplinary areas and in relation to that of other disciplines.

EDPH 689 Teaching and Learning in Higher Education.

(3) Students will develop an understanding of teaching and learning as a process in which instruction is based on the learning to be accomplished. Students will design, develop, and evaluate a university course of their choice, and will develop facility and confidence in using teaching methods appropriate to their domains.

26.6.5 EDPI - Ed Psych & Couns (Inclusive)

Courses currently scheduled for 2004-05:

EDPI 526 Talented and Gifted Students.

(3) (Offered through Continuing Education.) The psychology and education of exceptionally able children. Definitions, assessment, classroom adaptations, technology, educational programs and educational issues. The course combines theoretical background and practical concerns. Application component: application of teaching methods with exceptionally able students.

EDPI 527 Creativity and its Cultivation.

(3) (Offered through Continuing Education.) Recent research, theory, and educational practice concerning creativity, with special attention to creativity in students and educational settings.

l

EDPI 536 Practicum Gifted Education 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPI 526) (Normally available in July only during the Explorations Gifted Summer School) (Permission to register is required from Explorations)

l

EDPI 537 Practicum Gifted Education 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPI 526) (Normally taken with EDPI 536. Permission is required to register)

EDPI 539 Field Work 1: Exceptional Students.

(3) (Permission of Program Director required.) Supervised experience with exceptional students in an approved educational setting.

EDPI 540 Field Work 2: Exceptional Students.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPI 539) (Permission of Program Director required.) Supervised experience with exceptional students in an approved educational setting.

l

EDPI 543 Family, School and Community.

(3) (Formerly 414-443) (Offered through Summer Studies.)

EDPI 642 Educational of Learners/Special Needs 1.

(3) Introduction to learners with different types of special needs. Emphasis on current research and practice of educating students with special needs.

EDPI 643 Education of Learners/Special Needs 2.

(3) Contemporary issues in the education of students with special needs: assessment and identification; service delivery models; instructional methods; parent/professional relationships; research priorities; legislative policies; adult education; employment training.

EDPI 645 Diagnosis and Assessment in Special Education.

(3) Purposes of diagnosis and assessment; formal and informal assessment procedures; issues in traditional testing procedures; emerging trends in assessment.

l

EDPI 654 Instruction/Curriculum Adaption.

(3)

l

EDPI 656 Clinic Practicum in Special Education.

(6)

EDPI 656D1 (3), EDPI 656D2 (3) Clinic Practicum in Special Education.

(Students must register for both EDPI 656D1 and EDPI 656D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPI 656D1 and EDPI 656D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPI 656D1 and EDPI 656D2 together are equivalent to EDPI 656) Participation as a special education professional in a field setting. Opportunity to plan, implement and evaluate curriculum for students with special needs, and participate as a team member.

l

EDPI 657 Practicum: Learning Disabilities.

(3) (Prerequisite: a course in learning difficulties or permission of the instructor.)

l

EDPI 658 Internship: Learning Disabilities.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPE 657)

l

EDPI 663 Instruction: Integrated Settings.

(3)

l

EDPI 664 Leadership and Change in Special Education.

(3)

EDPI 665 Research and Theory in Learning Disabilities.

(3) Review of recent research and literature in the field of learning disabilities; examination of research and theory as it relates to current practices.

l

EDPI 667 Behavioral and Emotional Problems.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPE 615 or EDPI 643)

l

EDPI 680 Selected Topics in Special Education 1.

(3)

l

EDPI 681 Selected Topics in Special Education 2.

(3)

EDPI 743 Seminar on Special Needs.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPI 643) Contemporary issues in the education of students with special needs. Professional and research issues.

l

EDPI 756 Internship/Special Needs Education.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDPI 656)

EDPI 756D1 (1.5), EDPI 756D2 (1.5) Internship/Special Needs Education.

(Students must register for both EDPI 756D1 and EDPI 756D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDPI 756D1 and EDPI 756D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDPI 756D1 and EDPI 756D2 together are equivalent to EDPI 756) Supervised internship in special needs education in a field setting tailored to the needs and interests of individual students.

COURSES IN OTHER DEPARTMENTS

Students are encouraged to broaden their perspectives with elective courses from elsewhere in the Faculty of Education and the University as a whole. Eligibility to enrol in a specific course should always be ascertained in advance.

Students interested in statistical models and techniques in test theory are welcome to enrol in PSYC 510 offered by the Department of Psychology.

PSYC 510 Statistical Analysis of Tests.

(3) (3 lectures) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: PSYC 305 or PSYC 536, PSYC 406 or permission of instructor.) This course aims to introduce students interested in developing or appraising tests to the important statistical problems and modern techniques associated with testing data. Testing situations discussed will range from one-shot classroom tests through special purpose scales to the highly refined large scale tests such as the SAT.

Qualitative research methods are offered primarily through EDPE 687 and EDEM 692 or EDSL 630 offered by the Department of Integrated Studies in Education.

EDEM 692 Qualitative Research Methods.

(3) Theoretical and practical exploration of the foundations of qualitative methods, with emphasis on underlying principles.

EDSL 630 Qualitative/Ethnographic Methods.

(3) An examination of theoretical and applied issues in qualitative and ethnographic studies in second language education.

EDEC 635 Advanced Written Communication.
(3) Rhetorical 
practices and principles that remain constant across disciplines: 
generating and organizing ideas; setting goals; planning; 
considering readers; editing and revising. Students will analyze 
and produce texts that use the formats, rhetorical strategies, 
styles, genres, and other conventions of their disciplines. 

27 Electrical and Computer Engineering

Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
McConnell Engineering Building, Room 633
3480 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 2A7 
Telephone: (514) 398-7344
Fax: (514) 398-4470
E-mail: grad@ece.mcgill.ca 
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/ece 
Chair
David A. Lowther
Graduate Program Director
Benoit Champagne

27.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
Eric L. Adler; B.Sc.(Lond.), M.A.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(McG.), F.I.E.E.E., Eng.
Gerry W. Farnell; B.A.Sc.(Tor.), S.M.(M.I.T.), Ph.D.(McG.), F.I.E.E.E., Eng.
Tomas J.F. Pavlasek; B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.), Eng.
Maier L. Blostein; B.Eng., M.Eng.(McG.), Ph.D.(Ill.), F.I.E.E.E., Eng.
Nicholas C. Rumin; B.Eng., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.), Eng.
Pierre R. Bélanger; B.Eng.(McG.), S.M., Ph.D.(M.I.T.), F.I.E.E.E., Eng.
Post-Retirement
Clifford H. Champness; M.Sc.(Lond.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Professors
Peter E. Caines; B.A.(Oxon), D.I.C. Ph.D.(Lond.), F.R.S.C., F.I.E.E.E., F.C.I.A.R. (James McGill Professor and Macdonald Professor)
Frank D. Galiana; B.Eng.(McG.), S.M., Ph.D.(M.I.T.), F.I.E.E.E., Eng.
Geza Joos; B.Sc.(C'dia), M.Eng. Ph.D.(McG.)
Peter Kabal; B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
Tho Le-Ngoc; M.Eng.(McG.), Ph.D.(Ott.), F.I.E.E.E.
Harry Leib; B.Sc.(Technion), Ph.D.(Tor.)
Martin D. Levine; B.Eng., M.Eng.(McG.), Ph.D.(Lond.), F.C.I.A.R., F.I.E.E.E., Eng.
David A. Lowther; B.Sc.(Lond.), Ph.D.(C.N.A.A.), F.C.A.E., Eng.
Boon-Teck Ooi; B.E.(Adel.), S.M.(M.I.T.), Ph.D.(McG.), Eng.
Gordon Roberts; B.A.Sc.(Wat.), M.A.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.), Eng. (James McGill Professor) F.I.E.E.E.
Jonathan P. Webb; B.A., Ph.D.(Cantab.)
Associate Professors
Benoit Champagne; B.Eng., M.Eng.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
James Clark; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Br.Col.)
Jeremy R. Cooperstock; A.Sc.(U.B.C.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.),
Frank Ferrie; B.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.)
Vincent Hayward; Dip.d'Ing.(ENSM, Nantes), Doc.Ing.(Orsay), Eng.
Steve McFee; B.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.)
Hanna Michalska; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Warsaw), Ph.D.(Lond.)
David V. Plant; M.S., Ph.D.(Brown) (James McGill Professor)
Richard Rose; B.Sc.,M.S.(Ill.), Ph.D.(GIT)
Ishiang Shih; M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.)
Assistant Professors
Ramesh Abhari; M.A.Sc.,(Tehran), Ph.D.(Tor.)
Tal Arbel; M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.)
Jan Bajcsy; B.Sc.(Harv.), M.Eng., Ph.D.(Prin.)
Benoit Boulet; B.Sc.(Laval), M.Eng.(McG.) Ph.D.(Tor.) (William Dawson Scholar),
Lawrence Chen, B.Eng.(McG.), M.A.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
Mark Coates; B.Eng.(Australia), Ph.D.(Camb.)
Mourad El-Gamal; B.Sc.(Cairo), M.Sc.(Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville), Ph.D.(McG.) (William Dawson Scholar)
Dennis Giannacopoulos; M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.)
Warren Gross; M.A.Sc.,Ph.D.(Tor.)
Anas Hamoui; M.Eng.(McG.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
Roni Khazaka; M.Eng., Ph.D.(Carl.)
Andrew Kirk; B.Sc.(Brist.), Ph.D.(Lond.) (William Dawson Scholar)
Fabrice Labeau, M.S., Ph.D.(Louvain)
Shie Mannor; B.A., B.Sc., Ph.D.(Haifa)
Milica Popovich; B.Sc.(Colo.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Northwestern)
Ioannis Psaromiligkos; B.Sc.(Patras), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Buffalo)
Zilic Zeljko; B.Eng.(Zagreb), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
Visiting Professor
Lorne Mason; B.Eng, Ph.D.(Sask.)
Lecturers
Kenneth L. Fraser; B.Eng., M.Eng.(McG.), Eng.
Danny Grant; M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.)
Donglin Ma; M.Eng.,(Beijing)
Richard Vickers; B.Sc.(Wales)
Associate Members
Martin Buehler, Philipe Depalle, Gregory Dudek, Alan C. Evans, William R. Funnell, Henrietta L. Galiana, Jean Gotman, Robert E. Kearney, Bernard Segal
Adjunct Professors
Ray Bartnikas, Eduard Cerny, Charalambos Charalambous, Philippe Depalle, Robert DiRaddo, Cedric Guss, Maurice Huneault, Cheng K. Jen, Alexandre Jouan, Michael Kaplan, Karim Khordoc, Irene Leszkowicz, Miguel Marin, Donald McGillis, Radu Negulescu, Douglas O'Shaughnessy, Norbert Puetz, Farouk Rizk, Robert Sabourin, Ian Sinclair, Lucjan Wegrowicz

27.2 Programs Offered

The Department offers programs of graduate studies leading to a degree of Master of Engineering or Doctor of Philosophy.

An equivalent of one (1) calendar year of full time study is required to obtain a Master's in Engineering.

The Ph.D. program maintains a requirement of the equivalent of two (2) calendar years of full time study besides the requirements for the Master's degree.

The research interests and facilities of the Department are very extensive, involving more than 30 faculty members and 200 post-graduate students. The major activities are divided into the following groups: Biomedical Engineering, Communications Systems, Computer Vision and Robotics, Computational Analysis for Engineering Design, Software Systems for Intelligent Design, Electronic Devices and Materials, High Frequency Electromagnetics and Optics, Power Engineering, Systems and Control, Microelectronics and Computer Systems, and Photonics.

Research Facilities

The Department has extensive laboratory facilities for all its main research areas. In addition, McGill University often collaborates with other Institutions for teaching and research.

The Department has extensive computer facilities. Most research machines are networked providing access to a vast array of hardware. In addition, McGill University is linked to the Centre de Recherche Informatique de Montréal (CRIM) and the University Computing Centre.

There are three other universities in Montreal: Concordia University is the other English-language university; l'Université de Montréal, and its affiliated school of engineering, l'École Polytechnique, is the largest Francophone university; l'Université du Québec has a campus in Montreal and in major towns throughout the province.

The proximity of these schools to McGill University ensures a rich array of courses is available to suit individual needs. McGill also collaborates on research projects with many organizations such as l'Institut Nationale de la Recherche de l'Hydro-Québec (IREQ) and l'Institut Nationale de la Recherche Scientifique (INRS).

Financial Support

Graduate Assistantships:

The Department awards a number of graduate assistantships that carry an annual stipend of approximately Can$15,000 per year to qualified full-time graduate students. These are normally funded from research grants or contracts awarded to individual faculty members. In return, the graduate assistant is expected to perform research-related tasks assigned by the professor from whose grant the assistantship is paid. A good part, but not necessarily all, of this work can be used for preparing a thesis. There is no special application form for graduate assistantships; all applicants who indicate a need for support on their application forms will be considered. A large fraction of research funding comes from Canadian Government agencies, with the stipulation that only graduate students who are either Canadian citizens or Permanent Residents may be supported. Consequently, graduate assistantships can be offered to a very small number of international students. They should also note that Canadian authorities will not grant an Immigrant Visa to a foreign national who wishes to enter Canada to study.

Teaching Assistantships:

Graduate students, with the approval of their supervisors, may also undertake teaching assistantship for an additional remuneration of between Can$400 to Can$3,000 per year. These are awarded at the beginning of the term. The Department can make no prior commitments.

Differential Fee Waivers:

All eligible visa students accepted or registered in a full-time term of residency will be considered for a limited number of waivers that reduce international tuition fees to the equivalent of Canadian tuition fees. McGill bases awards entirely on academic merit.

Graduate students can also receive financial aid through fellowships, loans or bursaries. For more information, please refer to the Fellowships and Awards Web site at www.mcgill.ca/gps, or contact the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office, McGill University, James Administration Building, Room 400, 845 Sherbrooke Street West, Montreal, QC H3A 2T5.

27.3 Admission Requirements

TOEFL Requirement:

Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree using the English language, must submit documented proof of competency in English by a Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a score not below 600 on the paper-based test (250 on the computer-based test) or IELTS with a minimum overall band of 7.0. Permanent Residents may also be required to submit TOEFL results. Official results must be received before February 1st.

GRE Requirement:

A GRE score on the General Aptitude Test is required by all students who have completed their undergraduate degrees outside Canada. Starting October 2002, there have been some changes in the GRE test. For students who registered for the GRE after that date, a minimum total score of 1100 for the verbal and quantitative sections is required. There is no minimum for the new analytical writing section for students applying for the 2004-05 academic year. Students who took the GRE prior to October 2003 are required to have a minimum total score of 1800. Official results must be received before February 1st.

M.Eng. Degree (Admission Requirements)

The applicant must be the graduate of a recognized university and hold a Bachelor's degree equivalent to a McGill degree in Electrical or Computer Engineering or a closely allied field. An applicant holding a degree in another field of engineering or science will be considered but a qualifying year may be given to make up any deficiencies. The applicant must have a high academic achievement: a standing equivalent to a Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 3.0 out of 4 (75%) or a GPA of 3.2 out of 4.0 for the last two full-time academic years. Satisfaction of these general requirements does not guarantee admission. Admission to graduate studies is limited and acceptance is on a very competitive basis.

Ph.D. Degree (Admission Requirements)

Candidates who fulfill the general requirements of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office and who possess a Master's degree may be accepted for a course of study leading to the Ph.D. degree in Electrical Engineering.

27.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

The Department accepts most of its graduate students for September; the chance of acceptance for January is significantly lower.

Application deadlines:
September admission: 
	February 1 - all applicants.
January admission:
	July 15 - International applicants
	October 15 - Canadian citizens and Permanent Residents. 

All documents must be received by the Department's Admissions Committee by the above deadlines.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

27.5 Program Requirements

A student may satisfy the M.Eng. degree requirements by completing one of the following options:

M.Eng. Thesis Option
(46 credits)

The Thesis option requires satisfactory completion of six graduate level courses (with a grade of B or better) of which four courses must be chosen from the Department (ECSE 5xx or ECSE 6xx), plus research leading to a Master's thesis (28 credits), the total amounting to at least 46 credits. Students who are required to take more than two non-departmental courses must bring a letter of recommendation from their supervisors outlining the reason for such an action. There are no circumstances under which the maximum number of non-departmental courses will be raised above three.

The following are the thesis component courses:
ECSE 691 Thesis Research 1 4 credits
ECSE 692 Thesis Research 2 4 credits
ECSE 693 Thesis Research 3 4 credits
ECSE 694 Thesis Research 4 4 credits
ECSE 695 Thesis Research 5 4 credits
ECSE 696 Thesis Research 6 4 credits
ECSE 697 Thesis Research 7 4 credits
Total credit weight of thesis: 28 credits

Students who choose the thesis option must register for all 28 credits during the course of study. Students in the thesis option must carry a full load (minimum of 12 credits) during the three terms of the residency requirement.

M.Eng. Thesis - Computational Science and Engineering (CSE) Option
(47 credits)
Required Courses
 (29 credits)
ECSE 670D1
(.5)
CSE Seminar
ECSE 670D2
(.5)
CSE Seminar
ECSE 691
(4)
Thesis Research 1
ECSE 692
(4)
Thesis Research 2
ECSE 693
(4)
Thesis Research 3
ECSE 694
(4)
Thesis Research 4
ECSE 695
(4)
Thesis Research 5
ECSE 696
(4)
Thesis Research 6
ECSE 697
(4)
Thesis Research 7
 
Complementary Courses
 (minimum 18 credits)
Six courses at the graduate level (500 or above) are required (minimum 18 credits), with a grade of B or better. Two courses (minimum 6 credits) from List A, and two courses (minimum 6 credits) from List B. At least two of the courses taken from Lists A and B must be from outside the Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering.
List A - Scientific Computing Courses:
CIVE 602
(4)
Finite Element Analysis
COMP 522
(4)
Modelling and Simulation
COMP 540
(3)
Matrix Computations
COMP 566
(3)
Discrete Optimization 1
MATH 578
(4)
Numerical Analysis 1
MATH 579
(4)
Numerical Differential Equations
List B - Applications and Specialized methods Courses:
ATOC 512
(3)
Atmospheric and Oceanic Dynamics
ATOC 513
(3)
Waves and Stability
ATOC 515
(3)
Turbulence in Atmosphere and Oceans
CIVE 514
(3)
Structural Mechanics
CIVE 572
(3)
Computational Hydraulics
CIVE 603
(4)
Structural Dynamics
CIVE 613
(4)
Numerical Methods: Structural Engineering
COMP 505
(3)
Advanced Computer Architecture
COMP 557
(3)
Fundamentals of Computer Graphics
COMP 558
(3)
Fundamentals of Computer Vision
COMP 567
(3)
Discrete Optimization 2
COMP 621
(4)
Optimizing Compilers
COMP 642
(4)
Numerical Estimation
COMP 767
(4)
Advanced Topics: Applications 2
ECSE 507
(3)
Optimization and Optimal Control
ECSE 532
(3)
Computer Graphics
ECSE 547
(3)
Finite Elements in Electrical Engineering
ECSE 549
(3)
Expert Systems in Electrical Design
MATH 555
(4)
Fluid Dynamics
MATH 560
(4)
Optimization
MATH 651
(4)
Asymptotic Expansion and Perturbation Methods
MATH 761
(4)
Topics in Applied Mathematics 1
MECH 533
(3)
Subsonic Aerodynamics
MECH 537
(3)
High-Speed Aerodynamics
MECH 538
(3)
Unsteady Aerodynamics
MECH 539
(3)
Computational Aerodynamics
MECH 541
(3)
Kinematic Synthesis
MECH 545
(3)
Advanced Stress Analysis
MECH 572
(3)
Introduction to Robotics
MECH 573
(3)
Mechanics of Robotic Systems
MECH 576
(3)
Computer Graphics and Geometrical Modelling
MECH 577
(3)
Optimum Design
MECH 610
(4)
Fundamentals of Fluid Dynamics
MECH 620
(4)
Advanced Computational Aerodynamics
MECH 632
(4)
Theory of Elasticity
MECH 642
(4)
Advanced Dynamics
MECH 650
(4)
Heat Transfer
MECH 654
(4)
Compt. Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer
 

Students who choose the thesis option must register for all 29 credits during the course of study. Students in the thesis option must carry a full load (minimum of 12 credits) during the three terms of the residency requirement.

M.Eng. Non-Thesis (Project) Option
(47 credits)

The Project option requires satisfactory completion of at least nine graduate level courses (with a grade of B or better) of which six courses must be chosen from the Department (ECSE 5xx or ECSE 6xx), plus a project (up to 20 credits), the total amounting to 47 credits. Students who are required to take more than three non-departmental courses must bring a letter of recommendation from their supervisors outlining the reason for such an action. There are no circumstances under which the maximum number of non-departmental courses will be raised above four.

The following are the project component courses:
ECSE 651 M. Eng. Project 1 1 credit
ECSE 652 M.Eng. Project 2 2 credits
ECSE 653 M.Eng. Project 3 3 credits
ECSE 654 M.Eng. Project 4 4 credits
ECSE 655 M.Eng. Project 5 5 credits
ECSE 656 M.Eng. Project 6 5 credits
Total number of project credits: 20 credits

The credits assigned to the project can vary between 11 and 20 depending on the number of course credits taken. A part-time program is possible.

Non-thesis option students have an oral presentation and two examiners grade their project.

Ph.D. Program Requirements

To complete the doctoral program, the following requirements must be met.

27.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title, along with the number of weekly contact hours (lectures, lab/tutorials) and expected hours of study, e.g., (3) (3-0-6) indicates 3 credits (3 lecture hours - no other contact hours - 6 hours of personal study).

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

l

ECSE 501 Linear Systems.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 304)

ECSE 502 Control Engineering.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 303, ECSE 305) Modeling of engineering systems, simulation. Linear systems theory. Performance limitations. Stability of single-input-single-output closed-loop systems. Classical design in the frequency domain. Sampled-data implementation of continuous-time design.

l

ECSE 504 Computer Control.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 305 and ECSE 404 or ECSE 502)

ECSE 505 Nonlinear Control Systems.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 501) Basic ODE formulation of non-linear systems; structural properties; Lyapunov and LaSalle stability theory and nonlinear and multivariable controller design; input-output stability; small gain theorem, conservation, passivity; system linearization, zero and inverse dynamics and regulator design; discontinuous and sliding mode control; applications to deterministic adaptive control.

ECSE 507 Optimization and Optimal Control.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: MATH 264 or MATH 265 or MATH 248, MATH 270 or MATH 247) General Introduction to optimization methods including steepest descent, conjugate gradient, Newton algorithms. Generalized matrix inverses and the least squared error problem. Introduction to constrained optimality; convexity and duality; interior point methods. Introduction to dynamic optimization; existence theory, relaxed controls, the Pontryagin Maximum Principle. Sufficiency of the Maximum Principle.

ECSE 509 Probability and Random Sig. 2.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 304 and ECSE 305) Multivariate Gaussian distributions; finite-dimensional mean-square estimation (multivariate case); principal components; introduction to random processes; weak stationarity: correlation functions, spectra, linear processing and estimation; Poisson processes and Markov chains: state processes, invariant distributions; stochastic simulation.

ECSE 510 Random Processes.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 509) Finite-dimensional distribution functions. Estimation, Orthogonal Projection Theorem. Linear stochastic systems; Kalman filtering. Stationary stochastic processes: spectral Representation Theorem, Wiener filtering, Wold decomposition; ARMA processes. Brownian Motion; Ito integral and stochastic differential equations; forward and backward equations for diffusions. Ergodic theorems. Stochastic dynamic programming. Applications to communication and control systems.

ECSE 511 Introduction to Digital Communication.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 304. Corequisite: ECSE 509) (An advanced version of ECSE 411) (Tutorials assigned by instructor.) Amplitude and angle modulation including AM, FM, FDM and television systems; introduction to random processes; sampling and quantization, PCM systems, TDM; digital modulation techniques, Maximum-Likelihood receivers, synchronization issues; elements of information theory including information sources, source coding and channel capacity.

ECSE 512 Digital Signal Processing 1.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 304 and ECSE 305) Review of discrete-time transforms, sampling and quantization, frequency analysis. Structures for IIR and FIR filters, coefficient quantization, roundoff noise. The DFT, its properties, frequency analysis and filtering using DFT methods, the FFT and its implementation. Multirate processing, subsampling and interpolation, oversampling techniques.

ECSE 521 Digital Communications 1.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 411 or ECSE 511. Corequisite: ECSE 509) Modulation: orthogonal and biorthogonal signalling, MPSK, QAM, modulation with memory. Detection: coherent, noncoherent and differentially coherent detection, performance issues and channel capacity, synchronization. Coding: block and convolutional codes, fast Hadamard Transform decoding, Viterbi algorithm, turbo-codes. Bandlimited channels: intersymbol interference, spectral shaping, correlative coding, data estimation and channel equalization.

l

ECSE 522 Asynchronous Circuits and Systems.

(3) (3-3-3) (Prerequisite: ECSE 323)

ECSE 523 Speech Communications.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 412 or ECSE 512) Articulatory and acoustic descriptions of speech production, speech production models, speech perception, digital processing of speech signals, vocodors using formant, linear predictive and cepstral techniques, overview of automatic speech recognition systems, speech synthesis systems and speaker verification systems.

l

ECSE 525 Computer Architecture.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 322 and ECSE 323)

l

ECSE 526 Artificial Intelligence.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 322)

ECSE 527 Optical Engineering.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 304 and ECSE 352) A structure introduction to modern optical engineering. Topics covered include the propagation of light through space, refraction, diffraction, polarization, lens systems, ray-tracing, aberrations, computer-aided design and optimization techniques, Gaussian beam analysis, micro-optics and computer generated diffractive optical elements. Systems and applications will be stressed throughout.

ECSE 528 Telecommunication Network Architecture.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 411 or ECSE 511. Corequisite: ECSE 509) Organization of large, highspeed, multiservice telecommunication networks. Connection hierarchies, protocol stacks, transmission formats. Local-area networking: Token Ring and Ethernet. Multiplexing for wide-area transport: performance modelling and analysis, traffic scheduling and shaping. Routing and flow control. Switch architecture: performance criteria, buffer management, routers versus switches and hybrids.

ECSE 529 Image Processing and Communication.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 304) Introduction to vision in man and machine; computer vision systems; biological vision systems; biological signal processing; edge detection; spatial- and frequency-domain processing; color. Low-level visual processing in computer vision, psychophysics, and neurobiology, and their similarities and differences.

l

ECSE 530 Logic Synthesis.

(3) (3-2-4) (Prerequisite: ECSE 323)

l

ECSE 531 Real Time Systems.

(3) (3-3-3) (Prerequisites: ECSE 322 and ECSE 323)

ECSE 532 Computer Graphics.

(3) (3-3-3) (Prerequisite: ECSE 322) Introduction to computer graphics systems and display devices: raster scan, scan conversion, graphical input and interactive techniques - window environments; display files: graphics languages and data structures: 2D transformations; 3D computer graphics, hidden line removal and shading; graphics system design; applications. Laboratory project involving the preparation and running of graphics programs.

ECSE 533 Physical Basis of Semiconductor Devices.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 330, ECSE 351 and PHYS 271) Quantitative analysis of diodes and transistors. Semiconductor fundamentals, equilibrium and non-equilibrium carrier transport, and Fermi levels. PN junction diodes, the ideal diode, and diode switching. Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJT), physics of the ideal BJT, the Ebers-Moll model. Field effect transistors, metal-oxide semiconductor structures, static and dynamic behaviour, small-signal models.

l

ECSE 534 Analog Microelectronics.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 334)

ECSE 536 RF Microelectronics.

(3) (3-3-3) (Prerequisite: ECSE 334.) Introduction to Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits and wireless transceiver architectures. Modeling of passive/active integrated devices. Design of monolithic bipolar and CMOS LNAs, mixers, filters, broadband amplifiers, RF power amplifiers, VCOs, and frequency synthesizers. Analysis of noise and non-linearity in RFICs. Project using modern RFIC simulation/layout CAD tools.

ECSE 543 Numerical Methods in Electrical Engineering.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 322, ECSE 334 and ECSE 352) DC resistor networks and sparse matrix methods. Nonlinear electric and magnetic circuits: curve-fitting; the Newton-Raphson method. Finite elements for electrostatics. Transient analysis of circuits: systems of Ordinary differential equations; stiff equations. Transient analysis of induced currents. Solution of algebraic eigenvalue problems. Scattering of electromagnetic waves: the boundary element method; numerical integration.

ECSE 545 Microelectronics Technology.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 432 or ECSE 533) Basic techniques in the fabrication of microelectronic circuits. Four-point probe, alloyed contacts, diffusion processes, ion implantation epitaxy, silicon dioxide, photolithography, selected diffusion and metallization, transistor fabrication, dry etching, monolithic integrated circuits, isolation, mask making, thin and thick film components, MOS gate voltage and integrated circuits.

ECSE 547 Finite Elements in Electrical Engineering.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 322 and ECSE 352) Finite elements for electrostatics. Energy minimization. Semi-conductors. Nonlinear magnetics and Newton-Raphson. Axisymmetric problems. Capacitance, inductance, and resistance through finite elements. Resonance: cavities, waveguides. High order and curvilinear elements.

ECSE 548 Introduction to VLSI Systems.

(3) (2-2-5) (Prerequisites: ECSE 334 and ECSE 323) (Limited Enrolment - 20) (Password card required) (Lab hours assigned by instructor.) An interdisciplinary course for electrical engineering and computer science students. A structured design methodology for managing the complexity of VLSI system design. Sufficient information on integrated devices, circuits, digital subsystems and system architecture is presented to enable students to span the range of abstractions from device physics to VLSI digital systems.

ECSE 549 Expert Systems in Electrical Design.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 323 and ECSE 361) Design processes in electrical engineering. Hierarchical design. Computer aided design. Expert system technology. Device representations, heuristics and structures, algebraic models. Design versus diagnosis, "Shallow" and "Deep" systems, second generation (multi-paradigm) systems. Shells and their uses in design systems. Knowledge acquisition systems.

l

ECSE 559 Flexible AC Transmission Systems.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 334 and ECSE 361)

ECSE 563 Power Systems Operation and Planning.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 361) Design and operation of large scale power systems: Temporal, spatial and hierarchical decomposition of tasks. Local vs. distributed control. Load-frequency control. Voltage and speed regulation. Interconnected power systems. Power flow. Security states. Optimal operation of power systems. Power system reliability.

l

ECSE 565 Introduction to Power Electronics.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 334)

l

ECSE 570 Automatic Speech Recognition.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 305 and ECSE 322.)

ECSE 571 Optoelectronic Devices.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 304, ECSE 305, ECSE 352.) (Corequisite: ECSE 533) Physical basis of optoelectronic devices including Light Emitting Diodes, semiconductor optical amplifiers, semiconductor lasers, quantum well devices, and solid state lasers. Quantitative description of detectors, optical modulation, optical logic devices, optical interconnects, and optomechanical hardware. Throughout the course, photonic systems applications will be addressed.

ECSE 573 Microwave Electronics.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 432 or ECSE 533) Physical basis of modern microwave devices and circuits. Microwave transistors and tunnel diodes, transferred electron devices, transit time devices and infra red devices. Microwave generation and amplification, microwave FET circuits. Noise and power amplification.

l

ECSE 578 Crystals and Conduction.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 432 or ECSE 533)

ECSE 593 Antennas and Propagation.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 303 and ECSE 352.) Fundamentals of antenna theory: sources, radiation pattern and gain. Classification of antennas. Main antenna types and their characteristics. Antenna temperature, remote sensing and radar cross-section. Self and mutual impedances. Special topics include adaptive antennas, very large array (VLA) used in radio astronomy and biomedical applications.

ECSE 596 Optical Waveguides.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 352) An in-depth analysis to guided-wave propagation. Dielectric waveguides (slab, 2D, nonlinear, spatial solitons), optical fibers (modes, dispersion relations, propagation in dispersive, nonlinear fibers, temporal solitons), beam propagation method, coupled mode theory, waveguide devices (couplers, gratings, etc.). Selection of current research topics of interest (e.g. photonic crystals, optical signal processing, etc.)

ECSE 597 Circuit Simulators.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: ECSE 334, ECSE 352, MATH 270 or MATH 271.) Principles of circuit simulation. Formulation of network equations. Frequency domain analysis. Nonlinear networks. Transient analysis. Sensitivity analysis and optimization. Model order reduction. High-speed interconnect analysis. Complex frequency hopping. Analysis of radio frequency circuits.

ECSE 610 Wireless Telecommunications.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisite: ECSE 511) An introduction to the theory and technology of wireless networks, with the emphasis on networking. Topics include channel modelling, cellularity and frequency reuse, the multiple access problem, services integration, flow control, diversity, smart antennas and aspects of wireless network management. First and second generation systems are described in detail.

l

ECSE 615 Digital Signal Processing 2.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisites: ECSE 509 and ECSE 512)

l

ECSE 617 Array Signal Processing.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisite: ECSE 412 or ECSE 512, ECSE 509)

l

ECSE 618 Haptics.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.)

ECSE 620 Information Theory and Coding.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisites: ECSE 411 or ECSE 511, and ECSE 510) Point-to-point communications: source and channel models, lossless source coding (prefix codes, Ziv-Lempel algorithm), performance limits for channel codes, source coding subject to a fidelity criterion, end-to-end performance limits. Approaching the limits: convolutional codes, linear codes. The multi-access problem: achievable rate regions, TDMA, CDMA. Secure communications.

l

ECSE 621 Stat. Detection and Estimation.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisites: ECSE 411 or ECSE 511, ECSE 510)

ECSE 623 Digital Communication 2.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisite: ECSE 510, ECSE 521) Adaptive channel equalization: the LMS algorithm, recursive Least-Squares algorithms, blind equalization. Multipath fading channels: channel characterization and models, diversity techniques for slowly fading channels, detection techniques for frequency selective channels. Spread Spectrum Communications: direct sequence and frequency hopping, multiple access techniques, single and multi-user demodulation techniques. Multicarrier systems.

ECSE 625 Telecommunication Network Design.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisites: ECSE 510, ECSE 528) Instruction in the design and use of algorithms for telecommunication network planning and control, with emphasis on computational efficiency. Applications include topological design, route selection, specification and configuration management of virtual sun-networks. Relevant computational techniques include steepest descent, branch-and-bound, flow deviation.

l

ECSE 626 Statistical Computer Vision.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisite: ECSE 529 or equivalent, ECSE 305 or equivalent.)

l

ECSE 629 Visual Motor Systems.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisite: ECSE 529)

l

ECSE 634 Analog Integrated Circuits Signal Processing.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisites: ECSE 334, ECSE 303 or equivalent)

ECSE 648 VLSI Design.

(4) (1-5-3) (Prerequisite: ECSE 548) (Limited enrolment) A project course with the opportunity to apply the knowledge acquired in 304-548 to the design of a complete digital IC of medium complexity. Completed designs will be submitted for fabrication to the Implementation Centre of the Canadian Microelectronics Corporation. The course includes lectures on advanced topics in VLSI design.

l

ECSE 649 VLSI Testing.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisite: B.Eng. or equivalent.)

ECSE 651 M. Eng. Project 1.

(1) (0-0-3)

ECSE 652 M.Eng. Project 2.

(2) (0-0-6)

ECSE 653 M.Eng. Project 3.

(3) (0-0-9)

ECSE 654 M.Eng. Project 4.

(4) (0-0-12)

ECSE 655 M.Eng. Project 5.

(5) (0-0-15)

ECSE 656 M.Eng. Project 6.

(5) (0-0-15)

l

ECSE 670D1 (0.5), ECSE 670D2 (0.5) Computational Science

Engineering Seminar. (Restriction: This seminar course is open only to students who were admitted to the CSE Program Option.) (Students must register for both ECSE 670D1 and ECSE 670D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ECSE 670D1 and ECSE 670D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms.)

l

ECSE 670N1 Computational Science Engineering Seminar.

(0.5) (Restriction: This seminar course is open only to students who were admitted to the CSE Program Option.) (Students must also register for ECSE 670N2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ECSE 670N1 and ECSE 670N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period.)

l

ECSE 670N2 Computational Science Engineering Seminar.

(0.5) (Prerequisite: ECSE 670N1.) (No credit will be given for this

course unless both ECSE 670N1 and ECSE 670N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period.)

l

ECSE 675 Solar Cells and Junctions.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisite: ECSE 432)

ECSE 677 Experimental Techniques: Solid State.

(4) (0-6-6) (Prerequisite: ECSE 545) Experimental project in solid state involving the following: techniques of preparation, fabrication and orientation of samples and structures for experimental study; use of special laboratory apparatus; measurement of electronic, optical and structural properties of samples and structures; evaluation of electronic behaviour and performance; interpretation of relevant physical processes and phenomena.

l

ECSE 678 Special Topics in Solids 1.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisite: ECSE 432)

l

ECSE 680 Topics in Photonics.

(4) (3-0-9)

l

ECSE 681 Colloquium in Electrical Engineering.

(4)

l

ECSE 682 Topics in Computers and Circuits.

(4) (3-0-9)

l

ECSE 683 Topics in Vision and Robotics.

(4) (3-0-9)

l

ECSE 684 Topics: Computer Aided Design.

(4) (3-0-9)

l

ECSE 685 Topics in Power Engineering.

(4) (3-0-9)

l

ECSE 686 Topics: Communications Systems.

(4) (3-0-9)

l

ECSE 688 Recent Advances in Electrical Engineering 1.

(4) (3-0-9)

l

ECSE 689 Recent Advances: Electrical Engineering 2.

(4) (3-0-9)

l

ECSE 690 Topics: Biomedical Engineering.

(4) (3-0-9)

ECSE 691 Thesis Research 1.

(4) (3-0-9)

ECSE 692 Thesis Research 2.

(4) (3-0-9)

ECSE 693 Thesis Research 3.

(4) (3-0-9)

ECSE 694 Thesis Research 4.

(4) (3-0-9)

ECSE 695 Thesis Research 5.

(4) (3-0-9)

ECSE 696 Thesis Research 6.

(4) (3-0-9)

ECSE 697 Thesis Research 7.

(4) (3-0-9)

ECSE 701 Ph.D. Qualifying Examination.

(0) Oral Examination of Ph.D. student's background in defined areas.

ECSE 702 Ph.D. Research Plan Proposal.

(0) Definition of a plan for Ph.D. research.

28 English

Department of English
Arts Building
853 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2T6
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6564
Fax: (514) 398-8146
E-mail: gradstudies.englishlit@mcgill.ca 

Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/english/english.html

Chair
M. Kilgour

28.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
M. Puhvel; B.A., M.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Harv.)
J. Ripley; B.A., M.A.(U.N.B), Ph.D.(Birm.)
D. Suvin; B.A., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Zagreb), F.R.S.C.
W.C. Wees; B.A.(Northwestern), M.A.(Roch.), Ph.D.(Northwestern)
Professors
M.D.Bristol; A.B.(Yale), Ph.D.(Prin.)
K. Borris; B.A.(Vic., B.C.), Ph.D.(Edin.)
M. Dorsinville; B.A., M.A.(Sher.), Ph.D.(C.U.N.Y.)
M.A. Kilgour; B.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Yale)
R. Lecker; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(York)
K. McSweeney; B.A., Ph.D.(Tor.)
P.H. Ohlin; Fil. Mag.(Stockholm), M.A., Ph.D.(New Mexico)
P. Sabor; B.A.(Camb.), M.A.(Queen's), Ph.D.(Lond.)
M. Stenbaek; B.A.(Copenhagen), M.A., Ph.D.(Montr.)
B. Trehearne; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
L.E. Troide; B.A., M.Phil.(Yale), M.A.(Col.) Ph.D.(Yale)
D. Williams; B.A.(Boston), M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.)
P. Yachnin; B.A.(McG.), M.Litt.(Edin.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
Associate Professors
D.A. Bray; B.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Edin.)
M.N. Cooke; B.A.(Queen's), M.A.(C'nell), M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.)
P. Gibian; B.A.(Yale), M.A.(N.Y.), Ph.D.(Stan.)
D.C. Hensley; B.A., M.A.(Cantab.), Ph.D.(Yale)
B. Kaite; B.A.(C'dia), M.A.(McM.), Ph.D.(Carl.)
L. Lieblein; B.A.(C.C.N.Y.), A.M., Ph.D.(Roch.)
P. Neilson; B.A.(Bishop's), M.F.A.(Calg.)
T. Ponech; B.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Northwestern)
D. Salter; B.A.(Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.)
M.W. Selkirk; B.A.(Alta), M.F.A.(Ill.)
Assistant Professors
S. Carney; B.A.(Man.), M.A.(Alta.), Ph.D.(York)
W. Folkerth; B.A.(Calif. St.), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
A. Hepburn; B.A., M.A.(W.Ont.), Ph.D.(Prin.)
M. Hickman; B.A.(Brown), M.A., Ph.D.(Mich.)
M. Morgan; B.A.(Harv.), Ph.D.(Stan.)
D. Nystrom; B.A.(Wis.), M.A., Ph.D.(Va.)
N. Schantz; B.A. (Stan.), M.A., Ph.D. (U.S.C.)
T. Sparks; B.A.(Bates College), M.A., Ph.D.,(Wash)

28.2 Programs Offered

Master's and Ph.D.

All students who apply will be considered for support which normally takes the form of a Teaching or Research Assistantship.

28.3 Admission Requirements

A statement of proposed research, transcripts, writing sample and two letters of recommendation are required of all applicants.

M.A. Degree

Admission to the M.A. program requires an Honours degree in English or its equivalent. Outstanding applicants from related disciplines may be invited to take a qualifying year.

Ph.D. Degree

Admission to the doctoral program is highly competitive. Outstanding students with the Master's degree in hand are accepted into Ph.D 2. In rare circumstances, outstanding graduates of B.A. programs will be considered for "fast-tracking" into the doctoral program, entering at Ph.D.1. They follow the M.A. program (Thesis option) and if at the end of the first year their work is evaluated successfully they go on to complete the remaining requirements of the Ph.D. program.

28.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All information is to be submitted directly to the Graduate Coordinator.

Applications close January 15.
McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

28.5 Program Requirements

A detailed description of the program requirements, course offerings, and faculty can be found at www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/ english/english.html.

M.A. Degree
(48 credits)

The Department offers two options towards the M.A. degree, one with a thesis and the other without thesis. Both options consist of 48 credits and are designed to be completed in four terms (of 12 credits each), but it is possible to complete the program in three terms, or one calendar year.

The two programs are similar; the non-thesis option substitutes two seminars and a research paper for the thesis. Both options require participation in a series of sessions on bibliography and research methods.

Ph.D. Degree

Doctoral students are expected to complete in their first year (Ph.D.2) the two halves of the compulsory proseminar and four other courses, but may substitute for the two second-term courses one extended supervised research project. This course work must be chosen in order to make possible the identification of a major and a minor area of concentration. In Ph.D.3, candidates complete a compulsory research project in the area of the dissertation and submit the dissertation proposal. The language requirement must be fulfilled before the dissertation proposal is approved.

It is the policy of the Department to urge candidates to complete the Ph.D. program within six years. A candidate intending to submit the thesis to meet the deadline for Spring Convocation must give notice of this intention before January 1. A candidate intending to meet the deadline for Fall Convocation must give such notice before May 1.

28.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Arts (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

The following is a list of all courses in English approved for offering at the graduate level. Courses at the 500 level are also open to advanced undergraduates. A maximum of two courses at the 500 level may be taken by Masters students.

ENGL 500 Middle English.

(3)

l

ENGL 501 16th Century.

(3)

l

ENGL 502 17th Century.

(3)

ENGL 503 18th Century.

(3) (Topic for 2004-05: The Villain-Hero.)

l

ENGL 504 19th Century.

(3)

l

ENGL 505 20th Century.

(3)

ENGL 516 Shakespeare.

(3)

l

ENGL 525 American Literature.

(3)

ENGL 527 Canadian Literature.

(3) (Topic for 2004-05: The Canadian Long Poem.)

ENGL 529D1 (1.5), ENGL 529D2 (1.5) Interdisciplinary Seminar - North American Studies.

(Students must register for both ENGL 529D1 and ENGL 529D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGL 529D1 and ENGL 529D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGL 529D1 and ENGL 529D2 together are equivalent to ENGL 529)

l

ENGL 530 Literary Forms.

(3)

ENGL 531 Literary Forms.

(3)

ENGL 533 Literary Movements.

(3)

ENGL 540 Literary Theory 1.

(3)

ENGL 545 Topics in Literature & Society.

(3) (Topic for 2004-05: Genre Theory.)

l

ENGL 553 Old English Literature.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: ENGL 351)

l

ENGL 565 Medieval Drama Workshop.

(3)

ENGL 566 Special Studies in Drama 1.

(3)

l

ENGL 568 Topics in the Dramatic Form.

(3)

l

ENGL 569 Theories of Representation.

(3) (Prerequisites: ENGL 458, ENGL 459 and/or permission of instructor)

ENGL 585 Modes of Communication 1.

(3)

l

ENGL 586 Modes of Communication 2.

(3)

ENGL 587 Theoretical Issues: Study Communications and Culture.

(3)

ENGL 608 Chaucer 1.

(3)

l

ENGL 609 Chaucer 2.

(3)

l

ENGL 616 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama.

(3)

l

ENGL 640 The American Novel.

(3)

ENGL 661 Seminar of Special Studies.

(3)

ENGL 662 Seminar of Special Studies.

(3)

ENGL 680 Canadian Literature.

(3)

ENGL 681 M.A. Research Paper Preparation 1.

(3)

ENGL 682 M.A. Research Paper Preparation 2.

(3)

ENGL 683 M.A. Research Paper Preparation 3.

(3)

ENGL 684 M.A. Research Paper.

(15)

ENGL 684D1 (7.5), ENGL 684D2 (7.5) M.A. Research Paper.

(Students must register for both ENGL 684D1 and ENGL 684D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGL 684D1 and ENGL 684D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGL 684D1 and ENGL 684D2 together are equivalent to ENGL 684)

l

ENGL 684J1 M.A. Research Paper.

(5) (Students must also register for ENGL 684J2 and ENGL 684J3) (No credit will be given for this course unless ENGL 684J1, ENGL 684J2 and ENGL 684J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGL 684J1, ENGL 684J2 and ENGL 684J3 together are equivalent to ENGL 684)

l

ENGL 684J2 M.A. Research Paper.

(5) (Prerequisite: ENGL 684J1) (Students must also register for ENGL 684J3) (No credit will be given for this course unless ENGL 684J1, ENGL 684J2 and ENGL 684J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGL 684J1, ENGL 684J2 and ENGL 684J3 together are equivalent to ENGL 684)

l

ENGL 684J3 M.A. Research Paper.

(5) (Prerequisite: ENGL 684J2) (No credit will be given for this course unless ENGL 684J1, ENGL 684J2 and ENGL 684J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGL 684J1, ENGL 684J2 and ENGL 684J3 together are equivalent to ENGL 684)

l

ENGL 684N1 M.A. Research Paper.

(7.5) (Students must also register for ENGL 684N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGL 684N1 and ENGL 684N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGL 684N1 and ENGL 684N2 together are equivalent to ENGL 684)

l

ENGL 684N2 M.A. Research Paper.

(7.5) (Prerequisite: ENGL 684N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGL 684N1 and ENGL 684N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGL 684N1 and ENGL 684N2 together are equivalent to ENGL 684)

l

ENGL 687 Research Seminar.

(3)

l

ENGL 690 Seminar of Special Studies.

(3)

ENGL 694 Bibliography Seminar.

(3)

ENGL 695 M.A. Thesis Preparation 1.

(3)

ENGL 696 M.A. Thesis Preparation 2.

(3)

ENGL 699 M.A. Thesis.

(24)

ENGL 699D1 (12), ENGL 699D2 (12) M.A. Thesis.

(Students must register for both ENGL 699D1 and ENGL 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGL 699D1 and ENGL 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGL 699D1 and ENGL 699D2 together are equivalent to ENGL 699)

l

ENGL 699J1 M.A. Thesis.

(8) (Students must also register for ENGL 699J2 and ENGL 699J3) (No credit will be given for this course unless ENGL 699J1, ENGL 699J2 and ENGL 699J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGL 699J1, ENGL 699J2 and ENGL 699J3 together are equivalent to ENGL 699)

l

ENGL 699J2 M.A. Thesis.

(8) (Prerequisite: ENGL 699J1) (Students must also register for ENGL 699J3) (No credit will be given for this course unless ENGL 699J1, ENGL 699J2 and ENGL 699J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGL 699J1, ENGL 699J2 and ENGL 699J3 together are equivalent to ENGL 699)

l

ENGL 699J3 M.A. Thesis.

(8) (Prerequisite: ENGL 699J2) (No credit will be given for this course unless ENGL 699J1, ENGL 699J2 and ENGL 699J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGL 699J1, ENGL 699J2 and ENGL 699J3 together are equivalent to ENGL 699)

l

ENGL 699N1 M.A. Thesis.

(12) (Students must also register for ENGL 699N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGL 699N1 and ENGL 699N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGL 699N1 and ENGL 699N2 together are equivalent to ENGL 699)

l

ENGL 699N2 M.A. Thesis.

(12) (Prerequisite: ENGL 699N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGL 699N1 and ENGL 699N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (ENGL 699N1 and ENGL 699N2 together are equivalent to ENGL 699)

l

ENGL 708 Studies in a Literary Form.

(3)

l

ENGL 710 Renaissance Studies.

(3)

l

ENGL 714 Renaissance Poetry.

(3)

ENGL 716 Special Studies in Shakespeare.

(3)

ENGL 722 Milton.

(3)

ENGL 726 Narrative Prose of 18th Century.

(3)

ENGL 730 Romantic Theory and Poetry.

(3)

ENGL 731 19th Century Studies.

(3)

ENGL 733 Victorian Novel.

(3)

ENGL 734 Studies in Fiction.

(3)

ENGL 736 Modern Poetry.

(3)

l

ENGL 770 Studies in American Literature.

(3)

l

ENGL 775 Recent American and Canadian Literature.

(3)

l

ENGL 776 Film Theory.

(3)

l

ENGL 785 Studies in Literary Theory.

(3)

ENGL 786 Research Seminar.

(3)

ENGL 787 Research Seminar 1.

(3)

ENGL 788 Research Seminar 2.

(3)

l

ENGL 790 Doctoral Language Examination.

(0)

l

ENGL 790D1 (0), ENGL 790D2 (0) Doctoral Language Examination.

(Students must register for both ENGL 790D1 and ENGL 790D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGL 790D1 and ENGL 790D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGL 790D1 and ENGL 790D2 together are equivalent to ENGL 790)

l

ENGL 791 Doctoral Comprehensive Examination Part 1.

(6)

l

ENGL 791D1 (3), ENGL 791D2 (3) Doctoral Comprehensive Examination Part 1.

(Students must register for both ENGL 791D1 and ENGL 791D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGL 791D1 and ENGL 791D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGL 791D1 and ENGL 791D2 together are equivalent to ENGL 791)

l

ENGL 792 Doctoral Comprehensive Examination Part 2.

(6)

l

ENGL 792D1 (3), ENGL 792D2 (3) Doctoral Comprehensive Examination Part 2.

(Students must register for both ENGL 792D1 and ENGL 792D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGL 792D1 and ENGL 792D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGL 792D1 and ENGL 792D2 together are equivalent to ENGL 792)

l

ENGL 793 Doctoral Comprehensive Examination Part 3.

(6)

l

ENGL 793D1 (3), ENGL 793D2 (3) Doctoral Comprehensive Examination Part 3.

(Students must register for both ENGL 793D1 and ENGL 793D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ENGL 793D1 and ENGL 793D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ENGL 793D1 and ENGL 793D2 together are equivalent to ENGL 793)

ENGL 796 Research Project.

(6) (Restricted to Ph.D Candidates)

ENGL 797 Compulsory Research Project.

(6) (Restricted to Ph.D Candidates)

ENGL 798 Dissertation Proposal.

(3) (Restricted to Ph.D Candidates)

29 Epidemiology and Biostatistics

Department of Epidemiology, Biostatistics and Occupational 
Health
1020 Pine Avenue West
Montreal, QC  H3A 1A2
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6258
Fax: (514) 398-8851
E-mail: graduate.epid@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/epi-biostat 
Chair
R.Fuhrer

29.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
M.R. Becklake; M.B.B.Ch., M.D.(Witw.), F.R.C.P.
J.C. McDonald; M.B. B.S., M.D.(Lond.), M.Sc.(Harv.), M.R.C.P.(Lond.), F.R.C.P.(C)
W.O. Spitzer; M.D.(Tor.), M.H.A.(Mich.), M.P.H.(Yale), F.R.C.P.(C)
Professors
L. Abenhaim; M.D.(Paris), M.Sc.(McG.) (on leave)
J.F. Boivin; M.D.(Laval), S.M., Sc.D.(Harv.)
J.P. Collet; M.D.(C.B., Lyon), Ph.D.(McG.)
E.L.F. Franco; M.P.H., Dr.P.H.(Chapel Hill) (James McGill Professor)
R. Fuhrer; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Calif.)
J.A. Hanley; B.Sc., M.Sc.(N.U.I.), Ph.D.(Wat.) (on leave)
T. Hutchinson; M.B., B.Ch., B.A.D.(Dub.) (on leave)
M.S. Kramer; B.A.(Chic.), M.D.(Yale) (James McGill Professor)
A. Lippman; B.A.(C'nell) Ph.D.(McG.)
J. McCusker; M.D., C.M.(McG.), M.P.H., Ph.D.(Col.)
O.S. Miettinen; M.D.(Helsinki), M.P.H., M.S., Ph.D.(Minn.)
I.B. Pless; B.A., M.D.(W.Ont.)
S.H. Shapiro B.S.(Bucknell), M.S., Ph.D.(Stan.)
S. Suissa; M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Flor.)
R. Tamblyn; M.Sc.(McM.), Ph.D.(McG.) (William Dawson Scholar)
C. Wolfson; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
S. Wood-Dauphinee; B.Sc.(Phys.Ther.), Dip. Ed., M.Sc.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
Associate Professors
M. Abrahamowicz; Ph.D.(Cracow) (James McGill Professor)
E. Beck; M.B.B.S., B.Med.Sci.(Monash); M.Sc., Ph.D.(Lond.)
J. Carsley; B.A.(Yale), M.Sc., M.D.,C.M.(McG.)
A. Ciampi; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Queen's), Ph.D.(Rome)
G. Dougherty; M.D., M.Sc.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Pediatrics)
T.W. Gyorkos; B.Sc.(McG.), M.Sc.(Bishop's), Ph.D.(McG.)
L. Joseph; M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
C.P. Larson; M.D.,C.M., M.Sc.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Pediatrics) (on leave)
J.D. MacLean; M.D.(Queen's) F.R.C.P.(C).
R. Menzies; M.D.,C.M., M.Sc.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Medicine)
J. O'Loughlin; B.Sc.(Queen's), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.) (PT)
G. Paradis; M.D., M.Sc.(McG.) (PT)
G.S. Pekeles; M.D.(Baylor), M.Sc.(McG.)
J. Pickering; B.A.(Tor.), M.D., M.Sc.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Medicine)
R.W. Platt; M.Sc.(Man.), Ph.D.(Wash.)
M. Rossignol; B.Sc., M.D.(Sher.), M.Sc.(McG.)
N. Steinmetz; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.), M.P.H.(Mich.), F.R.C.P.(C)
P. Tousignant; B.A., M.D.(Laval), M.Sc.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C) (PT)
Assistant Professors
A. Adrien; M.D., M.Sc.(McG.)
J. Bourbeau; B.Sc., M.D.(Laval), M.Sc.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Medicine)
N. Dendukuri; M.Sc.(Indian I.T.), Ph.D.(McG) (PT)
Y. Robitaille B.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(McG.) (PT)
G. Tan; D.Phil.(Oxon) (PT)
Associate Members
Dentistry: P. Allison, J. Feine; Family Medicine: J. Cox, T. Tannenbaum; Dietetics and Human Nutrition: K. Gray-Donald; Geography : N. Ross ; Medicine: A. Barkun, M. Behr, P. Brassard, J. Brophy, A. Clarke, P. Dobkin, M. Eisenberg, P. Ernst, M. Goldberg, S. Grover, S. Kahn, E. Latimer, N. Mayo, L. Pilote, E. Rahme, K. Schwartzman, I. Shrier;
Psychiatry: N. Frasure-Smith, G. Galbaud du Fort; Surgery: J. Sampalis
Adjunct Professors

M. Baltzan; Direction régionale de la santé publique: R. Allard, R. Lessard, R. Massé, E. Robinson, E. Roy; Hopital Hôtel-Dieu: J. Lelorier; Inst. Armand Frappier: J. Siemiatycki; Statistics Canada: J. Berthelot; U. Liege: F-A. Allaert; U. de Montréal: Y. Moride; Cree Council of Quebec: F. Richer

29.2 Programs Offered

The Department of Epidemiology and Biostatistics offers four programs of study: Diploma, M.Sc. (thesis), M.Sc. (non-thesis) and Ph.D.

Students in M.Sc. and Ph.D. degree programs may choose to follow a program of study in either of two streams: epidemiology or biostatistics. The differences between the streams are in the specific course requirements and the focus of the thesis research.

29.3 Admission Requirements

Candidates for the Diploma and the M.Sc. degree must hold a bachelor's degree or equivalent, and those for a Ph.D. must hold a Master's degree in epidemiology and biostatistics or its equivalent.

Epidemiology as it is practiced today is a highly quantitative field and requires a reasonable level of mathematical competency. Therefore, good knowledge of differential and integral calculus at the level of a first year undergraduate course is highly recommended. Students who would benefit from refreshing their calculus knowledge are encouraged to take a calculus course prior to admission in the department.

29.4 Application Procedures

When application is made to the Department at the M.Sc. level, students should clearly identify the M.Sc. degree program for which they wish to be considered.

Completed applications, with all supporting documents, must reach the Department by February 1st of the year to which candidate is applying.

Please download required documents from our Web site: www.mcgill.ca/epi-biostat, click: Graduate Studies to link to degree programs.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

29.5 Program Requirements

Diploma

Students must complete 30 credits, 21 of them in course work. Students must take (or be exempted from) EPIB 606 and EPIB 607. The remaining courses, to an overall total of 21 credits, should be chosen in consultation with the student's advisor. In addition, students must submit a Diploma dissertation (EPIB 650: 9 credits) on an approved topic.

M.Sc. Degrees

The Department offers two programs of study towards an M.Sc. degree, the M.Sc. (thesis) and the M.Sc. (non-thesis). Both require completion of a minimum of 48 credits. The same courses are available to students in both programs, and only the breadth and depth of knowledge acquired differs between the thesis and non-thesis options.

Students in the non-thesis option must take (or be exempted from) EPIB 606, EPIB 607*, EPIB 611, EPIB 640, EPIB 695 and EPIB 621*. The remaining credits must include a project (EPIB 630).

Students in the thesis option must take (or be exempted from) EPIB 606, EPIB 607*, EPIB 611, EPIB 640, EPIB 695 and EPIB 621*. The remaining credits must include a 24-credit thesis (EPIB 690) on an approved subject of research.

NB: Both options: The remaining course work must be in graduate courses chosen in consultation with the student's academic advisor or supervisor.

* Students (either option) in the biostatistics stream will be required to take MATH 556 (4 credits) and MATH 557 (4 credits) in place of EPIB 607/621/681. EPIB 611 is not required of students in the biostatistics stream. A description of the MATH courses can be found in the Department of Mathematics and Statistics entry.

Ph.D. Degree

Students must complete EPIB 604D1/EPIB 604D2(Graduate Seminar)(Awaiting University Approval) and may choose other courses in consultation with their supervisors. Students must pass a Comprehensive Examination (EPIB 701), usually taken in their second year of registration. Thereafter students must submit a thesis on an approved subject of research.

29.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Information is also available on the Departmental Web site: www.mcgill.ca/epi-biostat, click: graduate studies, click: timetable.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

Note:

Special students and students from other departments or universities require the permission of the course instructor.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

Courses EPIB 606 and EPIB 607 are prerequisites for most other courses.

l

EPIB 604 Graduate Seminars.

(3)

EPIB 604D1 (1.5), EPIB 604D2 (1.5) Graduate Seminars.

(Students must register for both EPIB 604D1 and EPIB 604D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPIB 604D1 and EPIB 604D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EPIB 604D1 and EPIB 604D2 together are equivalent to EPIB 604) Planning. organization and delivery of a scientific presen- tation.

EPIB 606 Introduction to Epidemiology.

(3) This course aims to provide a comprehensive introduction to epidemiologic concepts and corresponding terms. After an introduction to the history, definition, and purposes of epidemiology, "core" concepts that are relevant in several areas of investigation (e.g. etiologic research, health care research, and community medicine practice) will be presented.

EPIB 607 Inferential Statistics.

(4) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: A first year course in undergraduate differential and integral calculus.) Introduction to the basic principles of statistical inference used in clinical and epidemiologic research. Topics include variability; methods of processing and describing data; sampling and sampling distributions; inferences regarding means and proportions, non-parametric methods, regression and correlation.

EPIB 608 Advanced Epidemiology.

(3) (Prerequisite: Ph.D. candidates or permission of instructor.) Discussion of methodologic issues in the recent literature, including causal inference, measures of disease frequency, measures of effect, epidemiologic study designs, biases, statistics in epidemiology, and special topics. Discussion of day to day practice of epidemiology. Offered in alternate years or yearly depending on demand.

l

EPIB 610 Occurrence of Health Events in Populations.

(2)

EPIB 611 Study Design and Analysis 1.

(3) Measurement principles in epidemiologic studies, including scale selection and questionnaire development. Principles of design and analysis of surveys and surveillance studies, and of intervention studies (experimental and non-experimental). Meta-analysis of intervention studies.

EPIB 621 Data Analysis in Health Sciences.

(4) (Prerequisites: EPIB 606, and EPIB 607 or permission of instructor.) Univariate and multivariate statistical techniques for continuous categorical and survival data. Topics include generalized linear models, multiple linear and logistic regression, introductory survival analysis, model selection. Maximum likelihood and Bayesean approaches will be presented.

l

EPIB 622 Seminar: Applications of Statistics in Health Sciences.

(3) (Prerequisites: EPIB 607 and EPIB 621)

EPIB 623 Research Design in Health Sciences.

(3) (Prerequisite: EPIB 606. Restrictions: Diploma/Degree students in Epidemiology and Biostatistics) Lectures and discussions plus oral and written presentations by students, to provide guidance and experience in the development of objectives, for the formulation and constructive peer criticism of designs for research in the health sciences, including etiologic and evaluative, cross-sectional, case-reference and cohort studies.

EPIB 626 Risks and Hazards in Epidemiology.

(3) (Prerequisites: EPIB 621 and EPIB 681) Classical and modern methods of analysis for survival, cohort, and case-control studies. Emphasis on the similarity of models used in the analyses of these studies. Hazard functions. Relative-risk functions. Regression modelling. Likelihood function. Interpretation of statistical parameters.

l

EPIB 630 Research Project in Epidemiology.

(6) (Restricted to non-thesis M.Sc. students who have completed requirements) Students will critically assess research and summarize the findings in a research paper on a health related topic from an epidemiologic perspective. Topic to be approved by faculty member who will direct student and evaluate the paper.

l

EPIB 630D1 (3), EPIB 630D2 (3) Research Project in Epidemiology.

(Students must register for both EPIB 630D1 and EPIB 630D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPIB 630D1 and EPIB 630D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EPIB 630D1 and EPIB 630D2 together are equivalent to EPIB 630) Students will critically assess research and summarize the findings in a research paper on a health related topic from an epidemiologic perspective. Topic to be approved by faculty member who will direct student and evaluate the paper.

l

EPIB 631 Pharmacoepidemiology 2.

(2) (Offered only in Summer term.) (Prerequisites: EPIB 633, or instructor's permission, and basic knowledge of epidemiology and biostatistics)

l

EPIB 631D1 (1), EPIB 631D2 (1) Pharmacoepidemiology 2.

(Students must register for both EPIB 631D1 and EPIB 631D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPIB 631D1 and EPIB 631D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EPIB 631D1 and EPIB 631D2 together are equivalent to EPIB 631)

l

EPIB 633 Pharmacoepidemiology 1.

(2) (Offered only in Summer Term)

EPIB 635 Clinical Trials.

(3) (Prerequisites: EPIB 606, EPIB 607) Lectures and discussions on issues, approaches and techniques of clinical trials including assessment of feasibility, ethics, randomization, strengths and weaknesses of alternative designs, sample size requirements, protocol development, trial management and analysis, reporting and interpretation of trial results.

l

EPIB 637 Infectious and Parasitic Disease Epidemiology.

(3) (Offered only in Summer term.) (Prerequisite: EPIB 606 or equivalent)

EPIB 640 Practicum.

(1) This course gives students the opportunity to integrate knowledge from and apply principles covered in courses EPIB 606 and EPIB 607.

EPIB 641 Substantive Epidemiology 1.

(1) Designed to give students an overview of a major disease or health problem. Students will develop their knowledge of a topic regarding 1) key definitions, concepts and indicators useful in study of the problem; 2) epidemiology of problem, 3) major studies of interventions designed to address the problem. Topics currently offered include cancer, injury prevention and heart disease but not all are offered in each semester.

EPIB 642 Substantive Epidemiology 2.

(1) Designed to give students an overview of a major disease or health problem. Students will develop their knowledge of a topic regarding 1) key definitions, concepts and indicators useful in study of the problem; 2) epidemiology of problem, 3) major studies of interventions designed to address the problem. Topics currently offered include cancer, injury prevention and heart disease but not all are offered in each semester.

EPIB 643 Substantive Epidemiology 3.

(1) Designed to give students an overview of a major disease or health problem. Students will develop their knowledge of a topic regarding 1) key definitions, concepts and indicators useful in study of the problem; 2) epidemiology of problem, 3) major studies of interventions designed to address the problem. Topics currently offered include cancer, injury prevention and heart disease but not all are offered in each semester.

EPIB 644 Substantive Epidemiology 4.

(1) Designed to give students an overview of a major disease or health problem. Students will develop their knowledge of a topic regarding 1) key definitions, concepts and indicators useful in study of the problem; 2) epidemiology of problem, 3) major studies of interventions designed to address the problem. Topics currently offered include cancer, injury prevention and heart disease but not all are offered in each semester.

EPIB 645 Substantive Epidemiology 5.

(1) Designed to give students an overview of a major disease or health problem. Students will develop their knowledge of a topic regarding 1) key definitions, concepts and indicators useful in study of the problem; 2) epidemiology of problem, 3) major studies of interventions designed to address the problem. Topics currently offered include cancer, injury prevention and heart disease but not all are offered in each semester.

l

EPIB 646 Evaluation of Health Services.

(3) (Course offered only in some years) (Prerequisites: EPIB 606, EPIB 607)

EPIB 650 Diploma Dissertation.

(9) A scholarly paper tailored to the student's interests and approved by the student's supervisor.

EPIB 650D1 (4.5), EPIB 650D2 (4.5) Diploma Dissertation.

(Students must register for both EPIB 650D1 and EPIB 650D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPIB 650D1 and EPIB 650D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EPIB 650D1 and EPIB 650D2 together are equivalent to EPIB 650) A scholarly paper tailored to the student's interests and approved by the student's supervisor.

EPIB 651 Selected Topics in Biostatistics 1.

(1) The purpose of this 1-credit courses is to cover specific methodologic topics in more detail than is given in the main courses on statistical methods. The topics to be offered may vary from year to year. Topics currently offered include "Biometric Methods in Occupational Epidemiology" and "Practical Considerations of Statistical Power".

EPIB 652 Selected Topics in Biostatistics 2.

(1) The purpose of this 1-credit course is to cover specific methodologic topics in more detail than is given in the main courses on statistical methods. The topics to be offered may vary from year to year. Topics currently offered include "Biometric Methods in Occupational Epidemiology" and "Practical Considerations of Statistical Power".

EPIB 653 Selected Topics Biostatistics 3.

(1) The purpose of this 1-credit courses is to cover specific methodologic topics in more detail than is given in the main courses on statistical methods. The topics to be offered may vary from year to year. Topics currently offered include "Biometric Methods in Occupational Epidemiology" and "Practical Considerations of Statistical Power".

l

EPIB 654 Pharmacoepidemiology 4.

(2) (Offered only in Summer term.) (Prerequisites: EPIB 606, EPIB 607 or permission of instructor)

l

EPIB 655 Epidemiology in Public Health.

(3) (Prerequisites: EPIB 606, EPIB 607)

l

EPIB 656 Health Care Technology Assessment.

(3)

EPIB 658 Topics in Biostatistics 1.

(1) The purpose of this 1-credit course is to cover specific methodologic topics in more detail than is given in the main courses on statistical methods. The topics to be offered may vary from year to year.

EPIB 659 Topics in Biostatistics 2.

(1) The purpose of this 1-credit course is to cover specific methodologic topics in more detail than is given in the main courses on statistical methods. The topics to be offered may vary from year to year.

EPIB 660 Practical Aspects: Protocol Development.

(3) (Offered only in Summer term.) (Prerequisites: EPIB 606, EPIB 607 or permission of instructor.) The course is designed to give students working in groups the opportunity to develop, under guidance and criticism from instructors and fellow students, a protocol addressing a research question in their field of interest.

l

EPIB 661 Pharmacoepidemiology 3.

(2) (Offered only in Summer term.) (Prerequisites: EPIB 631, EPIB 633 or permission of instructor)

l

EPIB 662 Health in Developing Countries.

(3) (Offered only in Summer term.) (Prerequisites: EPIB 606 or equivalent.)

EPIB 663 Substantive Epidemiology 6.

(1) Designed to give students an overview of major disease or health problem, disease or substantive area. The students will develop their knowledge of the topic regarding 1) The key definition, concepts and indicators useful in the study of the problem; 2) The epidemiology of the problem, and 3) Major studies of interventions designed to address the problems.

EPIB 664 Substantive Epidemiology 7.

(1) Designed to give students an overview of major disease or health problem, disease or substantive area. The students will develop their knowledge of the topic regarding 1) The key definition, concepts and indicators useful in the study of the problem; 2) The epidemiology of the problem, and 3) Major studies of interventions designed to address the problems.

EPIB 665 Substantive Epidemiology 8.

(1) Designed to give students an overview of major disease or health problem, disease or substantive area. The students will develop their knowledge of the topic regarding 1) The key definition, concepts and indicators useful in the study of the problem; 2) The epidemiology of the problem, and 3) Major studies of interventions designed to address the problems.

EPIB 666 Substantive Epidemiology 9.

(1) Designed to give students an overview of major disease or health problem, disease or substantive area. The students will develop their knowledge of the topic regarding 1) The key definition, concepts and indicators useful in the study of the problem; 2) The epidemiology of the problem, and 3) Major studies of interventions designed to address the problems.

EPIB 667 Substantive Epidemiology 10.

(1) Designed to give students an overview of major disease or health problem, disease or substantive area. The students will develop their knowledge of the topic regarding 1) The key definition, concepts and indicators useful in the study of the problem; 2) The epidemiology of the problem, and 3) Major studies of interventions designed to address the problems.

EPIB 668 Special Topics 1.

(2) Study, through lectures, guided reading, practicals, assignments etc., of an elected and approved topic of epidemiologic importance.

EPIB 669 Special Topics 2.

(2) Study, through lectures, guided reading, practicals, assignments etc., of an elected and approved topic of epidemiologic importance.

EPIB 669D1 (1), EPIB 669D2 (1) Special Topics 2.

(Students must register for both EPIB 669D1 and EPIB 669D2) Study, through lectures, guided reading, practicals, assignments etc., of an elected and approved topic of epidemiologic importance.

EPIB 670 Special Topics 3.

(2) Study, through lectures, guided reading, practicals, assignments etc., of an elected and approved topic of epidemiologic importance.

EPIB 671 Special Topics 4.

(2) Study, through lectures, guided reading, practicals, assignments etc., of an elected and approved topic of epidemiologic importance.

EPIB 672 Special Topics 5.

(2) Study, through lectures, guided reading, practicals, assignments etc., of an elected and approved topic of epidemiologic importance.

EPIB 675 Special Topics.

(3) Study, through lectures, guided reading, practicals, assignments etc., of an elected and approved topic of epidemiologic importance.

EPIB 676 Special Topics.

(3) Study, through lectures, guided reading, practicals, assignments etc., of an elected and approved topic of epidemiologic importance.

EPIB 677 Special Topics.

(3) Study, through lectures, guided reading, practicals, assignments etc., of an elected and approved topic of epidemiologic importance.

EPIB 678 Special Topics 4.

(3) Study, through lectures, guided reading, practicals, assignments etc., of an elected and approved topic of epidemiologic importance.

EPIB 679 Special Topics 5.

(3) Study, through lectures, guided reading, practicals, assignments etc., of an elected and approved topic of epidemiologic importance.

l

EPIB 680 Computation Intensive Statistics.

(4) (Prerequisites: MATH 556, MATH 557 or permission of instructor) (Restrictions: Not open to students who have taken or are taking MATH 680)

EPIB 690 M.Sc. Thesis.

(24)

EPIB 690D1 (12), EPIB 690D2 (12) M.Sc. Thesis.

(Students must register for both EPIB 690D1 and EPIB 690D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EPIB 690D1 and EPIB 690D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EPIB 690D1 and EPIB 690D2 together are equivalent to EPIB 690)

EPIB 693 Statistical Inference 1.

(2) (Offered only in Summer term.) (Prerequisite: A first year course in undergraduate differential and integral calculus) Introduction to the basic principles of statistical inference used in clinical and epidemiologic research. Topics include variability; methods of processing and describing; sampling and sampling distributions; inferences regarding means. Together with course number EPIB 694, equivalent to EPIB 607.

EPIB 694 Statistical Inference 2.

(2) (Offered only in Summer term.) (Prerequisite: A first year course in undergraduate differential and integral calculus) Continuation of course number EPIB 693. Introduction to the basic principles of statistical inference used in clinical and epidemiologic research, including proportions, non-parametric methods, regression and correlation. Together with course number EPIB 693, equivalent to EPIB 607.

EPIB 695 Principles of Study Design 2.

(3) (Prerequisites: EPIB 606, EPIB 607, EPIB 621 and EPIB 681.) Principles of design and analysis of etiologic studies.

EPIB 697 Applied Linear Models.

(3) Applied Linear Models. Multiple regression, analysis of variance and analysis of covariance models will be presented under the general framework of linear models, Both theory and applications to medicine and epidemiology will be presented. Topics include model selection, diagnostics and validation.

EPIB 701 Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(0) The comprehensive examination is a written examination. The objective is to assess the degree to which students have been able to assimilate and apply the principles of epidemiologic research. Examinations held twice yearly.

30 Food Science and Agricultural Chemistry

Department of Food Science and Agricultural Chemistry
Macdonald Campus
21,111 Lakeshore Road
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-7898
Fax: (514) 398-7977
E-mail: foodscience@macdonald.mcgill.ca
Web site: www.agrenv.mcgill.ca/foodscience 
Chair
W.D. Marshall
Chair of Graduate Program
B.K. Simpson

30.1 Staff

Professors
I. Alli; B.Sc.(Guy.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
W.D. Marshall; B.Sc.(U.N.B.), Ph.D.(McM.)
H. Ramaswamy; B.Sc.(B'lore), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Br.Col.)
J.P. Smith; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Strath.), Ph.D.(Alta.)
F.R. van de Voort; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Br.Col.)
Associate Professors
A.A. Ismail; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
S. Kermasha; B.Sc.(Baghdad), DEAD, D.Sc.(Nancy)
B.K. Simpson; B.Sc.(Ghana), Ph.D.(Nfld.)
V. Yaylayan; B.Sc.(Beirut), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Alta.)
Adjunct Professors
J.W. Austin, Y. Konishi, B. Lee, M. Marcotte, A. Morin, J.R.J. Pare

30.2 Programs Offered

M.Sc and Ph.D.

The Department has laboratory and research facilities required for research leading to the degree of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the field of food science, specifically in the chemical, biochemical and analytical aspects thereof.

30.3 Admission Requirements

Applicants must be graduates of a university of recognized reputation and hold a B.Sc. in Food Science or a related discipline such as Chemistry, Biochemistry, or Microbiology with a minimum cumulative grade point average (CGPA) of 3.0/4.0 (second class-upper division) or 3.2/4.0 during the last two years of full-time university study. High grades are expected in courses considered by the academic unit to be preparatory to the graduate program.

30.4 Application Procedures

Applicants for graduate studies must forward supporting documents to:

Department of Food Science and Agricultural Chemistry
Macdonald Campus of McGill University
21,111 Lakeshore
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada
Telephone: (514) 398-7898
Fax: (514) 398-7977
E-mail: lise.stiebel@mcgill.ca

Applications will be considered upon receipt of a completed application form, $60 application fee, and the following supporting documents:

Transcripts

- Two official copies of all university level transcripts with proof of degree(s) granted. Transcripts written in a language other than English or French must be accompanied by a certified translation. An explanation of the grading system used by the applicant's university is essential. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for transcripts to be sent.

It is desirable to submit a list of the titles of courses taken in the major subject, since transcripts often give code numbers only. Applicants must be graduates of a university of recognized reputation and hold a Bachelor's degree equivalent to a McGill Honours degree in a subject closely related to the one selected for graduate work. This implies that about one-third of all undergraduate courses should have been devoted to the subject itself and another third to cognate subjects.

Letters of Recommendation

- Two letters of recommendation on letterhead (official paper) of originating institution or bearing the university seal and with original signatures from two instructors familiar with the applicant's work, preferably in the applicant's area of specialization. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for these letters to be sent.

Competency in English

- Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree using the English language are required to submit documented proof of competency in oral and written English, by appropriate exams, e.g., TOEFL (minimum score 550 on the paper-based test or 213 on the computer-based test) or IELTS (minimum overall band 6.5). The MCHE is not considered equivalent. Results must be submitted as part of the application. The University code is 0935 (McGill University, Montreal); please use Department code 31(Graduate Schools), Biological Sciences- Agriculture, to ensure that your TOEFL reaches this office without delay.

Graduate Record Exam (GRE)

- The GRE is not required, but it is highly recommended.

DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED WILL NOT BE RETURNED.

Application Fee (non-refundable)

- A fee of $60 Canadian must accompany each application (including McGill students), otherwise it cannot be considered. This sum must be remitted using one of the following methods:

1. Credit card (by completing the appropriate section of the application form). NB: on-line applications must be paid for by credit card.

2. Certified cheque in Cdn.$ drawn on a Canadian bank.

3. Certified cheque in U.S.$ drawn on a U.S. bank.

4. Canadian Money order in Cdn.$.

5. U.S. Money Order in U.S.$.

6. An international draft in Canadian funds drawn on a Canadian bank requested from the applicant's bank in his/her own country.

Deadlines

- Applications, including all supporting documents must reach the Department no later than June 1 (March 1 for International) for the Fall Term (September); October 15 (July 1 for International) for the Winter Term (January); February 15 (November 1 for International) for the Summer Term (May). It may be necessary to delay review of the applicant's file until the following admittance period if application materials including supporting documents are received after these dates. International applicants are advised to apply well in advance of the deadline because immigration procedures may be lengthy. Applicants are encouraged to make use of the on-line application form available on the Web at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

Financial aid is very limited and highly competitive. It is suggested that students give serious consideration to their financial planning before submitting an application.

Acceptance to all programs depends on a staff member agreeing to serve as the student's supervisor and the student obtaining financial support. Normally, a student will not be accepted unless adequate financial support can be provided by the student and/or the student's supervisor. Academic units cannot guarantee financial support via teaching assistantships or other funds.

Qualifying Students

- Some applicants whose academic degrees and standing entitle them to serious consideration for admission to graduate studies, but who are considered inadequately prepared in the subject selected may be admitted to a Qualifying Program if they have met the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office minimum CGPA of 3.0/4.0. The course(s) to be taken in a Qualifying Program will be prescribed by the academic unit concerned. Qualifying students are registered in graduate studies, but not as candidates for a degree. Only one qualifying year is permitted. Successful completion of a qualifying program does not guarantee admission to a degree program.

30.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc.

For candidates entering the M.Sc. program without restrictions, (i.e., those not requiring a qualifying term/year), the M.Sc. degree consists of 45 graduate credits. These credits are obtained through a combination of graduate courses and a research thesis.

Course Requirements
(15 credits)
Six (6) credits of graduate seminar courses
A minimum of nine (9) additional course credits, usually at the 500/600 level.
Thesis Requirements
(30 credits)
FDSC 690
(8)
M.Sc. Literature Review
FDSC 691
(7)
M.Sc. Research Proposal
FDSC 692
(15)
M.Sc. Thesis

The residence time for an M.Sc. degree is three academic terms based on unqualified entry into the M.Sc. program and students are encouraged to complete their studies within this time frame.

Each student must be registered for a minimum of 12 credits per term to qualify as a full-time graduate student. This limits the approach that one can take in taking courses within the three terms allotted. Listed below are two common options in terms of course selection which a student may take to meet the three-term, 45-credit M.Sc. program requirements.

Option A
   
Option B
 
Term 1
   
Term 1
 
Course 1
3.0
 
Course 1
3.0
Course 2
3.0
 
Seminar 1
1.5
Seminar 1
1.5
 
M.Sc. Literature Review
8.0
M.Sc. Literature Review
8.0
     
Total Credits
15.5
 
Total Credits
12.5
Term 2
   
Term 2
 
Course 3
3.0
 
Course 2
3.0
Seminar 1 (continued)
1.5
 
Course 3
3.0
Seminar 2
1.5
 
Seminar 1 (continued)
1.5
M.Sc. Research Protocol
7.0
 
Seminar 2
1.5
     
M.Sc. Research Protocol
7.0
Total Credits
13.0
 
Total Credits
16.0
Term 3 --
For either option (A or B)
 
Term 3 --
For either option (A or B)
Seminar 2 (continued)
1.5
 
Seminar 2 (continued)
1.5
M.Sc. Research Thesis
15.0
 
M.Sc. Research Thesis
15.0
Total Credits
16.5
 
Total Credits
16.5
Grand Total Credits
45.0
 
Grand Total Credits
45.0

The program outlined above does not preclude students from taking more than 45 credits.

Ph.D.

Candidates will be judged principally on their ability in research. Course work will be arranged in consultation with the departmental graduate advisory committee. Candidates should be prepared to take the Comprehensive Preliminary Examination by the end of the second year in which they are candidates for the Ph.D. degree.

Course Requirements

Six (6) credits of graduate seminar courses.
Preliminary Comprehensive Examination.

30.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

H	Denotes courses taught only in alternate years. 
l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
FDSC 500 Food Enzymology.

(3) (Winter) (3 lectures) (Prerequisite: FDSC 305) (Course offered in odd years. Check with Graduate Advisor.) Enzymes as they pertain to the deteriorative processes, as processing aids and their use as analytical tools in food systems.

l

H
FDSC 510 Food Hydrocolloid Chemistry.

(3) (Winter) (3 lectures) (Prerequisite: FDSC 319. Corequisite: FDSC 305) (Course offered in even years (check with Graduate Advisor)

FDSC 515 Enzyme Thermodynamics/Kinetics.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: FDSC 211 and FDSC 233 or instructor's permission) (Course offered in odd years. Check with Graduate adviser.) Selected advanced topics on the biophysical and kinetic aspects of enzymatic reactions, particularly the fundamentals and applications of laws of biothermodynamics, biochemical equilibrium, electrochemistry and biochemical kinetics as related to the enzymatic reactions.

l

H
FDSC 519 Advanced Food Processing.

(3) (Winter) (3 lectures) (Prerequisite: FDSC 330) (Course offered in even years (check with Graduate Advisor)

FDSC 520 Biophysical Chemistry of Food.

(3) (Fall) (3 lectures) (Prerequisite: FDSC 233) (Course offered in even years. Check with Graduate Advisor.) This course will cover recent advances in the application of spectroscopic techniques, including infrared, Raman, near-infrared, circular dichroism, and fluorescence spectroscopy, to the study of biomolecules of relevance to food. Particular emphasis will be placed on the molecular basis of structure-function and structure-functionality relationships.

l

H
FDSC 530 Advanced Analytical Chemistry.

(3) (Fall) (3 lectures) (Prerequisite: FDSC 213) (Course offered in odd years (check with Graduate Advisor)

FDSC 535 Food Biotechnology.
(3) (Fall) (3 lectures) (Prerequisite: MICR 230) Developments in biotechnology as it relates to food production and processing concerning traditional food fermentations as well as novel food biotechnology enzymes, ingredients, genetic engineering, plant tissue culture and developments for microbiological and food analysis.

Graduate Courses

FDSC 625 Advanced Topics in Food Science.

(3) (3 lectures) (Prerequisites: FDSC 330, FDSC 305) Selected subjects related to advancements taking place in the discipline of Food Science will be studied to gain an indepth understanding of their principles, application and potential impact.

FDSC 651 Food Analysis 1.

(3) (Fall) (3 lectures; one 3-hour lab) (Prerequisite: FDSC 211) The theory and methodology for the analysis of food products for moisture, fat, protein, ash, fibre and carbohydrate (proximate and analysis). Quantitative visible and infrared spectroscopy are developed in relation to color measurement and the analysis of the major components in food systems.

FDSC 652 Food Analysis 2.

(3) (Winter) (3 lectures; one 3-hour lab) (Prerequisites: FDSC 211 and FDSC 212) A specialized course on the principal analytical techniques used for analysis of carbohydrate, lipid, protein and vitamin constituents of foods and feedstuffs, for detection and determination of chemical additives and contaminants.

FDSC 690 M.Sc. Literature Review.

(8) Master of Science literature review.

FDSC 691 M.Sc. Research Protocol.

(7) Master of Science research protocol.

FDSC 692 M.Sc. Thesis.

(15) Master of Science research portion of the M.Sc. thesis based on results obtained from the research phase of the M.Sc. thesis. Satisfactory completion of the M.Sc. Thesis, its approval by reviewers and acceptance by the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office is required to pass the course.

FDSC 695 Graduate Seminar 1.

(3) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in degree work (M.Sc.1).

FDSC 695D1 (1.5), FDSC 695D2 (1.5) Graduate Seminar 1.

(Students must register for both FDSC 695D1 and FDSC 695D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 695D1 and FDSC 695D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (FDSC 695D1 and FDSC 695D2 together are equivalent to FDSC 695) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in degree work (M.Sc.1).

FDSC 695N1 Graduate Seminar 1.

(1.5) (Students must also register for FDSC 695N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 695N1 and FDSC 695N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (FDSC 695N1 and FDSC 695N2 together are equivalent to FDSC 695) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in degree work (M.Sc.1).

FDSC 695N2 Graduate Seminar 1.

(1.5) (Prerequisite: FDSC 695N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 695N1 and FDSC 695N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (FDSC 695N1 and FDSC 695N2 together are equivalent to FDSC 695) See FDSC 695N1 for course description.

FDSC 696 Graduate Seminar 2.

(3) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in degree work (M.Sc.2).

FDSC 696D1 (1.5), FDSC 696D2 (1.5) Graduate Seminar 2.

(Students must register for both FDSC 696D1 and FDSC 696D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 696D1 and FDSC 696D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (FDSC 696D1 and FDSC 696D2 together are equivalent to FDSC 696) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in degree work (M.Sc.2).

FDSC 696N1 Graduate Seminar 2.

(1.5) (Students must also register for FDSC 696N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 696N1 and FDSC 696N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (FDSC 696N1 and FDSC 696N2 together are equivalent to FDSC 696) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in degree work (M.Sc.2).

FDSC 696N2 Graduate Seminar 2.

(1.5) (Prerequisite: FDSC 696N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 696N1 and FDSC 696N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (FDSC 696N1 and FDSC 696N2 together are equivalent to FDSC 696) See FDSC 696N1 for course description.

FDSC 700 Comprehensive Preliminary Examination.

(0) (See Faculty Regulations)

FDSC 700D1 (0), FDSC 700D2 (0) Comprehensive Preliminary Examination.

(Students must register for both FDSC 700D1 and FDSC 700D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 700D1 and FDSC 700D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (FDSC 700D1 and FDSC 700D2 together are equivalent to FDSC 700)

FDSC 700N1 Comprehensive Preliminary Examination.

(0) (Students must also register for FDSC 700N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 700N1 and FDSC 700N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (FDSC 700N1 and FDSC 700N2 together are equivalent to FDSC 700)

FDSC 700N2 Comprehensive Preliminary Examination.

(0) (Prerequisite: FDSC 700N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 700N1 and FDSC 700N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (FDSC 700N1 and FDSC 700N2 together are equivalent to FDSC 700) See FDSC 700N1 for course description.

FDSC 797 Graduate Seminar.

(3) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in degree work (Ph.D.).

FDSC 797D1 (1.5), FDSC 797D2 (1.5) Graduate Seminar.

(Students must register for both FDSC 797D1 and FDSC 797D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 797D1 and FDSC 797D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in degree work (Ph.D.).

FDSC 797N1 Graduate Seminar.

(1.5) (Students must also register for FDSC 797N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 797N1 and FDSC 797N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in degree work (Ph.D.).

FDSC 797N2 Graduate Seminar.

(1.5) (Prerequisite: FDSC 797N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 797N1 and FDSC 797N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) See FDSC 797N1 for course description.

FDSC 798 Graduate Seminar.

(3) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in degree work (Ph.D.).

FDSC 798D1 (1.5), FDSC 798D2 (1.5) Graduate Seminar.

(Students must register for both FDSC 798D1 and FDSC 798D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 798D1 and FDSC 798D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (FDSC 798D1 and FDSC 798D2 together are equivalent to FDSC 798) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in degree work (Ph.D.).

FDSC 798N1 Graduate Seminar.

(1.5) (Students must also register for FDSC 798N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 798N1 and FDSC 798N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (FDSC 798N1 and FDSC 798N2 together are equivalent to FDSC 798) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in degree work (Ph.D.).

FDSC 798N2 Graduate Seminar.

(1.5) (Prerequisite: FDSC 798N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both FDSC 798N1 and FDSC 798N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (FDSC 798N1 and FDSC 798N2 together are equivalent to FDSC 798) See FDSC 798N1 for course description.

31 French Language and Literature

Département de langue et littérature françaises
Pavillon Peterson
3460, rue McTavish
Montréal (QC) H3A 1X9
Canada 
Téléphone: (514) 398-6883
Télécopieur: (514) 398-8557
Courriel: grad.littfran@mcgill.ca
Site Web: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/french 
Directeur
Professeur François Ricard
Directrice des études de 2e et 3e cycles
et de la recherche
Professeure Jane Everett

31.1 Staff

Professeurs
M. Angenot; L. Phil. Romane, Dr. Phil. & Lettres (Bruxelles), M.S.R.C. (James McGill Professor)
G. Di Stefano; Dr. ès L.(Turin), Dipl.Phil., Dr. 3e Cy.(Paris -Sorbonne)
J.-P. Duquette; L. ès L.(Montr.), Dr. 3e Cy.(Paris X - Nanterre)
Y. Lamonde; M.A.(Montr.), M.A., Ph.D.(Laval)
F. Ricard; M.A.(McG.), Dr. 3e Cy.(Aix-Marseille), M.S.R.C. (James McGill Professor)
Y. Rivard; M.A.(McG.), Dr. 3e Cy.(Aix-Marseille)
J. Terrasse; L. Phil. Romane, Dipl. Phil., Dr. Phil. & Lettres (Bruxelles)
Professeurs agrégés
M. Biron; M.A.(Montr.), Dr.Phil & Lettres(Liège) (Chaire de recherche du Canada en littérature québécoise et littératures francophones)
C. Bouchard; M.A.(Montr.), Dr. 3e Cy.(Paris VII - Jussieu)
J.-P. Boucher; M.A.(McG.) Dr. 3e Cy.(Besançon)
A. Chapdelaine; M.A., Dr. 3e Cy.(Paris VII - Jussieu)
D. Desrosiers-Bonin; M.A., Ph.D.(Montr.) (William Dawson Scholar)
N. Doiron; M.A., Ph.D.(Montr.)
J. Everett; M.A.(Carl.), Ph.D.(McG.)
G. Lane-Mercier; M.A.(Montpellier), Ph.D.(McG.)
Professeur adjoint
F. Charbonneau; M.A., Ph.D.(Montr.)

31.2 Programmes

M.A. avec mémoire et sans mémoire, et Ph.D.

31.3 Conditions d'admission

Propédeutique

Peuvent être admis en Propédeutique les étudiants titulaires d'un B.A. avec concentration en littérature française, québécoise ou francophone ("Major"), qui sont alors tenus de s'inscrire à temps complet à un programme de 8 cours de premier cycle, établi lors de leur inscription.

M.A.

Pour être admis directement en M.A. I, le candidat doit être titulaire d'un B.A. avec spécialisation en littérature française, québécoise ou francophone, ou en traduction ("Honours"), ou d'un B.A. avec double spécialisation ("Joint Honours"). Le candidat doit également présenter un très bon dossier académique; le B.A. ne donne pas automatiquement droit à l'admission.

Ph.D.

Pour être admis au programme de Ph.D. le candidat doit satisfaire aux conditions suivantes:

31.4 Demande d'admission

En plus de deux lettres de recommandation et des relevés de notes officiels, les étudiants de l'extérieur du Département doivent fournir un échantillon de travail écrit, en français.

Le formulaire de demande d'admission par le Web est disponible pour tous les candidats aux études supérieures à l'adresse suivante: www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate. Pour obtenir un formulaire papier, s'adresser au Secrétariat des études de 2e et 3e cycles et de la recherche du Département.

31.5 Programme d'études

La note de passage est B- (65 %).

M.A.
(48 crédits)

La durée des études de maîtrise est de trois trimestres: deux trimestres pour la scolarité (M.A.I) et un trimestre pour la rédaction du mémoire (M.A. II) ou l'exécution d'autres travaux de recherche. Il est possible de s'inscrire à des sessions additionnelles, mais le mémoire doit être déposé au plus tard trois ans après la première inscription en M.A.I.

Le programme de maîtrise est à la fois un programme complet en soi et une première étape vers le Ph.D. Il vise deux buts également importants:

Scolarité (M.A.I)

Dans le cas de la maîtrise avec mémoire, les deux premières sessions du programme de maîtrise sont consacrées à la scolarité, pour les étudiants inscrits à temps complet; ils doivent alors suivre 6 séminaires de 3 crédits (dont le FREN 695 et le FREN 697) et préparer leur sujet de mémoire (FREN 696: 6 crédits).

Dans le cas de la maîtrise sans mémoire, les deux premières sessions du programme sont aussi consacrées à la scolarité, pour les étudiants inscrits à temps complet; ils doivent suivre 8 séminaires de 3 crédits soit 4 par session. Les cours FREN 695, FREN 697 et FREN 600 sont obligatoires.

Les étudiants inscrits à mi-temps doivent s'inscrire à un minimum de deux séminaires par session.

Les séminaires FREN 609 et FREN 611 - Création littéraire 1 et 2 - sont fortement recommandés aux étudiants qui ont l'intention de présenter un mémoire d'écriture littéraire.

Le choix des séminaires que fait l'étudiant doit être approuvé par le Directeur des études au moment de l'inscription. La Commission des admissions du Département peut accorder des dérogations au règlement des inscriptions à la Maîtrise en fonction du dossier de chaque étudiant, en reconnaissant un maximum de six crédits déjà obtenus dans une autre université.

Une partie de la scolarité (maximum de 6 crédits) peut être suivie dans un autre département de McGill qui offre des cours dans le domaine des Humanités de l'annuaire des Études supérieures et postdoctorales, ou dans une autre université, pourvu que les cours et séminaires y soient de même niveau que les cours 600 ou 700 offerts par le Département. Dans tous les cas, l'étudiant doit obtenir l'autorisation du Directeur des études de 2e et 3e cycles et de la recherche, qui ne sera accordée que si les cours en question cadrent avec le programme d'études du candidat.

Recherche (M.A.II)

L'étudiant peut présenter un mémoire de critique littéraire ou un mémoire d'écriture littéraire. Il peut aussi compléter son programme de maîtrise sans rédiger de mémoire, mais en exécutant d'autres travaux de recherche.

Dans le cas de la maîtrise avec mémoire, la composante recherche du programme est de 24 crédits (FREN 699).

La composante recherche du programme de maîtrise sans mémoire est aussi de 24 crédits (FREN 600: 3 crédits, FREN 698: 18 crédits, ainsi qu'un séminaire: 3 crédits).

Ph.D.

Épreuve d'anglais

Tous les étudiants de Ph.D. doivent réussir, avant le dépôt de leur thèse, une épreuve destinée à vérifier leur connaissance de la langue anglaise (FREN 790).

Peuvent être dispensés de cette épreuve les traducteurs professionnels et les étudiants qui ont fait des études antérieures dans des collèges ou des universités anglophones, à condition que leur programme ait comporté des cours donnés en anglais. Le fait d'avoir suivi un ou plusieurs cours de traduction ne suffit pas.

Aucune dispense n'est automatique. Les demandes de dispense doivent être soumises par écrit au Comité des études de 2e et 3e cycles et de la recherche.

Programme

Le programme de Ph.D. comporte trois parties:

Scolarité

L'admission se fait normalement au niveau de Ph.D. II. Lorsqu'un candidat, par exception, est admis en Ph.D. I, sa scolarité pendant cette année est la même que pour l'année de M.A. I (voir ci-dessus).

Ph.D. II 
Trois séminaires au choix, ainsi que les Séminaires de doctorat 
1 et 2 (FREN 710 et FREN 711) qui sont obligatoires. 
Ph.D. III
Élaboration du projet de thèse (FREN 706) et Examen prélimi-
naire (FREN 707).
	Après l'élaboration du projet de thèse, celui-ci est soumis au 
Comité des études de 2e et 3e cycles et de la recherche; puis 
l'Examen préliminaire, qui consiste en la rédaction et la défense 
orale d'un document d'une cinquantaine de pages, a lieu à une 
date convenue entre les intéressés, devant un jury constitué de 
trois professeurs. 
Ph.D. IV Thèse
 Au moment de l'Examen préliminaire, un comité-conseil est 
constitué, comprenant le directeur de thèse et deux autres pro-
fesseurs. Le rôle de ce comité-conseil est de suivre d'aussi près 
que possible le travail du candidat et de discuter avec lui de l'ori-
entation de ses recherches.
	La soutenance de la thèse a lieu devant un jury d'au moins 
cinq personnes, présidé par un représentant de la Doyenne; 
font partie du jury le comité-conseil de l'étudiant et deux autres 
professeurs, dont le Directeur du Département et au moins un 
universitaire extérieur au Département ou à l'Université McGill. 

31.6 Cours de 2e et 3e cycles

Comme des changements dans l'offre des cours ont pu survenir depuis la publication de cet annuaire, il est fortement recommandé aux étudiants de consulter le site Web www.mcgill.ca/minerva (cliquer sur le lien Horaire des cours) avant de s'inscrire. On y trouvera une liste à jour des cours offerts par trimestre ainsi que les horaires, les locaux et les noms des professeurs.

L'étudiant trouvera, dans la section "Études de 2e et 3e cycles" accessible sur le site Web du Département, la description détaillée des séminaires offerts ainsi que tous les renseignements pertinents sur les programmes.

Cours offerts en 2004-2005. Le nombre de crédits est indiqué entre parenthèses, après le titre du cours.

FREN 600 Travaux dirigés 1.

(3)

FREN 611 Création littéraire 2.

(3)

FREN 612 Séminaire de recherche 1.

(3)

FREN 615 Littérature et société 1.

(3)

FREN 620 Évolution - Langue française au Canada.

(3)

FREN 621 Problèmes d'esthétique 1.

(3)

FREN 635 Thème de littérature française 1.

(3)

FREN 695 Initiation à la recherche littéraire.

(3)

FREN 696 Élaboration projet de mémoire.

(6)

FREN 696D1 (3), FREN 696D2 (3) Élaboration projet de mémoire.

(Les étudiants doivent aussi s'inscrire au cours FREN 696D2) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 696D1 et FREN 696D2 suivis en séquence) (FREN 696D1 et FREN 696D2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 696)

FREN 696N1 Élaboration projet de mémoire.

(3) (Les étudiants doivent aussi s'inscrire au cours FREN 696N2) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 696N1 et FREN 696N2 à l'intérieur d'une période de douze mois) (FREN 696N1 et FREN 696N2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 696)

FREN 696N2 Élaboration projet de mémoire.

(3) (Préalable: FREN 696N1) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 696N1 et FREN 696N2 à l'intérieur d'une période de douze mois) (FREN 696N1 et FREN 696N2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 696)

Voir FREN 696N1 pour la description.

FREN 697 Méthodologie et théorie littéraires.

(3) Couverture systématique des domaines et méthodes des études littéraires de langue française: histoire littéraire, critique génétique et édition de textes, étude des genres, y compris des genres non canoniques, sociocritique, sémiotique, textanalyse, étude de la réception et autres aspects de la critique contemporaine.

FREN 698 Master's Seminar.

(18)

FREN 698D1 (9), FREN 698D2 (9) Master's Seminar.

(Les étudiants doivent aussi s'inscrire au cours FREN 698D2) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 698D1 et FREN 698D2 suivis en séquence) (FREN 698D1 et FREN 698D2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 698)

FREN 698N1 Master's Seminar.

(9) (Les étudiants doivent aussi s'inscrire au cours FREN 698N2) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 698N1 et FREN 698N2 à l'intérieur d'une période de douze mois) (FREN 698N1 et FREN 698N2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 698)

FREN 698N2 Master's Seminar.

(9) (Préalable: FREN 698N1) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 698N1 et FREN 698N2 à l'intérieur d'une période de douze mois) (FREN 698N1 et FREN 698N2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 698) Voir FREN 698N1 pour la description.

FREN 699 M.A. Thesis.

(24)

FREN 699D1 (12), FREN 699D2 (12) M.A. Thesis.

(Les étudiants doivent aussi s'inscrire au cours FREN 699D2) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 699D1 et FREN 699D2 suivis en séquence) (FREN 699D1 et FREN 699D2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 699)

FREN 699N1 M.A. Thesis.

(12) (Les étudiants doivent aussi s'inscrire au cours FREN 699N2) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 699N1 et FREN 699N2 à l'intérieur d'une période de douze mois) (FREN 699N1 et FREN 699N2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 699)

FREN 699N2 M.A. Thesis.

(12) (Préalable: FREN 699N1) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 699N1 et FREN 699N2 à l'intérieur d'une période de douze mois) (FREN 699N1 et FREN 699N2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 699) Voir FREN 699N1 pour la description.

FREN 706 Élaboration du sujet de thèse.

(9)

FREN 706D1 (4.5), FREN 706D2 (4.5) Élaboration du sujet de thèse.

(Les étudiants doivent aussi s'inscrire au cours FREN 706D2) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 706D1 et FREN 706D2 suivis en séquence) (FREN 706D1 et FREN 706D2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 706)

FREN 706N1 Élaboration du sujet de thèse.

(4.5) (Les étudiants doivent aussi s'inscrire au cours FREN 706N2) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 706N1 et FREN 706N2 à l'intérieur d'une période de douze mois) (FREN 706N1 et FREN 706N2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 706)

FREN 706N2 Élaboration du sujet de thèse.

(4.5) (Préalable: FREN 706N1) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 706N1 et FREN 706N2 à l'intérieur d'une période de douze mois) (FREN 706N1 et FREN 706N2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 706) Voir FREN 706N1 pour la description.

FREN 707 Examen préliminaire.

(9) (Préalable: FREN 706.) Épreuve qui consiste en la préparation d'un texte écrit d'une cinquantaine de pages, suivie d'une interrogation orale par un jury constitué du directeur de thèse et de deux professeurs du Département.

FREN 707D1 (4.5), FREN 707D2 (4.5) Examen préliminaire.

(Prerequisite: FREN 606) (Les étudiants doivent aussi s'inscrire au cours FREN 707D2) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 707D1 et FREN 707D2 suivis en séquence) (FREN 707D1 et FREN 707D2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 707) Voir FREN 707 pour la description.

FREN 707N1 Examen préliminaire.

(4.5) (Prerequisite: FREN 706.) (Les étudiants doivent aussi s'inscrire au cours FREN 707N2) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 707N1 et FREN 707N2 suivis dans la mÍme année civile) (FREN 707N1 et FREN 707N2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 707) Voir FREN 707 pour la description.

FREN 707N2 Examen préliminaire.

(4.5) (Préalable: FREN 707N1) (Aucun crédit ne sera accordé pour ce cours à moins de réussir les deux cours FREN 707N1 et FREN 707N2 à l'intérieur d'une période de douze mois) (FREN 707N1 et FREN 707N2 ensemble sont équivalents à FREN 707) Voir FREN 707 pour la description.

FREN 710 Séminaire de doctorat 1.

(1.5) (Restriction: Réservé aux étudiants de Ph.D. du Département.) Ce séminaire porte sur les aspects théoriques et méthodologiques du projet de thèse des candidats. Il se veut un lieu privilégié d'échanges et de réflexions où l'on discutera principalement des nouvelles problématiques textuelles, des enjeux théoriques contemporains et des questions d'actualité littéraire.

FREN 711 Séminaire de doctorat 2.

(1.5) (Préalable: FREN 710) (Restriction: Réservé aux étudiants de Ph.D. du Département.) Ce séminaire prolonge la réflexion amorcée au sein du Séminaire de doctorat 1.

FREN 720 Moyen Âge 1.

(3)

FREN 727 17e siècle 2.

(3)

FREN 730 18e siècle 2.

(3)

FREN 736 19e siècle 5.

(3)

FREN 739 20e siècle 3.

(3)

FREN 761 Thème de littérature québécoise 1.

(3)

FREN 790 Language Requirement.

(0)

32 Geography

Department of Geography
Burnside Hall
805 Sherbrooke Street West, Room 705
Montreal, QC  H3A 2K6
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4111
Fax: (514) 398-7437
E-mail: grad@geog.mcgill.ca 

Web site: www.geog.mcgill.ca

Chair
G.O. Ewing

32.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
B.J. Garnier; M.A.(Cantab.)
Post-Retirement
S.H. Olson; M.A., Ph.D.(Johns H.)
Professors
P.G. Brown; M.A., Ph.D.(Col.) (joint appoint. with McGill School of Environment)
T.R. Moore; B.Sc.(Swansea), Ph.D.(Aberd.)
N. Roulet; M.Sc.(Trent), Ph.D.(McM.)
G. Wenzel; M.A.(Man.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Associate Professors
G.L. Chmura; M.Sc.(Rhode I.), Ph.D.(Louis. St.)
O.T. Coomes; M.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Wis. Mad.)
G.O. Ewing; G.O., M.A.(Glas.), M.A., Ph.D.(McM.)
M.F. Lapointe; M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Br.Col.)
T.C. Meredith; M.Sc., Dip. Cons.(Lond.), Ph.D.(Cantab.)
L. Müller-Wille; Dr.phil.(Münster)
W.H. Pollard; M.A.(Guelph), Ph.D.(Ott.)
Assistant Professors
D. Mok; M.P.L.(Queen's), Ph.D.(Tor.)
G. Peterson; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Flor.)
N.A. Ross; M.A.(Queen's); Ph.D.(McM.)
J. Seaquist; B.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Lund, Sweden)
R. Sengupta; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Ill.)
R. Sieber; MPA(E.Mich.), Ph.D.(Rutgers) (joint appoint. with McGill School of Environment)
I.B. Strachan; B.Sc.(Tor.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Queen's) (joint appoint. with Natural Resource Sciences)
S. Turner; B.Soc.Sc., M.Soc.Sc.(Waikato, N.Z.), Ph.D.(Hull, U.K.)
J. Wiles; M.A.(Otago), Ph.D.(Queen's)
Adjunct Professors
R. Cooke, S. Milne, G. Seutin
Research Associate
G. Akman

32.2 Programs Offered

M.A., M.Sc. and Ph.D.

McGill Northern Research Stations

The McGill Subarctic Research Station is located at Schefferville, in the centre of Québec-Labrador. Facilities exist for research in most areas of physical and some areas of human geography in the subarctic.

McGill University also operates a field station at Expedition Fiord on Axel Heiberg in the High Arctic. Facilities are limited to a small lab and dorm building and cookhouse. Research activities focus on the glacial and geological. For additional information on these stations, contact the Scientific Director, Wayne Pollard, Department of Geography.

Centre for Climate and Global Change Research

The Department of Geography, with the McGill Departments of Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences, Economics, Natural Resource Sciences; and several departments from the Université du Québec à Montréal and Université de Montréal developed a collaborative research centre that examines climate and global change. Through this Centre there are graduate opportunities.

For more information contact Professor Nigel Roulet, Director, Centre for Climate and Global Change, McGill University.

32.3 Admission Requirements

M.A. and M.Sc. Degrees

Attention is directed to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office admission regulations outlined in the General Information section of the Calendar, headed "Admission".

Applicants not satisfying these conditions, but with primary undergraduate specialization in a cognate field, may be admitted to the M.A. or M.Sc. degree in Geography in certain circumstances. In general, they, and others who have deficiencies in their preparation but are otherwise judged to be acceptable, will be required to register for a qualifying program or to undertake additional courses.

Ph.D. Degree

Students who have completed a Master's degree in Geography (with high standing) may be admitted at Ph.D.2 level.

On rare occasions, a student may be admitted to the Ph.D. degree without having first taken the Master's degree. They, and others who have deficiencies in their preparation but are otherwise acceptable, will be required to register for a year of coursework and/or be required to take extra courses. The normal duration of a program, including field work where required, is three years.

Normally, the Department will restrict admission to the Ph.D. program to students prepared to work in one of the fields of human or physical geography in which specialized supervision is offered. These, which cover a wide range of systematic areas, are listed in documents available from the Department.

32.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

Deadline for applications February 1 (for September admission) and October 1 (for January admission).

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

32.5 Program Requirements

M.A. and M.Sc. Degrees
(48 credits each)

Candidates must:

M.A. - Neotropical Environment
(48 credits)

Candidates must:

M.A. - Social Statistics Option
(48 credits)

Candidates must:

M.Sc. - Neotropical Environment
(48 credits)

Candidates must:

Ph.D. Degree

Candidates must:

Ph.D. - Neotropical Environment

Candidates must:

32.6 Courses and Seminars for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

l

GEOG 500 Geography of Regional Identity.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Restriction: Graduate students and final year undergraduates and/or those who have taken GEOG 408)

GEOG 501 Modelling Environmental Systems.

(3) (Fall) (1.15 hours lecture, 0.58 hours seminar, 0.69 hours project, 0.58 hours laboratory) (Restriction: open only to U2 or U3 students who have completed six or more credits from courses at the 300 level of Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences, Biology, Chemistry, Earth and Planetary Sciences, Geography, Natural Resource Sciences, or a McGill School of Environment domain, or permission of the instructor) (Prerequisites: MATH 139 or MATH 140, MATH 141, and MATH 203, or equivalent) (Enrolment limited to 20 students by availability of workstations) Most problems in environmental science deal with weak relationships and poorly defined systems. Model development and simulation will be used in this course to help improve understanding of environmental systems. Simulation of environmental systems is examined, focusing on problem definition, model development and model validation.

GEOG 502 Geography of Northern Development.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: GEOG 301 or GEOG 436, or permission of instructor) Analysis of the evolution of development policies and their spatial implications in circumpolar areas with an emphasis on the application of geographical concepts. Special attention is given to indigenous peoples and new immigrant populations in northern North America.

l

GEOG 503 Methods of Regional Analysis.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: GEOG 311)

l

GEOG 504 Industrial Restructuring - Geographic Implications.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisites: GEOG 311 or permission of instructor)

GEOG 505 Global Biogeochemistry.

(3) (Winter) (2 hours and research) (Prerequisite: GEOG 305 or GEOG 322 and permission of instructor) An examination of the storage, transfers and cycling of major elements and substances, with an emphasis on the global scale and the linkages between the atmosphere, hydrosphere, lithosphere and biosphere.

GEOG 506 Perspectives on Geographic Information Analysis.

(3) (Winter) (2 hours and laboratory) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: GEOG 201 and GEOG 306 and permission of instructor) Examination of a range of applications in automated processing of spatial data. Discussion will focus on both theoretical and practical aspects of Geographic Information Systems. Topics such as resource data base structure, methods of spatial interpolation and data quality and errors are covered. The application of Geographic Information Systems such as GRASS and digital image processing routines are used to answer questions in geographical research. Individual student projects will be emphasized.

l

GEOG 508 Resources, People and Power.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: GEOG 408 or GEOG 410 or permission of instructor)

GEOG 510 Humid Tropical Environments.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: GEOG 203 or equivalent and written permission of the instructor) Focus on the environmental and human spatial relationships in tropical rain forest and savanna landscapes. Human adaptation to variations within these landscapes through time and space. Biophysical constraints upon "development" in the modern era.

l

GEOG 513 Behavioural Geography.

(3) (3 hours) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: a course in introductory statistics)

l

GEOG 522 Advanced Environmental Hydrology.

(3) (2 hours and 1 tutorial) (Prerequisite: GEOG 322, or permission of instructor) (Cross-listed with CASN 300)

GEOG 535 Remote Sensing and Interpretation.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: GEOG 308 and written permission of instructor) Basic photogrammetry and interpretation procedures for aircraft and space craft photography and imagery.

GEOG 536 Geocryology.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: GEOG 272 and any 300-level geomorphology course approved by instructor) Study of the unique geomorphic aspects of periglacial and permafrost environments. The focus will be on processes in cold climates, the impact of human activity on permafrost landscapes and potential impacts of climatic change.

l

GEOG 537 Advanced Fluvial Geomorphology.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: permission of instructor)

GEOG 550 Quaternary Paleoecology.

(3) (2 hours, laboratory and seminar) (Prerequisite: course in ecology or biogeography, or permission of instructor) Examination of landscape and ecosystem response to climatic change; addressing persistent problems in Pleistocene and Holocene paleoecology: episodes of temporary warming and cooling, locations of glacial refugia and sea level change. Principles and methods of Quaternary paleoecology and paleoclimatological reconstruction.

l

GEOG 551 Environmental Decisions.
(3) (Fall) (2 hours seminar, 1 hour tutorial) (Prerequisites: GEOG 302, GEOG 306 or equivalents)

l

GEOG 602 Urban Geography: Selected Topics.

(3)

l

GEOG 608 Cultural Geography Part 1.

(3)

l

GEOG 609 Human Geography - Soc,Behavioural Probs.

(3)

l

GEOG 610 Social Geography: Selected Topics.

(3)

l

GEOG 613 Advanced Biogeography.

(3)

l

GEOG 625 Special Topics in Human Geography.

(3)

l

GEOG 626 Special Topics in Physical Geography.

(3)

l

GEOG 631 Methods of Geographical Research.

(6)

l

GEOG 631D1 (3), GEOG 631D2 (3) Methods of Geographical Research.

(Students must register for both GEOG 631D1 and GEOG 631D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GEOG 631D1 and GEOG 631D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

GEOG 631N1 Methods of Geographical Research.

(3) (Students must also register for GEOG 631N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GEOG 631N1 and GEOG 631N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (GEOG 631N1 and GEOG 631N2 together are equivalent to GEOG 631)

l

GEOG 631N2 Methods of Geographical Research.

(3) (Prerequisite: GEOG 631N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GEOG 631N1 and GEOG 631N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (GEOG 631N1 and GEOG 631N2 together are equivalent to GEOG 631)

l

GEOG 634 Quantitative Methods in Geography.

(3)

l

GEOG 698 Thesis Proposal.

(6)

l

GEOG 698D1 (3), GEOG 698D2 (3) Thesis Proposal.

(Students must register for both GEOG 698D1 and GEOG 698D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GEOG 698D1 and GEOG 698D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (GEOG 698D1 and GEOG 698D2 together are equivalent to GEOG 698) Preparation and evaluation of thesis proposal.

l

GEOG 698N1 Thesis Proposal.

(3) (Students must also register for GEOG 698N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GEOG 698N1 and GEOG 698N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (GEOG 698N1 and GEOG 698N2 together are equivalent to GEOG 698)

l

GEOG 698N2 Thesis Proposal.

(3) (Prerequisite: GEOG 698N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GEOG 698N1 and GEOG 698N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (GEOG 698N1 and GEOG 698N2 together are equivalent to GEOG 698)

l

GEOG 699 Thesis Research.

(24)

l

GEOG 699D1 (12), GEOG 699D2 (12) Thesis Research.

(Students must register for both GEOG 699D1 and GEOG 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GEOG 699D1 and GEOG 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (GEOG 699D1 and GEOG 699D2 together are equivalent to GEOG 699)

l

GEOG 699N1 Thesis Research.

(12) (Students must also register for GEOG 699N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GEOG 699N1 and GEOG 699N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (GEOG 699N1 and GEOG 699N2 together are equivalent to GEOG 699)

l

GEOG 699N2 Thesis Research.

(12) (Prerequisite: GEOG 699N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GEOG 699N1 and GEOG 699N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (GEOG 699N1 and GEOG 699N2 together are equivalent to GEOG 699)

l

GEOG 700 Comprehensive Examination 1.

(0)

l

GEOG 700D1 (0), GEOG 700D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination 1.

(Students must register for both GEOG 700D1 and GEOG 700D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GEOG 700D1 and GEOG 700D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (GEOG 700D1 and GEOG 700D2 together are equivalent to GEOG 700)

l

GEOG 701 Comprehensive Examination 2.

(0)

l

GEOG 701D1 (0), GEOG 701D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination 2.

(Students must register for both GEOG 701D1 and GEOG 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GEOG 701D1 and GEOG 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (GEOG 701D1 and GEOG 701D2 together are equivalent to GEOG 701)

l

GEOG 702 Comprehensive Examination 3.

(0)

l

GEOG 702D1 (0), GEOG 702D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination 3.
(Students must register for both GEOG 702D1 and GEOG 702D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GEOG 702D1 and GEOG 702D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (GEOG 702D1 and GEOG 702D2 together are equivalent to GEOG 702)

33 German Studies

Department of German Studies
688 Sherbrooke Street West, Suite 425
Montreal, QC  H3A 3R1
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-3650
Fax: (514) 398-1748
E-mail: german.studies@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/german 
Chair
K. Bauer
Director of Graduate Studies
J. Schmidt

33.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
P.M. Daly; B.A.(Brist.), Ph.D.(Zür.)
Professors
A. Hsia; Ph.D(F.U.Berlin)
J. Schmidt; Ph.D.(Zür.)
Associate Professors
K. Bauer; M.A., Ph.D.(Wash.)
T. Goldsmith-Reber; Ph.D.(Cologne)
P. Peters; Ph.D.(F.U.Berlin)
H. Richter; Ph.D.(Göttingen)

33.2 Programs Offered

M.A. (thesis or non-thesis) and Ph.D. degrees in German.

Ph.D. Language Tests

Ph.D. candidates in other disciplines who are required to pass a reading test in German may prepare themselves by taking GERM 200, GERM 202 or GERM 203D1/D2.

33.3 Admission Requirements

Masters

In order to be admitted to the M.A. program in German Studies, candidates must have at least a B.A. degree in German from McGill University or an equivalent degree from another college or university of recognized standing.

Applicants with joint degrees or Majors degrees may be admitted on individual merit but they may be required to take additional courses. They may also be able to enter the program as qualifying students for the purpose of completing these preliminary studies.

In order to pursue graduate studies in German, all candidates must have considerable fluency in German, as all courses are given in German.

Graduate students holding a Language Instructorship or who are otherwise employed will normally not be allowed to take more than four courses a year. Students may be required to attend an approved course in English if their knowledge of that language is judged inadequate. All graduate students are expected to attend the staff-student colloquium.

Ph.D.

M.A. or equivalent.

33.4 Application Procedures

1. Application form;

2. Two certified copies of all university transcripts; (All transcripts not in English or French must be accompanied by a certified English or French translation);

3. Two letters of reference (in English or French);

4. $60 application fee;

5. Test results (GRE recommended, TOEFL required of all candidates whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree using the English language.Proof of TOEFL must be presented at time of application or shortly thereafter);

6. Writing sample;

7. Statement of academic intent.

All information is to be submitted directly to the Graduate Coordinator in the Department of German Studies.

Deadline:

February 1st.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

33.5 Program Requirements

M.A. with thesis
(48 credits)
Thesis - Required Courses
 (30 credits)
GERM 690
(9)
Thesis Research 1
GERM 691
(9)
Thesis Research 2
GERM 692
(12)
Thesis Research 3
 
Complementary Courses
 (18 credits)
Six 3-credit courses, to be chosen from any graduate seminar listed as offered in the Department of German Studies.
 

Originality of research is not required for the thesis, but the student must show a critical understanding of the subject as demonstrated by the logical development of an argument which is supported by adequate documentation. Students are normally permitted to take a maximum of 3 credits in another department with the approval of the Graduate Studies Committee.

Students are expected to complete degree requirements in two years. They are expected to begin work on their thesis before the end of the first session. The thesis should demonstrate ability to organize the material under discussion, and should be succinct and relevant.

M.A. without thesis
(45 credits)
Required Courses
 (18 credits)
GERM 680
(6)
Research Paper 1
GERM 681
(6)
Research Paper 2
GERM 682
(6)
Research Paper 3
 
Complementary Courses
 (27 credits)
Nine 3-credit courses
 
Ph.D.
Requirements:
Coursework - 8 three-credit courses (24 credits) 
Comprehensive examination (oral and written) 
French Language examination or Latin (if specializing in German 
Literature before 1600) 
Thesis 
Thesis Defence 

Students may take up to 6 credits in another department with the approval of the Graduate Studies Committee.

Original research leading to new insights is a prerequisite for the acceptance of a Ph.D. thesis.

As a rule, it will take a candidate at least three years after the M.A. degree to complete the requirements for the Ph.D. degree. Students who have not spent an appreciable length of time in a German-speaking country are advised to spend one year at a university in such a country, for which credit may be given in the above program.

33.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

Courses are normally given in the form of seminars. Each year, the Department publishes a list of those offerings which will be available in the ensuing session. These lists are available from the Graduate Coordinator or from the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office, normally in the month of May.

l

GERM 511 Middle High German Literature.

(3) (Fall) (Given in German) (Prerequisite: Germ 325 or equivalent)

l

GERM 561 German Literature: Baroque.

(3)

GERM 570 Joint Honours Thesis.

(3) (Fall or Winter) (For students in the Joint Honours Program only.)

GERM 575 Honours Thesis.

(6) (Fall or Winter) (For students in the Honours Program only.)

l

GERM 605 Medieval German Literature 1.

(3)

GERM 619 Topics in Literary Theory.

(3)

l

GERM 623 German Literature: Enlightenment 4.

(3)

GERM 630 German Classicism 1.

(3)

l

GERM 631 German Classicism 2.

(3)

GERM 635 German Romanticism 1.

(3)

l

GERM 636 German Romanticism 2.

(3)

l

GERM 637 German Romanticism 3.

(3)

l

GERM 640 German Realism and Early Naturalism 1.

(3)

l

GERM 645 German Literature - 20th Century 1.

(3)

GERM 646 German Literature - 20th Century 2.

(3)

l

GERM 647 German Literature - 20th Century 3.

(3)

l

GERM 648 German Literature - 20th Century 4.

(3)

l

GERM 650 German Linguistics and Philosophy 1.

(3)

l

GERM 656 Literary Theory and Criticism 2.

(3)

l

GERM 657 Literary Theory and Criticism 3.

(3)

l

GERM 658 Literary Theory and Criticism 4.

(3)

l

GERM 660 Comparative Literature Studies 1.

(3)

l

GERM 661 Comparative Literature Studies 2.

(3)

l

GERM 666 Theoretical Approach - Teaching German 2.

(3)

l

GERM 675 Research Seminar.

(3)

l

GERM 675D1 (1.5), GERM 675D2 (1.5) Research Seminar.

(Students must register for both GERM 675D1 and GERM 675D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GERM 675D1 and GERM 675D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (GERM 675D1 and GERM 675D2 together are equivalent to GERM 675)

GERM 680 Research Paper 1.

(6)

GERM 681 Research Paper 2.

(6)

GERM 682 Research Paper 3.

(6)

GERM 690 Thesis Research 1.

(9)

GERM 691 Thesis Research 2.

(9)

GERM 692 Thesis Research 3.

(12)

l

GERM 701D1 (0), GERM 701D2 (0) Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both GERM 701D1 and GERM 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GERM 701D1 and GERM 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

GERM 790 Ph.D. Language Requirement.

(6)

GERM 790D1 (3), GERM 790D2 (3) Ph.D. Language Requirement.

(Students must register for both GERM 790D1 and GERM 790D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GERM 790D1 and GERM 790D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (GERM 790D1 and GERM 790D2 together are equivalent to GERM 790)

34 Hispanic Studies

Department of Hispanic Studies
688 Sherbrooke Street West, Room 425
Montreal, QC  H3A 3R1
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6683
Fax: (514) 398-1748
E-mail: hispanic.studies@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/hispanic 
Chair
J. Pérez-Magallón
Chair of Graduate Program
A. Holmes

34.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
S. Lipp; M.S.(C.C.N.Y.), Ph.D.(Harv.)
Professors
J. Pérez-Magallón; Lic.Fil.(Barcelona), Ph.D.(Penn.)
K. Sibbald; M.A.(Cantab.), M.A.(Liv.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Associate Professor
D.A. Boruchoff; A.B., A.M., Ph.D.(Harv.)
Assistant Professor
A. Holmes; B.A.(McG.), M.A., Ph.D.(Oregon)
J.R. Jouvé-Martin; Lic.Fil. (Madrid), PhD (Georgetown)
F. Macchi; Lic.Lit. (Buenos Aires), MA (Oregon), PhD (Yale)

34.2 Programs Offered

M.A. and Ph.D. in Hispanic Studies.

The Department of Hispanic Studies is committed to the disciplined study of all aspects of the literature, intellectual history and culture of Spain and Latin America, as well as the Spanish and Portuguese languages.

Research interests focus on both the cluster of Golden Age, Viceregal America and Enlightenment studies, as well as specializations in contemporary Spain and Hispanic America.

A limited number of language instructorships are available each year and those interested should apply directly to the Chair of the Department.

34.3 Admission Requirements

M.A. Degree (thesis or non-thesis)

In order to be admitted to graduate work in Hispanic Studies, candidates must fulfill the following prerequisites:

Students may be required to attend an approved course in English or French if their knowledge of either language is deemed inadequate.

Prospective candidates may certainly express their preference but should note that the Graduate Committee of the Department of Hispanic Studies reserves the right to determine which of the two options (thesis/non-thesis) students admitted to the M.A. program will be permitted to pursue and/or continue to completion.

Ph.D. Degree

Applicants must normally possess an M.A. in Hispanic Studies, or in a related discipline, from a university of recognized standing. These applicants will be admitted to Ph.D.2 and follow the program requirements listed below. Exceptionally qualified candidates may apply to enter into Ph.D.1 directly from the B.A. Honours, and will be required to complete an additional 6 three-credit courses above those listed below.

Applicants must demonstrate proficiency in Spanish, and when appropriate in Portuguese, plus a working knowledge of either French or English.

Applicants should submit samples of research papers that they have completed during the course of their previous studies. Submission of the results of the Graduate Record Examination is also encouraged.

34.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All information should be submitted directly to the Chair of the Graduate Program.

Deadlines

For admission in the Fall Term: March 15.

For admission in the Winter Term: November 1.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

34.5 Program Requirements

The Graduate Committee of the Department of Hispanic Studies reserves the right to determine which of the two options (thesis/non-thesis) students admitted to the M.A. will be permitted to pursue and/or continue to completion.

All general regulations of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office shall apply regarding the MA. degree.

M.A. Degree with thesis
(48 credits)
Requirements: 
Coursework - 6 three-credit courses (18 credits) 
Research - 2 three-credit courses in Thesis Preparation 
(HISP 695, HISP 696) (6 credits) 
Thesis - HISP 697 (24 credits) 

Students pursuing the M.A. with thesis are expected to complete their degree requirements within 18 months. Ideally, students admitted to this option will pursue their studies on a full-time basis. The combination of three courses and one Thesis Preparation course will permit these students the 12 credits per term average that is required for most fellowships.

M.A. Degree without thesis
(48 credits)
Requirements:
Coursework - 8 three-credit courses (24 credits)
Research - 2 three-credit courses in Hispanic Bibliography 
(HISP 603, HISP 604) (6 credits) 
Two Guided Research Projects - 18 credits 

All candidates pursuing the M.A. without thesis must complete HISP 615. Candidates choosing to focus their research on the literature of Spain will take HISP 616. Those wishing to specialize in the literature of Spanish America will take HISP 617.

At the conclusion of each Research Project, students will be required to produce an extended essay, or series of essays, during a 48-hour period with full access to critical material. Each of these essays will focus upon themes and issues central to the particular field of research and will be examined by at least two faculty members. Normally, the examinations for each of these projects will be offered only once during the academic year and always in the same rotation: "Medieval and Golden Age Literature" in December, and both "Modern and Contemporary Spanish Literature" and "Modern and Contemporary Spanish-American Literature" in April.

All candidates pursuing the M.A. without thesis, both full- and part-time, are expected to complete their degree requirements within 18 months, and must successfully complete at least one of their Guided Research projects during the first 12 months. In accordance with the regulations established by the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office, students in non-thesis programs who do not take at least 12 credits per term are considered to proceed toward their degree on a part-time basis.

Ph.D. Degree Requirements

All courses, comprehensive examinations and language requirements will normally be completed before the dissertation topic is formally approved. A dissertation proposal should be submitted to the Graduate Committee of the Department of Hispanic Studies for approval no later than the end of the second year of full-time doctoral studies.

All general regulations of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office regarding the Ph.D. degree shall apply.

Required Academic Activities:

All candidates preparing their dissertation are required to give an annual formal presentation of their research to the Department, normally beginning in their third year of full-time doctoral studies.

34.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Arts (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l

Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

HISP 603 Hispanic Bibliography 1.

(3)

HISP 604 Hispanic Bibliography 2.

(3)

l

HISP 605 Problems of Literary Theory and Criticism.

(3)

l

HISP 606 Problems of Literary Theory and Criticism.

(3)

HISP 615 Medieval and Golden Age Literature: Grp.

(9) An investigation of the principal themes and critical issues in medieval and Golden-Age Spanish literature. Attention will also focus on a comparison with similar problems in colonial Spanish-American literature. Project.

HISP 616 Modern and Contemporary Spanish Literature: Grp.

(9) An investigation of the principal themes and critical issues in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Spanish literature. Project.

HISP 617 Modern and Contemporary Spanish-American Literature: Grp.

(9) An investigation of the principal themes and critical issues in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Spanish-American literature. Project.

HISP 619 Topics in Literary Theory.

(3)

l

HISP 620 Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages.

(3)

l

HISP 625 Spanish Theatre: The Golden Age.

(3)

l

HISP 626 Spanish Theatre: The Golden Age.

(3)

l

HISP 627 Spanish Theatre: The Golden Age.

(3)

l

HISP 631 Spanish Poetry: The Golden Age.

(3)

l

HISP 636 Spanish Prose: The Golden Age.

(3)

HISP 639 Spanish Prose: The Golden Age.

(3)

l

HISP 640 Cervantes.

(3)

l

HISP 641 Cervantes.

(3)

l

HISP 647 Spanish Neoclassicism and Romanticism.

(3)

l

HISP 650 Spanish Realism and Naturalism.

(3)

l

HISP 651 Spanish Realism and Naturalism.

(3)

HISP 659 Spanish Literature from 1898 to 1936.

(3)

l

HISP 663 Spanish Literature since Civil War.

(3)

l

HISP 666 Spanish-American Literature: Colonial Period.

(3)

l

HISP 667 Spanish-American Literature: Colonial Period.

(3)

l

HISP 679 Spanish-American Poetry.

(3)

HISP 680 Spanish-American Prose.

(3)

HISP 681 Spanish-American Prose.

(3)

l

HISP 683 Spanish-American Prose.

(3)

HISP 684 Spanish-American Prose.

(3)

l

HISP 687 Spanish-American Prose.

(3)

HISP 688 Spanish-American Prose.

(3)

l

HISP 689 Spanish-American Prose.

(3)

l

HISP 690 Special Topics.

(3)

l

HISP 692 Special Topics.

(3)

l

HISP 693 Special Topics.

(3)

l

HISP 694 Special Topics.

(3)

HISP 695 Thesis Preparation 1.

(3)

l

HISP 695D1 (1.5), HISP 695D2 (1.5) Thesis Preparation 1.

(Students must register for both HISP 695D1 and HISP 695D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HISP 695D1 and HISP 695D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (HISP 695D1 and HISP 695D2 together are equivalent to HISP 695)

l

HISP 695N1 Thesis Preparation 1.

(1.5) (Students must also register for HISP 695N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HISP 695N1 and HISP 695N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (HISP 695N1 and HISP 695N2 together are equivalent to HISP 695)

l

HISP 695N2 Thesis Preparation 1.

(1.5) (Prerequisite: HISP 695N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HISP 695N1 and HISP 695N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (HISP 695N1 and HISP 695N2 together are equivalent to HISP 695)

HISP 696 Thesis Preparation 2.

(3)

HISP 697 M.A. Thesis.

(24)

l

HISP 697D1 (12), HISP 697D2 (12) M.A. Thesis.

(Students must register for both HISP 697D1 and HISP 697D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HISP 697D1 and HISP 697D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (HISP 697D1 and HISP 697D2 together are equivalent to HISP 697)

l

HISP 698 Reading Course.

(3)

l

HISP 701 Comprehensive Examinations.

(0) (Ph.D. students in the Department of Hispanic Studies only)

HISP 713 Research Seminar.

(3) Doctoral-level research seminar exploring a variety of research topics.

HISP 790 Ph.D. Language Requirement.

(6) (For students in other departments.)

l

HISP 790D1 (3), HISP 790D2 (3) Ph.D. Language Requirement.

(Students must register for both HISP 790D1 and HISP 790D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HISP 790D1 and HISP 790D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (HISP 790D1 and HISP 790D2 together are equivalent to HISP 790)

35 History

Department of History
Stephen Leacock Building, Room 608
855 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2T7
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-3977
Fax: (514) 398-8365
E-mail: graduate.history@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/history 
Chair
Brian Lewis
Chair of Graduate Programs
TBA

35.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
Michael P. Maxwell; B.A.(Sir G.Wms.), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
Albert Schachter; B.A.(McG.), D.Phil.(Oxon) (Hiram Mills Emeritus Professor of Classics)
Professors
Valentin J. Boss; B.A.(Cantab.), Ph.D.(Harv.)
Gwyn Campbell; B.Soc.S., M.Soc.Sc.(Birm.), Ph.D.(Wales, Swansea)
Myron J. Echenberg; M.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Wis.) (on leave Winter 2005)
John W. Hellman; B.A.(Marq.), M.A., Ph.D.(Harv.) (on leave Winter 2005)
Peter Hoffmann; Ph.D.(Munich), F.R.S.C. (William Kingsford Professor of History)
Gershon D. Hundert; B.A., M.A.(Ohio St.), Ph.D.(Col.) (Leanor Segal Professor of Jewish Studies) (joint appoint. with Jewish Studies) (on leave 2004-05)
Carman I. Miller; B.A. B.ED.(Acadia), M.A.(Dal.), Ph.D.(Lond.)
Desmond Morton; B.A.(R.M.C.), B.A. M.A.(Oxon), Ph.D.(Lond.) (Hiram Mills Professor of History)
Yuzo Ota; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Tokyo)
Nancy F. Partner; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Calif.)
T. Wade Richardson; B.A.(McG.), M.A., Ph.D.(Harv.)
Hereward Senior; M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
Andrea Tone; B.A.(Qu.), M.A., Ph.D.(Emory) (joint appoint. with Social Studies of Medicine)
Gil E. Troy; A.B., A.M., Ph.D.(Harv.)
Robin D.S. Yates; B.A., M.A.(Oxon), M.A.(Calif.), Ph.D.(Harv.) (James McGill Professor) (joint appoint. with East Asian Studies)
Brian J. Young; B.A.(Tor.), M.A., Ph.D.(Queen's) (James McGill Professor) (on leave winter 2005)
John E. Zucchi; B.A. M.A. Ph.D.(Tor.)
Associate Professors
Paula Clarke; B.A.(Mem.), B.A.(Oxon), M.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Lond.)
Brian Cowan; B.A.(Reed), M.A., Ph.D.(Prin.)
Catherine Desbarats; B.A.(Queen's), D.Phil.(Oxon), Ph.D.(McG.)
Nicolas Dew; B.A., M.Sc., D.Phil.(Oxf.)
Elizabeth Elbourne; B.A., M.A.(Tor.), D.Phil.(Oxon)
Michael P. Fronda; B.A.(C'nell), M.A. Ph.D.(Ohio St.)
Catherine LeGrand; B.A.(Reed), M.A., Ph.D.(Stan.)
Brian Lewis; B.A., M.A.(Oxon), A.M., Ph.D.(Harv.)
Leonard Moore; A.B., M.A., Ph.D.(Calif.)
Suzanne Morton; B.A.(Trent), M.A., Ph.D.(Dal.)
Laila Parsons; B.A.(Exe.), D.Phil.(Oxf.) (joint appoint. with Institute of Islamic Studies)
Griet VanKeerberghen; Licence(Catholic U. of Louvain), Ph.D.(Prin.) (joint appoint. with East Asian Studies)
Faith Wallis; B.A., M.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Tor.) (joint appoint. with Social Studies of Medicine)
Assistant Professors
James Delbourgo; B.A.(East Anglia), M.Phil.(Camb.), Ph.D.(Col.)
Elsbeth Heaman; B.A., M.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
Kevin Kee; B.A.(E.Ont.), M.A., Ph.D.(Qu.) (joint appoint. with Integrated Studies in Education)
Margaret Kuo; Ph.D. (UCLA)
Lorenz Lüthi; Lic.Phil.I(Zürich), M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.(Yale)
R. Jarrett Rudy; B.A., M.A.(Ott.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Daviken Studnicki-Gizbert; B.A.(Montr.), M.Phil., Ph.D.(Yale)

35.2 Programs Offered

M.A. Degree in History. 
M.A. Degree in History of Medicine. (In cooperation with the 
Department of Social Studies of Medicine; application is made 
directly to the History Department.) 
Ph.D. Degree in History. 

The Department is prepared to direct theses in the following fields and the Redpath, McLennan, and Osler Libraries are well equipped with printed sources for these periods and subjects.

35.3 Admission Requirements

General: CGPA minimum: 3.3 on 4.0; TOEFL minimum: 550 on the paper-based test (213 on the computer-based test).

Master in History

Normally, candidates are required to possess a B.A. (Honours) in History consisting of 60 credits in history. Students with other undergraduate history degrees (normally including serious research components) may be considered eligible. Applicants not satisfying these conditions, but otherwise judged worthy of serious consideration, will be asked to register in a Qualifying Program in which they undertake advanced undergraduate work.

Master in the History of Medicine

Candidates must have a background in either History - B.A. (Honours) or equivalent - or a degree in one of the health professions.

Ph.D. in History

Normally, M.A. in History. (Students choosing the field of History of Medicine normally enter with an M.A. in History of Medicine.)

35.4 Application Procedures

Completed applications and supporting material must be submitted directly to the Graduate Coordinator. Refer to the Department of History Web site for details (www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/ history).

Deadline for admission in September: 
Ph.D. applications - January 6 
M.A. applications - February 1. 
Note: There are no January admissions. 

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

35.5 Program Requirements

M.A. Degree in History
(48 credits)

The Department offers two options towards the M.A. degree, one with a thesis and the other without a thesis. Both options consist of 48 credits. The thesis option, composed of 12 credits of graduate seminars, plus a thesis, is normally completed within 2 years. The non-thesis option, composed of 18 credits of graduate seminars, plus a major research paper, is normally completed in three terms, or one calendar year (fall, winter and summer).

M.A. Degree in History of Medicine

(48 credits normally completed in two years)

The program requires the completion of 48 credits, composed of 18 credits of graduate seminars, plus a major research paper. The program is normally completed in three terms, or one calendar year (fall, winter and summer).

Ph.D. Degree in History
Examination Requirements:

Candidates are required to sit an oral comprehensive examination by May at the end of the 2nd term of the Ph.D. 2 year. The examination consists of:

HIST 702 Comprehensive Examination in Major Field.

HIST 703 Comprehensive Examination in First Minor Field.

HIST 704 Comprehensive Examination in Second Minor Field.

Candidates must consult with their Director of Studies at the beginning of their Ph.D. work in order to determine their fields.

Thesis:

With the completion of the oral comprehensive examination, candidates may proceed with their doctoral dissertation. Each Ph.D. candidate will be expected to establish an advisory committee to assist in supervising the dissertation.

Language Requirements:

Ph.D. Candidates must offer one foreign language for examination purposes. The Department expects that candidates will have successfully demonstrated competence in the one required language by the end of their Ph.D.3 year.

It is understood that candidates may need a reading knowledge of such other languages as are required for research purposes in their major field.

Candidates in the field of Medical History

will prepare the major field for the Comprehensive Examination with a member of the Department of Social Studies of Medicine and the two minor fields with members of the Department of History. The thesis will normally be directed by the director of the major field. In all other respects, the same rules will apply to candidates in this area as apply to other Ph.D. students in History.

35.6 Graduate Seminars and Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Arts (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

l

Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

Courses currently scheduled for 2004-05:

l

HIST 550 Roman History: Seminar.

(3) (Fall) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: HIST 209 or permission of instructor.) (Restricted to Honours students or advanced undergraduates who have permission of the instructor. Also open to graduate students.)

l

HIST 551 Roman History: Research.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: HIST 550) (Restricted to Honours students or advanced undergraduates who have permission of the instructor. Also open to graduate students.)

l

HIST 552 International Relations: Seminar.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.) (Restrictions: Restricted to Graduate students and Honours students or advanced students who have permission of the instructor.)

l

HIST 553 International Relations: Research.

(3) (Prerequisite: HIST 552) (Restrictions: Open only to students who have taken HIST 552 in the previous semester.)

HIST 556 Colonial America: Seminar 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.) (Restrictions: Restricted to Honours students or advanced undergraduates who have permission of the instructor. Not open to students who have taken HIST 481D1/D2.) (Topic for 2004-05: Beyond the New Atlantis - Science, Travel and Empire in the Atlantic World.) Readings in and discussion of a theme in the history of Colonial America. Topics will change from year to year.

HIST 557 Colonial America: Seminar 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: HIST 556) (Restrictions: Open only to students who have taken HIST 556 in the previous semester. Not open to students who have taken HIST 481D1/D2.) (Topic for 2004-05: Beyond the New Atlantis - Science, Travel and Empire in the Atlantic World.) Supervised design, research and writing of a substantial research paper on a theme in the history of Colonial America.

l

HIST 560 World History: Seminar.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.) (Restrictions: Restricted to Graduate students and Honours students or advanced students who have permission of the instructor)

l

HIST 561 World History: Research.

(3) (Prerequisite: HIST 560) (Restrictions: Open only to students who have taken HIST 560 in the previous semester.)

l

HIST 565 Modern Britain: Seminar 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.) (Restrictions: Honours students or advanced undergraduates. Not open to students who have taken HIST 484D1/D2 and/or HIST 634D1/D2.)

l

HIST 566 Modern Britain: Seminar 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: HIST 565) (Restrictions: Not open to students who have taken HIST 484D1/D2 and/or HIST 634D1/D2.)

l

HIST 579 The Arts of Healing in China.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: At least two courses at the 300-level or above in East Asian history or permission of instructor)

HIST 580D1 (3), HIST 580D2 (3) European and Native-American Encounters.

(Undergraduate Prerequisite: permission of instructor.) (Priority is given to Graduate students) (Students must register for both HIST 580D1 and HIST 580D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 580D1 and HIST 580D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) This seminar will examine European and Native encounters throughout the Americas, from the late 15th century to the mid-nineteenth century. The aim is to introduce students to key primary sources related to contact, and to the methods used to interpret them.

l

HIST 581 The Art of War in China.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: at least two 300-level or above courses in East Asian history, or permission of instructor)

l

HIST 582 European Intellectual History.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: a previous course in European History or permission of instructor)

l

HIST 585 Theory for Historical Studies.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: permission of instructor)

l

HIST 590 Topics: The British Empire.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: permission of instructor)

HIST 594D1 (3), HIST 594D2 (3) Topics: Tudor and Stuart England.

(Prerequisite: any university course in British history or consent of instructor) (Students must register for both HIST 594D1 and HIST 594D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 594D1 and HIST 594D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Topics will vary from year to year and may cover any aspect of early modern British history. Topics for the class presentation and seminar paper (also discussed in class) are assigned to each student according to student interest and availability of sources.

HIST 595D1 (3), HIST 595D2 (3) Seminar: Early Modern Western Europe.

(Undergraduate Prerequisite: permission of the instructor) (Students must register for both HIST 595D1 and HIST 595D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 595D1 and HIST 595D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) This course is intended to offer advanced analytical and research training in a selected theme in western European history during the period from the Italian Renaissance to the French Revolution.

l

HIST 612D1 (3), HIST 612D2 (3) German National Socialism.

(Students must register for both HIST 612D1 and HIST 612D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 612D1 and HIST 612D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

HIST 613D1 (3), HIST 613D2 (3) Topics: Canadian Social History.

(Students must register for both HIST 613D1 and HIST 613D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 613D1 and HIST 613D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) A seminar covering topics in Canadian Social History which vary from year to year.

l

HIST 614D1 (3), HIST 614D2 (3) Topics: Latin American History.

(Students must register for both HIST 614D1 and HIST 614D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 614D1 and HIST 614D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

HIST 615D1 (3), HIST 615D2 (3) Topics in Italian History.

(Students must register for both HIST 615D1 and HIST 615D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 615D1 and HIST 615D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

HIST 618 Readings in East Asian History.

(3)

l

HIST 619 Ancient Medicine Seminar 1.

(3)

l

HIST 620 Ancient Medicine Seminar 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: HIST 619)

l

HIST 627D1 (3), HIST 627D2 (3) Seminar: Eastern Europe.

(Students must register for both HIST 627D1 and HIST 627D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 627D1 and HIST 627D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

HIST 628D1 (3), HIST 628D2 (3) Topics in Russian History.

(Students must register for both HIST 628D1 and HIST 628D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 628D1 and HIST 628D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) A seminar covering topics in Russian History which vary from year to year.

l

HIST 631D1 (3), HIST 631D2 (3) Topics: U.S. Social History.

(Students must register for both HIST 631D1 and HIST 631D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 631D1 and HIST 631D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

HIST 636 Medieval Medicine Seminar 1.

(3)

l

HIST 637 Medieval Medicine Seminar 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: HIST 638.)

HIST 640 Modern Medicine Seminar 1.

(3) Reading in and discussion of a theme in the history of Western European medicine since 1700.

HIST 641 Modern Medicine Seminar 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: HIST 640) Research paper on a theme in the history of Western European medicine since 1700.

l

HIST 643D1 (3), HIST 643D2 (3) Canadian History to 1867.

(Students must register for both HIST 643D1 and HIST 643D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 643D1 and HIST 643D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

HIST 655 Tutorial.

(6)

HIST 655D1 (3), HIST 655D2 (3) Tutorial.

(Students must register for both HIST 655D1 and HIST 655D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 655D1 and HIST 655D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (HIST 655D1 and HIST 655D2 together are equivalent to HIST 655) If a seminar is not available in a field judged necessary to complete the program, candidates may (with the consent of their Director of Studies and that of the Chair of the Graduate Committee) do tutorial work to replace a seminar.

l

HIST 656D1 (3), HIST 656D2 (3) Tutorial.

(Students must register for both HIST 656D1 and HIST 656D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 656D1 and HIST 656D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

HIST 658D1 (3), HIST 658D2 (3) Seminar in Chinese History.

(Students must register for both HIST 658D1 and HIST 658D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 658D1 and HIST 658D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

HIST 668D1 (3), HIST 668D2 (3) Japanese Intellectual History.

(Students must register for both HIST 668D1 and HIST 668D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 668D1 and HIST 668D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

HIST 671D1 (3), HIST 671D2 (3) Seminar: American Society - Civil War - 1920

(Students must register for both HIST 671D1 and HIST 671D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 671D1 and HIST 671D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

HIST 673D1 (3), HIST 673D2 (3) Problems in U.S. History.

(Students must register for both HIST 673D1 and HIST 673D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 673D1 and HIST 673D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

HIST 677D1 (3), HIST 677D2 (3) Seminar: European Jewish History.

(Students must register for both HIST 677D1 and HIST 677D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 677D1 and HIST 677D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

HIST 678 Historiography.

(3) This seminar examines the fundamentals of historical theory: developing a clear understanding of exactly why history has a "theory". The philosophic language and modes of reasoning necessary to understand historical theory are introduced.

HIST 679 Historical Methods.

(3) An examination of the major approaches to historical interpretation through the reading of important works of historical scholarship.

HIST 683D1 (3), HIST 683D2 (3) History of Montreal.

(Students must register for both HIST 683D1 and HIST 683D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 683D1 and HIST 683D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

HIST 691 M.A. Research Paper 1.

(6)

HIST 692 M.A. Research Paper 2.

(6)

HIST 693 M.A. Research Paper 3.

(9)

HIST 694 M.A. Research Paper 4.

(9)

HIST 696 Thesis Research 1.

(12)

l

HIST 696D1 (6), HIST 696D2 (6) Thesis Research 1.

(Students must register for both HIST 696D1 and HIST 696D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 696D1 and HIST 696D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (HIST 696D1 and HIST 696D2 together are equivalent to HIST 696)

HIST 697 Thesis Research 2.

(12)

HIST 698 Thesis Research 3.

(12)

HIST 699 Tutorial.

(3)

l

HIST 699D1 (1.5), HIST 699D2 (1.5) Tutorial.

(Students must register for both HIST 699D1 and HIST 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 699D1 and HIST 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (HIST 699D1 and HIST 699D2 together are equivalent to HIST 699)

l

HIST 702 Comprehensive Examination - Major Field.

(0)

HIST 702D1 (0), HIST 702D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination - Major Field.

(Students must register for both HIST 702D1 and HIST 702D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 702D1 and HIST 702D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (HIST 702D1 and HIST 702D2 together are equivalent to HIST 702)

l

HIST 703 Comprehensive Examination - First Minor Field.

(0)

HIST 703D1 (0), HIST 703D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination - First Minor Field.

(Students must register for both HIST 703D1 and HIST 703D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 703D1 and HIST 703D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (HIST 703D1 and HIST 703D2 together are equivalent to HIST 703)

l

HIST 704 Comprehensive Examination - Second Minor Field.

(0)

HIST 704D1 (0), HIST 704D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination - Second Minor Field.

(Students must register for both HIST 704D1 and HIST 704D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HIST 704D1 and HIST 704D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (HIST 704D1 and HIST 704D2 together are equivalent to HIST 704)

36 Human Genetics

Department of Human Genetics
Stewart Biological Sciences Building
1205 avenue Docteur Penfield, N5/13
Montreal, QC  H3A 1B1
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4198
Fax: (514) 398-2430
E-mail: laura.benner@mcgill.ca 

Web site: www.mcgill.ca/humangenetics

Chair
D.S. Rosenblatt
Program Directors:
M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling
R. Palmour
M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Human Genetics
R. St-Arnaud
Graduate Program Coordinator
L. Benner

36.1 Staff

Professors
E. Andermann; M.Sc., Ph.D., M.D.,C.M.(McG.) (Neurology and Neurosurgery)
V. Der Kaloustian; B.A.(Acad.), M.Sc., Ph.D., M.D.,C.M.(McG.), D.Sc.(Acad.), F.R.S.C., F.R.C.P.S.(C) (Pediatrics)
A. Duncan; B.Sc.(Queen's), Ph.D.(Edin.) (Pathology and Pediatrics)
K. Glass; M.A.(Barat), B.C.L., D.C.L.(McG.) (Pediatrics)
K. Morgan; B.S., M.S., Ph.D (Mich.) (Medicine)
R. Palmour; B.A.(Texas W.), Ph.D.(Texas) (Psychiatry and Biology)
D. Radzioch; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Jagiellonian, Krakow) (Medicine)
D.S. Rosenblatt; M.D.,C.M.(McG.) (Medicine, Pediatrics and Biology)
G. Rouleau; B.Sc., M.D.(Ott.), Ph.D.(Harv.) (Medicine and Psychiatry)
R. Rozen; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.) (Pediatrics and Biology)
C. Scriver; B.A., M.D.,C.M.(McG.) (Paediatrics and Biology)
E. Shoubridge; B.Sc., M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Br.Col.)
H.S. Tenenhouse; M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.) (Pediatrics)
Associate Professors
W. Foulkes; B.Sc., MB.BS., Ph.D.(Lond.) (Medicine)
T. Hudson; M.D.(Montr.) (William Dawson Scholar) (Medicine)
F. Kaplan; B.A.(Col.), Ph.D.(McG.) (Pediatrics)
D. Malo; D.U.M., M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(McG.) (William Dawson Scholar) (Medicine)
R. Nadon; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(C'dia)
L. Russell; B.A.(Ind. U.), M.D.(Indiana) (Pediatrics)
R. St-Arnaud; B.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Laval) (Surgery)
E. Schurr; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Albert-Ludwigs, Freiburg) (Medicine)
P. Tonin; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.) (Medicine)
J. Trasler; M.D.,C.M., Ph.D.(McG.) (William Dawson Scholar) (Pathology and Pediatrics)
Assistant Professors
V. Desilets; M.D.(Laval) (Obs. - Gyn.)
K. Dewar; B.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Laval)
M. Fujiwara; M.Sc.(Alta.) (Medicine)
R. Koenekoop; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Utrecht), Ph.D.(Clark, Worcester), M.D.,C.M.(McG.) (Ophthalmology)
R. Slim; M.Sc.(Lebanon), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Paris VII)
B. St-Jacques; Ph.D.(Camb.)
Lecturers
K. Australie (Medicine), N. Bolduc (Obs/Gyn), L. Cartier (Pediatrics), J.M. Chiu (Pediatrics), J. Fitzpatrick (Pediatrics, Medicine), L. Kasprzak (Medicine), N. Wong (Medicine)
Associate Members
Cardiology: E. Elstein, J. Genest; Dentistry: E. Shields; Epidemiology: A. Lipmann; Endocrinology: C. Polychonakos; Medicine: D. Cournoyer, B. Gilfix, G. Hendy, A. Karaplis, A. Peterson, E. Skamene, M. Trifiro; Microbiology: M. DuBow; Neurology and Neurosurgery: M. Shevell; Nephrology: I. Gupta; Obs.-Gyn.: A. Ao, A. Naumova; Pediatrics: P. Goodyer, A. Ryan; Surgery: F. Glorieux, P. Roughley; J. Galipeau

36.2 Programs Offered

M.Sc. Degree (Genetic Counselling)

The Department of Human Genetics offers a two-year training program leading to a 48-credit non-thesis M.Sc. (Genetic Counselling). The curriculum is designed and intended to be flexible. The number and variety of courses taken by one trainee may differ from that of another in accord with their respective academic backgrounds.
Enrolment will be limited to 6 students.

M.Sc. and Ph.D. Degrees in Human Genetics

The Department of Human Genetics offers research training at both the M.Sc. and Ph.D. levels. Both degrees require the completion of a thesis which is the major focus of the student's effort. A minimal amount of course work is required but specific course choices are flexible and vary according to the student's previous training and current research interest.

Most of the faculty of the Human Genetics Department are located in McGill teaching hospitals, reflecting the medically learned knowledge at the core of human genetic studies.

Faculty have a wide variety of research interests which embrace; cancer genetics, cytogenetics, reproductive biology, neurogenetics, genomic and genetic basis of human diseases. Detailed information regarding faculty research interest can be found on the Department Web page at www.humangenetics. mcgill.ca.

Students accepted into the Human Genetics graduate program will be paid a minimum of $13, 000, plus tuition fees. Students who are thinking of applying for admission should realize that their chances of acceptance improve if they come with a studentship award. Deadlines for scholarship applications may be anywhere from October to February.

36.3 Admission Requirements

M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling

Prerequisites:

Bachelor's degree - minimum CGPA 3.0 on 4.0. Recent (5 years or less) university-level courses in the Basic Sciences (basic biology, cell and molecular, biochemistry, principles of human genetics or basic genetics with a significant "human" component); and a minimum of two Social Sciences (social psychology, abnormal psychology).

Prerequisites or corequisites:

Recent (5 years or less) university-level course in statistics.

Applicants must have obtained some experience (either paid or volunteer) working in a counselling or advisory capacity, ideally in a health care setting.

The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required of students who have graduated from a non-English university outside of Canada. A score of 600 on the TOEFL paper-based test (250 on the computer-based test) is the minimum standard for admission.

M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Human Genetics

Prerequisites:

B.Sc. - minimum CGPA 3.0/4.0 or 3.2/4.0 for the last two full-time academic years. Applicants must have a minimum of 6 credits in cellular and molecular biology or biochemistry, 3 credits in mathematics or statistics and 3 credits in genetics. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores are not required, but may be submitted. The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required of students who have graduated from a non-English language university outside of Canada. A score of 600 on the TOEFL paper-based test (250 on the computer-based test) or 7 on the IELTS, is the minimum standard for admission.

Admission is based on an evaluation by the Graduate Training Committee and on acceptance by a research director who can provide adequate funding for personal and research expenses. Prospective graduate students are encouraged to contact staff members with whom they wish to study before applying for admission.

36.4 Application Procedures

M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling

Applications will be considered upon receipt of: 
    1. application form,
    2. two original transcripts,
    3. two original letters of reference,
    4. statement of purpose,
    5. test results for international students: TOEFL or IELTS,
    6. application fee of $60.00 (credit card, money order or certified cheque in Canadian funds).

Documentation must be received by February 1st, and the on-line application by March 1st. Interviews will be arranged during the weeks of April 15 - May 1 for the top 18 candidates. Admission to the program will be based on academic record, reference letters, statement of purpose and interview.

Applications should be send to Ms. Laura Benner at the Departmental address above.

M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Human Genetics

Applications will be considered upon receipt of: 
    1. application form,
    2. two original transcripts,
    3. two original letters of reference,
    4. supervisor selection form,
    5. test results for international students: TOEFL or IELTS,
    6. application fee of $60.00 (credit card, money order or certified cheque in Canadian funds).

Deadlines for applications and all supporting documents are March 1 for September admission and October 1 for January admission (international applications for January admission due August 1).

Applications should be sent to: Ms. Laura Benner at the Departmental address above.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

36.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling

Students must complete 48 credits for the M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling.

Required Courses - Phase I
(year 1) (27 credits)
BIOL 370
(3)
Human Genetics Applied
EPIB 606
(3)
Introduction to Epidemiology
HGEN 600
(6)
Genetic Counselling Practicum
HGEN 610
(3)
Genetic Counselling: Independent Studies.
HGEN 620
(12)
Introductory Field Work Rotations
Required Courses - Phase II
(year 2) (18 credits)
HGEN 630D1
(6)
Advanced Field Work Rotations
HGEN 630D2
(6)
Advanced Field Work Rotations
HGEN 640
(3)
Clinical Genetic
HGEN 641
(3)
Clinical Genetics 2
Complementary Course
(3 credits)
chosen from:
   
PSYC 337
(3)
Introduction: Abnormal Psychology 1
HGEN 611
(3)
Genetic Counselling: Independent Studies Project
HGEN 650
(3)
Genetic Counselling: Reading Project
HGEN 660
(3)
Genetics and Bioethics

M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Human Genetics

The graduate program of each student is established and regularly evaluated by a two-member supervisory committee appointed by the Graduate Training Committee and chaired by the student's thesis supervisor.

All graduate students are required to participate regularly in the various seminar series and journal clubs offered by the Department.

M.Sc. Requirements

Length of Program

- Three full-time terms of resident study at McGill University is the minimum time requirement to complete the Master's degree. The normal and expected duration is 2 1/2 years.

Course Requirements

- Forty-five credits are required for the M.Sc. degree. Students must complete the courses HGEN 662, HGEN 680, HGEN 681, HGEN 682 (Lab techniques and M.Sc. Research 1, 2, 3). Students must also complete 3 additional, 3-credit Graduate courses to complete their requirements. For graduate students, a "pass" mark in required courses is B- and students are required to have a "B" average in all required courses.

Thesis

- In Human Genetics, the M.Sc. degree is considered to be a research degree and the candidate must present a thesis which should contain original contributions to knowledge.

Transfer from M.Sc. to Ph.D. Program

- The student's Supervisory Committee may recommend to the Graduate Training Committee that the student be permitted to transfer to the Ph.D. program. This is normally done at the end of the first year of the Master's program. Students who wish to transfer are required to take their Ph.D. Qualifying Examination before doing so.

Ph.D. Requirements

Length of Program

- Candidates entering Ph.D.1 must complete at least three years of full-time resident study (6 terms). The normal and expected duration of the Ph.D. program is 4-5 years. A student who has obtained a Master's degree at McGill, or at an approved institution elsewhere, and is proceeding in the same subject towards a Ph.D. degree may, upon the recommendation of the Graduate Training Committee, enter at the Ph.D2 level.

Course Requirements

- Students are required to take 12 course credits. These courses may be taken in Human Genetics or in other departments and must be numbered 500 or higher. Additional courses may be required if the student's background is insufficient. A graduate pass (B- or better) is mandatory for all courses required for the Ph.D. degree.

Ph.D. Qualifying Examination

- The Qualifying exam is a format of evaluation of the student's ability to proceed to the attainment of the Ph.D. Students must pass the Qualifying Examination (HGEN 701) no later than 15 months from the date of registration in the program. Students who transfer from the Master's program must take the exam before doing so. Students who enter the Ph.D. program after completing an M.Sc. in Human Genetics at McGill must take the exam after 12 months.

36.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling Courses

HGEN 600 Genetic Counselling Practicum.

(6) Designed for students enrolled in the M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling. Students will be taught how to take family histories, read pedigrees and the basic skills required for interviewing patients. Discussions with example cases. Attendance at Genetics Rounds is compulsory.

HGEN 600D1 (3), HGEN 600D2 (3) Genetic Counselling Practicum.

(Students must register for both HGEN 600D1 and HGEN 600D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HGEN 600D1 and HGEN 600D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (HGEN 600D1 and HGEN 600D2 together are equivalent to HGEN 600) Designed for students enrolled in the M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling. Students will be taught how to take family histories, read pedigrees and the basic skills required for interviewing patients. Discussions with example cases. Attendance at Genetics Rounds is compulsory.

HGEN 610 Genetic Counselling: Independent Studies.

(3) Students enrolled in the M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling will become involved in an Independent Studies Project with a staff member. Students will also be responsible for specific assigned readings.

HGEN 610D1 (1.5), HGEN 610D2 (1.5) Genetic Counselling: Independent Studies.

(Students must register for both HGEN 610D1 and HGEN 610D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HGEN 610D1 and HGEN 610D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (HGEN 610D1 and HGEN 610D2 together are equivalent to HGEN 610) Students enrolled in the M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling will become involved in an Independent Studies Project with a staff member. Students will also be responsible for specific assigned readings.

HGEN 611 Genetic Counselling: Independent Studies Project.

(3) Students enrolled in the two-year M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling program will complete an independent studies project with a staff member. Students will also be responsible for specific assigned readings.

HGEN 620 Introductory Field Work Rotations.

(12) Students are required to spend a minimum of 600 hours in field work. They will rotate through the various laboratories (cytogenetics, biochemical/molecular genetics) and clinical settings (prenatal diagnosis, screening, medical genetics) at the Montreal Children's Hospital.

HGEN 620D1 (6), HGEN 620D2 (6) Introductory Field Work Rotations.

(Students must register for both HGEN 620D1 and HGEN 620D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HGEN 620D1 and HGEN 620D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (HGEN 620D1 and HGEN 620D2 together are equivalent to HGEN 620) Students are required to spend a minimum of 600 hours in field work. They will rotate through the various laboratories (cytogenetics, biochemical/molecular genetics) and clinical settings (prenatal diagnosis, screening, medical genetics) at the Montreal Children's Hospital.

HGEN 630D1 (6), HGEN 630D2 (6) Advanced Field Work Rotations.

(Students must register for both HGEN 630D1 and HGEN 630D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HGEN 630D1 and HGEN 630D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Students are required to spend a minimum of 600 hours in advanced clinical work. Students will rotate through the Division of Medical Genetics at the Montreal Children's Hospital, in some of its desease-oriented clinics and screening programs; at the Neurogenetics Unit of the Montreal Neurological Hospital; and the Medical Genetics Divisions at the adult hospitals (Montreal General Hospital, Royal Victoria Hospital and the Sir Mortimer B. Davis-Jewish General Hospital).

HGEN 640 Clinical Genetics.

(3) This course is designed for students in the M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling program. The lectures will cover current topics in human/medical genetics (cytogenetics, biochemical genetics, molecular genetics, population genetics, etc.) related to clinical cases.

HGEN 640D1 (1.5), HGEN 640D2 (1.5) Clinical Genetics.

(Students must register for both HGEN 640D1 and HGEN 640D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HGEN 640D1 and HGEN 640D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (HGEN 640D1 and HGEN 640D2 together are equivalent to HGEN 640) This course is designed for students in the M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling program. The lectures will cover current topics in human/medical genetics (cytogenetics, biochemical genetics, molecular genetics, population genetics, etc.) related to clinical cases.

HGEN 641 Clinical Genetics 2.

(3) This course is designed for students in the M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling program. The lectures will cover current topics in human/medical genetics (cytogenetics, biochemical genetics, molecular genetics, population genetics, etc.) related to clinical cases.

HGEN 650 Genetic Counselling: Reading Project.

(3) Students in the M.Sc. in Genetic Counselling will be assigned a Reading/Literature Search project on various topics: Bereavement, Pregnancy Loss, etc. Students will prepare and present information in seminar/discussion format.

HGEN 660 Genetics and Bioethics.

(3) This course will deal with ethical issues in the gathering, dissemination, and use of genetic information for decisions concerning reproduction, health care, and research.

HGEN 661 Population Genetics.

(3) This course will deal with the quantitative analysis of factors that affect the distribution of genetic variation indefined populations. Lectures and presentations.

HGEN 662 Laboratory Research Techniques.

(3) Directed training in selected methods. Form and content are flexible to allow the department to meet specific student demands and needs.

HGEN 670 Advances in Human Genetics 1.

(3) This course will deal with recent progress in human genetics, and its applications to health care, by identifying different fields including different disciplines (e.g. cancer genetics, neurogenetics), different conceptual approaches, or different methodologic approaches.

HGEN 671 Advances in Human Genetics 2.

(3) This course will deal with recent progress in human genetics, and its applications to health care, by identifying different fields including different disciplines (e.g. cancer genetics, neurogenetics), different conceptual approaches, or different methodologic approaches.

HGEN 672 Advances in Human Genetics 3.

(3) This course will deal with recent progress in human genetics, and its applications to health care, by identifying different fields including different disciplines (e.g. cancer genetics, neurogenetics), different conceptual approaches, or different methodologic approaches.

HGEN 680 M.Sc. Thesis Research 1.

(9) Independent research work under the direction of the Thesis Supervisor and the Supervisory Committee.

HGEN 681 M.Sc. Thesis Research 2.

(12) Independent research work under the direction of the Thesis Supervisor and the Supervisory Committee.

HGEN 682 M.Sc. Thesis Research 3.

(12) Independent research work under the direction of the Thesis Supervisor and the Supervisory Committee.

HGEN 690 Inherited Cancer Syndromes.

(3) The principles and practice associated with inherited predisposition to cancer (breast and colon cancers, example) such as the methods of gene discovery, clinical characteristics of inherited predisposition, methods of mutation analysis, genetic counselling, and ethical issues of genetic testing.

HGEN 691 Host Responses to Pathogens.

(3) Introduction to advanced concepts of host resistance to infectious diseases as they apply to both animal models and human populations.

HGEN 692 Human Genetics.

(3) (Restriction: For Department of Human Genetics graduate students.) This course will emphasize the principles and practice of human genetics, including an overview of the fundamental aspects of human genetics pertaining to chromosomes and mutations, population, cancer and development genetics, the inheritance of complex traits.

HGEN 701 Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

Related advanced undergraduate courses offered in other departments include the following.

(Note: All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.)

Biology

BIOL 370 Human Genetics Applied. (3)

BIOL 468 Topics on the Human Genome. (3)

BIOL 475 Human Biochemical Genetics. (3)

BIOL 588 Molecular/Cellular Neurobiology. (3)

Biochemistry

BIOC 450 Protein Structure and Function. (3)

BIOC 454 Nucleic Acids. (3)

37 Integrated Studies in Education

Department of Integrated Studies in Education
Education Building, Room 244
3700 McTavish Street
Montreal QC  H3A 1Y2 
Telephone: (514) 398-4527
Fax: (514) 398-4529
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/edu-integrated 
Graduate Programs:
Education Building, Room 244
Telephone: (514) 398-4531
Fax: (514) 398-4529
E-mail: diseadvisegrad.education@mcgill.ca 
Chair
Steven Jordan
Director of Graduate Programs:
Dr. Ann Beer (Fall 2004)
Dr. Carolyn Turner (Winter 2005)

The administrative office is open Monday to Friday from 08:30 to 17:00. During the first week of classes, the office will remain open until 18:00. For general information, please initially contact the Graduate Program Coordinator at (514) 398-4531.

37.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
Patrick X. Dias; B.A., M.A.(Karachi), B.Ed., Ph.D.(Montr.)
Margaret Gillett; B.A., Dip. Ed.(Syd.), M.A.(Russel Sage), Ed.D.(Col.) (William C. Macdonald Emeritus Professor of Education)
Wayne C. Hall; B.A., M.A.(Bishop's) (William C. Macdonald Emeritus Protessor of Education)
Norman Henchey; B.A., B.ped., Lic.Ped.(Montr.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Jacques J. Rebuffot; B.ès L., L.ès L., D.E.S.(Aix-Marseilles), Dip. I.E.P., Dr. 3rd Cy.(Strasbourg)
David C. Smith; B.Ed.(McG.) Ph.D.(Lond.), F.C.C.T., F.R.S.A.z`
Professors
David Dillon; B.A.(St. Columban's), M.S.(S.W. Texas St.), Ph.D.(Texas at Austin)
Ratna Ghosh; C.M., B.A.(Calc.), M.A., Ph.D.(Calg.) F.R.S.C., (William C. Macdonald Professor of Education ) (James McGill Chair)
Barry Levy; B.A., M.A., BRE(Yeshiva), Ph.D.(N.Y.U.)
Mary H. Maguire; B.A., B.Ed., M.A.(Montr.), M.Ed., Cert. Reading(McG.) Ph.D.(Ariz.)
Claudia A. Mitchell; B.A.(Bran.), M.A.(Mt. St. Vin.), Ph.D.(Alta.)
Bernard Shapiro; B.A.(McG.), M.A.T., Ed.D.(Harv.)
R. Lynn Studham; N.D.D.(Sunder.), A.R.A.(Royal Acad., Copen.), M.A.(E. Carolina), C.S.G.A., S.C.A.
Associate Professors
Brian J. Alters; B.Sc., Ph.D.(USC) (William Dawson Scholar)
Helen Amoriggi; B.Sc., M.A.(Rhode Isl.), Ed.D.(Boston)
Ann J. Beer; B.A.(Oxon.), M.A.(Tor.), D.Phil.(Oxon.)
Jon G. Bradley; B.A., M.A.(Slr G.Wms.)
Lynn Butler-Kisber; B.Ed., M.Ed.(McG.), Ed.D.(Harv.)
Janet Donin; B.A.(Tor.), M.A.(Ill.), Ph.D.(Cal.) (joint appoint. with Educational and Counselling Psychology)
Steven Jordan; B.A.(Kent), M.Sc.(Lond.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Yarema G. Kelebay; B.A., B.Ed.(Montr.), M.A.(Sir G.Wms.), Ph.D.(C'dia)
Cathrine Le Maistre; B.Sc., Dip.Ed.(Exeter), M.Ed., Ph.D.(McG.)
Denise Lussier; B.A.(Coll. Jesus Marie de Sillery), M.A.(Boston), M.Ed., Ph.D.(Laval)
Charles S. Lusthaus; B.S., M.S.(Canisius), Ph.D.(S.U.N.Y.)
Roy Lyster; B.A.(Regina), M.A.(Paris VII), B.Ed., M.Ed., Ph.D.(Tor.)
Kevin McDonough; B.A., B.Ed., M.Ed.(Alta.), Ph.D.(IlI.)Christopher S. Milligan; B.A.(Sir G.Wms.), M.Ed.(McG.), Ed.D.(Tor.)
Ronald Morris; B.Ed., M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
Anthony Paré; B.Ed, M.Ed., Ph.D.(McG.)
Howard N. Riggs; B.Ed.(AIta.), M.A., Ph.D.(Minn.)
Phyllis Shapiro; Dip.Ed.(McG.), B.A.(C'dia), M.Ed., D.Ed.(Boston)
Carolyn E. Turner; B.A.(Ariz.), M.Ed., Ph.D.(McG.)
Boyd White; B.A.(Sir G.Wms.), B.F.A.(C'dia), M.F.A.(lnst. Allende, Guanajuato), Ph.D.(C'dia)
Lise Winer; B.A.(Pitts.), M.A.(Minn.), Cert. Ped.(C'dia), Ph.D.(WI)
Elizabeth Wood; B.F.A.(York), B.F.A.(C'dia), Dip.Ed., M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
Assistant Professors
Spencer Boudreau; B.A.(Don Bosco), B.A., M.A.(Sherb.), Ph.D.(C'dia)
Eric Caplan; B.A.(Tor.), M.A.(Hebrew University), Ph.D.(McG.)
Valentina De Krom; B.A. (Ott.), Dip.Ed., M.Sc. (McG.)
Michael Doxtater; B.A.(McM.), M.Sc.Ed. (C'nell), Ph.D.(Cornell)
Michael Hoechsmann; B.A., M.A.(S.Fraser), Ph.D.(Tor.)
Dip Kapoor; B.Com., M.B.A., Ph.D.(Alta)
Kevin Kee; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Queen's)
Bronwen Low; B.A. (Queen's), M.A. (UBC), Ph.D. (York)
Joan Russell; B.Mus., L.Mus., M.Ed., Ph.D.(McG.)
Ruth Sandwell; B.A.(Carl.), M.A.(U.Vic.), Ph.D.(S.Fraser)
Mela Sarkar; B.A., Dip.Ed.(McG.), M.A., Ph.D.(C'dia)
Marc Schwartz; B.Sc., M.Ed.(N.H.), Ed.D.(Harv.)
Shaheen Shariff; B.G.S., M.A.Educ., Ph.D.(S.Fraser)
Sylvia Sklar; Dip.Ed.(McG.), B.A.(C'dia), M.Ed.(McG.)
Doreen Starke-Meyerring; B.Ed.(Potsdam), M.A.(N.Dakota), Ph.D.(Minn.)
Teresa Strong-Wilson; B.A.(Calg.), B.A.(McG.), M.A., Ph.D.(Vic. B.C.)
Associate Members
Michael Doxtater; B.A. (McMaster), M.Sc., Ph.D. (Cornell)
Richard Harris, Lynn McAlpine
Faculty Lecturers
Linda Cooper, Carolyn Pittenger
Adjunct Professors
Abigail Anderson, Noel C. Burke, Gretta Chambers, Scott Conrod, Charley Levy, Daniel Michael Mason, Marianna McVey, Kenneth Robertson, Howard Simpkin, Vikki Zack

37.2 Programs Offered

The Department offers M.A. thesis and non-thesis degree programs (45 credits) in the following areas:

The Department also offers two 15-credit Graduate Certificates in Educational Leadership and an ad hoc Ph.D.

Applicants should take note that, unlike the Department's Bachelor of Education programs, these graduate programs do not lead to teacher certification.

37.3 Admission Requirements

M.A. and Certificate Programs

Master of Arts in Second Language Education.
Normally, a minimum of 36 credits including a combination of relevant courses in education and language studies.
Normally, at least two years of relevant professional experience in education.
Master of Arts in Educational Studies.
Normally, at least two years of relevant educational experience (teaching or related professional experience).
Graduate Certificates in Educational Leadership I and II.
Normally, at least two years of relevant educational experience (teaching or related professional experience).

Ad hoc Ph.D

Applicants to the ad hoc Ph.D must contact the Graduate Program Coordinators (514) 398-6985, for more detailed and current information.

The designation of ad hoc in the Ph.D. program indicates that there are no required courses common to all doctoral candidates in the Department of Integrated Studies in Education. Instead, requirements for each student are determined by the Department according to the area of research and the background of the applicant.

In the absence of a more structured program, considerable independence is expected of ad hoc Ph.D. students and demonstration of certain research skills is thus prerequisite to admission. For this reason, the submission of a five-page proposal and identification of a prospective supervisor are part of the application procedure.

The deadline for applications to the ad hoc Ph.D. is February 1.

37.4 Application Procedure

McGill's on-line application form is available to all graduate program candidates at www.mcgill.ca/web-apply.

Applicants must submit, before the application deadline, the following:

Applicants must arrange to have the following documents sent directly to the Department from the institutions involved:

The deadlines for submitting applications are:
Fall admission:
February 1st - Ph.D., M.A., and Certificate applicants
Winter admission:
October 1st - Certificate applicants

All documentation is to be submitted directly to the Graduate Program Coordinator in the Department of Integrated Studies in Education.

37.5 Program Requirements

37.5.1 M.A. in Culture and Values in Education

This program encourages research into educational issues that have a culture and/or values orientation as a key investigative focus on more specific topics covered in the Department.

MASTER OF ARTS IN CULTURE AND VALUES IN EDUCATION (Thesis Option)
(45 credits)
Required Courses
(6 credits)
EDEM 609
(3)
Issues in Educational Studies
EDER 615
(3)
Culture, Values and Education
Complementary Courses
(12 credits)
9 credits to be selected from the following courses:
EDEM 620
(3)
Meanings of Literacy
EDER 600
(3)
Globalization, Education & Change
EDER 606
(3)
Philosophy of Moral Education
EDER 607
(3)
Values Education: Contemporary Approaches
EDER 614
(3)
Sociology of Education
EDER 617
(3)
Aesthetics and Education
EDER 625
(3)
Topics: Culture in Education
EDER 626
(3)
Topics: Value in Education
EDER 649
(3)
Education: Multicultural Societies
3 credits to be selected from the following courses:
EDEC 706
(3)
Textual Approaches to Research
EDEM 690
(3)
Research Methods
EDEM 692
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods
EDSL 630
(3)
Qualitative/Ethnographic Methods
Elective Course
(3 credits)
Students are required to take 3 additional credits at the 500- or 600-level, inside or outside the Department. These are to be approved by the Graduate Program Director.
Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
EDER 690
(6)
Thesis Preparation 1
EDER 691
(6)
Thesis Preparation 2
EDER 692
(12)
Thesis Preparation 3
MASTER OF ARTS IN CULTURE AND VALUES IN EDUCATION (Non-thesis Option)
(45 credits)
Required Courses
(18 credits)
EDEM 609
(3)
Issues in Educational Studies
EDER 615
(3)
Culture, Values and Education
EDER 633
(12)
Special Project
Complementary Courses
(12 credits)
9 credits to be selected from the following courses:
EDEM 620
(3)
Meanings of Literacy
EDER 600
(3)
Globalization, Education & Change
EDER 606
(3)
Philosophy of Moral Education
EDER 607
(3)
Values Education: Contemporary Approaches
EDER 614
(3)
Sociology of Education
EDER 617
(3)
Aesthetics and Education
EDER 625
(3)
Topics: Culture in Education
EDER 626
(3)
Topics: Value in Education
EDER 649
(3)
Education: Multicultural Societies
3 credits to be selected from the following courses:
EDEC 706
(3)
Textual Approaches to Research
EDEM 690
(3)
Research Methods
EDEM 692
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods
EDSL 630
(3)
Qualitative/Ethnographic Methods
Elective Courses
(15 credits)
Students are required to take 15 additional credits at the 500- or 600-level, inside or outside the Department. These are to be approved by the Graduate Program Director.
MASTER OF ARTS IN CULTURE AND VALUES IN EDUCATION (Non-thesis Option - Jewish Education)
(45 credits)

This program is designed to offer a graduate-level point of entry into the teaching profession for students who typically will have completed a B.A. with minor or major in Jewish studies. The M.A. will not provide Quebec Government teacher certification (in Quebec certification is at the B.Ed. level) but Jewish schools presently have the right to hire non-certified teachers of Jewish studies.

Students interested in doing a research-focused M.A. in the area of Jewish education should follow one of the other graduate degree offerings within the area of Culture and Values in Education.

Required Courses
(21 credits)
EDEM 690
(3)
Research Methods
EDER 520
(3)
Issues in Jewish Education
EDER 529
(0)
Hebrew Language Requirement
EDER 610D1
(7.5)
Internship
EDER 610D2
(7.5)
Internship
Complementary Courses
(24 credits)
24 credits at the 500 level or above, selected in consultation with the program advisor. Students will normally follow this profile:
9 credits from the course offerings of the Department of Jewish Studies, Faculty of Arts.
9 credits from among the folowing:
EDER 521
(3)
Teaching Judaism: Yiddish
EDER 522
(3)
Teaching Judaism: Hebrew
EDER 523
(3)
Teaching Judaism: Bible
EDER 524
(3)
Teaching Judaism: History
EDER 525
(3)
Teaching Judaism: Holidays
EDER 526
(3)
Teaching Judaism: Liturgy
EDER 527
(3)
Teaching Judaism: Special Topics
EDER 528
(3)
Teaching Judaism: The Holocaust
6 credits from among the following:
EDPI 526
(3)
Talented and Gifted Studies
EDPI 642
(3)
Education of Learners/Special Needs 1
EDPI 654
(3)
Instruction/Curriculum Adaptation
EDPI 666
(3)
Methods: Learning Disabilities
EDPE 510
(3)
Learning and Technology
EDPE 535
(3)
Instructional Design
EDPE 616
(3)
Cognitive Development

37.5.2 M.A. in Second Language Education

From a range of pedagogical, linguistic, cognitive, political, and sociocultural perspectives, this program combines theoretical and applied studies of how second and foreign languages are learned and used. The M.A. Thesis option is a research-oriented degree, approximately half of which consists of thesis research. The M.A. Non-thesis option, consisting entirely of course work, is less research-oriented and suitable for practitioners interested in professional development with a theoretical orientation.

MASTER OF ARTS IN SECOND LANGUAGE EDUCATION (Thesis Option)
(45 credits)
Required Courses
(12 credits)
EDEM 609
(3)
Issues in Educational Studies
EDPE 575
(3)
Educational Measurement
EDSL 623
(3)
Second Language Learning
EDSL 664
(3)
Second Language Research Methods
Complementary Courses
(9 credits)
9 credits chosen from the following:
EDSL 617
(3)
Special Topic in Second Language Education
EDSL 620
(3)
Critical Issues in Second Language Education
EDSL 624
(3)
Educational Sociolinguistics
EDSL 627
(3)
Classroom-Centred Second Language Research
EDSL 629
(3)
Second Language Testing and Evaluation
EDSL 630
(3)
Qualitative/Ethnographic Methods
EDSL 631
(3)
Second Language Curriculum
EDSL 632
(3)
Second Language Literacy Development
Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
EDSL 666
(6)
Thesis Research 1
EDSL 667
(6)
Thesis Research 2
EDSL 668
(6)
Thesis Research 3
EDSL 669
(6)
Thesis Research 4
MASTER OF ARTS IN SECOND LANGUAGE EDUCATION (Non-thesis)
(45 credits)
Required Courses
(12 credits)
EDEM 609
(3)
Issues in Educational Studies
EDPE 575
(3)
Educational Measurement
EDSL 623
(3)
Second Language Learning
EDSL 664
(3)
Second Language Research Methods
Complementary Courses
(15 credits)
15 credits chosen from the following:
EDSL 617
(3)
Special Topic in Second Language Education
EDSL 620
(3)
Critical Issues in Second Language Education
EDSL 624
(3)
Educational Sociolinguistics
EDSL 627
(3)
Classroom-Centred Second Language Research
EDSL 629
(3)
Second Language Testing and Evaluation
EDSL 630
(3)
Qualitative/Ethnographic Methods
EDSL 631
(3)
Second Language Curriculum
EDSL 632
(3)
Second Language Literacy Development
Elective Courses
(18 credits)
Elective courses, at the 500- or 600-level, are selected in consultation with the Graduate Program Director and may include complementary courses listed above. Up to 6 of the elective credits may include the following:
EDEC 635
(3)
Advanced Written Communication (for students whose primary language is English)
ESLN 590
(3)
Writing for Graduate Students (for students whose primary language is not English)
An undergraduate language course (e.g., Spanish, Italian, Japanese).

37.5.3 M.A. in Educational Studies

This program enables graduate students to explore areas of education with special concern for the relationship between curriculum and educational leadership. The program includes the social, cultural and ideological factors that influence formal and informal contexts for learning. Particular attention is paid to the content and activity of the curriculum and to the ways in which leadership at local, national, and international levels affects the nature and practice of education. There are two possible concentrations from which a student may choose: Curriculum or Leadership.

MASTER OF ARTS EDUCATIONAL STUDIES (Thesis Option) - Curriculum Concentration
(45 credits)
Required Courses
(9 credits)
EDEM 609
(3)
Issues in Educational Studies
EDEM 620
(3)
Meanings of Literacy
EDEC 606
(3)
Seminar in Curriculum Inquiry
Complementary Courses
(6 credits)
two of the following courses:
EDEM 679
(3)
Interpretive Inquiry, or equivalent
EDEM 690
(3)
Research Methods
EDEM 692
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods, or equivalent
Elective Courses
(6 credits)
Two courses chosen in consultation with an advisor.
Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
EDEM 621
(6)
Thesis 1
EDEM 623
(6)
Thesis 2
EDEM 699
(12)
Thesis 3
MASTER OF ARTS EDUCATIONAL STUDIES (Non-thesis Option) - Curriculum Concentration
(45 credits)
Required Courses
(12 credits)
EDEM 609
(3)
Issues in Educational Studies
EDEM 620
(3)
Meanings of Literacy
EDEM 690
(3)
Research Methods
EDEC 606
(3)
Seminar in Curriculum Inquiry
Complementary Courses
(15 credits)
Four Curriculum courses, chosen in consultation with an advisor.
One Leadership course.
Elective Courses
(6 credits)
Courses chosen in consultation with an advisor.
Project Component - Required
(12 credits)
EDEM 625
(6)
Project 1
EDEM 627
(6)
Project 2
MASTER OF ARTS EDUCATIONAL STUDIES (Thesis Option) - Leadership Concentration
(45 credits)
Required Courses
(9 credits)
EDEM 609
(3)
Issues in Educational Studies
EDEM 610
(3)
Leadership in Action
EDEM 673
(3)
Leadership Theory in Education
Complementary Courses
(6 credits)
two of the following courses:
EDEM 679
(3)
Interpretive Inquiry, or equivalent
EDEM 690
(3)
Research Methods
EDEM 692
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods, or equivalent
Elective Courses
(6 credits)
Two courses chosen in consultation with an advisor.
Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
EDEM 621
(6)
Thesis 1
EDEM 623
(6)
Thesis 2
EDEM 699
(12)
Thesis 3
MASTER OF ARTS EDUCATIONAL STUDIES (Non-Thesis Option) - Leadership Concentration
(45 credits)
Required Courses
(12 credits)
EDEM 609
(3)
Issues in Educational Studies
EDEM 610
(3)
Leadership in Action
EDEM 673
(3)
Leadership Theory in Education
EDEM 690
(3)
Research Methods
Complementary Courses
(15 credits)
Four Leadership courses, chosen in consultation with an advisor.
One Curriculum course.
Elective Courses
(6 credits)
Two courses chosen in consultation with an advisor.
Project Component - Required
(12 credits)
EDEM 625
(6)
Project 1
EDEM 627
(6)
Project 2

37.5.4 Graduate Certificate in Educational Leadership 1

This 15-credit program addresses the needs of experienced and aspiring school leaders who are taking increased responsibility for the students and communities they serve. The management of schools is increasingly seen as making a major contribution to the learning and personal development of students. The professional development of school leaders, educational reform and school partnership form the basis for the program.

Required Courses
(9 credits)
EDEM 610
(3)
Leadership in Action
EDEM 628
(3)
Education Resource Management
EDEM 646
(3)
Planning and Evaluation
Complementary Courses
(6 credits)
Two courses chosen from the following:
EDEC 635
(3)
Advanced Written Communication
EDEM 635
(3)
Fiscal Accountability in Education
EDEM 637
(3)
Managing Educational Change
EDEM 644
(3)
Curriculum Development and Implementation
EDEM 660
(3)
Community Relations in Education
EDEM 664
(3)
Education and the Law
EDEM 671
(3)
The Principalship
EDEM 675
(3)
Special Topics 1
EDEM 679
(3)
Interpretive Inquiry
EDEM 693
(3)
School Improvement Approaches
EDEM 695
(3)
Policy Studies in Education

37.5.5 Graduate Certificate in Educational Leadership 2

This 15-credit program explores deeper leadership theory and educational issues and applications in a practicum. Candidates for the Graduate Certificate in Educational Leadership 2 should normally have completed the first certificate. In combination, the two certificates allow school administrators to acquire the 30 graduate credits in the field of educational leadership required by the Quebec Ministry of Education.

Required Courses
(9 credits)
EDEM 609
(3)
Issues in Educational Studies
EDEM 673
(3)
Leadership Theory in Education
EDEM 681
(3)
Practicum-Administrative Studies
Complementary Courses
(6 credits)
Two courses chosen from the following:
EDEC 635
(3)
Advanced Written Communication
EDEM 635
(3)
Fiscal Accountability in Education
EDEM 637
(3)
Managing Educational Change
EDEM 644
(3)
Curriculum Development and Implementation
EDEM 660
(3)
Community Relations in Education
EDEM 664
(3)
Education and the Law
EDEM 671
(3)
The Principalship
EDEM 675
(3)
Special Topics 1
EDEM 679
(3)
Interpretive Inquiry
EDEM 693
(3)
School Improvement Approaches
EDEM 695
(3)
Policy Studies in Education
Other courses may be taken with permission from the Director of Graduate Certificate Programs in consultation with the Graduate Program Director.

37.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Single term and Multi-term Courses (D1/D2, N1/N2, J1/J2/J3)

The same course may be available as a single term offering and also as a multi-term offering. The course content and credit weight is equivalent in all modes; the only difference being the scheduling.

Courses with numbers ending in D1 and D2
are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for the same section of both the D1 and D2 components. When registering for a fall term D1 course the student will automatically be registered for the winter term D2 portion. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms, e.g., Fall 2004 and Winter 2005.
Courses with numbers ending in N1 and N2
are taught in two non-consecutive terms (Winter and Fall). Students must register for the same section of both the N1 and N2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (N1 and N2) are successfully completed within a twelve (12) month period.
Courses with numbers ending in J1, J2 and J3

are taught over three consecutive terms. Students must register for the same section of all three components (J1, J2, J3). No credit will be given unless all three components are successfully completed.

For more information on Multi-term Courses, Course
Terminology, Class Schedule and Course Catalog, see the
General Information, Regulations and Research Guidelines, Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar for 2004-05.

Denotes limited enrolment

37.6.1 EDEA - Arts Education

Courses:

EDEA 606N1 Printmaking. (3)

EDEA 606N2 Printmaking. (3)

EDEA 612 Art Education Tutorial. (3)

EDEA 613 Research Paper on Art Education. (6)

EDEA 613D1 Research Paper on Art Education. (3)

EDEA 613D2 Research Paper on Art Education. (3)

EDEA 613J1 Research Paper on Art Education. (2)

EDEA 613J2 Research Paper on Art Education. (2)

EDEA 613J3 Research Paper on Art Education. (2)

EDEA 615 Special Topics in Music Education. (3)

EDEA 642 Role Music Education in Child Development. (3)

EDEA 652 Approaches to Music Curriculum. (3)

37.6.2 EDEC - Curriculum and Instruction

Courses currently scheduled for 2004-05:

EDEC 500 Tutoring Writing.

(3) Theory and practice of teaching writing through one-on-one conferencing. Focus on composition theory and research, rules of English usage, and tutorial teaching strategies. Practical experience offered through work in Writing Tutorial Service. Relevant for anyone who teaches or will teach in English at any level in any subject.

l

EDEC 602 Foundations of Curriculum.

(3)

l

EDEC 603 Individual Reading Course.

(6)

l

EDEC 603D1 (3), EDEC 603D2 (3) Individual Reading Course.

(Students must register for both EDEC 603D1 and EDEC 603D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEC 603D1 and EDEC 603D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEC 603D1 and EDEC 603D2 together are equivalent to EDEC 603)

EDEC 604 Literacy and Learning Across Curriculum.

(3) Examination of the central role of language in learning across the curriculum: the processes by which pupils acquire information and understanding and the ways in which teaching must take account of these processes: learning through talk, learning by writing, learning from text.

EDEC 606 Seminar in Curriculum Inquiry.

(3) Students will be introduced to debates that are current in curriculum studies which centre on the appropriate emphasis to be accorded to traditions of schooling. To join the debate, students will need to explore the nature of a variety of traditions and the concomitant curricular manifestations and approaches to pedagogy.

l

EDEC 606D1 (1.5), EDEC 606D2 (1.5) Seminar in Curriculum Inquiry.

(Students must register for both EDEC 606D1 and EDEC 606D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEC 606D1 and EDEC 606D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEC 606D1 and EDEC 606D2 together are equivalent to EDEC 606)

l

EDEC 607 Foundations of Literacy.

(3)

l

EDEC 608 Selected Readings in Literacy.

(6)

l

EDEC 608D1 (3), EDEC 608D2 (3) Selected Readings in Literacy.

(Students must register for both EDEC 608D1 and EDEC 608D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEC 608D1 and EDEC 608D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEC 608D1 and EDEC 608D2 together are equivalent to EDEC 608)

l

EDEC 609 Drama and Literacy.

(3)

l

EDEC 610 Literature: Children/Young Adults.

(3)

l

EDEC 612 Media Literacy.

(3)

l

EDEC 613 Selected Readings in Curriculum.

(6)

l

EDEC 613D1 (3), EDEC 613D2 (3) Selected Readings in Curriculum.

(Students must register for both EDEC 613D1 and EDEC 613D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEC 613D1 and EDEC 613D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEC 613D1 and EDEC 613D2 together are equivalent to EDEC 613)

l

EDEC 614 Numeracy Across the Curriculum.

(3)

l

EDEC 616 Reading Course.

(3)

l

EDEC 616D1 (1.5), EDEC 616D2 (1.5) Reading Course.

(Students must register for both EDEC 616D1 and EDEC 616D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEC 616D1 and EDEC 616D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEC 616D1 and EDEC 616D2 together are equivalent to EDEC 616)

l

EDEC 617 Special Topics - Literacy Studies.

(3)

l

EDEC 617D1 (1.5), EDEC 617D2 (1.5) Special Topics - Literacy Studies.

(Students must register for both EDEC 617D1 and EDEC 617D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEC 617D1 and EDEC 617D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEC 617D1 and EDEC 617D2 together are equivalent to EDEC 617)

l

EDEC 623 Emergent Literacy.

(3)

l

EDEC 627 Responding to Texts.

(3)

l

EDEC 629 Writing: Theory, Research, and Practice.

(3)

EDEC 635 Advanced Written Communication.

(3) Rhetorical practices and principles that remain constant across disciplines: generating and organizing ideas; setting goals; planning; considering readers; editing and revising. Students will analyze and produce texts that use the formats, rhetorical strategies, styles, genres, and other conventions of their disciplines.

l

EDEC 637 Gender, Genre and Schooling.

(3)

EDEC 645 Science Writing and Publishing.

(3) (Limited to senior graduate students - Ph.D.2 and above.) Techniques for writing reader-sensitive scientific articles and grant applications, including how to express abstract ideas.

l

EDEC 690 Monograph Preparation and Presentation.

(12)

l

EDEC 690D1 (6), EDEC 690D2 (6) Monograph Preparation and Presentation.

(Students must register for both EDEC 690D1 and EDEC 690D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEC 690D1 and EDEC 690D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEC 690D1 and EDEC 690D2 together are equivalent to EDEC 690)

l

EDEC 701 Proseminar in Education 1.

(2) (Restriction: Limited to Doctoral students)

l

EDEC 702 Proseminar in Education 2.

(2) (Restriction: Limited to Doctoral students)

l

EDEC 703 Ph.D. Colloquium 1.

(2) (Restriction: Limited to Doctoral students)

l

EDEC 704 Ph.D. Colloquium 2.

(2) (Restriction: Limited to Doctoral students)

l

EDEC 705 Advanced Research Designs.

(3) (Restriction: Limited to Doctoral students)

l

EDEC 706 Textual Approaches to Research.

(3) (Restriction: Limited to Doctoral students)

37.6.3 EDEE - Elementary Education

Courses currently scheduled for 2004-05:

l

EDEE 655 Special Topics - Curriculum Studies.

(3)

l

EDEE 661 Global Education.

(3)

37.6.4 EDEM - Admin & Policy Studies in Education

Courses currently scheduled for 2004-05:

l

EDEM 603 Individual Reading Course.

(6)

l

EDEM 603D1 (3), EDEM 603D2 (3) Individual Reading Course.

(Students must register for both EDEM 603D1 and EDEM 603D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 603D1 and EDEM 603D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 603D1 and EDEM 603D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 603)

EDEM 606 Educational Leadership Issues.

(3) Critical analysis and appraisal of leadership issues across geographic, linguistic, racial, gender and cultural contexts from a comparative perspective. Students will analyze their own experience.

EDEM 609 Issues in Educational Studies.

(3) The purpose is to explore critically the contemporary trends, issues, historical contexts and implications in curriculum and leadership through processes that engage students with each other and various members of the Department.

EDEM 610 Leadership in Action.

(3) Teaching of the use of reflective practice as a means of developing individual theories of action in educational settings. It provides students with the knowledge, skills and attitudes necessary to engage in processes that can improve individual and organizational performance. Special emphasis will be given to communication, problem solving and decision-making.

l

EDEM 610D1 (1.5), EDEM 610D2 (1.5) Leadership in Action.

(Students must register for both EDEM 610D1 and EDEM 610D2)

l

EDEM 612 Foundations of Administration & Policy Studies Education 1.

(3)

l

EDEM 612D1 (1.5), EDEM 612D2 (1.5) Foundations of Administration & Policy Studies Education 1.

(Students must register for both EDEM 612D1 and EDEM 612D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 612D1 and EDEM 612D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 612D1 and EDEM 612D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 612)

l

EDEM 613 Foundations of Administration & Policy Studies Education 2.

(3)

l

EDEM 615 Selected Issues: Contemporary Education.

(6)

l

EDEM 615D1 (3), EDEM 615D2 (3) Selected Issues: Contemporary Education.

(Students must register for both EDEM 615D1 and EDEM 615D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 615D1 and EDEM 615D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

EDEM 616 Individual Reading Course.

(3)

l

EDEM 616D1 (1.5), EDEM 616D2 (1.5) Individual Reading Course.

(Students must register for both EDEM 616D1 and EDEM 616D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 616D1 and EDEM 616D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 616D1 and EDEM 616D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 616)

EDEM 620 Meanings of Literacy.

(3) Investigation of basic issues related to definitions of literacy. Issues include new directions in literacy and education, the need for non-print literacies in contemporary life, and the challenges these changes present for educators.

l

EDEM 621 Thesis 1.

(6)

l

EDEM 621D1 (3), EDEM 621D2 (3) Thesis 1.

(Students must register for both EDEM 621D1 and EDEM 621D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 621D1 and EDEM 621D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 621D1 and EDEM 621D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 621)

l

EDEM 623 Thesis 2.

(6) Continuation of EDEM 621.

l

EDEM 623D1 (3), EDEM 623D2 (3) Thesis 2.

(Students must register for both EDEM 623D1 and EDEM 623D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 623D1 and EDEM 623D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 623D1 and EDEM 623D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 623) Continuation of EDEM 621.

l

EDEM 625 Project 1.

(6)

l

EDEM 625D1 (3), EDEM 625D2 (3) Project 1.

(Students must register for both EDEM 625D1 and EDEM 625D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 625D1 and EDEM 625D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 625D1 and EDEM 625D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 625)

l

EDEM 627 Project 2.

(6) Extension of Project 1 or new project.

l

EDEM 627D1 (3), EDEM 627D2 (3) Project 2.

(Students must register for both EDEM 627D1 and EDEM 627D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 627D1 and EDEM 627D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 627D1 and EDEM 627D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 627)

EDEM 628 Education Resource Management.

(3) An exploration of the concepts and skills necessary to manage the human and financial resources of small organizations (schools, NGOs, departments). Among the areas to be explored are labour contracts, supervision, grantsmanship, use of volunteers, managing site-based budgets.

l

EDEM 628D1 (1.5), EDEM 628D2 (1.5) Education Resource Management.

(Students must register for both EDEM 628D1 and EDEM 628D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 628D1 and EDEM 628D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 628D1 and EDEM 628D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 628)

l

EDEM 630 Policy Issues: Workplace Learning.

(3)

l

EDEM 634 Monograph: Preparation and Presentation.

(12) (Prerequisite: Completion of required courses)

l

EDEM 634D1 (6), EDEM 634D2 (6) Monograph: Preparation and Presentation.

(Students must register for both EDEM 634D1 and EDEM 634D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 634D1 and EDEM 634D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 634D1 and EDEM 634D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 634)

l

EDEM 635 Fiscal Accountability in Education.

(3)

EDEM 644 Curriculum Development and Implementation.

(3) Processes of planning, developing, implementing and adapting curricula in various learning systems.

l

EDEM 644D1 (1.5), EDEM 644D2 (1.5) Curriculum Development and Implementation.

(Students must register for both EDEM 644D1 and EDEM 644D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 644D1 and EDEM 644D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 644D1 and EDEM 644D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 644)

EDEM 646 Planning and Evaluation.

(3) Knowledge and skills development in educational planning and monitoring at the service delivery unit (school, non-governmental organization, adult education centre). Areas of study include strategic management, results-based management, log frame analysis, systems assessment, stakeholders analysis, and fourth generation evaluation.

l

EDEM 646D1 (1.5), EDEM 646D2 (1.5) Planning and Evaluation.

(Students must register for both EDEM 646D1 and EDEM 646D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 646D1 and EDEM 646D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 646D1 and EDEM 646D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 646)

l

EDEM 659 Program Evaluation.

(3)

EDEM 664 Education and the Law.

(3) The legal and institutional framework of Canadian education systems; legal terminology and the tools and methods of legal research; selected public and private law issues in Canadian education.

l

EDEM 671 The Principalship.

(3)

EDEM 673 Leadership Theory in Education.

(3) Concepts of leadership and the role of leadership in educational settings.

l

EDEM 673D1 (1.5), EDEM 673D2 (1.5) Leadership Theory in Education.

(Students must register for both EDEM 673D1 and EDEM 673D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 673D1 and EDEM 673D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 673D1 and EDEM 673D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 673)

l

EDEM 674 Organizational Theory and Education.

(3)

l

EDEM 674D1 (1.5), EDEM 674D2 (1.5) Organizational Theory and Education.

(Students must register for both EDEM 674D1 and EDEM 674D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 674D1 and EDEM 674D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 674D1 and EDEM 674D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 674)

EDEM 675 Special Topics 1.

(3) Important current issues in the field of Educational Studies. (Content varies from year to year.)

l

EDEM 675D1 (1.5), EDEM 675D2 (1.5) Special Topics 1.

(Students must register for both EDEM 675D1 and EDEM 675D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 675D1 and EDEM 675D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 675D1 and EDEM 675D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 675) (Content varies from year to year.)

l

EDEM 677 Special Topics 2.

(3)(Content varies from year to year.)

l

EDEM 677D1 (1.5), EDEM 677D2 (1.5) Special Topics 2.

(Students must register for both EDEM 677D1 and EDEM 677D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 677D1 and EDEM 677D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 677D1 and EDEM 677D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 677)(Content varies from year to year.)

l

EDEM 679 Interpretive Inquiry.

(3)

l

EDEM 681 Practicum - Administrative Studies.

(3)

l

EDEM 683 Advanced Practicum.

(6) (Prerequisite: Completion of required courses.)

l

EDEM 683D1 (3), EDEM 683D2 (3) Advanced Practicum.

(Students must register for both EDEM 683D1 and EDEM 683D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 683D1 and EDEM 683D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 683D1 and EDEM 683D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 683)

EDEM 690 Research Methods.

(3) Students will develop a critical understanding of quantitative and qualitative research in the field of Educational Studies. Students will learn about the purposes and types of research, the research process and how to evaluate and use research information.

l

EDEM 690D1 (1.5), EDEM 690D2 (1.5) Research Methods.

(Students must register for both EDEM 690D1 and EDEM 690D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 690D1 and EDEM 690D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 690D1 and EDEM 690D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 690)

EDEM 692 Qualitative Research Methods.

(3) Theoretical and practical exploration of the foundations of qualitative methods, with emphasis on underlying principles.

l

EDEM 693 School Improvement Approaches.

(3)

l

EDEM 693D1 (1.5), EDEM 693D2 (1.5) School Improvement Approaches.

(Students must register for both EDEM 693D1 and EDEM 693D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 693D1 and EDEM 693D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 693D1 and EDEM 693D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 693)

l

EDEM 695 Policy Studies in Education.

(3)

l

EDEM 695D1 (1.5), EDEM 695D2 (1.5) Policy Studies in Education.

(Students must register for both EDEM 695D1 and EDEM 695D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 695D1 and EDEM 695D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 695D1 and EDEM 695D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 695)

l

EDEM 699 Thesis 3.

(12)

l

EDEM 699D1 (6), EDEM 699D2 (6) Thesis 3.

(Students must register for both EDEM 699D1 and EDEM 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 699D1 and EDEM 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 699D1 and EDEM 699D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 699)

l

EDEM 700 Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

l

EDEM 700D1 (0), EDEM 700D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both EDEM 700D1 and EDEM 700D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDEM 700D1 and EDEM 700D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDEM 700D1 and EDEM 700D2 together are equivalent to EDEM 700)

37.6.5 EDER - Religious Studies

Courses currently scheduled for 2004-05:

l

EDER 603 Individual Reading Course.

(6)

l

EDER 603D1 (3), EDER 603D2 (3) Individual Reading Course.

(Students must register for both EDER 603D1 and EDER 603D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDER 603D1 and EDER 603D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDER 603D1 and EDER 603D2 together are equivalent to EDER 603)

l

EDER 604 Selected Educational Theories.

(3)

EDER 606 Philosophy of Moral Education.

(3) A study of principles underlying contemporary moral education such as what constitutes moral values and judgments, normative basis for morality, and differing foundations employed in determining moral norms.

EDER 607 Values Education: Contemporary Approaches.

(3) A study of the objectives, content and approaches to the teaching of human and moral values. A critical examination of selected programs dealing with human and moral values.

l

EDER 608 Educational Implications of Social Theory.

(3)

l

EDER 609 Education and Philosophical Thought.

(3)

EDER 614 Sociology of Education.

(3) Social context of schooling, including education and social stratification and socialization processes within and outside schools.

EDER 615 Culture, Values and Education.

(3) In-depth examination of culture and values in education.

l

EDER 616 Individual Reading Course.

(3)

l

EDER 617 Aesthetics and Education.

(3)

l

EDER 618 Performance/Studio Critique 1.

(3)

l

EDER 622 Studies in Comparative Education.

(3)

l

EDER 623 Issues in Education 2.

(3)

EDER 625 Topics: Culture in Education.

(3) In-depth examination of topics in culture in education. Content will vary from year to year and will be announced prior to registration. (Examples: Postmodernism and Education; Antiracist Education; Cultural Relativism and Critical Thinking; Popular Culture and Education.)

l

EDER 626 Topics: Value in Education.

(3)

l

EDER 632 Peace Education.

(3)

l

EDER 633 Special Project.

(12) (Prerequisite: Completion of program course requirements. For non-thesis students only.)

l

EDER 633D1 (6), EDER 633D2 (6) Special Project.

(Students must register for both EDER 633D1 and EDER 633D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDER 633D1 and EDER 633D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDER 633D1 and EDER 633D2 together are equivalent to EDER 633)

l

EDER 639 Education and Development.

(3)

l

EDER 643 Women, Education and Development.

(3)

l

EDER 649 Education: Multicultural Societies.

(3)

l

EDER 652 National Education Systems 1.

(3)

l

EDER 659 Principles-Education in Human Sexuality.

(3)

l

EDER 672 Policy on Gender Issues.

(3)

l

EDER 690 Thesis Preparation 1.

(6)

l

EDER 690D1 (3), EDER 690D2 (3) Thesis Preparation 1.

(Students must register for both EDER 690D1 and EDER 690D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDER 690D1 and EDER 690D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDER 690D1 and EDER 690D2 together are equivalent to EDER 690)

l

EDER 691 Thesis Preparation 2.

(6)

l

EDER 691D1 (3), EDER 691D2 (3) Thesis Preparation 2.

(Students must register for both EDER 691D1 and EDER 691D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDER 691D1 and EDER 691D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDER 691D1 and EDER 691D2 together are equivalent to EDER 691)

l

EDER 691N1 Thesis Preparation 2.

(3) (Students must also register for EDER 691N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDER 691N1 and EDER 691N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EDER 691N1 and EDER 691N2 together are equivalent to EDER 691)

l

EDER 691N2 Thesis Preparation 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDER 691N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDER 691N1 and EDER 691N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EDER 691N1 and EDER 691N2 together are equivalent to EDER 691)

l

EDER 692 Thesis Preparation 3.

(12)

l

EDER 692D1 (6), EDER 692D2 (6) Thesis Preparation 3.

(Students must register for both EDER 692D1 and EDER 692D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDER 692D1 and EDER 692D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDER 692D1 and EDER 692D2 together are equivalent to EDER 692)

l

EDER 692N1 Thesis Preparation 3.

(6) (Students must also register for EDER 692N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDER 692N1 and EDER 692N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EDER 692N1 and EDER 692N2 together are equivalent to EDER 692)

l

EDER 692N2 Thesis Preparation 3.

(6) (Prerequisite: EDER 692N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDER 692N1 and EDER 692N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EDER 692N1 and EDER 692N2 together are equivalent to EDER 692)

l

EDER 701 Doctoral Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

l

EDER 701D1 (0), EDER 701D2 (0) Doctoral Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both EDER 701D1 and EDER 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDER 701D1 and EDER 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDER 701D1 and EDER 701D2 together are equivalent to EDER 701)

37.6.6 EDES - Secondary Education

Courses:

EDES 602 Selected Topics 1. (3)
EDES 604 Advanced Studies in Subject Area 2. (3)
EDES 611 Modern Secondary School Chemistry Curricula. (3)
EDES 671 Issues in Science Curriculum. (3)
37.6.7 EDSL - Education in Second Languages

Courses currently scheduled for 2004-05:

l

EDSL 506 Computer/Internet and L2 Learning.

(3)

l

EDSL 603 Individual Reading Course 1.

(6)

l

EDSL 603D1 (3), EDSL 603D2 (3) Individual Reading Course 1.

(Students must register for both EDSL 603D1 and EDSL 603D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDSL 603D1 and EDSL 603D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDSL 603D1 and EDSL 603D2 together are equivalent to EDSL 603)

l

EDSL 616 Individual Reading Course 2.

(3)

l

EDSL 617 Special Topic in Second Language Education.

(3) In-depth study of a current topic in Second Language Education. in conjunction with EDSL 630.)

EDSL 620 Critical Issues in Second Language Education.

(3) An examination of social identity, first language maintenance, and power relations, and their impact on the nature of second language teaching, from the perspective of critical applied linguistics. Topics range from the micro level of the individual to the macro level of language planning and policy-making.

EDSL 623 Second Language Learning.

(3) Seminar in second language acquisition theory and research and their relevance to teaching a second language.

EDSL 624 Educational Sociolinguistics.

(3) Seminar in the social, cultural and political dimensions of English second language learning and teaching.

EDSL 627 Classroom-Centred Second Language Research.

(3) Seminar in second language classroom-centered research focusing on instructional procedures and practices in relationship to learning outcomes.

EDSL 629 Second Language Testing and Evaluation.

(3) Seminar in research, theory and practice in second language testing and evaluation in relationship to learners, teachers, and programs.

EDSL 630 Qualitative/Ethnographic Methods.

(3) An examination of theoretical and applied issues in qualitative and ethnographic studies in second language education.

l

EDSL 631 Second Language Curriculum.

(3)

EDSL 632 Second Language Literacy Development.

(3) Theory and research related to the teaching and learning of second language literacy. The orientation is on reading and writing as a socio-cognitive activity.

l

EDSL 643 Psycholinguistique et enseignement du français LS.

(3)

l

EDSL 644 Sociolinguistique et enseignement du français LS.

(3)

l

EDSL 647 Developpement curriculaire.

(3)

l

EDSL 651 French Immersion Education: Canada.

(3)

EDSL 664 Second Language Research Methods.

(3) An examination of general research procedures and specific research methods and designs employed in second language research.

l

EDSL 666 Thesis Research 1.

(6)

l

EDSL 667 Thesis Research 2.

(6)

l

EDSL 668 Thesis Research 3.

(6)

l

EDSL 669 Thesis Research 4.

(6)

l

EDSL 690 Monograph - Second Languages.

(12)

l

EDSL 690D1 (6), EDSL 690D2 (6) Monograph - Second Languages.
(Students must register for both EDSL 690D1 and EDSL 690D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDSL 690D1 and EDSL 690D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDSL 690D1 and EDSL 690D2 together are equivalent to EDSL 690)

38 Islamic Studies

Institute of Islamic Studies
Morrice Hall, Room 319
3485 McTavish Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 1Y1
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6077
Fax: (514) 398-6731
E-mail: info.islamics@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/islamic 
Director
Eric Ormsby

38.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
Donald P. Little; B.A.(Vanderbilt), M.A.(Stan.), Ph.D.(Calif.)
Professors
Sajida S. Alvi; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Punj.)
Wael B. Hallaq; B.A.(Haifa), Ph.D.(Wash.)
Eric L. Ormsby; B.A.(Penn.), M.A.(Prin.), M.L.S.(Rutgers), Ph.D.(Prin.)
Associate Professor
A. Üner Turgay; B.A.(Robert Coll., Istanbul), M.A., Ph.D.(Madison-Wisc.)
Robert Wisnovsky; B.A.(Yale), M.A., Ph.D.(Harv.)
Assistant Professor
Rula J. Abisaab; B.A.(Amer.U.Beirut), M.A.(Calif.St.), M.Phil., Ph.D.(Yale)
Michelle L. Hartman; B.A.(Col.), Ph.D.(Oxf.)
Laila Parsons; B.A.(Exe.), D.Phil.(Oxf.)
Lecturers (part-time)
Issa J. Boullata; Ph.D.(Lond.) (post-retirement)
Henry Habib; Ph.D.(McG.)
Faruq Hassan; Ph.D.(Leeds)
Bilal Kuspinar; Ph.D.(McG.)

38.2 Programs Offered

Courses of study and research are offered leading to the degrees of M.A. and Ph.D. in Islamic Studies, and a Graduate Diploma in Islamic Studies.

The Institute of Islamic Studies is concerned with the disciplined study of Islamic civilization throughout the scope of its history and geographical spread. It gives attention to the origins of Islam, to the rise of the civilization in which Islamic faith was the vivifying factor, to the forces which shaped the civilization and the changes it has undergone. It is also concerned with the contemporary dynamics of the Islamic world as Muslims seek to relate their heritage from the past to the present. Courses, seminars and possibilities for research are offered in Islamic languages, in Islamic history, in the social institutions of the Islamic world, in Islamic thought, and in modern developments in various regions of the Islamic world.

The Islamic Studies Library is especially strong in its reference materials and periodical holdings for the Islamic regions. The collection, one of the largest in North America, contains approximately 100,000 volumes in the principal European languages as well as in Arabic, Persian, Turkish, Urdu and other Islamic languages.

38.3 Admission Requirements

Applicants must have a degree (B.A. or M.A.) from a recognized university, with a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 3.0 out of 4 (or equivalent), OR a Grade Point Average (GPA) of 3.2 out of 4 in the last two years of full-time studies, according to Canadian standards. The degree should be in the Humanities or Social Sciences, preferably in Islamic or Middle Eastern Studies.

Applicants whose first language is not English and who have not studied in an institution where English is the language of instruction, must submit acceptable evidence of competence in English before their application for admission can be considered. The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a minimum score of 550 on the paper-based test (213 on the computer-based test) OR an IELTS score of at least 6.5 overall band are acceptable at McGill University. Only TOEFL or IELTS scores will be accepted. No other test scores will be considered. GRE scores are not required.

38.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All application documents must be submitted directly to the Chair, Admissions Committee, Institute of Islamic Studies before March 1st.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

38.5 Program Requirements

M.A. Degree
(51 credits)

Students registered in the M.A. program must fulfill the following criteria in order to receive their Master's degree:

Ph.D. Degree

The Ph.D. program requirements are:

Graduate Diploma in Islamic Studies

With a B.A. in Islamic Studies (or its equivalent), applicants may be admitted to this non-degree program, which requires the completion of 30 credits of course work in one academic year. Candidates will choose a minimum of 18 credits from graduate courses in Islamic Studies and a maximum of 12 credits from graduate courses in related fields. If awarded this Diploma with high standing, they may be allowed to proceed to a higher degree in Islamic Studies.

38.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Arts (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

H	Denotes courses taught only in alternate years. 

l

 Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05. 
ISLA 505 Islam: Origin and Early Development.

(3) (3 hours) The Qur'an, Hadith, the Shari'a and their major themes. The early development of law, theology and Sufism. The development and formation of an Islamic "orthodoxy", the development and nature of competing interpretations of Islam during the Classical Period. Topics: God, revelation, prophecy, the community and the individual and the meaning of history.

ISLA 506 Islam: Later Developments.

(3) (3 hours) How the basic elements of Islam have been understood in the course of later Islamic history up to the present day. The nature and development of Shi'ism, Sufi brotherhoods, major intellectual trends, Islam in a world of nation states, diaspora. The challenges of modernity and the contemporary world.

l

H
ISLA 510D1 (3),
H
ISLA 510D2 (3) History: Islamic Civilization - Classical.

(Fall and Winter) (3 hours) (Students must register for both ISLA 510D1 and ISLA 510D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 510D1 and ISLA 510D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

H
ISLA 511D1 (3),
H
ISLA 511D2 (3) History: Islamic Civilization - Mediaeval Era.

(Fall and Winter) (3 hours) (Students must register for both ISLA 511D1 and ISLA 511D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 511D1 and ISLA 511D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

ISLA 521D1 (4.5), ISLA 521D2 (4.5) Introductory Arabic.

(Fall and Winter) (5 lecture hours and laboratory) (Students must register for both ISLA 521D1 and ISLA 521D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 521D1 and ISLA 521D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Modern Standard Literary Arabic (non-spoken).

l

ISLA 522 Lower Intermediate Arabic.

(6) (3 hours and laboratory) (Prerequisite: ISLA 521 or equivalent)

ISLA 522D1 (3), ISLA 522D2 (3) Lower Intermediate Arabic.

(Fall) (3 hours and laboratory) (Prerequisite: ISLA 521 or equivalent) (Students must register for both ISLA 522D1 and ISLA 522D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 522D1 and ISLA 522D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ISLA 522D1 and ISLA 522D2 together are equivalent to ISLA 522)

ISLA 523D1 (3), ISLA 523D2 (3) Higher Intermediate Arabic.

(Fall and Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: ISLA 522 or equivalent) (Formerly 397-623) (Students must register for both ISLA 523D1 and ISLA 523D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 523D1 and ISLA 523D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

ISLA 531D1 (3), ISLA 531D2 (3) Survey Development of Islamic Thought.

(Fall) (3 hours) (Students must register for both ISLA 531D1 and ISLA 531D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 531D1 and ISLA 531D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) A survey of the development of the major intellectual traditions of Islamic civilization in medieval and modern times.

ISLA 532D1 (3), ISLA 532D2 (3) Introductory Turkish.

(Fall and Winter) (3 lecture hours plus conference and laboratory) (Students must register for both ISLA 532D1 and ISLA 532D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 532D1 and ISLA 532D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

ISLA 533D1 (3), ISLA 533D2 (3) Lower Intermediate Turkish.

(Fall and Winter) (3 lecture hours plus conference and laboratory) (Prerequisite: ISLA 532 or equivalent) (Students must register for both ISLA 533D1 and ISLA 533D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 533D1 and ISLA 533D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

ISLA 541D1 (3), ISLA 541D2 (3) Introductory Persian.

(Fall and Winter) (3 hours) (Students must register for both ISLA 541D1 and ISLA 541D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 541D1 and ISLA 541D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

ISLA 542D1 (3), ISLA 542D2 (3) Lower Intermediate Persian.

(Fall and Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: ISLA 541 or equivalent) (Students must register for both ISLA 542D1 and ISLA 542D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 542D1 and ISLA 542D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

ISLA 551D1 (3), ISLA 551D2 (3) Introductory Urdu.

(Fall and Winter) (3 hours) (Students must register for both ISLA 551D1 and ISLA 551D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 551D1 and ISLA 551D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Introduction to the basic grammatical structures and vocabulary of the Urdu language, including drills in pronunciation and sentence structures.

ISLA 552D1 (3), ISLA 552D2 (3) Intermediate Urdu.

(Fall and Winter) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: ISLA 551 or equivalent) (Students must register for both ISLA 552D1 and ISLA 552D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 552D1 and ISLA 552D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Assuming a knowledge of basic grammar and vocabulary, this course continues with the study of more complex grammatical structures. Reading and composition exercises in Urdu script are designed to give intermediate competency in the language.

ISLA 603 Introductory: Research Materials - Islamic Studies.

(3) (Non-credit) (2 hours) (Compulsory for M.A. students; recommended for Ph.D. students) Some discussion of research methods, the preparation of reports and essays, documentation; transliteration; WWW/Gophers/Databases and on-line catalogue searching; resources for research and teaching. Particular attention given to special reference books and serials used in the field.

ISLA 604 Arabic Manuscript Tradition.

(3) This course will examine the way manuscript books were bound, transcribed, decorated, collated, corrected and glossed. It will deal with various scribal practices employed in the critical apparatus, including abbreviations, and will provide practical assistance on how to locate and choose a manuscript for text editing.

l

ISLA 605D1 (3), ISLA 605D2 (3) Arabic Literature Add. C500-1970s.

(Students must register for both ISLA 605D1 and ISLA 605D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 605D1 and ISLA 605D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

ISLA 607 Islam and Politics: Pakistan.

(3) Religious and institutional developments from later Mughal and British periods (1707-1947) to present; questions of Muslim identity and separatism; creation of Pakistan - an ideological or a modern state?; evolution of Islamic thought; the traditionalists and modernists; interplay of religion and politics; and the experiment of Islamization and its aftermath.

l

ISLA 608 Islam and Politics: Iran.

(3)

l

ISLA 633D1 (3), ISLA 633D2 (3) Higher Intermediate Turkish.

(Prerequisite: ISLA 532 or equivalent) (Students must register for both ISLA 633D1 and ISLA 633D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 633D1 and ISLA 633D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

ISLA 680 Pro-Seminar: Ottoman Institutions.

(3)

l

ISLA 697 Thesis Research.

(6) Six credits for accepted thesis proposal.

ISLA 697D1 (3), ISLA 697D2 (3) Thesis Research.

(Students must register for both ISLA 697D1 and ISLA 697D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 697D1 and ISLA 697D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ISLA 697D1 and ISLA 697D2 together are equivalent to ISLA 697) Six credits for accepted thesis proposal.

l

ISLA 698 Thesis Research.

(6) Six credits on submission of completed thesis.

ISLA 698D1 (3), ISLA 698D2 (3) Thesis Research.

(Students must register for both ISLA 698D1 and ISLA 698D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 698D1 and ISLA 698D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ISLA 698D1 and ISLA 698D2 together are equivalent to ISLA 698) Six credits on submission of completed thesis.

l

ISLA 699 Thesis Research.

(12) Twelve credits for thesis passed by Internal and External examiners.

ISLA 699D1 (6), ISLA 699D2 (6) Thesis Research.

(Students must register for both ISLA 699D1 and ISLA 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 699D1 and ISLA 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ISLA 699D1 and ISLA 699D2 together are equivalent to ISLA 699) Twelve credits for thesis passed by Internal and External examiners.

l

ISLA 701 Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

ISLA 701D1 (0), ISLA 701D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both ISLA 701D1 and ISLA 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 701D1 and ISLA 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ISLA 701D1 and ISLA 701D2 together are equivalent to ISLA 701)

l

ISLA 704 Topics in Islamic Theology.

(3) (Seminar 2 hours) A study of significant aspects of the Muslims' efforts to give intellectual expression to their faith in various periods in the past.

l

H
ISLA 705D1 (3),
H
ISLA 705D2 (3) State and Government in Islam.

(Students must register for both ISLA 705D1 and ISLA 705D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 705D1 and ISLA 705D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Survey of the evolution of the various patterns and concrete manifestations of Muslim political theory through the classical and medieval periods of Islamic history. The rise of modern states and relations between religion and politics in various Muslim countries.

ISLA 706D1 (3), ISLA 706D2 (3) Islamic Law.

(Students must register for both ISLA 706D1 and ISLA 706D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 706D1 and ISLA 706D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) The nature of the law, its origins and historical development, the medieval schools of law, modern evolution of the law, and its roles in Islamic religious and political thought.

l

ISLA 707 Qur'an Exegesis (Classical).

(3) (Seminar 2 hours) (Prerequisite: Reading knowledge of Arabic) A study of two or three suras of the Qur'an as interpreted by classical exegetes. The suras considered will vary from year to year.

l

H
ISLA 708 Qur'an Exegesis (Modern).

(3) (Seminar 2 hours) (Prerequisite: Reading knowledge of Arabic) A study of two or three suras of the Qur'an as interpreted by modern exegetes. The suras considered may vary from year to year.

l

ISLA 711 Islamic Jurisprudence.

(3) (Seminar 2 hours) (Prerequisite: Reading knowledge of Arabic) Contents of this course change from year to year.

l

ISLA 713 Islam and Nation States: Southeast Asia.

(3) (Seminar 2 hours) The study of Islam and Islamic social dynamics in the political structures of the countries in Southeast Asia (Malaysia, Brunei, the Phillipines and Thailand, etc.); manifestations of Islamic resurgence in these countries.

l

ISLA 715 Advanced Studies in Islamic Law.

(3) (Seminar, 2 hours) (Prerequisite: Reading knowledge of Arabic and ISLA 711 or consent of the instructor) An intensive investigation of the theory of law and methodology of juristic construction as expounded in the classical Arabic texts of Islamic jurisprudence.

l

ISLA 716 Islamic Legal Discourse.

(3) A study of the modes in which medieval Muslim jurists gave expression to their individual theories of law.

l

H
ISLA 723D1 (3), ISLA 723D2 (3) Islamic Developments - Modern India and Pakistan.

(Students must register for both ISLA 723D1 and ISLA 723D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 723D1 and ISLA 723D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

H
ISLA 732D1 (3),
H
ISLA 732D2 (3) Rise and Evolution - Nationalism Among Muslims.

(Students must register for both ISLA 732D1 and ISLA 732D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 732D1 and ISLA 732D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

ISLA 735 Special Seminar.

(3)

l

ISLA 736 Special Topics.

(3)

ISLA 739 Special Seminar.

(3)

l

ISLA 740D1 (3), ISLA 740D2 (3) Mystical Tradition of Islam.

(Seminar 2 hours) (Students must register for both ISLA 740D1 and ISLA 740D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 740D1 and ISLA 740D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

ISLA 741D1 (3), ISLA 741D2 (3) Philosophical Tradition in Islam.

(Seminar 2 hours) (Students must register for both ISLA 741D1 and ISLA 741D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 741D1 and ISLA 741D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

ISLA 745 Special Seminar.

(3)

H
ISLA 752D1 (3),
H
ISLA 752D2 (3) Social/Economic Developments / Muslim Countries.

(Seminar, 2 hours) (Students must register for both ISLA 752D1 and ISLA 752D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 752D1 and ISLA 752D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

H
ISLA 761D1 (3), ISLA 761D2 (3) The Mughals and the Safavids.

(Seminar 2 hours) (Students must register for both ISLA 761D1 and ISLA 761D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 761D1 and ISLA 761D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

H
ISLA 764D1 (3),
H
ISLA 764D2 (3) Ottoman History.

(Seminar 2 hours) (Students must register for both ISLA 764D1 and ISLA 764D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 764D1 and ISLA 764D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) A critical examination of significant developments in political, social and economic spheres.

l

ISLA 777 Islamic Philosophy.

(3) (Seminar 2 hours)

l

ISLA 778 The Qur'an and Arabic Stylistics.

(3) (Seminar 2 hours)

l

ISLA 782D1 (3), ISLA 782D2 (3) Muslims in Central Asia.

(Students must register for both ISLA 782D1 and ISLA 782D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 782D1 and ISLA 782D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

ISLA 785 Modern Arabic Literature 1.

(3)

l

ISLA 786 Modern Arabic Literature 2.

(3)

l

ISLA 789 Special Topics.

(6)

l

ISLA 789D1 (3), ISLA 789D2 (3) Special Topics.

(Students must register for both ISLA 789D1 and ISLA 789D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 789D1 and ISLA 789D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (ISLA 789D1 and ISLA 789D2 together are equivalent to ISLA 789)

39 Italian Studies

Department of Italian Studies
688 Sherbrooke Street West, Room 425
Montreal, QC  H3A 3R1
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-3953
Fax: (514) 398-1748
E-mail: italian.studies@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/italian 
Chair
Lucienne Kroha
Graduate Director
Maria Predelli

39.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
Pamela D. Stewart; B.A.(Montr.), M.A.(McG.), F.R.S.C.
Professor
Maria Predelli; Dott.Lett.(Florence)
Associate Professor
Lucienne Kroha; B.A., M.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Harv.)
Assistant Professor
Eugenio Bolongaro; B.A., LL.B.(U.B.C.), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
Elena Lombardi; Dott.Lett(Pavia), M.A., Ph.D.(NYU)

39.2 Programs Offered

M.A. (thesis and non-thesis option).

39.3 Admission Requirements

The B.A. degree with Honours or Joint Honours in Italian or its equivalent and a CGPA of 3.20 constitute the minimum requirement. Applicants who do not have these prerequisites may be admitted to a Qualifying Year, or, in some cases, to a Qualifying Term.

39.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

Deadline: March 15.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

39.5 Program Requirements

M.A. Degree
(45 credits)

The course work, the thesis and/or research papers must demonstrate that the student possesses a sound knowledge of the language, is familiar with all periods of Italian literature and has developed the background and skills necessary to carry out scholarly research.

The regulations concerning the M.A. degree, as stated in the General Information section of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar, apply.

M.A., thesis option:

Required Courses
(12 credits)
ITAL 602
(3)
The Literary Tradition
ITAL 610
(3)
Bibliography of Italian Literature
ITAL 619
(3)
Topics in Literary Theory, or a similar approved course in another department
ITAL 680
(3)
Research Seminar
Complementary Courses
(9 credits)
9 additional course-credits, chosen in consultation with an advisor from among the graduate courses offered by the Department. The three courses should cover three distinct chronological periods in Italian literature.
Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
ITAL 698
(6)
Thesis Proposal
ITAL 699
(18)
Thesis

A maximum of 6 credits of graduate courses may be taken outside the Italian Studies Department, upon the advice of the Supervisor and with the permission of the Graduate Studies Director.

In exceptional cases, when program requirements cannot be fulfilled otherwise, students may take ITAL 606 Individual Reading Course 1 and ITAL 607 Individual Reading Course 2 offered as tutorials.

Typically, the first year program will consist of: Literary Theory course, ITAL 610, the three Complementary courses, and ITAL 698. The second year will include ITAL 602, ITAL 680 and the Thesis.

M.A., non-thesis option:

Required Courses
(30 credits)
ITAL 602
(3)
The Literary Tradition
ITAL 610
(3)
Bibliography of Italian Literature
ITAL 619
(3)
Topics in Literary Theory, or a similar approved course in another department
ITAL 680
(3)
Research Seminar
ITAL 690
(9)
Research Paper 1
ITAL 691
(9)
Research Paper 2
Complementary Courses
(15 credits)
15 additional course-credits, chosen in consultation with an advisor from among the graduate courses offered by the Department. The courses should cover at least three distinct chronological periods in Italian literature.

A maximum of 6 credits of graduate courses may be taken outside the Italian Studies Department, upon the advice of the Supervisor and with the permission of the Graduate Studies Director.

In exceptional cases, when program requirements cannot be fulfilled otherwise, students may take ITAL 606 Individual Reading Course 1 and ITAL 607 Individual Reading Course 2 offered as tutorials.

Typically, the first year program will consist of: Literary Theory course, ITAL 610, three Complementary courses, and ITAL 690. The second year will include ITAL 602, ITAL 680, two Complementary courses and ITAL 691.

39.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Arts (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

l

ITAL 530 17th-18th Century Culture.

(3)

l

ITAL 542 History of Italian Language.

(3) (Fall) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: permission of the Department)

ITAL 551 Boccaccio and the Italian Novella.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: ITAL 215D1/ITAL 215D2, ITAL 216, or equivalent) A study of Boccaccio's "Decameron" and of Italian narrative prose up to the 16th century.

ITAL 560 Topics in 19th & 20th Century Literature.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department.) Exploration of individual authors, genres, and literary or cultural movements that have marked Italian culture in the 19th and 20th century.

l

ITAL 563 13th-16th Century Literature.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: permission of the Department)

ITAL 602 The Literary Tradition.

(3) The course highlights the importance of tradition in literature and focuses on different aspects of Italian literary history.

l

ITAL 606 Individual Reading Course 1.

(3)

l

ITAL 607 Individual Reading Course 2.

(3)

ITAL 610 Bibliography of Italian Literature.

(3) Tools for literary research: encyclopedias, dictionaries, bibliographies, journals, Internet sites, library catalogues. Tools for linguistic research: historical, specialized, Italian-dialect, etymological vocabularies. History of the book: manuscript, early printing, catalogues of incunabula and of early books.

ITAL 619 Topics in Literary Theory.

(3) An introduction to some of the main subjects and authors of modern literary theory. Topics may include reception theory, deconstruction, postmodernism, cultural studies, formalism and structuralism, semiotics, gender studies, psychoanalysis, Marxism, translation and subjectivity.

l

ITAL 640 Italian Literature and Western Cultural Tradition.

(3)

l

ITAL 650 Italian Literature and Folklore.

(3)

l

ITAL 680 Research Seminar.

(3)

ITAL 690 Research Paper 1.

(9) For students in non-thesis option only.

ITAL 691 Research Paper 2.

(9) For students in non-thesis option only.

ITAL 698 Thesis Proposal.

(6) A written presentation which will include: (a) a review of the literature pertinent to the thesis, (b) the definition of the thesis research project within the parameters of the critical literature, and (c) an indication of how the research project will be carried out.

ITAL 699 Thesis.

(18) Completion of the thesis.

l

ITAL 701D1 (0), ITAL 701D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both ITAL 701D1 and ITAL 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ITAL 701D1 and ITAL 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

ITAL 710 Topics in Italian Literature 1.

(3)

ITAL 720 Topics in Italian Literature 2.

(3)

ITAL 780 Student Staff Seminar.

(3)

l

ITAL 790 Ph.D. Language Requirement.

(6)

40 Jewish Studies

Department of Jewish Studies
3438 McTavish Street, Room 202
Montreal, QC  H3A 1X9
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6543
Fax: (514) 398-5158
E-mail: graduate.jewishst@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/jewish 
Chair
Eugene Orenstein

40.1 Staff

Professors
Gershon Hundert; B.A., M.A.(Ohio St.), Ph.D.(Col.) (Leanor Segal Professor of Jewish Studies) (joint appoint. with History) (on leave 2004-05)
B. Barry Levy; B.A., M.A., B.R.E.(Yeshiva), Ph.D.(N.Y.U.)
Associate Professors
David Aberbach; B.A.(U.C.,Lon.) M.Litt. Ph.D.(Oxon)
Lawrence Kaplan; B.A.(Yeshiva), M.A., Ph.D.(Harv.) (on leave 2004-05)
Eugene Orenstein; B.A.(C.C.N.Y.), M.A., Ph.D.(Col.)
Assistant Professors
Eric Caplan; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Integrated Studies in Education)
Carlos Fraenkel; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(F.U. Berlin)
Yael Halevi-Wise; B.A.(Heb.U.), M.A.(Georgetown), Ph.D.(Prin.) (joint appoint. with English)
Adjunct Professors
Magdelena Opalski; MA (Warsaw), Ph.D. (Ott.)
Ruth Wisse; M.A.(Col.), Ph.D.(McG.)

40.2 Programs Offered

M.A. in Jewish Studies. (An ad hoc Ph.D. in Jewish Studies may be offered. Please contact the Department.)

The Department of Jewish Studies offers both thesis and non-thesis M.A. Programs:

The thesis option is intended for students interested in one of two specific areas: the History of Jewish Interpretation of the Bible or East European Jewish Studies. These areas are broadly construed to accommodate the range of research interests in the Department.

The non-thesis program permits students to acquire a generalist degree in Jewish Studies with advanced work in the areas of Jewish History, Thought and Literature.

40.3 Admission Requirements

All applicants to the graduate program must hold an Honours B.A. in Jewish Studies or the equivalent. Students whose backgrounds are, in the opinion of the staff, inadequate in one or more areas will be required to pursue qualifying programs to eliminate these deficiencies.

Students seeking admission to the History of Jewish Interpretation of the Bible or to the non-thesis option must demonstrate competence in Hebrew. Those pursuing a program in East European Jewish Studies, or the non-thesis option, must demonstrate fluency in either Yiddish or Hebrew.

Applicants are also required to submit samples of their academic work in Jewish Studies as well as the appropriate references, transcripts and examination scores. A personal interview is strongly recommended but not required.

40.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

Deadline for admission in September: 
Ph.D. applications -January 6 
M.A. applications - February 1. 

Note: there are no January admissions.

Application inquiries should be addressed to the Graduate Coordinator, (514) 398-3977. E-mail: graduate.jewishst@mcgill.ca.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

40.5 Program Requirements

M.A. (thesis) Degree
(45 credits)

Thesis option students must specialize in one of the following two areas:

Area I: The History of Jewish Interpretation of the Bible 
(includes additional language requirement, as noted below); 
Area II: East European Jewish Studies. 

M.A., with thesis
Area I - The History of Jewish Interpretation of the Bible

Required Courses
(9 credits)
JWST 510
(3)
Jewish Bible Interpretation 1
JWST 511
(3)
Jewish Bible Interpretation 2
JWST 699
(3)
Research in Jewish Studies
Complementary Courses
(12 credits)
An additional 12 credits of courses, seminars, or tutorials.
Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
JWST 690
(3)
M.A. Thesis 1
JWST 691
(6)
M.A. Thesis 2
JWST 692
(12)
M.A. Thesis 3
JWST 694
(3)
M.A. Thesis 4: Area I

Students must also master an additional language (not Hebrew) in which primary documents of Jewish Bible Interpretation have been written; in most cases, this will be Aramaic, but classical Arabic and Greek are accepted. Mastery is normally determined by an examination administered by the Department.

M.A., with thesis
Area II - East European Jewish Studies

Required Course
(3 credits)
JWST 699
(3)
Research in Jewish Studies
Complementary Courses
(18 credits)
6 credits to be taken from:
JWST 602
(3)
East European Jewish History 1
(or other appropriate tutorial, seminar or topics course)
JWST 603
(3)
East European Jewish History 2
(or other appropriate tutorial, seminar or topics course)
An additional 12 credits of courses, seminars, or tutorials.
Thesis Component - Required

(24 credits)

JWST 695
(3)
M.A. Thesis 1: Area II
JWST 696
(6)
M.A. Thesis 2: Area II
JWST 697
(12)
M.A. Thesis 3: Area II
JWST 601
(3)
M.A. Thesis 4: Area II

M.A., non-thesis option
(45 credits)
Required Course
(3 credits)
JWST 699
(3)
Research in Jewish Studies
Complementary Courses
(42 credits)
Students will normally take 15 credits in two of the following areas and 12 credits in the third.
(The substitution of credits in related disciplines outside of Jewish Studies may be permitted if appropriate.)
Jewish Thought (12 or 15 credits)
JWST 510
(3)
Jewish Bible Interpretation 1
JWST 511
(3)
Jewish Bible Interpretation 2
JWST 542
(3)
Abraham Ibn Ezra as Parshan
JWST 543
(3)
Maimonides as Parshan
JWST 544
(3)
Nachmanides as Parshan
JWST 555
(3)
The Bible in Jewish Philosophy
JWST 556
(3)
Modern Parshanut 1
JWST 558
(3)
Topics: Modern Jewish Thought
JWST 661
(3)
Study of a Biblical Character
Jewish History (12 or 15 credits)
JWST 585
(3)
Tutorial: Eastern European Studies 1
JWST 586
(3)
Tutorial: Eastern European Studies 2
JWST 602
(3)
East European Jewish History 1
JWST 603
(3)
East European Jewish History 2
HIST 655
(6)
Tutorial
HIST 677D1
(3)
Seminar: European Jewish History
HIST 677D2
(3)
Seminar: European Jewish History
Jewish Literature (12 or 15 credits)
JWST 502
(3)
Contemporary Hebrew Literature
JWST 510
(3)
Jewish Bible Interpretation 1
JWST 511
(3)
Jewish Bible Interpretation 2
JWST 520
(3)
Bible Interpretation in Antiquity
JWST 521
(3)
Bible in the Dead Sea Scrolls
JWST 530
(3)
Topics in Yiddish Literature
JWST 531
(3)
Topics in Yiddish Literature
JWST 532
(3)
Narrative Midrash
JWST 533
(3)
Halakhic Midrash
JWST 534
(3)
Homiletic Midrash
JWST 535
(3)
Exegetic Midrash
JWST 536
(3)
Readings: Aramaic Bible Translation
JWST 537
(3)
The Bible in the Talmud Bavli
JWST 538
(3)
Early Rabbinic Parshanut 1
JWST 541
(3)
Medieval Ashkenazi Parshanut
JWST 546
(3)
Innovative Medieval Parshanut
JWST 547
(3)
Mystical Biblical Interpretation
JWST 548
(3)
Medieval Parshanut
JWST 550
(3)
The Bible in Hebrew Literature
JWST 551
(3)
20th Century Parshanut
JWST 554
(3)
Modern Jewish Biblical Scholarship
JWST 555
(3)
The Bible in Jewish Philosophy
JWST 556
(3)
Modern Parshanut 1
JWST 571
(3)
Biblical Literature
JWST 572
(3)
Aggadah in Modern Scholarship
JWST 573
(3)
History of Hebrew Bible Text
JWST 574
(3)
Bible in Responsa Literature
JWST 575
(3)
Topics in Parshanut
JWST 581
(3)
Aramaic Language
JWST 582
(3)
Hebrew and Aramaic Philology
JWST 587
(3)
Tutorial in Yiddish Literature
JWST 588
(3)
Tutorial in Yiddish Literature

40.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Arts (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

l

Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l

JWST 502 Contemporary Hebrew Literature.

(3) (Prerequisite: JWST 340 or permission of instructor) (Knowledge of Hebrew required)

JWST 510 Jewish Bible Interpretation 1.

(3) (Not open to students who have taken JWST 512) The issues, approaches, and texts of Jewish Bible interpretation between the Biblical and talmudic eras: Bible interpretation in the Bible; in Greco-Roman Jewish literature; in the Mishnah, Tosefta, Targumim, and Talmudim; early Samaritan interpretation, Bible interpretation in ancient synagogue art, and in the massoretic literature.

JWST 511 Jewish Bible Interpretation 2.

(3) (Not open to students who have taken JWST 512) The issues, problems, approaches, and texts of Jewish Bible interpretation in medieval, renaissance, early modern, and modern times. Interpretation in the Geonic, Ashkenazi, Sefardic, North African, Italian, European, Yemenite, North American and Israeli centres of Jewish Learning.

l

JWST 523 Ancient Bible Interpretation.

(3)

JWST 534 Homiletic Midrash.

(3) The issues and techniques of early rabbinic preaching and teaching the Bible as they emerge from a close reading of homiletical midrashic texts.

l

JWST 535 Exegetic Midrash.

(3)

JWST 539 Biblical Interpretation 1.

(3) Close readings in one or more texts of early rabbinic Bible interpretation: Mishnah, Tosefta, Halakhic and Aggadic Midrashim, Talmud.

JWST 540 Biblical Interpretation 2.

(3) Close reading of medieval rabbinic bible interpretation: Ashkenazi and Sefaradi exegetes, commentators, philologists, philosophers and jurists.

l

JWST 543 Maimonides as Parshan.

(3) (Requires Departmental approval) (Not open to students who have taken JWST 540)

l

JWST 544 Nachmanides as Parshan.

(3)

l

JWST 548 Medieval Parshanut.

(3)

JWST 550 The Bible in Hebrew Literature.

(3) (Readings in Hebrew) Biblical themes, issues, and characters as they emerge from a comparison of Scripture and various Hebrew essays, poems, plays, short stories and novels of the 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries.

l

JWST 551 20th Century Parshanut.

(3)

JWST 552 Judaism and Poverty.

(3) (Prerequisite: One course in Jewish Studies, Sociology or Social Work.) An introduction to the subject of poverty in Jewish literature and its influence on religions such as Christianity and Islam, and on modern, secular ideologies, especially socialism, and creative literature.

l

JWST 554 Modern Jewish Biblical Scholarship.

(3)

l

JWST 556 Modern Parshanut 1.

(3) (Not open to students who have taken JWST 560)

l

JWST 558 Topics: Modern Jewish Thought.

(3)

l

JWST 562 Medieval Islamic and Jewish Philosophy.

(3) (Prerequisite: one course in Greek, Islamic or Jewish Philosophy, or permission of intructor.)

l

JWST 573 History of Hebrew Bible Text.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: permission of instructor) (Not open to students who have taken JWST 507)

JWST 575 Topics in Parshanut.

(3) Advanced level work in one aspect of Jewish Bible Interpretation that cuts across all periods of Jewish Bible interpretation.

l

JWST 576 Jewish Family Law.

(3)

l

JWST 581 Aramaic Language.

(3) (Requires Departmental approval) (Not open to students who have taken JWST 506)

JWST 585 Tutorial: Eastern European Studies 1.

(3)

l

JWST 586 Tutorial: Eastern European Studies 2.

(3)

l

JWST 587 Tutorial in Yiddish Literature.

(3)

l

JWST 588 Tutorial in Yiddish Literature.

(3)

JWST 589 Tutorial in Jewish Literature.

(3) Supervised research in Modern Jewish history.

JWST 590 Tutorial in Jewish Literature.

(3) Supervised research in Modern Jewish history.

The following are also considered graduate courses in Jewish studies:

HIST 655 Tutorial. (6)

HIST 677D1 Seminar: European Jewish History. (3)

HIST 677D2 Seminar: European Jewish History. (3)

41 Kinesiology and Physical Education

Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education
Sir Arthur Currie Memorial Gymnasium
475 Pine Avenue West
Montreal, Quebec  H2W 1S4 
Telephone: (514) 398-4184
Fax: (514) 398-4186
Web site: www.education.mcgill.ca/phys_ed 
Chair
Dr. Hélène Perrault
Graduate Program Director
Dr. René A. Turcotte
Telephone: (514) 398-4184 ext. 0539

41.1 Staff

Professors
David Montgomery; B.Sc.(Guelph), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Purdue)
Hélène Perrault; B.Sc.(C'dia), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
Greg Reid; B.Ed.(P.E.)(McG.), M.S.(Calif.), Ph.D.(Penn.St.)
Associate Professors
Margaret J. Downey; B.Ed., M.A., Ph.D.(McG)
David J. Pearsall; B.A., BPHE, M.Sc., Ph.D.(Queen's)
René A. Turcotte; H.B.P.H.E.(Lauren.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Alta.)
Assistant Professors
Gordon Bloom; B.Ed.(W.Ont.), M.A.(York), Ph.D.(Ott.)
Julie Côtè; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Wisconsin-Madison), Ph.D.(Montr.)
Todd M. Loughhead; B.Sc.(Ott.), B.Ed.(Brock), M.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(W.Ont.)
Paul Stapley; B.A. (Leeds), M.Sc. (North Umbria), Ph.D. (Bourgogne)
Tanja Taivassalo; B.Sc., Ph.D. (McG)
Associate Member
Karen Johnston (Neurology and Neurosurgery)
Adjunct Professors
Robert Boushel, Bernard Aguilaniu, Gerald S. Zavorsky

41.2 Programs Offered

The Kinesiology and Physical Education Department offers thesis and non-thesis options leading to an M.A. or an M.Sc. in Kinesiology and Physical Education. Graduate program of studies in the areas of Adapted Physical Activity, Psychology of Sport and Motor Behavior or Pedagogy lead to an M.A. while graduate program of studies in the areas of Exercise Physiology and Biomechanics lead to an M.Sc.

The M.A. or M.Sc. with thesis route provide the opportunity to acquire critical skills and knowledge related to systematic research in an area of specialization.

The M.A. or M.Sc. non-thesis route provides the opportunity for those interested in professional practice to acquire advanced knowledge in an area of specialization as well as some breadth.

Prospective applicants to the Ph.D. (ad hoc) program should contact the Department at (514) 398-4184.

41.3 Admission Requirements

41.4 Application Procedure

McGill's on-line application form is available to all graduate program candidates at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

The deadlines for Canadians to submit applications are:
Fall session - March 1
Winter session - November 1 

For International students, applications must be submitted at least six months prior to the official deadline indicated above.

All documentation is to be submitted directly to the Graduate Program Director in the Department of Kinesiology and Physical Education.

41.5 Program Requirements

M.A. Kinesiology and Physical Education (Thesis Option)
(45 credits)
Areas of concentration: Adapted Physical Activity, Psychology of Sport and Motor Behavior or Pedagogy
Required Courses
(6 credits)
EDKP 605
(3)
Research Methods 1
EDPE 676
(3)
Intermediate Statistics 2 or equivalent
Complementary Courses
(15 credits)
Students must take a minimum of 9 credits of coursework in a classroom setting in the area of concentration selected in consultation with the graduate student advisor.
EDKP 504
(3)
Health and Lifestyle Education
EDKP 505
(3)
Sport in Society
EDKP 550
(3)
Analyzing Instructional Behaviors
EDKP 603
(6)
Individual Reading Course 1
EDKP 607
(3)
Curriculum Innovation and Change
EDKP 616
(3)
Individual Reading Course 2
EDKP 650
(3)
Teaching in Physical Education
EDKP 654
(3)
Sport Psychology
EDKP 655
(3)
Program Development/Adapted Physical Activity
EDKP 664
(3)
Motor Learning
EDKP 665
(3)
Motor Performance of Disabled Persons
EDKP 671
(3)
Experimental Problems
EDKP 672
(6)
Experimental Problems
EDKP 695
(3)
Thesis Research 5 or complementary course
EDKP 696
(3)
Thesis Research 6 or complementary course
Students may also take courses from the Faculty of Education or the Faculty of Arts in consultation with an advisor (500-level or higher).
Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
EDKP 691
(6)
Thesis Research 1
EDKP 692
(6)
Thesis Research 2
EDKP 693
(6)
Thesis Research 3
EDKP 694
(6)
Thesis Research 4
M.A. Kinesiology and Physical Education (Non-thesis Option)
(45 credits)
Areas of concentration: Adapted Physical Activity, Psychology of Sport and Motor Behavior or Pedagogy)
Project Component - Required
(15 credits)
EDKP 608
(15)
Special Project
Complementary Courses
(18 credits)
6 credits, two courses from the following list:
EDPE 575
(3)
Educational Measurement
EDKP 605
(3)
Research Methods 1
EDSL 630
(3)
Qualitative/Ethnographic Methods
or EDEM 692
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods
12 credits from the following list:
EDKP 504
(3)
Health and Lifestyle Education
EDKP 505
(3)
Sport in Society
EDKP 550
(3)
Analyzing Instructional Behaviors
EDKP 607
(3)
Curriculum Innovation and Change
EDKP 650
(3)
Teaching in Physical Education
EDKP 654
(3)
Sport Psychology
EDKP 655
(3)
Program Development/Adapted Physical Activity
EDKP 664
(3)
Motor Learning
EDKP 665
(3)
Motor Performance of Disabled Persons
EDKP 671
(3)
Experimental Problems
EDKP 672
(6)
Experimental Problems
Students may also take courses from the Faculty of Education or the Faculty of Arts in consultation with an advisor (500-level or higher).
Elective Courses
(12 credits)
12 credits (normally four courses) chosen in consultation with an advisor (should be 500-level or higher).
M.Sc. Kinesiology and Physical Education (Thesis Option)
(45 credits)
Areas of concentration: Exercise Physiology and Biomechanics
Required Courses
(6 credits)
EDKP 605
(3)
Research Methods 1
EDPE 676
(3)
Intermediate Statistics 2 or equivalent
Complementary Courses
(15 credits)
Students must take a minimum of 9 credits of coursework in a classroom setting in the area of concentration selected in consultation with the graduate student advisor.
EDKP 553
(3)
Physiological Assessment: Sport
EDKP 566
(3)
Biomechanical Assessment
EDKP 603
(6)
Individual Reading Course 1
EDKP 616
(3)
Individual Reading Course 2
EDKP 652
(3)
Cardio - Respiratory Exercise Physiology
EDKP 662
(3)
Metabolic/Neuromuscular Responses to Exercise
EDKP 663
(3)
Application: Exercise Physiology to Sport
EDKP 667
(3)
Sport Science - Seminar
EDKP 668
(3)
Data Acquisition in Sport Science
EDKP 671
(3)
Experimental Problems
EDKP 672
(6)
Experimental Problems
EDKP 695
(3)
Thesis Research 5
EDKP 696
(3)
Thesis Research 6
Students may also take courses from the Faculty of Science chosen in consultation with advisor (500-level or higher) .
Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
EDKP 691
(6)
Thesis Research 1
EDKP 692
(6)
Thesis Research 2
EDKP 693
(6)
Thesis Research 3
EDKP 694
(6)
Thesis Research 4
M.Sc. Kinesiology and Physical Education (Non-thesis Option)
(45 credits)
Areas of concentration: Exercise Physiology and Biomechanics
Project Component - Required
(15 credits)
EDKP 608
(15)
Special Project
Complementary Courses
(18 credits)
6 credits, two courses from the following list:
EDPE 575
(3)
Educational Measurement
EDKP 603
(6)
Individual Reading Course 1
EDKP 605
(3)
Research Methods
EDKP 616
(3)
Individual Reading Course 2
EDSL 630
(3)
Qualitative/Ethnographic Methods
or EDEM 692
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods
12 credits chosen from the following:
EDKP 553
(3)
Physiological Assessment: Sport
EDKP 566
(3)
Biomechanical Assessment
EDKP 652
(3)
Cardio - Respiratory Exercise Physiology
EDKP 662
(3)
Metabolic/Neuromuscular Responses to Exercise
EDKP 663
(3)
Application: Exercise Physiology to Sport
EDKP 667
(3)
Sport Science - Seminar
EDKP 668
(3)
Data Acquisition in Sport Science
EDKP 671
(3)
Experimental Problems
EDKP 672
(6)
Experimental Problems
Students may also take courses from the Faculty of Science in consultation with advisor.
Elective Courses
(12 credits)
12 credits (normally four courses) chosen in consultation with an advisor.

41.6 Courses (EDKP)

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Single term and Multi-term Courses (D1/D2, N1/N2, J1/J2/J3)

The same course may be available as a single term offering and also as a multi-term offering. The course content and credit weight is equivalent in all modes; the only difference being the scheduling.

Courses with numbers ending in D1 and D2
are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for the same section of both the D1 and D2 components. When registering for a fall term D1 course the student will automatically be registered for the winter term D2 portion. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms, e.g., Fall 2004 and Winter 2005.
Courses with numbers ending in N1 and N2
are taught in two non-consecutive terms (Winter and Fall). Students must register for the same section of both the N1 and N2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (N1 and N2) are successfully completed within a twelve (12) month period.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.
Descriptions of courses not scheduled in 2004-05 can usually be found in the preceding Calendar.

For more information on Multi-term Courses, Course
Terminology, Class Schedule and Course Catalog, see the
General Information, Regulations and Research Guidelines, Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar for 2004-05.

Courses currently scheduled for 2004-05:

l

EDKP 553 Physiological Assessment: Sport.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDKP 391.) Various modes and protocols to evaluate the physical fitness of athletes will be examined. Students will design testing programs for athletes in specific sports.

l

EDKP 566 Biomechanical Assessment.

(3) (Prerequisite: EDKP 303.) An examination of the quantitative measurement and analysis of movement of the human musculoskeletal system including: anthropometry, kinematics, and kinetics. Links between theoretical and applied techniques will be stressed.

l

EDKP 568 Biomechanics Instrumentation.

(3) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken EDKP 668.) Instrumentation and technical knowledge to assist in the acquisition and processing of data used in biomechanics.

EDKP 603 Individual Reading Course 1.

(6)

EDKP 603D1 (3), EDKP 603D2 (3) Individual Reading Course 1.

(Students must register for both EDKP 603D1 and EDKP 603D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDKP 603D1 and EDKP 603D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDKP 603D1 and EDKP 603D2 together are equivalent to EDKP 603)

EDKP 605 Research Methods 1.

(3) The course will examine the nomenclature, structure, methods and areas of quantitative and qualitative research in Physical Education. Students will be required to evaluate research concepts and examine their relationship to statistical design. Activities will focus on data retrieval, research problems, proposals, data collection and report of findings.

EDKP 608 Special Project.

(15) The development of a substantive written document which depicts an investigation or application of a physical education problem, issue or innovative practice. The monograph is to be presented to the candidate's advisor after satisfactory completion of the required course work.

EDKP 616 Individual Reading Course 2.

(3) Reading Course.

l

EDKP 650 Teaching in Physcial Education.

(3) This course provides a theoretical background for research on teaching in physical education. Readings drawn from current research journals on teaching and guided seminars. Readings will include qualitative, single subject, and group design research in physical education pedagogy.

EDKP 652 Cardio-Respiratory Exercise Physiology.

(3) A comprehensive review of the basic physiological responses of the circulatory and respiratory systems to acute and chronic exercise and a brief discussion of regulatory mechanisms.

l

EDKP 654 Sport Psychology.

(3) The psychological factors and personality characteristics that influence diverse aspects of sport and physical activity. Seminars focus on discussions/presentations of theory, psychometrics and application of psychological principles to behavior in sport.

EDKP 655 Program Development/Adapted Physical Activity.

(3) An examination of program development and evaluation in adapted physical activity along the segregated-integration continuum. Assessment techniques for persons who are disabled, pedagogical considerations and evaluation via single-subject designs. Existing curriculum models and the program development literature within selected special populations are studied.

l

EDKP 662 Metabolic/Neuromuscular Responses to Exercise.

(3) A comprehensive theoretical understanding of the basic physiological adaptations to acute and chronic exercise in terms of metabolic pathways and fuel utilization as well as neuromuscular responses. Discussion of current concepts of regulating factors will be discussed.

l

EDKP 663 Application: Exercise Physiology to Sport.

(3) An overview of the scientific literature of the muscular, respiratory, cardiovascular and metabolic effects of acute and chronic exposure to various sports. Application of this knowledge towards the improvement of athletic performance.

EDKP 664 Motor Learning.

(3) The analysis of conditions and factors related to human learning and performance or behavioral potential using the information processing model of behavior. Seminar format is used to discuss experimentation and theory that examine motor skill acquisition.

l

EDKP 665 Motor Performance of Disabled Persons.

(3) An examination of the factors which determine the motor performance and learning of individuals who are disabled. Topics include: anthropometric characteristics; information processing; knowledge, strategies and metacognition; motor control from the ecological psychology perspective; and personality and motivational determinants.

l

EDKP 667 Sport Science - Seminar.

(3) Students will review selected research papers regarding the physiological and biomechanical factors affecting exercise and sport. Students will be required to prepare literature precis, critiques and lead in some group discussions.

EDKP 671 Experimental Problems.

(3) Study in one area of: ergo-physiology or biomechanics or psychology of motor performance or motor performance for exceptional children. To provide an opportunity to conduct a research project and develop an awareness of the problems involved in the area of concentration under departmental supervision.

EDKP 672 Experimental Problems.

(6) See EDKP 671. This course, however, is more intensive and comprehensive in nature.

EDKP 672D1 (3), EDKP 672D2 (3) Experimental Problems.

(Students must register for both EDKP 672D1 and EDKP 672D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDKP 672D1 and EDKP 672D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDKP 672D1 and EDKP 672D2 together are equivalent to EDKP 672) See EDKP 671. This course, however, is more intensive and comprehensive in nature.

EDKP 691 Thesis Research 1.

(6) A comprehensive literature review in the general area of the thesis topic. Independent work under the supervision of the thesis advisor(s).

EDKP 691D1 (3), EDKP 691D2 (3) Thesis Research 1.

(Students must register for both EDKP 691D1 and EDKP 691D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDKP 691D1 and EDKP 691D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDKP 691D1 and EDKP 691D2 together are equivalent to EDKP 691) A comprehensive literature review in the general area of the thesis topic. Independent work under the supervision of the thesis advisor(s).

EDKP 692 Thesis Research 2.

(6) Independent work under the supervision of the thesis advisor(s) culminating with a written proposal and oral seminar explaining the direction of the thesis research.

EDKP 692D1 (3), EDKP 692D2 (3) Thesis Research 2.

(Students must register for both EDKP 692D1 and EDKP 692D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDKP 692D1 and EDKP 692D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDKP 692D1 and EDKP 692D2 together are equivalent to EDKP 692) Independent work under the supervision of the thesis advisor(s) culminating with a written proposal and oral seminar explaining the direction of the thesis research.

EDKP 693 Thesis Research 3.

(6) Ongoing research pertaining to the thesis under the direction of the thesis advisor(s).

EDKP 693D1 (3), EDKP 693D2 (3) Thesis Research 3.

(Students must register for both EDKP 693D1 and EDKP 693D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDKP 693D1 and EDKP 693D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDKP 693D1 and EDKP 693D2 together are equivalent to EDKP 693) Ongoing research pertaining to the thesis under the direction of the thesis advisor(s).

EDKP 694 Thesis Research 4.

(6) Independent work under the supervision of the thesis advisor(s). Final submission and approval of the thesis.

EDKP 694D1 (3), EDKP 694D2 (3) Thesis Research 4.

(Students must register for both EDKP 694D1 and EDKP 694D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EDKP 694D1 and EDKP 694D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EDKP 694D1 and EDKP 694D2 together are equivalent to EDKP 694) Independent work under the supervision of the thesis advisor(s). Final submission and approval of the thesis.

EDKP 695 Thesis Research 5.

(3) Independent work under the supervision of the thesis advisor(s) leading to the finalization of procedures for data collection.

EDKP 696 Thesis Research 6.

(3) Independent work under the supervision of the thesis advisor(s) leading to the finalization of procedures for data collection.

42 Law

Faculty of Law
Graduate Programs in Law
3661 Peel Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 1X1
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-3544
Fax: (514) 398-8197
E-mail: gradadmissions.law@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.law.mcgill.ca 
Dean, Faculty of Law
Nicholas Kasirer
Director, Institute of Comparative Law
Fabien Gélinas
Director, Institute of Air and Space Law
Paul Dempsey
Associate Dean (Graduate Studies)

Marie-Claude Prémont

42.1 Staff

Institute of Air and Space Law

Emeritus Professor
I.A. Vlasic; B.C.L.(Zag.), LL.M.(McG.), LL.M., J.S.D.(Yale)
Professors
P. S. Dempsey: A.B.J., J.D.(Georgia), LL.M.(G.Wash.U.), D.C.L.(McG.) (Tomlinson Professor of Global Governance)
M. Milde; LL.M., Ph.D.(Charles), Dip. Air and Space Law(McG.)
Associate Professors
R. Jakhu; D.C.L.(McG.)
R. Janda; B.A.(Tor.), LL.B., B.C.L.(McG.), LL.M.(Col.)
Adjunct Professors
D. Bunker, A. Harakas, S. Lessard, R. Margo, P. Nesgos, J. Saba, F. Schubert, P. van Fenema, L. Wilhelmy van Hasselt, L. Weber

Faculty of Law

Emeritus Professors
Paul A. Crépeau; O.C., Q.C., B.A., L.Ph.(Ott.), LL.L.(Montr.), B.C.L.(Oxon), Docteur de l'Université de Paris (Droit), LL.D.(Honoris Causa)(Ott., York Dalhousie, Strasbourg, Montréal, Paris II), F.R.S.C.(Emeritus Wainwright Professor of Civil Law)
Stephen A. Scott; B.A., B.C.L.(McG.), D.Phil(Oxon)
Professors
G. Blaine Baker; B.A., LL.B.(W.Ont.), LL.M.(Col.)
Jean-Guy Belley; LL.L., LL.M.(Laval), Doctorat en sociologie juridique(Paris 2) (Sir William C. Macdonald Professor of Law)
Madeleine Cantin-Cumyn; B.A., LL.L.(Laval)
Irwin Cotler; B.A., B.C.L.(McG.), LL.M.(Yale), LL.D.(Bar-Ilan, York), LL.D.(Honoris Causa) (S. Fraser)
Armand L.C. DeMestral; A.B.(Harv.), B.C.L.(McG.), LL.M.(Harv.), LL.D.(Honoris Causa)(Lyon III; Kwansei) (Takuin)
William F. Foster; LL.B.(Auck.), LL.M.(Br.Col.) (Sir William C. Macdonald Professor of Law)
H. Patrick Glenn; B.A.(Br.Col.), LL.B.(Queen's), LL.M.(Harv.), D.E.S., Docteur de l'Université de Strasbourg (Droit) (Peter M. Laing Professor of Law)
Jane Matthews Glenn; B.A., (Hons.), LL.B.(Queen's), Docteur de l'Université de Strasbourg (Droit)
Patrick Healy; B.A.(Hons.) (Vict.), B.C.L.(McG.), LL.M.(Tor.)
Pierre-G. Jobin; B.A., B.Ph., LL.L.(Laval), Dipl. d'ét. sup. en dr. pr., Docteur d'État en droit privé(Montpellier)
Daniel Jutras; LL.B.(Montr.), LL.M.(Harv.)
Nicholas Kasirer; B.A.(Tor.), B.C.L., LL.B.(McG.), D.E.A.(Paris) (James McGill Professor)
Dennis R. Klinck; B.A., M.A.(Alta.), Ph.D.(Lon.), LL.B.(Sask.)
Roderick A. Macdonald; B.A., LL.B.(York), LL.L.(Ott.), LL.M.(Tor.) (F.R. Scott Professor of Public and Constitutional Law)
Desmond Manderson; B.A.(Hons.), LL.B.(Hons.)(A.N.U.), D.C.L.(McG.) (Canada Research Chair)
Michael Milde; LL.M., Ph.D.(Charles), Dip.Air & Space Law (McG.)
Margaret A. Somerville; A.U.A.(Pharm.) (Adel.), LL.B.(Syd.), D.C.L.(McG.) F.R.S.C. (Gale Professor of Law) (joint appoint. with the Faculty of Medicine)
William Tetley; Q.C., B.A.(McG.); LL.L.(Laval)
Stephen J. Toope; A.B.(Harv.), B.C.L., LL.B.(McG.), Ph.D.(Cantab.)
Associate Professors
Mark Antaki; B.C.L., LL.B.(McG.), M.A.(Calif.)
Fabien Gélinas; LL.B., LL.M.(Montr.), D.Phil.(Oxon)
Richard Gold; B.Sc.(McG.), LL.B.(Tor.), LL.M., S.J.D.(Michigan)(B.C.E. Professor of E-Governance)
Richard A. Janda; B.A.(Tor.), LL.B., B.C.L.(McG.), LL.M.(Col.)
Rosalie Jukier; B.C.L., LL.B.(McG.), B.C.L.(Oxon)
David Lametti, B.A.(Tor.), LL.B., B.C.L.(McG.), LL.M.(Yale) D.Phil.(Oxon)
Marie-Claude Prémont, B.Eng.(Sher.), LL.M., Ph.D.(Laval)
René Provost; LL.B.(Montr.), LL.M.(Berkeley), D.Phil.(Oxon)
Geneviève Saumier, B.Com, B.C.L., LL.B.(McG.) Ph.D.(Cantab.)
Colleen Sheppard; B.A., LL.B.(Tor.), LL.M.(Harv.)
Ronald B. Sklar; B.S.(N.Y.U.), LL.B.(Brooklyn), LL.M.(Northwestern), LL.M.(Yale)
Lionel Smith; B.Sc.(Tor.), LL.B.(W.Ont.), LL.M.(Cantab.), D.Phil.(Oxon) (James McGill Professor)
Stephen Smith; B.A.(Queen's), LL.B.(Tor.), D.Phil.(Oxon) (William Dawson Scholar)
Shauna van Praagh; B.Sc., LL.B.(Tor.), LL.M., J.S.D.(Col.)
Catherine Walsh; B.A.(Dal.), LL.B.(U.N.B.), B.C.L.(Oxon)
Assistant Professors
Wendy Adams; J.D.(Tor.), LL.M.(Michigan)
Frédéric Bachand; LL.B.(Montr.), LL.M.(Cantab.)
Adelle Blackett; B.A.(Queen's), LL.B., B.C.L.(McG.), LL.M.(Col.)
Angela Campbell; B.A., LL.B., B.C.L.(McG.), LL.M.(Harv.)
Jaye Ellis; B.A.(Calg.), LL.B., B.C.L.(McG.), LL.M.(U.B.C.), D.C.L.(McG.)
Lara Khoury; LL.B.(Sherb.), B.C.L.(Oxon)

42.2 Programs Offered

Graduate programs in law are offered through the Faculty of Law and its two teaching Institutes, the Institute of Air and Space Law and the Institute of Comparative Law. The degrees offered are the LL.M. (Master of Laws) and the D.C.L. (Doctor of Civil Law). Both Institutes also offer a Graduate Certificate.

The Institute of Air and Space Law

operates within the Faculty of Law. The Institute provides facilities for advanced study and research in Air and Space Law and related problems of international law for qualified law graduates or others with appropriate qualifications. The Institute is also responsible to the GPSO for graduate studies. The Institute offers a Graduate Certificate in Air and Space Law and the degrees of Master of Laws (LL.M.) and Doctor of Civil Law (D.C.L.).

The Graduate Certificate in Air and Space Law is a course work program with a limited research and writing requirement. It is particularly appropriate for students with a strong professional orientation who do not wish to write a thesis.

The Institute of Comparative Law

operates within the Faculty of Law. As a centre of comparative legal studies, the Institute provides facilities for graduate work, advanced studies and field research in areas of private, commercial, international and public law. The Institute is also responsible to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office for graduate studies. The Institute offers a Graduate Certificate in Comparative Law and the degrees of Master of Laws (LL.M.), Master of Laws (LL.M.) with specialization in Bioethics, Master of Civil Law (M.C.L.) and of Doctor of Civil Law (D.C.L.). (Please note: the M.C.L. is not currently being offered.)

The Graduate Certificate in Comparative Law provides advanced training in subjects within the scope of the ICL to candidates who do not wish to undertake the Master's degree. The Graduate Certificate is particularly appropriate for judges, law professors, and legal practitioners from countries undergoing substantial legal reform (such as post-Communist or developing countries) who wish to pursue advanced studies in areas such as civil, commercial, or human rights law.

42.3 Admission Requirements

General

The Faculty of Law has a Graduate Admissions Committee that makes recommendations regarding admission to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office. Final admissions decisions are taken by the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office, in the months of March and April.

For information and application forms please consult the Faculty Web site or write to the Coordinator, Graduate Studies in Law, McGill University at the above address.

Language Requirement

All graduate students must have very good knowledge of English.

Non-Canadian applicants must provide proof of competence in oral and written English. An official test score is required unless (a) the applicant's mother tongue is English, or (b) the applicant has completed an undergraduate degree from a recognized institution where English is the language of instruction. Tests recognized are the TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) and the IELTS (International English Language Testing System). Non-native Canadian applicants must have completed an undergraduate degree in a French or English Canadian institution in order to be exempted from the above.

Generally, applicants must achieve a minimum TOEFL score of 600 (250 on the computer-based test) or 7.5 in the IELTS. There are, however, some exceptions: - in the IASL: applicants must achieve a minimum TOEFL score of 575 (233 on the computer-based test) or 7.0 overall band in the IELTS.

In all programs, non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is French must achieve a minimum TOEFL score of 550 (213 computer-based) or an IELTS score of 6.5 overall band. This is because at McGill, students can write essays, examinations and theses in French, even where the course is taught in English. All students should be aware that the majority of courses in Graduate Programmes in Law are taught in English.

For information about the TOEFL, and to register to take the test, see http://www.toefl.org. For information about the IELTS, see http://www.ielts.org. There may be a lengthy delay for registration, and the communication of results takes approximately 40 days. For both tests, the official results should be sent directly from the testing institution to Graduate Programmes in Law. For the TOEFL, McGill's institutional code is 0935 and Law's departmental code is 03. These codes must be provided to TOEFL when requesting a test report form. For the IELTS, applicants must ask for an official report to be sent to Graduate Programmes in Law at the above address. For either test, the test must be taken sufficiently early for results to reach McGill no later than March 15 of the year of admission. Application files not completed by that date will not be considered.

French: The ability to speak or read French is an asset but not a necessity. In areas such as the study of private law in the civilian tradition or comparative private law, a reading knowledge of French is essential. Applicants should indicate their knowledge of French on the admissions questionnaire; they will be notified if French is essential to the area of study.

Graduate Certificate Programs

The requirements for admission to the Graduate Certificate programs are essentially the same as for the Master's programs, except that greater weight may be placed on professional experience.

Candidates desiring a Graduate Certificate in Air and Space Law who do not hold a law degree may be admitted if they have earned an undergraduate university degree in another discipline and possess sufficient professional experience to compensate for the lack of a law degree (as determined by the Graduate Admissions Committee).

Master's Degrees

Candidates for admission to the LL.M. program must hold a Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) degree, or its equivalent, with at least upper second class honours. This standing does not guarantee admission, however. The Graduate Admissions Committee weighs the entire file, including the applicant's references and the quality of the research proposal.

Furthermore, in the case of thesis programs, the Committee must consider the availability of a supervisor. If a supervisor is not available in the applicant's preferred field of study, the applicant may be refused admission or else offered admission pending a change of field of study.

LL.M. specialization in Bioethics:

Requirements for admission to the Master's program in Bioethics from the base discipline Law, are the same as for admission to the LL.M.

For further information see the bioethics section of the calendar, or contact the Chair, Master's Specialization in Bioethics, Biomedical Ethics Unit, 3647 Peel Street, Montreal, QC, H3A 1W9. Telephone: (514) 398-6980; Fax: (514) 398-8349; E-mail: Glass@falaw.lan.mcgill.ca.

D.C.L. Degree

Applicants demonstrating outstanding academic ability will be considered for admission to the doctoral program.

Admission to the DCL program occurs only when:

The latter usually requires review of the completed Master's thesis.

42.4 Application Procedures

An application will be considered upon receipt of:

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate. Documents corresponding to numbers 2-5 and 7 should be sent to the Coordinator, Graduate Studies in Law, at the above address.

Deadline:

March 1st in the year prior to the start of the academic year for which the candidate is applying.

LL.M. specialization in Bioethics

Applications are made initially through the Biomedical Ethics Unit in the Faculty of Medicine, which administers the program and teaches the core courses.

Applicants must be accepted first by Law and then by the Bioethics Graduate Studies Advisory Committee.

42.5 Program Requirements

Graduate Certificate in Comparative Law

The Graduate Certificate is awarded after at least one term of residence in the Faculty and upon completion of a minimum of 15 academic credits. At least nine of those credits must be earned through course work, with the balance earned through essays or the preparation of teaching or course materials. In every case, the program is structured to meet individual needs and must be approved by the Associate Dean (Graduate Studies).

Note: International students must register for at least 12 credits per term in order to satisfy visa requirements.

Graduate Certificate in Air and Space Law

The Graduate Certificate in Air and Space Law is a course work program with a limited research and writing requirement. It is particularly appropriate for students with a strong professional orientation who do not wish to write a thesis.

The Graduate Certificate is awarded after at least one term of residence in the Faculty and upon completion of a minimum of 15 academic credits of law courses. Those credits must include the three air and space law courses obligatory for Master's students (ASPL 633, ASPL 636, and ASPL 637).

The required courses are offered in the fall, hence Graduate Certificate students must be in residence during at least one Fall term. The balance of required graduate credits can be obtained either through other IASL courses, Independent Study courses, or any other course in the University or other universities related to the area of concentration, subject to approval by the Associate Dean (Graduate Studies). Students may take courses beyond the minimum of 15 credits, and these additional courses may be non-law courses.

Graduate Certificate students generally remain in residence for both terms and take all of the air and space law courses.

Note: International students must register for at least 12 credits per term in order to satisfy visa requirements.

MASTER'S DEGREES

There are two LL.M. options in the Faculty of Law: thesis and non-thesis. In each case, the student must complete 45 credits. It is not normally possible to take extra credits. Students pursuing the LL.M. (thesis and non-thesis) in the Faculty must take the following courses: Legal Research Methodology (4 credits) and Theoretical Approaches to Law (4 credits). Other courses are selected from those offered by the Faculty and its Institutes, subject to the approval of the Associate Dean (Graduate Studies) of the Faculty of Law.

Students must register and pay fees for three terms of full-time study. Usually courses are taken during the first two terms only. The third term, devoted to research, may be taken during the summer session of the first year, if the thesis or Project supervisor approves. This means that it may be possible to complete the three terms within one calendar year.

Candidates who complete all courses required of them with a grade of at least B- (65%) may normally proceed to the submission of their Master's thesis on a subject approved by the Director or the Associate Dean (Graduate Studies). In some cases, candidates may be required to undergo an oral examination before a jury appointed by the Director or the Associate Dean.

Thesis Option

The thesis option is more suited to students who wish to work on a project of original scholarly research, and are less concerned to take a larger number of taught courses. The thesis topic is normally determined in consultation with the supervisor and must be approved by the Associate Dean (Graduate Studies). The completed thesis is evaluated by the candidate's supervisor and by an external examiner chosen by the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office. The thesis must show familiarity with work in the field and demonstrate the student's ability for organizing results and solid, independent analysis.

In the LL.M. (thesis), the work on the thesis is recognized through "thesis courses"of different credit weights, ranging from 30 to 33 credits. The student must therefore take 12 to 15 credits of other courses.

The Master's Thesis programs consist of a course work component and a thesis of approximately 100 pages. Candidates must remain in residence for three terms. The third term, usually devoted to thesis research, may be taken the summer of the first year, making it possible to complete residence requirements within one calendar year. If the thesis is not completed in this time, students must register for additional sessions as needed. All degree requirements must be completed within three years of the date of registration.

As part of Master's Thesis 1, a thesis candidate must provide a protocol to his or her supervisor setting out details as to the thesis topic, the deadlines for the completion of the various thesis courses and the schedule of meetings with the thesis supervisor. Modifications to the protocol must be made in writing and submitted to the Associate Dean (Graduate Studies).

The thesis topic is normally determined in consultation with the supervisor early in the second term and must be approved by the Associate Dean (Graduate Studies). The submitted thesis is evaluated by the candidate's supervisor and an external examiner chosen by the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office. The thesis must show familiarity with previous work in the field and demonstrate the student's capacity for solid, independent analysis and for organizing results.

Non-Thesis Option

The non-thesis option is more suited to students who wish to have a wide exposure to a range of taught courses, and are less concerned to have the chance to do a piece of original scholarly research. The non-thesis option does require a substantial Supervised Research Project and students take more courses than students in the thesis program.

The LL.M. (non-thesis) includes a Supervised Research Project which counts for 18 credits, although it can be reduced to 15, 16 or 17 if a student wishes to take more taught course credits. The student must therefore take 27 to 30 credits of other courses.

Institute of Air and Space Law
Master of Laws (LL.M.)

The student must take at least 18 credits of courses. Normally the student will take the following courses:

ASPL 636
(3)
Private International Air Law
ASPL 633
(3)
Public International Air Law
ASPL 637
(3)
Space Law: General Principles
ASPL 632*
(3)
Comparative Air Law
ASPL 613*
(3)
Government Regulation of Air Transport
ASPL 638*
(3)
Law of Space Applications
ASPL 639*
(3)
Government Regulation of Space Activities

* On occasion, students will be permitted to substitute for any of the asterisked courses, other courses selected from a list of Faculty or Institute of Comparative Law courses or courses offered by another department of the University.

Each student's final choice of curriculum is subject to the approval of the Associate Dean (Graduate Studies).

Thesis Component - Required
(27 credits)
ASPL 690
(3)
Master's Thesis 1
ASPL 691
(3)
Master's Thesis 2
ASPL 692
(6)
Master's Thesis 3
ASPL 693
(12)
Master's Thesis 4
ASPL 694
(3)
Master's Thesis 5

The LL.M. student must present an acceptable thesis on a subject approved by the Associate Dean (Graduate Studies). Work on the Master's thesis is divided into five courses, and is conducted under the close supervision of a member of Faculty. To be allowed to submit a thesis, a student must have obtained at least B- (65%) in each of the courses taken.

Candidates for the Master's degree must spend three terms of full-time study and research in residence at the Institute.

The Master of Laws (LL.M.); Law - Thesis

is a 45-credit program that requires some foundational course work, but its core is a substantial thesis (up to 100 pages) to be credited at 30 credits (or more in exceptional cases). Required courses are:

CMPL 610
(4)
Legal Research Methodology
CMPL 641
(4)
Theoretical Approaches to Law
CMPL 612
(3)
Master's Thesis 1
CMPL 613
(3)
Master's Thesis 2
CMPL 614
(3)
Master's Thesis 3
CMPL 615
(6)
Master's Thesis 4
CMPL 616
(12)
Master's Thesis 5
CMPL 617
(3)
Master's Thesis 6

If approved by the Associate Dean (Graduate Studies), students may reduce their elective course work by up to 3 credits by completing one or both of:

CMPL 618
(2)
Master's Thesis 7
CMPL 619
(1)
Master's Thesis 8

The remaining 7 credits (or fewer if more credits are earned for the Master's Thesis) are elective, with courses to be chosen from among Faculty offerings. Courses below 500 level will not normally be approved.

The Master of Laws (LL.M.); Law - non-Thesis

is a 45-credit program that combines a significant body of course work with a substantial guided research project.

CMPL 610
(4)
Legal Research Methodology
CMPL 641
(4)
Theoretical Approaches to Law
CMPL 655
(15)
Research Project 1

If approved by the Associate Dean (Graduate Studies), students may reduce their elective course work by up to 3 credits by completing one or both of:

CMPL 656
(2)
Research Project 2
CMPL 657
(1)
Research Project 3

The remaining 22 credits (or fewer if more credits are earned for the research project) are elective, with courses to be chosen from among Faculty offerings. Courses below 500 level will not normally be approved.

The Master of Laws (LL.M.); Law; Comparative Law - Thesis

is a 45-credit program that requires some foundational course work, but its core is a substantial thesis (up to 100 pages) to be credited at 30 credits (or more in exceptional cases):

CMPL 600
(4)
Legal Traditions
CMPL 610
(4)
Legal Research Methodology
CMPL 641
(4)
Theoretical Approaches to Law
CMPL 612
(3)
Master's Thesis 1
CMPL 613
(3)
Master's Thesis 2
CMPL 614
(3)
Master's Thesis 3
CMPL 615
(6)
Master's Thesis 4
CMPL 616
(12)
Master's Thesis 5
CMPL 617
(3)
Master's Thesis 6

If approved by the Associate Dean (Graduate Studies), students may reduce their elective course work by up to 3 credits by completing one or both of:

CMPL 618
(2)
Master's Thesis 7
CMPL 619
(1)
Master's Thesis 8

The remaining 3 credits (or fewer if more credits are earned for the Master's Thesis) are elective, with courses to be chosen from among Faculty offerings. Courses below 500 level will not normally be approved.

The Master of Laws (LL.M.); Law; Comparative Law - non-Thesis

is a 45-credit program that combines a significant body of course work with a substantial guided research project.

CMPL 600
(4)
Legal Traditions
CMPL 610
(4)
Legal Research Methodology
CMPL 641
(4)
Theoretical Approaches to Law
CMPL 655
(15)
Research Project 1

If approved by the Associate Dean (Graduate Studies), students may reduce their elective course work by up to 3 credits by completing one or both of:

CMPL 656
(2)
Research Project 2
CMPL 657
(1)
Research Project 3

The remaining 18 credits (or fewer if more credits are earned for the research project) are elective, with courses to be chosen from among Faculty offerings. Courses below 500 level will not normally be approved.

COURSE SELECTION

It should be noted that not all courses are offered in each year. Students wishing to pursue research topics outside of these particular fields are welcome to do so, subject to the availability of appropriate thesis supervisors.

The graduate-level Law courses are grouped into four inter-related concentrations.

Legal Traditions and Legal Theory

This concentration combines two areas of strength: the co-existence of diverse legal traditions, particularly (but not exclusively) the civil and common law, and the awareness of the importance of theoretical approaches to law as a means of understanding both the internal dynamic of legal phenomena and their relationship to other social phenomena.

Courses offered within this concentration include:

Aboriginal Peoples and the Law
Advanced Jurisprudence
Canadian Legal History
Canon Law
Comparative Modern Legal History
Feminist Legal Theory
Islamic Law
Jurisprudence
Legal Theory
Linguistic and Literary Approaches to the Law
Research Seminars
Roman Law
Social and Ethical Issues in Jewish Law
Social Diversity and the Law
Talmudic Law
Tort Theory

International Business Law

The ICL pioneered the first graduate concentration in international business law in Canada. This field has practical significance in international business relations and also provides opportunities to apply experience derived from multiple legal systems to the development of multi-jurisdictional, "international" commercial rules.

Courses offered within this concentration include:

Comparative Legal Institutions
European Community Law 1
European Community Law 2
International Business Enterprises
International Carriage of Goods by Sea
International Development Law
International and Domestic Documentary Sales
International Maritime Conventions
International Securities Markets
International Taxation
Law and Practice of International Trade
Research Seminars
Resolution of International Disputes

Human Rights and Cultural Diversity

Building on the Faculty's strength in public law, this concentration promotes the comparative study of human rights law. It provides students with opportunities to reflect critically on the emergence and institutionalization of human rights norms in both domestic and international settings and to explore complexities arising from cultural diversity.

Courses offered within this concentration include:

Aboriginal Peoples and the Law
Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms
Children and the Law
Civil Liberties
Comparative Constitutional Protection of Human Rights
Comparative and International Protection of Minorities' Rights
Current Problems of the International Legal Order
Discrimination and the Law
International Law of Human Rights
Research Seminars
Social Diversity and Law

Regulation, Technology and Society

This concentration focuses on the comparative and inter-disciplinary study of legal regulation in areas of rapid technological change. It encourages critical reflection on notions of the public interest and its protection in areas as diverse as the bio-medical sciences, the environment, the growth of computer networks, and the commercial exploitation of space.

Courses offered within this concentration include:

Administrative Process
Communications Law
Comparative Medical Law
Computers and the Law
Contemporary Private Law Problems 1
Entertainment Law
Environment and the Law
Government Control of Business
Intellectual and Industrial Property
International Environmental Law
Land Use Planning
Policies, Politics and the Legislative Process
Research Seminars
LL.M. in Law - Bioethics option:

The curriculum is composed of required courses (for 6 credits) offered in the Biomedical Ethics Unit, bioethics courses (3 credit minimum) offered by the base faculty or department (for Faculty of Law: CMPL 642), and any graduate courses required or accepted by a base faculty for the granting of a Master's degree for a total of 18 to 21 credits (for Faculty of Law: CMPL 641, with remaining credits chosen from Faculty of Law and Bioethics offerings at the 500 or 600 level). A minimum of 45 credits is required including the thesis. For further information regarding this program, please refer to the Bioethics section.

DOCTOR OF CIVIL LAW (D.C.L.) DEGREE
The Doctor of Civil Law (D.C.L.) in Air and Space Law

is the doctoral program in the Institute of Air and Space Law of the Faculty of Law. The core of the program is a substantial thesis that makes an original contribution to legal scholarship. Students must pass a Comprehensive Exam - Air/Space Law (ASPL 701).

The Doctor of Civil Law (D.C.L.); Law

is the doctoral program in the Faculty of Law. The core of the program is a substantial thesis that makes an original contribution to legal scholarship. Students must pass a Comprehensive Exam - Law (LAWG 701). Students are also required to take CMPL 641 Theoretical Approaches to Law.

The Doctor of Civil Law (D.C.L.) in Law; Comparative Law

is the doctoral program in the Institute of Comparative Law of the Faculty of Law. The core of the program is a substantial thesis that makes an original contribution to legal scholarship. Students must pass a Comprehensive Exam (CMPL 701). Students are also required to take CMPL 641 Theoretical Approaches to Law.

The Doctor of Civil Law is a research degree offered by the Faculty of Law. Candidates who do not hold a McGill law degree may be required to take two or three courses designed to introduce them to the McGill professors and resources available in their field.

The degree will be awarded, at the earliest, after the completion of three years of residence in the Faculty. In the case of a candidate holding an LL.M. from McGill or an equivalent degree from another university, the residency requirement may be reduced to two years of study beyond the Master's degree, with the approval of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office, upon recommendation of the Graduate Studies Committee of the Faculty of Law.

All candidates are must pass the Comprehensive Examination, normally after one year in residence.

The principal basis for evaluation is a doctoral thesis of up to 400 pages. It must constitute a significant contribution to legal knowledge, evidencing in concept and execution the original work of the candidate. Its form must be suitable for publication. The thesis must be submitted within four years of completion of the residency requirement.

42.6 Course Descriptions

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

INSTITUTE OF AIR AND SPACE LAW COURSES

ASPL 613 Government Regulation of Air Transport.

(3) Economic regulation of air transport and navigation, deregulation, liberalization, open skies. Economic and regulatory theories, competition, anti-trust regulation. Status, negotiation, and implementation of international agreements on air services.

ASPL 632 Comparative Air Law.

(3) Comparative approaches to air law. Selected problems of private law not codified by international conventions including product liability; government liability for certification and inspection of aircraft; ATC liability; aviation insurance; fleet financing; leasing.

ASPL 633 Public International Air Law.

(3) Sources of public international law relating to the air space and its aeronautical uses. International aviation organizations and their law-making functions. Legal responses to aviation terrorism.

ASPL 636 Private International Air Law.

(3) Sources of private international air law. Conflicts of laws. Unification of law of liability. Liability for damage on the surface, liability of the ATC and CNS/ATM providers. Rights in aircraft and their international recognition.

ASPL 637 Space Law: General Principles.

(3) Examination of the role of international law in the regulation of outer space activities.

ASPL 638 Law of Space Applications.

(3) The legal implications of various space applications, such as telecommunications and the role therein of various international organizations; remote sensing by satellites; space stations; commercial and military uses of outer space.

ASPL 639 Government Regulation of Space Activities.

(3) (Restriction: Open to undergraduate students with the permission of the Associate Dean.) National public and private law and regulatory regimes governing space activities, particularly those that are carried out by private entities for commercial purposes.

ASPL 690 Master's Thesis 1.

(3) Preparation of thesis proposal.

ASPL 691 Master's Thesis 2.

(3) Preparation of literature review.

ASPL 692 Master's Thesis 3.

(6) Thesis research report.

ASPL 693 Master's Thesis 4.

(12) Completion of thesis.

ASPL 694 Master's Thesis 5.

(3) Thesis research report.

ASPL 701 Comprehensive - Air/Space Law.

(0) (Restriction: DCL graduate students in Air and Space Law.) An examination that must be passed by all doctoral candidates in order to continue in the doctoral program.

FACUTY OF LAW 500-700 LEVEL COURSES

Courses open to undergraduate and graduate students

BUS2 500 Copyright and Trademark Theory.

(3) (Prerequisite: BUS2 463) (Restriction: Not open to first year students) Various topics in copyright and/or trademark. Copyright: idea-expression dichotomy and the tension between public and private domain. Trademark: embodiment of goodwill; uniqueness versus genericity; the nature of use; the scope of statutory versus common law protection. Regarding both: impact of international norms; impact of technology.

BUS2 501 Patent Theory and Policy.

(3) (Prerequisite: BUS2 463) (Restriction: Not open to first year students) Examination and critical assessment of the justifications of patent law; the tension between the public domain and private monopoly control; examination of international patent protection; international conventions touching on patent law, international trade instruments; examination of patents in relation to new technology: biotechnology, the Internet and business methods.

CMPL 500 Aboriginal Peoples and the Law.

(3) Current legal topics relating to native peoples, including the concept of aboriginal title, and constitutional aspects of contemporary land claims. Aspects of Canadian law relating to native peoples, their constitutional status, and hunting and fishing rights.

l

CMPL 501 Jurisprudence.

(3)

CMPL 504 Feminist Legal Theory.

(3) Feminist theory and its relevance and application to law, including feminist methodologies in law, the public versus private dichotomy, and changing conceptions of equality.

l

CMPL 505 Advanced Jurisprudence.

(2)

l

CMPL 506 Legal Theory.

(3)

CMPL 507 Linguistic and Literary Approaches to Law.

(2) The techniques of linguistic and literary analysis and their contribution to the interpretation and evaluation of legal texts.

CMPL 508 Research Seminar 1.

(2) Research seminar to be offered by members of the Faculty or visiting professors, to permit research in legal traditions and legal theory in areas not covered by other courses in the program.

CMPL 509 Research Seminar 2.

(2) Research seminar to be offered by members of the Faculty or visiting professors, to permit research in legal traditions and legal theory in areas not covered by other courses in the program.

CMPL 510 Roman Law.

(3) An examination of the contemporary relevance of principles of Roman law, in both civil and common law jurisdictions.

CMPL 511 Social Diversity and Law.

(3) The interaction of law and cultural diversity. Through the use of a number of case studies, we will examine: 1. The empirical effect of cultural diversity on legal systems. 2. Institutional structures to accommodate diversity. 3. Theoretical perspectives.

l

CMPL 512 Theories of Justice.

(3)

l

CMPL 513 Talmudic Law.

(3)

CMPL 515 International Carriage of Goods by Sea.

(3) A comparative study of private international maritime law.

CMPL 516 International Development Law.

(3) The law and economics of development, including the role of aglencies of the United Nations in development, the role of UNCTAD in formulating uniform rules of international trade, and the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund and their role in financing development.

CMPL 517 Comparative Legal Institutions.

(3) The changing legal institutions in selected civil and common law jurisdictions of Europe and North America, with attention paid to the adequacy of institutional response to the growing role of law in western societies.

l

CMPL 518 Policies, Politics and Legislative Process.

(3)

l

CMPL 521 Trade Regulation.

(3) (Prerequisite: CMPL 543 (Recommended)) (Restriction: Not open to first year students.)

l

CMPL 524 Entertainment Law.

(3)

CMPL 533 Resolution of International Disputes.

(3) Conflict of jurisdictions and recognition of foreign judgments, as well as arbitration between parties to international contracts, with particular reference to international conventions.

l

CMPL 534 Comparative Private International Law 1.

(2)

CMPL 536 European Community Law 1.

(3) The Treaty of Rome establishing the European Community and current efforts to create a homogenous structure for commerce and competition in Europe.

CMPL 537 European Community Law 2.

(2) The provisions of the Treaty of Rome dealing with the regulation of domestic and international commerce by the Community authorities, with particular emphasis on articles 85 and 86.

CMPL 539 International Taxation.

(3) Canadian tax treatment of subjects, including the export of goods and services, carrying on business in other countries, international employee transfers, international re-organizations, and international joint ventures and partnerships.

l

CMPL 541 International Business Enterprises.

(3)

CMPL 543 Law and Practice of International Trade.

(3) The fundamental aspects of international law governing international trade, and governmental regulation of international trade in Canada and Canada's major trading partners.

l

CMPL 544 International and Domestic Documentary Sales.

(3)

CMPL 546 International Environmental Law.

(3) Introduction to this continuously expanding and evolving branch of international law. It will focus on the particularities of the international legal system and their implications for environmental protection; economic and ethical dimensions of international environmental policy; selected environmental problems; and, discussion of new approaches to solving existing problems.

l

CMPL 547 Canadian Legal History.

(3)

l

CMPL 550 Comparative Civil Liability.

(2)

CMPL 551 Comparative Medical Law.

(2) A comparative study of selected medicolegal problems, including civil and criminal liability of doctors and hospitals, consent, emergency services, organ transplants, and euthanasia.

CMPL 553 International Maritime Conventions.

(3) International maritime conventions in respect of collisions, jurisdiction, limitation of liability, and their domestic interpretation, maritime liens and mortgages, marine insurance, and salvage.

l

CMPL 556 Comparative Constitutional Protection Human Rights.

(2)

l

CMPL 558 Contemporary Private Law Problems 2.

(2)

CMPL 565 International Humanitarian Law.

(3) (Prerequisite: PUB2 105) (Restriction: Not open to first year students.) Rules governing international and internal armed conflicts; historical and philosophical foundations; constraints on means to wage war; treatment of protected individuals, including prisoners of war, civilians and peacekeepers; enforcement, including belligerent reprisals and criminal prosecution; links with norms protecting human rights, the environment and cultural property; impact of cultural diversity.

l

CMPL 570 Protection of Minorities' Rights.

(2)

CMPL 571 International Law of Human Rights.

(3) International protection of human rights, particularly by the United Nations, its specialized agencies, and the Council of Europe.

CMPL 573 Civil Liberties.

(2) The protection of civil liberties in Canada with particular reference to public and private law remedies and emphasis on discrimination, race relations, language rights outside the Charter, and police powers.

CMPL 574 Government Control of Business.

(3) Selected topics in government control and regulation of business with emphasis on competition law and policy.

CMPL 575 Discrimination and the Law.

(3) Equality rights and legal protections against discrimination under the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, the Quebec Charter of Human Rights and Freedoms, and human rights legislation.

CMPL 576 Science Technology and Law.

(3) Introduction to the philosophy of science and the history of technology, reciprocal influences of science and law and their parallel development, concepts common to law and science, and legal and ethical problems common to technological change.

CMPL 577 Communications Law.

(3) Regulation of common communication carriers and mass media in Canada, including legal developments initiated by foreign market competition, and the regulatory authority of the C.R.T.C.

CMPL 578 Computers and the Law.

(3) Analysis of the legal issues raised by computer technology, including computer crime, protection of information, copyright, and patent and trade secret law.

l

CMPL 579 Current Problems of International Legal Order.

(2)

l

CMPL 580 Environment and the Law.

(3)

CMPL 600 Legal Traditions.

(4) (Restrictions: Restricted to students in the Institute of Comparative Law. Other students by permission only.) Examination of the concept of a legal tradition, including elements of particular legal traditions, their philosophical foundations, their implementation through institutions, and their influence on one another.

l

LAWG 500 Complex Legal Transactions 1.

(3)

l

LAWG 501 Complex Legal Transactions 2.

(3)

LAWG 515 Specialized Topics in Law 5.

(2) (Restriction: Must have completed first year Law.) An intensive study of a particular topic in public or private law.

LAWG 516 Specialized Topics in Law 6.

(2) (Restriction: Must have completed first year Law.) An intensive study of a particular topic in public or private law.

LAWG 517 Specialized Topics in Law 7.

(3) (Restriction: Must have completed first year Law.) An intensive study of a particular topic in public or private law.

COURSES OPEN ONLY TO GRADUATE STUDENTS

CMPL 601 Civil Law Perspectives.

(4) (Open only to students who do not have a first degree in the civil law.) Provides students from the common law tradition with a graduate-level perspective on the civil law tradition.

CMPL 602 Common Law Perspectives.

(4) (Open only to students who do not have a first degree in the common law.) Provides students from the civil law tradition with a graduate-level perspective on the common law tradition.

l

CMPL 603 Human Rights & Cultural Diversity.

(4)

l

CMPL 604 International Business Law.

(4)

l

CMPL 605 Regulation Technology/Society.

(4)

CMPL 610 Legal Research Methodology.

(4) (Restriction: Open only to graduate law students registered in a Master's program or permission of instructor.) A programme of instruction in legal research methodology, including electronic legal research and the formulation of research plans.

CMPL 612 Master's Thesis 1.

(3) Preparation of thesis proposal.

CMPL 613 Master's Thesis 2.

(3) Preparation of literature review.

CMPL 614 Master's Thesis 3.

(3) Thesis Seminar. A seminar bearing on thesis research in progress.

CMPL 615 Master's Thesis 4.

(6) Thesis research report.

CMPL 615D1 (3), CMPL 615D2 (3) Master's Thesis 4.

(Students must register for both CMPL 615D1 and CMPL 615D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both CMPL 615D1 and CMPL 615D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (CMPL 615D1 and CMPL 615D2 together are equivalent to CMPL 615) Thesis research report.

CMPL 616 Master's Thesis 5.

(12) Completion of thesis.

CMPL 616D1 (6), CMPL 616D2 (6) Master's Thesis 5.

(Students must register for both CMPL 616D1 and CMPL 616D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both CMPL 616D1 and CMPL 616D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (CMPL 616D1 and CMPL 616D2 together are equivalent to CMPL 616) Completion of thesis.

CMPL 617 Master's Thesis 6.

(3) Thesis research report.

CMPL 618 Master's Thesis 7.

(2) Thesis research project.

CMPL 619 Master's Thesis 8.

(1) (Restriction: This course is open only to graduate law students registered in a with-thesis Master's program in the Faculty of Law.) Thesis research project.

l

CMPL 623 Legal Internship 1.

(6)

l

CMPL 624 Legal Internship 2.

(6)

CMPL 635 Independent Study 1.

(3)

CMPL 636 Indepentent Study 2.

(4)

CMPL 637 Independent Study 3.

(3)

CMPL 638 Independent Study 4.

(4)

CMPL 641 Theoretical Approaches to Law.

(4) Introduction to a variety of theoretical approaches to legal scholarship.

CMPL 642 Law and Health Care.

(3) (Limited enrolment.) Topics in this seminar will include philosophical and ethical foundations of law as applied in medicine, legal structures and their impact on health care, law and ethics of the health care professions, administrative and legal control of health care systems and other selected issues.

CMPL 650 Independent Study 7.

(3)

CMPL 655 Research Project 1.

(15) (Restriction: This course is only open to students registered in a non-thesis Master's program in the Faculty of Law.) A major research paper on a current topic.

CMPL 656 Research Project 2.

(2) (Prerequisite: CMPL 655.) (Restriction: This course is open only to students registered in a non-thesis Master's program in the Faculty of Law.) Continuation of a major research paper on a current topic.

CMPL 657 Research Project 3.

(1) (Prerequisite: CMPL 655 and/or CMPL 656.) (Restriction: This course is open only to students registered in a non-thesis Master's program in the Faculty of Law.) Continuation of a major research paper on a current topic.

CMPL 701 Comprehensive Examination-Comparative Law.

(0) (Restriction: DCL graduate students in Comparative Law.) An examination that must be passed by all doctoral candidates in order to continue in the doctoral program.

ISLA 706D1 (3), ISLA 706D2 (3) Islamic Law.

(Students must register for both ISLA 706D1 and ISLA 706D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 706D1 and ISLA 706D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) The nature of the law, its origins and historical development, the medieval schools of law, modern evolution of the law, and its roles in Islamic religious and political thought.

LAWG 701 Comprehensive Exam - Law.

(0) (Restriction: DCL graduate students in Law.) An examination that must be passed by all doctoral candidates in order to continue in the doctoral program.

43 Library and Information Studies

43.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
Effie C. Astbury; B.A., B.L.S.(McG.), M.L.S.(Tor.).
Professors
J. Andrew Large; B.Sc.(Lond.), Ph.D.(Glas.), Dip.Lib.(Lond.) (CN-Pratt-Grinstad Professor of Information Studies)
Peter F. McNally; B.A.(W.Ont.), B.L.S., M.L.S., M.A.(McG.)
Associate Professors
Jamshid Beheshti; B.A.(S.Fraser), M.L.S., Ph.D.(W.Ont.)
France Bouthillier; B.Ed.(Que.), M.B.S.I.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
John E. Leide; B.S.(M.I.T.), M.S.(Wis.), Ph.D.(Rutg.)
Diane Mittermeyer; B.A., B.L.S.(Montr.), M.L.S., Ph.D.(Tor.)
Assistant Professor
Kimiz Dalkir; B.Sc., M.B.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(C'dia)
Eun Park; B.A.(Pusan), M.L.I.S.(Illinois), M.B.A.(Pitts.), Ph.D.(UCLA)
Professional Associate
Eric Bungay; B.Sc., B.A., B.Ed.(Mem.), M.L.I.S.(McG.)
Faculty Lecturers
Erica Burnham; B.A., M.L.I.S.(McG.)
Gordon Burr; B.A., M.L.I.S.(McG.); Senior Archivist, Records Management, McGill
Martin Cohen; B.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Exeter), M.L.S.(McG.); Bibliographer, Collections, Humanities and Social Sciences Library, McGill
Joanne Cournoyer; B.A., M.L.S.(Montr.)
Jerry Fielden; B.A., M.L.I.S.(McG.)
Jocelyn Godolphin; B.A.(Manit.), M.A.(Oregon), M.L.S.(U.B.C.)
Jim Henderson; B.Sc.(Victoria), M.Sc.(Queen's), M.L.S.(U.B.C.)
Lorie Kloda; B.A., M.L.I.S.(McG.); Instruction Technology Librarian, Health Sciences Library, McGill
Johanne Lessard; B.Ed.(Que.), M.L.I.S.(McG.)
Valerie Nesset; B.A.(Queen's), M.L.I.S.(McG.)
Ruth Noble; B.Sc., M.L.I.S.(McG.); Information Services Librarian, Concordia
Chukwemeka Nwakanma; B.Sc.(Abia State), M.L.I.S.(Ibadan)
Phyllis Rudin; B.A.(Pitts.), B.Ed.(Tor.), M.L.S.(McG.)
Richard Virr; B.A.(Tulane), M.A.(Queen's), Ph.D.(McG.); Curator of Manuscripts, Rare Books and Special Collections Division, McGill

43.2 Programs Offered

Master of Library and Information Studies (M.L.I.S.)

The M.L.I.S. degree is awarded after successful completion of the equivalent of two academic years of graduate study (48 credits). Four courses in each of the fall and winter terms constitute a full load. Although the program is normally taken full-time, it may be pursued part-time but must be completed within five years of initial registration.

Graduate Certificate in Library and Information Studies

The Graduate Certificate program assists library and information professionals, from this country and elsewhere, in updating their knowledge for advanced responsibility.

The 15-credit program may be completed in one or possibly two academic terms. The program may also be completed on a part-time basis to a maximum of five years.

Graduate Diploma in Library and Information Studies

The Graduate Diploma program provides professional librarians and information specialists with formal, for credit continuing education opportunities to update, specialize, and redirect their careers for advanced responsibility. For those considering admission into the doctoral program, it will provide an opportunity to develop further their research interests.

The 30-credit program may be completed in one calendar year. The program may also be completed on a part-time basis to a maximum of five years.

Ph.D. (Ad Hoc)

The Ph.D. program provides an opportunity for exceptional candidates to study interdisciplinary research topics within library and information studies at the doctoral level. The candidate is attached to the Graduate School of Library and Information Studies and develops the usual working relationships with research supervisors.

43.3 Facilities

The School is located on the street level of the McLennan Library Building. Within easy access of each other are the administrative offices, faculty offices, lecture and seminar rooms, and cataloguing and information technology laboratories. Student amenities include a well-equipped lounge and lockers.

The facilities of the School, combined with its downtown location close to public transportation, make it an attractive and convenient site for study.

Information Technology Laboratory

The hub of activity at GSLIS is the Information Technology Laboratory. The IT Lab is used to support, both on a formal and informal basis, the various courses taught at GSLIS. The IT Lab has access to a state-of-the-art local area network delivering Internet access using a 100 Mbps connection to the University 1 Gbps fibreoptic backbone. Students will notice a significant difference in speed over the typical dial-up modem. The IT Lab contains 24 Windows-based PC workstations and a network printer available for student use. The Cataloguing Laboratory adjacent to the IT Lab has eight PCs, all equipped with CD-R/RWs.

Several courses, including the required courses GLIS 616 and GLIS 617, have formal laboratory sessions that require use of the IT Lab's hardware and software. On an informal basis, many students use the IT Lab for researching online information, typing and printing papers, developing databases, and creating multimedia presentations for various classes.

E-mail plays an important role in the School's daily activities and students are encouraged to use this facility to communicate with colleagues, faculty and staff. In addition, students maintain an open electronic mailing list called MLISSA (McGill Library and Information Studies Student's Association) and GSLIS maintains a list called MCLIS-L (McGill Library and Information Studies List).

Library Facilities

McGill Library System

Students have access to one of the continent's major research resources in the McGill Library System, which consists of fourteen libraries organized into five administrative units: Humanities and Social Sciences Library, Branch Libraries, Law Area Library, Life Sciences Area Libraries, and the Physical Sciences and Engineering Area Libraries. Altogether these libraries house over two million volumes providing a valuable collection for research and study. Additionally, a number of important electronic journal repositories can be accessed via the Library. Further information is available in the General Information, Regulations and Research Guidelines, Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar for 2004-05, and on the Library Web site at www.library.mcgill.ca.

Library and Information Studies Collection

The Library and Information Studies collection includes approximately 40,000 monographs and 700 periodical titles. The bulk of the collection is in the Humanities and Social Sciences Area Library, located in the same building as the School.

Archives

Located on the same floor of the McLennan Library Building as the School, the McGill University Archives preserves and makes available to researchers of all disciplines more than 4500 m of primary documentation of permanent value generated over the past 180 years. It offers laboratory conditions for students doing independent studies, practical projects for the Archival Science course and serves as a Practicum site. The Archives also possesses a working library of materials relating to archival science and records management.

43.4 Admission Requirements

Master of Library and Information Studies (M.L.I.S.)

Graduate Certificate in Library and Information Studies

Graduate Diploma in Library and Information Studies

Ph.D. (Ad Hoc)

43.5 Application Procedures

All applicants must submit, or arrange for the submission of, the following documents, directly to the School:

Master of Library and Information Studies (M.L.I.S.)

Deadline for receipt of application forms for entrance into the first year of the M.L.I.S. program is April 1 (March 1 for overseas students), but as enrolment is limited, early application is strongly recommended.

Applicants may be interviewed by a member of the Admissions Committee or a delegate.

The Admissions Committee will begin reviewing complete applications on November 1, and offers will be made on a rolling basis from that date.

Graduate Certificate in Library and Information Studies

Applicants must also provide a statement of areas of professional interest.

Applications will be accepted for the Fall, Winter and Summer sessions. The application deadline is four months prior to commencement of the session but earlier applications are encouraged.

Graduate Diploma in Library and Information Studies

Applicants must also provide a statement of areas of academic/ research interest.

Applications will be accepted for the Fall, Winter and Summer sessions. The application deadline is four months prior to commencement but earlier applications are encouraged.

Ph.D. (Ad Hoc)

Applicants must also provide a brief outline (2-3 pages) of the proposed research.

The applicant's file will be considered by the Advanced Studies Committee within the School. If approved, the applicant will normally enroll as a Ph.D.I student.

A person interested in pursuing a program of study leading to the Ph.D. degree should contact the Chairperson of the Advanced Studies Committee in the Graduate School of Library and Information Studies.

43.6 Program Requirements

43.6.1 Master of Library and Information Studies (M.L.I.S.)

The M.L.I.S. degree is awarded after successful completion of the equivalent of two academic years of graduate study (48 credits). Twelve credits in each of the fall and winter terms constitute a full load. Although the program is normally taken full-time, it may be pursued part-time but must be completed within five years of initial registration.

Goals of the M.L.I.S. Program

Objectives of the M.L.I.S. Program

Students graduating from the program will be able to:

Categories of Students

Full-time M.L.I.S. students:

Those students who are proceeding to the M.L.I.S. degree and who are registered in at least 12 credits per term.

Part-time M.L.I.S. students:

Those students who are proceeding to the M.L.I.S. degree and who are registered in fewer than 12 credits per term.

Graduate Students in other McGill programs:

Students enrolled in graduate programs at McGill other than the M.L.I.S. may register for M.L.I.S. courses with the approval of the course instructor.

Special students:

Individuals who already hold a graduate degree in library and information studies from an accredited program and who are not proceeding to a degree may register for up to 6 credits per term to a total maximum of 12 credits, for which they fulfill the necessary prerequisites. At the discretion of the Director, work experience may be substituted for such prerequisites. Enrolment is subject to the condition that regular students have priority in cases of class size restrictions.

Registration - M.L.I.S.

All returning and new graduate students must register on-line at www.mcgill.ca/minerva, after completing a Minerva Course Selection Form and obtaining departmental approval.

Information concerning registration for incoming M.L.I.S. students will be sent to them prior to July of each year.

A deposit of $200 is required when confirming an offer of acceptance. Failure to pay the deposit by the specified deadline will result in the acceptance being rescinded.

Introductory Program - M.L.I.S.

All incoming M.L.I.S. students are required to participate in an introductory program designed to acquaint them with the many-faceted world of information and the forward-looking leadership of the library and information professions.

The program begins in the week prior to classes with follow-up activities throughout the year. It introduces students to the profession, to information technology and to the historical, social and cultural issues associated with library and information studies. The introductory program consists of panel discussions, lectures, and tours. A number of guests from McGill and from the broader Canadian information community participate in the program. The information technology sessions include hands-on activities in the School's Information Technology Laboratory. Students have an opportunity to meet with their faculty advisors and with second-year students. A further series of seminars held throughout the year supplements the initial program.

Overseas students should plan to arrive well before the beginning of the fall term.

43.6.2 M.L.I.S. Program Requirements

Required Courses
(24 credits)
GLIS 601
(3)
Information and Society
GLIS 607
(3)
Organization of Information
GLIS 611
(3)
Research Principles and Analysis
GLIS 615
(3)
Bibliographic and Factual Sources
GLIS 616
(3)
Online Information Retrieval
GLIS 617
(3)
Information System Design
GLIS 618
(3)
Information Users and Services
GLIS 620
(3)
Information Agency Management
It is strongly recommended that students complete the required courses in the program as soon as possible.
Complementary Courses
(24 credits)

Students, in consultation with their advisors, design individualized programs of instruction that take advantage of their backgrounds and interests to prepare them for specialized careers. During their first term of study while they are following the required courses, students should start to investigate their options and discuss their plans with their faculty advisors.

Many courses include visits to libraries and information centres, as well as a variety of other information-related organizations.

Courses outside the School

Courses in other McGill Departments

McGill University offers a large number and variety of graduate-level courses. Students interested in taking a course outside the School must complete the following steps:

Courses in other Quebec Universities

Students may take up to six credits at any other Quebec university provided the courses are not available at McGill University. Steps a) to d) outlined above should be followed by any student wishing to pursue this option. For more information, see section 7.1.13 "Quebec Inter-University Transfer Agreement (IUT)".

Transfer Credits - Advanced Standing

Students may not count credits for courses taken toward another degree as credits towards the M.L.I.S. degree. In special cases credits for appropriate courses previously taken outside the School may be transferred to the M.L.I.S. program, but only with the approval of the Director, and only if negotiated at the time of admission to the program. As a rule, no more than one-third of the McGill program course work (normally not thesis or project) can be credited with courses from another university.

Transfer credits must be approved by the Director of the School and the Director of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office. Requests for transfer credits will only be considered at the time of admission to the M.L.I.S. program.

In special cases, students may be excused from taking a required course if they have already completed an equivalent course. In such cases, however, they must obtain the permission of the instructor and the Director and will be required to substitute an additional complementary course bringing the total of their earned credits in the M.L.I.S. program to the normal 48.

Research Colloquia

Research Colloquia presented by guest speakers from Canada and, on occasion, other countries are open to students, as well as university staff and the Montreal information community, at various intervals throughout the year. Although not a formal part of the M.L.I.S. program, the Colloquia offer an opportunity for students to learn of current research preoccupations and developments in the field of library and information studies.

43.6.3 Graduate Certificate in Library and Information Studies

The program may be completed full-time in one academic term, or part-time within a maximum of five years.

Each certificate student will be assigned a faculty advisor in conjunction with whom an individualized program of study will be designed.

Program Requirements
(15 credits)

At least 3 courses (9 credits) and as many as 5 courses (15 credits) to be chosen, in consultation with the student's advisor, from the MLIS courses listed in section 43.7 "Courses", with the exception of GLIS 646, GLIS 647, GLIS 689, GLIS 695, GLIS 696 and GLIS 697. NB: Students who wish to register for GLIS 694 Certificate Project must first have their research proposal approved by the Committee on Student Standing and Academic Affairs.

Up to 6 credits may be taken outside the School, 3 credits of which may be taken outside McGill. All such courses must be at a graduate level and receive the prior approval of the student's advisor(s) and the School's Director.

43.6.4 Graduate Diploma in Library and Information Studies

The program may be completed in one calendar year. The program may also be completed on a part-time basis to a maximum of five years.

Each diploma student will be assigned a faculty advisor in conjunction with whom an individualized program of study will be designed.

Program Requirements
(30 credits)
Research (maximum of 18 credits)
at least one of:
GLIS 695
(6)
Research Paper 1
GLIS 696
(12)
Research Paper 2
All research proposals require approval of the Committee on Student Standing and Academic Affairs.
The remaining credits (12 - 24) are to be chosen in consultation with the student's advisor(s) from any of the GSLIS courses (except GLIS 646, GLIS 647, GLIS 689, and GLIS 694).
Up to 15 credits may be taken outside the School in other McGill graduate programs that students are qualified to enter.
Students may take no more than one-third of the course credits in another university, subject to the approval of their advisors and the Director.

43.6.5 Ph.D. (Ad Hoc)

The Ph.D. program provides an opportunity to study interdisciplinary research topics within the field of library and information studies at the doctoral level. The candidate is attached to the Graduate School of Library and Information Studies and develops the usual working relationships with research supervisors. In addition to a supervisor from the School, three faculty must sit on the Advisory Committee, one of whom must be external to the School.

Admission, program planning and research progress in the Ph.D. (Ad Hoc) program is the responsibility of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

The residency is 3 years (6 terms).

Admission to the Ph.D. (Ad Hoc) program involves a number of steps.

43.7 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Not all courses can be offered in any academic year. In addition, courses which have a registration of fewer than five will not normally be taught. Some courses have a maximum enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

Denotes courses which may not be offered in 2004-05.

For more information on Multi-term Courses, Course
Terminology, Class Schedule and Course Catalog, see the
General Information, Regulations and Research Guidelines, Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar for 2004-05.

GLIS 601 Information and Society.

(3) Introduction to our world of information, documents and information agencies with historical and social approach. A look at how information is generated and at the role played by libraries and of all kinds and other relevant agencies. This course should provide a broad framework within which other required or elective courses could be understood.

GLIS 607 Organization of Information.

(3) Theory and techniques of bibliographic control for information. Basic cataloguing and indexing principles and practices incorporating the concepts of main entry, subject analysis, and classification according to standard codes. Introduction to ISBD and MARC formats for description and automated support applications. Practical assignments in the organization of materials laboratory.

GLIS 608 Classification and Cataloguing.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 607) Cataloguing in depth with a view to such specialties as original cataloguing, catalogue maintenance, and administration of the cataloguing department. Investigation of alternative methods of library documentation. The study of developments in international cataloguing standards, codes, and formats. Includes laboratory sessions.

GLIS 611 Research Principles and Analysis.

(3) Fundamental aspects of reflective thinking and the methods and techniques of research appropriate to the investigation of library/information problems. Criteria helpful in evaluating published research in library/information studies by analyzing the various steps of the research process, thereby providing guidelines for planning, conducting, and reporting research.

l

GLIS 612 History of Books and Printing.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 615 or consent of instructor.)

l

GLIS 613 History of Libraries.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 601 or consent of instructor)

GLIS 614 Public Libraries.

(3) A review of the Public Library Movement in English and French Canada. The development of public libraries in North America over the last twenty years with an emphasis on the library's role and responsibilities for the future. The impact of information technologies on the definition and delivery of services.

GLIS 615 Bibliographic and Factual Sources.

(3) Introduces students to the theory, principles, and practice of bibliographical control as a foundation for reference service and information retrieval. Paper-based, microform, and electronic bibliographies are introduced. The creation and use of bibliographies, within various context, are discussed.

GLIS 616 Online Information Retrieval.

(3) Focuses on the principles and methods of information retrieval from full-text and bibliographic databases. Includes information-seeking behaviour, database organisation and characteristics, search and browsing strategies, and search and system evaluation, as applied to online databases, CD-ROMs, OPACs, and internet resources.

GLIS 617 Information System Design.

(3) Fundamental concepts of computer technology and its application to the storage and retrieval of information. Includes hardware and software choices, user requirement analysis, information structure analysis, data modelling and interface design as applied to textual information. Students design and construct a small-scale information system.

GLIS 618 Information Users and Services.

(3) Exploration of the principles and practices of information transfer. Investigation of information needs, information users and use, and information use environments. The development of information services and collections to meet needs. The evaluation of information services in light of information needs.

GLIS 620 Information Agency Management.

(3) Introduction to management theory and decision making in the context of information agencies and services. Emphasis is placed on strategic planning, organizing, quality management, organizational behaviour, human resource management, leadership and communication, management of change, legal issues in information agencies, and information use in decision making.

GLIS 622 Information Service Personnel.

(3) (Corequisite: GLIS 620) An examination of key issues in human resource management for service provision in libraries and information centres. Topics include reengineering for service quality, human resource planning, hiring policies and human rights, staff training and development, performance appraisal supervision, staff motivation, occupational health and safety, negotiation and conflict management.

l

GLIS 623 Financial Management.

(3) (Corequisite: GLIS 620)

l

GLIS 624 Marketing Information Services.

(3)

GLIS 631 Systems Thinking.

(3) (Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor) Introduction to general systems thinking and the use of the systems approach as an aid to problem solving and decision making. Subjective and objective factors in modelling for the definition, analysis, design, implementation and evaluation of alternative solutions.

l

GLIS 632 Library Systems.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 617)

l

GLIS 633 Multimedia Systems.

(3) (Prerequisites: GLIS 617 and consent of instructor)

GLIS 634 Web System Design and Management.

(3) (Prerequisites: GLIS 616, GLIS 617) Principles and practices of designing websites in the context of libraries and information centres. The course focuses on a conceptual approach to organizing information for the World Wide Web including design, implementation and management issues. Topics include Web development tools, markup languages, Internet security and Web server administration.

GLIS 636 Government Information.

(3) (Prerequisites: GLIS 615, GLIS 616) An introduction to the structure of governments, and the nature and variety of government information. Emphasis is placed on the governments of Canada, the provinces, the United States and selected international governmental organizations. Topics include the acquisition, organization, bibliographic control and use of government information.

GLIS 637 Scientific/Technical Information.

(3) (Corequisites: GLIS 615, GLIS 616) Examination of the process of communication and information requirements (of/in) the scientific community; study of primary, secondary, and tertiary sources of information in the physical, biological, and applied sciences. Study and application of new information technologies, and in particular the World Wide Web, as used in scientific and technical communication.

GLIS 638 Business Information.

(3) (Corequisites: GLIS 615, GLIS 616) A survey of the literature used in business including bibliographic and non-bibliographic data bases. Various aspects of business set the scene for a study of the literature. Students examine key publications, and learn to select a basic business bibliography and to do reference work in the field.

l

GLIS 639 Corporate Information Centres.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 601)

GLIS 644 Descriptive Bibliography.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 615) A practical course on the history, description and care of rare books and antiquarian material. The principles of descriptive bibliography will be presented in the context of book culture. The place of rare book collections in research libraries and the practical administration of a rare book department will be examined.

GLIS 645 Archival Studies.

(3) (Advanced work in archival science is available to a few students who do well in the introductory course.) Introduction to the principles and practices of archival studies. The course exposes students to basic problems and solutions involved in dealing with archival resources. Main subjects include descriptive studies, acquisition, appraisal, arrangement, finding aids, preservation, public service and electronic records.

GLIS 646 Research Project.

(12) (Prerequisite: GLIS 611) A two-term in-depth research study leading to the preparation of a research paper with potential for publication. The subject of the study will vary according to the student's interests and pre- supposes some detailed background knowledge in the area to be researched. Working with a faculty supervisor, the student will plan, conduct and document a piece of research.

GLIS 646D1 (6), GLIS 646D2 (6) Research Project.

(Students must register for both GLIS 646D1 and GLIS 646D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GLIS 646D1 and GLIS 646D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (GLIS 646D1 and GLIS 646D2 together are equivalent to GLIS 646) A two-term in-depth research study leading to the preparation of a research paper with potential for publication. The subject of the study will vary according to the student's interests and pre- supposes some detailed background knowledge in the area to be researched. Working with a faculty supervisor, the student will plan, conduct and document a piece of research.

GLIS 647 Independent Study.

(6) (Prerequisite: GLIS 611) An in-depth exploration of a topic in library and information studies which is not emphasized or elaborated in any other part of the curriculum. The subject will vary according to the student's interests. It may be a work of synthesis, a research paper of limited scope, a state-of-the-art paper or a project which is an outgrowth of course work or in an area not covered in the curriculum. The student will work with a faculty supervisor to plan and pursue an individualised program of study.

GLIS 647D1 (3), GLIS 647D2 (3) Independent Study.

(Students must register for both GLIS 647D1 and GLIS 647D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GLIS 647D1 and GLIS 647D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (GLIS 647D1 and GLIS 647D2 together are equivalent to GLIS 647) An in-depth exploration of a topic in library and information studies which is not emphasized or elaborated in any other part of the curriculum. The subject will vary according to the student's interests. It may be a work of synthesis, a research paper of limited scope, a state-of-the-art paper or a project which is an outgrowth of course work or in an area not covered in the curriculum. The student will work with a faculty supervisor to plan and pursue an individualised program of study.

GLIS 651 Humanities and Social Science Information.

(3) (Prerequisites: GLIS 615, GLIS 616) This course investigates the structure of knowledge in the humanities and social sciences and their constituent disciplines in order to understand how information and knowledge in these fields is created, organized, communicated and retrieved.

GLIS 655 Language and Information.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 616) An explanation of the relationship between language and information science through consideration of: document representations for information retrieval; bilingual/multilingual systems; natural language processing; language barriers to information transfer.

GLIS 656 Abstracting and Indexing.

(3) (Prerequisite: 405-607) Principles and practical methods of abstracting and indexing. Topics include pre- and post-coordinate indexing, concept analysis, vocabulary control, construction and evaluation of thesauri and of indexes for books, periodicals, and series; emphasis on the role of the computer in indexing.

l

GLIS 658 Online Information Industry.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 616)

GLIS 660 Information Resource Management.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 607) Concepts and practices of managing information resources in organizations; management of records in all media; information inventories and information flow analysis; life-cycle management; application of information resource technologies for storage, retrieval and management; evaluation of information resource policies and practices; managing information resources for ISO 9000 compliance.

GLIS 661 Knowledge Management.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 601.) An introduction to knowledge management and its links to information systems and information professionals. A broad overview of the creation, capture, codification, sharing and application of knowledge in both tacit and explicit forms. Emphasis is placed on the tools and techniques as well as the role of organizational culture.

GLIS 662 Intellectual Capital.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 661.) Understanding the strategic role of intellectual assets: how individuals, communities and organizations can identify and leverage their knowledge, experience, expertise and innovations more systematically to create value for the organization. Emphasis is placed on understanding the links between individuals and the organization in the sharing of intellectual assets.

GLIS 663 Knowledge Taxonomies.

(3) (Prerequisites: GLIS 607, GLIS 661.) Basic classification and categorization methods, major taxonomy tools and technologies and practice in knowledge mapping and modeling. Theory and techniques of organization of both tacit and explicit knowledge at three levels: individual, community and the organization. Emphasis will be placed on the social nature of knowledge codification.

GLIS 664 Communities of Practice.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 661.) Stages in the development of informal knowledge sharing groups and the roles and responsibilities of information professionals are examined. Focus is on the analysis of knowledge flow, knowledge creation and dissemination within and between different networks of knowledge.

GLIS 671 Health Sciences Information.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 615, Corequisite: GLIS 616) A survey of information services and sources (both electronic and print) for health care professionals and the general public. An exploration of the information needs of health professionals and scientists; the role of health libraries and librarians; principles of health and biomedical library practice, functions, and management.

l

GLIS 672 Law Information.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 615. Corequisite: GLIS 616)

GLIS 689 Selected Topics in Library and Information Studies.

(3) (Corequisite: GLIS 601) To explore a topic in library and information studies which elaborates or augments the curriculum; to pursue an individualized program of directed study which will vary according to the student's interests.

l

GLIS 690 Information Policy.

(3) (Prerequisite: GLIS 601)

GLIS 691 Special Topics 1.

(3) Seminar to explore topics of particular interest to library and information studies. Topics vary from year to year.

GLIS 692 Special Topics 2.

(3) Seminar to explore topics of particular interest to library and information studies. Topics vary from year to year.

GLIS 693 Special Topics 3.

(3) Seminar to explore topics of particular interest to library and information studies. Topics vary from year to year.

GLIS 694 Certificate Project.

(3) This course permits a Graduate Certificate student to pursue an individualized program of directed study, in library and information studies, which will vary with personal interest but will elaborate or augment the curriculum.

GLIS 695 Research Paper 1.

(6) Explores a minor topic relevant to the Graduate Diploma student's program of study and results in a scholarly paper with potential for publication.

GLIS 696D1 (6), GLIS 696D2 (6) Research Paper 2.

(Students must register for both GLIS 696D1 and GLIS 696D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both GLIS 696D1 and GLIS 696D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Explores a minor topic relevant to the Graduate Diploma student's program of study and results in a scholarly paper with potential for publication.

GLIS 699 Practicum in Information Services.

(3) (Prerequisites: Successful completion of 36 credits of course work, including all required courses, and permission of Practicum coordinator.) Allows students to apply their theoretical knowledge base in an information environment and to learn basic professional skills. Each practicum is planned to ensure that the student has an overview of information processes. The precise nature of each practicum will vary to the type of site and student's interests.

44 Linguistics

Department of Linguistics
1085 avenue Dr. Penfield
Montreal, QC  H3A 1A7
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4222
Fax: (514) 398-7088
E-mail: gradprogram.linguistics@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/linguistics 
Chair
Lydia White

44.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
C. D. Ellis; B.A.(Cantab. & McG.), M.A.(Tor. & Yale), Ph.D.(McG.)
M. Gopnik; M.A., Ph.D.(Penn.)
M. Paradis; B.A.(Montr.), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.), Ph.D.(Montr.)
Professors
Y. Grodzinsky; B.Sc.(Hebrew University of Jerusalem), Ph.D.(Brandeis) (Canada Research Chair)
G.L. Piggott; B.A.(W.I.), M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.)
L. White; M.A.(Cantab.), Ph.D.(McG.) (James McGill Professor)
Associate Professors
N.G. Duffield; M.A.(Cantab.), M.A.(Lond.), Ph.D.(USC)
B. Gillon; B.A., M.A., (Mich.), M.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
H.M. Goad; B.A.(Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D.(U.S.C.)
K. Johnson; B.A. (U.C., Irvine), Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
L. de M. Travis; B.A.(Yale), Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
Assistant Professors
C. Boberg; B.A.(Alta.), Ph.D.(Penn.)
J. Nissenbaum; B.A. (Oberlin College), Ph.D. (M.I.T.)

44.2 Programs Offered

M.A. (non-thesis) and Ph.D.

Ph.D. Option in Language Acquisition (LAP)

Information about this option is available from the Department and on the following Web site: www.ego.psych.mcgill.ca/lap.html.

44.3 Admission Requirements

Applicants to the M.A. or Ph.D. should have completed a B.A. with a specialization in linguistics. Applications are also invited from students with a background in other disciplines. Strong candidates who do not satisfy all requirements may be required to take additional undergraduate courses or may be admitted to a Qualifying Program which permits them to make up the gaps in their background.

44.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

Applications should be submitted to the Department of Linguistics not later than January 15th.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

44.5 Program Requirements

Degree of Master of Arts

The M.A. degree (without thesis) requires the completion of 45 credits, 30 credits of course work and a 15-credit research paper.

Degree of Doctor of Philosophy

Candidates holding a B.A. degree will follow a program of at least three years. This will include 30 credits of approved course work, a research seminar and a Comprehensive Evaluation to be completed before beginning work on the doctoral thesis.

Candidates holding an M.A. in Linguistics will follow a program of at least two years. This will include a minimum of 12 credits of course work, a research seminar and a Comprehensive Evaluation, to be completed before beginning work on the doctoral thesis.

44.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Arts (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

H	Denotes courses taught only in alternate years. 

Undergraduate courses

Students deficient in certain areas may be required to take some of the following undergraduate courses in addition to graduate courses.
LING 230 Phonetics
LING 331 Phonology 1
LING 370 Introduction to Semantics
LING 371 Syntax 1
LING 440 Morphology

Graduate courses currently scheduled for 2004-05:

l

H
LING 520 Sociolinguistics 2.

(3)

H
LING 521 Dialectology.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisite: LING 230 and LING 320) An introduction to the theory and methods of dialectology (the study of regional variation in language) with an emphasis on connections with linguistic theory. Students will also acquire a practical knowledge of major differences among dialects of English, and will gain hands-on experience in the planning, implementation and analysis of a dialect survey.

l

H
LING 525 Topics in Historical Linguistics.

(3)

LING 531 Phonology 2.

(3) (Winter) (Not open to students who have taken LING 530.) (Prerequisites: LING 331 and permission of instructor.) Exploration of current issues in phonology.

LING 555 Language Acquisition 2.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: LING 355 and LING 371 and permission of instructor) A detailed overview of recent experimental work on first language acquisition of syntax within the principles and parameters framework, concentrating on both theoretical and methodological issues.

LING 560 Formal Methods in Linguistics.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisite: LING 370 and permission of instructor) (Not open to students who have taken MATH 240) This course presents the formal methods used in the study of language (namely, the theories of sets, relations, functions, partial orders, and lattices, as well as the principle of mathematical induction).

l

LING 565 Pragmatics.

(3)

LING 571 Syntax 2.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisite: LING 371) This course extends and refines the theory of grammar developed in LING 371, while introducing some primary literature and developments (in certain modules of the grammar such as phrase structure, wh-movement, and binding).

l

LING 590 Language Acquisition and Breakdown.

(3) (Prerequisites: LING 371 and either LING 355 or LING 390)

LING 600 M.A. Research Seminar 1.

(3)

LING 601 M.A. Research Seminar 2.

(3)

l

LING 607 M.A. Research Paper.

(15)

LING 607D1 (7.5), LING 607D2 (7.5) M.A. Research Paper.

(Not open to students who have taken LING 697.) (Students must register for both LING 607D1 and LING 607D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both LING 607D1 and LING 607D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

LING 631 Phonology 3.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisite: LING 531 or permission of instructor.) Foundations of phonological theory, focusing on issues in segmental and prosodic structure.

LING 635 Phonology 4.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: LING 631) Exploration of current topics in phonological theory.

LING 640 Fundamentals of Morphology.

(3) (Fall) (Not open to students who have taken LING 440) Introduction to current theoretical notions that seek to define a well-formed word structure, including headedness, morphological subcategorization, feature percolation and cyclicity.

l

LING 645 Morphology: Theory and Analysis.

(3) (Prerequisite: LING 571 or equivalents) (Corequisite: LING 530 or equivalent)

l

LING 651 Topics in Acquisition of Phonology.

(3) (Prerequisites: LING 331 or LING 631 or permission of instructor. A course in language acquisition is highly recommended.)

l

LING 655 Theory of L2 Acquisition.

(3) (Prerequisite: LING 571 or permission of instructor)

LING 660 Formal Semantics.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: LING 370 and LING 560 or permission of instructor. At least one course in logic strongly recommended.) This course presents the tools of formal semantics, and instruction in Montague Semantics, discourse representation theory, or linguistic theories with comparable semantic capabilities, such as Head-driven Phrase Structure Grammar.

LING 671 Syntax 3.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisite: LING 371) In-depth overview of current issues in theoretical syntax. Emphasis will be placed on the logic and development of argumentation in syntactic theory.

LING 675 Syntax 4.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: LING 671) Continuation of LING 671.

l

LING 682 Selected Topics 1.

(3)

LING 683 Selected Topics 2.

(3) (Fall)

l

LING 688 Tutorial 1.

(3) (Permission of instructor.)

LING 690 Seminar in Neurolinguistics.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: LING 671 or permission of instructor) Survey of methods and results relevant to cerebral representation of grammatical systems.

LING 700 Ph.D Research Seminar 1.

(3) (Fall) (Not open to students who have taken 104-700D.)

LING 702 Ph.D Research Seminar 2.

(3) (Winter) (Not open to students who have taken 104-700D.)

LING 706 Ph.D. Evaluation 1.

(6) (Not open to students who have taken LING 701.)

LING 707 Ph.D. Evaluation 2.

(6) (Not open to students who have taken LING 701.)

LING 710 Language Acquisition Issues 2.

(2)

l

LING 719 Linguistic Theory 2.

(3) (Not open to students who have taken LING 750.)

l

LING 720 Advanced Seminar in Sociolinguistics.

(3) (Prerequisite(s): LING 520 or permission of instructor.)

l

LING 731 Advanced Seminar in Phonology.

(3) (Prerequisite: LING 631)

l

LING 740 Advanced Seminar in Morphology.

(3) (Prerequisites: LING 640 and LING 571)

l

LING 755 Advanced Seminar: Language Acquisition.

(3) (Prerequisites: LING 571 and LING 555 or LING 655, or permission of instructor)

l

LING 760 Advanced Seminar in Semantics.

(3) (Prerequisite: LING 660)

l

LING 771 Advanced Seminar in Syntax.

(3) (Not open to students who have taken LING 775.) (Prerequisite(s): LING 671 or LING 675.)

l

LING 782 Selected Topics 3.

(3)

l

LING 783 Selected Topics 4.

(3)

l

LING 788 Tutorial 2.

(3) (Permission of instructor.) Independent study of a selected field or topic.

l

LING 789 Tutorial 3.

(3) (Permission of instructor.) Independent study of a selected field or topic.

l

LING 790 Advanced Seminar in Neurolinguistics.

(3) (Prerequisite: LING 671 or permission of instructor.)

45 Management

Samuel Bronfman Building
1001 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC, Canada  H3A 1G5 
Telephone: (514) 398-4066
Web site: www.management.mcgill.ca 
Dean
Gerald Ross
Associate Dean, Master Programs; Director, M.B.A.

Alfred M. Jaeger
Associate Dean (Academic) and Director, Ph.D.Program

Jan Jörgensen
Program Chair, International Masters Program in Practicing Management (IMPM)
Henry Mintzberg
Program Director, Master of Management (Manufacturing)
Tamer Boyaci
Program Director, McGill/McConnell Voluntary Sector

Frances Westley
Director, C.A. Program
Philippe Levy
Associate Director, M.B.A.
Eva Shepherd

45.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
D. Armstrong; B.A., B.Com.(Alta.), Ph.D.(McG.)
R.N. Kanungo; B.A., M.A.(Patna), Ph.D.(McG.)
R.J. Loulou; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Calif.); Management Science
Professors
N.J. Adler; B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D.(U.C.L.A.); Organizational Behaviour
R. Brenner; B.Sc., M.A., Ph.D.(Hebrew Univ.) (Repap Professor of Economics)
U. Böckenholt; Diploma(Oldenburg, Germany), Ph.D.(Chic.), Ph.D.(Oldenberg, Germany); Marketing (Bell Professor in E-Marketing)
D.H. Drury; B.Com., M.B.A.(McM.), Ph.D.(Northwestern), R.I.A.(S.I.A.); Accounting
V.R. Errunza; B.Sc.(Tech.)(Bombay), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Calif.); Finance
J.L. Goffin; B.Eng., M.S.(Brussels), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Calif.); Management Science
H. Mintzberg; B.Eng.(McG.), B.A.(Sir G.Wms.), S.M., Ph.D. (M.I.T.); Strategy and Organization (John Cleghorn Professor of Management Studies)
F. Westley; B.A.(Vt.), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.); Strategy and Organization (James McGill Professor)
G.A. Whitmore; B.Sc.(Man.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Minn.); Management Science (Samuel Bronfman Professor of Management Science)
Associate Professors
L. Dubé; B.Sc.(Laval), M.B.A.(HEC), M.P.S., Ph.D.(C'nell); Marketing (James McGill Professor)
H. Etemad; B.S.C.; M.Eng.(Tehran), M.S., M.B.A., Ph.D.(Calif.); International Business
K. Jacobs; B.A., M.A.(Cath. U. of Louvain), Ph.D.(Pitts.); Finance
A.M. Jaeger; B.Sc.(Northwestern), M.B.A., Ph.D.(Stan.); Organizational Behaviour
J. Jörgensen; B.A., M.A.(N.C.), Ph.D.(McG.); International Business, Strategy and Organization
M. Graham; M.A., M.B.A., Ph.D.(Harv.); Strategy and Organization
R. Hebdon; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.); General Management-Industrial Relations
M.D. Lee; B.A.(Eckerd), M.Ed.(Temple), M.A.(S.Florida), Ph.D.(Yale); Organizational Behaviour
S. Li; M.S.(Georgia), Ph.D.(Tex.); Management Science
M. Mendonça; B.A., B.Com., M.A.(Bombay), M.B.A.(McG.); Organizational Behaviour (Part-time)
K. Moore; B.Sc.(Ambassadour U.); M.B.A. (U.S.C.); Ph.D. (York); Marketing/Strategy & Organization (Part-time)
A. Pinsonneault; B.C.(C'dia); M.Sc.(H.E.C.); Ph.D.(Calif.); Information Systems
E. Sarigöllü; B.A., M.B.A.(Bogazici), M.A., Ph.D.(Penn.); Marketing
V. Verter; B.A., M.S.(Bogaziçi), Ph.D.(Bilkent); Management Science/Operations Management
G. Vit; B.Com.(McG.), M.B.A.(C'dia), Ph.D.(Bradford-UK); Strategy and Organization (Part-time)
M. Yalovsky; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.); Management Science
Assistant Professors
S. Banerji; B.A., M.A.(Calc.), Ph.D.(SUNY, Buffalo); Finance
S. Barlas, B.S.(Hacettepe U., Turkey); M.S.(Illinois-Champaign); Ph.D.(Chic.); Marketing
G. Basselier; B.Com., M.Sc.(HEC); Information Systems
T. Boyaci; B.S.(Middle-East Tech., Turkey), M.S., Ph.D.(Col.); Management Science
F. Carrieri; Laurea-Law(Universita'di Bari), M.A., Ph.D.(U.S.C.); Finance
J.N. Choi; B.A. M.A.(Seoul Nat'l), M.A., Ph.D.(Mich.); Organizational Behaviour
P. Christofferson; B.A.(Copenhagen), M.A., Ph.D.(Penn.); Finance
S. Christofferson; B.A.(Queen's), M.A.(Br.Col.), Ph.D.(Penn.); Finance
B. Croitoru, DIAF(Institute de Statistique de l'Universite Pierre and Marie Curie-Paris); Ph.D.(Wharton); Finance
R. David; B.Eng., M.B.A.(McG.); Strategy and Organization
A. de Motta; B.A.(Universidad De Valencia, Spain); Finance
J. Ericsson; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Stockholm Sch. of Econ.); Finance
S. Fortin; Acct. Sci.(Quebec); Accounting
K. Harlos ; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Br.Col.); Organizational Behaviour
M-S. Jo; B.Com.(Hankuyk U., Korea), M.B.A.(Mich.), M.S.(Ill.), Ph.D.(Colo.); Marketing
L. Lapointe; B.A., M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(HEC); Information Systems
D. Leisen; B.S.(Mainz), M.S., Ph.D.(Bonn); Finance
S. Maguire; B.Sc.(Queen's), M.B.A.(Br.Col.); Strategy and Organization
M. Mortensen; B.A. (Colby Coll.); M.Sc., Ph.D.,Stanford; Organizational Behaviour
A. Mukherjee; B.Eng.(Jadavpur-India), M.B.A.(Indian Inst. of Mgmt), Ph.D.(Texas-Austin); Marketing
W. Oh; B.A.(SUNY), M.B.A.(Geo.Wash. U.). M.Phil(Stern); Information Systems
P. Perez-Aleman; B.Sc.(Berkeley), Ph.D.(M.I.T.); Strategy and Organization
S. Ray; B.E.(Jadavpur), M.E.(Asian I.T.), Ph.D.(Wat.); Management Science
S. Sarkissian; M.S.(Berkeley), Ph.D.(Wash.); Finance
O. Toulan; B.Sc.(Georgetown), Ph.D.(M.I.T.); Strategy and Organization
D. Vakratsas; B.Sc.(Aristotle U.) M.Sc., Ph.D.(Texas, Dallas); Marketing
Assistant Professor (Special Category)
P. Ruiz; M.S.(Claude Bernard U.); Finance
Faculty Lecturers
S. Basu; B.Sc.(Calc.), M.A.(Tufts), Ph.D.(Pitt.); General Management
R. Cecere; B.Com., G.D.P.A.(McG.); Accounting
M. Chaudhury; B.A., M.A.(Dhaka), M.A.(Wat.), Ph.D.(S. Fraser); Finance
L. Chauvin; B.A.(Ott.), M.A.(C'dia); Strategy and Organization
R. Donovan; B.Com.(McG.), GDIT(C'dia); Information Systems
W. Elali; M.A.(Northeastern), M.B.A., Ph.D.(Belgrade); Finance
S. Gagnon, B.A.(Br.Col.), M.Sc.(Oxford)
L. Gialloreto; B.A.(UWO), M.B.A.(McG.), B.A. Law(Carleton), LL.M.(McG.); Marketing
L. Goldsman; B.Com.(C'dia), Dip-P.Acc'ting(McG.), C.A.; Accounting
L. Hammami; BCom., M.B.A. (Laval); Finance
D. Hart; B.Sc., M.B.A.(McG.), M.Sc.(C'dia); Management Science
K. Leitch; B.A.(McG.); Information Systems
P. Levy; B.Com.(C'dia), D.P.A., M.B.A.(McG.); Accounting
F. Liu; B.Eng., M.Eng.(Tianjin, China), Ph.D.(C'dia); Finance
B. Smith; B.A., M.A.(Dublin) M.Sc.(Alta.), M.Sc.A.(McG.) Ph.D.(Queen's); Management Science
L. Taylor; B.Sc., M.B.A., Ph.D.(Alta.); Organizational Behaviour
V. Vaupshas; B.Sc., M.B.A.(McG.); Marketing
G. Zabowski; B.Com., M.B.A.(McG.); Management Science
Adjunct Professor
P. Johnson; B.A.(Sir G.Wms.), C.M.C.; Entrepreneurial Studies
Visiting Professor

T. Kang; B.B.A. (Korea Univ.); M.B.A. (McG.); Ph.D. (pending-Illinois); Accounting

45.2 Programs Offered

McGill University offers eight programs which provide graduate level education in management. All programs have been tailored to meet the special needs and demands of different groups of people. Before embarking on a graduate management education, students should, therefore, be aware of the different and unique features of each program, and select the one which best suits their aspirations and abilities.

45.3 Admission Requirements

45.3.1 M.B.A. Program - Admission Requirements

Applicants with strong indications of managerial potential are desired. Given below are the minimum entrance criteria. Owing to the large number of applicants to the McGill M.B.A., merely meeting the minimum requirements will not guarantee acceptance.

45.3.2 M.B.A. Part-time Studies - Admission

The McGill M.B.A. Program may also be completed on a part-time basis. This is meant to accommodate persons with full-time employment. Admission as an M.B.A. part-time student may be made twice a year, in September and in January. Admission requirements are the same as in section 45.3.1 "M.B.A. Program - Admission Requirements".

Note:
Students studying on a part-time basis may transfer to full-time at various stages during their studies. Students wishing to do this must meet with the Associate Director to review their schedule; see section 45.5.5 "Combined Full-time and Part-time Studies", .

45.3.3 M.B.A. Admission - Transfer of Credits

OPTION 1

Candidates who have completed some portion of the first year of an M.B.A. program at another recognized institution may be granted CREDIT for equivalent courses up to a maximum of 15 credits. In most cases candidates would be admitted to the first year of the program and will complete the remaining first year courses on a part-time basis.

OPTION 2

Candidates who have completed the entire first year of an M.B.A. program at another recognized institution may be exempt from the entire first year and required to take 15 second-year courses.

Note:

In both options, candidates must submit a completed application and meet the competitive entrance requirements of the M.B.A. program.

In order to be awarded an M.B.A. from McGill a minimum of 45 credits must be completed at McGill.

45.3.4 M.B.A. Admission - Advanced Standing

OPTION 1

Candidates who hold a Bachelor of Commerce degree from a recognized North American institution with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.2 on a four (4) point scale and possess three or more consecutive years of full-time work experience, following completion of their undergraduate degree, in a position that has allowed for interaction across a number of areas in the enterprise may be considered for advanced standing. Candidates will be required to take 15 second-year M.B.A. courses (45 credits). Applicants applying for advanced standing must complete and return the advanced standing application, accompanied by a document detailing management responsibilities and the M.B.A. application form.

OPTION 2

Students who have a B.Com. and subsequently complete the requirements for the McGill Graduate Diploma in Public Accountancy may choose not to receive the Diploma but instead to use those 30 credits towards the M.B.A. (with an option in Accounting). They would enter the second year of the program and complete 30 credits of M.B.A. II courses. To be accepted into the M.B.A. program such students must meet the advanced standing admission requirements as outlined above.

Note:
Students accepted with Advanced Standing may apply for the International Exchange Program. However, the term of study spent abroad will be IN ADDITION to the 45 credits required for their M.B.A.

45.3.5 Visiting Student Admission

Visiting students are graduate students registered at another university taking a course in the Faculty of Management for credit at their home university.

Quebec students may apply on-line by going to www.crepuq. qc.ca. Visiting students from outside the province of Quebec must forward an application form and $100 fee, as well as a letter of permission from their school indicating the course(s) they are permitted to follow. The letter must also confirm that they are in good standing at their home university.

The deadlines for submission of applications are the same as admission deadlines.

45.4 Application Procedures

45.4.1 M.B.A. Application Procedure

The McGill M.B.A. program begins in September of each year.

The deadline for receipt of application, $100 fee and all supporting documents is February 15.

Applications are reviewed on a rolling basis so that the earlier a file is complete, the sooner the applicant may expect to receive an answer. The undergraduate record, GMAT and TOEFL scores (where applicable), work experience, essay and letters of reference are the criteria used in making admission decisions. With the exception of a few select cases, a personal interview is not mandatory.

An on-line application form is available at www.mcgill.ca/ applying/graduate for use by those who wish to apply for entry to graduate studies at McGill. Applicants may also download the Application from the Faculty of Management Web site. Further information on using the paper application to apply is available on the Web at www.management.mcgill.ca, however applicants to graduate programs in Management are strongly encouraged to apply on-line.

All other documents are to be submitted directly to:

	Admissions Office
	McGill M.B.A. Program
	Faculty of Management
	McGill University
	1001 Sherbrooke Street West
	Montreal, Quebec H3A 1G5
	E-mail: mba@management.mcgill.ca
	Web site: www.management.mcgill.ca 

Applicants must submit the on-line application, or the completed paper Application Form, and arrange for the submission of:

Please note that entrance to the McGill M.B.A. is highly competitive. It is in the applicant's interest to apply as early as possible. Applicants will be notified when their file is complete and a decision will follow within 4 to 6 weeks.

No documents submitted as part of the application package will be returned to the applicant.

Note:
Students who are not admitted to the program may request a Reconsideration of Application for a fee of $40. If the decision following the Reconsideration is not favourable, the student may then request an Admissions Appeal for a fee of $100. The fee(s) will be credited to the student fee account if the initial admission decision is overturned. Payment must be made as per section 45.4.3 "Application Fee Information".

45.4.2 M.B.A. Part-time Application Procedures

Admission as an M.B.A. part-time student may be made twice a year. Deadlines for receipt of application, $100 fee and all supporting documents are:

· February 15 for September

The application procedure is the same as that for full-time studies; see section 45.4.1 "M.B.A. Application Procedure".

45.4.3 Application Fee Information

The $100 application fee must be paid using one of the following methods:

· Credit card (on-line applications must be paid for by credit card).
· Certified Personal cheque in Canadian dollars drawn on a Canadian Bank.
· Certified Personal cheque in U.S. dollars drawn on a U.S. Bank.
· Canadian Money Order in Canadian dollars.
· Money Order in U.S. dollars.
· Bank draft in Canadian dollars drawn on a Canadian Bank.
· Bank draft in U.S. dollars drawn on a U.S. Bank.

In all cases the cheque/money order should be made payable to McGill University.

Please note that a file will not be opened until an official application with the $100 fee is received.

45.4.4 GMAT and TOEFL Information

Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT)

The GMAT is administered by the Educational Testing Service (ETS). It is required of all M.B.A. applicants. The McGill ETS Code Number is 0935. Only a GMAT written within the last five years will be considered valid. GMAT test results must be sent to McGill directly from the ETS; photocopies will not be accepted.

All inquiries concerning testing arrangements should be addressed to: Graduate Management Admission Test, Educational Testing Service, P.O. Box 6103, Princeton, N.J. 08541-6103 U.S.A. Telephone: (609) 771-7330.

There is a learning book available to the students entitled "GMAT". This book may be obtained from many bookstores, including the McGill University Bookstore, located at 3420
McTavish Street and students may wish to buy this book prior to writing the GMAT examination.

Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)

The purpose of this test is to determine the English proficiency of non-Canadian individuals whose native language is not English.

For a copy of the Bulletin of Information, write directly to the Educational Testing Service, Box 6152, Princeton, New Jersey, USA 08541-6151. Copies can also be obtained from the Admissions, Recruitment and Registrar's Office in the James Administration Building.

45.4.5 Application Procedures for other Programs

Application procedures can be found in each program's section, as follows:

M.B.A./Law Program, see section 45.5.12. 
M.D./M.B.A. Program, see section 45.5.10. 
Master in Manufacturing Management, see section . 
Post-M.B.A. Certificate, see section 45.7. 
Joint Ph.D. in Administration, see section 45.9. 
International Masters Programs in Practising Management 
(IMPM), see section 45.8.2. 
Diploma in Public Accountancy (Chartered Accountancy), see 
section 45.8.3. 

45.4.6 Procedure for accepting an Offer of Admission to the M.B.A. Program

Those students admitted to the first year of the M.B.A. Program should forward a registration deposit fee of $500 (Canadian or U.S. funds; certified cheque or money order) payable to McGill University. Two passport size photographs must also be supplied along with the deposit fee.

Note:

International Students should carefully follow all instructions sent to them re applying for their Certificate of Acceptance which is required of all students who wish to study in the Province of Quebec (see section 45.4.10 "Certificat d'acceptation (C.A.Q.)/ (Certificate of Acceptance)").

All of the above is clearly outlined in the letter of acceptance.

45.4.7 Registration

All accepted candidates will receive a package outlining registration procedures as well as deadline dates for fee payment.

Candidates who fail to register during the specified registration period may do so later but will be charged a late registration fee by the University.

For more information on registration, please refer to the see the General Information section of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar for more information.

45.4.8 Orientation

Orientation for all new M.B.A. I students is held during the week before classes begin. This activity is a mandatory part of M.B.A. I. During this orientation, students get acquainted with other students and may form initial study groups. There is also an opportunity to meet with professors and to have various facets of the program outlined and clarified. An orientation fee of approximately $80 is assessed to each student.

45.4.9 International Applicants

The University is unable to waive or defer the application fee for international students. Applications received without the application fee will not be processed.

There is no financial aid to bring international students to study in Canada. If an international applicant has been selected to receive an entrance award, it will be credited to the student fee account after registration in September. International applicants must, therefore, rely on their own financial resources to enter Canada.

The regulations governing international students working in Canada should be checked with the nearest Canadian Embassy or Consulate. Visas must be checked also.

45.4.10 Certificat d'acceptation (C.A.Q.)/
(Certificate of Acceptance)

International Students should carefully follow all instructions sent to them when applying for their Certificate of Acceptance (CAQ) which is required of all students who wish to study in the Province of Quebec. The M.B.A. Office is unable to help students obtain this document.

All students who are not citizens or Permanent Residents of Canada are required to obtain the necessary Visa and/or Student Authorization documents prior to entering the country. Do not leave home without proper documentation. You cannot change your status from Visitor to Student in Canada.

Certificate of Acceptance from Quebec (CAQ)
- The process to come to Canada begins with an application for a Certificate of Acceptance from Quebec (CAQ). There is a $100 processing fee for this document. Details on how and where to apply for the CAQ are provided with the McGill Admissions package.
Student Authorization
- Issued by Canada Immigration through a Canadian Embassy or Consulate. (There is a processing fee of $125 on all applications for Student Authorizations.)
A citizen of the United States, Greenland and/or St.Pierre-Miquelon is permitted to obtain the Student Authorization at a Port of Entry, if in possession of the CAQ.
Applying to McGill from within Canada (outside Quebec)
- Students transferring from another Canadian institution outside Quebec to McGill should send their documents and CAQ application to the Montreal address of Immigration Quebec.
Students must normalize their status with Quebec and Canada Immigration prior to attending any classes at McGill.

For further information, or if there is an emergency, contact International Student Services by telephone at (514) 398-4349 during regular office hours, 09:00 to 17:00, or by e-mail at international.students@mcgill.ca.

45.5 M.B.A. Program Requirements

Students studying on a full-time basis must complete this 60-credit program in three years; part-time students have a five-year time limit.

The first year of the program is designed to provide students with the basic managerial techniques and skills. The second year allows the student to concentrate in a particular field. Students will take both day and evening classes from September to April for two years.

45.5.1 First Year (M.B.A. I)

Students must have a thorough understanding of Word, Excel and basic management statistics prior to entry.

Three highly integrative 9-Week Modules have been developed to provide the skills essential to the entire organization. Emphasis is on team work and team building. MGCR 628 is a year-long project course which integrates material across the three modules.

The first year will run on a Trimester basis.

First Trimester
Module 1
September to November
Second Trimester
Module 2
November to February
Third Trimester
Module 3
February to April

 
Credit Weight
MODULE I
(September to November)
 
MGCR 611
Financial Accounting
2
MGCR 612
Organizational Behaviour
2
MGCR 613
Managerial Economics
2
MGCR 614
Management Statistics
2
MGCR 628
Integrative Course
2
Module II
(November to February)
 
MGCR 616
Marketing
2
MGCR 617
Operations Management
2
MGCR 620
Information Systems
2
MGCR 641
Elements of Modern Finance 1
2
MGCR 628
Integrative Course (continues)
2
Module III
(February to April)
 
MGCR 618
Human Resource Management
1
MGCR 621
International Environment
2
MGCR 622
Organizational Strategy
2
MGCR 629
Ethics in Business
1
MGCR 640
Management Accounting or
2
MGCR 642
Elements of Modern Finance 2
2
MGCR 628
Integrative Course (concludes)
2

The Integrative Course, MGCR 628, runs from September to April. Students completing the M.B.A. part-time will register for the Integrative Course while in the process of completing the last M.B.A. I courses.

Courses with a credit weight of 2 run for 9 weeks with 1 week for exams. Courses with a credit weight of 1 have 4½ weeks of class each.

45.5.2 Second Year (M.B.A. II)

The second year of the M.B.A. allows students to focus on a particular area of interest and to develop some specialization, or to create their own general management curriculum. Courses are offered both during the day and the evening. Students choose one of the following options to earn the 30 credits:

or

45.5.3 M.B.A. II Year Concentrations

The M.B.A. II Concentrations are geared to the needs and demands of the employment market. They have been designed with considerable thought and attention to provide meaningful and useful packages of courses which will be an advantage upon graduation.

Concentrations include:

Entrepreneurial Studies
Finance
Information Systems
International Business
Management for Development
Marketing
Operations Management
Strategic Management

M.B.A. students may select a concentration or create their own General Management Curriculum.

A Concentration consists of five courses within an area. Support courses from accounting, human resource management, management science, and managerial economics are also offered to supplement the five courses within each concentration.

Double Concentrations

Students wishing to do a Double Concentration must take five courses in each area.

45.5.4 M.B.A. Part-time Studies

The course requirements for students completing their degree on a part-time basis are identical to those studying full-time; see section 45.5.1 "First Year (M.B.A. I)" and section 45.5.2 "Second Year (M.B.A. II)".

The usual course load for a student studying part-time is two courses per Trimester. This would permit students to complete the first year course requirements in 2½ to 3 years. However, this is simply a guide and students may elect to take the number of courses which best suits their schedule. In the second year (M.B.A. II) courses are given in the more traditional semester (term) schedule, i.e., September to December and January to April. Students may also take second-year courses in the summer terms provided they have the necessary prerequisites.

A limit of 5 years is permitted to complete the degree requirements.

45.5.5 Combined Full-time and Part-time Studies

There are two options by which students may combine full-time and part-time studies.

Option 1

Upon completion of the entire first year (M.B.A. I) on a part-time basis, students may request a status change to full-time to complete the second year (M.B.A. II) as full-time students.

Option 2

Upon completion of some portion of the first year (M.B.A. I) on a part-time basis, students may request a status change to full-time to complete the degree requirements. This may require some complex scheduling of courses and will require a meeting with the Associate Director to make the necessary program arrangements.

Students wishing to change their status to full-time must make a written request at least 6 weeks prior to the beginning of the relevant term. These requests should be sent to the Coordinator, Student Advising. It should also be noted that acceptance to any one of these options is not automatic. In all cases the student's record in the completed courses as well as availability of space in the program will be considered.

45.5.6 M.B.A.3 (M.B.A. Cubed)

The McGill M.B.A.3 (Cubed) program has been designed specifically for the Montreal business community. By combining evening courses, offered from September to June, with two intensive July sessions, participants can earn an M.B.A. in two years while continuing to work full-time.

Year 1 (30 credits)

Summer 1a - July: 
Three 2-credit core courses delivered in a 5 day/week three-
week session. Total credits: 6 
Trimesters 1, 2 and 3 - September to April:
Two 2-credit courses each term, and 6-credit Integrative Course 
started. Total credits: 15 
Summer 1b - May and June:
Three 2-credit courses plus remaining half of Integrative Course 
(students will be working on the integrative course project and 
in touch with their advisors throughout the first year). 
Total credits: 9 

Year 2 (30 credits)

Summer 2a - July: 
Two 3-credit core courses delivered in a 5 day/week two-week 
session. Total credits: 6 
Fall and Winter Terms - September to April:
Five 3-credit elective courses. Total credits: 15 
Summer 2b - May and June:
One 3-credit elective course and one 6-credit independent 
study course. Total credits: 9 

The entrance and course requirements for the M.B.A.3 program are identical to those of the full-time program.

For further information, contact the M.B.A.3 staff at (514) 398-1539.

45.5.7 Additional M.B.A. Programs

The following special programs are also available:
M.B.A. International Exchange, M.B.A. Stage, M.D./M.B.A.,
M.B.A./Japan, M.B.A./Law.

45.5.8 M.BA. International Exchange Program

Through the McGill M.B.A. Exchange Program there are exciting opportunities to study abroad.

Participation in the program gives McGill students the opportunity to spend part of the second year of the M.B.A. studying at a business school abroad. Students successfully completing the program's requirements receive both the Master's Degree from their home university and an International Management Certificate from the foreign institution which they attended. McGill is part of the Program in International Management (PIM), a consortium of the leading business schools in North America, South America, Europe, and Asia. There are exchanges with both PIM and non-PIM schools.

The following schools may exchange students with McGill in 2003-2004:

PIM members:

- Asian Institute of Management, Manila, Philippines

- Copenhagen Business School, Denmark

- Erasmus University, Rotterdam, The Netherlands

- ESADE (Escuela Superior de Administracion y Direcion de
Empresas), Barcelona, Spain

- Fundacao Getulio Vargas, Sao Paulo, Brazil

- HEC (Hautes Études Commerciales), Jouy-en-Josas, France

- Institut Supérieur des Affaires (I.S.A.), France

- ITAM, Mexico

- ITESM, Mexico

- Luigi Bocconi, Milan, Italy

- Manchester Business School, England

- Norwegian School of Economics, Norway

- Stockholm School of Economics, Sweden

- Thammasat University, Bangkok, Thailand

- University of Cologne, West Germany

- University of Louvain, Louvain-La-Neuve, Belgium

- University of Melbourne, Australia

- University of New South Wales, Australia

- University of St. Gallen, Switzerland

- University of Texas at Austin, U.S.A.

- University of Witwatersrand, South Africa

Non-PIM members:

- Bilkent University, Turkey

- Solvay Business School, Brussels, Belgium

45.5.9 M.B.A. Stage Program

The M.B.A. Stage program has been designed to provide students the opportunity to integrate their studies in a practical work situation. This program will be most appealing for students with little work experience in their field of specialization. The work experience is an essential part of the Stage program and students who opt for this will be required to:

Note:
International students will also require a work-authorization for employment from Citizenship and Immigration Canada.

45.5.10 M.D./M.B.A. Program

The M.D./M.B.A. program recognizes that physicians will be increasingly involved in the growing partnership between business and health/sickness care. The program will graduate a group of doctors with skills uniquely directed towards management in the health care sector. This will provide opportunity to compete for positions in a growing niche of physician-managers who will be found in all facilities from the smallest clinic to the largest tertiary health care facility, from research laboratory to university or hospital medical departments.

This is a five-year program in which the first year from September to the following July is spent in the Faculty of Management. In August the students will begin their medical studies with the first year class and elements of health management and practicums will be integrated into the elective opportunities in the regular four-year medical curriculum. At graduation, graduates will receive an M.B.A. from the Faculty of Management and an M.D.,C.M. from the Faculty of Medicine.

Applicants to this program must apply separately to each program and meet the admission requirements of both the Faculty of Medicine and the Faculty of Management. Applications and all supporting documents for both M.B.A. and Medicine must be received by the respective Admissions Offices by November 15. Further information and application forms for the Faculty of Medicine can be obtained from:

Program Administrator M.D./M.B.A. Program,
McIntyre Medical Sciences Building,
3655 Promenade Sir William Osler,
Montreal, QC  H3G 1Y6
Telephone: (514) 398-3521 Fax: (514) 398-3595

45.5.11 M.B.A./Japan

This two-year M.B.A. program - delivered by McGill faculty at the campus of the prestigious Sophia University in downtown Tokyo, Japan - provides local students with a world-class North American style graduate business education in International Business. For more information visit our Web site at www.management.mcgill.ca (Programs).

45.5.12 M.B.A./Law Program

The Faculty of Management, in cooperation with the Faculty of Law, offers a joint M.B.A./Law degree. This program prepares students for admission to the Quebec legal profession as well as for admission to the Bars of the Common Law Provinces.

The combined degree program has been designed for those students who are interested in both the legal and administrative aspects of business and will help prepare them for careers in private and public enterprises as well as government service. The joint program may be completed in 4½ years.

Students who are interested in applying for the joint program must apply to both the Faculty of Law and the Faculty of Management. They must meet the admission requirements for both Faculties. A minimum of one year of full-time work experience is required for admission to the M.B.A. For Law, students must demonstrate a substantial fluency in both the French and English languages.

If accepted, students will begin their first year in the M.B.A. program with a guarantee of admission to Law the following year, providing they successfully complete the first year M.B.A. program requirements.

The application deadline for Law is January 15th. Students wishing information on the Law program should contact:

	Faculty of Law, Admissions Office, 
	3544 Peel Street, Montreal, Quebec  H3A 1W9
	Telephone: (514) 398-6666
	E-mail: undergradadmissions.law@mcgill.ca 

45.5.13 Policies and Regulations of the M.B.A. (Full-time)

The following is a brief overview of the rules and regulations of the M.B.A. program. All attending students will be given a copy of the "Official Rules and Regulations" from the M.B.A. office. Students are responsible for reading and abiding by these rules and regulations.

The McGill M.B.A. (Full-time) is designed as a two-year program. The academic year begins in September and ends in May. Students admitted with advanced standing may complete the program in 15 months.

45.5.14 Withdrawal from the M.B.A. Program

Students wishing to withdraw from the McGill M.B.A. program must complete a "Withdrawal Form" available from the M.B.A. office. Students will not be considered as officially withdrawn until this form is completed. Students who drop out of the program but do not complete this form will be billed for the full tuition. Refer to the General Information section of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar for further information.

45.5.15 Exemptions

M.B.A. I students may be exempted up to a maximum of 15 credits excluding the Integrative Course, based on academic proof and contingent on professors' and M.B.A. Program approval. Each credit must be replaced by a second-year credit.

45.5.16 Grading and Promotion Standards

The pass mark for each course is B- (65%).

Failures

Students are permitted one failure in the M.B.A. Program. Any subsequent failure, including an unsuccessful supplemental examination, will result in the student being asked to withdraw from the M.B.A. Program.

Promotion into M.B.A. II

Students must have obtained an overall average of at least B (70%) to be permitted to continue into second year and in order to graduate.

45.5.17 Outside Elective Courses

An outside elective is any course which is not part of the M.B.A. program. This includes courses in other faculties within McGill University or outside McGill University

Students wishing to take an elective offered in another department at McGill must first obtain approval from the Associate Director. Once approval is obtained, students must obtain permission from the department offering the course before registering for the elective with their Faculty.

All Quebec Universities have agreed to permit transfer of academic credit and fees among themselves up to a maximum of two courses (6 credits) in any one year. However, this agreement (for Canadians and Permanent Residents) includes only those courses not offered at the home university and which fit into the student's program. Authorization for an M.B.A. student to transfer courses must be obtained from the Associate Director.

There are, however, limitations to the number of courses an M.B.A. student can take outside the Faculty of Management during the M.B.A. Program:

45.6 M.B.A. Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Single term and Multi-term Courses (D1/D2, N1/N2, J1/J2/J3)

The same course may be available as a single term offering and also as a multi-term offering. The course content and credit weight is equivalent in all modes; the only difference being the scheduling.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

For more information on Multi-term Courses, Course
Terminology, Class Schedule and Course Catalog, see the General Information, Regulations and Research Guidelines, Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar for 2004-05.

45.6.1 M.B.A. I Year: Course Descriptions

MGCR 610 Research Paper.

(6) The process and problems of independent research. Choice of topic may be a normative or descriptive study based on primary or secondary data. Opportunity to work on a one-to-one basis with a faculty member. Members of the Montreal business community may act as resource consultants.

l

MGCR 610D1 (3), MGCR 610D2 (3) Research Paper.

(Students must register for both MGCR 610D1 and MGCR 610D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MGCR 610D1 and MGCR 610D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MGCR 610D1 and MGCR 610D2 together are equivalent to MGCR 610)

l

MGCR 610J1 Research Paper.

(2) (Students must also register for MGCR 610J2 and MGCR 610J3) (No credit will be given for this course unless MGCR 610J1, MGCR 610J2 and MGCR 610J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MGCR 610J1, MGCR 610J2 and MGCR 610J3 together are equivalent to MGCR 610)

l

MGCR 610J2 Research Paper.

(2) (Prerequisite: MGCR 610J1) (Students must also register for MGCR 610J3) (No credit will be given for this course unless MGCR 610J1, MGCR 610J2 and MGCR 610J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MGCR 610J1, MGCR 610J2 and MGCR 610J3 together are equivalent to MGCR 610) See MGCR 610J1 for course description.

l

MGCR 610J3 Research Paper.

(2) (Prerequisite: MGCR 610J2) (No credit will be given for this course unless MGCR 610J1, MGCR 610J2 and MGCR 610J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MGCR 610J1, MGCR 610J2 and MGCR 610J3 together are equivalent to MGCR 610) See MGCR 610J1 for course description.

MGCR 611 Financial Accounting.

(2) The understanding and use of published financial statements as a primary source of accounting information. The concepts, conventions and techniques involved in the preparation of financial statements leading to the analysis and interpretation of this information.

MGCR 612 Organizational Behaviour.

(2) Overview of the many issues that influence the management of complex organizations. Understanding of individual and group attitudes, cognitions, and behaviours, providing the essential core knowledge for day-to-day managerial activity.

MGCR 613 Managerial Economics.

(2) The course provides an understanding of how economic systems and markets work, a command of how concepts and models developed by economists can be used in managerial decisions, a familiarity with the more practical aspects of competitive behaviour and the structure of competition, and a good appreciation of issues arising in the development of corporate goals and strategies. The emphasis of the course is on the use of economic analysis in strategy formulation.

MGCR 614 Management Statistics.

(2) The course aims to provide students with the appropriate skills that will allow them to use up-to-date statistical analysis to extract information from a set of data. The emphasis will be placed on the application and interpretation of results rather than on formal statistical theory; the challenge will be in the selection of the appropriate statistical methodology to address the problem and an understanding of the limitations of this answer. The course will fully integrate the use of statistical software with statistical analysis.

l

MGCR 615 Finance.

(2)

MGCR 616 Marketing.

(2) The course concentrates on what may be the most scarce resource for most corporations today - the customer. The course examines how organizations research what the customer wants and needs. The course also looks at the social and psychological backgrounds of consumer choice and looks at the methods for grouping consumers into segments according to the heterogeneity of their desires. The firm's response to consumers is then considered. First, the need satisfying item is considered - the product. Following this, the elements of the marketing mix, distribution, pricing and promotion, are considered.

MGCR 617 Operations Management.

(2) (Change in description awaiting University approval.) A comprehensive introduction to the fundamental decisions and tradeoffs associated with the management of a firm's production and service activities will be examined. It is a study of how production and service systems can be effectively designed, utilized and managed in order for them to compete successfully on the basis of different parameters.

MGCR 618 Human Resource Management.

(1) (Change in description awaiting University approval.) This course investigates current theory and practice for effective people management in an increasingly competitive, international and technologically sophisticated environment. The course objective is two-fold; to develop an understanding of the relationship between managing human resources and organizational effectiveness; and to gain the knowledge and diagnostic tools needed to engage in high quality people management in a variety of business and organizational settings.

l

MGCR 619 Research, Development and Engineering.

(1)

MGCR 620 Information Systems.

(2) Overview of the information systems issues that influence the management of organizations. Understanding (as opposed to computation) of the impact of information technology on firm operations and benefits and limitations of information technology, as it relates to the essential core knowledge needed for day-to-day managerial activity.

MGCR 621 International Environment.

(2) Overview of the international issues that influence the management of organizations. Understanding of the international environment as it relates to the essential core knowledge needed for day-to-day managerial activity.

MGCR 622 Organizational Strategy.

(2) Organizational strategy concerns the process through which managers position their business or unit favorably against competitors, with customers, and in accordance with societal needs. This course emphasizes the skills that managers need to assess strategic threats and opportunities, match them with internal competencies to develop a strategy, devise action plans to realize the strategy, and continually develop capabilities to keep the organization viable.

l

MGCR 623 Topical Course 1.

(1)

l

MGCR 628 Integrative Course.

(6) This course provides an integrative perspective to the topics in the first year core, building on progressive stages of integrative understanding from basic management skills looking inward to basic and specialized management skills looking both inward and outward. The emphasis is on pedagogic tools which focus on a holistic view of the organization, forcing an understanding of the management of the enterprise from multiple perspectives and the resolution of conflicting viewpoints.

MGCR 640 Management Accounting.

(2) The use of internally generated accounting information for decision making, planning and control purposes. The concepts and techniques involved in developing and interpreting accounting information that is relevant and useful for managers.

MGCR 641 Elements of Modern Finance 1.

(2) Topics: appropriate evaluation criteria for projects, risk and return; how to construct efficient portfolios; rigorous techniques for valuing financial assets. Corporate financing strategies, efficient market theories and investment banking; principles of debt financing and Modigliani-Miller propositions.

MGCR 642 Elements of Modern Finance 2.

(2) Topics: asset pricing theories; organization and structure of bond markets; yield curves, term structure of interest rates; boot-strapping techniques, bond pricing; concepts of duration; corporate debt market; structure and covenant features; tax effects; innovations and project finance; derivative markets; futures and forward pricing; optins trading strategies.

45.6.2 M.B.A. II Course Descriptions

l

ACCT 614 Taxation Seminar.

(3) Impact of Federal Income Tax on individuals and corporations.

ACCT 618 Financial Reporting: Structure & Analysis.

(3) An indepth analysis of corporate financial reporting principles and practices, with emphasis on developing the abilities of the student to discriminate between the form and substance of corporate financial reports. Analysis of all components of the financial statements with the effect of reference to alternative practices on financial reports.

ACCT 619 Financial Reporting: Valuation.

(3) Analysis of financial statements and their uses. A financial statement analysis framework will be developed and applied to: (1) development of business and securities valuations, (2) the prediction of bankruptcy, (3) the strategic planning process, (4) the interpretation of consolidated financial statements.

ACCT 690 Topics in Accounting.

(3) A learning cell in which one or more students work with a faculty member.

l

BUSA 615 Global Competitiveness.

(3)

l

BUSA 625 Asia/Pacific Management.

(3)

BUSA 626 International Business Law.

(3) Introduction to the law regulating international business. The world's three main legal systems and procedure of civil trials before their courts. The main business organizations used in world trade. Forms and documentation of various types of foreign trade contracts. Conflict avoidance, arbitration and international transaction litigation. Specific analysis of trade terms, international commercial transactions (export sales, marketing through distributors, licensing) and international conventions (tax treaties, industrial and intellectual property, GATT, etc.).

BUSA 627 North America: Global Markets.

(3) As trade barriers diminish and worldwide communications expand, North America can no longer consider itself an isolated haven of prosperity. But it is still one of the current "triad" of economic powers, centered on the dominating strength of the United States. This course focuses on how the other two North American nations, Canada and Mexico, are adjusting to the realities of global competitiveness and to the often overwhelming regional role of the United States. The evolution of NAFTA and the possible next steps in trade accords are examined, as are continuing efforts to preserve elements of meaningful national autonomy in a rapidly changing global marketplace.

l

BUSA 629 Service Industries.

(3)

BUSA 630 Stage Paper.

(1) After completing their stage, (minimum 80 hours in an organization) students in the M.B.A program must submit a paper which integrates the applied and academic aspects of the first year courses and stage. This paper involves the equivalent of 15 academic hours.

BUSA 635 Business Law 1.

(3) An introduction to law with special emphasis on how it affects business. Topics include: court systems and their organization; practical aspects of procedural law; general nature of contracts and delicts; legal requisites for the validity of contracts; special contracts - sale, lease and hire, agency, bailment, loans, etc.

BUSA 640 Launching New Ventures.

(3) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MRKT 640.) Application of the knowledge acquired in graduate business education to the launching of a new product or service through venture capital funding.

BUSA 664 Creating the Small Business.

(3) Focusing on the strategies and operating policies of small business enterprises, the course is designed for individuals who are considering entrepreneurial careers either as owners or managers. Provides a practical approach to the many problems likely to be encountered in the evolving life cycle of the small business.

BUSA 665 Managing the Small Enterprise.

(3) The course is designed to teach students the concepts of entrepreneurship and the fundamentals of managing small businesses. It will explore, within the context of small entrepreneurial companies, the various interactions between financing, accounting, marketing, strategic planning, operations and human resources.

BUSA 690 Topics in Management.

(3)

BUSA 697 European Economy and Management.

(3) Overview of current social, economic and business developments in Europe; examination of cultures, practices and institutional arrangements underpinning business in both the EU and Eastern Europe; opportunities and challenges in conducting business in Europe.

BUSA 698 Health Care Systems.

(3) Overview and study of the Quebec, Canadian and international health care systems within the Canadian context. Brief historical overview and analysis of its major elements: Quebec Ministry of Social Affaires, Regional Health Councils, Social Service Centres, hospitals, etc. Critical issues examined: planning health care needs and resources, financing health care, labour relations, patterns of power and assessing quality of care.

BUSA 699 Health Care Management.

(3) Course is divided into hospital goals and priorities; the basic elements and functioning of administrative and medical organization structure; the complexity of hospital management; assessment of overall as well as departmental performance. Course material, approach and assignments are strongly practice-oriented.

FINE 630

(3)Fixed income securities and their uses for financial engineering as well as risk management at both the trading desk and the aggregate firm level. This will involve a treatment of basic fixed income mathematics, risk management concepts, term structure modeling, derivatives valuation theory and credit risk analysis.

FINE 635 Managing Market Volatility.

(3) (Prerequisite: FINE 639) Latest techniques of volatility estimation and option pricing, including the use of real option pricing techniques for valuation of resource investments, R & D projects, and high tech stocks.

l

FINE 638 Financial Management for Policy.

(3)

FINE 639 Derivatives and Risk Management.

(3) (Prerequisite: FINE 646) This course studies the field of investments related to options and futures. The course will concentrate on trading strategies and analytical models for valuing options and futures contacts.

l

FINE 644 Canadian Financial Institutions.

(3)

FINE 645 Money and Capital Markets.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: MGCR 341) Demand for and supply of money and other financial instruments by and to banks and near banks. Simple analytical models integrating the Canadian Institutional aspects. The role of the banking sector in the money creation process. International aspects of monetary policy.

FINE 646 Investments and Portfolio Management.

(3) The prime objective is to provide the student with a rational framework for investment. The portfolio and capital market theory of FINE 650 is extended and the empirical evidence supporting these and competing hypotheses is investigated for both individual securities and portfolios.

FINE 647 Advanced Finance Seminar.

(3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: FINE 441 and FINE 443, or FINE 646) (Lectures for this course span both the fall and winter semesters) (Graduate Prerequisites: must have completed at least 4 finance courses and/or be taking last courses in concentration concurrently.) Selected topics will be discussed by Faculty members, invited guest speakers, and the students. Each student is required to select a topic for study and prepare a written report for presentation.

FINE 648 Applied Corporate Finance.

(3) Concepts and techniques developed in earlier courses are extended and/or applied to problems faced by managers in Corporate Finance. Such problems include: working capital management, capital budgeting, capital structure, dividend policy, cost of capital and mergers and acquisitions. Stresses the application of theory and techniques and extensive use is made of case studies.

l

FINE 650 Finance 2.

(3)

l

FINE 652 Management Finance.

(3) (for non-Finance Concentration)

FINE 660 Global Investment Management.

(3) Primary focus will be on global investments. The course will deal with the theoretical foundations of modern international portfolio theory and empirical evidence in a real world setting. It will span the developed markets of Europe and Japan, NICS of the Pacific rim and emerging markets. The primary objective is to prepare a new generation of managers who can operate effectively in the new global investment environment.

l

FINE 676 International Financial Management.

(3) (For non- Finance concentration)

FINE 690 Topics in Finance 1.

(3)

FINE 691 Topics in Finance 2.

(3) Current topics in finance.

FINE 692 Topics in Finance 3.

(3) Topics in finance.

FINE 693 International Finance 1.

(3) The international financial environment as it affects the multinational manager. In-depth study of the various balance of payments concepts, adjustment of the external balance, and the international monetary system will be followed by a review of theory and institutional aspects of the foreign exchange and the international (Eurodollar) markets.

FINE 694 International Finance 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: MGMT 693) Focus on the operational problems of financial management in the multinational enterprise: financing of international trade, determining the firm's exposure to foreign exchange rate changes, protection against exchange losses, international capital budgeting, multinational cost of capital, working capital management and international portfolio diversification.

INDR 603 Industrial Relations.

(3) The goal of this course is to develop student's understanding of law, institutions, current practices, and power relations affecting the workplace. Topics include: regulation of employment, relationships in the unionized and nonunionized sectors, managerial approaches to labour relations, collective bargaining, union organizing, negotiation of collective agreements, dispute resolution and grievance procedures.

INDR 604 Collective Bargaining in Theory and Practice.

(3) Theory, structure and activity of collective bargaining and arbitration as practiced in Canada and the Western industrial societies in general: how collective bargaining works; why it does or sometimes doesn't work. Emphasis on the realities of actual practice. Contract structure, grievance and arbitration procedures and bargaining practices, including costing of contracts.

INDR 605 Role of Government: Labour Relations.

(3) Role of government, both as legislator and as employer. Development of public policy toward industrial relations and collective bargaining in the private and public sectors as well as other government policies that affect employment and industrial relations. The private sector model of collective bargaining and the peculiarities of public employment.

INDR 633 Creating Wealth and Prosperity.

(3) The objective of the course is to show the similarities and differences between the ways governments can create prosperity, and the ways companies can create wealth. The first part of the course covers topics in economic policy (what makes some countries, regions prosper and others fall behind), the second part covers financial, managerial and strategic topics companies face (what makes their market value increase and what makes this value diminish).

l

INDR 695 Topics in Managerial Economics.

(3)

INSY 605 Systems Analysis and Modeling.

(3) Techniques for conducting systems requirements analysis and project management using structured analysis for specifying both manual and automated systems. Focuses on the role of the analyst in investigating the current organizational environment, defining information system requirements, working with technical and non-technical staff, and making recommendations for system improvement. Analysis project.

l

INSY 635 Telecommunications Management.

(3)

INSY 636 Information Systems Administration.

(3) This course covers the issues relating to managing information systems resources. A combination of lecture and class discussions covers topics such as the role of the Information Systems department within the corporation, staff organization and leadership, strategic systems, planning, end user computing, and other areas of importance to information systems managers.

l

INSY 637 Information Systems Design.

(3)

INSY 638 Data & Database Management.

(3) Focus on the management of organizational data and database management systems. Practice in database design. Examination of different models of representing data with emphasis on the relational model.

INSY 645 Managing Electronic Commerce.

(3) This course will provide students with an understanding of e-commerce. The most important concepts, models, tools and applications related to e-commerce will be studied. The primary objective of the course is to explore the knowledge and the skills that an IS professional should develop to face this new reality in business organizations.

INSY 690 Topics in Management Information Systems.

(3)

l

MGCR 610 Research Paper.

(6)

MGPO 630 Managing Strategy.

(3) This course examines the organizational issues associated with strategic change. It focuses on how managers can orchestrate organizational changes in order to realize strategic intentions and exploit environmental opportunities. Students examine how the strategic change in process works and how to tackle key strategic transitions faced by organizations.

MGPO 637 Cases in Competitive Strategy.

(3) The course applies the techniques for analyzing industries to a number of industries (electronics, photocopy, bicycles, chain saws, securities, fibre optics) through the use of specific company cases. The objective is to develop skills and techniques in a competitive environment and define competitive strategies through practical application.

MGPO 638 Managing Organizational Politics.

(3) The course examines how organization politics impacts on the individual and how the individual can impact on the political system. We draw on some of the classic works on power, politics, decision making, and bureaucracy. We then apply the concepts derived from the theory to explicit organizational situations, to develop practical frameworks that will help and benefit the student.

l

MGPO 639 Managing Corporate Strategy.

(3)

MGPO 640 Strategies for Sustainable Development.

(3) This course aims to produce new knowledge about the multidimensional nature of sustainable development; develop skills required to formulate and implement policies that integrate economic progress with quality of life and the preservation of the biosphere.

MGPO 650 Managing Innovation.

(3) To survive competitively, many organizations need to develop new products successfully and consistently, yet established firms often face difficulties responding to new opportunities. This course examines the strategic, organizational, and interdepartmental aspects of the new product development process to understand why problems occur and what managers can do about them. Topic areas include (1) the creative synthesis of market possibilities with technological potential; (2) the collaborative coordination of diverse functions in the firm; and (3) the strategic connection between the project and the firm's strategy and structure.

MGPO 651 Strategic Management: Developing Countries.

(3) The course examines strategic management challenges in developing countries using lectures and discussion of readings and cases. Topics include economic policy management (national development strategies, structural adjustment, privatization), economic cost/benefit analysis, technology choice and transfer, negotiations between multinational firms and host governments, and strategic management for public enterprise, family-owned firms, economic groups, and developmental organizations.

l

MGPO 652 Ethics in Management.

(3)

MGPO 669 Managing Globalization.

(3) MBAs need to understand international competitive issues, such as: forces for industry globalization, a firm's international expansion process, and international competitive strategies. Many types of firms will be analyzed, from small U.S. and Canadian firms beginning to explore internationally to large multinationals that are managing investments around the world.

l

MGPO 680 Strategy, Commitment and Choice.

(3)

MGPO 683 International Business Policy.

(3) Development and application of conceptual approaches to general management policy and strategy formulation in multinational enterprises. Alternative forms of international business involvement (licenses, contractual arrangements, turnkey projects, joint ventures, full direct investment); formulation and implementation of international, multinational and transnational competitive strategies; technology transfer; ownership strategy; international collaborative arrangements. A combination of conceptual readings and applied case analyses.

MGPO 690 Topics: Strategic Management 1.

(3)

l

MGSC 601 Management of Technology in Manufacturing.

(3)

l

MGSC 602 Manufacturing Strategy.

(3)

MGSC 603 Logistics Management.

(3) The management of the logistics functions in a manufacturing firm. Internal logistics includes the design and operation of a production-distribution system, with emphasis on the management of supply chains in global manufacturing companies. External logistics includes an analysis of the prevailing sourcing strategies and alternative means of customer satisfaction. Important tools such as forecasting techniques and information technology are also covered.

MGSC 605 Total Quality Management.

(3) The topics include: Top Management Commitment, Leadership Style, Bench Marking, Employee involvement, Human Resource Utilization, Employee Motivation, Quality Function Deployment, Statistical Techniques for Quality Improvement including the seven tools of quality and statistical process control. New topics of ISO9000, Just-in-Time, "Kaizen" and Return-of Quality are also discussed. Students are encouraged to do industry projects on TQM.

MGSC 608 Data Decisions and Models.

(3) The goal is to evaluate quantitative information and to make sound decisions in complex situations. The course provides a foundation for various models of uncertainty, techniques for interpreting data and many decision making approaches in both deterministic and stochastic environments.

l

MGSC 615 The Internet and Manufacturing.

(3)

MGSC 631 Analysis: Production Operations.

(3) This course presents a framework for design and control of modern production and inventory systems, and bridges the gap between theory and practice of production and inventory management. The course develops analytical concepts in the area and highlights their applications in manufacturing industry. The course is divided into three segments. The first segment looks at the production planning process and discusses in detail the resource allocation issues. The second segment deals with analysis and operation of inventory systems. The third segment integrates production planning and inventory control and looks at various integrated models for determining replenishment quantities and production lots.

l

MGSC 632 Sample Survey Methods and Analysis.

(3)

l

MGSC 671 Statistics for Business Decisions.

(3)

l

MGSC 675 Applied Time Series Analysis Managerial Forecasting.

(3)

l

MGSC 676 Applied Multivariate Data Analysis.

(3)

MGSC 678 Simulation of Management Systems.

(3) Building simulation models of management systems. Design of simulation experiments and the analysis and implementation of results. Students are expected to design a complete simulation of a real problem using a standard simulation language.

MGSC 679 Applied Deterministic Optimization.

(3) Methodological topics include linear, nonlinear and integer programming. Emphasis on modelling discrete or continuous decision problems that arise in business or industry, using the modern software tools of algebraic modelling (GAMS) that let the user concentrate on the model and on its implementation rather than on solution techniques. Management cases involving energy systems, production and inventory scheduling, logistics and portfolio selection, will be used extensively.

l

MGSC 690 Topics in Management Science.

(3)

l

MRKT 620 Service Marketing Management.

(3)

l

MRKT 630 Marketing: Developing Countries.

(3)

MRKT 652 Marketing Management 2.

(3) Its orientation is one of decision making and problem solving. Focuses on the decision areas of marketing management. Emphasizes the application of marketing theory, concepts and methods to the solution of real life marketing problems.

MRKT 654 Marketing Communications.

(3) The design and implementation of advertising and promotions. Draws on theories of persuasion to develop a managerially oriented decision making framework. Links the framework to decisions pertaining to creative strategy, media planning, consumer promotions and trade promotions.

MRKT 655 Marketing Planning.

(3) The design and implementation of marketing plans. Emphasis on management decision- making; approaches and techniques for formulating marketing objectives; identifying alternate strategies; preparing the marketing plan; implementing and controlling the plan.

MRKT 657 Buyer Behaviour.

(3) Research approaches focusing on the behaviour of the consumer in the market place. Intended to sensitize the students to human behaviour in general so they may carry their understanding of basic processes over to the more specific area of the consumer.

MRKT 658 Marketing Research.

(3) The basic problems of searching for additional information for better marketing decisions. Designed from the marketing manager's point of view. Placed in a cost-benefit perspective. All steps of the research process (problem definition, data collection methods, sample design, etc.) are covered.

MRKT 659 Advanced Business Marketing.

(3) Advanced decision-making and management of the marketing effort in a business to business (b-to-b) context, including the b-to-b marketing system; segmentation; customer relationship management; products, services, price, distribution, selling and advertising decisions; strategies for business markets and both electronic and traditional approaches to each.

MRKT 690 Topics in Marketing.

(3)

l

MRKT 698 International Marketing Management.

(3)

l

ORGB 624 Human Resource Management.

(3)

ORGB 625 Managing Organizational Change.

(3) Examine strategies of organizational development (OD) that enhance the organization's capacity to respond to change, maximize productivity and allow employees to experience dignity and meaning in their work. Explores the strategic, techno-structural, human process, and human resource management types of OD interventions. In addition, the course will provide opportunities for the practice of various OD skills (process consultation, feedback, observation) which enable managers to identify dysfunctional policies or behaviors. The fundamental theoretical framework of the course will draw upon developments in the behavioural and socio-technical systems approaches to organizational change.

l

ORGB 628 Women: Global Leaders/Managers.

(3)

ORGB 632 Managing Teams in Organizations.

(3) The dynamics of group and interpersonal behaviour. As well as learning conceptual frameworks, participants will examine their own interpersonal style and behaviour in group processes.

ORGB 633 Managerial Negotiations.

(3) Negotiating is a critical managerial skill. The purpose of this course is to allow students to learn to be more effective negotiators. The class environment used to accomplish this goal includes many exercises, personality inventories, and cases. The focus of the course will be on the processes of bargaining and the emphasis is "hands on" learning, although theories of negotiation and research examining negotiation will also be covered. Each student will have a great deal of control over how much he or she will develop into a better negotiator as a result of participating in this course.

ORGB 640 The Art of Leadership.

(3) Influence of personality, situational and cultural factors on strategic decision making. The role of power and political behaviour in organizational life. Topics include: managerial style, superior-subordinate relationships, organizational stress, entrepreneurial behaviour patterns, power and politics in decision making.

ORGB 685 Cross Cultural Management.

(3) (.) Cross-cultural awareness and communication skills necessary to manage in multicultural organizations. The focus of the course is on the relationship between cultural values and communication styles as they affect inter-and-intra cultural communication of managers, personnel and clients of multinational and multicultural corporations and organizations.

ORGB 690 Topics: Organizational Behavior.

(3)

45.7 Post-M.B.A. Certificate

The Post-M.B.A. Certificate will be awarded after the equivalent of one term of residence and the successful completion of 15 credits of M.B.A. courses.

The certificate meets the needs of two groups of professional managers: (1) managers who graduated from an M.B.A. program several years ago and would like to take a series of courses to update their skills; and, (2) managers who graduated from an M.B.A. program recently and who would like to broaden the base of their education with a selection of courses that complement their major field of studies. The certificate may be taken on a full-time or part-time basis.

The entrance requirement is an M.B.A. degree from a recognized university with a CGPA that meets the minimum requirements of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office (a TOEFL to determine the English proficiency of non-Canadians may be also be required) as well as two years of full-time work experience.

For more information visit our Web site at www.management. mcgill.ca or call the Master Programs Office at (514) 398-4066.

45.8 Other Master and Graduate Diploma Programs

45.8.1 Master of Management Programs (M.M.)

Master in Manufacturing Management

The Master in Manufacturing Management program (MMM) is offered to students who wish to have a career as manufacturing managers. The curriculum is a balance between manufacturing and management subjects and provides exposure to industry through case studies, seminars, tours and a paid industry internship. The MMM program is a 12-month academic program starting in September followed by a 4-month industrial internship. The program is a collaboration between the Faculties of Engineering and Management, which jointly grant the Master of Management degree.

Students should hold an undergraduate degree in engineering or science. Two or more years of industrial experience is preferred, but not mandatory. Students with other academic backgrounds and appropriate industrial experience will be considered, but may have to take one or two qualifying courses. The program is intended for full-time as well as part-time students. Enrolment is limited.

The MMM program is a self-funded program. Tuition is $25,000.

General Business and Management - Required Courses
(11 credits)
MGCR 611
(2)
Financial Accounting
MGCR 612
(2)
Organizational Behaviour
MGCR 616
(2)
Marketing
MGCR 641
(2)
Elements of Modern Finance 1
MGSC 608
(3)
Data Decisions and Models
General Business and Management - Complementary Courses
(6 credits)
Two of the following courses:
INDR 603
(3)
Industrial Relations
ORGB 625
(3)
Managing Organizational Change
ORGB 632
(3)
Managing Teams in Organizations
ORGB 633
(3)
Managerial Negotiations
ORGB 640
(3)
The Art of Leadership
ORGB 685
(3)
Cross Cultural Management
Manufacturing and Supply Chain - Required Courses
(15 credits)
MECH 524
(3)
Computer Integrated Manufacturing
MGSC 602
(3)
Manufacturing Strategy
MGSC 603
(3)
Logistics Management
MGSC 605
(3)
Total Quality Management
MGSC 631
(3)
Analysis of Manufacturing Systems
Manufacturing and Supply Chain - Complementary Courses
(12 credits)
Two of the following four courses (6 credits):
MECH 526
(3)
Manufacturing and the Environment
MGSC 601
(3)
Management of Technology in Manufacturing
MGSC 615
(3)
The Internet and Manufacturing
MGSC 675
(3)
Applied Time Series Analysis Managerial Forecasting
and one of the following two options (6 credits):
Discrete Manufacturing Option
MECH 528
(3)
Product Design
MECH 529
(3)
Discrete Manufacturing Systems
Process Manufacturing Option
CHEE 571
(4)
Chemical Reaction Engineering
CHEE 641
(3)
Small Computer Applications: Chemical Engineering
Industry - Required Courses
(12 credits)
MECH 627
(9)
Manufacturing Industrial Stage
MECH 628
(2)
Manufacturing Case Studies
MECH 629
(1)
Manufacturing Industrial Seminar
For more information, contact:
Program Coordinator, Mechanical Engineering
	Telephone: (514) 398-7201
	E-mail: mmm@mecheng.mcgill.ca
	Web site: www.mcgill.ca/mecheng/ 
or the Masters Program Office, Faculty of Management
	Telephone: (514) 398-4648 

45.8.2 International Masters Programs in Practising Management (IMPM)

Functioning within an authentically international context, this cooperative venture of business schools located in five different countries allows mid-career executives to study topical international business problems on site at universities in France, England, India, Japan and Canada.

For more information visit our Web site at www.impm.com.

45.8.3 Diploma in Public Accountancy (Chartered Accountancy)

The Diploma in Public Accountancy Program is under the academic supervision of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office, and is administered by the Faculty of Management.

The faculty is made up of professionally active C.A.s with specific areas of expertise. Students benefit from a program of academic counseling, tutoring and monitoring as they progress through a program in which they are exposed to the latest concepts and practice-related issues.

Chartered Accountants play leadership roles in public practice, business, industry, government and education.

Admission Requirements

Option 1:

Students completing a Bachelor's degree from a recognized institution are required to obtain a minimum CGPA of 3.0 out of 4.0*, and successfully complete the 14 qualifying courses listed below, or their equivalent:

ACCT 351
Intermediate Financial Accounting 1
ACCT 352
Intermediate Financial Accounting 2
ACCT 361
Intermediate Management Accounting 1
ACCT 362
Intermediate Management Accounting 2
ACCT 385
Principles of Taxation
ACCT 453
Advanced Financial Accounting
ACCT 455
Development of Accounting Thought
ACCT 475
Principles of Auditing
ACCT 486
Business Taxation 2
INSY 332
Accounting Information Systems
MGCR 272
Statistics 2
MGCR 293
Managerial Economics
MGCR 341
Finance 1

* Admission to the program is very competitive and meeting the minimum requirement does not secure admission.

Option 2:

Graduates of programs other than Bachelor of Commerce or graduates with foreign degrees must complete the following courses through the Centre for Continuing Education's Diploma in Accounting prior to admission to the Graduate Diploma program.

CCAU 511
Auditing 1
CCFC 511
Financial Accounting 1
CCFC 512
Financial Accounting 2
CCFC 513
Financial Accounting 3
CCFC 514
Accounting Theory and Practice
CCTX 511
Taxation 1
CCTX 532
Taxation 2
CCMA 511
Management Accounting 1
CCMA 522
Management Accounting 2
CEC2 532
Business Economics
CFIN 512
Introduction to Corporate Finance
CMS2 521
Applied Management Statistics

For more information, the Centre for Continuing Education can be contacted by telephone at (514) 398-6161, or by e-mail at info@conted.lan.mcgill.ca.

Language Requirement for Admission

Applicants whose mother tongue is not English, and who have not completed a university program in the province of Quebec, must submit evidence of their facility in English before they can be considered for admission. Acceptable evidence would be the successful completion of one of the following:

Admission Procedures

Application forms are available on-line from our Web site. The deadline dates for admissions are as follows:

· February 1 for May (Summer term)

A deferral of admission may be considered in exceptional cases upon evidence of extenuating circumstances for one year only. A written request should be submitted to the Director of the CA Program. If approved, students wishing to defer their admission will be required to submit a confirmation deposit of $500 Canadian to secure a place for the following year/term.

Time Limits

The program must be completed within three years of admission. Time limits will be adjusted accordingly for those students who are granted advanced standing or who transfer from one program to another. Students exceeding the time limits may request an extension, in writing, which may be granted under special circumstances with the approval of the Department. Where appropriate a revised program of study may be recommended.

Professional Requirements for Admission to l'ordre des comptables agrées du Québec (C.A.)

Membership in the l'Ordre des comptables agrées du Québec and the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants entitles Chartered Accountants to practice the profession of Chartered Accountancy.

Admission is based upon meeting the following requirements as indicated in the Chartered Accountants Act (Bill 264).

Further information can be obtained from: Ordre des comptables agréées du Québec, 680 Sherbrooke West, 18th floor, Montreal, Quebec, H3A 2S3. Tel: (514) 288-3256. E-mail: info@ocaq.qc.ca.

ADVANCED STANDING

Credit / Exemptions

An official course outline of the courses taken elsewhere, and the marks obtained, must be submitted. Students who have been granted credits and/or exemptions are not permitted to register for the courses for which they have been granted credits and/or exemptions. Credits or exemptions will NOT be granted for courses taken more than five years before the date of application.

Program Requirements

The program requires completion of 10 courses (eight 3-credit courses, and two 4-credit courses). It is composed of the courses, which cover the theoretical and technical knowledge for entry-level Chartered Accountancy practitioners, and the Uniform Final Examination (C.A. exam).

Level I
ACCT 651
Financial Accounting 4
ACCT 655
Auditing 2
ACCT 657
Systems Audit
ACCT 659
Business Communications
ACCT 671
C.A. Law
Level II
ACCT 679
Business Advisory Services - Core
ACCT 681
Financial Accounting 5
ACCT 683
Tax Planning and Decision Making
ACCT 685
Auditing 3 (4 credits)
ACCT 689
Business Advisory Services - Cases (4 credits)

Level I must be completed prior to Level II. Flexibility exists where minimal course work is required in a prior level. Students must complete Level II courses in the 12 months prior to the Uniform Final Examination.

Students are reminded that the courses in the Diploma in Accounting are prerequisites to the Diploma Program in Public Accountancy courses, and knowledge of prerequisite course content is presumed.

Course Descriptions

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05

l

ACCT 614 Taxation Seminar.

(3)

ACCT 618 Financial Reporting: Structure & Analysis.

(3) An indepth analysis of corporate financial reporting principles and practices, with emphasis on developing the abilities of the student to discriminate between the form and substance of corporate financial reports. Analysis of all components of the financial statements with the effect of reference to alternative practices on financial reports.

ACCT 619 Financial Reporting: Valuation.

(3) Analysis of financial statements and their uses. A financial statement analysis framework will be developed and applied to: (1) development of business and securities valuations, (2) the prediction of bankruptcy, (3) the strategic planning process, (4) the interpretation of consolidated financial statements.

l

ACCT 635 Accounting Workshop.

(3)

ACCT 651 Financial Accounting 4.

(3) (Prerequisites: Entry to Program Financial Accounting 3) Advanced topics in financial and reporting, including the relevant CICA Handbook pronouncements, exposure drafts, accounting guidelines and research studies. International pronouncements are discussed where no Canadian recommendation exist. The use of professional judgement in the application of accounting recommendations will be discussed.

ACCT 655 Auditing 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: ACCT 413) The role of the attest auditor. The topics covered include professional practice environment, engagement management, internal control, audit evidence, testing, reporting and general coverage of the professional services. Detailed study of the CICA Auditing recommendations, exposure drafts and guidelines. Research studies and current literature will be reviewed.

l

ACCT 657 Systems Audit.

(3) (Prerequisites: INSY 332 and ACCT 655)

ACCT 659 Business Communications.

(3) (Prerequisite: ACCT 651 or ACCT 655) Professionals use written and oral communication to inform and persuade other people. This course prepares students to deal with a broad range of practical situations in which communication plays a crucial role. Effective business communication skills are taught through lectures, discussions and presentations which emphasize and enhance writing and speaking skills. Students prepare written and oral presentations which are subsequently evaluated for structure, organization and presentation.

ACCT 671 C.A. Law.

(3) (Prerequisite: Entry to Program) Legal issues affecting professional conduct and business decisions. Professional ethics, liability and litigation support are addressed in the context of professional accounting practice. Business issues related to legislation governing corporations, securities, bankruptcy and insolvency contract law are examined as well.

ACCT 679 Business Advisory Services - Core.

(3) (Prerequisite: ACCT 415) The objective of this course is to explore topics in management accounting, finance and litigation support in the context of business advisory services provided by a Chartered Accountant. A multi-discipline approach integrating other accounting related areas; financial accounting, auditing and taxation. The course will examine the role of the Chartered Accountant and skills required to support management decision making from both a financial and operational perspective.

ACCT 681 Financial Accounting 5.

(3) (Prerequisites: ACCT 651 and ACCT 659) The theoretical basis of current Canadian Accounting Practice. Current Canadian and U.S. exposure drafts; research studies; principles and conventions; emerging issues; and current literature will be used to develop an understanding of the theory and to develop an ability to apply this theory in practical situations. Current issues in Accounting Practice will be discussed.

ACCT 683 Tax Planning & Decision Making.

(3) (Prerequisites: ACCT 412 and ACCT 415) The theory, techniques and considerations in taxation will be analyzed in a situational context. Tax planning is addressed integrating personal and corporate taxation issues. Topics such as sale of a business, rollovers and personal tax planning will be addressed.

ACCT 685 Auditing 3.

(4) (Prerequisites: ACCT 655, ACCT 657 and ACCT 659) The theoretical basis of current Canadian auditing practice. Current Canadian and International recommendations, exposure drafts, guidelines, research studies, principles and conventions, and current literature will be used to develop an understanding of the theory and to develop the ability to apply this theory in practical situations. Current issues in auditing practice will be discussed.

l

ACCT 689 Business Advisory Services - Cases.

(4) (Prerequisite: completion of the other nine program courses.)

ACCT 690 Topics in Accounting.

(3) A learning cell in which one or more students work with a faculty member.

45.9 Joint Ph.D. in Administration

The Ph.D. Program in Administration is offered jointly by the four Montreal universities: Concordia University, École des Hautes Études Commerciales (affiliated with the Université de Montréal), McGill University, and Université du Québec à Montréal. The program is intended to educate competent researchers and to stimulate research on management problems.

The program represents a number of innovations in doctoral work in the field of administration. First, by cooperating, the four universities are able to make available to the students a diverse pool of approximately 250 professors qualified to direct doctoral level study and research. Second, the program has been carefully developed to encourage independent, creative work on the part of its students, with close, personal contact with the professors. This program will appeal especially to the mature, experienced candidate with relatively well-defined interests. Across the four member universities, some courses are offered in English and some in French. (All papers may, however, be written in English or French.) This is viewed as a definite advantage of the program for those students who expect to work in Canada or francophone countries after graduation.

The program places considerable emphasis on the theoretical foundations of administration and its underlying disciplines. Graduates of the program are expected to have: (1) some knowledge of all the main areas of administration, (2) a thorough knowledge of one applied area of administration, and one support discipline, (3) a complete command of the research methodologies used in administration, and (4) some familiarity with modern theories and methods of the pedagogy of administration.

The program consists of three phases: preparation, specialization and dissertation.

Phase I Preparation

The preparation phase is intended to give each student some understanding of the range of subject matter that makes up contemporary administrative theory. On entering the program, the background of each student will be assessed. Deficiencies, if any, are to be made up by graduate-level courses, papers, or assigned readings in:

- Behavioural Science

- Economics

- Management Science

- Marketing

- Finance

- Strategy and Organization

- Accounting and Control

Some students - notably those with strong Master's degrees in administration or related disciplines - have a minimum of work in Phase I; others require up to one academic year of work.

Phase II - Specialization

In Phase II, students probe deeply into their chosen area of specialization. With their advisory committee, students work out an individual program of study which takes about 18 months. The phase focuses on a specialization area and a support field. The specialization area could be one of the basic ones listed in Phase I (for example, marketing or management science), a sub-area within one of these (such as organizational development within organizational behaviour), or an interdisciplinary area that combines two or more of these (such as behaviour aspects of accounting or international marketing).

The support field is selected to help the student develop a foundation of knowledge in a fundamental discipline that underlies the theory in administration. For example, a student in marketing might select psychology, sociology, or statistics. One in management policy might select political science or general systems theory or perhaps even philosophy. Many other choices are possible.

Students officially enter Phase II of the program when their advisory committee has been established and, together with the student, formally agrees on a proposal for the work to be done in Phase II. Phase II must be approved by the McGill and the Joint Doctoral Committees. This includes the following:

- Doctoral seminars in the specialization area; minimum four courses.
- Any other existing graduate level courses in the specialization area and support field deemed appropriate by the advisory committee; minimum two courses in support field.
- Seminar on Research Methods (MGMT 707, 3 credits) or equivalent course as defined by Program Committee.
- Seminar in Pedagogy (MGMT 706, 3 credits), or Teaching and Learning in Higher Education (EDPH 689, 3 credits).
- Comprehensive Examination (MGMT 701, 0 credits).
- A publishable research paper (MGMT 720, 3 credits)*, equivalent to about 3 months of full-time work.

* Subject to approval.

The advisory committee will normally consist of three or four persons; a chair and others decided upon jointly by the chair and the student. One of these members will typically come from the support field. Every student's advisory committee must have representation from at least two universities in the joint program.

Phase III - Dissertation

The third phase of the program consists of the dissertation in the course of which the student probes deeply into a well-defined research topic. The topic is developed with the thesis committee (at least three members), which may be the same as the Phase II advisory committee or may be reconstituted, again with representation from at least one of the other participating universities. The topic is approved formally by the thesis committee and, once the research is completed and the dissertation written, the student publicly defends the completed thesis.

Admission - Joint Ph.D.

Candidates normally hold a Master's level degree, with a strong academic record from a recognized university. In rare cases, North American candidates without a related Master's degree but with exceptional backgrounds may be considered for the program.

GMAT (or GRE-General Test) results are required for applications to the Doctoral Program; this includes McGill Master's students applying to the Ph.D. The minimum score required is 600, earned within the past five years.

Non-Canadian students from countries where English is not the first language who have not studied at a university in which teaching is conducted in English must submit TOEFL scores. A minimum score of 550 on the paper-based test (250 on the computer-based test) is required for admission. Tests must have been written within the past two years.

Files will not be considered unless GMAT (or GRE-General Test) and TOEFL scores are received by the application deadline.

Students may apply for admission to one or more of the participating universities.These applications will be processed by both the individual university and the joint committee of the four schools. Students' preferences will prevail when more than one participating university is prepared to accept them. The Ph.D. degree will be granted by the university that admits the student. The program requires a minimum full-time residency of six terms.

Applications will be considered upon the receipt of:

No documents submitted as part of the application package will be returned to the applicant.

Applications and all supporting documents must be submitted by February 1st for September admission. January admissions are rarely allowed.

All documents are to be submitted directly to:
Ph.D. Program Office
Faculty of Management
McGill University
1001 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC H3A 1G5
Telephone: (514) 398-4074
Fax: (514) 398-3876
E-mail: phd.mgmt@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.management.mcgill.ca

The addresses of the three other institutions are:

Concordia University, 
John Molson School of Business, 
1455 de Maisonneuve Blvd West, Montreal, QC  H3G 1M8 
École des Hautes Études Commerciales, 
3000 Chemin de la Cote Ste-Catherine, 
Montréal, QC  H3T 2A7 
Université du Québec à Montréal, 
Département des Sciences Administratives, 
315 Ste-Catherine Est, Montréal, QC H3C 4R2 

Doctoral Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05

BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE SPECIALIZATION

ORGB 705 Seminar in Behavioural Science.

(3)

FINANCE SPECIALIZATION

FINE 702 Continuous-Time Finance.

(3)

FINE 703 Empirical Research in Finance.

(3)

FINE 704 Options and Risk Management.

(3) The course covers topics in derivative pricing and financial risk management. Examples include volatility and correlation models, extreme value distributions, Monte Carlo simulation, option pricing under GARCH and stochastic volatility, option risk management using delta, gamma and full valuation, and risk model backtesting.

l

FINE 705 Seminar in Finance.

(3)

FINE 706 Introductory Financial Economics.

(3)

FINE 707 Corporate Finance.

(3) Course will review mainly theoretical foundations, in addition to some empirical contributions to corporate finance and financial intermediation.

l

FINE 708 Macro International Finance.

(3)

FINE 709 International Finance Seminar.

(3) Recent advances in international finance.

FINE 710 Fixed Income Securities Theory.

(3) Theoretical framework to deal with the analysis of fixed income securities and derivatives.

INFORMATION SYSTEMS SPECIALIZATION

INSY 704 Organizational Impacts of Information Technology.

(3)

MARKETING SPECIALIZATION

MRKT 701 Models in Consumer Research.

(3)

MRKT 702 Advances in Consumer Behaviour.

(3)

MRKT 703 Advances in Services Marketing.

(3)

MRKT 705 Seminar in Marketing.

(3)

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE SPECIALIZATION

l

MGSC 701 Decomp.-Lrg Scale Optimization.

(3)

MGSC 702 Operations Management Seminar.

(3)

l

MGSC 703 Stochastic Processes and Applications.

(3)

l

MGSC 704 Business Survey Methods.

(3)

l

MGSC 706 Management Research Statistics.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of intructor.)

l

MGSC 707 Avanced Research Statistics.

(3) (Prerequisite: MGSC 706 or permission of the instructor.)

l

MGSC 709 Manufacturing Systems.

(3)

MGSC 710 Applied Optimization.

(3) Algorithmic developments in optimization and advanced software applications for modeling.

STRATEGY AND POLICY, POLICY AND SPECIALIZATION

MGPO 701 Seminar in Qualitative Methods.

(3)

MGPO 702 New Paradigms: Strategic Management.

(3)

MGPO 704 Organizational Theory Seminar.

(3)

MGPO 705 Seminar in Policy.

(3)

MGPO 706 Perspectives on Innovation.

(3)

46 Mathematics and Statistics

Department of Mathematics and Statistics
Burnside Hall
805 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2K6
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-3800
Fax: (514) 398-3899
E-mail: grad.mathstat@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.math.mcgill.ca/index.php 
Chair
K. GowriSankaran
Graduate Program Director
V. Jaksic

46.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
M. Barr; A.B., Ph.D.(Penn.) (Peter Redpath Emeritus Professor of Pure Mathematics)
M. Bunge; M.A., Ph.D.(Penn.)
J.R. Choksi; B.A.(Cantab.), Ph.D.(Manc.)
J. Lambek; M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.S.C. (Peter Redpath Emeritus Professor of Pure Mathematics)
S. Maslowe; B.Sc.(Wayne St.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Calif.)
A.M. Mathai; M.Sc.(Kerala), M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.)
W.O.J. Moser; B.Sc.(Man.), M.A.(Minn.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
V. Seshadri; B.Sc, M.Sc.(Madras), Ph.D.(Okl.)
J.C. Taylor; B.Sc.(Acad.), M.A.(Queen's), Ph.D.(McM.)
Professors
W.J. Anderson; B.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.)
W. Brown; B.A.(Tor.), M.A.(Col.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
H. Darmon; B.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Harv.), F.R.S.C.
S. Drury; M.A., Ph.D.(Cantab.)
K. GowriSankaran; B.A., M.A.(Madr.), Ph.D.(Bomb.)
J. Hurtubise; B.Sc.(Montr.), D.Phil.(Oxon)
N. Kamran; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Bruxelles), Ph.D.(Wat.), F.R.S.C. (James McGill Professor)
O. Kharlampovich; M.A.(Ural State), Ph.D.(Lenin.), Dr. of Sc., (Steklov Inst.)
M. Makkai; M.A., Ph.D.(Bud.) (Peter Redpath Professor of Pure Mathematics)
A. Miasnikov; M.Sc.(Novosibirsk), Ph.D., Dr. of Sc.(Lenin.) (Canada Research Chair)
C. Roth; M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Hebrew)
K.P. Russell; Vor. Dip.(Hamburg), Ph.D.(Calif.)
G. Schmidt; B.Sc.(Natal), M.Sc.(S.A.), Ph.D.(Stan.)
G. Styan; M.A., Ph.D.(Col.)
L. Vinet; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.), Doctorat 3e cycle(Paris VI) (joint appoint. with Physics)
D. Wolfson; M.Sc.(Natal), Ph.D.(Purdue)
K.J. Worsley; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Auck.), F.R.S.C., (James McGill Professor)
J.J. Xu; B.S.(Beijing), Ph.D.(Ren. Poly.)
S. Zlobec; M.Sc.(Zagreb), Ph.D.(Northwestern)
Associate Professors
P. Bartello; B.Sc.(Tor.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.) (joint appoint. with Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences)
E.Z. Goren; B.A., M.S., Ph.D.(Hebrew)
A. Humphries; B.A., M.A.(Camb.), Ph.D.(Bath)
D. Jakobson; B.Sc.(M.I.T.), Ph.D.(Prin.) (William Dawson Scholar)
V. Jaksic; B.S.(Belgrade), Ph.D.(Cal.Tech.)
W. Jonsson; M.Sc.(Man.), Dr.Rer.Nat.(Tubingen)
I. Klemes; B.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Cal.Tech.)
J. Labute; B.Sc.(Windsor), M.A., Ph.D.(Harv.)
J. Loveys; B.A.(St.Mary's), M.Sc., Ph.D.(S. Fraser)
R. Rigelhof; B.Sc.(Sask.), M.Sc.(Wat.), Ph.D.(McM.)
N. Sancho; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Belf.)
J.A. Toth; B.Sc., M.Sc.(McM.) Ph.D.(M.I.T.) (William Dawson Scholar)
Assistant Professors
M. Asgharian; B.Sc.(Shahid Beheshti), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG)
D. Bryant; B.Sc. Honours, Ph.D.(Canterbury) (joint appoint. with School of Computer Science)
M.J. Gander; M.S.(E.T.H.), M.S., Ph.D.(Stan.)
D. Leisen; B.Sc.(Mainz), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Bonn) (joint appoint. with Management)
N. Nigam; B.Sc.(I.I.T. - Bombay), M.S., Ph.D.(Delaware)
J. Pila; B.Sc. (Hons.) (Melbourne); Ph.D. (Stan.)
R. Steele; B.S., M.S.(Carnegie Mellon), Ph.D.(Wash.)
A. Vandal; B.Sc., M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Auck.)
A. Vetta; B.Sc., M.Sc. (London School of Economics), Ph.D. (M.I.T.)
D.T. Wise; B.A.(Yeshiva), Ph.D.(Prin.)
Assistant Professor (Special Category)
V. Rosta; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Lorand Eotvos, Budapest)
Associate Members
L.P. Devroye (Computer Science), P.R.L. Dutilleul (Plant Science), L. Glass (Physiology), J.-L. Goffin (Management), J. Hanley (Epidemiology & Biostatistics), L. Joseph (Epidemiology & Biostatistics), M. Mackey (Physiology), L.A. Mysak (AOS), P. Panangaden (Computer Science), J.O. Ramsay (Psychology), G.A. Whitmore (Management)
Adjunct Professors
D.A. Dawson, R. Murty, R.A. Seely
Faculty Lecturers
J. Correa, A. Hundemer

46.2 Programs Offered

The brochure "Information for Graduate Students in Mathematics and Statistics", available on the Department Web site, supplements the information contained in this Calendar.

The Department offers both a Master's degree (M.A. or M.Sc.) and a Ph.D. degree.

By the choice of courses and thesis (or project topic) these degrees can be focussed in applied mathematics, pure mathematics or statistics.

The Institut des Sciences Mathématiques (ISM), among other activities, coordinates intermediate and advanced level graduate courses among the following universities: Concordia University, Université Laval, McGill University, Université de Montréal, UQAM, Université de Sherbrooke. A list of courses available under the ISM auspices at the other universities can be obtained by consulting the ISM Web site (www.math.uqam.ca/ISM). The ISM also offers fellowships and promotes a variety of joint academic activities greatly enhancing the mathematical environment in Montreal and indeed in the province of Quebec.

46.3 Admission Requirements

In addition to the general Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office requirements, the Department requirements are as follows:

Master's Degree

The normal entrance requirement for the Master's programs is a Canadian Honours degree or its equivalent, with high standing, in mathematics, or a closely related discipline in the case of applicants intending to concentrate in statistics or applied mathematics. For applicants intending to continue in a doctoral program, an Honours degree or its equivalent is the preferred background.

Applicants wishing to concentrate in pure mathematics should have a strong background in linear algebra, abstract algebra, and real and complex analysis.

Applicants wishing to concentrate in an applied area of statistics should have a strong background in matrix algebra, advanced calculus and undergraduate statistics; some knowledge of computer programming and numerical analysis is also desirable.

Applicants wishing to concentrate in applied mathematics should have a strong background in linear algebra, real and complex analysis, ordinary differential equations and numerical analysis. Some knowledge of computer programming is also desirable.

Students whose preparation in mathematics is insufficient may have to be admitted to a Qualifying Program.

Ph.D. Degree

Students normally enter the Ph.D. program after completing a Master's degree program with high standing. However, the Department admits interested and excellent students directly into the Ph.D. program.

46.4 Application Procedures

Online application is preferred and is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/online. Applicants unable to apply online can request a paper or PDF form from the department.

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All information is to be submitted directly to the Graduate Secretary in the Department of Mathematics and Statistics.

Deadline:

Applicants are urged to submit complete applications by March 1 for September admission, or by August 1 for January admission.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

46.5 Program Requirements

Master's Degrees

Students must choose between the thesis option, which requires a thesis (24 credits) and 6 approved courses at the 500 and 600 level for a total of at least 22 credits, and the project option, which requires a project (15 credits) and 8 approved courses at the 500 and 600 level for at least 30 credits. Normally students must declare which option they choose to follow after one term. It is expected that the degree be completed in at most four terms.

The choice of courses must be approved by the advisor or thesis supervisor as well as by the Director of the Graduate Program.

Some suggestions for the choice of courses in the Master's programs are:

Master's students who wish to keep open the possibility of continuing in a doctoral program should adhere closely to these suggestions since they will provide the background necessary for the comprehensive examination which all doctoral students are required to pass.

Further courses can be chosen from the departmental list of course offerings. A comprehensive list of courses, from which annual offerings are selected, is given below.

M.Sc. Thesis - Computational Science and Engineering (CSE) Option
(minimum 47 credits)
Required Courses
 (25 credits)
MATH 600
(6)
Master's Thesis Research 1
MATH 601
(6)
Master's Thesis Research 2
MATH 604
(6)
Master's Thesis Research 3
MATH 605
(6)
Master's Thesis Research 4
MATH 669D1
(.5)
CSE Seminar
MATH 669D2
(.5)
CSE Seminar
 
Complementary Courses
 (minimum 22 credits)
Two courses from List A, two courses from List B, and the remaining credits to be chosen from graduate (500 or 600-level) courses in the Department of Mathematics and Statistics. Two complementary courses must be taken outside the Department of Mathematics and Statistics.
List A - Scientific Computing Courses:
CIVE 602
(4)
Finite Element Analysis
COMP 522
(4)
Modelling and Simulation
COMP 540
(3)
Matrix Computations
COMP 566
(3)
Discrete Optimization 1
MATH 578
(4)
Numerical Analysis 1
MATH 579
(4)
Numerical Differential Equations
List B - Applications and Specialized methods Courses:
ATOC 512
(3)
Atmospheric and Oceanic Dynamics
ATOC 513
(3)
Waves and Stability
ATOC 515
(3)
Turbulence in Atmosphere and Oceans
CIVE 514
(3)
Structural Mechanics
CIVE 572
(3)
Computational Hydraulics
CIVE 603
(4)
Structural Dynamics
CIVE 613
(4)
Numerical Methods: Structural Engineering
COMP 505
(3)
Advanced Computer Architecture
COMP 557
(3)
Fundamentals of Computer Graphics
COMP 558
(3)
Fundamentals of Computer Vision
COMP 567
(3)
Discrete Optimization 2
COMP 621
(4)
Optimizing Compilers
COMP 642
(4)
Numerical Estimation
COMP 767
(4)
Advanced Topics: Applications 2
ECSE 507
(3)
Optimization and Optimal Control
ECSE 532
(3)
Computer Graphics
ECSE 547
(3)
Finite Elements in Electrical Engineering
ECSE 549
(3)
Expert Systems in Electrical Design
MATH 555
(4)
Fluid Dynamics
MATH 560
(4)
Optimization
MATH 651
(4)
Asymptotic Expansion and Perturbation Methods
MATH 761
(4)
Topics in Applied Mathematics 1
MECH 533
(3)
Subsonic Aerodynamics
MECH 537
(3)
High-Speed Aerodynamics
MECH 538
(3)
Unsteady Aerodynamics
MECH 539
(3)
Computational Aerodynamics
MECH 541
(3)
Kinematic Synthesis
MECH 545
(3)
Advanced Stress Analysis
MECH 572
(3)
Introduction to Robotics
MECH 573
(3)
Mechanics of Robotic Systems
MECH 576
(3)
Computer Graphics and Geometrical Modelling
MECH 577
(3)
Optimum Design
MECH 610
(4)
Fundamentals of Fluid Dynamics
MECH 620
(4)
Advanced Computational Aerodynamics
MECH 632
(4)
Theory of Elasticity
MECH 642
(4)
Advanced Dynamics
MECH 650
(4)
Heat Transfer
MECH 654
(4)
Compt. Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer
 

Ph.D. Degree

To complete a Ph.D. program students must:

46.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Approximately 15 of the 600- and 700-level courses will be given.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

Notes:


All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.
With the permission of the instructor, prerequisites and corequisites for courses may be waived in individual cases.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

MATH 523 Generalized Linear Models.

(4) (Winter) (Prerequisite: MATH 423 or EPIB 697) (Not open to students who have taken MATH 426) Modern discrete data analysis. Exponential families, orthogonality, link functions. Inference and model selection using analysis of deviance. Shrinkage (Bayesian, frequentist viewpoints). Smoothing. Residuals. Quasi-likelihood. Sliced inverse regression. Continency tables: logistic regression, log-linear models. Censored data. Applications to current problems in medicine, biological and physical sciences. GLIM, S, software.

MATH 524 Nonparametric Statistics.

(4) (Fall) (Prerequisite: MATH 324 or equivalent) (Not open to students who have taken MATH 424) Distribution free procedures for 2-sample problem: Wilcoxon rank sum, Siegel-Tukey, Smirnov tests. Shift model: power and estimation. Single sample procedures: Sign, Wilcoxon signed rank tests. Nonparametric ANOVA: Kruskal-Wallis, Friedman tests. Association: Spearman's rank correlation, Kendall's tau. Goodness of fit: Pearson's chi-square, likelihood ratio, Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests. Statistical software packages used.

l

MATH 525 Sampling Theory and Applications.

(4) (Winter) (Prerequisite: MATH 324 or equivalent) (Not open to students who have taken MATH 425)

MATH 550 Combinatorics.

(4) (Intended primarily for honours and graduate students in mathematics.) (Restriction: Permission of instructor.) Enumerative combinatorics: inclusion-exclusion, generating functions, partitions, lattices and Moebius inversion. Extremal combinatorics: Ramsey theory, Turan's theorem, Dilworth's theorem and extremal set theory. Graph theory: planarity and colouring. Applications of combinatorics.

MATH 555 Fluid Dynamics.

(4) (Fall) (Undergraduate prerequisites: MATH 315 and MATH 319 or equivalent) Kinematics. Dynamics of general fluids. Inviscid fluids, Navier-Stokes equations. Exact solutions of Navier-Stokes equations. Low and high Reynolds number flow.

MATH 556 Mathematical Statistics 1.

(4) (Fall) (Prerequisite: MATH 357 or equivalent) Probability and distribution theory (univariate and multivariate). Exponential families. Laws of large numbers and central limit theorem.

MATH 557 Mathematical Statistics 2.

(4) (Winter) (Prerequisite: MATH 556) Sampling theory (including large-sample theory). Likelihood functions and information matrices. Hypothesis testing, estimation theory. Regression and correlation theory.

MATH 560 Optimization.

(4) (Winter) (Prerequisite: Undergraduate background in analysis and linear algebra, with instructor's approval) Classical optimization in n variables. Convex sets and functions, optimality conditions for single-objective and multi-objective nonlinear optimization problems with and without constraints. Duality theories and their economic interpretations. Optimization with functionals. Connections with calculus of variations and optimal control. Stability of mathematical models. Selected numberical methods.

l

MATH 561 Analytical Mechanics.

(4) (Prerequisites: MATH 354 and MATH 380 or instructor's approval)

MATH 564 Advanced Real Analysis 1.

(4) (Fall) (Prerequisites: MATH 354, MATH 355 or equivalents) Review of theory of measure and integration; product measures, Fubini's theorem; Lp spaces; basic principles of Banach spaces; Riesz representation theorem for C(X); Hilbert spaces; part of the material of MATH 565 may be covered as well.

MATH 565 Advanced Real Analysis 2.

(4) (Winter) (Prerequisite: MATH 564) Continuation of topics from MATH 564. Signed measures, Hahn and Jordan decompositions. Radon-Nikodym theorems, complex measures, differentiation in Rn, Fourier series and integrals, additional topics.

l

MATH 566 Advanced Complex Analysis.

(4) (Winter) (Prerequisites: MATH 466, MATH 564)

MATH 570 Higher Algebra 1.

(4) (Fall) (Prerequisite: MATH 371 or equivalent) Review of group theory; free groups and free products of groups. Sylow theorems. The category of R-modules; chain conditions, tensor products, flat, projective and injective modules. Basic commutative algebra; prime ideals and localization, Hilbert Nullstellensatz, integral extensions. Dedekind domains. Part of the material of MATH 571 may be covered as well.

MATH 571 Higher Algebra 2.

(4) (Winter) (Prerequisites: MATH 570 or consent of instructor) Completion of the topics of MATH 570. Rudiments of algebraic number theory. A deeper study of field extensions; Galois theory, separable and regular extensions. Semi-simple rings and modules. Representations of finite groups.

l

MATH 574 Ordinary Differential Equations.

(4) (Prerequisites: MATH 325, MATH 354)

MATH 575 Partial Differential Equations.

(4) (Prerequisite: MATH 375) A continuation of topics introduced in MATH 375.

MATH 576 Geometry and Topology 1.

(4) (Fall) (Prerequisite: MATH 354) Basic point-set topology, including connectedness, compactness, product spaces, separation axioms, metric spaces. The fundamental group and covering spaces. Simplicial complexes. Singular and simplicial homology. Part of the material of MATH 577 may be covered as well.

MATH 577 Geometry and Topology 2.

(4) (Winter) (Prerequisite: MATH 576) Continuation of the topics of MATH 576. Manifolds and differential forms. De Rham's theorem. Riemannian geometry. Connections and curvatures 2-Manifolds and imbedded surfaces.

MATH 578 Numerical Analysis 1.

(4) (Fall) (Prerequisites: MATH 223 or MATH 247 or MATH 251 or MATH 270: MATH 248 or MATH 265 or MATH 314; MATH 315 or MATH 261 or MATH 325; MATH 317 or MATH 387; or the instructor's approval.) Development, analysis and effective use of numerical methods to solve problems arising in applications. Topics include linear and nonlinear systems of equations, fast Fourier transform, eigenvalue problems, interpolation, approximation, quadrature, solution of ordinary differential equations.

MATH 579 Numerical Differential Equations.

(4) (Winter) (Prerequisites: MATH 266 or MATH 375, MATH 317, MATH 319, MATH 387 or MATH 578; or the instructor's approval.) Numerical solution of initial and boundary value problems in science and engineering: ordinary differential equations; partial differential equations of elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic type. Topics include Runge Kutta and linear multistep methods, adaptivity, finite elements, finite differences, finite volumes, spectral methods, preconditioning and fast solvers.

MATH 580 Applied Partial Differential Equations 1.

(4) (Fall) (Prerequisites: MATH 316, MATH 375 or equivalent.) (Restrictions: Not open to students who have taken MATH 586.) Linear and nonlinear partial differential equations of applied mathematics. Uniqueness, regularity, well posedeness and classification for elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic equations. Method of characteristics, conservation laws, shocks. Fundamental solutions, weak and strong maximum principles, representation formulae, Green's functions.

MATH 581 Applied Partial Differential Equations 2.

(4) (Winter) (Prerequisite: MATH 580.) Continuation of topics from MATH 580. Transform methods. Weak solutions. Advanced topics in partial differential equations.

MATH 587 Advanced Probability Theory 1.

(4) (Fall) (Prerequisite: MATH 356 or equivalent and approval of instructor) Probability spaces. Random variables and their expectations. Convergence of random variables in Lp. Independence and conditional expectation. Introduction to Martingales. Limit theorems including Kolmogorov's Strong Law of Large Numbers.

MATH 589 Advanced Probability Theory 2.

(4) (Winter) (Prerequisites: MATH 587 or equivalent) Characteristic functions: elementary properties, inversion formula, uniqueness, convolution and continuity theorems. Weak convergence. Central limit theorem. Additional topic(s) chosen (at discretion of instructor) from: Martingale Theory; Brownian moiton, stochastic calculus.

MATH 591 Mathematical Logic 1.

(4) (Winter) (Prerequisites: MATH 488 or equivalent or consent of instructor) Propositional logic and first order logic, completeness, compactness and Lˆwenheim-Skolem theorems. Introduction to axiomatic set theory. Some of the following topics: introduction to model theory, Herbrand's and Gentzen's theories, Lindstrˆm's characterization of first order logic.

l

MATH 592 Mathematical Logic 2.

(4) (Winter) (Prerequisites: MATH 488 or equivalent or consent of instructor)

MATH 600 Master's Thesis Research 1.

(6) (Not open to students who have taken or are taking MATH 640) Thesis research under supervision.

MATH 601 Master's Thesis Research 2.

(6) Thesis research under supervision.

MATH 604 Master's Thesis Research 3.

(6) Thesis research under supervision.

MATH 605 Master's Thesis Research 4.

(6) Thesis research under supervision.

l

MATH 606 Algebraic Topology.

(4) (Prerequisite: MATH 577)

l

MATH 612 Algebraic Curves.

(4)

l

MATH 622 Categories 1.

(4)

l

MATH 626 Advanced Group Theory 1.

(4)

l

MATH 627 Advanced Group Theory 2.

(4)

l

MATH 628 Mathematical Linguistics.

(4) (Given in collaboration with the Department of Linguistics. Prerequisites: MATH 328 or LING 360, or equivalent)

l

MATH 633 Harmonic Analysis 1.

(4) (Prerequisite: MATH 564, MATH 565, and MATH 566)

l

MATH 635 Functional Analysis 1.

(4) (Prerequisite: MATH 564, MATH 565, and MATH 566)

l

MATH 636 Functional Analysis 2.

(4) (Prerequisites: MATH 564, MATH 565, MATH 635)

MATH 640 Project 1.

(6) (Not open to students who have taken or are taking MATH 600) Project research under supervision.

MATH 641 Project 2.

(9) Project research under supervision.

l

MATH 651 Asymptotic Expansion and Perturbation Methods.

(4)

MATH 666 Seminar Mathematics and Statistics 1.

(2) (Departmental approval required.) Study on an advanced topic in mathematics or statistics.

MATH 667 Seminar Mathematics and Statistics 2.

(2) (Departmental approval required.) Study on an advanced topic in mathematics or statistics.

MATH 669D1 (0.5), MATH 669D2 (0.5) CSE Seminar.

(No credit will be given for this course unless both MATH 669D1 and MATH 669D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (Students must register for both MATH 669D1 and MATH 669D2) Intended for students in the Master's Program Option in Computational Science and Engineering. This seminar will expose students to a wide range of techniques and applications.

l

MATH 669N1 CSE Seminar.

(0.5) (Students must also register for MATH 669N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MATH 669N1 and MATH 669N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period)

l

MATH 669N2 CSE Seminar.

(0.5) (Prerequisite: MATH 669N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MATH 669N1 and MATH 669N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) See MATH 669N1 for course description.)

MATH 671 Applied Stochastic Processes.

(4) Discrete parameter Markov chains, including branching processes and random walks. Limit theorems and ergodic properties of Markov chains. Continuous parameter Markov chains, including birth and death process. Topics selected from the following areas: renewal processes, Brownian motion, statistical inference for stochastic processes.

l

MATH 674 Experimental Design.

(4)

l

MATH 676 Multivariate Analysis.

(4)

MATH 678 Applied Statistical Methods 1.

(4) Statistical data analysis, with special reference to applications of the main statistical methods to problems in medicine, biology, chemistry, etc. Extensive use of computer methods, especially subroutine packages for statistical data description, display and analysis.

MATH 680 Computation Intensive Statistics.

(4) (Prerequisites: MATH 556, MATH 557 or permission of instructor) (Not open to students who have taken or are taking EPIB 680) Introduction to a statistical computing language, such as S-PLUS; random number generation and simulations; EM algorithm; bootstrap, cross-validation and other resampling schemes; Gibbs sampler. Other topics: numerical methods ; importance sampling; permutation tests.

l

MATH 681 Time Series Analysis.

(4)

l

MATH 682 Matrix Theory - Statistical and Other Applications.

(4)

l

MATH 683 Linear Models.

(4)

MATH 685D1 (2), MATH 685D2 (2) Statistical Consulting.

(Prerequisites: MATH 423, MATH 523, MATH 556, MATH 557. Equivalents may be substituted at instructor's discretion) (Password required) (Students must register for both MATH 685D1 and MATH 685D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MATH 685D1 and MATH 685D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Statistical consultation skills; overview of widely used statistical techniques; understanding the client's problem; suggesting designs and statistical analyses; perfomring statistical analyses; communicating with clients orally and in writing. Format: Simulated and real consultations with clients.

MATH 686 Survival Analysis.

(4) (Prerequisites: MATH 556, MATH 557 or permission of instructor) (Not open to students who have taken or are taking EPIB 686) Parametric survival models. Nonparametric analysis: Kaplan-Meier estimator and its properties. Covariates with emphasis on Cox's proportional hazards model. Marginal and partial likelihood. Logrank tests. Residual analysis. Homework assignments a mixture of theory and applications. In-class discussion of data tests.

l

MATH 687 Reading Course Mathematical Logic 1.

(4)

l

MATH 689 Reading Course Algebra 1.

(4)

MATH 691 Reading Course Geometry and Topology 1.

(4)

l

MATH 692 Reading Course Geometry and Topology 2.

(4)

l

MATH 693 Reading Course in Analysis 1.

(4)

l

MATH 695 Reading Course Applied Mathematics 1.

(4)

l

MATH 696 Reading Course Applied Mathematics 2.

(4)

l

MATH 697 Reading Course Statistics and Probability 1.

(4)

l

MATH 698 Reading Course Statistics and Probability 2.

(4)

l

MATH 699 Reading Course in Optimization.

(4)

MATH 700 Ph.D. Preliminary Examination Part A.

(0)

MATH 701 Ph.D. Preliminary Examination Part B.

(0)

l

MATH 704 Topics in Mathematical Logic 1.

(4)

MATH 706 Topics in Geometry and Topology 1.

(4)

MATH 707 Topics in Geometry and Topology 2.

(4)

l

MATH 708 Topics in Geometry and Topology 3.

(4)

l

MATH 709 Topics in Geometry and Topology 4.

(4)

l

MATH 721 Topics in Algebra 2.

(4)

l

MATH 722 Topics in Algebra 3.

(4)

l

MATH 723 Topics in Algebra 4.

(4)

l

MATH 723D1 (2), MATH 723D2 (2) Topics in Algebra 4.

(Students must register for both MATH 723D1 and MATH 723D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MATH 723D1 and MATH 723D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MATH 723D1 and MATH 723D2 together are equivalent to MATH 723)

l

MATH 724 Topics in Algebra 5.

(4)

l

MATH 725 Topics in Algebra 6.

(4)

l

MATH 726 Topics in Number Theory 1.

(4)

l

MATH 726D1 (2), MATH 726D2 (2) Topics in Number Theory 1.

(Students must register for both MATH 726D1 and MATH 726D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MATH 726D1 and MATH 726D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MATH 726D1 and MATH 726D2 together are equivalent to MATH 726)

l

MATH 727 Topics in Number Theory 2.

(4)

MATH 728 Topics in Number Theory 3.

(4)

MATH 729 Topics in Number Theory 4.

(4) This course covers an advanced topic in number theory.

l

MATH 729D1 (2), MATH 729D2 (2) Topics in Number Theory 4.

(Students must register for both MATH 729D1 and MATH 729D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MATH 729D1 and MATH 729D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MATH 729D1 and MATH 729D2 together are equivalent to MATH 729)

MATH 740 Topics in Analysis 1.

(4) This course covers an advanced topic in some branch of analysis.

MATH 742 Topics in Analysis 3.

(4) This course covers an advanced topic in some branch of analysis.

MATH 743 Topics in Analysis 4.

(4) This course covers an advanced topic in some branch of analysis.

l

MATH 744 Topics in Analysis 5.

(4)

l

MATH 745 Topics in Analysis 6.

(4)

l

MATH 761 Topics in Applied Mathematics 1.

(4)

l

MATH 762 Topics in Applied Mathematics 2.

(4)

l

MATH 763 Topics in Applied Mathematics 3.

(4)

l

MATH 764 Topics in Applied Mathematics 4.

(4)

l

MATH 771 Theory of Stochastic Processes.

(4)

l

MATH 782 Topics in Statistics and Probability 1.

(4)

l

MATH 783 Topics in Statistics and Probability 2.

(4)

l

MATH 784 Topics in Statistics and Probability 3.

(4)

l

MATH 785 Topics in Statistics and Probability 4.
(4)

47 Mechanical Engineering

Department of Mechanical Engineering
Macdonald Engineering Building
817 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2K6
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6281
Fax: (514) 398-7365 
Chair
Graduate Program Director
M. Nahon

47.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
R. Knystautas; B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.), Eng.
M.P. Paidoussis; B.Eng.(McG.), Ph.D.(Camb.), Eng., F.I. Mech.E., F.A.S.M.E., F.A.A.M., F.C.S.M.E., F.R.S.C., F.C.A.E. (Thomas Workman Emeritus Professor of Mechanical Engineering)
Post-Retirement
G. Bach; B.Sc.(Alta), M.Sc.(Birm), Ph.D.(McG.)
L. Kops; B.Eng., M.Eng., D.Sc., Eng.(Krakow Tech U.), Eng., M.C.I.R.P., F.A.S.M.E., F.C.S.M.E., M.S.M.E.
Professors
A.M. Ahmed; B.Sc.(Dhaka), Ph.D.(McG.), Eng. (Thomas Workman Professor of Mechanical Engineering)
J. Angeles; B.Sc., M.Sc.( UNAM Mexico), Ph.D.(Stan.), Eng. F.A.S.M.E., F.C.S.M.E., F.R.S.C., (James McGill Professor)
B.R. Baliga; B.Tech.(I.I.T. Kanpur), M.Sc.(Case), Ph.D.(Minn.)
W.G. Habashi; B.Eng., M.Eng.(McG.), Ph.D.(C'nell), P.Eng., F.A.S.M.E. (NSERC-Bombardier Industrial Research Chair)
J.H.S. Lee; B.Eng.(McG.), M.Sc.(M.I.T.), Ph.D.(McG.), Eng.
D.F. Mateescu; M.Eng.(Poli. U. Buch.), Ph.D.(Rom. Acad. Sci.), Doctor Honoris Causa (Poli. U. Buch.), AFAIAA, FCASI
A.K. Misra; B.Tech.(I.I.T., Kgp.), Ph.D.(Br.Col.), P.Eng.
M. Ostoja-Starzewski; Eng. (Krakow Tech.U), M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.), F.A.S.M.E. (Canada Research Chair)
S.J. Price; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Brist.), P.Eng.
Associate Professors
M. Buehler; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Yale) (William Dawson Scholar)
L. Cortelezzi; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Cal.Tech.)
D.L. Frost; B.A.Sc.(Br.Col.), M.S., Ph.D.(Cal.Tech.), P.Eng.
T. Lee; M.S.(Portland St.), Ph.D.(Idaho)
L. Lessard; B.Eng.(McG.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Stan.), P.Eng.
M. Nahon; B.Sc.(Queen's), M.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(McG.), Eng.
J.A. Nemes; B.Sc.(Maryland), M.Sc., D.Sc.(GWU) (William Dawson Scholar)
P. Radziszewski; B.Sc.(U.B.C.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Laval)
I. Sharf, B.A.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
V. Thomson; B.Sc.(Windsor), Ph.D.(McM.), (Werner Graupe Professor of Manufacturing Automation)
P.J. Zsombor-Murray; B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.), Eng., F.C.S.M.E.
Assistant Professors
A.J. Higgins; B.Sc.(Ill.), M.S., Ph.D.(Wash.)
P. Hubert; B.Eng., M.A.Sc.(École Poly.), Ph.D.(U.B.C.), Eng. (Canada Research Chair)
J. Kövecses; M.Sc. (U. Miskolc), Ph.D. (Hung. Acad. Sci.), P.Eng.
R. Mongrain; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(.École Poly.) Eng.
L. Mydlarski; B.Sc.(Wat.), Ph.D.(C'nell)
S. Nadarajah; B.Sc.(Kansas), M.S., Ph.D.(Stan.)
E.V. Timofeev; M.Sc., Ph.D. (S.T.U. St. Petersburg)
S. Vengallatore; B.Tech. (B.H.U), Ph.D. (MIT)
Associate Members
R.E. Kearney (Biomedical Engineering Unit), B.H.K. Lee, M. Tanzer
Adjunct Professors
H. Attia, R. Edwards, S. Girgis, A. Hemami, Z. Liu, K. MacKenzie, W.D. May, C.A. Rabbath, R. Sumner, G.A. Wagner, T. Yee, D. Zorbas

47.2 Programs Offered

M.Eng., M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in Mechanical Engineering.

Advanced courses and laboratory facilities are available for graduate study leading to the M.Eng. and Ph.D. degrees in Mechanical Engineering. Some of the specific areas of research are as follows:

Aerodynamics:

experimental and computational studies in subsonic, transonic and supersonic, steady and unsteady flows.

Bioengineering:

design of joint prostheses and cardiovascular devices.

Combustion, shock wave physics and vapour explosions:

dust combustion, solid and liquid propellants, explosion hazard, and nuclear reactor safety.

Computational fluid dynamics and heat transfer:

tturbulent, reacting and multiphase flows in engineering equipment and in the environment, turbomachinery, in-flight icing, multidisciplinary optimisation.

and dynamics:

vibrations and instabilities of cylindrical bodies, fluidelasticity, aeroelasticity, dynamics of shells containing axial and annular flows.

Manufacturing and Industrial engineering:

tthermoelastic effects in machine tools, functional behaviour of machined surfaces, optimization in production systems, mineral processing, comminution.

Robotics and automation:

design optimization of manipulators, geometric modelling, system dynamics and control systems.

Solid mechanics:

composite materials, structural analysis, composite manufacturing, fracture, fatigue and reliability, microscopic and macroscopic approaches.

Space dynamics:

orbital analysis, large space structures, space robots and tethered satellites, dynamics modelling.

47.3 Admission Requirements

The general rules of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office apply. Candidates who come from other institutions are expected to have an academic background equivalent to the undergraduate curriculum in mechanical engineering at McGill or to make up any deficiencies in a qualifying year. Applicants are requested to state in as much detail as possible their particular field of interest for graduate study.

Applicants to the M.Eng. (Thesis) program, including the CSE Option, must hold an undergraduate engineering degree (or equivalent). Applicants who hold an undergraduate degree in a non-engineering discipline---typically the Physical Sciences---may apply for the M.Sc. (Thesis) program which is governed by the same regulations as the M.Eng. (Thesis) program.

Applicants to the M.Eng. (non-Thesis) program must hold an undergraduate degree in Mechanical Engineering (or equivalent).

Applicants to the M.Eng. (Aerospace) program must be citizens or permanent residents of Canada and hold an undergraduate engineering degree (or equivalent). In addition, applicants should be fluent in French, or commit themselves to become so prior to the start of their Industrial Stage.

Applicants to the Ph.D. program must have successfully completed a Master's degree program (or equivalent) in Engineering or the Physical Sciences. Students are not admitted directly from an undergraduate program.

In the case of all programs, applicants must have successfully completed their prior degree with a minimum CGPA equivalent to 3.3 on a scale of 4.0 (or an average not lower than 75%). Satisfaction of these minimum requirements does not guarantee admission.

47.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

The application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate/physical. All additional information is to be submitted directly to the Graduate Program Secretary in the Mechanical Engineering Department

Deadlines:

Fall Admission:

February 1st for International candidates;

May 1st for Canadian and landed immigrant candidates.

Winter Admission:

May 15th for International candidates;

August 1st for Canadian and landed immigrant candidates.

47.5 Program Requirements

The minimum residence requirement for the M.Eng. degree is three terms of full-time study, one of which may be a Summer term. In the case of M.Eng. (non-Thesis) a part-time program is available.

M.Eng. (Thesis) Degree
(minimum 45 credits)
Thesis Component - Required
(29 credits)
MECH 609
(1)
Seminar
MECH 691
(3)
M.Eng. Thesis Literature Review
MECH 692
(4)
M.Eng. Thesis Research Proposal
MECH 693
(3)
M.Eng. Thesis Progress Report 1
MECH 694
(6)
M.Eng. Thesis Progress Report 2
MECH 695
(12)
M.Eng. Thesis

MECH 691 is to be completed in the first term of the student's program.

Complementary Courses
(16 credits)
A minimum of 16 credits at the graduate level (500 or above), at least eight of which must be from within the Faculty of Engineering. In special cases (e.g., interdisciplinary research), one undergraduate course from outside the Department may be used to fulfill the requirement, provided there is no overlap in the content of the course with that of any offered in the Department.

A thesis describing the candidate's research is to be submitted in accordance with the regulations of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office and is the major requirement for the degree.

M.Eng. (Thesis) Degree - Computational Science and Engineering (CSE) Option
(46 credits)
Required Courses
 (30 credits)
MECH 609
(1)
Seminar
MECH 669D1
(.5)
CSE Seminar
MECH 669D2
(.5)
CSE Seminar
MECH 691
(3)
M.Eng. Thesis Literature Review
MECH 692
(4)
M.Eng. Thesis Research Proposal
MECH 693
(3)
M.Eng. Thesis Progress Report 1
MECH 694
(6)
M.Eng. Thesis Progress Report 2
MECH 695
(12)
M.Eng. Thesis
 
Complementary Courses
 16 credits)
A minimum of 16 credits at the graduate level (500 or above), at least 8 of which must be from within the Faculty of Engineering. Two courses (minimum 6 credits) from List A, and two courses (minimum 6 credits) from List B. At least two of the courses taken from Lists A and B must be from outside the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
List A - Scientific Computing Courses:
CIVE 602
(4)
Finite Element Analysis
COMP 522
(4)
Modelling and Simulation
COMP 540
(3)
Matrix Computations
COMP 566
(3)
Discrete Optimization 1
MATH 578
(4)
Numerical Analysis 1
MATH 579
(4)
Numerical Differential Equations
List B - Applications and Specialized methods Courses:
ATOC 512
(3)
Atmospheric and Oceanic Dynamics
ATOC 513
(3)
Waves and Stability
ATOC 515
(3)
Turbulence in Atmosphere and Oceans
CIVE 514
(3)
Structural Mechanics
CIVE 572
(3)
Computational Hydraulics
CIVE 603
(4)
Structural Dynamics
CIVE 613
(4)
Numerical Methods: Structural Engineering
COMP 505
(3)
Advanced Computer Architecture
COMP 557
(3)
Fundamentals of Computer Graphics
COMP 558
(3)
Fundamentals of Computer Vision
COMP 567
(3)
Discrete Optimization 2
COMP 621
(4)
Optimizing Compilers
COMP 642
(4)
Numerical Estimation
COMP 767
(3)
Advanced Topics: Applications 2
ECSE 507
(3)
Optimization and Optimal Control
ECSE 532
(3)
Computer Graphics
ECSE 547
(3)
Finite Elements in Electrical Engineering
ECSE 549
(3)
Expert Systems in Electrical Design
MATH 555
(4)
Fluid Dynamics
MATH 560
(4)
Optimization
MATH 651
(4)
Asymptotic Expansion and Perturbation Methods
MATH 761
(4)
Topics in Applied Mathematics 1
MECH 533
(3)
Subsonic Aerodynamics
MECH 537
(3)
High-Speed Aerodynamics
MECH 538
(3)
Unsteady Aerodynamics
MECH 539
(3)
Computational Aerodynamics
MECH 541
(3)
Kinematic Synthesis
MECH 545
(3)
Advanced Stress Analysis
MECH 572
(3)
Introduction to Robotics
MECH 573
(3)
Mechanics of Robotic Systems
MECH 576
(3)
Computer Graphics and Geometrical Modelling
MECH 577
(3)
Optimum Design
MECH 610
(4)
Fundamentals of Fluid Dynamics
MECH 620
(4)
Advanced Computational Aerodynamics
MECH 632
(4)
Theory of Elasticity
MECH 642
(4)
Advanced Dynamics
MECH 650
(4)
Heat Transfer
MECH 654
(4)
Compt. Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer
 
M.Eng. (non-Thesis) Degree
(minimum 45 credits)

This is a course-type Master's degree which requires 12 graduate courses for completion. All candidates are required to take the following courses:

Required Courses
(29 credits
MECH 605
(4)
Applied Mathematics 1
MECH 610
(4)
Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics
MECH 632
(4)
Theory of Elasticity
MECH 642
(4)
Advanced Dynamics
MECH 603*
(6)
Design Project 1
MECH 604*
(6)
Design Project 2
MECH 609*
(1)
Seminar
* these three courses are taken near the end of the program. In these courses, industrial liaison is encouraged.
)
Complementary Courses
(16 credits)
A minimum of 16 credits at the graduate level (500 or above) from the Faculty of Engineering may be selected by the student, based on interest and the choice of area of concentration. Courses at the graduate level from other faculties may also be taken, with prior approval from the student's project supervisor and the Graduate Program Director.
M.Eng. (Aerospace) Degree
(minimum 45 credits)

The M.Eng. Aerospace Degree is offered to the students who wish to specialize in the general area of aerospace engineering. This degree is given in conjunction with Concordia University, École Polytechnique, Université Laval, Université de Sherbrooke, and École de Technologie Supérieure. Students registered at McGill are required to take two courses from two other institutions.

Depending on their background, students would specialize in one of the three areas:

Required Courses

(9 credits)

MECH 687
(3)
Aerospace Case Studies
MECH 688
(6)
Industrial Stage

Complementary Courses
(36 credits)

The other courses, depending on the area of concentration, will be chosen in consultation with an Aerospace Engineering Advisor.

Master in Management (Manufacturing)
(56 credits)

The Master in Manufacturing Management program (MMM) is offered to students who wish to have a career as manufacturing managers. The curriculum is a balance between manufacturing and management subjects and provides exposure to industry through case studies, seminars, tours and a paid industry internship. The MMM program is a 12-month academic program starting in September followed by a 4-month industrial internship. The program is a collaboration between the Faculties of Engineering and Management, which jointly grant the Master of Management degree.

Students should hold an undergraduate degree in engineering or science. Two or more years of industrial experience is preferred, but not mandatory. Students with other academic backgrounds and appropriate industrial experience will be considered, but may have to take one or two qualifying courses. The program is intended for full-time as well as part-time students. Enrolment is limited.

The MMM program is a self-funded program. Tuition is $25,000.

General Business and Management - Required Courses
(11 credits)
MGCR 611
(2)
Financial Accounting
MGCR 612
(2)
Organizational Behaviour
MGCR 616
(2)
Marketing
MGCR 641
(2)
Elements of Modern Finance 1
MGSC 608
(3)
Data Decisions and Models
General Business and Management - Complementary Courses
(6 credits)
Two of the following courses:
INDR 603
(3)
Industrial Relations
ORGB 625
(3)
Managing Organizational Change
ORGB 632
(3)
Managing Teams in Organizations
ORGB 633
(3)
Managerial Negotiations
ORGB 640
(3)
The Art of Leadership
ORGB 685
(3)
Cross Cultural Management
Manufacturing and Supply Chain - Required Courses
(15 credits)
MECH 524
(3)
Computer Integrated Manufacturing
MGSC 602
(3)
Manufacturing Strategy
MGSC 603
(3)
Logistics Management
MGSC 605
(3)
Total Quality Management
MGSC 631
(3)
Analysis of Manufacturing Systems
Manufacturing and Supply Chain - Complementary Courses
(12 credits)
Two of the following four courses (6 credits):
MECH 526
(3)
Manufacturing and the Environment
MGSC 601
(3)
Management of Technology in Manufacturing
MGSC 615
(3)
The Internet and Manufacturing
MGSC 675
(3)
Applied Time Series Analysis Managerial Forecasting
and one of the following two options (6 credits):
Discrete Manufacturing Option
MECH 528
(3)
Product Design
MECH 529
(3)
Discrete Manufacturing Systems
Process Manufacturing Option
CHEE 571
(4)
Chemical Reaction Engineering
CHEE 641
(3)
Small Computer Applications: Chemical Engineering
Industry - Required Courses
(12 credits)
MECH 627
(9)
Manufacturing Industrial Stage
MECH 628
(2)
Manufacturing Case Studies
MECH 629
(1)
Manufacturing Industrial Seminar
For more information, contact:
Program Coordinator, Mechanical Engineering
	Telephone: (514) 398-7201
	E-mail: mmm@mecheng.mcgill.ca
	Web site: www.mecheng.mcgill.ca/mmm  
or the Masters Program Office, Faculty of Management
	Telephone: (514) 398-4648 
Ph.D. Degree

Candidates normally register for the M.Eng. degree in the first instance. However, in exceptional cases where the research work is proceeding very satisfactorily, or where the equivalent of the M.Eng. degree has been completed at another university, candidates may be permitted to proceed directly to the Ph.D. degree without submitting a Master's thesis as long as they have satisfied the course requirements for the M.Eng. degree.

Courses of study selected for a Ph.D. program will depend upon the existing academic qualifications of the candidate and those needed for effective research.

Candidates are required to pass a preliminary oral examination within twelve months of their initial registration for the Ph.D. degree.

The residence requirement for Ph.D. candidates is outlined in the General Information section of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar.

47.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

Denotes limited enrolment.
l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

Undergraduate Courses Approved for Higher Degrees

The following courses, available in the undergraduate curriculum of the Mechanical Engineering Department, may be selected for graduate credit provided that both of the following conditions are met: the course is recommended by the candidate's supervisor, and no equivalent course was taken during the candidate's undergraduate program.

MECH 413 Control Systems.

(3) (3-1-5) (Prerequisite: MECH 412) Stability of Linear Systems. Controller design based on root-locus and frequency response methods. Tuning of PID controllers. State-space representation of dynamic systems. Concepts of controllability and observability. Design of state feedback controller and state observer based on state-space and polynomial methods. Introduction to digital control.

MECH 432 Aircraft Structures.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: MECH 331 and MECH 321) Plane stress and strain. Theories of failure. Plastic and viscoelastic stress-strain relations. External and internal forces in spars. Bending, deflection of beams, plastic deformation and aeroelastic distortion of wings and fuselage. Structural characteristics of wings. Torsion of wings and related critical aeroelastic design parameters; divergence and aeroelastic twist. Energy methods. Buckling in aeronautical structures. Flutter.

Courses Open to Graduate and Qualified Undergraduate Students

MECH 500 Selected Topics in Mechanical Engineering.

(3) (3-0-6) A course to allow the introduction of new topics in Mechanical Engineering as needs arise, by regular and visiting staff.

MECH 501 Special Topics: Mechanical Engineering.

(3) (3-0-6) A course to allow the introduction of new topics in Mechanical Engineering as needs arise, by regular and visiting staff.

MECH 515 Unsteady Gasdynamics 1.

(3) (3-1-5) (Prerequisites: MECH 341, MECH 430.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MECH 615) Fundamentals of unsteady gasdynamics. Shock and detonation waves in gases and condensed material. Condensed explosives: hydrodynamic theory, equations of state, initiation. Shock interactions. Blast wave theory, similarity methods, blast scaling.

MECH 522 Production Systems.

(3) (3-0-6) Characteristics of production systems. System boundaries, input-output, feedback time-lag effects, dynamics of production systems. Design for manufacturability. Process planning, process/machine tool selection, break-even analysis, CAPP. Production planning, scheduling and control of operations; quality management. Competitive strategies; FMS, CIM. Hands-on experience with production modelling and industrial simulation software.

MECH 524 Computer Integrated Manufacturing.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor) A study of the present impact of computers and automation on manufacturing. Computer-aided systems. Information modelling. Information system structures. Study of several types of production systems. Integration issues: inter-and intra-enterprise. Laboratory experience with manufacturing software systems.

l

MECH 526 Manufacturing and the Environment.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor)

MECH 528 Product Design.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor) A study of the design issues present in product life cycle demands. Computer-aided systems. Rapid prototyping. Design for manufacturability. Integration of mechanics, electronics and software in products. Effect on design of product cost, maintainability, recycling, marketability.

l

MECH 529 Discrete Manufacturing Systems.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor)

MECH 530 Mechanics of Composite Materials.

(3) (3-0-6) (Corerequisite: MECH 321 or equivalent/instructor's permission) Fiber-reinforced composites. Stress, strain, and strength of composite laminates and honeycomb structures. Failure modes and failure criteria. Environmental effects. Manufacturing processes. Design of composite structures. Computer modelling of composites. Computer techniques are utilized throughout the course.

l

MECH 531 Aeroelasticity.

(3) (3-1-5) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: MECH 419 or MECH 315 and MECH 533) (Graduate Prerequisite: MECH 533)

MECH 532 Aircraft Performance, Stability and Control.

(3) (3-1-5) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: (MECH 412 or MECH 419), MECH 533) (Graduate Prerequisite: MECH 533) Aircraft performance criteria such as range, endurance, rate of climb, maximum ceiling for steady and accelerated flight. Landing and take-off distances. Static and dynamic stability in the longitudinal (stick-fixed and stick-free) and coupled lateral and directional modes. Control response for all three modes.

MECH 533 Subsonic Aerodynamics.

(3) (3-1-5) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: MECH 331) Kinematics: equations of motion; vorticity and circulation, conformal mapping and flow round simple bodies. Two-dimensional flow round aerofoils. Three-dimensional flows; high and low aspect-ratio wings; airscrews. Wind tunnel interference. Similarity rules for subsonic irrotational flows.

l

MECH 534 Air Pollution Engineering.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: MECH 331, MECH 341.)

MECH 537 High-Speed Aerodynamics.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Pre-/Co-requisite: MECH 533) Equations of compressible flows. Planar and conical shock waves. Expansion and shock wave interference; shock tubes. Method of characteristics. Supersonic nozzle design. Aerofoil theory in high subsonic, supersonic and hypersonic flows. Conical flows. Yawed, delta and polygonal wings; rolling and pitching rotations. Wing-body systems. Elements of transonic flows.

l

MECH 538 Unsteady Aerodynamics.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: MECH 533)

MECH 539 Computational Aerodynamics.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: MECH 309 or MATH 317, MECH 533.) Fundamental equations. Basic flow singularities. Boundary element methods. Source, doublet and vortex panel methods for 2D and 3D incompressible and compressible flows. Method of characteristics. Euler equations for inviscid rotational flows. Finite-difference and finite-volume methods. Explicit and implicit time-integration methods. Quasi 1D solutions. Nozzle and confined aerofoil applications.

l

MECH 540 Design: Modelling and Decision.

(3) (3-3-3)

l

MECH 541 Kinematic Synthesis.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: MECH 309 or MATH 317 or permission of the instructor.)

MECH 542 Spacecraft Dynamics.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: MECH 220. Corequisite: MECH 412 or MECH 419) Review of central force motion; Hohmann and other coplanar transfers, rotation of the orbital plane, patched conic method. Orbital perturbations due to the earth's oblateness, solar-lunar attraction, solar radiation pressure and atmospheric drag. Attitude dynamics of a rigid spacecraft; attitude stabilization and control; attitude manoeuvers; large space structures.

l

MECH 543 Design with Composite Materials.

(3) (3-3-3) (Prerequisite: MECH 530)

MECH 545 Advanced Stress Analysis.

(3) (3-1-5) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: CIVE 207 and MECH 321) Tensor Analysis: Review of continuum mechanics. Equilibrium and constitutive equations in tensor form. Finite element methods. Torsion of non-circular cross-sections; spherical problems; advanced Airy stress function problems. Introduction to plates and shells. Thermal deformations and stresses. Introduction to plasticity and viscoelasticity.

l

MECH 546 Finite Element Methods in Solid Mechanics.

(3) (Prerequisites: MECH 315 or MECH 419, and MECH 321, or Instructor's permission.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MECH 645.)

l

MECH 552 Advanced Applied Mathematics.

(3) (3-1-5) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: MECH 452) (Graduate Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.)

l

MECH 553 Design and Manufacture of Microdevices.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: Instructors' Permission.)

MECH 554 Microprocessors for Mechanical Systems.

(3) (2-3-4) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: MECH 383 and COMP 208) Digital logic and circuits - asynchronous and synchronous design. Microcontroller architectures, organization and programming - assembly and high-level. Analog/ digital/hybrid sensors and actuators. Sensing and conditioning subsystems. Interfacing issues. Real-time issues. Operator interfaces. Laboratory exercises on digital logic design, interfacing and control of peripherals with a final team project.

MECH 557 Mechatronic Design.

(3) (3-1-5) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: ECSE 461, MECH 383 and (MECH 412 or MECH 419)) Team project course on the design, modelling, model validation, and control of complete mechatronic systems, constructed with modern sensors, actuators, real-time operating systems, embedded controllers, and intelligent control.

MECH 561 Biomechanics of Musculoskeletal Systems.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: MECH 321 and (MECH 315 or MECH 419)) The musculoskeletal system; general characteristics and classification of tissues and joints. Biomechanics and clinical problems in orthopaedics. Modelling and force analysis of musculoskeletal systems. Passive and active kinematics. Load-deformation properties of passive connective tissue, passive and stimulated muscle response. Experimental approaches, case studies.

MECH 562 Advanced Fluid Mechanics.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: MECH 452 or permission of the instructor.) Conservation laws, control volume analysis, Navier stokes equations, dimensional analysis and limiting forms of N-S equation, laminar viscous flows, boundary layer theory, inviscid potential flows, lift and drag, introduction to turbulence.

MECH 565 Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer Equipment.

(3) (3-1-5) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: MECH 240, MECH 309 or MATH 317, MECH 331, MECH 341, MECH 346 or permission of the instructor.) Pipes and piping systems, pumps, and valves. Fans and building air distribution systems. Basic thermal design methods for fins and heat exchangers. Thermal design of shell-and-tube and compact heat exchangers.

MECH 572 Introduction to Robotics.

(3) (3-0-6) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: (MATH 266 or MATH 271) and MECH 220 or permission of the instructor) (Not open to students who have taken MECH 573) Overview of the field of robotics. Kinematics, statics, singularity analysis and workspace of serial robots with decoupled architecture. Direct and inverse kinematics and dynamics. Algorithms for manipulator kinematics and dynamics.

l

MECH 573 Mechanics of Robotic Systems.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: MECH 309 or MATH 317, and MECH 572 or permission of the instructor.) (Since the course is open to both undergraduate and graduate students, and B- is the minimum passing mark for graduate students, this minimum mark will be relaxed for undergraduates. The regulations applicable to undergraduates will apply accordingly.)

l

MECH 576 Computer Graphics and Geometrical Modelling.

(3) (2-3-4) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: (MATH 266 or MATH 271) and MECH 290 or MECH 291 and (MECH 309 or MATH 317) or permission of the instructor)

MECH 577 Optimum Design.

(3) (2-3-4) (Prerequisite: MECH 309 or MATH 317 or permission of the instructor) The role of optimization within the design process: Design methodology and philosophy. Constrained optimization: The Kuhn-Tucker conditions. Techniques of linear and non-linear programming. The simplex and the complex methods. Sensitivity of the design to manufacturing errors. Robustness of the design to manufacturing and operation errors.

MECH 578 Advanced Thermodynamics.

(3) (3-0-6) Review of classical mechanics; Boltzmann statistics, thermodynamics of ideal gases; Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein statistics, Gibbsian ensembles; elementary kinetic theory of transport processes, Boltzmann equation, Boltzmann H-theorem and entropy, KBG approximation, discussion on the solution of Boltzmann equation; Maxwell transport equations, derivation of Navier Stokes equations.

Courses for Graudate Students Only

MECH 603 Design Project 1.

(6) A design project undertaken under the direct supervision of at least one staff member. Examination entails the writing of a report which is examined internally by the supervisor and another staff member appointed by the Mechanical Engineering Department.

MECH 604 Design Project 2.

(6) A continuation of MECH 603.

MECH 605 Applied Mathematics 1.

(4) A brief treatment of tensor analysis. A review of complex variables. Analytical methods of solution for partial differential equations occurring with great frequency in engineering. Perturbation methods, integral methods, asymptotic methods and variational techniques. Numerical methods of solution.

MECH 609 Seminar.

(1) All candidates for a Master's degree (except those in the Aerospace Program) are required to participate and to deliver one paper dealing with their particular area of research or interest.

MECH 610 Fundamentals of Fluid Dynamics.

(4) (Prerequisite: MECH 605 or permission of instructor) Conservation laws control volume analysis, Navier Stokes Equations and some exact solutions, dimensional analysis and limiting forms of Navier Stokes Equations. Vorticity, Potential flow and lift, boundary layer theory, drag, turbulence.

l

MECH 617 Unsteady Gasdynamics 2.

(4)

MECH 620 Advanced Computational Aerodynamics.

(4) (Evening course) Explicit and implicit time-integration methods; 2D and 3D finite-difference and finite-volume formulations for subsonic, transonic and supersonic rotational flows. Shock-fitting versus shock-capturing methods. Solution of the Navier-Stokes equations using artificial compressibility. Spectral methods. Lagrangian formulation. Time-accurate methods for unsteady flows with oscillating boundaries.

MECH 627 Manufacturing Industrial Stage.

(9) (Restricted to students in the M.M.M. Program) An industrial work term is an integral component of the M.M.M. program which is to be completed under the supervision of an experienced engineer in the facilities of a sponsoring company.

l

MECH 628 Manufacturing Case Studies.

(2) (Restricted to students in the M.M.M. Program)

MECH 628D1 (1), MECH 628D2 (1) Manufacturing Case Studies.

(Students must register for both MECH 628D1 and MECH 628D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MECH 628D1 and MECH 628D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MECH 628D1 and MECH 628D2 together are equivalent to MECH 628) Case studies on a variety of manufacturing topics are given by industry experts. To be attended by all students in the M.M.M. program.

l

MECH 629 Manufacturing Industrial Seminar.

(1) (Restricted to students in the M.M.M. Program)

MECH 629D1 (0.5), MECH 629D2 (0.5) Manufacturing Industrial Seminar.

(Students must register for both MECH 629D1 and MECH 629D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MECH 629D1 and MECH 629D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MECH 629D1 and MECH 629D2 together are equivalent to MECH 629) A series of presentations by industry experts and manufacturing managers. To be attended by all students in the M.M.M. program.

MECH 632 Theory of Elasticity.

(4) (Evening course) The continuum concepts of stress, stress boundary conditions, principal stresses and the equations of equilibrium. Small strain theory and principal strains. The elastic constitutive relations. The extension, torsion and flexure of mechanical components. Plane stress and plane strain. Variational principals and the finite element method. Computer techniques are utilized.

l

MECH 634 Nonlinear Continuum Mechanics.

(4)

l

MECH 635 Fracture and Fatigue.

(4) (Evening course) (Prerequisite: MECH 632)

l

MECH 636 Mechanics of Random/Multiscale Materials.

(4) (3-0-9) (Prerequisite: MECH 632 or Instructors' Permission.)

MECH 642 Advanced Dynamics.

(4) (Evening course) Variational methods. Hamilton's principle and equations of motion of engineering systems. Lagrangian formulations for discrete systems. Methods of discretizing continuous systems. Rigid body dynamics. Dynamic behaviour of linear and nonlinear systems. Response of engineering systems to deterministic inputs by classical methods. Stability of linear and nonlinear systems.

MECH 650 Heat Transfer.

(4) (Evening course) Heat conduction: analytical solutions; integral solutions; solid-liquid phase-change. Forced and natural convection: nondimensionalization; boundary layer theory; design correlations for external and internal flows; basic ideas of turbulence modelling. Mixed convection. Boiling and condensation. Radiation heat transfer: basic concepts; black-body enclosure theory; gray-body enclosure theory; participating media.

MECH 652 Dynamics of Combustion.

(4) Chemical thermodynamics and chemical kinetics, Hugoniot analysis of reacting flows, conservation equation for reactive mixtures, Reacting couette flows, boundary layers and shear layers. Laminar premixed flames, Detonation theory and ZND structure. Stability of flames and detonations, limits, ignition energies and quenching distance, dynamic parameters of detonations.

l

MECH 654 Compt. Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer.

(4) (Evening course)

l

MECH 661 Finite Element in Computational Fluid Dynamics.

(4) (Prerequisite: MECH 610.)

MECH 687 Aerospace Case Studies.

(3) (Restricted to students in the Aerospace Engineering Option/Programs at McGill, Concordia, Ecole Polytechnique or Ecole de Technologie Superieure) This course covers topical case studies drawn from aerospace industrial experience. It is conducted in a modular form by experienced engineers from industry. It is given in collaboration with the other two institutions participating in this joint option/program, and may be conducted at any of the three locations in the language of convenience to the instructors.

MECH 688 Industrial Stage.

(6) (Restricted to students in the Aerospace Engineering Option/Program) An integral component of the program that is to be completed under the supervision of an experienced engineer in the facilities of a participating company. The topic is to be decided by a mutual agreement between the candidate, the participating company and the Liaison Committee on Aerospace Engineering. An evaluation of the candidate's performance during the work period becomes a part of the student's record.

MECH 691 M.Eng. Thesis Literature Review.

(3) A comprehensive literature review in the general area of the thesis topic, to be completed in the first semester.

MECH 692 M.Eng. Thesis Research Proposal.

(4) Initiation of research with particular emphasis on the definition of the thesis topic.

MECH 693 M.Eng. Thesis Progress Report 1.

(3) A first status report on the progress in the thesis research.

MECH 694 M.Eng. Thesis Progress Report 2.

(6) A second status report on the progress in the thesis research.

MECH 695 M.Eng. Thesis.

(12) Submission of the M.Eng. thesis for examination.

MECH 701 Ph.D. Comprehensive Preliminary Oral Examination.

(0) Presentation of the Ph.D. thesis proposal by the student and oral examination of the student's background in related areas.

48 Medical Physics

Medical Physics Unit
Montreal General Hospital
Room L5-113, Livingston Hall
1650 Cedar Avenue
Montreal, QC  H3G 1A4
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 934-8052
Fax: (514) 934-8229
E-mail: mak@medphys.mcgill.ca
Web site: www.medphys.mcgill.ca 
Director
E.B. Podgorsak

48.1 Staff

Professors
S.M. Lehnert; B.Sc.(Nott.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Lond.)
E.B. Podgorsak; Dipl. Ing.(Ljubljana), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Wis.), F.C.C.P.M.
C.J. Thompson; B.Sc., M.Sc., D.Sc.(Otago), F.C.C.P.M.
Associate Professors
G.W. Dean; B.Sc.(Salf.), M.Sc.(Man.), Ph.D.(E. Anglia), F.C.C.P.M.
G.B. Pike; B.Eng.(St.John's), M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.)
J.P.F. Seuntjens; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Ghent)
F. Verhaegen; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Ghent)
Assistant Professors
M.D.C. Evans; B.A.(Queen's), M.Sc.(McG.), F.C.C.P.M.
M. Olivares; B.Sc.(Madrid), M.Sc.(Sask.), F.C.C.P.M.
Lecturers
R.A. Corns; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Man.), M.Sc.(McG.)
F. DeBlois; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
S. Devic: B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Belgrade), M.C.C.P.M.
G. Durante; B.Eng.(McG.)
T. Falco; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.), M.C.C.P.M.
G. Hegyi; Ph.D.(Cluj), M.Sc.(McG.)
C. Janicki; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
P. Léger; B.Eng.(École Poly.) O.I.Q.
W.A. Parker; B.Sc.(C'dia), M.Sc.(McG.), M.C.C.P.M.
H.J. Patrocinio; B.Sc.(C'dia), M.Sc.(McG.), M.C.C.P.M.
N. Sharoubim; B.Eng.(Ain Shams)
Associate Member
R.B. Richardson, W. Wierzbicki

48.2 Programs Offered

The Medical Physics Unit offers an M.Sc. in Medical Radiation Physics. Facilities are available for students to undertake a Ph.D. in Medical Physics through the Department of Physics.

The Unit is a teaching and research unit concerned with the application of physics and related sciences in medicine, especially (but not exclusively) in radiation medicine, i.e., radiation oncology, medical imaging and nuclear medicine.

The research interests of members of the Unit include various aspects of medical imaging, including 3D imaging, the development of new imaging modalities and applications of imaging in radiation therapy; radiation dosimetry, especially solid state, electret and NMR systems; nuclear cardiology; and applications of radiation biology to therapy.

The M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs in Medical Physics are accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Medical Physics Education Programs, Inc., sponsored by the American Association of Physicists in Medicine (AAPM), the American College of Medical Physics (ACMP), the American College of Radiology (ACR), and the Canadian College of Physicists in Medicine (CCPM).

48.3 Admission Requirements

Candidates applying to the M.Sc. program must normally hold a B.Sc. degree (Honours or Major) in Physics or Engineering, with a minimum overall GPA of 3.0/4.0 (minimum of 70%).

48.4 Application Procedures

Students are admitted to the M.Sc. program only at the start of the Fall term in September of a given academic year. Applications for consideration for the Fall term of 2005 must be submitted by March 1, 2005.

Applications being made to McGill University graduate programs for September 2005 should be made on-line via McGill's Web site. For information regarding the application procedure and to access the application form, please go to www.mcgill.ca/ applying/graduate.

In exceptional circumstances, a paper application form may be requested from the Medical Physics Unit Graduate Office. Mailed applications for the M.Sc. program in medical physics (September 2005) will be accepted at the Medical Physics Unit Graduate Office from September 2004 until March1, 2005.

Only complete applications will be considered. Interested candidates should (a) ask their university(ies) to send two originals of each transcript, and (b) request that original confidential letters of recommendation be sent by professors familiar with their work. The application fee of $60 may be remitted in either Canadian or US funds. If using the preferred on-line application form, the application fee is remitted via a valid credit card; if using a paper application, the fee must be remitted in negotiable form payable to McGill University, such as a bank draft or money order, etc. - personal cheques are not accepted.

Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed a degree using the English language must submit documented proof of competency in English by a TOEFL or IELTS. The original test report must be sent by the testing center, i.e., a photocopy sent by the applicant is not acceptable. The test must have been taken within the two years prior to date of application review, i.e. since May 2003.

All supporting application materials should be sent directly to the Graduate Secretary, Medical Physics Unit.

48.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc. in Medical Radiation Physics

This two-year program provides a comprehensive introduction to the academic, research and practical aspects of physics applied to radiation medicine. In addition to the thesis requirement (32 credits) there are 12 mandatory courses (28 credits). The practical and laboratory sections of the program are conducted in various McGill teaching hospitals.

The program comprises:

48.6 Graduate Level Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

l

Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

MDPH 601 Radiation Physics.

(3)

The production and properties of directly and indirectly ionizing radiations and their interactions with matter; basic theoretical and experimental aspects of radiation dosimetry.

MDPH 602 Applied Dosimetry.

(3) (Prerequisite: MDPH 601) Theoretical and practical dosimetry of radiation sources, both external and internal with respect to the human body. Equipment used for external beam radiotherapy and brachytherapy.

MDPH 603 Laboratory Practicum 1.

(2) (Prerequisite: MDPH 601. Corequisite: MDPH 602) This laboratory course gives some experience in practical/clinical aspects as applied to radiation therapy and to the techniques for the measurement of different physical parameters which characterize radiation beams. The student is exposed to the operation of various therapy units, dose measuring devices, 3D treatment planning, virtual simulator units, brachytherapy, quality assurance, calibration and thermoluminescent dosimetry.

MDPH 607 Introduction to Medical Imaging.

(3) (3 hours lectures/week) (Graduate Prerequisite: MDPH 615) A review of the principles of medical imaging as applied to conventional diagnostic radiography, digital subtraction radiography, computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging. The course emphasizes a linear system approach to the formation, processing and display of medical images.

MDPH 608 Laboratory - Diagnostic Radiology and Nuclear Medicine.

(2) (Prerequisite: MDPH 615. Corequisite: MDPH 614) This laboratory course takes place in hospital departments of medical diagnostic imaging and is designed to give the student a working knowledge of the performance parameters of the diagnostic imaging equipment. Laboratory classes will offer the student the practical experience of image quality control, on selected imaging equipment currently used in diagnostic medicine together with practical applications of the concepts studied in MDPH 614 and MDPH 615.

MDPH 609 Radiation Biology.

(2) Deals with the effects and mode of action of ionizing radiation on biological material from molecular interactions, through sub-cellular and cellular levels of organization, to the response of tissues, organs and the whole body. Includes the application of radiation biology to oncology and the biological aspects of environmental radiation exposure.

MDPH 611 Medical Electronics.

(2) An introductory course on electronics, with emphasis on digital electronics, data acquisition and microprocessors applied to instrumentation. A basic knowledge of electronics is assumed, but the detailed course contents may vary from year to year, depending on the background of the students.

MDPH 612 Computers in Medical Imaging.

(2) (Prerequisites: MDPH 607, MDPH 611 or equivalent, MDPH 615) (Corequisite: MDPH 614) The role of computers in the acquisition and storage of data in medical imaging systems, with special reference to computed tomography, gamma cameras, positron emission tomography. Special attention is paid to the interfacing requirements of each device and to image display systems. Demonstrations of some of these systems are included.

MDPH 613 Health Physics.

(2) (Prerequisites: MDPH 601, MDPH 609) The hazards of ionizing radiations and the safe handling of radiation sources. Topics covered include basic principles; safety codes, laws and regulations; organization of radiation safety; and practical safety measures and procedures.

MDPH 614 Physics of Diagnostic Radiology.

(3) A rigorous treatment of the physical principles and the instrumentation of radiology, computed tomography and ultrasound medical imaging systems. Special attention is paid to the analysis of the relations between imaging system design, image quality, and safety. Measurement techniques for the evaluation of medical imaging systems are reviewed.

MDPH 615 Physics of Nuclear Medicine.

(3) (Corequisite: MDPH 601) The physics of radioactivity and the applications of radioisotopes and radiopharmaceuticals in medical diagnosis. Topics covered include fundamental nuclear physics, radioactivity, radiation spectrometry, the scintillation camera, image analysis and data processing in nuclear medicine, single photon emission tomography, and positron emission tomography.

MDPH 616 Selected Topics in Medical Physic.

(1) This course deals with anatomy and physiology, etiology and treatment of cancer and introductory medical statistics, three topics not covered by other courses in the program. Also clinical aspects of radiation oncology physics.

MDPH 616D1 (0.5), MDPH 616D2 (0.5) Selected Topics in Medical Physics.

(Students must register for both MDPH 616D1 and MDPH 616D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MDPH 616D1 and MDPH 616D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MDPH 616D1 and MDPH 616D2 together are equivalent to MDPH 616) This course deals with anatomy and physiology, etiology and treatment of cancer and introductory medical statistics, three topics not covered by other courses in the program. Also clinical aspects of radiation oncology physics.

MDPH 625 M.Sc. Thesis Research.

(32)

MDPH 625D1 (16), MDPH 625D2 (16) M.Sc. Thesis Research.

(Students must register for both MDPH 625D1 and MDPH 625D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MDPH 625D1 and MDPH 625D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MDPH 625D1 and MDPH 625D2 together are equivalent to MDPH 625)

l

MDPH 625N1 M.Sc. Thesis Research.

(16) (Students must also register for MDPH 625N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MDPH 625N1 and MDPH 625N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MDPH 625N1 and MDPH 625N2 together are equivalent to MDPH 625)

l

MDPH 625N2 M.Sc. Thesis Research.
(16) (Prerequisite: MDPH 625N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MDPH 625N1 and MDPH 625N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MDPH 625N1 and MDPH 625N2 together are equivalent to MDPH 625) See MDPH 625N1 for course description.

49 Medicine, Experimental

Division of Experimental Medicine
Department of Medicine
Lady Meredith House, Room 101
1110 Pine Avenue West
Montreal, QC  H3A 1A3
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-3466
Fax: (514) 398-3425
E-mail: experimental.medicine@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.medcor.mcgill.ca/EXPMED/expmed.html 
Chair, Department of Medicine
D.Eidelman
Director, Division of Experimental Medicine
H. Bennett

49.1 Staff

Professors
G. Batist; B.Sc.(Col.), M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
H. Bennett; B.A.(York, U.K.), Ph.D.(Brun.)
R. Blostein; M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
T.M.S. Chang; B.Sc., M.D., C.M., Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
M. Cosio; B.Sc.(Oviedo), M.D.(Madrid)
F. Doualla-Bell; B.Sc., M.S., Ph.D.(Paris XI)
A. Fuks; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.)
J. Genest, Jr.; M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
H.L. Goldsmith; B.A., B.Sc., M.A.(Oxon), Ph.D.(McG.)
D. Goltzman; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
S.A. Grover; B.A.(Roch.), M.D., C.M.(McG.), M.P.A.(Harv.), F.R.C.P.(C)
G. Hendy; B.Sc.(Sheff.), Ph.D.(Lond.)
A. Herscovics; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
J. Hiscott; B.Sc., M.Sc.(W.Ont.), Ph.D.(N.Y.)
M. Levy; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
B. Leyland-Jones; B.Sc., M.B., B.S.(Lond.), F.R.C.P.(C), F.A.C.P.
P.T. Macklem; B.A.(Queen's), M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
S. Magder; M.D.(Tor.), F.R.C.P.(C)
O.A. Mamer; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Windsor)
E. Marliss; M.D.(Alta.), F.R.C.P.(C)
J. Martin; B.Sc., M.B., B.Ch., M.D.(Cork), F.R.C.P.(C)
J. Milic-Emili; M.D.(Milan), F.R.S.C.
B.E.P. Murphy; B.A., M.D.(Tor.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.), F.A.C.P.(C)
C.K. Osterland; M.D.(Man.)
L. Panasci; B.Sc., M.D.(Georgetown)
M.N. Pollak; M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
P. Ponka; M.D., Ph.D.(Prague)
B. Posner; M.D.(Man.), F.R.C.P.(C)
W.S. Powell; B.A.(Sask.), Ph.D.(Dal.)
M. Rasminsky; B.A.(Tor.), M.D.(Harv.), Ph.D.(Lond.)
E. Silva; M.D.(Chile), F.A.C.P.
E. Skamene; M.D., (Charles U., Czech.), Ph.D.(Czech. Acad. of Sci.), F.R.C.P.(C), F.A.C.P.
A.D. Sniderman; M.D.(Tor.)
C.P. Stanners; B.Sc.(McM.), M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.)
M. Stevenson; B.A.(Hood), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Catholic U. of Amer.)
S.L. Tan; M.B.B.S., M.Med.(Sing.)
D.M.P. Thomson; M.D., (W. Ont.), Ph.D.(Lond.), F.R.C.P.(C)
C. Tsoukas; B.Sc.(McG.), M.Sc.(Hawaii), M.D.(Athens), F.R.C.P.(C)
M. Wainberg; B.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Col.)
M. Zannis-Hadjopoulos; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
H. Zingg; M.D.(Basel), Ph.D.(McG.)
Associate Professors
A. Bateman; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Lond.)
N. Beauchemin; B.A., B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
L.F. Congote; B.Sc.(Zür.), Ph.D.(Marburg)
D. Cournoyer; M.D.(Sher.), F.R.C.P.(C)
A. Cybulsky; M.D.(Tor.), F.R.C.P.(C)
D. Eidelman; M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
M.S. Featherstone; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Ott.), Ph.D.(McG.)
R. Gagnon; B.Sc.(Montr.), M.D.(Laval), D.Phil.(Oxon)
A. Gatignol; M.Sc., Ph.D. (Paul Sabatier)
R. Germinario; B.A., M.Sc.(Seton Hall U., N.J.), Ph.D.(Dakota)
V. Giguere; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Laval)
S.B. Gottfried; M.D.(Penn.)
Q.A. Hamid; M.D.(Mosul, Iraq.), Ph.D.(Lond.)
L.J. Hoffer; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.), Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
N.J. Kabani; B.Sc. (Karachi), M.Sc., Ph.D. (McG.)
L. Kleiman; B.Sc.(Ill.), Ph.D.(Johns H.)
R. Kremer; M.D., Ph.D.(Paris)
P. Laneuville; B.Sc.(McM.), M.D.(Ott.), F.R.C.P.(C)
M. Laughrea; B.Sc.(Laval), M.Sc., M.Phil., Ph.D.(Yale)
R. Loertscher; M.D.(Basel)
M.S. Ludwig; M.D.(Man.), F.R.C.P.(C)
W.H. Miller; A.B.(Prin.), Ph.D.(Rock.), M.D.(C'nell)
S. Mulay; M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
J. Nalbantoglu; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
A. Nepveu; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Sher.)
M. Newkirk; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Queen's), Ph.D.(Tor.)
T. Owens; B.Sc., M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Ott.)
R. Palfree; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Lond.), Ph.D.(McG.)
K. Pantopoulos; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Aristotelian, Greece)
A.C. Peterson; B.Sc.(Vic.,B.C.), Ph.D.(Br.Col.)
S. Rabbani; M.B.B.S.(King Edward Med. Coll., Lahore)
D. Radzioch; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Jagiellonian, Cracow)
J. Rauch; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
C.P. Rose; B.Sc.(Queen's), M.D., C.M., Ph.D.(McG.)
E. Schurr; Diplom., Ph.D.(Al. Ludwigs U., Freiburg)
G. Spurll; B.Sc.(Med.), M.D.(Man.)
C. Srikant; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Madr.)
M. Trifiro; B.Sc., M.D.,C.M.(McG.)
B. Turcotte; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Laval)
B.J. Ward; M.D.,C.M.(McG.), M.Sc.(Oxon), F.R.C.P.(C)
Assistant Professors
M. Alaoui-Jamali; D.V.M.(Rabat, Morocco), Ph.D.(René-Descartes, Paris)
S. Ali; B.Sc.(C'dia), Ph.D.(McG.)
D. Baran; M.D.C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
M. Behr; B.Sc.(Tor.), M.D.(Queen's), M.Sc.(McG.)
N. Bernard; B.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Duke)
V. Blank; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Konstanz, Germany), Ph.D.(Inst. Pasteur)
M. Blostein; M.D., C.M.(McG.)
L. Chalifour; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Man.), M.A.(Harv.)
K. Cianflone; B.Sc., Ph.D.(C'dia)
A.E. Clarke; M.D.(Nfld.), M.S.(Stan.), F.R.C.P.(C)
S.R. Cohen; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
C. Couture; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Laval), Ph.D.(McG.)
W. Cupples; B.Sc.(Vic,B.C.), M.Sc.(Calg.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
S. Daly; B.Sc.(C'dia), Ph.D.(W. Ont.)
J.C. Engert; B.A.(Colby), Ph.D.(Boston)
J. Falutz; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
E. Fixman; B.Sc.(Col.), Ph.D.(Johns H.)
J. Galipeau; M.D.(Montr.)
B. Gilfix; B.Sc.(Man.), Ph.D.(W. Ont.), M.D.C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
M. Götte; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Max-Planck)
M. Greenwood; B.Sc., M.Sc.(C'dia), Ph.D.(McG.)
J. Henderson; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
A.C. Karaplis; B.Sc., M.D., Ph.D.(McG.) (William Dawson Scholar)
A.E. Koromilas; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Aristotelian U., Greece)
S. Laporte; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Sher.)
L. Larose; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
J.-J. Lebrun; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Rennes, France)
S. Lemay; M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
C. Liang; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Nankai)
R. Lin; B.Sc., M.Sc.(PRC), Ph.D.(C'dia)
M. Lipman; M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
J.-L. Liu; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Beijing), Ph.D.(McG.)
D. Malo; D.V.M., M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(McG.)
B. Mazer; B.Sc.(Col.); M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
A. Mouland; B.A., B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
W.J. Muller; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
M. Park; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Glas.)
B.J. Petrof; M.D.(Laval)
S. Richard; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
T. Takano; M.D., Ph.D.(Tokyo)
P. Tonin; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
S. Wing; B.Sc., M.Sc.(McG.)
X.-J. Yang; B.Sc.(Zhejiang), Ph.D.(Shanghai)
Associate Members, McGill
C. Autexier, D. Boivin, P. Brodt, K. Brown, M.N. Burnier, D.H. Burns, R.-C. Chian, S. Chevalier, M. Chevrette, T. Chow, H. Clarke, E. Colle, J. Desbarats, D. Dufort, R. Farookhi, M.M. Frojmovic, C. Gagnon, A. Giaid, C. Goodyer, P. Goodyer, I. Gupta, B.J. Jean-Claude, M. Kaartinen, W. Lapp, S. Lehnert, B. Massie, M. Nagano, A. Pause, H. Perrault, C. Polychronakos, R. Poole, R.D. Rajan, G. Rouleau, S.-H. Shen, G. Tannenbaum, H. Tenenhouse, M. Tremblay, I. Wainer, J. White, S.N. Young
Associate Members, Université de Montréal
T. Bradley, R. Butterworth, P. Chartrand, J. Davignon, C. Deal, A. Deng, C.F. Deschepper, C. Desrosiers, J. Drouin, J. Gutkowska, P. Hamet, T. Hoang, P. Hugo, P. Jolicoeur, C. Lazure, D. Lohnes, S. Mader, M. Nemer, M. Raymond, T. Reudelhuber, M. Sairam, G. Sauvageau, E. Schiffrin, N. Seidah, R.-P. Sekaly, D. Skup, G. Thibault, M. Trudel, J. Vacher, A. Veillette
Associate Members, Institut Armand Frappier,
Université du Québec
S. Lemieux, L. Zamir

49.2 Programs Offered

Ph.D. in Experimental Medicine.

M.Sc. - Specialization in Bioethics.

Graduate Diploma in Clinical Research.

49.3 Admission Requirements

For all three programs, candidates educated outside of Canada and the United States must submit GRE (General Examination) scores.

Ph.D.

Admission to graduate studies and research in Experimental Medicine is restricted to students who wish to register for the Ph.D. degree. Candidates must hold a Major or Honours B.Sc. degree, or an M.D. degree.

Admission is based on an evaluation by the Admissions Committee, which looks for evidence of high academic achievement, and on acceptance by a research director. It is the policy of the Division that all students must be financially supported either by their supervisor or through studentships or fellowships.

In addition to the documentation currently required by the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office, a letter from the candidate's research director outlining the Ph.D. project is necessary.

M.Sc. (Specialization in Bioethics)

Admission to the Master's program in Bioethics, from the base discipline Medicine, shall be limited to students having degrees in Medicine, Nursing, Physical and Occupational Therapy, as well as any other professional health training degree.

For further information regarding this program, please refer to the Bioethics entry.

Graduate Diploma in Clinical Research

The diploma program is open to health care and research professionals, medical residents, pharmacists, nurses, and those with an undergraduate degree in the medical and allied sciences.

49.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All information is to be submitted to the Departmental Office.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

49.5 Program Requirements

Ph.D.

Comprehensive Examination:

All students must take and pass the Comprehensive Oral Examination, listed as course EXMD 701 in the second year of the Ph.D. Students shall give a 30-minute presentation of their Ph.D. project and then answer questions from the Oral Committee. This examination will test: (i) If the student's work is progressing satisfactorily and is of sufficiently high calibre to warrant continuation in the program, and (ii) If the student has a broad knowledge, not only of his/her own field of research, but also of related areas in her/his discipline.

Course Work:

A minimum of 18 course credits is required for students entering the program with a Bachelor's or M.D. degree. Depending on their background, students with a Masters degree may be required to take only 12 course credits. The following courses are highly recommended: EXMD 604D1/EXMD 604D2 Recent Advances in Cellular and Molecular Biology; EXMD 610 Biochemical Methods in Medical Research.

After consultation with their research supervisor and the Director of the Division, students may choose their courses from those offered by Experimental Medicine, Physiology, Biochemistry as well as other graduate and advanced undergraduate courses in the medical and allied sciences. Where necessary, students may enrol for credit in courses offered in the physical and mathematical sciences.

Students in the third year of the Ph.D. must give a 20-minute oral presentation of their work at the Annual Research Seminar.

M.Sc. (Specialization in Bioethics)

The curriculum is composed of required courses (for 6 credits) offered in the Biomedical Ethics Unit, bioethics courses (3 credit minimum) offered by the base department and any graduate courses required or accepted by the base department for the granting of a Master's degree, for a total of 18 to 21 credits. A minimum of 45 credits is required including the thesis.

For further information please contact the Chair, Master's Specialization in Bioethics, Biomedical Ethics Unit, 3690 Peel Street, Montreal, QC, H3A 1W9. Telephone: (514) 398-6980. Fax: (514) 398-8349. E-mail: kathleen.glass@mcgill.ca.

Graduate Diploma in Clinical Research

The Diploma consists of 30 credits, 24 of which include specific courses. The additional supplemental 6 credits are electives and may be chosen from course work available through the Division of Experimental Medicine, Department of Pharmacology and Therapeutics and Department of Epidemiology and Biostatistics.

The core element of the diploma is the Practicum in Clinical Research (18 credits). It is a six-step program with active 'clerkship' or 'intern-resident-type' participation in each component that is essential to the successful development and evaluation of a clinical trial.

Six 1-credit workshops will be provided by experts in the academic, industrial and government sectors, and cover wide-ranging issues pertinent to the conduct of clinical research.

49.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

H	Denotes courses taught only in alternate years. 
l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
EXMD 502 Advanced Endocrinology.

(3) (Fall) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: EXMD 301 or an equivalent course) This course is designed for U3 students who are in a major or honours program in anatomy, biology, biochemistry or physiology and for graduate students. A multidisciplinary approach will be used to teach biosynthesis and processing of hormones, their regulation, function and mechanism of action. The material will cover hypothalamic, pituitary, thyroid, atrial and adrenal hormones as well as prostaglandins and related substances.

EXMD 503 Advanced Endocrinology.

(3) (Winter) Study of the parathyroids, gut and pancreatic hormones and growth factors. In addition, the role of hormones and growth factors in reproduction and fetal maturation will be discussed.

EXMD 504 Biology of Cancer.

(3) (Fall) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: A good knowledge of biology at the cellular and molecular level. Open to U3 and graduate students only) An introduction to the biology of malignancy. A multidisciplinary approach dealing with the etiology of cancer, the biological properties of malignant cells, the host response to tumour cell growth and the principles of cancer therapy.

EXMD 506 Advanced Applied Cardiovascular Physiology.

(3) (Winter) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: PHGY 313 or by permission of Instructors) Offered in conjunction with the Department of Physiology. Current topics, methods and techniques for studying the cardiovascular system. Basic and applied cardiac electrophysiology, mechanisms of pacemaker activity, arrhythmias, the effects of drugs on cardiac functions, fetal circulation, coronary circulation, mechanics of blood flow, cardiovascular diseases, renal and neural control of the circulation, and cardiac assist devices.

EXMD 507 Advanced Applied Respiratory Physiology.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisite: PHGY 313) Offered in conjunction with the Department of Physiology. In depth coverage of respiratory biology including: functional anatomy of the respiratory system, pulmonary statics and dynamics, chest wall and respiratory muscles, ventilation and perfusion, control of breathing, and defense mechanisms. This course is aimed at providing a solid grounding in pulmonary biology and its research applications.

EXMD 508 Advanced Topics in Respiration.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: EXMD 507) Offered in conjunction with the Department of Physiology. In depth coverage of developmental physiology, pulmonary vascular physiology, biology of airway smooth muscle, respiratory epithelium and molecular biology of respiratory muscles. Dyspnea, mechanical ventilation and respiratory failure will also be covered. This course emphasizes application of respiratory biology to basic and applied research and touches on pulmonary pathophysiology.

EXMD 509 Gastrointestinal Physiology and Pathology.

(3) (Fall and Winter) (Prerequisite: Graduate students, U3 undergraduates) Course deals with various aspects of gastrointestinal and hepatic function in health and altered physiological states. The principal focus is on the recent literature pertaining to cell and molecular mechanisms underlying the motility secretory process, absorption and secretion. The molecular biology of the hepatic viruses and various aspects of colonic neoplasia will also be considered.

EXMD 510 Bioanalytical Separation Methods.

(3) (Fall) The student will be taught the capabilities and limitations of modern separation methods (gas and high-performance liquid chromatography, capillary electrophoresis, hyphenated techniques). Application of these techniques to solve analytical problems relevant to biomedical research will be emphasized, with special attention being paid to the processing of biological samples.

EXMD 511 Joint Venturing with Industry.
(3) (Winter) (Offered in conjunction with the Centre for Continuing Education) Using problem-based learning, the course examines the various business interactions between researchers and their business partners in support and development of research into commercial endeavours using models such as venture capital, business partnerships, or grants-in-aid.
EXMD 602 Techniques in Molecular Genetics.

(3) (Offered in conjunction with the Department of Experimental Medicine.) (Graduate Prerequisites: Admission by permission of instructor.) Precise description of available methods in molecular genetics, and rationales for choosing particular techniques to answer questions posed in research proposals for targeting genes in the mammalian genome. Emphasis placed on analysis of regulation of gene expression and mapping, strategies for gene cloning. Course divided between lectures and student seminars.

EXMD 603 Seminars in Endocrinology.

(3) For graduate students to develop skills in critical reading of current literature, interpretation of research date, and seminar oganization and presentation. Staff suggest topics. Each student presents two seminars on topics of their choice, supervised by professors responsible for those topics, and one mini-symposium style presentation on any topic.

EXMD 604D1 (3), EXMD 604D2 (3) Recent Advances in Cellular and Molecular Biology.

(Students must register for both EXMD 604D1 and EXMD 604D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXMD 604D1 and EXMD 604D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Offered in conjunction with the Universitè de Montrèal: given Thursdays 16:00-18:00 at Institut de Recherches Cliniques de Montrèal, 110 Pine West. The course is bilingual with abstracts in the other language supplied; more than half the lectures are in French. Aimed at bringing students up to date on recent aspects of cell and molecular biology including cellular organelle structure and function, molecular genetics, signal transduction, cell growth and development, and immunology.

EXMD 607 Molecular Control of Cell Growth.

(3) A course for graduate students in Experimental Medicine, Biology, Biochemistry, Microbiology and Physiology, dealing with molecular control in normal and malignant cell growth, including cell cycle and physiologcal controls (nutritional and hormonal), mammalian DNA replication, viral effects on host cell growth for DNA and RNA-tumor viruses and oncogenes, and tissue and organ growth-renewal mechanisms.

H
EXMD 608 Molecular Embryology.

(3) (Offered in conjunction with the Department of Oncology) The course will deal with the structure and function of genes whose products play key roles in the development of vertebrates and invertebrates. Particular emphasis will be paid to the embryonic axes, the action of cell surface molecules in the embryo, and the urogenital system.

EXMD 610 Biomedical Methods in Medical Research.

(3) A course intended to introduce students to a variety of basic techniques used in medical research. Lectures and demonstrations given on the purification of biologically active substances by chromatography, analysis of compounds by spectrophotometry and mass spectrometry, immunological techniques, centrifugation, cell culture, binding of hormones to receptors, molecular biology, tumor biology and electron microscopy.

l

H
EXMD 611D1 (3), EXMD 611D2 (3) Seminars in Oncology.

(Students must register for both EXMD 611D1 and EXMD 611D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXMD 611D1 and EXMD 611D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) A course in cancer and allied fields aimed at familiarizing students with the current literature relevant to the biology of cancer, developing their critical abilities and providing an opportunity for presenting seminars to their peers.

EXMD 614 Environmental Carcinogenesis.

(3) Methods for identification of carcinogens, including epidemiological studies, animal modelling and molecular biomarkers, and characteristics of known environmental carcinogens (viruses, chemical and physical agents and diet). Environmental factors will be placed in the context of overall cancer risk, which involves interaction of genetics, host and environment.

EXMD 615 Membrane Carbohydrates.

(3) The structure, function and biosynthesis of glycoproteins, glycolipids and glycoaminoglycans, and the biological role of complex carbohydrates at the cell surface.

EXMD 616 Molecular and Cell Biology Topics.

(3) Structured and instructor-directed student presentations and discussions of recent advances in molecular and cellular biology. The course will reinforce the students' knowledge of currently major areas of investigation, with a focus on human disease and medical applications. Important recent publications will extend material from textbook and review articles.

EXMD 617 Workshop in Clinical Trials 1.

(1) Intensive day-long workshop discussing Industrial/Academic/Governmental interactions in the design, testing and approval of drugs.

EXMD 618 Workshop in Clinical Trials 2.

(1) Intensive day-long workshop discussing the role of the physician in drug testing.

EXMD 619 Workshop: Clinical Trials 3.

(1) Intensive day-long workshop discussing the pharmacoeconomics of drug design and testing.

EXMD 620 Clinical Trials and Research 1.

(1) Intensive day-long workshop discussing a topical subject or recent advance relevant to clinical research and the conduct of clinical trials.

EXMD 621 Seminars in Biomedical Research 1.

(3)

EXMD 622 Seminars in Biomedical Research 2.

(3)

EXMD 623 Seminars: Biomedical Research 3.

(3)

EXMD 624 Seminars in Biomedical Research 4.

(3)

EXMD 625 Clinical Trials and Research 2.

(1) Intensive day-long workshop discussing a topical subject or recent advance relevant to clinical research and the conduct of clinical trials.

EXMD 626 Clinical Trials and Research 3.

(1) Intensive day-long workshop discussing a topical subject or recent advance relevant to clinical research and the conduct of clinical trials.

EXMD 627 Practicum in Clinical Research.

(18) Six-step program: 1. Identification of the problem; 2. Experimental design; 3. Protocol development; 4. Execution of the protocol; 5. Data analysis; 6. Generation of final report with active "clerkship" participation in each component with team leaders and experts designated for each stage.

l

EXMD 627D1 (9), EXMD 627D2 (9) Practicum in Clinical Research.

(Students must register for both EXMD 627D1 and EXMD 627D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXMD 627D1 and EXMD 627D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EXMD 627D1 and EXMD 627D2 together are equivalent to EXMD 627)

EXMD 628 Qualitative Research Methodology.

(3) (Restriction: permission of instructor) This course explores both broad and specific theoretical and methodological issues in qualitative research inquiry. It will discuss both traditional and contemporary paradigmatic thought underlying the qualitative enterprise and it will introduce the student to some qualitative techniques and strategies for collecting, analyzing and reporting data.

l

EXMD 630 Economic Evaluation of Medical Technologies.

(3) (Offered in conjunction with the Department of Epidemiology and Biostatistics.)

EXMD 635D1 (3), EXMD 635D2 (3) Experimental/Clinical Oncology.

(Students must register for both EXMD 635D1 and EXMD 635D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXMD 635D1 and EXMD 635D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) The course will deal, on a site by site basis, with the incidence of cancer, present treatment, treatment outcome, underlying causes, current research and directions for development of new treatments. Chemotherapy, surgery, radiation therapy and nutrition as therapy and treatment of cancer will be included.

l

EXMD 640 Experimental Medicine Topic 1.

(3)

EXMD 690 Master's Thesis Research 1.

(3)

EXMD 691 Master's Thesis Research 2.

(6)

EXMD 692 Master's Thesis Research 3.

(9)

EXMD 693 Master's Thesis Research 4.

(12)

EXMD 694 Master's Thesis Research 5.

(12)

EXMD 701 Comprehensive Oral Examination.

(0)

EXMD 701D1 (0), EXMD 701D2 (0) Comprehensive Oral Examination.
(Students must register for both EXMD 701D1 and EXMD 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXMD 701D1 and EXMD 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EXMD 701D1 and EXMD 701D2 together are equivalent to EXMD 701)

Department of Physiology

PHGY 508 Advanced Renal Physiology. (3)
PHGY 513 Cellular Immunology. (3)
PHGY 515 Physiology of Blood 1. (3)
PHGY 516 Physiology of Blood 2. (3)
PHGY 517 Artificial Internal Organs. (3)
PHGY 518 Artificial Cells. (3)

Department of Microbiology and Immunology

MIMM 509 Inflammatory Processes. (3)

Scheduled Graduate Seminars

Royal Victoria Hospital (1 hour per week):

Respiratory Research
Immunopathology
Endocrinology and Metabolism
Haematology Research
Renal and Electrolyte Seminar
Transplantation Conference
Gastroenterology Conference
Diabetes Conference
Chest-Cardiac Disease Conference
Clinical Endocrinology Conference
Steroid Biochemistry Research
Haematology Clinical Conference
Endocrinology and Metabolism Research Conference
Clinical Immunology Conference
Arthritis Conference
Internal Medicine
Dermatology Research
University Clinic Seminar
Cardiology Research

Montreal General Hospital (1 hour per week, or in some cases alternate week):

Gastroenterology Conference
Respiratory Diseases
Dermatology
Internal Medicine
Allergy and Immunology
Infectious Diseases
Combined Staff Conference
Haematology
Arthritis
Metabolic Diseases
Cardiac Disease
Neurology - Neurosurgery
University Medical Clinic Seminar

50 Microbiology and Immunology

Department of Microbiology and Immunology
3775 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 2B4
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-3912
Fax: (514) 398-7052
E-mail: office.microimm@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/microimm 
Chair
G.J. Matlashewski

50.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
E.C.S. Chan; M.A.(Texas), Ph.D.(Maryland)
Professors
N.H. Acheson; A.B.(Harv.), Ph.D.(Rockefeller)
Z. Ali-Khan; B.Sc.(Bilar), M.Sc.(Karachi), Ph.D.(Tulane)
M.G. Baines; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Queen's)
J.W. Coulton; B.Sc.(Tor.), M.Sc.(Calg.), Ph.D.(W. Ont.)
J. Hiscott; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(W. Ont.)
G.J. Matlashewski; B.Sc(C'dia), Ph.D.(Ohio)
R.A. Murgita; B.Sc.(Maine), M.S.(Vt.), Ph.D.(McG.)
T. Owens; B.Sc., M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Ont.)
M.A. Wainberg; B.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Col.)
Associate Professors
A. Berghuis; M.Sc.(The Netherl.), Ph.D.(UBC)
D.J. Briedis; B.A., M.D.(Johns H.)
Assistant Professors
B. Cousineau; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
S. Fournier; Ph.D.(Montr.)
H. Le Moual; Ph.D.(Montr.)
G.J. Marczynski; B.S., Ph.D.(Ill.)
A. Mouland; Ph.D.(McG.)
M. Olivier; B.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Ciriaco Piccirillo; B.Sc., Ph.D. (McG.)
Associate Members
Institute of Parasitology: G. Faubert, A. Jardim, P. Ribeiro, T. Spithill
Division of Exp. Medicine: C. Couture
Microbiology and Immunology: L. Kleiman
Medicine: M. Behr, A. Dascal, S. Hussain, V. Loo, J. D. Maclean, J. Mendelson, M. A. Miller, M. Newkirk, R.G.E. Palfree, K. Pantopoulos, J. E. Rauch, B. Turcotte, B.J. Ward.
Neuroimmunology: A. Bar-Or
Neurology and Neurosurgery: J. Antel
Oncology: A. Gatignol, M. Gotte, A.E. Koromilas, A. Mouland, A. Pause, S. Richard
Surgery: N.V. Christou, A.R. Poole
Adjunct Professors
V. Dave, A. Descoteaux, G. Kukolj, T. Jones, P. Lau, A. Makrigiannis, A. Matte, C. Rioux, R.-P. Sekaly

50.2 Programs Offered

The Department offers graduate programs leading to the degrees of M.Sc., M.Sc. Applied and Ph.D. Each program is tailored to fit the needs and backgrounds of individual students.

The Department concentrates on four key areas of research: cellular and molecular immunology, microbial physiology and genetics, molecular biology of viruses, and medical microbiology.

50.3 Admission Requirements

Master's and Master's Applied

Candidates are required to hold a B.Sc. degree in microbiology and immunology, biology, biochemistry or another related discipline; those with the M.D., D.D.S. or D.V.M. degrees are also eligible to apply. The minimum grade point average for acceptance into the program is 3.2 (out of 4.0). All international applicants whose language of instruction is not English must have a TOEFL score of 575 on the paper-based test (230 on the computer-based test).

Ph.D

Students who have satisfactorily completed a M.Sc. degree in microbiology and immunology, a biological science, or biochemistry, or highly qualified students enrolled in the departmental M.Sc. program, may be accepted into the Ph.D. program provided they meet its standards.

50.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All information is to be submitted directly to the Student Affairs Officer in the Department of Microbiology and Immunology.

All applicants are encouraged to approach academic staff members during or before the application process since no applicants are accepted without a supervisor.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

Deadline(s)

All applications and documents must be submitted by the following dates:

Canadian Applicants
October 1 for the Winter term (January)
February 1 for the Summer term (May)
May 15 for the Fall term (September)
International Applicants
July 1 for the Winter Term (January)
November 1 for the Summer term (May)
February 15 for the Fall term (September)
Intra-departmental transfers
November 1 for the Winter Term (January)

50.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc. Degree
(45 credits)

The following requirements must be satisfied:

M.Sc.A. Degree (non-thesis degree)
(45 credits)

The principal aim is to provide specialized training in Applied Medical Microbiology and Immunology.

Candidates must satisfy requirements (1) and (2) above. In addition, applied laboratory research projects must be pursued as a major part of the overall program. The results of each project form the basis of a formal report that is reviewed by the Department staff.

Ph.D.

Candidates will be judged principally on their research ability and on the presentation of a satisfactory thesis.

Students must also register for and satisfactorily complete the requirements of courses MIMM 701, MIMM 711, MIMM 712, MIMM 713, MIMM 714, MIMM 715 and MIMM 716 and three or the following courses: MIMM 704, MIMM 705, MIMM 706, MIMM 707 (see list below). Other courses may be required to strengthen the student's background.

Each Ph.D. student has an advisory committee (three professors including research advisor) that meets yearly to consider the student's progress.

50.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

MIMM 611 Graduate Seminars 1.

(3)

MIMM 612 Graduate Seminars 2.

(3) (M.Sc. students - presentation of two seminar topics throughout the course of their degree program)

MIMM 613 Current Topics 1.

(3)

MIMM 614 Current Topics 2.

(3)

MIMM 615 Current Topics 3.

(3) M.Sc. Students (discussion groups with guest speakers).

MIMM 616 Reading and Conference 1.

(3) (M.Sc. students - two of these courses required throughout the course of their degree program) Student presentations, taken from current literature, are concerned with aspects of a central topic. Presentations are designed to be informal and to generate student discussions. Topic will change from term to term.

MIMM 617 Reading and Conference 2.

(3) (M.Sc. students - two of these courses required throughout the course of their degree program) Student presentations, taken from current literature, are concerned with aspects of a central topic. Presentations are designed to be informal and to generate student discussions. Topic will change from term to term.

MIMM 618 Reading and Conference 3.

(3) (M.Sc. students - two of these courses required throughout the course of their degree program) Student presentations, taken from current literature, are concerned with aspects of a central topic. Presentations are designed to be informal and to generate student discussions. Topic will change from term to term.

MIMM 619 Reading and Conference 4.

(3) (M.Sc. students - two of these courses required throughout the course of their degree program) Student presentations, taken from current literature, are concerned with aspects of a central topic. Presentations are designed to be informal and to generate student discussions. Topic will change from term to term.

MIMM 697 Master's Research 1.

(8) (M.Sc. students) Independent work under the direction of a supervisor on a research problem in the student's designated area of research.

MIMM 698 Master's Research 2.

(8) (M.Sc. students) Independent work under the direction of a supervisor on a research problem in the student's designated area of research.

MIMM 699 Master's Research 3.

(8) (M.Sc. students) Independent work under the direction of a supervisor on a research problem in the student's designated area of research.

MIMM 701 Comprehensive Examination-Ph.D. Candidate.

(0)

MIMM 701D1 (0), MIMM 701D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination-Ph.D. Candidate.

(Students must also register for MIMM 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIMM 701D1 and MIMM 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIMM 701D1 and MIMM 701D2 together are equivalent to MIMM 701)

MIMM 704 Reading and Conference.

(3) (Ph.D. students - three of these courses required throughout the course of their degree program.) Description as for M.Sc. students.

MIMM 705 Reading and Conference.

(3) (Ph.D. students - three of these courses required throughout the course of their degree program.) Description as for M.Sc. students.

MIMM 706 Reading and Conference.

(3) (Ph.D. students - three of these courses required throughout the course of their degree program.) Description as for M.Sc. students.

MIMM 707 Reading and Conference.

(3) (Ph.D. students - three of these courses required throughout the course of their degree program.) Description as for M.Sc. students.

MIMM 711 Graduate Seminars 3.

(3) (Ph.D. students) Presentation of a maximum of three seminars topics throughout the course of their degree program.

MIMM 712 Graduate Seminars 4.

(3) (Ph.D. students) Presentation of a maximum of three seminars topics throughout the course of their degree program.

MIMM 713 Graduate Seminars 5.

(3) (Ph.D. students) Presentation of a maximum of three seminars topics throughout the course of their degree program.

MIMM 714 Current Topics 4.

(3) (Ph.D. students) Discussion groups with guest speakers.

MIMM 715 Current Topics 5.

(3) (Ph.D. students) Discussion groups with guest speakers.

MIMM 716 Current Topics 6.

(3) (Ph.D. students) Discussion groups with guest speakers.

l

MIMM 721 Ph.D. Research Progress Report 1.

(1)

MIMM 721D1 (0.5), MIMM 721D2 (0.5) Ph.D. Research Progress Report 1.

(Students must also register for MIMM 721D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIMM 721D1 and MIMM 721D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIMM 721D1 and MIMM 721D2 together are equivalent to MIMM 721) Each Ph.D. student has an advisory committee (3 professors including research advisor) that meets yearly to consider student's progress. Students submit a 6-page progress report to the committee and give a 20-minute oral presentation, discussing data obtained and future research plans. Committee gives advice on progress and fine-tuning the research project.

MIMM 722 Ph.D. Research Progress Report 2.

(1) Each Ph.D. student has an advisory committee (3 professors including research advisor) that meets yearly to consider student's progress. Students submit a 6-page progress report to the committee and give a 20-minute oral presentation, discussing data obtained and future research plans. Committee gives advice on progress and fine-tuning the research project.

MIMM 722D1 (0.5), MIMM 722D2 (0.5) Ph.D. Research Progress Report 2.

(Students must also register for MIMM 722D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIMM 722D1 and MIMM 722D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIMM 722D1 and MIMM 722D2 together are equivalent to MIMM 722) Each Ph.D. student has an advisory committee (3 professors including research advisor) that meets yearly to consider student's progress. Students submit a 6-page progress report to the committee and give a 20-minute oral presentation, discussing data obtained and future research plans. Committee gives advice on progress and fine-tuning the research project.

MIMM 723 Ph.D. Research Progress Report 3.

(1) Each Ph.D. student has an advisory committee (3 professors including research advisor) that meets yearly to consider student's progress. Students submit a 6-page progress report to the committee and give a 20-minute oral presentation, discussing data obtained and future research plans. Committee gives advice on progress and fine-tuning the research project.

MIMM 723D1 (0.5), MIMM 723D2 (0.5) Ph.D. Research Progress Report 3.

(Students must also register for MIMM 723D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIMM 723D1 and MIMM 723D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIMM 723D1 and MIMM 723D2 together are equivalent to MIMM 723) Each Ph.D. student has an advisory committee (3 professors including research advisor) that meets yearly to consider student's progress. Students submit a 6-page progress report to the committee and give a 20-minute oral presentation, discussing data obtained and future research plans. Committee gives advice on progress and fine-tuning the research project.

MIMM 724 Ph.D. Research Progress Report 4.

(1) Each Ph.D. student has an advisory committee (3 professors including research advisor) that meets yearly to consider student's progress. Students submit a 6-page progress report to the committee and give a 20-minute oral presentation, discussing data obtained and future research plans. Committee gives advice on progress and fine-tuning the research project.

MIMM 724D1 (0.5), MIMM 724D2 (0.5) Ph.D. Research Progress Report 4.

(Students must also register for MIMM 724D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIMM 724D1 and MIMM 724D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIMM 724D1 and MIMM 724D2 together are equivalent to MIMM 724) Each Ph.D. student has an advisory committee (3 professors including research advisor) that meets yearly to consider student's progress. Students submit a 6-page progress report to the committee and give a 20-minute oral presentation, discussing data obtained and future research plans. Committee gives advice on progress and fine-tuning the research project.

51 Mining, Metals and Materials Engineering

Department of Mining, Metals and Materials Engineering
M.H. Wong Building
3610 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 2B2
Canada 
E-mail: barbara.hanley@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/minmet 
Mining Engineering -
Telephone: (514) 398-2215
Fax: (514) 398-7099 
Metals and Materials Engineering -
Telephone: (514) 398-1040
Fax: (514) 398-4492 
Department Chair
R.A.L. Drew
Director, Graduate Program
G.P. Demopoulos
Graduate Program Secretary
B. Hanley

51.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
G.W. Smith, B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.), Eng.
W.M. Williams; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Brist.), Ph.D.(Tor.), Eng.
Professors
G.P. Demopoulos; Dipl.Eng.(NTU Athens), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.), Eng.
R.A.L. Drew; B.Tech.(Brad.), Ph.D.(N'cle)
R. Gauvin; B.Ing., Ph.D.(Montr.), Eng.
J.A. Finch; B.Sc.(Birm.), M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.), Eng., F.C.I.M., F.R.S.C.
J.E. Gruzleski; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Queen's), Ph.D.(Tor.), Eng., F.C.I.M., F.A.S.M.
R.I.L. Guthrie; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Lond.), D.I.C., Eng., A.R.S.M., F.C.I.M., R.R.S.C.
R. Harris; B.Sc. (Qld), M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.)
F.P. Hassani; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Nott.), C.Eng.(U.K. Reg.)
J.J. Jonas; B.Eng.(McG.), Ph.D.(Cantab.), Eng., F.A.S.M., F.R.S.C.
H.S. Mitri; B.Sc.(Cairo), M.Eng., Ph.D.(McM.), Eng.
J. Szpunar; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D., D.Sc.(Krakow)
S. Yue; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Leeds)
Associate Professors
M.L. Bilodeau; B.A.Sc.(Montr.), M.Sc.A., Ph.D.(McG.), Eng.
M. Hasan; B.Eng.(Dhaka), M.Eng.(Dhahran), Ph.D.(McG.)
J.A. Kozinski; B.A., M.Eng., D.Sc.(Krakow) (William Dawson Scholar)
A. Laplante; B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Tor.), Eng.
F. Mucciardi; B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.), Eng.
J. Ouellet; B.Sc.A.(Laval), M.Sc.A., Ph.D.(École Poly.), Eng.
Lecturers
J. Mossop, F. Paray
Adjunct Professors
W. Caley, R. Dimitrakopoulos, E. Essadiqi, B. Harris, A. Hemami, M. Jahazi, J. Kapusta, E. Lifshin, M. Pugh, J.H. Root

51.2 Programs Offered

Graduate programs leading to M.Eng., M.Sc. and Ph.D. research degrees are available in Rock Mechanics, Mining Environments, Mining Automation and Robotics, Operations Research, Ground Fragmentation, Mineral Economics, Materials Handling, Chemical and Process Metallurgy, Hydrometallurgy, Effluent and Waste Treatment, Mineral Processing, Metal Casting, Materials Engineering, Composites, Ceramics, Mechanical Metallurgy and Electron Microscopy.

Course programs leading to the M.Eng. (Project) degree in Mining or Materials Engineering and the Graduate Diploma in Mining Engineering are also available.

Special programs are available for those holding degrees in subjects other than Metals and Materials or Mining Engineering (e.g., Chemical or Mechanical Engineering, Chemistry, Physics, Engineering Geology).

51.3 Admission Requirements

The Graduate Diploma in Mining Engineering is open to graduates with suitable academic standing in any branch of engineering or science. It is designed to provide a sound technical mining engineering background to candidates intending to work in the minerals industry.

The M.Eng. (thesis) degree is open to graduates holding the B.Eng. degree or its equivalent in Metals and Materials Engineering, Mining Engineering, or other related engineering fields.

The M.Sc. (thesis) degree is open to graduates holding the B.Sc. degree or its equivalent in Metallurgy, Geology or related fields. A high academic standing at the undergraduate level is required for admission to these programs.

The Master of Engineering (Project) program (Metals and Materials Option) is primarily designed to train people with appropriate engineering or scientific backgrounds to allow them to work effectively in the metals and materials industries. Industrial experience is favourably viewed for entrance into the program, but is not considered a necessity.

The Master of Engineering (Project) program (Mining Option) is primarily designed for graduates from mining engineering programs who have received adequate academic training in modern mining technology, mineral economics, computer programming and probabilities and statistics. Students without this academic training must follow a qualifying term of courses established by the Mining Program Director. Industrial experience is favourably viewed for entrance into the program, but is not considered a necessity.

Ph.D. degree applicants may either be "directly transferred" from the M.Eng. or M.Sc. program (see below) or hold an acceptable Master's degree in Metals and Materials Engineering, Mining Engineering or other related fields. The Ph.D. degree is awarded in the appropriate field.

51.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All information is to be submitted directly to the Graduate Secretary in the Department of Mining, Metals and Materials Engineering.

Deadlines:

March 1 - Fall admission 
July 1 - Winter admission 
November 1 - Summer admission 

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

51.5 Program Requirements

Graduate Diploma in Mining Engineering

This program consists of 30 credits of course work, and normally requires one academic year of full-time study to complete. Candidates are required to take an integrated group of courses (including MIME 673 Mining Engineering Seminar), selected in consultation with the Program Advisor and based on their academic background.

M.Eng. and M.Sc. (Thesis) Degrees

The programs consist of 45 credits of course work, seminars and research. The candidate must pass a minimum number of courses, normally equivalent to 12 credits, chosen in consultation with a supervisor and based on his/her academic background and research interests. One 400-level course can be substituted for one graduate level course.

In addition, the candidate must participate in an appropriate Research Seminar course and submit an acceptable thesis based on a series of successfully completed research courses.

Direct Transfer from a Master's to a Ph.D.

- Students enrolled in a Master's program (thesis) may transfer into the Ph.D. program without obtaining a Master's degree if they have satisfied the following:

M.Eng. (Project) Degree Metals and Materials Option

The M.Eng. (Project) program (Metals/Materials Option) consists of 45 credits of course work and projects. The package of courses undertaken will provide any necessary basic training and will be selected in consultation with the Program Advisor to satisfy the desired specialization of the candidate. The project courses may be undertaken in an industrial environment as a 4- to 8-month work term.

The program consists of a minimum of 12 credits of Departmental graduate level courses, 6 to 15 credits of M.Eng Materials Engineering Project courses, the Research Seminar (MIME 670) and enough additional courses chosen from within or outside the Department to complete the 45 credit requirement. The external courses and project courses undertaken in an industrial environment are subject to Departmental approval. The program is established in consultation with the Program Advisor.

M.Eng. (Project) Degree Mining Option

The M.Eng. (Project) program (Mining Option) consists of 45 credits of course work and projects. It is primarily designed for graduates from mining engineering programs who have received adequate academic training in modern mining technology, mineral economics, computer programming and probabilities and statistics. Students without this academic training must follow a qualifying term of courses (including MIME 420 Feasibility Study) established by the Mining Program Director.

The program consists of a minimum 12 credits of Departmental graduate-level courses, 6 to 15 credits of M.Eng Mining Engineering Project courses, the Mining Engineering Seminar (MIME 673) and enough additional courses chosen from within or outside the Department to complete the 45 credit requirement. The program is established in consultation with the Program Director. The external courses are subject to Departmental approval.

Ph.D. Degree

A candidate for this degree must pass courses assigned by the Department. These are selected on the basis of the student's previous academic training and research interests. The candidate is required to participate in an appropriate Research Seminar course and is expected to take a preliminary examination within the first year of his/her Ph.D. registration.

The candidate must submit an acceptable thesis based upon successfully completed research and must satisfy the examiners in an oral examination of the thesis and related topics.

51.6 Graduate Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

Courses with numbers ending N1 and N2

are taught in two non-consecutive terms. Students must register for both the N1 and N2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (N1 and N2) are successfully completed in a twelve-month period.

The courses in this Department have been numbered to conform with the following classification system. The first digit represents the level of instruction. The last two digits are classified as follows:

01 to 19 technical courses

20 to 39 mining courses

40 to 49 mineral processing courses

50 to 59 extractive and process metallurgy courses

60 to 69 physical metallurgy and materials courses

70 to 79 seminars

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

Undergraduate Courses

The following undergraduate courses are available to graduate students who have not taken an equivalent course. Please consult Class Schedule or Undergraduate Programs Calendar for descriptions.
MIME 200 Introduction to the Minerals Industry
MIME 320 Extraction of Energy Resources
MIME 322 Rock Fragmentation
MIME 323 Rock and Soil Mass Characterization
MIME 341 Introduction to Mineral Processing
MIME 419 Surface Mining
MIME 420 Feasibility Study
MIME 426 Development and Services

Graduate Courses

l

MIME 515 Advanced Metallurgical and Materials Thermodynamics.

(3) (2-2-5) (Prerequisite: MIME 212)

MIME 520 Stability of Rock Slopes.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: permission of instructor.) The properties of rock masses and of structural discontinuities. Influence of geological structure on stability. Linear, non-linear, and wedge failures. Site investigations. Methods of slope stabilization.

MIME 521 Stability of Underground Openings.

(3) (3-3-3) (Prerequisite: permission of instructor) The properties of rock masses and stability classification systems. The influence and properties of geological structural features. Stability related to the design of underground openings and mining systems. Site investigations. Methods of stabilization.

MIME 526 Mineral Economics.

(3) (3-2-5) (Prerequisite: MIME 310 or equivalent) Mineral project evaluation techniques and applications. Topics covered include grade-tonnage relationships, capital and operating cost estimation techniques, assessment of mineral market conditions, taxation, discounted cash flow analysis, risk analysis, and optimization of project specifications with respect to capacity and cutoff grade.

l

MIME 528 Mining Automation.

(3) (3-3-3) (Prerequisite: MIME 426)

MIME 544 Analysis: Mineral Processing Systems 1.

(3) (2-3-4) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: MIME 341) The course covers three main topics: principles of separation, including data presentation, properties of recovery/ yield plots, technical and economic efficiency and identification of limits to separation; column flotation, hydrodynamics of collection and froth zones, mixing, scale-up and design, measurements and control; surface and electrochemistry, including absorption, surface charge, coagulation, electron transfer reactions, electrochemistry in plant practice.

l

MIME 545 Analysis: Mineral Processing Systems 2.

(3) (4-2-3) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: MIME 341)

MIME 551 Electrochemical Processing.

(3) (3-2-4) (Prerequisite: MIME 352) Characterization of aqueous, fused salt and solid electrolytes; laws of electrolysis; ion transport mechanisms; interfacial phenomena (electrolyte-electrolyte, electrode-electrolyte); reversible cells and potentials; electrode kinetics, overpotential and potential-current laws; industrial applications; electrolytic winning and refining, electroplating, surface cleaning and coating, electrodialysis and electrochemical sensors.

l

MIME 553 Impact of Materials Production.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.)

MIME 555 Thermal Remediation of Wastes.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: CHEM 111 and MIME 212 or equivalent) Process technology and environmental concerns in thermal remediation of wastes. Design of thermal remediation systems. Waste combustion. Nature and pathways of pollutant streams during thermal treatment of wastes. Reduction and control of harmful products. Toxic metal encapsulation. Particulate removal. Destruction of gaseous contaminants. Use of models in system design.

MIME 556 Sustainable Materials Processing.

(3) (3-1-5) (Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor.) Sustainability, population and environment impact, environmental impact indicators, materials flows, enthalpy flows, the carbon cycle, materials intensity, energy intensity, global warming potential, acidification potential, FACTOR-Two, -Four and -Ten, life-cycle-inventory/assessment, end-of-pipe strategies, supply-chain and flow-sheet redesign, recycling, waste treatment and materials case studies.

MIME 560 Joining Processes.

(3) (3-3-3) (Prerequisite: MIME 200, MIME 360) Physics of joining; interfacial requirements; energy sources, chemical, mechanical and electrical; homogeneous hot-joining, arc-, Mig-, Tig-, gas-, thermite- and Plasma-welding; Autogeneous hot-joining, forge-, pressure-, friction-, explosive-, electron beam- and laser-welding; Heterogeneous hot-joining, brazing, soldering, diffusion bonding; Heterogeneous cold joining, adhesives, mechanical fastening; Filler materials; Joint metallurgy; Heat affected zone, non-metallic systems; joint design and economics; defects and testing methods.

l

MIME 561 Advanced Materials Design.

(3) (0-4-5) (Prerequisite: MIME 362 or equivalent)

l

MIME 563 Hot Deformation of Metals.

(3) (2-2-5) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: MIME 360 and MIME 362) (Graduate Prerequisite: MIME 362 or equivalent.)

MIME 564 X-Ray Diffraction Analysis of Materials.

(3) (2-3-4) (Prerequisite: MIME 317 or equivalent) The techniques of X-ray and neutron diffraction are discussed as applied to the minerals and materials production industries. Special emphasis is placed upon automated X-ray powder diffractometry as employed for determining the structure and composition of materials. The application of X-ray techniques to studies of crystal structure, crystal orientation, residual stress, short-range order in liquid metals, phase diagram determination, order-disorder transformation and chemical analysis are presented.

MIME 565 Aerospace Metallio-Materials and Manufacturing Processes.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisites: MIME 260 or MIME 261 or Permission of Instructor.) (Restriction: Permission of Instructor required.) Integrated approach to aerospace materials, manufacturing and repair; materials and selection criteria for airframe, engines and coatings; repair concepts and technologies; application of new and emerging manufacturing technologies for the forming, joining and repair of aerospace products.

l

MIME 566 Texture,Structure & Properties of Polycrystalline Materials.

(3) (2-3-4) (Prerequisite: MIME 317)

MIME 567 Aluminum Casting Alloys.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: MIME 361 or equivalent) The family of aluminum foundry alloys; alloy systems, intermetallic phases and their formation, heat treatment processes, mechanical and physical properties of aluminum casting alloys, foundry properties, eutectic modification, porosity formation, gassing and degassing, refinement of hypereutectic alloys, grain refinement, filtration; non destructive control of microstructure.

l

MIME 568 Topics in Advanced Materials.

(3) (Prerequisite: MIME 362 or equivalent)

MIME 569 Electron Beam Analysis of Materials.
(3) (2-3-4) (Prerequisite: MIME 317) Emphasis on operation of scanning and transmission electron microscopes. Topics covered are electron/specimen interactions, hardware description; image contrast description; qualitative and quantitative (ZAF) x-ray analysis; electron diffraction pattern analysis.

Courses at the 600 and 700 level require about 3 contact hours per week per term or equivalent.

MIME 606 Mineral/Metal Production and Marketing 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: permission of instructor) Introduction of new topics in Mining, Metals and Materials Engineering.

MIME 608 Mineral/Metal Production and Marketing 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: permission of instructor) Introduction of new topics in Mining, Metals and Materials Engineering.

MIME 620 Rock Mechanics 1.

(3) A study of the effects of rock properties and ground stresses on problems in mine design.

MIME 621 Rock Mechanics 2.

(3) The application of the principles of strength of materials to the analysis of problems in ground control.

MIME 623 Ground Fragmentation.

(3) (Prerequisite: permission of instructor) (Course given once per academic year) A comprehensive review of principles and theory of explosives; rock information systems, cratering concepts and applications to mining.

l

MIME 624D1 (3), MIME 624D2 (3) Materials Handling in Mines.

(Prerequisite: permission of instructor) (Students must register for both MIME 624D1 and MIME 624D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 624D1 and MIME 624D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

MIME 624N1 Materials Handling in Mines.

(3) (Students must also register for MIME 624N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 624N1 and MIME 624N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) A comprehensive review of materials handling systems used in open pit and underground mines. Review of system selection criteria, and analysis of the impact of particular systems on mine design.

l

MIME 624N2 Materials Handling in Mines.

(3) (Prerequisite: MIME 624N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 624N1 and MIME 624N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) See MIME 624N1 for description.

MIME 625 Applied Mineral Economics 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: permission of instructor) A study of analytical techniques employed for project evaluation and decision-making in the mineral industry.

l

MIME 626 Applied Geostatistics.

(3)

MIME 627 Applied Mineral Economics 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: permission of instructor) A study of the techniques employed in the analysis of government policy and the financing of projects in the mineral industry.

MIME 628 Mineral Engineering Project 1.

(6) A project of the student's choice, undertaken under the direct supervision of at least one staff member. The final mark is assessed on the basis of a final report that is examined internally, by the supervisor and at least one other staff member.

l

MIME 628D1 (3), MIME 628D2 (3) Mineral Engineering Project 1.

(Students must register for both MIME 628D1 and MIME 628D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 628D1 and MIME 628D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIME 628D1 and MIME 628D2 together are equivalent to MIME 628)

l

MIME 628N1 Mineral Engineering Project 1.

(3) (Students must also register for MIME 628N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 628N1 and MIME 628N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MIME 628N1 and MIME 628N2 together are equivalent to MIME 628)

l

MIME 628N2 Mineral Engineering Project 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: MIME 628N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 628N1 and MIME 628N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MIME 628N1 and MIME 628N2 together are equivalent to MIME 628) See MIME 628N1 for course description.

MIME 629 Mineral Engineering Project 2.

(6) Continuation of Mining Engineering Project.

l

MIME 629D1 (3), MIME 629D2 (3) Mineral Engineering Project 2.

(Students must register for both MIME 629D1 and MIME 629D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 629D1 and MIME 629D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIME 629D1 and MIME 629D2 together are equivalent to MIME 629) Continuation of Mining Engineering Project.

l

MIME 629N1 Mineral Engineering Project 2.

(3) (Students must also register for MIME 629N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 629N1 and MIME 629N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MIME 629N1 and MIME 629N2 together are equivalent to MIME 629) Continuation of Mining Engineering Project.

l

MIME 629N2 Mineral Engineering Project 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: MIME 629N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 629N1 and MIME 629N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MIME 629N1 and MIME 629N2 together are equivalent to MIME 629) See MIME 629N1 for course description.

MIME 634 Mineral Engineering Project 3.

(3) Continuation of Mining Engineering Project 1.

l

MIME 634D1 (1.5), MIME 634D2 (1.5) Mineral Engineering Project 3.

(Students must register for both MIME 634D1 and MIME 634D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 634D1 and MIME 634D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIME 634D1 and MIME 634D2 together are equivalent to MIME 634) Continuation of Mining Engineering Project 1.

MIME 634N1 Mineral Engineering Project 3.

(1.5) (Students must also register for MIME 634N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 634N1 and MIME 634N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MIME 634N1 and MIME 634N2 together are equivalent to MIME 634) Continuation of Mining Engineering Project 1.

l

MIME 634N2 Mineral Engineering Project 3.

(1.5) (Prerequisite: MIME 634N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 634N1 and MIME 634N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MIME 634N1 and MIME 634N2 together are equivalent to MIME 634) See MIME 634N1 for course description.

MIME 635 Finite Element Method - Rock Mechanics.

(4) (Prerequisites: MIME 521 and/or permission of instructor) Equilibrium equation solvers; elasticity theory; finite element formulative procedures; convergence and accuracy; 2-D and 3-D isoparametric elements; rock failure criteria; applications to rock/mining engineering; computer programming using available software library (FELIBS) and packages.

MIME 636 Boundary Elements: Geomechanics.

(4) (Prerequisite: COMP 208 or equivalent, and MIME 521 or permission of instructor) Applications of boundary element methods in geomechanics. Elasticity relations. Coordinate transformations. Kelvin's problem, constant tractions, fictitious stress method, symmetry conditions. Displacement discontinuity method. Yield and deformation joint models. Stress and displacement analysis of underground openings in faulted rock. Initial joint deformation technique. Introduction to nonlinear analysis.

MIME 638 Mine Waste Management.

(4) Nature and generation of mine waste. Characteristics of mine waste material. Surface and underground disposal methods. Surface impoundment. Tailing embankment design and stability analysis. Seepage and containment transport. Seepage control methods. Site reclamation. Computer applications in design and monitoring. Case histories.

MIME 640 Advanced Mineral Processing.

(6) Modern advances in mineral processing techniques. The student will prepare a series of reports covering developments in mineral processing.

l

MIME 640D1 (3), MIME 640D2 (3) Advanced Mineral Processing.

(Students must register for both MIME 640D1 and MIME 640D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 640D1 and MIME 640D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIME 640D1 and MIME 640D2 together are equivalent to MIME 640)

l

MIME 650D1 (3), MIME 650D2 (3) Advanced Extractive Metallurgy.

(Students must register for both MIME 650D1 and MIME 650D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 650D1 and MIME 650D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

MIME 652 Aqueous Processing.

(3)

MIME 653 Transport Phenomena - Process Metallurgy.

(3) Process metallurgical applications of heat, mass and momentum transport theories. Methods of numerical solution in the analysis of: continuous casting, ingot solidification, soaking pits, hot mill operations, alloy addition methods in steel-making, etc. Students are assigned individual computer projects and present a report plus a seminar on their findings.

l

MIME 657 Advanced Extractive Metallurgy.

(3)

MIME 670 Research Seminar.

(6) (For students registered for a Master's degree in Mining and or Materials Engineering.)

MIME 672D1 (3), MIME 672D2 (3) Rock Mechanics Seminar.

(Students must register for both MIME 672D1 and MIME 672D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 672D1 and MIME 672D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Theoretical and practical aspects of ground control practice using the case study method.

MIME 673 Mining Engineering Seminar.

(6) For students registered in the Graduate Diploma or Master's programs in Mining.

l

MIME 681D1 (3), MIME 681D2 (3) Metallurgical/Materials Engineering Project 2.

(Students must register for both MIME 681D1 and MIME 681D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 681D1 and MIME 681D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

MIME 682 Metallurgical/Materials Engineering Project 3.

(3)

MIME 690 Thesis Research 1.

(6) (For Master's students only.)

l

MIME 690D1 (3), MIME 690D2 (3) Thesis Research 1.

(For Master's students only.) (Students must register for both MIME 690D1 and MIME 690D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 690D1 and MIME 690D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIME 690D1 and MIME 690D2 together are equivalent to MIME 690)

l

MIME 690N1 Thesis Research 1.

(3) (Students must also register for MIME 690N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 690N1 and MIME 690N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MIME 690N1 and MIME 690N2 together are equivalent to MIME 690)

l

MIME 690N2 Thesis Research 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: MIME 690N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 690N1 and MIME 690N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MIME 690N1 and MIME 690N2 together are equivalent to MIME 690) See MIME 690N1 for course description.

MIME 691 Thesis Research 2.

(3) (For Master's students only.)

MIME 692 Thesis Research 3.

(6) (For Master's students only.)

l

MIME 692D1 (3), MIME 692D2 (3) Thesis Research 3.

(For Master's students only.) (Students must register for both MIME 692D1 and MIME 692D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 692D1 and MIME 692D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIME 692D1 and MIME 692D2 together are equivalent to MIME 692)

l

MIME 692N1 Thesis Research 3.

(3) (For Master's students only.) (Students must also register for MIME 692N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 692N1 and MIME 692N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MIME 692N1 and MIME 692N2 together are equivalent to MIME 692)

l

MIME 692N2 Thesis Research 3.

(3) (For Master's students only.) (Prerequisite: MIME 692N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 692N1 and MIME 692N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MIME 692N1 and MIME 692N2 together are equivalent to MIME 692) See MIME 692N1 for course description.

MIME 693 Thesis Research 4.

(3) (For Master's students only.)

l

MIME 693D1 (1.5), MIME 693D2 (1.5) Thesis Research 4.

(For Master's students only.) (Students must register for both MIME 693D1 and MIME 693D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 693D1 and MIME 693D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIME 693D1 and MIME 693D2 together are equivalent to MIME 693)

MIME 694 Thesis Research 5.

(6) (For Master's students only.)

l

MIME 694D1 (3), MIME 694D2 (3) Thesis Research 5.

(For Master's students only.) (Students must register for both MIME 694D1 and MIME 694D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 694D1 and MIME 694D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIME 694D1 and MIME 694D2 together are equivalent to MIME 694)

l

MIME 694N1 Thesis Research 5.

(3) (For Master's students only.) (Students must also register for MIME 694N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 694N1 and MIME 694N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MIME 694N1 and MIME 694N2 together are equivalent to MIME 694)

l

MIME 694N2 Thesis Research 5.

(3) (For Master's students only.) (Prerequisite: MIME 694N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 694N1 and MIME 694N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (MIME 694N1 and MIME 694N2 together are equivalent to MIME 694) See MIME 694N1 for course description.

MIME 695 Thesis Research 6.

(3) (For Master's students only.)

l

MIME 695D1 (1.5), MIME 695D2 (1.5) Thesis Research 6.

(For Master's students only.) (Students must register for both MIME 695D1 and MIME 695D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MIME 695D1 and MIME 695D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MIME 695D1 and MIME 695D2 together are equivalent to MIME 695)

MIME 701 Ph.D. Thesis Research Proposal.

(0) For students registered in a Ph.D. program in Mining or Materials Engineering. Student submits a document and takes an oral examination to demonstrate familiarity with relevant literature, define a methodology and describe a work plan.

MIME 771 Research Seminar.

(6) (For students registered in a Ph.D. program in Materials Engineering.)

MIME 776 Research Seminar.

(6) For students registered in a Ph.D. program in Mining.

52 Music

Faculty of Music
Strathcona Music Building
555 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 1E3
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4469
Fax: (514) 398-8061
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/music 
Dean, Faculty of Music
Don McLean
Director, Graduate Studies
Peter Schubert
Chair, Department of Theory
Brian Cherney
Chair, Department of Performance
Douglas McNabney
Associate Dean (Administration)
Bruce Minorgan

52.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
Kelsey Jones; L.Mus., B.Mus.(Mt.All.), B.Mus., Mus.Dc.(Tor.)
Dorothy Morton; Graduate, Conservatoire de Musique de Québec
Professors
William Caplin; B.M.(S.Calif.), M.A., Ph.D.(Chic.)
Brian Cherney; Mus.Bac., Mus.M., Ph.D.(Tor.)
Robert Gibson; B.S., M.F.A., Ph.D.(Minn.)
John Grew; L.T.C.L.(Lond.), B.Mus.(Mt. All.), M.Mus.(Mich.) D.D.(U.T.C.); LL.D.(Mt.All.); University Organist
Steven Huebner; B.A., B.Mus., L.Mus.(McG.), M.F.A., Ph.D.(Prin.) (James McGill Professor)
Alcides Lanza; Graduate, Instituto Torcuato Di Tella(Buenos Aires)
John Rea; B.Mus.(Wayne St.), M.Mus.(Tor.), M.F.A., Ph.D.(Prin.)
Wieslaw Woszczyk; M.A., Ph.D.(F. Chopin Academy of Music, Warsaw)
Associate Professors
Theodore Baskin; B.Mus.(Curtis), M.Mus.(Auck.); Principal Oboe, Montreal Symphony
Tom Beghin; D.M.A.(C'nell.)
Denys Bouliane; B.Mus., M.Mus.(Laval)
David Brackett; D.M.A.(C'nell.)
Julie Cumming; B.A.(Col.), M.A., Ph.D.(Berkeley)
Kevin Dean; B.M.E.(Iowa), M.Mus.(Miami)
Martha de Francisco; Diploma(Musikkhochschule, Detmold)
Philippe Depalle; B.Sc.(Paris XI and ENS Cachan), D.E.A.(Le Mans and ENS Cachan), Ph.D.(Le Mans & IRCAM)
Lucile Evans; Dip.(Vincent d'Indy)
Gordon Foote; B.Sc., M.A.(Minn.)
Kyoko Hashimoto; B.A.(Tokyo)
Alexis Hauser
Timothy Hutchins; Dip. L.G.S.M.(Guildhall), B.A.Hons.Mus.(Dal.), Principal Flute, Montreal Symphony
Jan Jarczyk; B.A., M.A.(Academy of Music, Cracow), Dip.(Berklee)
Abe Kestenberg
Hank Knox; B.Mus., M.Mus.(McG.)
Sara Laimon; B.Mus.(U.B.C.), M.Mus.(Yale), D.M.A.(SUNY, Stony Brook)
Richard Lawton; B.Mus.(McG.), M.Mus.(Ind.)
William Martens; B.A.(Miami), Ph.D.(Northwestern)
Don McLean; Mus.Bac., M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.)
Michael McMahon; B.Mus.(McG.), Graduate, Hochschule für Musik(Vienna)
Douglas McNabney; B.Mus.(Tor.), M.M.(W.Ont.), Mus.Doc.(Montr.)
Marina Mdivani; Post-graduate Dip.(Moscow Cons.)
Bruce Minorgan; B.Mus.(Br.Col.), M.A.(Tor.)
William Neill; B.Mus., M.Mus.(Texas at Austin)
Tom Plaunt; B.A.(Tor.), Graduate, Nordwestdeutsche Musikakademie (Detmold, Germany)
Richard Raymond; Premier Prix (Conservatoire de Montreal), M.Mus.(Montr.)
Marcel Saint-Cyr; B.A.(Laval), Premier Prix(Cons.de Mus. de Qué.), Concert Dip.(Hochschule für Musik, Karlsruhe)
Peter Schubert; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Col.)
Thérèse Sevadjian; B.Mus., M.Mus.(Montr.)
Jan Simons
Eleanor Stubley; B.Mus.(Tor.), M.Mus.(Bran.), Ph.D.(Ill.)
Julian Wachner; B.Mus., Mus.Doc.(Boston)
Joel Wapnick; B.A.(N.Y.), M.A.(S.U.N.Y.), M.F.A.(Sarah L.), Ed.D.(Syr.)
Thomas Williams; B.Mus.(Bran.)
John Zirbel; B.Mus.(Wis.), Principal Horn, Montreal Symphony
Luba Zuk; L.Mus.(McG.), Graduate, Con. de Mus. de Qué.
Assistant Professors
James Box; B.M.(Southern Methodist U.), M.M.(Cleveland Inst. Music)
Alain Cazes; Premier Prix (Conservatoire de Montréal)
Carolyn Christie; B.Mus.(McG.); Montreal Symphony
Robert Crowley; B.M.(Eastman), M.M.(Cleveland); Principal Clarinet, Montreal Symphony
Russell DeVuyst; B.Mus.Ed.(Boston Cons.), M.M.(New England Cons.); Associate Principal Trumpet, Montreal Symphony
Sean Ferguson; B.Mus.(Alta.), M.Mus., D.Mus.(McG.)
Ichiro Fujinaga; B.Mus., B.Sc.(Alta.), M.Mus, D. Mus. (McG.)
Jean Gaudreault; LL.L.(Montr.), Graduate, Conservatoire de Musique de Québec, Montreal Symphony.
D'Arcy Gray; B.Mus., M.Mus.(McG.)
Valerie Kinslow; B.A.(McG.)
John Klepko; B.F.A.(C'dia.), M.Mus., Ph.D.(McG.)
Denise Lupien; B.M., M.M.(Juilliard)
Dennis Miller; Principal Tuba, Montreal Symphony
Christoph Neidhöfer; Graduate, Hochschule für Musik(Basel), Ph.D.(Harv.)
Rene Quesnel; B.Mus., M.Mus., Ph.D.(McG.)
Richard Roberts; B.Mus.(Ind.); Concertmaster, Montreal Symphony
Dixie Ross-Neill; B.Mus.(N. Carolina), M.Mus.(Texas)
André Roy; Montreal Symphony
Gary Scavone; B.Sc., B.A. (Syr.); M.Sc., Ph.D.(Stan.)
Joe Sullivan; B.A.(Ott.), M.M.(New England Cons.)
Marcelo Wanderley; B.Eng.(UFPR), M.Eng.(UFSC), Ph.D.(Paris VI and IRCAM)
André White; B.A.(C'dia.), M.Mus.(McG.)
Lloyd Whitesell; B.A.(Minn.), M.A., Ph.D.(SUNY, Stony Brook)
Adjunct Professor
Kenneth Gilbert; D.Mus.honoris causa(McG.), O.C., F.R.S.C., Hon RAM

52.2 Programs Offered

The Master of Arts degree (M.A.) is available as a thesis option in Music Education, Music Technology, Musicology, and Theory and as a non-thesis option in Music Education, Musicology, and Theory.

The Master of Music degree (M. Mus.) is available in Composition, Performance, and Sound Recording. Within the Performance option are offered specializations in: piano, guitar, orchestral instruments, organ, conducting, chamber music, orchestral training, piano accompaniment, vocal, opera, opera coaching, vocal pedagogy, early music, church music - organ, and jazz.

The Doctor of Music degree (D.Mus.) is offered in Composition and Performance Studies while the Doctor of Philosophy degree (Ph.D.) is available in Music Education, Musicology, Music Technology, Sound Recording and Theory. Interdisciplinary studies are encouraged.

There are opportunities for graduate students to obtain funding by being hired as assistants through the Faculty of Music. Positions are available as: teaching assistants, apprentice writers for program notes, sound recording technicians, dubbing technicians, correctors, and invigilators. Inquiries should be directed to the Chair of the Department of Theory or the Chair of the Department of Performance, as appropriate.

52.3 Admission Requirements

Masters' Degrees

Applicants for the Master's degree must hold a B.Mus. or a B.A. degree with a Major or Honours in Music including considerable work done in the area of specialization.

All applicants (except those for performance and sound recording) will be required to take placement examinations. Applicants found to be deficient in their background preparation may be required to take certain additional undergraduate courses.

Applicants to the Composition, Music Education, Music Technology, Musicology, Sound Recording, and Theory programs are requested to submit samples of work done in their special area.

Applicants to the Music Education program should normally have had two years of teaching experience.

All applicants to the Performance program will be required to pass an entrance audition. Only those applicants who clearly demonstrate the potential to become professional performers on their instruments will be admitted.

Applicants to the Vocal Pedagogy option should have a minimum of three to four years experience in studio teaching.

A reading knowledge of German is strongly recommended as a prerequisite for graduate work in Music Education, Musicology, and Theory.

Prerequisite Undergraduate Courses for M.Mus. - Sound Recording

In order to be considered for admission to the Master of Music in Sound Recording, students must attain a minimum grade of B in all of the courses listed below and must have a B.Mus. degree.

Faculty of Music

MUCO 260 Instruments of the Orchestra

MUMT 202 Fundamentals of New Media

MUMT 203 Introduction to Digital Audio

MUMT 232 Introduction to Electronics

MUMT 300D1/MUMT 300D2 Introduction to Music Recording

MUMT 339 Introduction to Electroacoustics

One of (Complementary):

MUMT 302 New Music Production 1

MUMT 306 Music and Audio Computing 1

Faculty of Science

PHYS 224 Physics and Psychophysics of Music

PHYS 225 Musical Acoustics

Prerequisite Undergraduate Courses for M.Mus. -Performance

Piano Accompaniment

An undergraduate major in Piano. 
MUHL 570 Research Methods in Music 
One of: 
MUHL 372 Solo Song outside Germany and Austria
MUHL 390 The German Lied 
Two of: 
MUPG 210 Italian Diction (or equivalent)
MUPG 211 French Diction (or equivalent)
MUPG 212 English Diction (or equivalent)
MUPG 213 German Diction (or equivalent) 

Orchestral Conducting

MUCO 260 Instruments of the Orchestra 
MUCO 261 Elementary Orchestration 
MUCO 460D1/MUCO 460D2 Advanced Orchestration 
MUHL 389 Orchestral Literature 
MUHL 570 Research Methods in Music 
MUIT 201 String Techniques 
MUIT 202 Woodwind Techniques 
MUIT 203 Brass Techniques 
MUIT 204 Percussion Techniques 
MUPG 315D1/MUPG 315D2 Introduction to Orchestral Conduct-
ing (or equivalent) 

Choral Conducting

GERM 202 German Language, Beginners 
MUCO 260 Instruments of the Orchestra 
MUCO 261 Elementary Orchestration 
MUCT 415 Choral Conducting 2 (or equivalent) 
MUHL 397 Choral Literature after 1750 
MUHL 570 Research Methods in Music 
MUIN 220 Practical Instruction 3 

Wind Band Conducting

An undergraduate major in Wind or Percussion instruments. 
MUCO 260 Instruments of the Orchestra 
MUCO 261 Elementary Orchestration 
MUHL 398 Wind Ensemble Literature after 1750 
MUHL 570 Research Methods in Music 
MUIT 202 Woodwind Techniques 
MUIT 203 Brass Techniques 
MUIT 204 Percussion Techniques 
MUIT 415 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (or equivalent) 

Jazz Performance

MUHL 393 History of Jazz 
MUJZ 440D1/MUJZ 440D2 Advanced Jazz Composition 
MUJZ 461D1/MUJZ 461D2 Advanced Jazz Arranging 
MUJZ 493 Jazz Performance Practice 

Early Music

MUHL 570 Research Methods in Music
MUPP 381 Topics: Performance Practice before 1800
Plus 6 credits from the following with a least one course from each group:

Group 1:
MUHL 380 Medieval Music
MUHL 381 Renaissance Music
MUHL 382 Baroque Music
MUHL 383 Classical Music 
Group 2:
MUHL 398 Keyboard Literature before 1750
MUHL 591D1/MUHL 591D2 Paleography 

Organ/Harpsicord:
MUPG 272D1/MUPG 272D2 Continuo

Voice

Two of:
MUPG 210 Italian Diction (or equivalent)
MUPG 211 French Diction (or equivalent)
MUPG 212 English Diction (or equivalent)
MUPG 213 German Diction (or equivalent) 

Orchestral Training

MUHL 389 Orchestral Literature
MUHL 570 Research Methods in Music

Piano (Solo and Chamber Music)

MUHL 570 Research Methods in Music
One of:
MUHL 366 The Era of the Fortepiano
MUHL 396 Era of the Modern Piano

Voice (Vocal Opera Coach, Opera Performance, Vocal Pedagogy and Vocal Performance)

MUHL 570 Research Methods in Music
MUPG 210 Italian Diction
MUPG 211 French Diction
MUPG 212 English Diction
MUPG 213 German Diction

Two of :
MUHL 372 Solo Song outside Germany and Austria
MUHL 377 Baroque Opera
MUHL 387 Opera from Mozart to Puccini
MUHL 388 Twentieth-Century Opera
MUHL 390 The German Lied 
D.Mus. Degree

Applicants for the D.Mus. degree in Composition must hold an M.Mus. degree in Composition, or its equivalent, and must submit scores and/or tapes of their compositions at the time of application.

Applicants for the D.Mus. degree in Performance Studies must hold an M.Mus. degree in Performance, or its equivalent; are required to pass an entrance audition and interview; and must submit samples of written work and a statement of research interests.

Ph.D. Degree

Applicants for the Ph.D. degree must hold an M.A., or a Bachelor's degree equivalent to a McGill Honours degree, in Music Technology, Music Education, Music History, or Theory. Applicants with a Bachelor's degree will normally be admitted to the M.A. program for the first year and may apply for admittance to the Ph.D. program after the completion of one full year of graduate course work. Qualified applicants who have already completed an appropriate Master's degree will be admitted to the second year of the program.

52.4 Application Procedures

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate. The web application process will automatically charge a $60 application fee and, for Performance degrees, a $60 audition fee.

Deadline date for application and accompanying documentation is December 15.

Application will be considered upon receipt of:

All supporting documentation is to be submitted to Veronica Slobodian, Admissions Officer, Faculty of Music.

52.5 Program Requirements

MASTERS' DEGREES

The minimum residence requirement for Masters' programs is 3 full-time terms; for Sound Recording, 4 full-time terms. In all programs a minimum number of formal courses are prescribed. The student's major work is expected to be thesis, research, composition or performance which will be done under the supervision of an adviser. This work, as well as any additional courses and/or individual study which the Department considers necessary, constitutes the central part of each program.

Applicants who hold the equivalent of a McGill B.Mus. with Honours in the area of specialization may be able to complete the Master's degree in less than two years.

Master of Music - Composition (thesis)
(48 credits)
MUCO 622D1/MUCO 622D2 Composition Tutorial. 
Two of MUCO 631, MUCO 632, MUCO 633, MUCO 634, 
MUCO 635, MUCO 636 Seminars in Composition. 
Two approved 3-credit graduate electives or the equivalent. 
Language reading examination in one of: French, German, or 
Italian. Students whose mother tongue is French are exempt 
from the French Language Reading examination. 
Thesis (30 credits). The thesis is a composition, accompanied by 
an analytical essay of approximately 20 to 30 pages. 
M.A. in Music - Music Education (thesis)
(48 credits)
Five 3-credit graduate courses approved by the Department, nor-
mally three of these will be Seminars in Music Education. 
Thesis (33 credits). The candidate will undertake supervised 
research leading to a thesis which will be an in-depth investiga-
tion in some specialized field of music education. 
M.A. in Music - Music Technology (thesis)
(48 credits)
MUMT 605 Digital Sound Synthesis & Audio Processing. 
Two of MUMT 610, MUMT 611, MUMT 612, MUMT 613, 
MUMT 614, MUMT 615 Computer Music Seminars. 
Two 3-credit graduate electives, approved by the Department. 
Thesis (33 credits). The candidate will undertake supervised 
research leading to a thesis which will utilize or investigate 
computer applications in one of the following areas of music 
study and practice: performance, jazz, sound recording, the-
ory, composition, music education, musicology. 
M.A. in Music - Musicology (thesis)
(48 credits)
Four 3-credit graduate courses approved by the Department, nor-
mally at least two of these will be Seminars in Musicology. 
MUHL 529 Proseminar in Musicology. 
Thesis (33 credits). The candidate will undertake supervised 
research leading to a thesis which will be an in-depth investiga-
tion in some specialized field of musicology. 
Master of Music - Sound Recording (non-thesis)
(60 credits)
MUSR 629D1/ MUSR 629D2 Technical Ear Training 
MUSR 667 Digital Studio Technology,  
MUSR 668 Digital/Analog Audio Editing,  
MUSR 669D1/MUSR 669D2 Topics: Classical Music Recording, 
MUSR 670D1/MUSR 670D2 and MUSR 671D1/MUSR 671D2 
Recording Theory and Practice,  
MUSR 672D1/MUSR 672D2 Analysis of Recordings,  
MUSR 674 Electronic and Electroacoustic Measurement, 
MUSR 677D1/MUSR 677D2 Audio for Video Post-Production, 
MUSR 678 Advanced Digital Editing and Post-Production 
Electives:
Three 3-credit graduate electives. 
M.A. in Music - Theory (thesis)
(48 credits)
Five 3-credit graduate courses approved by the Department, nor-
mally three will be Seminars in Music Theory and either 
MUTH 658 History of Music Theory 1 or MUTH 659 History of 
Music Theory 2. 
Thesis (33 credits). The candidate will undertake supervised 
research leading to a thesis which will be an in-depth investiga-
tion in some specialized field of music theory. 
Non-thesis M.A. in Music (options in Music Education, Musicology, and Theory)
(45 credits)
Seven 3-credit graduate courses approved by the appropriate 
Area, four of which must be in the Area itself.  
For students in the Musicology Area, one of the courses must 
be MUHL 529 Proseminar in Musicology.  
For students in the Theory Area, one of the courses must be 
MUTH 658 History of Music Theory 1 or MUTH 659 History 
of Music Theory 2.  
For students in Music Education, and with the approval of the 
Music Education Area, two of the seven 3-credit courses may 
be taken in the Faculty of Education. 
MUGS 614 Reading Course 1 and MUGS 615 Reading Course 2. 
MUGS 635 Research Paper 1 and MUGS 636 Research Paper 2. 
Master of Music - Performance: Solo - Guitar, Orchestral Instruments, Organ, Conducting
(45 credits)
MUPG 620, MUPG 621, MUPG 622 Performance Tutorials. 
One of MUPP 690, MUPP 691, MUPP 692, MUPP 693, 
MUPP 694 or MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar. 
Electives:
One graduate 3-credit seminar with the prefix MUCO, MUGS, 
MUGT, MUHL, MUPP, MUTH.
One additional graduate 3-credit seminar. 
Recitals:
MUPG 660 Solo Recital Project 1 and MUPG 667 Solo Recital 
2 (one of these could optionally include some chamber music). 
Master of Music - Performance: Chamber Music
(48 credits) (All instruments except Piano, Early Music Instruments, Organ, Harp and Double Bass.)
MUPG 620, MUPG 621, MUPG 622 Performance Tutorials. 
One of MUPP 690, MUPP 691, MUPP 692, MUPP 693, 
MUPP 694 or MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar. 
Electives:
One graduate 3-credit seminar with the prefix MUCO, MUGS, 
MUGT, MUHL, MUPP, MUTH.
One additional graduate 3-credit seminar. 
Recitals:
MUPG 661 Chamber Recital Project 1 and MUPG 668 Cham-
ber Music Recital 2 (one of these could optionally include some 
solo music). 
Ensembles:
Three terms of MUEN 660 Chamber Music Ensemble. 
Master of Music - Performance: Solo Piano
(49 credits)
MUPG 620, MUPG 621, MUPG 622 Performance Tutorials. 
MUPG 681 and MUPG 682 Piano Seminars. 
One of MUPP 690, MUPP 691, MUPP 692, MUPP 693, 
MUPP 694 or MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar. 
Electives:
One graduate 3-credit seminar at the 500- or 600-level with the 
prefix MUCO, MUGS, MUGT, MUHL, MUPP, MUTH. 
Recitals:
MUPG 660 Solo Recital Project 1 and MUPG 667 Solo 
Recital 2 
(one of these could optionally include some chamber music). 
Ensembles:
Three credits from the following: MUEN 579 Song Interpreta-
tion before 1800, MUEN 660 Chamber Music Ensemble, 
MUEN 679 Advanced Song Interpretation, MUEN 684 Studio 
Accompanying, MUEN 694 Contemporary Music Ensemble, 
MUEN 697 Orchestra. 
Master of Music - Performance: Chamber Music - Piano
(49 credits)
MUPG 620, MUPG 621, MUPG 622 Performance Tutorials. 
MUPG 681 and MUPG 682 Piano Seminars. 
One of MUPP 690, MUPP 691, MUPP 692, MUPP 693, 
MUPP 694 or MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar. 
Electives:
One graduate 3-credit seminar at the 500- or 600-level with the 
prefix MUCO, MUGS, MUGT, MUHL, MUPP, MUTH. 
Recitals:
MUPG 661 Chamber Recital Project 1 and MUPG 668 Cham-
ber Music Recital 2 (one of these could optionally include some 
solo music). 
Ensembles:
Three credits from the following: MUEN 579 Song Interpreta-
tion before 1800, MUEN 660 Chamber Music Ensemble, 
MUEN 679 Advanced Song Interpretation, MUEN 684 Studio 
Accompanying, MUEN 694 Contemporary Music Ensemble, 
MUEN 697 Orchestra. 
Master of Music - Performance
Piano Accompaniment
(45 credits)
MUPG 620, MUPG 621, MUPG 622 Performance Tutorials. 
One of MUPP 690, MUPP 691, MUPP 692, MUPP 693, 
MUPP 694 or MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar or 
MUPG 690 Vocal Styles and Conventions. 
Electives:
One graduate 3-credit seminar with the prefix MUCO, MUGS, 
MUGT, MUHL, MUPP, MUTH.
One additional graduate 3-credit seminar. 
Recital/Exam:
MUPG 665D1/MUPG 665D2 Accompanying Recital Project 
and MUPG 663 Quick Study Examination (to be successfully 
completed before the first recital is performed). 
Ensembles:
Two terms of MUEN 679 Advanced Song Interpretation and 
MUEN 684 Studio Accompanying.
or three terms of MUEN 596 Opera Repetiteur. 
Master of Music - Performance: Orchestral Training
(45 credits) (All orchestral instruments except Harp.)
MUPG 620, MUPG 621, MUPG 622 Performance Tutorials. 
One of MUPP 690, MUPP 691, MUPP 692, MUPP 693, 
MUPP 694 or MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar. 
Electives:
One graduate 3-credit seminar with the prefix MUCO, MUGS, 
MUGT, MUHL, MUPP, MUTH.
One additional graduate 3-credit seminar. 
Recital/Exam:
MUPG 660 Solo Recital Project 1
MUPG 664 Repertoire Examination. 
Ensembles:
Three terms of MUEN 697 Orchestra. 
Master of Music - Performance: Opera Performance
(45 credits)
MUPG 620, MUPG 621 and MUPG 622 Performance Tutorials. 
MUIN 600, MUIN 601and MUIN 602 Vocal Repertoire Coaching. 
One of MUPP 690, MUPP 691, MUPP 692, MUPP 693, 
MUPP 694, or MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar, 
or MUPG 690 Vocal Styles and Conventions 
Electives:
One graduate 3-credit seminar with the prefix MUCO, MUGS, 
MUGT, MUHL, MUPP, MUTH. 
One additional graduate 3-credit seminar (this must be one of 
MUPG 690, MUPG 691, MUPG 692, MUPG 693, or 
MUPG 694). 
Recitals:
MUPG 656 Vocal Quick Study
MUPG 657 Opera Performance Project
MUPG 658 Opera Performance 
Master of Music - Performance: Vocal Opera Coach
(45 credits)
MUPG 620, MUPG 621 and MUPG 622 Performance Tutorials. 
MUPG 646 and MUPG 647 Score- and Sight-Reading.
MUPG 670 and MUPG 671 Advanced Continuo.
One of MUPP 690, MUPP 691, MUPP 692, MUPP 693, 
MUPP 694, or MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar, 
or MUPG 690 Vocal Styles and Conventions 
Electives:
One graduate 3-credit seminar with the prefix MUCO, MUGS, 
MUGT, MUHL, MUPP, MUTH. 
One additional graduate 3-credit seminar (this must be one of 
MUPG 690, MUPG 691, MUPG 692, MUPG 693, or 
MUPG 694). 
Recitals:
MUPG 653 Opera Coach Project
MUPG 654 Opera Coach Performance
MUPG 655 Opera Coach Quick Study
Master of Music - Performance: Vocal Performance
(49 credits)
MUPG 620, MUPG 621 and MUPG 622 Performance Tutorials. 
MUIN 600 and MUIN 601 Vocal Repertoire Coaching. 
One of MUPP 690, MUPP 691, MUPP 692, MUPP 693, 
MUPP 694, or MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar, 
or MUPG 690 Vocal Styles and Conventions. 
Electives:
One graduate 3-credit seminar with the prefix MUCO, MUGS, 
MUGT, MUHL, MUPP, MUTH. 
One additional graduate 3-credit seminar (this must be one of 
MUPG 690, MUPG 691, MUPG 692, MUPG 693, or 
MUPG 694). 
Recitals:
MUPG 660 Solo Recital Project 1* 
MUPG 667 Solo Recital 2*
* One of MUPG 660 or MUPG 667 may be replaced by 
MUPG 657 Opera Performance Project or MUPG 658 Opera 
Performance and MUPG 656 Vocal Quick Study. 
Master of Music - Performance: Vocal Pedagogy
(47 credits)
MUPG 620, MUPG 621, MUPG 622 Performance Tutorials. 
MUPG 693 Vocal Treatises and Methods
MUPG 694 Vocal Physiology for Singers
One of MUPP 690, MUPP 691, MUPP 692, MUPP 693, 
MUPP 694 or MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar or 
MUPG 690 Vocal Styles and Conventions. 
One of MUIN 600 or MUIN 601Vocal Repertoire Coaching.
Electives:
One graduate 3-credit seminar with the prefix MUCO, MUGS, 
MUGT, MUHL, MUPP, MUTH. 
Recitals:
MUPG 650 Voice Lecture - Demonstration
MUPG 660 Solo Recital Project 1
MUPG 611 Directed Voice Teaching 1
MUPG 612 Directed Voice Teaching 2
Master of Music - Performance: Early Music
(48 credits) (Voice, baroque flute, recorder, baroque oboe, baroque violin, baroque viola, baroque cello, viola da gamba, harpsichord)
MUPG 620, MUPG 621, MUPG 622 Performance Tutorials. 
One of MUPP 690, MUPP 691, MUPP 692, MUPP 693, 
MUPP 694 or MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar. 
Electives:
One graduate 3-credit seminar with the prefix MUCO, MUGS, 
MUGT, MUHL, MUPP, MUTH. 
One additional graduate 3-credit seminar. 
Recitals:
MUPG 660 Solo Recital Project 1 and MUPG 662 Solo and 
Chamber Music Recital. 
Ensembles:
Three terms of MUEN 661 Early Chamber Music Ensemble 
(harpsichord players must satisfy the corequisite of 
MUPG 372D1/MUPG 372D2 Continuo). 
Master of Music - Performance: Church Music - Organ
(45 credits)
MUPG 620, MUPG 621, MUPG 622 Performance Tutorials. 
One of MUPP 690, MUPP 691, MUPP 692, MUPP 693, 
MUPP 694 or MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar. 
Electives:
One graduate 3-credit seminar with the prefix MUCO, MUGS, 
MUGT, MUHL, MUPP, MUTH. 
One additional graduate 3-credit seminar. 
Recital:
MUPG 660 Solo Recital Project 1. 
Courses:
MUPG 676D1/MUPG 676D2 Special Project in Performance 2 
Ensembles:
Three terms of MUEN 693 Choral Ensemble. 
Master of Music - Performance: Jazz Performance
(47 credits) (Saxophone, Trumpet, Trombone, Drums, Piano, Guitar, Bass, Voice)
MUPG 620, MUPG 621, MUPG 622 Performance Tutorials. 
Recital:
MUPG 660 Solo Recital Project 1
MUPG 659 Performance in Recording Media 
Ensemble:
Two terms of MUEN 695 Jazz Ensemble 
Courses:
MUJZ 601 Jazz Pedagogy
MUJZ 640D1/MUJZ 640D2 Jazz Composition and Arranging 

Courses approved as electives for M.Mus. students in Performance:

MUCO 623 Electronic Music Seminar 1

MUCO 624 Electronic Music Seminar 2

MUCO 631 Seminar in Composition 1

MUCO 632 Seminar in Composition 2

MUCO 633 Seminar in Composition 3

MUCO 634 Seminar in Composition 4

MUCO 635 Seminar in Composition 5

MUCO 636 Seminar in Composition 6

MUGT 610 Seminar - Music Education 1

MUGT 611 Seminar - Music Education 2

MUGT 612 Seminar - Music Education 3

MUGT 613 Seminar - Music Education 4

MUHL 591D1/MUHL 591D2 Paleography

MUHL 653 Music Aesthetics and Criticism

MUHL 680 Seminar in Musicology 1

MUHL 681 Seminar in Musicology 2

MUHL 682 Seminar in Musicology 3

MUHL 683 Seminar in Musicology 4

MUHL 684 Seminar in Musicology 5

MUHL 685 Seminar in Musicology 6

MUHL 692 Seminar in Music Literature 1

MUHL 693 Seminar in Music Literature 2

MUHL 694 Seminar in Music Literature 3

MUHL 695 Seminar in Music Literature 4

MUHL 696 Seminar in Music Literature 5

MUHL 697 Seminar in Music Literature 6

MUPP 690 Performance Practice Seminar 1

MUPP 691 Performance Practice Seminar 2

MUPP 692 Performance Practice Seminar 3

MUPP 693 Performance Practice Seminar 4

MUPP 694 Performance Practice Seminar 5

MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar 6

MUTH 652 Seminar in Music Theory 1

MUTH 653 Seminar in Music Theory 2

MUTH 654 Seminar in Music Theory 3

MUTH 655 Seminar in Music Theory 4

MUTH 656 Seminar in Music Theory 5

MUTH 657 Seminar in Music Theory 6

MUTH 658 History of Music Theory 1

MUTH 659 History of Music Theory 2

Doctor of Music (D.Mus.) Degree Requirements - Composition
A minimum of two years' residence is required beyond the M.Mus. 
in Composition, or its equivalent. 
MUCO 722D1/MUCO 722D2 Doctoral Composition Tutorial (for 
two years). 
Four approved 3-credit graduate electives or the equivalent. 
MUGS 701 Comprehensive Examination Part 1 and MUGS 702 
Comprehensive Examination Part 2. 
Composition Performance. The candidate must present a concert 
of his/her compositions. With the permission of the Committee 
on Graduate Studies, the compositions may be presented as 
parts of two or three concerts. 
Thesis. A musical composition of major dimensions together with 
a written analysis of the work. The thesis must be defended in 
an oral examination. 

Details concerning the comprehensive examinations, composition performance, thesis and academic regulations are available from the Admissions Officer, Faculty of Music or the Secretary for Graduate Studies, Faculty of Music.

Doctor of Music (D.Mus.) Degree Requirements - Performance
A minimum of two years' residence is required beyond the M.Mus. 
in Performance, or its equivalent. 
Performance Tutorial
(6 terms of 1 hour per week, or 4 terms of 1.5 hours per week): 
MUPG 720, MUPG 721, MUPG 722, MUPG 723, MUPG 724, 
MUPG 725 
OR MUPG 730, MUPG 731, MUPG 732, MUPG 733  
Vocal Repertoire Coaching (4 terms, voice candidates only): 
MUIN 700, MUIN 701, MUIN 702, MUIN 703 
Four graduate level courses (3 credits each) to be chosen from 
among the Faculty's course offerings in consultation with the 
advisory committee. Three of the four courses should be in the 
Department of Theory; one of the four may be replaced with a 
supervised special project approved by the advisory committee 
and the performance graduate subcommittee. 
MUGS 701 Comprehensive Examination Part 1 and 
MUGS 702 Comprehensive Examination Part 2. 
Recitals:
MUPG 760 Doctoral Recital 1
MUPG 767 Doctoral Recital 2
MUPG 770 Doctoral Lecture - Recital Project
The lecture-recital includes the presentation and submission of 
a research paper on its subject. 

Details concerning the comprehensive examinations, composition performance, thesis and academic regulations are available from the Admissions Officer, Faculty of Music or the Secretary for Graduate Studies, Faculty of Music.

PH.D. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

The Ph.D. requires a minimum of three years of full-time resident study (6 full-time terms) beyond a Bachelor's degree. A candidate who holds a Master's degree in the area of specialization may, on the recommendation of the Department, be permitted to count the work done for the Master's degree as the first year of resident study.

Ten 3-credit graduate courses approved by the Department (the 
Doctoral Tutorial will be considered a course for purposes of 
this requirement). Applicants who have completed an M.A. 
degree before entering the Ph.D. program will be required to 
complete at least five approved 3-credit graduate courses 
beyond the M.A. requirements. 
Language reading examinations in two foreign languages (one 
foreign language for students in music education; none 
required for students in sound recording and music technol-
ogy). Normally, one of these will be German and the other 
related to the candidate's field of research. A third language 
may be required if considered necessary for the candidate's 
research. Students whose mother tongue is French are exempt 
from the French Language Reading examination. 
Comprehensive examinations, MUGS 701 Comprehensive 
Examination Part 1 and MUGS 702 Comprehensive Examina-
tion Part 2. The language reading examinations must be 
passed before a candidate will be permitted to sit the Compre-
hensive Examinations. 
Participation in MUGS 705 Colloquium. Ph.D. students are 
required to attend four terms of the Doctoral Coloquium. Regu-
lar attendance and at least one presentation on their thesis 
research in the Colloquium during the course of their doctoral 
studies is required. 
Doctoral Dissertation. All courses and language requirements and 
the comprehensive examinations must be successfully com-
pleted before the dissertation is submitted. 

52.6 Graduate Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

SEMINARS

Enrolment in seminars will normally be limited to 10. Each year a selection of the following courses are offered:

MUCO 631 Seminar in Composition 1. (3) (3 hours)
MUCO 632 Seminar in Composition 2. (3) (3 hours)
MUCO 633 Seminar in Composition 3. (3) (3 hours)
MUCO 634 Seminar in Composition 4. (3) (3 hours)
MUCO 635 Seminar in Composition 5. (3) (3 hours)
MUCO 636 Seminar in Composition 6. (3) (3 hours)
MUGT 610 Seminar - Music Education 1. (3) (3 hours)
MUGT 611 Seminar - Music Education 2. (3) (3 hours)
MUGT 612 Seminar - Music Education 3. (3) (3 hours)
MUGT 613 Seminar - Music Education 4. (3) (3 hours)
MUHL 680 Seminar in Musicology 1. (3) (3 hours)
MUHL 681 Seminar in Musicology 2. (3) (3 hours)
MUHL 682 Seminar in Musicology 3. (3) (3 hours)
MUHL 683 Seminar in Musicology 4. (3) (3 hours)
MUHL 684 Seminar in Musicology 5. (3) (3 hours)
MUHL 685 Seminar in Musicology 6. (3) (3 hours)
MUHL 692 Seminar in Music Literature 1. (3) (3 hours)
MUHL 693 Seminar in Music Literature 2. (3) (3 hours)
MUHL 694 Seminar in Music Literature 3. (3) (3 hours)
MUHL 695 Seminar in Music Literature 4. (3) (3 hours)
MUHL 696 Seminar in Music Literature 5. (3) (3 hours)
MUHL 697 Seminar in Music Literature 6. (3) (3 hours)
MUMT 610 Computer Music Seminar 1. (3) (3 hours)
MUMT 611 Computer Music Seminar 2. (3) (3 hours)
MUMT 612 Computer Music Seminar 3. (3) (3 hours)
MUMT 613 Computer Music Seminar 4. (3) (3 hours)
MUMT 614 Computer Music Seminar 5. (3) (3 hours)
MUMT 615 Computer Music Seminar 6. (3) (3 hours)
MUPP 690 Performance Practice Seminar 1. (3) (3 hours)
MUPP 691 Performance Practice Seminar 2. (3) (3 hours)
MUPP 692 Performance Practice Seminar 3. (3) (3 hours)
MUPP 693 Performance Practice Seminar 4. (3) (3 hours)
MUPP 694 Performance Practice Seminar 5. (3) (3 hours)
MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar 6. (3) (3 hours)
MUSR 690 Media Theory and Practice Seminar 1. (3) (3 hours)
MUSR 691 Media Theory and Practice Seminar 2. (3) (3 hours)
MUSR 692 Media Theory and Practice Seminar 3. (3) (3 hours)
MUSR 693 Media Theory and Practice Seminar 4. (3) (3 hours)
MUSR 694 Media Theory and Practice Seminar 5. (3) (3 hours)
MUSR 695 Media Theory and Practice Seminar 6. (3) (3 hours)
MUTH 652 Seminar in Music Theory 1. (3) (3 hours)
MUTH 653 Seminar in Music Theory 2. (3) (3 hours)
MUTH 654 Seminar in Music Theory 3. (3) (3 hours)
MUTH 655 Seminar in Music Theory 4. (3) (3 hours)
MUTH 656 Seminar in Music Theory 5. (3) (3 hours)
MUTH 657 Seminar in Music Theory 6. (3) (3 hours)

Topics for graduate seminars vary from year to year and are normally chosen according to the individual instructor's areas of research expertise. A list of detailed seminar descriptions can be found on the Faculty of Music Web site prior to Fall registration. The following indicates the scope of offerings with some sample topics. Note: Topics listed will not necessarily to be offered in the upcoming year.

Composition Seminar:

Music After 1945; The Symphony in the Twentieth Century; The Music of Olivier Messiaen.

Computer Music Seminar:

Advanced topics in computer applications in music will be examined. Students will be expected to 1) present critical analyses of current research and 2) develop and implement software demonstrations.

Media Theory and Practice Seminar:

Media Technology, Digital Restoration of Archival Recordings, Communications Systems and Standards, Audio Aesthetics of Video Musicals, Classical Music and the Television Medium.

Music Education Seminar:

Music Criticism and Music Education; Musical Ability; Aesthetics, Music, and Music Education.

Music Literature Seminar:

The Music of Bela Bartok; The Symphonies of Beethoven; The Nineteenth-century French Symphony; The Choral Music of Johannes Brahms; French opera from Carmen to Pelléas; The Music of Ockeghem and Busnoys.

Musicology Seminar:

Beethoven Style Periods; The "Roman de Fauvel"; The German Lied; Problems in Verdi Studies; Studies in the Wagner Operas.

Music Theory Seminar:

Theory and Analysis of Classical Form; Mathematical Set and Group Theory Models; Theories of Musical Rhythm and Meter; The Late Music of Igor Stravinsky.

Performance Practice Seminar:

Performance Practice of the Beethoven Piano Sonatas; Performance Practice and the Standard Repertoire (18th and early 19th century); 20th-century Performance Practice.

OTHER COURSES

MUCO 622D1 (3), MUCO 622D2 (3) Composition Tutorial.

(Students must register for both MUCO 622D1 and MUCO 622D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUCO 622D1 and MUCO 622D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

MUCO 722D1 (3), MUCO 722D2 (3) Doctoral Composition Tutorial.

(Students must register for both MUCO 722D1 and MUCO 722D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUCO 722D1 and MUCO 722D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

MUCT 602 Seminar in Choral Techniques.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUCT 603 Seminar in Choral Techniques.

(3) (3 hours)

MUEN 596 Opera Repetiteur.

(2) (6 hours) (Open by audition to advanced pianists, and to students in conducting, who are interested in training as operatic coaches. Students enrolled for piano instruction at McGill must also have their practical teacher's approval)

MUEN 660 Chamber Music Ensemble.

(1)

MUEN 661 Early Chamber Music Ensemble.

(1) (1 hour) (Prerequisite: Audition) Chamber music of the Medieval, Renaissance and Baroque periods.

MUEN 672 Cappella Antica.

(2) (4 hours) (Prerequisite: Audition) An ensemble of 8 to 12 voices specializing in early music.

MUEN 673 Collegium Musicum.

(2) (4 hours) (Prerequisites: Audition AND MUEN 480 AND MUPP 381; Additional prerequisite for keyboard players: MUPG 372 with a grade of A-) Open to singers and instrumentalists, this ensemble specializes in chamber music primarily of the Baroque era.

MUEN 679 Advanced Song Interpretation.

(1) (Open to Performance and/or Artist Diploma piano and voice students or permission of instructor.) Study of advanced standard and non-standard song repertoire emphasizing the partnership between singers and pianists.

MUEN 680 Early Music Ensemble.

(1) (2 hours) (Prerequisite: Audition. Prerequisite or corequisite for keyboard players: MUPG 272) An ensemble of 4-6 vocalists and instrumentalists which performs music of the Medieval, Renaissance and Baroque periods.

MUEN 684 Studio Accompanying.

(2) (Prerequisite: Audition; 2 hours) Students will be assigned to work as accompanists with performance teachers and their students.

MUEN 688 Multiple Ensembles.

(2) Student participation in more than one ensemble in different concert periods over the course of a term.

MUEN 690 McGill Winds.

(2) (4 - 6 hours) (Prerequisite: Audition)

MUEN 692 Advanced Chamber Jazz Ensemble.

(2) (Prerequisite: Audition) An opportunity for graduate students to perform original compositions for a 9-13 piece jazz ensemble and students will also transcribe recorded music.

MUEN 693 Choral Ensemble.

(2) (4 hours) (Prerequisite: Audition) (Chamber Singers: a group of approximately 24 mixed voices which explores the a capella repertoire of all periods as well as works with chamber accompaniment. Section 01) (Concert Choir: an ensemble of approximately 60 voices (S.A.T.B.) which performs the repertoire from all periods appropriate to a group of this size. Section 02) (University Chorus: a mixed chorus of approximately 100 which performs a variety of choral material including both traditional and popular selections. Section 03) (Women's Chorale: an ensemble of approximately 40 women stressing the fundamentals of singing and ensemble participation. Works are chosen from the substantial repertoire available for women's voices. Section 04) Students enrolling in Choral Ensembles will be assigned to one of the above groups.

MUEN 694 Contemporary Music Ensemble.

(2) (4 hours) (Prerequisite: Audition) An ensemble of approximately 15 performers which will explore 20th-century ensemble repertoire.

MUEN 695 Jazz Ensemble.

(2) (3-4 hours) (Prerequisite: Audition)

MUEN 696 Opera Theatre.

(2) (3-6 hours) (Prerequisite: open to all Graduate Performance and Artist Diploma students who have completed MUEN 496 or its equivalent.) Individual coaching in acting, movement and role preparation; possibility for roles in Opera McGill productions (by audition).

MUEN 697 Orchestra.

(2) (Prerequisite: Audition. Corequisite for wind players: MUEN 678.) (6-7 hours) A full orchestra of approximately 90 which performs the symphonic repertoire. N.B. Woodwind and brass players will take one hour per week of Repertoire Class as a part of Orchestra.

MUGS 614 Reading Course 1.

(3) Independent study of an approved topic or topics under the guidance of a supervisor. Topics will be chosen to suit individual needs and interests. The extent of reading, synthesis, and reporting will be agreed upon by the supervisor and the student at the beginning of the course.

MUGS 615 Reading Course 2.

(3) Independent study of an approved topic or topics under the guidance of a supervisor. Topics will be chosen to suit individual needs and interests. The extent of reading, synthesis, and reporting will be agreed upon by the supervisor and the student at the beginning of the course.

MUGS 635 Research Paper 1.

(9)

MUGS 635D1 (4.5), MUGS 635D2 (4.5) Research Paper 1.

(Students must register for both MUGS 635D1 and MUGS 635D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUGS 635D1 and MUGS 635D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUGS 635D1 and MUGS 635D2 together are equivalent to MUGS 635)

MUGS 636 Research Paper 2.

(9)

MUGS 636D1 (4.5), MUGS 636D2 (4.5) Research Paper 2.

(Students must register for both MUGS 636D1 and MUGS 636D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUGS 636D1 and MUGS 636D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUGS 636D1 and MUGS 636D2 together are equivalent to MUGS 636)

l

MUGS 675 Special Project.

(3) (Requires Departmental approval)

l

MUGS 675D1 (1.5), MUGS 675D2 (1.5) Special Project.

(Students must register for both MUGS 675D1 and MUGS 675D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUGS 675D1 and MUGS 675D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUGS 675D1 and MUGS 675D2 together are equivalent to MUGS 675)

l

MUGS 676 Special Project.

(6) (Requires Departmental approval)

l

MUGS 676D1 (3), MUGS 676D2 (3) Special Project.

(Students must register for both MUGS 676D1 and MUGS 676D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUGS 676D1 and MUGS 676D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUGS 676D1 and MUGS 676D2 together are equivalent to MUGS 676)

MUGS 683 Master's Thesis Research 1.

(3)

MUGS 684 Master's Thesis Research 2.

(6)

MUGS 685 Master's Thesis Research 3.

(9)

MUGS 686 Master's Thesis Research 4.

(12)

MUGS 687 Master's Thesis.

(12)

l

MUGS 694 Special Topic Seminar.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUGS 695 Special Topic Seminar.

(3) (3 hours)

MUGS 701 Comprehensive Examination Part 1.

(0)

MUGS 701D1 (0), MUGS 701D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination Part 1.

(Students must register for both MUGS 701D1 and MUGS 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUGS 701D1 and MUGS 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUGS 701D1 and MUGS 701D2 together are equivalent to MUGS 701)

MUGS 702 Comprehensive Examination Part 2.

(0)

MUGS 702D1 (0), MUGS 702D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination Part 2.

(Students must register for both MUGS 702D1 and MUGS 702D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUGS 702D1 and MUGS 702D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUGS 702D1 and MUGS 702D2 together are equivalent to MUGS 702)

l

MUGS 705 Colloquium.

(0)

MUGS 705D1 (0), MUGS 705D2 (0) Colloquium.

(Students must register for both MUGS 705D1 and MUGS 705D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUGS 705D1 and MUGS 705D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUGS 705D1 and MUGS 705D2 together are equivalent to MUGS 705)

l

MUGS 749 Doctoral Tutorial 1.

(3)

l

MUGS 750 Doctoral Tutorial 2.

(3)

l

MUHL 529 Proseminar in Musicology.

(3) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: MUHL 184 and MUHL 185 and MUTH 211 OR MUCO 240 and MUSP 231) (Prerequisite: open to all students in a Major or Honours program in Music History, and to students in other programs by permission of instructor) (Normally alternates with MUHL 591)

MUHL 570 Research Methods in Music.

(3) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: MUHL 184 and MUHL 185 and MUTH 211 OR MUCO 240 and MUSP 231) (Additional prerequisite: one MUHL or MUPP course at the 300 level or higher, or permission of instructor) Survey and critical evaluation of research- and performance-related tools: composers' collected editions, monuments of music, bibliographies of music and music literature, discographies, directories, and databases. Topics will include: developing bibliographies, structuring written arguments, assessing academic and popular writings about music, and understanding the task of the music editor.

MUHL 591D1 (1.5), MUHL 591D2 (1.5) Paleography.

(1 hour) (Prerequisites: MUHL 184 and MUHL 185 and MUTH 211 OR MUCO 240 and MUSP 231) (Restricted to U3 honours students in History) (Normally alternates with MUHL 529) (Students must register for both MUHL 591D1 and MUHL 591D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUHL 591D1 and MUHL 591D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

MUIN 600 Vocal Repertoire Coaching 1.

(2) (1 hour) A course in which the performer will have individual coaching sessions on repertoire, with emphasis on musical and linguistic nuance.

MUIN 601 Vocal Repertoire Coaching 2.

(2) (1 hour)

MUIN 602 Vocal Repertoire Coaching 3.

(2) Individual coaching sessions on advanced vocal repertoire, with emphasis on musical and linguistic nuance.

MUIN 700 Doctoral Repertoire Coaching 1.

(2) Individual tutorial coaching sessions in repertoire, with emphasis on musical and linguistic nuance.

MUIN 701 Doctoral Repertoire Coaching 2.

(2) Individual tutorial coaching sessions in repertoire, with emphasis on musical and linguistic nuance.

MUIN 702 Doctoral Repertoire Coaching 3.

(2) Individual tutorial coaching sessions in repertoire, with emphasis on musical and linguistic nuance.

MUIN 703 Doctoral Repertoire Coaching 4.

(2) Individual tutorial coaching sessions in repertoire, with emphasis on musical and linguistic nuance.

MUJZ 601 Jazz Pedagogy.

(3) (3 hours) A course designed to prepare students to teach jazz-related subjects at the university and professional level, with emphasis on ensemble direction and the instruction of improvisation, as well as course and curriculum development. Various pedagogical methods, philosophies, rehearsal techniques, and materials will be investigated.

l

MUJZ 640 Jazz Composition and Arranging.

(4) (2 hours)

MUJZ 640D1 (2), MUJZ 640D2 (2) Jazz Composition and Arranging.

(Students must register for both MUJZ 640D1 and MUJZ 640D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUJZ 640D1 and MUJZ 640D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUJZ 640D1 and MUJZ 640D2 together are equivalent to MUJZ 640) A course intended to guide the student towards an individual musical style. A variety of jazz compositional and arranging techniques will be explored.

MUMT 605 Digital Sound Synthesis and Audio Process.

(3) Basic principles of digital sound synthesis including techniques such as additive synthesis, frequency modulation, tuned resonators, waveshaping and digital audio processing techniques including simple delay systems, filters, reverberators, spatial controllers, etc. will be explored.

MUMT 609 Music, Media and Technology Project.

(3) (3 research/project hours) Independent music technology project. Students will prepare a statement of objectives, a comprehensive project design and a schedule of work, and will undertake the project on appropriate music technology platforms.

MUMT 610 Computer Music Seminar 1.

(3) (3 hours) Advanced topics in computer applications in music will be examined. Students will be expected to 1) present critical analyses of current research and 2) develop and implement software demonstrations.

MUMT 611 Computer Music Seminar 2.

(3) (3 hours) Advanced topics in computer applications in music will be examined. Students will be expected to 1) present critical analyses of current research and 2) develop and implement software demonstrations.

MUMT 612 Computer Music Seminar 3.

(3) (3 hours) Advanced topics in computer applications in music will be examined. Students will be expected to 1) present critical analyses of current research and 2) develop and implement software demonstrations.

l

MUMT 613 Computer Music Seminar 4.

(3) (3 hours)

MUMT 614 Computer Music Seminar 5.

(3) (3 hours) Advanced topics in computer applications in music will be examined. Students will be expected to 1) present critical analyses of current research and 2) develop and implement software demonstrations.

MUMT 615 Computer Music Seminar 6.

(3) (3 hours) Advanced topics in computer applications in music will be examined. Students will be expected to 1) present critical analyses of current research and 2) develop and implement software demonstrations.

MUSR 629D1 (2), MUSR 629D2 (2) Technical Ear Training.

(1 hour tutorial, 2 hours laboratory.) (Students must register for both MUSR 629D1 and MUSR 629D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUSR 629D1 and MUSR 629D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 629D1/D2.) This course will, through a sequence of specific auditory exercises, develop and improve students' aural sensitivity to small changes in sound quality. Students train to identify spectral variables in sound, develop stable reference of sound quality and learn about spectral characteristics of musical instruments.

MUSR 631D1 (2), MUSR 631D2 (2) Advanced Technical Ear Training.

(1 hour tutorial, 2 hours laboratory) (Prerequisite: MUMT 629.) (Students must register for both MUSR 631D1 and MUSR 631D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUSR 631D1 and MUSR 631D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 631D1/D2.) Included in this course are exercises for developing some of the following aural skills: identification and quantification of spatial parameters of sound image, nonlinear and transient distortion audibility, identification of coherent and incoherent noise, sound source identification in complex textures, sound enhancement and reconstruction.

MUSR 667 Digital Studio Technology.

(3) (3 hours lecture) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 667.) Technical and operational characteristics of different digital recording systems currently employed by the recording industry.

MUSR 668 Digital/Analog Audio Editing.

(3) (1 hour tutorial, 3 hours studio time.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 668.) Using analog and digital record/playback equipment, students learn, through practice, the art of replacing, patching, rebalancing, reconstructing, or generally speaking, improving recorded music through editing. Teaching will include cut and splice editing, disk-based editing, and editing by transfer and mixing.

l

MUSR 669 Topics:Classical Music Recording.

(3) (3 hours lecture) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 669 or MUMT 669D1/D2.)

MUSR 669D1 (1.5), MUSR 669D2 (1.5) Topics:Classical Music Recording.

(3 hours lecture) (Students must register for both MUSR 669D1 and MUSR 669D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUSR 669D1 and MUSR 669D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (MUSR 669D1 and MUSR 669D2 together are equivalent to MUSR 669.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 669 or MUMT 669D1/D2.) Issues involving classical music recording. Topics may include: analysis of performance styles, acoustics of concert halls, production of music videos, seminars with recording producers, tonmeisters, classical music in multimedia, and others.

MUSR 670D1 (5), MUSR 670D2 (5) Recording Theory and Practice 1.

(3 hours seminar, 6 hours studio time.) (Prerequisite: MUMT 300.) (Students must register for both MUSR 670D1 and MUSR 670D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUSR 670D1 and MUSR 670D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 670D1/D2.) Theoretical and practice study of recording equipment, procedures and techniques. Recording sessions and live stereo recording, using the recording studio, concert hall and portable equipment for on-location recording. Also included will be an introduction to the areas of radio drama, broadcast recording and radio commercials.

MUSR 671D1 (5), MUSR 671D2 (5) Recording Theory and Practice 2.

(3 hours seminar, 6 hours studio time.) (Prerequisite: MUSR 670D1/D2 (formerly MUMT 670D1/D2).) (Students must register for both MUSR 671D1 and MUSR 671D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUSR 671D1 and MUSR 671D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 671D1/D2.) Emphasis on multi-track recording theory and practice. The course will also concentrate on expanded multi-track procedures: signal processing, overdubbing, mixing, editing, and producing.

MUSR 672D1 (3), MUSR 672D2 (3) Analysis of Recordings.

(3 hours.) (Students must register for both MUSR 672D1 and MUSR 672D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUSR 672D1 and MUSR 672D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 672D1/D2.) The analysis of recording engineering, production, performance, aesthetics and technical quality of selected recordings.

MUSR 674 Electronic and Electroacoustic Measurement.

(3) (1 1/2 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory) This course demonstrates the instruments, measurement procedures, and techniques used in a recording studio to determine the acoustical properties of a room and the transfer functions of devices used in a studio. Theoretical lectures on electronic test instrumentation and measurement methods are combined with practical application.

l

MUSR 674D1 (1.5), MUSR 674D2 (1.5) Electronic and Electroacoustic Measurement.

(1 1/2 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory) (Students must register for both MUSR 674D1 and MUSR 674D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUSR 674D1 and MUSR 674D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (MUSR 674D1 and MUSR 674D2 together are equivalent to MUSR 674.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 674 or MUMT 674D1/D2.)

l

MUSR 676 Audio Industry Experience.

(3) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 676 or MUMT 676D1/D2.)

l

MUSR 676D1 (1.5), MUSR 676D2 (1.5)

(Students must register for both MUSR 676D1 and MUSR 676D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUSR 676D1 and MUSR 676D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (MUSR 676D1 and MUSR 676D2 together are equivalent to MUSR 676.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 676 or MUMT 676D1/D2.)

MUSR 677D1 (3), MUSR 677D2 (3) Audio for Video Post-Production.

(3 hours seminar, 4 hours studio time.) (Students must register for both MUSR 677D1 and MUSR 677D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUSR 677D1 and MUSR 677D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 677D1/D2.) Theoretical study includes historical analysis of sound for image, audio post-production process for film and video, aesthetic and technical considerations in sound design, time code and synchronization, and final mix formats. Practical skills include field recording, sound library management, sound design, dialog, effects and music editing, and final mix process.

MUSR 678 Advanced Digital Editing and Post-Production.

(3) (3 hours.) (Prerequisite: MUSR 668 (formerly MUMT 668).) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 678.) This course covers advanced concepts and techniques of audio post-production using digital workstations. Students practise the assembly of raw material into a complete final product through editing, signal processing, mixing, sound restoration and pre-mastering.

MUSR 690 Media Theory and Practice Seminar 1.

(3) (3 hours) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 690.) Topics vary from year to year and are normally chosen according to the individual instructor's area of expertise. Topics to be covered may include the following: Media Technology, Digital Restoration of Archival Recordings, Communications Systems and Standards, Audio Aesthetics of Video Musicals, Classical Music and the Television Medium, etc.

MUSR 691 Media Theory and Practice Seminar 2.

(3) (3 hours.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 691.) Topics vary from year to year and are normally chosen according to the individual instructor's area of expertise. Topics to be covered may include the following: Media Technology, Digital Restoration of Archival Recordings, Communications Systems and Standards, Audio Aesthetics of Video Musicals, Classical Music and the Television Medium, etc.

l

MUSR 692 Media Theory and Practice Seminar 3.

(3) (3 hours.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 692.)

l

MUSR 693 Media Theory and Practice Seminar 4.

(3) (3 hours) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 693.)

MUSR 694 Media Theory and Practice Seminar 5.

(3) (3 hours) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 694.) Topics vary from year to year and are normally chosen according to the individual instructor's area of expertise. Topics to be covered may include the following: Media Technology, Digital Restoration of Archival Recordings, Communications Systems and Standards, Audio Aesthetics of Video Musicals, Classical Music and the Television Medium, etc.

MUSR 695 Media Theory and Practice Seminar 6.

(3) (3 hours) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken MUMT 695.) Topics vary from year to year and are normally chosen according to the individual instructor's area of expertise. Topics to be covered may include the following: Media Technology, Digital Restoration of Archival Recordings, Communications Systems and Standards, Audio Aesthetics of Video Musicals, Classical Music and the Television Medium, etc.

MUPG 611 Directed Voice Teaching 1.

(3) (1 hour) A practical approach to vocal pedagogy through supervised private teaching and the observation of experienced studio voice teachers. The candidate must compile a dossier documenting the progress of his or her own students and observations made during master classes and private lessons by voice faculty.

MUPG 612 Directed Voice Teaching 2.

(3) (1 hour) A practical approach to advanced vocal pedagogy through supervised private teaching and the observation of experienced studio voice teachers. The candidate must compile a dossier documenting the progress of his or her own students and observations made during master classes and private lessons by voice faculty.

l

MUPG 613 Directed Teaching 3.

(2) (1 hour)

l

MUPG 614 Directed Teaching 4.

(2) (1 hour)

l

MUPG 615 Master Class-Orchestral Conducting.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUPG 616 Master Class-Choral Conducting.

(3) (3 hours)

MUPG 620 Performance Tutorial 1.

(4)

MUPG 621 Performance Tutorial 2.

(4)

MUPG 622 Performance Tutorial 3.

(4)

MUPG 623 Performance Tutorial 4.

(4)

MUPG 624 Performance Tutorial 5.

(4)

l

MUPG 630 Performance Tutorial 6.

(6)

l

MUPG 631 Performance Tutorial 7.

(6)

l

MUPG 632 Performance Tutorial 8.

(6)

l

MUPG 633 Performance Tutorial 9.

(6)

MUPG 646 Score- and Sight-Reading 1.

(1) Playing operatic piano-vocal scores at sight. Realizing at the piano operatic orchestral scores with emphasis on repertoire from before 1800.

MUPG 647 Score- and Sight-Reading 2.

(1) Playing operatic piano-vocal scores at sight. Realizing at the piano operatic orchestral scores with emphasis on repertoire from after 1800.

MUPG 650 Voice Lecture - Demonstration.

(3) The candidate is required to present his or her two voice students in a public mini-recital, to discuss their progress and to trace the pedagogical focus and choices that have been made during their two semesters of study.

MUPG 653 Opera Coach Exam 1.

(6) The candidate must prepare the singers and peform, conducting from the piano, a complete opera or major scene from the standard repertoire.

MUPG 654 Opera Coach Exam 2.

(6) The candidate must prepare the singers and perform, conducting from the piano, a complete opera or major scene from the specialized repertoire.

MUPG 655 Opera Coach Quick Study.

(6) With one month's notice, the candidate must prepare an assigned operatic score, playing while singing all the parts. Historical research, stylistic performance, musical choices and linguistic command of the score are required.

MUPG 656 Vocal Quick Study.

(6) With one month's notice, the candidate must prepare an assigned group of songs, oratorios or operatic roles. Historical research, stylistic performance practices, musical and dramatic choices (where applicable) and vocal command of the material is required.

l

MUPG 656D1 (3), MUPG 656D2 (3) Vocal Quick Study.

(Students must register for both MUPG 656D1 and MUPG 656D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 656D1 and MUPG 656D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 656D1 and MUPG 656D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 656)

MUPG 657 Opera Performance Exam 1.

(6) Staged performance of a complete operatic role from the standard repertoire, minimum 25-30 minutes of singing plus any extra stage time. Mature musical, dramatic, vocal, linguistic and stylistic elements will be the focus of this exam.

MUPG 657D1 (3), MUPG 657D2 (3) Opera Performance Exam 1.

(Students must register for both MUPG 657D1 and MUPG 657D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 657D1 and MUPG 657D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 657D1 and MUPG 657D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 657) Staged performance of a complete operatic role from the standard repertoire, minimum 25-30 minutes of singing plus any extra stage time. Mature musical, dramatic, vocal, linguistic and stylistic elements will be the focus of this exam.

MUPG 658 Opera Performance Examination 2.

(6) Staged performance of a complete operatic role from the specialized repertoire.

MUPG 658D1 (3), MUPG 658D2 (3) Opera Performance Examination 2.

(Students must register for both MUPG 658D1 and MUPG 658D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 658D1 and MUPG 658D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 658D1 and MUPG 658D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 658) Staged performance of a complete operatic role from the specialized repertoire.

MUPG 659 Performance in Recording Media.

(12) The candidate must submit a 60-75 minute audio and/or video document of his or her performances, compiled from various media sources. This might include radio, television, and/or studio recordings. All of the music must be composed and arranged by the candidate.

MUPG 659D1 (6), MUPG 659D2 (6) Performance in Recording Media.

(Students must register for both MUPG 659D1 and MUPG 659D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 659D1 and MUPG 659D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 659D1 and MUPG 659D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 659) The candidate must submit a 60-75 minute audio and/or video document of his or her performances, compiled from various media sources. This might include radio, television, and/or studio recordings. All of the music must be composed and arranged by the candidate.

MUPG 660 Solo Recital 1.

(12)

MUPG 660D1 (6), MUPG 660D2 (6) Solo Recital 1.

(Students must register for both MUPG 660D1 and MUPG 660D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 660D1 and MUPG 660D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 660D1 and MUPG 660D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 660)

MUPG 661 Chamber Music Recital 1.

(12)

MUPG 661D1 (6), MUPG 661D2 (6) Chamber Music Recital 1.

(Students must register for both MUPG 661D1 and MUPG 661D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 661D1 and MUPG 661D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 661D1 and MUPG 661D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 661)

MUPG 662 Solo and Chamber Music Recital.

(12)

MUPG 662D1 (6), MUPG 662D2 (6) Solo and Chamber Music Recital.

(Students must register for both MUPG 662D1 and MUPG 662D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 662D1 and MUPG 662D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 662D1 and MUPG 662D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 662)

MUPG 663 Quick Study Examination.

(6) (To be successfully completed before the first recital is performed)

MUPG 663D1 (3), MUPG 663D2 (3) Quick Study Examination.

(Students must register for both MUPG 663D1 and MUPG 663D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 663D1 and MUPG 663D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 663D1 and MUPG 663D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 663)

MUPG 664 Repertoire Examination.

(6)

MUPG 664D1 (3), MUPG 664D2 (3) Repertoire Examination.

(Students must register for both MUPG 664D1 and MUPG 664D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 664D1 and MUPG 664D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 664D1 and MUPG 664D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 664)

MUPG 665D1 (6), MUPG 665D2 (6) Accompanying Recital 1.

(Students must register for both MUPG 665D1 and MUPG 665D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 665D1 and MUPG 665D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

MUPG 666 Conducting Concert Examination.

(24)

l

MUPG 666D1 (12), MUPG 666D2 (12) Conducting Concert Examination.

(Students must register for both MUPG 666D1 and MUPG 666D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 666D1 and MUPG 666D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 666D1 and MUPG 666D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 666)

MUPG 667 Solo Recital 2.

(12)

MUPG 667D1 (6), MUPG 667D2 (6) Solo Recital 2.

(Students must register for both MUPG 667D1 and MUPG 667D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 667D1 and MUPG 667D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 667D1 and MUPG 667D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 667)

MUPG 668 Chamber Music Recital 2.

(12)

MUPG 668D1 (6), MUPG 668D2 (6) Chamber Music Recital 2.

(Students must register for both MUPG 668D1 and MUPG 668D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 668D1 and MUPG 668D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 668D1 and MUPG 668D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 668)

l

MUPG 669 Accompanying Recital 2.

(12)

l

MUPG 669D1 (6), MUPG 669D2 (6) Accompanying Recital 2.

(Students must register for both MUPG 669D1 and MUPG 669D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 669D1 and MUPG 669D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 669D1 and MUPG 669D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 669)

MUPG 670 Advanced Continuo 1.

(2) A historically-oriented study of the principles of figured bass. Standard idioms from historical treatises will be introduced. Preparation of operatic excerpts from the standard high Baroque repertory is required.

MUPG 671 Advanced Continuo 2.

(2) (2 hours) (Prerequisite: MUPG 670) A study of the many different styles of figured bass accompaniment as revealed in contemporary sources. The emphasis will be on realization at the keyboard of representative 17th- and 18th- century operatic recitatives and arias.

l

MUPG 672D1 (1.5), MUPG 672D2 (1.5) Liturgical Improvisation.

(1 1/2 hours) (Students must register for both MUPG 672D1 and MUPG 672D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 672D1 and MUPG 672D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

MUPG 675 Special Project in Performance 1.

(3) (Requires Departmental approval)

l

MUPG 675D1 (1.5), MUPG 675D2 (1.5) Special Project in Performance 1.

(Students must register for both MUPG 675D1 and MUPG 675D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 675D1 and MUPG 675D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (MUPG 675D1 and MUPG 675D2 together are equivalent to MUPG 675)

l

MUPG 676D1 (3), MUPG 676D2 (3) Special Project in Performance 2.

(Students must register for both MUPG 676D1 and MUPG 676D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUPG 676D1 and MUPG 676D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

MUPG 677 Seminar in Performance Topics 1.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUPG 678 Seminar in Performance Topics 2.

(3) (3 hours)

MUPG 681 Piano Seminar 1.

(2) (3 hours.) Comparative studies of recorded solo and ensemble repertoire, and lecture-recital presentations reflecting knowledge of historical context and performance practice.

MUPG 682 Piano Seminar 2.

(2) (3 hours.) Detailed critiques of in-class teaching, and general discussion of preparation for competitions and academic job applications.

l

MUPG 683 The Pianist as Partner.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUPG 685 Master Class - 20th-Century Piano Music.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUPG 686 Master Class - String Chamber Music.

(3) (3 hours)

MUPG 690 Vocal Styles and Conventions.

(3) (3 hours) Emphasis on vocal performance practices through practical application: text, language, inflection, pronunciation and interpretation considered with individuality of each student's voice and technical development. After examining historical treatises, students will discuss and present musical selections utilizing modern performance standards yet remaining true to stylistic demands of each period.

MUPG 691 Vocal Seminar 1.

(3) (3 hours) (Open to singers. pianists, and conductors with permission of instructor.)

MUPG 692 Vocal Seminar 2.

(3) (3 hours) (Open to singers, pianists, and conductors, with permission of instructor.)

l

MUPG 693 Vocal Treatises and Methods.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUPG 694 Vocal Physiology for Singers.

(3) (3 hours)

MUPG 720 D.Mus. Performance Tutorial 1.

(4) Individual instrumental or vocal tutorial. Advanced technical and interpretive training as well as recital preparation.

MUPG 721 D.Mus. Performance Tutorial 2.

(4) Individual instrumental or vocal tutorial. Advanced technical and interpretive training as well as recital preparation.

MUPG 722 D.Mus. Performance Tutorial 3.

(4) Individual intrumental or vocal tutorial. Advanced technical and interpretive training as well as recital preparation.

MUPG 723 D.Mus. Performance Tutorial 4.

(4) Individual intrumental or vocal tutorial. Advanced technical and interpretive training as well as recital preparation.

MUPG 724 D.Mus. Performance Tutorial 5.

(4) Individual instrumental or vocal tutorial. Advanced technical and interpretive training as well as recital preparation.

MUPG 725 D.Mus. Performance Tutorial 6.

(4) Individual instrumental or vocal tutorial. Advanced technical and interpretive training as well as recital preparation.

MUPG 726 D.Mus. Performance Tutorial 7.

(4) Individual instrumental or vocal tutorial. Advanced technical and interpretive training as well as recital preparation.

MUPG 730 D.Mus. Performance Tutorial 8.

(6) Individual instrumental or vocal tutorial. Advanced technical and interpretive training as well as recital preparation.

MUPG 731 D.Mus. Performance Tutorial 9.

(6) Individual instrumental or vocal tutorial. Advanced technical or interpretive training as well as recital preparation.

MUPG 732 D.Mus. Performance Tutorial 10.

(6) Individual instrumental or vocal tutorial. Advanced technical and interpretive training as well as recital preparation.

MUPG 733 D.Mus. Performance Tutorial 11.

(6) Individual instrumental or vocal tutorial. Advanced technical and interpretive training as well as recital preparation.

MUPG 760 Doctoral Recital 1.

(12) A full-length public recital which includes a minimum of 60 minutes of music.

MUPG 767 Doctoral Recital 2.

(12) A full-length public recital which includes a minimum of 60 minutes of music.

MUPG 770 Doctoral Lecture - Recital Project.

(12) The lecture-recital comprises a minimum of 35 minutes of music and 25 to 35 minutes of oral presentation. The examiners and audience may question the candidate following the lecture-recital. The subject and repertoire will also be treated in a project paper, submitted within two months of the lecture-recital.

l

MUPP 690 Performance Practice Seminar 1.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUPP 691 Performance Practice Seminar 2.

(3) (3 hours)

MUPP 692 Performance Practice Seminar 3.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUPP 693 Performance Practice Seminar 4.

(3) (3 hours)

MUPP 694 Performance Practice Seminar 5.

(3) (3 hours)

MUPP 695 Performance Practice Seminar 6.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUTH 502 Theory Review 2.

(3) (3 hours) (For incoming graduate students who, on the basis of placement tests, are deemed deficient in tonal theory and analysis; may not be taken by students enrolled in B.Mus. programs; may not be taken as elective in M.Mus. and M.A. programs) (Prerequisites: MUTH 211 or MUCO 240 and MUSP 231 and MUSP 171)

l

MUTH 503 Theory Review 3.

(3) (3 hours) (For incoming graduate students who, on the basis of placement tests, are deemed deficient in post-tonal theory and analysis; may not be taken by students enrolled in B.Mus. programs; may not be taken as elective in M.Mus. and M.A. programs) (Prerequisites: MUTH 211 or MUCO 240 and MUSP 231 and MUSP 171)

l

MUTH 523D1 (3), MUTH 523D2 (3) Advanced Harmony.

(3 hours) (Prerequisites: MUTH 304 and MUTH 327 OR MUCO 240) (Students must register for both MUTH 523D1 and MUTH 523D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both MUTH 523D1 and MUTH 523D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

MUTH 528 Schenkerian Techniques.

(3) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: MUTH 310 or MUCO 240 OR Corequisite: MUTH 327 OR permission of instructor. Limited enrolment with preference given to students in Honours Theory)

l

MUTH 529 Proseminar in Music Theory 1.

(3) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: MUTH 211 or MUCO 240 and MUSP 231 and MUSP 171) (Corequisites: MUTH 327 and MUHL 570 OR permission of instructor. Preference given to students in Honours Theory)

l

MUTH 538 Mathematical Models/Musical Analysis.

(3) (3 hours) (Prerequisites: MUTH 211 or MUCO 240 and MUSP 231 and MUSP 171)

l

MUTH 652 Seminar in Music Theory 1.

(3) (3 hours)

MUTH 653 Seminar in Music Theory 2.

(3) (3 hours)

MUTH 654 Seminar in Music Theory 3.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUTH 655 Seminar in Music Theory 4.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUTH 656 Seminar in Music Theory 5.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUTH 657 Seminar in Music Theory 6.

(3) (3 hours)

l

MUTH 658 History of Music Theory 1.

(3) (3 hours)

MUTH 659 History of Music Theory 2.

(3) (3 hours) Selected topics in the history of music theory from 1700 to the present through readings of primary and secondary literature.

ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATE COURSES

Students deficient in their background preparation may be required to take some of the following undergraduate courses in addition to their required graduate courses.

With the exception of MUTH 501, MUTH 502 and MUTH 503, all 500-level courses are available as elective courses to graduate students.

MUCT 315 Choral Conducting 1
MUCT 415 Choral Conducting 2
MUGT 402D1/MUGT 402D2 Principles and Processes of Music Education
MUGT 403 Selected Topics in Music Education
MUGT 404 Selected Topics in Music Education
MUHL 366 The Era of the Fortepiano
MUHL 372 Solo Song Outside Germany and Austria
MUHL 377 Baroque Opera
MUHL 380 Medieval Music
MUHL 381 Renaissance Music
MUHL 382 Baroque Music
MUHL 383 Classical Music
MUHL 384 Romantic Music
MUHL 385 Early Twentieth-Century Music
MUHL 387 Opera from Mozart to Puccini
MUHL 570 Research Methods in Music
MUHL 591D1/MUHL 591D2 Paleography
MUIT 315 Instrumental Conducting
MUIT 415 Advanced Instrumental Conducting
MUMT 306 Music and Audio Computing 1
MUMT 307 Music and Audio Computing 2
MUPG 372D1/MUPG 372D2 Continuo
MUPP 381 Topics: Performance Practice before 1800
MUPP 385 Topics: Performance Practice after 1800
MUTH 301 Modal Counterpoint 1
MUTH 302 Modal Counterpoint 2
MUTH 303 Tonal Counterpoint 1
MUTH 304 Tonal Counterpoint 2
MUTH 327D1/MUTH 327D2 19th-Century Analysis
MUTH 427D1/MUTH 427D2 20th-Century Analysis
MUTH 502 Theory Review 2
MUTH 503 Theory Review 3
MUTH 522D1/MUTH 522D2 Advanced Counterpoint
MUTH 523D1/MUTH 523D2 Advanced Harmony
MUTH 528 Schenkerian Techniques
MUTH 529 Proseminar in Music Theory 1
MUTH 538 Mathematical Models/Musical Analysis

53 Natural Resource Sciences

Department of Natural Resource Sciences
Macdonald Campus
21,111 Lakeshore Road
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-7890
Fax: (514) 398-7990
E-mail: info@nrs.mcgill.ca
Web site: www.nrs.mcgill.ca 
Chair
B. Côté
Graduate Program Director
R.D. Titman

53.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
A.C. Blackwood; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Alta.), Ph.D.(Wis.), F.R.S.C.; Microbiology
R. Knowles; B.Sc.(Birm.), Ph.D., D.Sc.(Lond.); F.R.S.C.; Microbiology
A.F. MacKenzie; B.S.A., M.Sc.(Sask.), Ph.D.(C'nell); Soil Science
R.A. MacLeod; B.A., M.A.(Br.Col.), Ph.D.(Wis.), F.R.S.C.; Microbiology
P.H. Schuepp; Dipl.Sc.Nat.(Zür.), Ph.D.(Tor.); Agricultural Physics
R.K. Stewart; B.Sc.(Agr.), Ph.D.(Glas.); Entomology
Professors
D.M. Bird; B.Sc.(Guelph), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.); Wildlife Biology
P. Brown; B.A.(Haverford), M.A., Ph.D.(Columbia) (joint appoint. with Geography and McGill School of Environment)
J.W. Fyles; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Vic., B.C.), Ph.D.(Alta.); Forest Resources (Tomlinson-Fowler Chair in Forestry)
W.H. Hendershot; B.Sc.(Tor.), M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Br.Col.); Soil Science
Associate Professors
B. Côté; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Laval); Forest Resources
M.A. Curtis; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.); Wildlife Biology
B.T. Driscoll; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McM.); Microbiology
G.B. Dunphy; B.Sc.(U.N.B.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Mem.); Entomology
D.J. Lewis; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Mem.); Entomology
G.R. Mehuys; B.Sc., Ing.Agron.(Gembloux), Ph.D.(Calif.); Soil Science
D.F. Niven; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Aber.); Microbiology
M.E. Rau; B.Sc.(Purdue), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.); Entomology
R.D. Titman; B.Sc.(McG.), M.Sc.(Bishop's), Ph.D.(U.N.B.); Wildlife Biology
T.A. Wheeler; B.Sc.(Mem.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Guelph); Entomology
L.G. Whyte; B.Sc.(Reg.), Ph.D.(Wat.); Microbiology
Assistant Professors
C. Buddle; B.Sc.(Guelph), Ph.D.(Alta.); Forest Insect Ecolgy
M. Humphries; B.Sc.(Man.), M.Sc.(Alta.), Ph.D.(McG); Wildlife Biology
I. Strachan; B.Sc.(Tor), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Queen's); Micrometeorology
J. Whalen; B.Sc.(Agr.)(Dal.), M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Ohio St.); Soil Science
Associate Members
L. Chan (Dietetics and Human Nutrition), D. Green (Redpath Museum), W.D. Marshall (Food Science and Agricultural Chemistry), G.J. Matlashewski (Microbiology and Immunology), D. Smith (Plant Science)
Adjunct Professors
R. Anderson, F. Archibald, S. Beauchemin, D. Berteaux, G. Boivin, J. Cumming, C. Greer, T. Herman, C. Miguez, P. Mineau, E. Pattey, H. Sadar, J.P. Savard, A. Scheuhammer, G. Sunahara, C. Vincent, F.G. Whoriskey

53.2 Programs Offered

The Department of Natural Resource Sciences offers programs leading to M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in Entomology, Microbiology, and Renewable Resources (includes Agrometeorology, Forest Science, Neotropical Environment, Soil Science and Wildlife Biology).

The Department possesses, or has access to, excellent facilities for laboratory research and research in the field. Affiliated with the Department are the Lyman Entomological Museum and Research Laboratory, the Molson Nature Reserve, the Morgan Arboretum, the Avian Science and Conservation Centre, and the Ecomuseum of the St. Lawrence Valley Natural History Society.

53.3 Admission Requirements

M.Sc.

Candidates are required to have a Bachelor's degree with an equivalent cumulative grade point average of 3.0/4.0 (second class-upper division)or 3.2/4.0 during the last two years of full-time university study. High grades are expected in courses considered by the academic unit to be preparatory to the graduate program.

Ph.D.

Candidates, normally, are required to hold an M.Sc. degree and will be judged primarily on their ability to conduct an original and independent research study.

53.4 Application Procedures

Applicants for graduate studies must forward supporting documents to:

Department of Natural Resource Sciences (Graduate Student Office)
Macdonald Campus of McGill University
21,111 Lakeshore
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada
Telephone: (514) 398-7941
Fax: (514) 398-7990
E-mail: kubecki@nrs.mcgill.ca

Applications will be considered upon receipt of a signed and completed application form, $60 application fee, and the following supporting documents.

Transcripts

- Two official copies of all university level transcripts with proof of degree(s) granted are required for admission. Transcripts written in a language other than English or French must be accompanied by a certified translation. An explanation of the grading system used by the applicant's university is essential. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for transcripts to be sent.

It is desirable to submit a list of the titles of courses taken in the major subject, since transcripts often give code numbers only. Applicants must be graduates of a university of recognized reputation and hold a Bachelor's degree equivalent to a McGill Honours degree in a subject closely related to the one selected for graduate work. This implies that about one-third of all undergraduate courses should have been devoted to the subject itself and another third to cognate subjects.

Letters of Recommendation

- Two letters of recommendation on letterhead (official paper) of originating institution or bearing the university seal and with original signatures from two instructors familiar with the applicant's work, preferably in the applicant's area of specialization. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for these letters to be sent.

Competency in English

- Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree using the English language are required to submit documented proof of competency in oral and written English, by appropriate exams, e.g., TOEFL (minimum score 550 on the paper-based test, 213 on the computer-based test) or IELTS (minimum overall band 6.5). The MCHE is not considered equivalent. Results must be submitted as part of the application. The University code is 0935 (McGill University, Montreal); please use Department code 31(Graduate Schools), Biological Sciences- Agriculture, to ensure that your TOEFL reaches this office without delay.

Graduate Record Exam (GRE)

- The GRE is not required, but it is highly recommended.

DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED WILL NOT BE RETURNED.

Application Fee (non-refundable)

- A fee of $60 Canadian must accompany each application (including McGill students), otherwise it cannot be considered. This sum must be remitted using one of the following methods:

1. Credit card (by completing the appropriate section of the application form). NB: on-line applications must be paid for by credit card.

2. Certified cheque in Cdn.$ drawn on a Canadian bank.

3. Certified cheque in U.S.$ drawn on a U.S. bank.

4. Canadian Money order in Cdn.$.

5. U.S. Money Order in U.S.$.

6. An international draft in Canadian funds drawn on a Canadian bank requested from the applicant's bank in his/her own country.

Deadlines

- Applications, including all supporting documents must reach the Department of Natural Resource Sciences (Graduate Student Office) no later than June 1 (March 1 for International) for the Fall Term (September); October 15 (July 1 for International) for the Winter Term (January); February 15 (November 1 for International) for the Summer Term (May). It may be necessary to delay review of the applicant's file until the following admittance period if application materials including supporting documents are received after these dates. International applicants are advised to apply well in advance of the deadline because immigration procedures may be lengthy. Applicants are encouraged to make use of the on-line application form available on the Web at www.mcgill.ca/applying/ graduate.

Financial aid is very limited and highly competitive. It is suggested that students give serious consideration to their financial planning before submitting an application.

Acceptance to all programs depends on a staff member agreeing to serve as the student's supervisor and the student obtaining financial support. Normally, a student will not be accepted unless adequate financial support can be provided by the student and/or the student's supervisor. Academic units cannot guarantee financial support via teaching assistantships or other funds.

Qualifying Students

- Some applicants whose academic degrees and standing entitle them to serious consideration for admission to graduate studies, but who are considered inadequately prepared in the subject selected may be admitted to a Qualifying Program if they have met the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office minimum CGPA of 3.0/4.0. The course(s) to be taken in a Qualifying Program will be prescribed by the academic unit concerned. Qualifying students are registered in graduate studies, but not as candidates for a degree. Only one qualifying year is permitted. Successful completion of a qualifying program does not guarantee admission to a degree program.

53.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc. in Entomology, Microbiology or Renewable Resources (which includes Agrometeorology, Forest Science, Soil Science and Wildlife Biology)

Candidates must complete a course and research program of a minimum of 45 credits elaborated in consultation with their Supervisory Committee. Course work (6 credits minimum) will include at least two, normally graduate-level, courses and in most research areas, at least one of these courses must be a graduate-level course in statistics. Students are required to register for three 1-credit seminar courses, the last of which will consist of a formal presentation of the student's final thesis research. Candidates must also register in the three M.Sc. Thesis Research courses (NRSC 691, NRSC 692, NRSC 693; 36 credits) and present a satisfactory thesis based on their research.

M.Sc. in Entomology - Neotropical Environment Option

M.Sc. in Renewable Resources - Neotropical Environment Option

Candidates must complete a course and research program of a minimum of 48 credits elaborated in consultation with their Supervisory Committee. Course work (9 credits minimum) will include both ENVR 610 and BIOL 640, and one of POLI 644, SOCI 565, ENVR 611, ENVR 612, ENVR 680, BIOL 553, BIOL 641, GEOG 498, AGRI 550. Students may also require a graduate-level course in statistics. Participation in the MSE-Panama Symposium Presentation in Montreal is required. Students are required to register for three one-credit seminar courses, the last of which will consist of a formal presentation of the student's final thesis research. Candidates must also register in the three M.Sc. Thesis Research courses (NRSC 691, NRSC 692, NRSC 693; 36 credits) and present a satisfactory thesis based on their research.

Ph.D. in Entomology, Microbiology, or Renewable Resources (which includes Agrometeorology, Forest Science, Soil Science and Wildlife Biology)

Course requirements are specified by the staff in the discipline but are flexible and depend largely on the student's background, immediate interests, and ultimate objectives. Students are required to register for four one-term seminar courses (NRSC 751, NRSC 752, NRSC 753, NRSC 754).

Also required are satisfactory performance in the Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination (NRSC 701) and the presentation, and subsequent defence, of a satisfactory thesis based on the student's research.

Ph.D. in Entomology - Neotropical Environment Option

Ph.D. in Renewable Resources - Neotropical Environment Option

Course requirements are specified by the staff in the discipline but are flexible and depend largely on the student's background, immediate interests, and ultimate objectives. In this program course work will include both ENVR 610 and BIOL 640, and one of POLI 644, SOCI 565, ENVR 611, ENVR 612, ENVR 680, BIOL 553, BIOL 641, GEOG 498, AGRI 550. Participation in the MSE-Panama Symposium Presentation in Montreal is required. Students are required to register for four seminar courses (NRSC 751, NRSC 752, NRSC 753 and NRSC 754).

Also required are satisfactory performance in the Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination (NRSC 701) and the presentation, and subsequent defence, of a satisfactory thesis based on the student's research.

53.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

H	Denotes courses taught only in alternate years. 
l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
H
ENTO 515 Parasitoid Behavioural Ecology.

(3) (Winter) (Not open to students who have taken NRSC 515) The origin and diversity of parasitoid species will be presented. Aspects of behavioural ecology that pertain to host selection, optimal allocation of progeny and sex and host-parasitoid interactions are examined. The importance of these processes is discussed in a biological control perspective.

ENTO 520 Insect Physiology.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: Permission of instructor) (Not open to students who have taken NRSC 520) Organismal approach to insects, emphasizing the physiology and development, and the physiological relations of insects to their environment.

l

H
ENTO 535 Aquatic Entomology.

(3) (Winter)

ENTO 550 Veterinary and Medical Entomology.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: Permission of instructor) (Not open to students who have taken NRSC 550) Environmental aspects of veterinary and medical entomology. An advanced course dealing with the biology and ecology of insects and acarines as aetiological agents and vectors of disease, and their control. Integrated approaches to problem solving.

ENTO 600 Insect Pathology.

(3)

l

ENTO 610 Insect Phylogeny and Diversity.

(3) (Winter)

ENTO 615 Forest Entomology.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.) Current topics in forest entomology.

l

ENTO 726 Insect Population Dynamics.

(3)

l

MICR 772 Advanced Microbial Genetics.

(3) (Restriction: Not open to students who have successfully completed NRSC 772)

l

MICR 773 Advanced Microbial Physiology.

(3) (Not open to students who have successfully completed NRSC 773)

NRSC 510 Agricultural Micrometeorology.

(3) (Fall) (3 lectures) (Not open to students who have taken AEPH 510) Interaction between plant communities and the atmosphere. The physical processes governing the transfer of heat, mass and momentum as they relate to research and production in agricultural and environmental systems. Experimental techniques for measuring fluxes of heat, water-vapour, CO2 and natural and man-made pollutants.

H
NRSC 540 Socio-Cultural Issues in Water.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: A 300- or 400-level course in water or permission of instructor.) (3-hour seminar) Discussion of current debates and problems related to water, especially in developing countries. Topics include: gender relations and health in the context of cultural and economic systems, and the impacts of new technologies, market structures and population growth.

NRSC 643 Graduate Seminar 2. (1)

(Section 001 Agrometeorology, Forest Science and Soil Science students) (Section 002 Entomology and Wildlife Biology students) (Section 003 Microbiology students) Open to students in the M.Sc. Program. Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal, or research results based on progress towards the M.Sc. degree.

NRSC 644 Graduate Seminar 2.

(1) (Section 001 Agrometeorology, Forest Science and Soil Science students) (Section 002 Entomology and Wildlife Biology students) (Section 003 Microbiology students) Open to students in the M.Sc. Program. Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal, or research results based on progress towards the M.Sc. degree.

NRSC 651 Graduate Seminar 3.

(1) (Section 001 Agrometeorology, Forest Science and Soil Science students) (Section 002 Entomology and Wildlife Biology students) (Section 003 Microbiology students) Open to students in the M.Sc. Program. Presentation of an M.Sc. student's final thesis results.

NRSC 680 Special Topics 1.

(1) Students pursue topics not otherwise available in formal courses, under staff supervision.

NRSC 681 Special Topics 2.

(1) Students pursue topics not otherwise available in formal courses, under staff supervision.

NRSC 682 Special Topics 3.

(2) Students pursue topics not otherwise available in formal courses, under staff supervision.

NRSC 683 Special Topics 4.

(2) Students pursue topics not otherwise available in formal courses, under staff supervision.

NRSC 684 Special Topics 5.

(3) Students pursue topics not otherwise available in formal courses, under staff supervision.

NRSC 685 Special Topics 6.

(3) Students pursue topics not otherwise available in formal courses, under staff supervision.

NRSC 691 M.Sc. Thesis Research 1.

(12) Independent research under the direction of a supervisor towards the completion of the M.Sc. degree.

NRSC 692 M.Sc. Thesis Research 2.

(12) Independent research under the direction of a supervisor towards the completion of the M.Sc. degree.

NRSC 693 M.Sc. Thesis Research 3.

(12) Completion of the M.Sc. thesis, its approval by reviewers and acceptance by the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office all required for a pass to be granted.

NRSC 701 Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

NRSC 751 Graduate Seminar 4.

(0) (Open to students in the Ph.D. Program) (Section 001 Agrometeorology, Forest Science and Soil Science students) (Section 002 Entomology and Wildlife Biology students) (Section 003 Microbiology students) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in the Ph.D. degree.

NRSC 752 Graduate Seminar 5.

(0) (Open to students in the Ph.D. Program.) (Section 001 Agrometeorology, Forest Science and Soil Science students) (Section 002 Entomology and Wildlife Biology students) (Section 003 Microbiology students) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in the Ph.D. degree.

NRSC 753 Graduate Seminar 6.

(0) (Open to students in the Ph.D. Program.) (Section 001 Agrometeorology, Forest Science and Soil Science students) (Section 002 Entomology and Wildlife Biology students) (Section 003 Microbiology students) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in the Ph.D. degree.

NRSC 754 Graduate Seminar 7.

(0) (Open to students in the Ph.D. Program.) (Section 001 Agrometeorology, Forest Science and Soil Science students) (Section 002 Entomology and Wildlife Biology students) (Section 003 Microbiology students) Presentation on a selected topic, research proposal or research results based on progress in the Ph.D. degree.

l

SOIL 521 Soil Microbiology and Biochemistry.

(3) (Not open to students who have taken NRSC 521)

SOIL 602 Advanced Soil Ecology 1.

(3) Discussion of significant research in soil ecology including transformations of soil organic matter and nutrients, ecological and pedological functions of soil organisms, soil food webs, plant-soil biota interactions, and analytical techniques for monitoring soil organisms.

SOIL 603 Advanced Soil Ecology 2.

(3) Discussion of significant research in soil ecology including the occurrence and activity of soil organisms, methods of monitoring and manipulating soil biota for soil fertility management, and human impacts on soil biota at different scales in the environment.

H
SOIL 610 Pedology.

(3) Processes of profile development, principles of classification, comparative taxonomy, U.S. and Canadian systems.

l

H
SOIL 630 Soil Minerology.

(3) (2 lectures per week, one term)

SOIL 631 Advanced Soil Physics.

(3) (2 lectures per week, one term) State and fluxes of matter and energy in the soil. Applications to movement of water, salts, nutrients; diffusion of gases; heat transfer. Discussion of significant research in soil physics.

WILD 605 Wildlife Ecology.

(3) (2 class hours per week) Discussion of current topics in wildlife ecology with special reference to the research interests of staff and students involved.

WILD 610 Fish Ecology.

(3) (3 class hours per week) A critical examination of current topics in fish ecology; discussion of migration, reproductive strategies, sex determination mechanisms, competition, communication and predator-prey relationships.

WOOD 640 Recent Advances: Tree Ecophysiology.

(3) (3 lectures per week) Discussion of the effects of environmental factors on the physiology of trees. Both anthropogenic and natural factors will be discussed.

WOOD 660 Recent Advances: Forest Ecology.

(3) (2 hours seminar) Review and discussion of current literature in forest ecology. Topics covered will depend on the research interests of students and may include population biology of forest plants, forest succession, forest nutrition and nutrient cycling, computer modelling of forest systems.

54 Neurology and Neurosurgery

GRADUATE PROGRAM IN NEUROLOGICAL SCIENCES
Division of Neuroscience
Department of Neurology and Neurosurgery
Departments of Psychiatry, Ophthalmology, and Anesthesia
Montreal Neurological Institute, Room 141
3801 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 2B4
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-1905/ 398-1229
Fax: (514) 398-4621
E-mail: monique.ledermann@mcgill.ca or GPNS@mni.mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/gpns 
Chair, Graduate Program in Neurological Sciences
H. Durham
Chair, Dept. of Neurology and Neurosurgery
R. Riopelle

54.1 Staff

Professors
A. Aguayo; M.D.(Cordoba Natn.), F.R.C.P.(C)
E. Andermann; M.D., C.M., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
F. Andermann; B.A.(Paris), B.Sc., (McG.), M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
J. Antel; M.D., B.Sc.(Man.), F.R.C.P.(C)
D. Arnold; B.Sc., M.D.(C'nell), F.R.C.P.(C) (James McGill Professor)
M. Avoli; M.D.(Rome), Ph.D.(McG.)
A. Beaudet; B.A., M.D., Ph.D.(Mont.)
C. Bourque; B.Sc.(Ott.), Ph.D.(McG.)
G. Bray; B.Sc.(Bran.), M.D., B.Sc.(Man.), F.R.C.P.(C)
S. Carbonetto; M.Sc.(Mass.), Ph.D.(N.Carolina)
D. Colman; Ph.D.(SUNY)
S. David; Ph.D.(Man.)
R. Del Maestro; M.D.(W. Ont.), Ph.D.(Uppsala), F.R.C.S.(C), D.A.B.N.S., F.A.C.S.
M. Diksic; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Zagreb)
P. Drapeau; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
J.R. Dunn: B.Sc., Ph.D.(U.B.C.)
H. Durham; M.Sc.(W. Ont.), Ph.D.(Alta.)
A. Evans; M.Sc.(Sur.), Ph.D.(Leeds)
J.P. Farmer; M.D., M.Sc.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
S.G. Gauthier; B.A., M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
J. Gotman; M.Eng.(Dart.), Ph.D.(McG.)
D. Guitton; Dipl. IVK(U. Libre de Brux.), B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D.Eng., Ph.D.Physiol.(McG.)
E. Hamel; B.Sc.(Sher.), Ph.D.(Montr.)
P.C. Holland; B.A.(Lanc.), Ph.D.(N'cle)
B. Jones; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Delaware)
M. Jones-Gotman; B.A.(Calif.), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
G. Karpati; M.D.(Dal.), F.R.C.P.(C)
R. Leblanc; M.Sc.(McG.), M.D.(Ott.), F.R.C.S.(C)
B. Milner; B.A., Sc.D.(Cantab.), Ph.D.(McG.)
G. Mohr; M.D.(Stras.)
A. Olivier; M.D.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Laval), F.R.C.S.(C)
T. Owens; M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Ott.)
M. Petrides; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Lond.), Ph.D.(Cantab.) (James McGill Professor)
M. Rasminsky; B.A.(Tor.), M.D.(Harv.), Ph.D.(Lond.), F.R.C.P.(C)
J. Richardson; B.Sc., M.D., C.M., Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
R.J. Riopelle; M.D.(Ott.), F.R.C.P.(C)
G. Rouleau; M.D.(Ott.), F.R.C.P.(C)
H. Schipper; M.D., Ph.D.(McG.)
E. Shoubridge; M.Sc., Ph.D.(U.B.C.)
J.D. Stewart; B.Sc.(Lond.), M.B., B.S.(W.I.), F.R.C.P.(C)
G. Tannenbaum; M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
C. Thompson; M.Sc., D.Sc.(N.Z.)
G. Watters; B.A.(Minn.), M.D.(Man.), F.R.C.P.(C)
R.J. Zatorre: A.B.(Boston), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Brown)
Associate Professors
A. Alonso; M.S.(Barcelona), Ph.D.(Madrid) M. Aubé; B.A., M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
P. Barker; Ph.D.(Alta.), B.Sc.(S. Fraser)
S. Bekhor; M.B., Ch.B.(Baghded), F.R.C.P.(C)
J. Carlton; B.S., M.D.(Johns H.), F.R.C.P.(C)
C. Chalk; B.Sc.(Queen's), M.D., C.M.(McG.) F.R.C.P.(C)
H. Chertkow; M.D.(W. Ont.), F.R.C.P.(C)
R. Cote; M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
A. Dagher; M.Eng.(McG.), M.D.(Tor.), F.R.C.P.(C)
F. Dubeau; M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
K. Hastings; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
T. Kennedy; B.Sc.(McM.), Ph.D.(Col.)
Y. Lapierre; B.A., M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
A. Leblanc; M.Sc.(Moncton), Ph.D.(Dal.)
I. Libman; B.A., M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
P. McPherson; M.Sc.(Man.), Ph.D.(Iowa) (William Dawson Scholar)
D. Melançon; B.A., M.D.(Montr.)
C. Melmed; B.Sc., M.D.(Man.), F.R.C.P.(C)
J. Minuk; M.D.(Man.), F.R.C.P.(C)
J. Montes; B.Sc.(Inst.Pot.-Mex.), M.D.(Uoio.Auto.de San Luis Pot.-Mex)
J. Nalbantoglu; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
A. O'Gorman; M.D.(Ireland)
T. Paus; M.D.(Purkyne U./Czechoslovakia), Ph.D.(Czech. Acad. of Sciences/Prague)
A. Peterson; B.Sc.(Vic., B.C.), Ph.D.(U.B.C.)
B. Pike; B.Eng.(Mem.), M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.) (William Dawson Scholar)
A. Ptito; Ph.D.(Montr.)
D. Ragsdale; B.S.(Ill.), Ph.D.(Calif.)
B. Rosenblatt; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
A. Sadikot; M.D.,C.M.(McG.), Ph.D.(Laval), F.R.C.S.(C)
G. Savard; M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
R. Schondorf; M.Sc., Ph.D., M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
P. Séguéla; Ph.D.(Bord.), Ph.D.(Montr.)
M. Shevell; B.Sc., M.D.(Vanderbilt)
W. Sossin; S.B.(M.I.T.), Ph.D.(Stan.)
S. Stifani; Ph.D.(Rome); Ph.D.(Alta)
D. Tampieri; M.D.(Bologna)
J. Teitelbaum; M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
J. Woods; M.B., B.Ch.(Dub.), M.Sc.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
Assistant Professors
M. Angle; M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
J. Atkinson; M.D.,(Tor.) F.R.C.S.C.
A. Bar-Or; M.D.,C.M.(McG.); F.R.C.P(C), D.A.B.N.P.
A. Bernasconi; M.D.(Basel U.)
L. Collins, M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.)
M.-E. Dilenge; M.D.(Sher.), F.R.C.P.(C)
L. Durcan; M.D.(Man.), F.R.C.P.(C)
E. Fon, M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
A. Fournier; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
D. Gendron; M.D.(Laval), F.R.C.P.(C)
A. Genge; B.Sc.(Dal.), B.Med.Sc., M.D.(Mem.), F.R.C.P.(C)
B. Goulet; M.D.(Laval), F.R.C.S.(C)
M.-C. Guiot; B.Sc. (Acad. de Bordeaux), M.D. (U. de Bordeaux II)
L. Jacques; B.Sc.(Laval), M.Sc., M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
K. Johnston; Ph.D., M.D.(Tor.), F.R.C.S.(C)
D. Klein; B.A., Ph.D.(U. of Witwatersrand/S. Africa)
A. Koch; M.S. (Freiburg), Ph.D. (Basel)
T. Kolivakis; M.D., C.M. (McG.), F.R.C.P.C.
A.L. Lafontaine; M.Sc.(McG.), M.D.(McM.), F.R.C.P.(C)
M. Lechter; B.Sc.(McG.), M.D., Ph.D.(Queen's)
G. Leonard; Ph.D.(McG.)
M. Maleki, M.D.(Iran), F.R.C.S.(C)
E. Meyer; M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(McG.)
F. Moore; B.Sc. (Queen's); M.D. (Alta), F.R.C.P.C.
K. Murai; Ph.D. (Calif.)
S. Mzengeza; M.Sc.(E. Anglia), Ph.D.(Queen's)
M. Panisset; M.D.(Montr.)
H. Paudel; Ph.D.(Okla.), M.Sc.(Nepal)
L. Pedraza; Ph.D. (Cordoba)
C. Poulin; M.D.(Laval), F.R.C.P.(C)
Y. Rao; B.Sc.(China), Ph.D.(Tor.)
J.-P. Roy; M.D.(Laval), F.R.C.P.(C)
J. Rubin; B.Sc., M.D.,C.M.(McG.), D.A.M.P.& N.
F. Salevsky; M.Sc., M.D.(Alta.), F.R.C.P.(C)
W. Shan; Ph.D. (Beijing Medical U.)
D. Sinclair; M.D.(Dal.), F.R.C.S.(C)
C. Sirard; M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
D. Sirhan; M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.S.(C)
L. Soualmi; Ph.D. (École Poly.)
A. Strafella; M.D., Ph.D. (Bologna)
V. Sziklas, Ph.D.(McG.)
D. Trojan; M.D.(Conn.)
D. van Meyel; Ph.D. (W. Ont.)
M. Veilleux; M.D.(Sher.), F.R.C.P.(C)
L. Viera, B.Sc.(Wat.), M.D.(Ott.) F.R.C.S.(C)
F. Wein, M.D.,C.M.(McG.) F.R.C.S.(C)
T. Wein; M.D.(Vt.), F.R.C.P.(C)
Lecturers
S. Antel; M.Sc. (Rensselaer Polytechnic Inst.), Ph.D. (McG.)
S. Chouinard; M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
D. Diorio; M.D.(Tor.), M.Sc.(McG.)
N. Dupré; M.Sc. (Laval); M.D.,C.M. (McG.), F.R.C.P.C.
E. Marmor; M.D.,C.M. (McG.), M.Sc. (Tor.), F.R.C.S.C.
S. Narayanan; Ph.D. (McG.)
R. Roberts; M.D., Ph.D. (Dal.), F.R.C.P.C.
T. Stroh; Ph.D.(Max Planck Inst.)
W. Vanast; M.D.(Tor.), F.R.C.P.(C)
C. Whatmough; Ph.D. (Montr.)
Associate Members
J. Armony, C. Baker, S. Beaulieu, C. Benkelfat, G. Bennett, D. Boivin, P. Boksa, P. Braun, C. Bushnell, N. Cermakian, J. Chankowsky, D. Chartrand, T. Coderre, B. Collier, K. Cornish, C. Cuello, K. Cullen, G. Debonnel, B. Debruille, C. de Montigny, R. Del Carpio, R. Dykes, J.P.A. Gratton, Y. Grodzinsky, D. Haegert, R. Hess, R. Joober, F. Kingdom, P. Lachapelle, M. Lepage, M. Leyton, G. Luheshi, S. Lupien, A. Majnemer, M. Meaney, K. Mullen, B. Petrof, J. Poirier, R. Quirion, J. Rochford, L. Srivastava, G. Turecki, C.D. Walker, S. Williams, C. Wolfson, K. Worsley, S. Young
Adjunct Professors
Z. Argov, S. Berkovic, M. Castro Alamancos, F. Cendes, N. De Stefano, L. Descarries, J. Doyon, G. Duncan, M. Edwards, M. Ferns, R. Gilbert, A. Gjedde, R. Gunn, J. Hardy, C. Holmes,
J.-P. Julien, S. Kalra, D. Kaplan, P. Matthews, L. McKerracher, F. Miller, M. Molnar, M. Pandolfo, T. Peters, M. Ptito, L.F. Quesney, Y. Robitaille

54.2 Programs Offered

M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Neurological Sciences.

54.3 Admission Requirements

General

The applicant must be a university graduate and hold a Bachelor's degree in a field related to the subject selected for graduate work.

The applicant must present evidence of high academic achievement. A standing equivalent to a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 out of a possible 4.0 is required by the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office; however, the program prefers applicants to show a higher academic standing, and requires a minimum GPA of 3.3.

Applicants with degrees from a non-Canadian university must submit results of the GRE exam with their application.

Applicants whose undergraduate studies were carried out in a language other than English must submit results of the TOEFL exam with their application and have a score of 600 on the paper-based test (250 on the computer-based test) or higher.

M.Sc. Degree

Bachelor's degree with adequate background in basic sciences, or an M.D.

Ph.D. Degree

M.Sc. in a related field, or an M.D. with post-graduate training or enrolled in M.D.-Ph.D. program

54.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All information is to be submitted to above address.

Deadlines:

September entrance -
paper and on-line applications (www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate) available.

January entrance - 
September 15 (June 1 for International candidates). 

To meet the diversity of individual interests and backgrounds, the graduate program for each student is designed at the time of entry. As part of the admission process each applicant will identify, with the participation of the prospective thesis supervisor and the Graduate Studies Committee, a research thesis topic and the course work necessary to complete the training deemed necessary for the degree sought. These decisions become an integral part of the graduation requirements for the student.

54.5 Program Requirements

GENERAL

M.Sc. DEGREE

Course requirements:

Student with a B.Sc., B.A. or M.D. degree: A minimum of 45 credits distributed as follows:*

Principles of Neuroscience 1 course: NEUR 630 and either 
Principles of Neuroscience 2: NEUR 631 or CNS course: 
NEUR 610; 
6 credits in other graduate level specialty courses relevant to 
program; 
9 credits in Master's project Proposal: NEUR 697 (first term of 
studies) 
9 credits in Master's Seminar Presentation: NEUR 698 (second 
term of studies) 
12 credits in Master's Thesis Submission: NEUR 699 (third term 
of studies) 

Upon recommendation, depending upon their particular background and needs, students may be requested to take additional selected courses.

Any remaining credits needed to complete the minimum 45 credits required may be chosen from the following: Master's Thesis Research 1: NEUR 695 (3 credits); Master's Thesis Research 2: NEUR 696 (6 credits).

* Please note that all M.Sc. level students must register for a minimum of 12 credits a term during the first three terms of their Master's program.

Research requirements:

Presentation of a thesis in a subfield of neuroscience. The thesis must be based upon the research of the student. While not necessarily requiring an exhaustive review of work in a particular field, or a great deal of original scholarship, the thesis must show familiarity with previous work in the field and must demonstrate the ability of the candidate to carry out research and to organize results, all of which must be presented in good literary style. The Graduate Studies Committee expects the student's research should be of sufficient quality for publication in a peer-reviewed journal. A seminar on the thesis topic is given prior to writing the thesis, and each year, a report from the student's Advisory Committee is required by the graduate Studies Committee.

Residence requirements:

Three terms of full-time study.

PH.D. DEGREE

Course requirements:

Students with an M.Sc. degree

continuing in this Department have no required courses. It may be recommended that they take specialty courses related to their field of study in neuroscience. Students with an M.Sc. degree from another program will be required to take NEUR 630 and NEUR 631 and/or other courses listed under the M.Sc. degree depending upon their background and field of study.

Students with an M.D. degree proceeding directly into a Ph.D. program

will be required to take NEUR 630 and NEUR 631. Recently graduated M.D.s should have the equivalent of NEUR 610, and may be granted equivalence. They will also be required to take 6 credits of graduate level courses.

Doctoral Candidacy Examination (NEUR 700)

All students registering directly into the Ph.D. program on or after September 1998, regardless of prior degrees from McGill or any other academic institutions, must complete the Doctoral Candidacy Examination within 18 months of initial registration in the Program. This is a qualifying examination consisting of a formal presentation and oral examination of the thesis proposal. The questioning will pertain to the student's knowledge and understanding of his/her field of specialization in neuroscience as well as the research proposal. Its primary purpose is to evaluate the student's ability to carry out original scholarship.

The Candidacy Examination will be conducted in conjunction with the Transfer seminar for all students currently registered in the M.Sc. program who apply for transfer to the Ph.D.

Research requirements:

Presentation of a thesis in a subfield of neuroscience. The thesis must display original scholarship expressed in satisfactory literary style and must be a distinct contribution to knowledge. After the thesis has been submitted to, and approved by the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office, a final oral exam will be held on the subject of the thesis and subjects immediately related to it.

Residence requirements:

Three years of resident study of which one year may be completed in the Master's program.

54.6 Graduate Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
NEUR 550 Free Radical Biomedicine.

(3) (Prerequisite: BIOL 200, BIOL 201, BIOC 311, BIOC 312, PHGY 209, PHGY 210 or Permission of Instructor.) An interdisciplinary course on the biochemistry and cellular/molecular biology of free radicals, transition metals, oxidative stress and antioxidants and their roles in health and disease.

l

NEUR 602 Neuroscience Seminar 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of Unit Instructor) (Offered alternate years - odd numbered years)

l

NEUR 603 Neuroscience Seminar 2.

(3) (Offered alternate years - even numbered years)

l

NEUR 604 Neuroscience Seminar 3.

(3) (Offered alternate years - odd numbered years) (Prerequisites: NEUR 630, NEUR 631 or NEUR 610; and permission of instructor) (Enrolment limited to 12)

NEUR 605 Neuroscience Seminar 4.

(3) (Offered alternate years - odd numbered years) This course focuses on neuronal development and maturation from a molecular aspect. We introduce various model organisms and systems that are used to study molecular aspects of development, explore their particular advantages and explore the cellular and molecular events that contribute to the development of the nervous system.

NEUR 610 Central Nervous System.

(5) An interdisciplinary course including lectures in neuroanatomy and neurophysiology; laboratories in neuroanatomy, and clinical problems and demonstrations in neurology.

NEUR 630 Principles of Neuroscience 1.

(3) (Prerequisites: BIOL 200 and BIOL 201 or equivalent; permission of instructor) An overview of cellular and molecular neuroscience at the graduate level. Topics include: synthesis, processing and intracellular transport of macromolecules; development of the nervous system including neurogenesis, axonal pathfinding, synaptogenesis and myelination; neuronal survival and response to injury; generation and propagation of action potentials; neurotransmitters and synaptic transmission.

NEUR 631 Principles of Neuroscience 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of instructor; basic knowledge of mechanisms of neurotransmission and signal transduction.) An overview of the structure, function and interaction of neuronal systems of vertebrates. Topics include basic neuroanatomy, coding and processing of sensory information (somatic sensory, visual and auditory systems), control of posture and voluntary movement, learning and memory, processing of language and speech, cerebral blood flow, the neuroendocrine system and neuroimmunology.

NEUR 695 Master's Thesis Research 1.

(3) Independent work under the direction of the student's supervisor.

NEUR 696 Master's Thesis Research 2.

(6) Independent work under the direction of the student's supervisor.

NEUR 696D1 (3), NEUR 696D2 (3) Master's Thesis Research 2.

(Students must register for both NEUR 696D1 and NEUR 696D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NEUR 696D1 and NEUR 696D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (NEUR 696D1 and NEUR 696D2 together are equivalent to NEUR 696) Independent work under the direction of the student's supervisor.

NEUR 696N1 Master's Thesis Research 2.

(3) (Students must also register for NEUR 696N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NEUR 696N1 and NEUR 696N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NEUR 696N1 and NEUR 696N2 together are equivalent to NEUR 696) Independent work under the direction of the student's supervisor.

NEUR 696N2 Master's Thesis Research 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: NEUR 696N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NEUR 696N1 and NEUR 696N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NEUR 696N1 and NEUR 696N2 together are equivalent to NEUR 696) See NEUR 696N1 for course description.

NEUR 697 Master's Project Proposal.

(9) (M.Sc. students only) Presentation of a written thesis proposal by the end of the first year in the program. This document stating the hypothesis being tested, relevant literature and methodology will be orally presented to the student's Advisory Committee which will also review the written proposal and communicate its recommendations to the student and the Graduate Studies Committee.

NEUR 697D1 (4.5), NEUR 697D2 (4.5) Master's Project Proposal.

(Students must register for both NEUR 697D1 and NEUR 697D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NEUR 697D1 and NEUR 697D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (NEUR 697D1 and NEUR 697D2 together are equivalent to NEUR 697) Presentation of a written thesis proposal by the end of the first year in the program. This document stating the hypothesis being tested, relevant literature and methodology will be orally presented to the student's Advisory Committee which will also review the written proposal and communicate its recommendations to the student and the Graduate Studies Committee.

NEUR 697N1 Master's Project Proposal.

(4.5) (Students must also register for NEUR 697N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NEUR 697N1 and NEUR 697N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NEUR 697N1 and NEUR 697N2 together are equivalent to NEUR 697) Presentation of a written thesis proposal by the end of the first year in the program. This document stating the hypothesis being tested, relevant literature and methodology will be orally presented to the student's Advisory Committee which will also review the written proposal and communicate its recommendations to the student and the Graduate Studies Committee.

NEUR 697N2 Master's Project Proposal.

(4.5) (Prerequisite: NEUR 697N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NEUR 697N1 and NEUR 697N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NEUR 697N1 and NEUR 697N2 together are equivalent to NEUR 697) See NEUR 697N1 for course description.

NEUR 698 Master's Seminar Presentation.

(9) Student's presentation of a thesis research seminar. In this seminar, the student shall explain the direction of his/her research and present his/her findings to date. The presentation shall take approximately 30 to 45 minutes and shall be followed by a question period. This seminar will be attended by the Graduate Studies Committee, the student's Advisory Committee, and interested observers.

NEUR 698D1 (4.5), NEUR 698D2 (4.5) Master's Seminar Presentation.

(Students must register for both NEUR 698D1 and NEUR 698D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NEUR 698D1 and NEUR 698D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (NEUR 698D1 and NEUR 698D2 together are equivalent to NEUR 698) Student's presentation of a thesis research seminar. In this seminar, the student shall explain the direction of his/her research and present his/her findings to date. The presentation shall take approximately 30 to 45 minutes and shall be followed by a question period. This seminar will be attended by the Graduate Studies Committee, the student's Advisory Committee, and interested observers.

NEUR 698N1 Master's Seminar Presentation.

(4.5) (Students must also register for NEUR 698N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NEUR 698N1 and NEUR 698N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NEUR 698N1 and NEUR 698N2 together are equivalent to NEUR 698) Student's presentation of a thesis research seminar. In this seminar, the student shall explain the direction of his/her research and present his/her findings to date. The presentation shall take approximately 30 to 45 minutes and shall be followed by a question period. This seminar will be attended by the Graduate Studies Committee, the student's Advisory Committee, and interested observers.

NEUR 698N2 Master's Seminar Presentation.

(4.5) (Prerequisite: NEUR 698N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NEUR 698N1 and NEUR 698N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NEUR 698N1 and NEUR 698N2 together are equivalent to NEUR 698) See NEUR 698N1 for course description.

NEUR 699 Master's Thesis Submission.

(12) Submission of a Master's thesis.

NEUR 699D1 (6), NEUR 699D2 (6) Master's Thesis Submission.

(Students must register for both NEUR 699D1 and NEUR 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NEUR 699D1 and NEUR 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (NEUR 699D1 and NEUR 699D2 together are equivalent to NEUR 699) Submission of a Master's thesis.

NEUR 699N1 Master's Thesis Submission.

(6) (Students must also register for NEUR 699N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NEUR 699N1 and NEUR 699N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NEUR 699N1 and NEUR 699N2 together are equivalent to NEUR 699) Submission of a Master's thesis.

NEUR 699N2 Master's Thesis Submission.

(6) (Prerequisite: NEUR 699N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NEUR 699N1 and NEUR 699N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (NEUR 699N1 and NEUR 699N2 together are equivalent to NEUR 699) See NEUR 699N1 for course description.

NEUR 700 Doctoral Candidacy Examination.

(0) () A qualifying examination consisting of a formal presentation and oral examination of the thesis proposal. The questioning will pertain to the student's knowledge and understanding of his/her field of specialization in neuroscience as well as the research proposal. Its primary purpose is to evaluate the student's ability to carry out original scholarship. (The Candidacy Examination course is also conducted as part of the Transfer seminar for all students currently registered in the M.Sc. program who apply for transfer to the Ph.D.)

NEUR 700D1 (0), NEUR 700D2 (0) Doctoral Candidacy Examination.

(Students must register for both NEUR 700D1 and NEUR 700D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NEUR 700D1 and NEUR 700D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (NEUR 700D1 and NEUR 700D2 together are equivalent to NEUR 700) A qualifying examination consisting of a formal presentation and oral examination of the thesis proposal. The questioning will pertain to the student's knowledge and understanding of his/her field of specialization in neuroscience as well as the research proposal. Its primary purpose is to evaluate the student's ability to carry out original scholarship. (The Candidacy Examination course is also conducted as part of the Transfer seminar for all students currently registered in the M.Sc. program who apply for transfer to the Ph.D.)

COURSES IN OTHER DEPARTMENTS

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

Biology

BIOL 532 Developmental Neurobiology Seminar. (3)

BIOL 588 Molecular/Cellular Neurobiology. (3)

Dentistry

DENT 654 Mechanisms and Management of Pain. (3)

Physiology

PHGY 520 Ion Chanels. (3)

PHGY 556 Topics in Systems Neuroscience. (3)

Psychiatry

PSYT 500 Advances: Neurobiology of Mental Disorders. (3)

PSYT 630 Statistics for Neurosciences. (3)

Psychology

PSYC 526 Advances in Visual Perception. (3)

PSYC 710 Comparative and Physiological Psychology. (3)

55 Nursing

School of Nursing
Wilson Hall
3506 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 2A7
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4151
Fax: (514) 398-8455
E-mail: recruitment.nursing@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.nursing.mcgill.ca 
Associate Dean of Medicine and Director
S.E. French
Associate Director of Research
C.C. Johnston

55.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
Elizabeth C. Logan; N., B.Sc.(Acadia), M.Sc.(Yale)
Professors
Nancy Frasure-Smith; B.A., Ph.D.(Johns H.) (part-time)
Susan E. French; N., B.N.(McG.), M.S.(Boston), Ph.D.(Tor.)
Laurie N. Gottlieb; N., B.N., M.Sc.(A.), Ph.D.(McG.) (Shaw Professor of Nursing)
C. Celeste Johnston; N., M.S.(Boston), B.N., D.Ed.(McG.) (James McGill Professor)
Associate Professors
Franco Carnevale; N., B.Sc.(N), M.Sc.(A.), M.Ed., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Linda Edgar; N., B.N.Sc.(Queen's), M.Sc.(A), Ph.D.(McG.)
Hélène Ezer; N., B.Sc.(N), M.Sc.(A.)(McG.) , Ph.D. (Montr.)
Omaima Mansi; N., B.Sc.N.(Alexandria), M.Sc.(A.)(McG.)
Carolyn J. Pepler; N., B.N.Sc.(Queen's), M.Sc.N.(Wayne St.), Ph.D.(Mich.) (part-time)
Judith Ritchie; N., M.N., Ph.D.(Pitt.)
Assistant Professors
Antonia Arnaert; N., M.P.H.(K.U.L.), M.P.A.(EHSAL), Ph.D.(K.U.L.)
Marcia Beaulieu; N., B.Sc., M.Sc.(A.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Anita J. Gagnon; N., B.Sc.N., M.P.H., Ph.D.(McG.)
Carmen G. Loiselle; N., B.Sc.(N.)(Montr.), M.S., Ph.D.(Wis.-Madison)
Margaret Purden; N., B.Sc.(N), Ph.D.(McG.)
Lecturers
Madeleine M. Buck; N., Kathryn Carnaghan-Sherrard; N., Cindy Dalton; N., Nancy Feeley; N., Shari Patricia Gagné, N., Catherine P. Gros; N.
Associate Member
Robin Cohen

55.2 Programs Offered

Master's Program: Master of Science (Applied)

The objective of this program is to prepare specialists in nursing able to participate in the development, implementation and management of services in all domains of health care. Opportunity is provided for the advanced clinical study of nursing, and for incorporating research and evaluation methods in the investigation of nursing problems.

Program revisions under consideration for September 2004 consist of an increasing emphasis on specialization in areas including family health care, cancer nursing, neuroscience nursing and critical care nursing. Selected nurse practitioner options are also being considered.

Doctoral Studies: Ph.D. in Nursing

The School of Nursing of McGill University and the Faculté des Sciences Infirmières of the Université de Montréal offer a joint doctorate program leading to a Ph.D. in Nursing. This program is offered in English at McGill.

The program is designed to train researchers who will make a contribution to the advancement of knowledge in the field of nursing and assume a leadership role both in the profession and in the health care system.

55.3 Admission Requirements

Master's Programs

Applicants should make arrangements to obtain C.P.R. (Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation) certification prior to entry into the Qualifying year (Nurse-applicants may already have C.P.R. certification, if not they must obtain one prior to entry as well). Applicants will be asked to provide proof of certification once registered in the program.

Proficiency in English:

The language of instruction at McGill University is English. Students must write term papers, examinations and theses in English or in French. Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree from a recognized institution where English is the language of instruction are required to submit documented proof of competency in oral and written English prior to submitting an application: the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a minimum score of 600 (paper-based) or 260 (computer-based), or the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) with a minimum overall band score of 7.5

GRE (Graduate Record Examination) general test results may be required in individual circumstances.

Nurse applicants (Nursing Bachelor's entry - NBE)

Applicants for the Master's degree must have completed a bachelor's degree in nursing with a minimum GPA of 3.0 on a scale of 4.0. This preparation must be comparable to that offered in the bachelor's program at McGill. Experience in nursing is suggested. An introductory statistics course (3 credits) is required.

Nurse applicants to the Master's program may complete their studies on a part-time basis, i.e., minimum of 6 credits per term to a maximum of four years.

Nurses with a general B.Sc. or B.A. (comparable to the McGill undergraduate degrees) may be considered on an individual basis.

All nurse applicants are expected to hold current registration in the province or country from which they come. Nurses who are not licensed in Quebec must obtain a special authorization for graduate nurse students from the Ordre des infirmières et infirmiers du Québec (www.oiiq.org).

B.A./B.Sc. applicants (Direct-Entry - DE)

Applicants holding a general B.Sc. or B.A., including a number of prerequisite courses, may be admitted to a Qualifying Year. A minimum G.P.A. (Grade Point Average) of 3.0 on a scale of 4.0 is required for entry. Upon successful completion of the Qualifying Year, candidates apply to the Master's program.

Direct-Entry applicants must complete their Qualifying Year and the Master's program of study on a full-time basis, i.e., total of three years.

Persons prepared in another professional discipline or in nursing are not eligible for this program.

Ph.D. Program

Applicants admitted to the Doctoral program through McGill University must satisfy the following conditions:

55.4 Application Procedures

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate. Instructions on submitting applications are available on-line.

Applications or Fall (September) 2005.

M.Sc.(A)Program (Nurse Bachelor entry candidates)(Direct-entry applicants apply to the M.Sc.(A) program on-line and if admitted these candidates will be entering the Qualifying Year):

Ph.D. Program:

Applications for Winter (January 2006): On-line applications open as of March 15, 2005 - Ph.D Program ONLY:

55.5 Program Requirements

MASTER'S PROGRAMS

The general rules concerning higher degrees apply. (See the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office General Information and Regulations.) A minimum of two years of study is required for the Masters programs.

M.Sc. (thesis)
(50 credits) (not offered 2004-05)
M.Sc. (Applied) Program
(48 to 60 credits)
Required Courses
(33 credits)
NUR2 611D1/D2
(6)
Seminar in Nursing
NUR2 612
(3)
Research Methods in Nursing 1
NUR2 614D1/D2
(6)
Clinical Laboratory - Nursing 1
NUR2 626
(3)
Professional Issues in Nursing
NUR2 630
(3)
Clinical Project 1
NUR2 631
(3)
Clinical Project 2
NUR2 642
(3)
Ethics in Advanced Practice
NUR2 643
(3)
Role Development
one 3-credit upper-level statistics course
Complementary Courses
(15 to 27 credits)
20 credits - Direct Entry students (clinical)
16 credits - Nursing Bachelors Entry students (clinical)
27 credits - Nursing Bachelors Entry students (Nurse Practitioner)
15 credits - Nursing Bachelors Entry students (adjunct)
Students take the appropriate number of credits from the following list of courses:
NUR2 615
(3)
Health Care Evaluation
NUR2 616
(4)
Advanced Clinical Skills
NUR2 624
(4)
Clinical Laboratory in Nursing 2
NUR2 627
(3)
Nursing Practicum
NUR2 628
(4)
Advanced Assessment
NUR2 640
(4)
Clinical Reasoning 1
NUR2 641
(4)
Clinical Reasoning 2
NUR2 644
(3)
Special Topics 1
or NUR2 645
(3)
Special Topics 2
or NUR2 646
(3)
Special Topics 3
or NUR2 647
(3)
Special Topics 4
NUR2 650
(8)
Practicioner Internship
or other graduate level courses in consultation with faculty advisor.
QUALIFYING YEAR (41 credits)
(non-nurse applicants entering with B.A. or B.Sc.)

Fall Term
NUR1 222
(1)
McGill Model of Nursing
NUR2 511D1
(3)
Practice of Nursing Part 1
NUR2 514D1
(5)
Clinical Laboratory in Nursing
2 complementary courses*
Winter Term
NUR1 235
(4)
Health and Physical Assessment
NUR2 511D2
(3)
Practice of Nursing Part 1
NUR2 514D2
(5)
Clinical Laboratory in Nursing
2 complementary courses*
Summer Term
NUR2 512
(8)
Practice and Theory in Nursing

*Complementary Courses:

a total of 12 credits from the physical sciences, social sciences and nursing, are chosen in consultation with faculty to complement the student's previous academic background.

Students must successfully complete the Qualifying Year with a minimum of B- in all courses and be recommended by the Standing and Promotions Committee for entry to the Master of Science (Applied) Program. Students in the Qualifying Year will be required to submit an on-line application to the Master's of Science (Applied) by the application deadline.

Ph.D. PROGRAM

Each student's program is designed with the thesis supervisor, taking into account the student's previous academic preparation, needs and research interests. The requirements for the doctoral degree are:

55.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Details of the courses to be offered in the current year are also available from the School.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

QUALIFYING PROGRAM

NUR1 222 McGill Model of Nursing.

(1) This introductory course provides an overview of the history and the philosophical and theoretical tenets underlying the core concepts of the Model. Students are introduced to McGill's perspective on health, family, learning, and collaborative nursing through a study of selected theoretical and research papers.

NUR1 235 Health and Physical Assessment.

(4) This course will develop basic knowledge and skills required to do a health history and to carry out basic physical assessment in infants, children, and adults.

NUR2 511D1 (3), NUR2 511D2 (3) Practice of Nursing Part 1.

(Students must register for both NUR2 511D1 and NUR2 511D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUR2 511D1 and NUR2 511D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) A study of selected concepts related to the practice of nursing including health, family, normative life transitions and interpersonal interaction. The major focus is on developing an understanding of human behaviour using the process of scientific inquiry. Special emphasis is placed on the observation of people in their physical and social environments and on the analysis of clinical data as the basis for the development of innovative nursing approaches.

NUR2 512 Practice and Theory in Nursing.

(8) Learning to nurse patients in acute care settings, who are experiencing a variety of common illness-related problems.

NUR2 514D1 (5), NUR2 514D2 (5) Clinical Laboratory in Nursing.

(Students must register for both NUR2 514D1 and NUR2 514D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUR2 514D1 and NUR2 514D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Learning to nurse through field experiences with individuals and families in the community and in acute care settings. The focus is on the application of knowledge and theory in practice and includes the testing and analysis of nursing approaches. Students work with clients and families experiencing a variety of life events including aging, birth and parenting as well as acute illness and hospitalization.

GRADUATE PROGRAM

NUR2 611D1 (3), NUR2 611D2 (3) Seminar in Nursing.

(Students must register for both NUR2 611D1 and NUR2 611D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUR2 611D1 and NUR2 611D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) A critical study of selected concepts in nursing and health related to individuals and families. An introduction to the study of concepts and theories relevant to nursing.

NUR2 612 Research Methods in Nursing 1.

(3) Basic knowledge and skills needed to conduct research. The philosophy and principles of scientific inquiry, research design, sampling, techniques of data collection, ethics, and incorporating research into practice are discussed with emphasis for nursing.

NUR2 614D1 (3), NUR2 614D2 (3) Clinical Laboratory - Nursing 1.

(Students must register for both NUR2 614D1 and NUR2 614D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUR2 614D1 and NUR2 614D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Field experience in nursing to test and develop concepts critical to the health of individuals and families. The examination of theories relevant to nursing practice in the clinical field.

NUR2 615 Health Care Evaluation.

(3) An evaluation of educational and health care systems with particular reference to the nursing input in problems of health, health care and health care delivery. Evaluative research includes qualitative and quantitative approaches to assessing health status and quality of care.

NUR2 616 Advanced Clinical Skills.

(4) Supervised clinical experiences in health care agencies are aimed at developing competence in technical and family nursing skills at an advanced level. Experience is determined on an individual basis according to learning needs and the student's area of interest.

NUR2 620 Current Theories of Nursing.

(2) (Prerequisites: NUR2 611, NUR2 614 or equivalent) Current theories of nursing e.g. Orem, Roy, King, Rogers are examined along with their implications for practice, curriculum, administration, and research. The internal and external adequacy of these theories will be evaluated using selected schema. Critical analysis of issues and problems of theories in a practice discipline will be undertaken.

NUR2 621D1 (3), NUR2 621D2 (3) Seminar in Nursing 2.

(Students must register for both NUR2 621D1 and NUR2 621D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both NUR2 621D1 and NUR2 621D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) An opportunity for investigation of some of the critical problems in nursing as related to the student's area of inquiry. Particular emphasis is placed on theory development in nursing.

NUR2 623 Clinical Assessment and Therapeutics.

(3) (Prerequisites: PATH 300; PHGY 201, PHGY 202 or equivalent.) Development of skills in the medical-nursing assessment and management of patients and families dealing with chronic and life-threatening illnesses. Includes instruction in history-taking and physical assessment.

NUR2 624 Clinical Laboratory in Nursing 2.

(4) Field experience in nursing, incorporating extensive assessment, experimentation and evaluation of differing nursing approaches.

NUR2 625 Clinical Laboratory in Nursing 3.

(6) Field experience in nursing, incorporating extensive assessment, experimentation and evaluation of differing nursing approaches.

NUR2 626 Professional Issues in Nursing.

(3) An examination of theories of learning and organizational behaviour as related to the preparation of nurses for the delivery of health care services. Implications of these theories for the assessment, development, and evaluation of nursing programs will be investigated.

l

NUR2 627 Nursing Practicum.

(3)

NUR2 628 Advanced Assessment.

(4) (Prerequisite: NUR1 235 or permission of instructor.) Development of advanced skills in health assessment and physical examination of clients across the life span, including diagnostic tests and interventions, documentation and follow-up.

NUR2 630 Clinical Project 1.

(3) Identification of a clinical problem and development of a project to test or implement best-practice approaches.

NUR2 635 Pain Measurement in Children.

(3) (Prerequisite: Graduate-level course in inferential statistics and graduate or undergraduate course in child development, or permission of the instructor.) (Restriction: Health Sciences or Psychology graduate students or permission of the instructor.) Research issues surrounding the measurement of pain throughout childhood. Topics include measurement theory, theoretical and conceptual definitions of pain in children, scale construction, format and scaling issues, reliability, validity, clinical unity, developmental considerations, self-report formats, observational formats, physiological indicators of pain.

NUR2 701 Comprehensive Examination.

(1)

NUR2 702 Quantitative Research.

(3) Examination of various experimental, quasi-experimental, correlational, and survey designs with particular focus on the use of these designs in nursing research.

NUR2 703 Issues of Measurement.

(3) An examination of the underlying theories of measurement and techniques for assessing the validity and reliability of data collection instruments. Issues related to the development and/or utilization of instruments to measure target variables in nursing and health research are addressed.

NUR2 706 Qualitative Nursing Research.

(3) (Corequisite: NUR2 702) (Restriction: Enrolled in Ph.D. in Nursing or permission of instructor) Advanced examination of the utilization of qualitative research in nursing.

NUR2 720 Nursing Workforce Determinants.

(3) Factors affecting the planning and management of the nursing workforce in the context of forecasting models, demographic changes, public organizational response, models of organizational behavior and determinants of nursing sensitive outcomes, and productivity.

NUR2 730 Theory Development in Nursing.

(3) (Prerequisite: NUR2 620 or equivalent) This course surveys the history of nursing theory development with special emphasis placed on the approaches theory development and the factors affecting these approaches. Issues such as the level of theory, where theory derives are examined in light of the needs of a practice discipline. Future directions for theory development in nursing are explored.

NUR2 780 Advanced Nursing.

(3) (3 hours seminar weekly) (Prerequisite: NUR2 621, NUR2 624, NUR2 625 or equivalent and permission of instructor) An in-depth analysis of selected issues and developments within nursing and health care. Included will be topics relevant to the areas of research and clinical expertise of the student and faculty.

56 Occupational Health

Department of Epidemiology, Biostatistics and Occupational 
Health
Purvis Hall
1020 Pine Avenue West
Montreal, QC  H3A 1A2
Canada 
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/occh 
Chair
R. Fuhrer
M.Sc. (Resident) and Ph.D. programs:
Telephone: (514) 398-6258
Fax: (514) 398-8851
E-mail: graduate.occh@mcgill.ca
M.Sc. (Distance Education) program:
Telephone: (514) 398-6989
Fax: (514) 398-7153
E-mail: dist.occh@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/occh/programs/distance

56.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
J.C. McDonald; M.D., B.S.(Lond.), M.Sc.(Harv.), F.R.C.P.(C)
Professors
R. Fuhrer; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Calif.), (Strathcona Chair in Preventative Medicine)
C. Infante-Rivard; M.D.(Montr.), M.P.H.(UCLA), Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C) (James McGill Professor)
G. Thériault; M.D.(Laval), M.I.H., Dr. P.H.(Harv.)
Associate Professors
A. Dufresne; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Que.), Ph.D.(McG.)
P. Héroux; B.Sc.(Laval), M.Sc., Ph.D.(I.N.R.S.)
T. Kosatsky; M.D.(Man.), M.P.H.(Emory)(PT)(on leave)
M. Rossignol; B.Sc., M.D.(Sher.), M.Sc.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
Assistant Professors
S. Martin; B.A., M.D.(Tor.), M.Sc.A.(McG.) (PT)
L. Patry, B.Sc., M.D.(Laval), F.R.C.P.(C) (PT)
Lecturers
B. Pathak, G. Perrault, P. Dubé, J.P. Gauvin, W. Wood
Associate Member
B. Case (RVH-Pathology)
Adjunct Professors
I. Arnold (Alcan); S. Arnold (Consultant); M. Baillargeon (Montreal Chest Hospital); L. Drouin, P. Robillard, S. Stock (Direction de la santé publique); A. Dembe (U. of Massachusetts); D. Gautrin (Hôpital Sacré-Coeur)

56.2 Programs Offered

The Department of Occupational Health offers two graduate degree programs: a doctorate (Ph.D.) and Master (M.Sc.A) in occupational health sciences. The Master's program is available on campus or in distance education format.

M.Sc. Applied Program (Full-time) (Resident) (on campus)

The objective of this program is to train and enable competent health and hygiene professionals to work in occupational health programs by evaluating the work environment and work hazards and by proposing appropriate methods of prevention and control.

M.Sc. Applied Program (Distance Education)

A three and one-half year program leading to the degree of Master of Science Applied in Occupational Health Sciences - M.Sc.(A). This program is also offered for professional interest, for details please contact the Coordinator.

Ph.D. Program

The objective of this program is to train independent researchers in the field of work environment and health.

56.3 Admission Requirements

Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree using the English language are required to submit documented proof of competency in oral and written English, by appropriate exams e.g., TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) with a minimum score of 600, or 250 on the computerized test.

M.Sc. Applied Program (Full-time) (Resident) (on campus)

Candidates should have completed, with high academic standing, a bachelor of science degree or its equivalent in a discipline relevant to occupational health or hygiene such as: chemistry, engineering, environmental sciences, physics; medicine, nursing and other health sciences with a standing equivalent to a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 3.0 out of 4. High grades are expected in courses considered by the Department to be preparatory to the graduate program.

M.Sc. Applied Program (Distance Education)

Candidates must hold an M.D., a bachelor's degree in nursing, or a B.Sc. (any major). They must have maintained at least a 3.0 on 4.0 grade point average.

Those who hold a B.Sc. must be Industrial Hygienists with at least three years of experience in industrial hygiene and/or safety. In the case of medical doctors and nurses, priority will be given to candidates with two or more years of experience in occupational health.

Ph.D. Program

Candidates must hold a M.Sc. degree or its equivalent in occupational health sciences, or in a relevant discipline, such as: community health, environmental health, epidemiology, chemistry, engineering, physics, or health sciences (medicine, nursing, etc.).

56.4 Application Procedures

Application forms are available on-line at www.mcgill.ca/applying/ graduate.

M.Sc. Applied Program (Full-time) (Resident) (on campus)

Candidates must submit with their application two official copies of their university transcripts, two letters of reference, a copy of their curriculum vitae and a letter describing their background (occupational health, occupational hygiene, worker safety, etc.) as well as a $60(Cdn) application fee.

Eligible candidates may be invited for an interview with members of the Admissions Committee of the Department.
Applications are accepted for Fall term only.

M.Sc. Applied Program (Distance Education)

Candidates must submit with their application two official transcripts from their university of graduation, two letters of recommendation, a copy of their résumé, a letter describing their career plan, the reasons for their enrolment, and how they plan to accommodate their study time within their work schedule as well as a $60(Cdn) application fee.

Ph.D. Program

Candidates must submit with their application two official copies of their university transcripts (undergraduate and graduate), two letters of reference (or completed special forms), a copy of their curriculum vitae and a letter describing their field of interest as well as a $60(Cdn) application fee.

Candidates must also submit with their application an outline of their scientific interests, indicating the field and the topic of their proposed research. Each student will be assigned to one academic staff member of the Department, who will act as his/her supervisor, who will guide him/her in the preparation of a definite research protocol.

56.5 Program Requirements

It is highly recommended to have access to a computer and the Internet as some of the course material is most readily available by accessing the Web.

M.SC. APPLIED PROGRAM (FULL-TIME) (RESIDENT) (ON CAMPUS)

Teaching is organized in eight 3-credit courses and one 6-credit course totalling 30 credits. Promotion to the following term is dependent upon passing grade. A comprehensive examination is held at the end of the course program.

After successfully completing the course requirements and passing the comprehensive examination, students must carry out an extended project (15 credits). The project requires students to identify an issue in their area of specialization, to review the present state of knowledge relevant to that issue, and either to carry out a survey to assess a particular work situation and make recommendations, or to devise a research protocol to extend knowledge in the area and to carry out a preliminary study to assess the feasibility of the protocol proposed.

Normally, students extend the duration of their project into the Fall term by registering for an additional session.

Required Courses
(30 credits)
OCCH 602
(3)
Occupational Health Practice
OCCH 603
(3)
Work and Environment Epidemiology 1
OCCH 604
(3)
Monitoring Occupational Environment
OCCH 605D1
(3)
Physical Health Hazards
OCCH 605D2
(3)
Physical Health Hazards
OCCH 608
(3)
Biological and Chemical Hazards
OCCH 612
(3)
Principles of Toxicology
OCCH 614
(3)
Topics in Occupational Health
OCCH 615
(3)
Occupational Safety Practice
OCCH 616
(3)
Occupational Hygiene
OCCH 600
 
Comprehensive Examination
Project Component - Required

(15 credits)

OCCH 699
(15)
Project Occupational Health and Safety

M.SC. APPLIED PROGRAM (DISTANCE EDUCATION)

The Master distance education program takes three and one-half years to complete.

The first part (3 years) consists of 10 three-credit theory courses. Students enrolled in the program must successfully complete ten courses (30 credits). Equivalencies may be granted upon examination of the application by the professors concerned, and the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

On-campus Practicums may be held at the discretion of each professor. These sessions are held in Montreal on the McGill University Campus. Their aim is to offer students additional specific learning activities. Each course has a final examination at the end of the term. Participation in the practica is an essential component of the program.

The second part consists of writing an extended project report (15 credits). The project report will be carried out under the supervision of a member of the teaching staff. Note that students must pass the comprehensive exam before writing their report. A total of 45 credits is offered, the number required to complete the M.Sc. program.

Courses
OCCH 602
(3)
Occupational Health Practice
OCCH 603
(3)
Work and Environment Epidemiology 1
OCCH 604
(3)
Monitoring Occupational Environment
OCCH 608
(3)
Biological and Chemical Hazards
OCCH 612
(3)
Principles of Toxicology
OCCH 615
(3)
Occupational Safety Practice
OCCH 616
(3)
Occupational Hygiene
OCCH 617
(3)
Occupational Diseases
OCCH 624
(3)
Social and Behavioural Aspects - Occupational Health
OCCH 625
(3)
Work and Environment Epidemiology 2
OCCH 626
(3)
Basics: Physical Health Hazards
OCCH 627
(3)
Work Physiology and Ergonomics
OCCH 630
(3)
Occupational Disease for OHNS
OCCH 635
(3)
Environmental Risks to Health
OCCH 600
 
Comprehensive Examination

Each course has a final examination at the end of the term. Students must obtain at least B- (65%) in each course in the program. Students who fail one course will be invited to withdraw from the program. Special circumstances can be examined.

Project Component - Required

(15 credits)

OCCH 699
(15)
Project Occupational Health and Safety

PH.D. PROGRAM

Three years of resident study are required for this program.

Students are required to take course OCCH 706 Occupational Health and Hygiene Seminars (2 credits) and are encouraged to take up to 12 credits in areas pertinent to their specialty or in areas necessary to complete their knowledge of occupational health.

All Ph.D. students must take a comprehensive examination within 18 months of registration.

A thesis committee will be established to ensure proper supervision and coverage of the different fields of expertise as required.

56.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

Denotes limited enrolment
l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
OCCH 600 Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

OCCH 602 Occupational Health Practice.

(3) This course analyzes the functions, structure and organization of occupational health programs and services.

OCCH 603 Work and Environment Epidemiology 1.

(3) This course provides students with basic knowledge of epidemiology and statistics as applied to occupational health.

OCCH 604 Monitoring Occupational Environment.

(3) Principles and practices of environmental and biological monitoring of workplace hazards are addressed. Familiarization with instrumentation and calibration procedures is undertaken. Students learn to identify workplace health hazards, develop effective sampling strategies, use industrial hygiene equipment and interpret results of exposure measurements.

l

OCCH 605D1 (3), OCCH 605D2 (3) Physical Health Hazards.

(Students must register for both OCCH 605D1 and OCCH 605D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both OCCH 605D1 and OCCH 605D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Properties, mechanisms of action and health effects of physical agents in the workplace and in the general environment: electromagnetic risks, noise and vibration, ionizing radiation, ventilation and thermal environment. Administrative, engineering and medical control methods, exposure standards and safety measures for these agents.

OCCH 608 Biological and Chemical Hazards.

(3) This course will acquaint the student with the physical, chemical, and toxicological properties of common industrial products, important industrial processes and their associate health and safety hazards and the control measures.

OCCH 612 Principles of Toxicology.

(3) Selected topics, including acute, subacute and chronic toxicity assessment, pharmaco-kinetics and pharmaco-dynamics, mutagenicity, carcinogenicity and teratogenicity.

OCCH 614 Topics in Occupational Health.

(3) Using a problem oriented approach, this course aims at integrating all notions seen previously in the program. Advanced learning, lectures, readings, student presentations, written assignments.

OCCH 615 Occupational Safety Practice.

(3) Principles of safety and loss prevention; incident investigations and analyses, occupational safety management tools; loss recognition; safety standards, guidelines and legislation. Selected topics include: fire prevention; workshop, tool and machine safety; fall protection; laboratory safety; confined space entry; safe work permit systems; and materials handling.

OCCH 616 Occupational Hygiene.

(3) An introduction to the principles and practices of industrial hygiene designed to provide the students with the knowledge required to identify health and safety hazards in the workplace.

OCCH 617 Occupational Diseases.

(3) Review of occupational health problems structured around target organs: respiratory, musculo-skeletal, skin, cardiovascular, mental disorders and aggressive agents: trauma, physical agents, solvents and metals and infectious agents. Also covered are occupational cancer, conditions associated with hypo-and hyperbaric environments, mutagenicity, teratogenicity and reproduction disorders, pre-employment, period examination and medical activities in the workplace.

OCCH 624 Social and Behavioural Aspects - Occupational Health.

(3) This course explores the social science of occupational health practice, and describes influences on that practice of recent political, social and economic changes in the workforce and at the workplace; the theory of health promotion; management skills; and evaluation methods.

OCCH 625 Work and Environment Epidemiology 2.

(3) Combined with OCCH 608 to prepare students to evaluate the relations between exposure to workplace contaminants and health. The course involves the multidisciplinary analysis of four problems: Work-related cancer; Musculo-skeletal problems; Biological hazards; Chemical intoxication.

OCCH 626 Basics: Physical Health Hazards.

(3) Properties, mechanisms of action and health effects of physical agents in the workplace: thermal environment, noise and vibration, electromagnetism and ionizing radiation. Engineering control methods, exposure standards and safety measures for physical agents. Basics of monitoring workers for health impacts. Control of airborne contaminants using ventilation-based dilution methods.

OCCH 627 Work Physiology and Ergonomics.

(3) Provide students with basic knowledge of physiological and psychological work requirements, ergonomic approach to work-related health problems and application of this type of approach to preventive and corrective measures.

OCCH 630 Occupational Diseases for OHNS.

(3) Designed to meet independent and specific needs of occupational health nurses, it examines potential pathologies in the workplace, and subsequent disease outcomes. Focus is on an evidence-based approach to assessment, nursing diagnosis, appropriate interventions in the identification, management of occupational diseases. Worker screening strategies and disease prevention activities are introduced.

OCCH 635 Environmental Risks to Health.

(3) Focuses on pathways of exposure from industry to non working populations, on measurement of exposure and observation of effects, modelling and prediction of effects. Identifying, assessing and adapting existing data to predict effects given new exposures is a major theme. Spatial analysis, risk communication and disaster response are covered, too.

OCCH 699 Project Occupational Health and Safety.

(15) Under supervision, the student will identify an issue relevant to occupational health and report on work accomplished (i) to review the present state of knowledge and (ii) to conduct a survey and make recommendations or to devise a study proposal and to carry out a preliminary feasibility study.

OCCH 699D1 (7.5), OCCH 699D2 (7.5) Project Occupational Health and Safety.

(Students must register for both OCCH 699D1 and OCCH 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both OCCH 699D1 and OCCH 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (OCCH 699D1 and OCCH 699D2 together are equivalent to OCCH 699) Under supervision, the student will identify an issue relevant to occupational health and report on work accomplished (i) to review the present state of knowledge and (ii) to conduct a survey and make recommendations or to devise a study proposal and to carry out a preliminary feasibility study.

PH.D. Courses

OCCH 700 Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

OCCH 706 Ph.D Seminar on Occupational Health and Hygiene.

(2) A critical appraisal of the occupational health sciences literature which addresses issues in hygiene, safety, epidemiology and toxicology. Students will develop a critical sense of the literature and increase their understanding of different research paradigms.

OCCH 706D1 (1), OCCH 706D2 (1) Ph.D Seminar on Occupational Health and Hygiene.

(Students must register for both OCCH 706D1 and OCCH 706D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both OCCH 706D1 and OCCH 706D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (OCCH 706D1 and OCCH 706D2 together are equivalent to OCCH 706) A critical appraisal of the occupational health sciences literature which addresses issues in hygiene, safety, epide- miology and toxicology. Students will develop a critical sense of the literature and increase their understanding of different research paradigms.

57 Otolaryngology

Department of Otolaryngology
Royal Victoria Hospital 
687 Pine Ave. West, Room E3-37 
Montreal, QC 
H3A 1A1 
Telephone: (514) 843-2820 
Fax: (514) 843-1403
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/ent 
Chair
S. Frenkiel

57.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
J.D. Baxter; M.D.,C.M., M.Sc.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)
Professors
S. Frenkiel; B.Sc., M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)
A. Katsarkas; M.D.(Thess.), M.Sc.(Otol.), F.R.C.S.(C)
H. Galiana; B.Sc., B.eng., M.eng., Ph.D. (McG.)
M.D. Schloss; M.D.(Br.Col.), F.R.C.S.(C)
T.L. Tewfik; M.D.(Alex.), F.R.C.S.(C)
Associate Professors
M.J. Black; M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)
N. Fanous; M.B., BCH.(Cairo), F.R.C.S.(C)
W.R.J. Funnell; B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.)
K. Kost; M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)
J. Manoukian; M.B., Ch.B.(Alex.), F.R.C.S.(C)
W.H. Novick; M.D.(Queen's), F.R.C.S.(C)
B. Segal; B.Sc., B.Eng., M.Eng., Ph.D.(McG.)
R.S. Shapiro; M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)
A.G. Zeitouni; M.D.(Sher.), M.Sc.(Otol.), F.R.C.S.(C)
Assistant Professors
F. Chagnon; M.D.C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)
S. Daniel; M.D.C.M. (McG.), M.Sc. (Otol), F.R.C.S.C
I. Fried; M.D.(Dal.), F.R.C.S.(C)
M. Hier; M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)
R. Lafleur; M.D.(Ott.), F.R.C.S.(C)
M.-L. Lessard; M.D.(Laval), F.R.C.S.(C)
J. Rappaport; M.D.(Dal.), F.R.C.S.(C)
L. Rochon; M.D.(Sher.), F.R.C.P.(C)
M. Samaha; M.D.(Queen's), F.R.C.S.(C)
G. Sejean; M.D.(Beirut), F.R.C.S.(C)
R. Sweet; M.D.,C.M.(McG.)
L. Tarantino; M.D.(Naples), F.R.C.S.(C)
Lecturers
A. Finesilver, J. Rothstein
Adjunct Professors
M. Desrosiers, J.-J. Dufour

57.2 Program Offered

The Master of Science degree in Otolaryngology trains otolaryngologists for clinical or basic-science research in Otolaryngology.

57.3 Admission Requirements

Admission to the M.Sc. program requires acceptance by a research supervisor, and the proposed program must be approved by the Departmental Research Committee.

All applicants must be otolaryngologists or they should be currently enrolled in a residency program leading to certification in Otolaryngology.

57.4 Application Procedures

Applications require the following documentation:

Prospective students should contact research supervisors individually.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

57.5 Program Requirements

The M.Sc. program comprises a minimum of 45 credits as follows:

Required Courses
(12 credits)
OTOL 602
(3)
Physiology, Histopathology and Clinical Otolaryngology 1
OTOL 612
(3)
Physiology, Histopathology and Clinical Otolaryngology 2
OTOL 603
(3)
Advanced Scientific Principles of Otolaryngology 1
OTOL 613
(3)
Advanced Scientific Principles of Otolaryngology 2
Complementary Course
(3 credits)
EPIB 607
(3)
Principles of Inferential Statistics in Medicine
or equivalent
Thesis Component - Required
(30 credits)
OTOL 690
(3)
Thesis 1
OTOL 691
(3)
Thesis 2
OTOL 692
(6)
Thesis 3
OTOL 693
(6)
Thesis 4
OTOL 694
(12)
Thesis 5

When appropriate, courses OTOL 602, OTOL 612, OTOL 603 or OTOL 613 may be replaced by other basic-science or clinical (500-level or higher) courses of relevance to Otolaryngology, as recommended or approved by the Department.

Students aiming to acquire an interdisciplinary background will be expected to take additional elective courses, at the undergraduate level if necessary.

57.6 Graduate Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
OTOL 602 Physiology, Histopathology and Clinical Otolaryngology 1.

(3) (6 hours/week) University and hospital rounds and seminars presenting various topics in Clinical Otolaryngology.

l

OTOL 603 Advanced Scientific Principles - Otolaryngology 1.

(3) (1.5 hours/week)

l

OTOL 612 Physiology, Histopathology and Clinical Otolaryngology 2.

(3) (6 hours/week)

l

OTOL 613 Advanced Scientific Principles - Otolaryngology 2.

(3) (1.5 hours/week)

l

OTOL 690 M.Sc. Thesis 1.

(3)

l

OTOL 691 M.Sc. Thesis 2.

(3)

l

OTOL 692 M.Sc. Thesis 3.

(6)

l

OTOL 693 M.Sc. Thesis 4.

(6)

l

OTOL 694 M.Sc. Thesis 5.

(12)

58 Parasitology

Institute of Parasitology
Macdonald Campus
21,111 Lakeshore Road
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-7722
Fax: (514) 398-7857
E-mail: pargrsec@po-box.mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/parasitology 
Director
T.W. Spithill

58.1 Staff

Professors
Gaétan M. Faubert; B.Sc.(Sher.), M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Roger Prichard; B.Sc., Ph.D.(N.S.W.) (CP Professor of Biotechnology) (James McGill Professor)
Terence W. Spithill; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Monash) Canada Research Chair in Immunoparasitology)
Associate Professors
Robin N. Beech; B.Sc.(Nott.), Ph.D.(Edin.)
Kris Chadee; B.Sc.(Winn.), M.Sc.(Man.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Elias Georges; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Paula Ribeiro; B.Sc., Ph.D.(York)
Marilyn E. Scott; B.Sc.(U.N.B.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Assistant Professor
Armando Jardim; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Vic. B.C.)
Lecturer
James M. Smith, B.Sc.(N.E. London Polytechnic), Ph.D.(McG.)
Associate Members
Mark A. Curtis (Natural Resource Sciences, Wildlife Biology); Gregory J. Matlashewski (Medicine, Microbiology and Immunology); Manfred E. Rau (Natural Resource Sciences, Entomology); Mary Stevenson (Medicine, Experimental Medicine); Brian Ward (Medicine, Experimental Medicine)

58.2 Programs Offered

M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in Parasitology, and Graduate Certificate and M.Sc.(Applied) degree in Biotechnology.

The Institute of Parasitology teaches and researches the phenomenon of parasitism of man and livestock. Current research involvement includes the biology, biochemistry, pharmacology, control, ecology, epidemiology, immunology, molecular biology, neurobiology, and population and molecular genetics of parasitic organisms, viruses and cancer cells.

The Institute is housed in its own building adjacent to the Macdonald Campus Library, and has well equipped laboratories. The Institute has its own animal rooms and has access to large animal facilities at Macdonald farm. The Institute is affiliated to the McGill Centre for Tropical Diseases at the Montreal General Hospital.

Staff at the Institute of Parasitology also coordinate a 16-credit Graduate Certificate and M.Sc.(Applied) degree in Biotechnology.

58.3 Admission Requirements

Candidates for either the M.Sc. or the Ph.D. degree should possess a Bachelor's degree in the biological or medical sciences with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.2/4.0 (second class-upper division). High grades are expected in courses considered by the academic unit to be preparatory to the graduate program. Previous experience in parasitology is not essential.

Candidates for the Graduate Certificate and the M.Sc.(Applied) in Biotechnology must possess a Bachelor's degree in Biological Sciences or equivalent with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0/4.0 or 3.2/4.0 GPA in the last two full-time years of university study for the Graduate Certificate and a minimum 3.2/4.0 CGPA for the M.Sc.(A) , as well as prerequisites or equivalents. Prerequisites or equivalents: Students are required to have sufficient background in Biochemistry, Cellular Biology and Molecular Biology, equivalent to at least a 200-level course (300-level course for Molecular Biology) at McGill University.

58.4 Application Procedures

Applicants for graduate studies must forward supporting documents to:

Institute of Parasitology
Macdonald Campus of McGill University
21,111 Lakeshore
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada
Telephone: (514) 398-7722
Fax: (514) 398-7857
E-mail: graduate.parasitology@mcgill.ca
Applicants for the Biotechnology Programs must forward supporting documents to:
	Biotechnology Graduate Programs 
	Institute of Parasitology 
	Macdonald Campus of McGill University 
	21,111 Lakeshore Road 
	Sainte Anne de Bellevue, QC, H9X 3V9 
	Telephone: (514) 398-7725 
	Fax: (514) 398-7857 
	E-mail: program.biotech@mcgill.ca 
	Website: www.mcgill.ca/biotechgradprog 

Applications will be considered upon receipt of a completed application form, $60 application fee, and the following supporting documents:
DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED WILL NOT BE RETURNED.

Transcripts

- Two official copies of all university level transcripts with proof of degree(s) granted. Transcripts written in a language other than English or French must be accompanied by a certified translation. An explanation of the grading system used by the applicant's university is essential. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for transcripts to be sent.

It is desirable to submit a list of the titles of courses taken in the major subject, since transcripts often give code numbers only. Applicants must be graduates of a university of recognized reputation and hold a Bachelor's degree equivalent to a McGill Honours degree in a subject closely related to the one selected for graduate work. This implies that about one-third of all undergraduate courses should have been devoted to the subject itself and another third to cognate subjects.

Letters of Recommendation

- Two letters of recommendation on letterhead (official paper) of originating institution or bearing the university seal and with original signatures from two instructors familiar with the applicant's work, preferably in the applicant's area of specialization. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for these letters to be sent.

Competency in English

- Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree using the English language are required to submit documented proof of competency in oral and written English, by appropriate exams, e.g., TOEFL (minimum score 550 on the paper-based test, 213 on the computer-based test) or IELTS (minimum overall band 6.5). The MCHE is not considered equivalent. Results must be submitted as part of the application. The University code is 0935 (McGill University, Montreal); please use Department code 31(Graduate Schools), Biological Sciences - Agriculture, to ensure that your TOEFL reaches this office without delay.

Graduate Record Exam (GRE)

- The GRE is not required, but it is highly recommended.

Application Fee (non-refundable)

- A fee of $60 Canadian must accompany each application (including McGill students), otherwise it cannot be considered. This sum must be remitted using one of the following methods:

1. Credit card (by completing the appropriate section of the application form). NB: on-line applications must be paid for by credit card.

2. Certified cheque in Cdn.$ drawn on a Canadian bank.

3. Certified cheque in U.S.$ drawn on a U.S. bank.

4. Canadian Money order in Cdn.$.

5. U.S. Money Order in U.S.$.

6. An international draft in Canadian funds drawn on a Canadian bank requested from the applicant's bank in his/her own country.

Deadlines

- Applications, including all supporting documents must reach the Institute no later than May 15 (March 1 for International) for the Fall Term (September); October 15 (July 1 for International) for the Winter Term (January); February 15 (November 1 for International) for the Summer Term (May). It may be necessary to delay review of the applicant's file until the following admittance period if application materials including supporting documents are received after these dates. International applicants are advised to apply well in advance of the deadline because immigration procedures may be lengthy. Applicants are encouraged to make use of the on-line application form available on the Web at www.mcgill.ca/applying/ graduate.

Financial aid is very limited and highly competitive. It is suggested that students give serious consideration to their financial planning before submitting an application.

Acceptance to all programs depends on a staff member agreeing to serve as the student's supervisor and the student obtaining financial support. Normally, a student will not be accepted unless adequate financial support can be provided by the student and/or the student's supervisor. Academic units cannot guarantee financial support via teaching assistantships or other funds.

Qualifying Students

- Some applicants whose academic degrees and standing entitle them to serious consideration for admission to graduate studies, but who are considered inadequately prepared in the subject selected may be admitted to a Qualifying Program if they have met the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office minimum CGPA of 3.0/4.0. The course(s) to be taken in a Qualifying Program will be prescribed by the academic unit concerned. Qualifying students are registered in graduate studies, but not as candidates for a degree. Only one qualifying year is permitted. Successful completion of a qualifying program does not guarantee admission to a degree program.

58.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc. Degree

Candidates are required to write a research proposal in the second term of their registration to fulfill the requirements of PARA 600. While in the Institute, all students are required to register and participate in the seminar courses PARA 606 and PARA 607. Seminar speakers include students, professors and invited guests. Although emphasis in the graduate program is on research, satisfactory completion of two compulsory 3-credit graduate courses (PARA 635 and PARA 655) is required in the first year of study. Other course work in related subjects may be required, depending upon the candidates' background and research orientation. In total, a minimum of 14 credits of course work is required and a thesis (courses PARA 687, PARA 688, PARA 689). The minimum requirement of the M.Sc. degree is 46 credits.

Ph.D. Degree

In the first year of the doctoral program, the candidates must successfully complete a written thesis proposal and make an oral presentation on their proposed research to fulfill PARA 700. Satisfactory completion of graduate courses PARA 635 and PARA 655 is required. While in the Institute, all students are required to participate in the seminar courses (PARA 710 and PARA 711).

Graduate Certificate in Biotechnology

For the Graduate Certificate in Biotechnology, students are required to complete 15 credits of courses offered within the Faculties of Agricultural and Environmental Sciences, Medicine, and Science.

Required Courses
(10 credits)
BIOT 505
(3)
Selected Topics in Biotechnology
BTEC 620
(4)
Biotechnology Laboratory 1
BTEC 621
(3)
Biotechnology Management
Complementary Courses
(6 credits)
Two courses chosen from the following:
General Topics
ANSC 622
(3)
Selected Topics in Molecular Biology
BIOL 468
(3)
Topics in Human Genome
BIOL 524
(3)
Topics in Molecular Biology
BIOL 551
(3)
Molecular Biology: Cell Cycle
BTEC 501
(3)
Bioinformatics
BTEC 691
(3)
Biotechnology Practicum
EXMD 511
(3)
Joint Venturing with Industry
EXMD 602
(3)
Techniques in Molecular Genetics
EXMD 610
(3)
Biochemical Methods in Medical Research
Health
MIMM 466
(3)
Viral Pathogenesis
PARA 635
(3)
Cell Biology and Infection
PHGY 518
(3)
Artificial Cells
Environment and Food
ABEN 530
(3)
Fermentation Engineering
CELL 500
(3)
Techniques Plant Molecular Genetics
FDSC 535
(3)
Food Biotechnology
PLNT 600
(3)
Plant-Microbe Interactions
M.Sc. (Applied) in Biotechnology
(45 credits)

Students enrolled in the M.Sc.A. degree must complete 45 credits. Required courses include science and non-science courses, as well as laboratory courses and a research project involving a four- to six-month internship in a research laboratory. The course load is completed with three complementary courses chosen from a list in conjunction with the academic advisor.

Required Courses
(36 credits)
BIOT 505
(3)
Selected Topics in Biotechnology
BTEC 501
(3)
Bioinformatics
BTEC 502
(3)
Biotechnology Ethics & Society
BTEC 619
(4)
Biotechnology Laboratory 2
BTEC 620
(4)
Biotechnology Laboratory 1
BTEC 621
(3)
Biotechnology Management
BTEC 622
(2)
Biotechnology Research Project 1
BTEC 623
(6)
Biotechnology Research Project 2
BTEC 624
(6)
Biotechnology Research Project 3
BTEC 625
(2)
Biotechnology Research Project 4
Complementary Courses
(9 credits)
Three courses are chosen from a list in conjunction with the academic advisor. For a detailed listing of the courses, please consult the web site.

58.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. The Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

© Departmental approval required for registration.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

The following advanced undergraduate courses are offered by Parasitology staff.

AEBI 202 Cellular Biology.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours of lectures per week) Organization and function of intercellular organelles in eukaryotic cells. Protein synthesis and control of protein transport within the cell. Cell division and DNA replication. Energy metabolism and electron transport. Signal transduction and transmembrane signalling. Differentiation of cells and cancer. Function and components of the immune system.

AEMA 306 Mathematical Methods in Ecology.

(3) (3 hours of lectures per week) (Prerequisite: AEBI 205 or permission. Corequisite: AEMA 310 or permission) An introduction to mathematical and graphical tools for use in ecology. Representation and interpretation of data and associated statistics in graphs and tables; theoretical modelling in plant and animal ecology, including difference and differential equation models. Introduction to stability analysis and probability theory. Emphasis is placed on graphical techniques.

FDSC 211 Biochemistry 1.

(3) (Fall) (3 lectures) (Corequisite: FDSC 230) Biochemistry of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids; enzymes and coenzymes. Introduction to intermediary metabolism.

PARA 410 Environment and Infection.

(3) (2 lectures per week) (Prerequisite: BIOL 111 or AEBI 120 or equivalent) Infectious pathogens of humans and animals and their impact on the global environment are considered. The central tenet is that infectious pathogens are environmental risk factors. The course considers their impact on the human condition and juxtaposes the impact of control and treatment measures and environmental change.

PARA 438 Immunology.

(3) (2 lectures per week) (Prerequisite: AEBI 202 or permission of instructor) An in-depth analysis of the principles of cellular and molecular immunology. The emphasis of the course is on host defense against infection and on diseases caused by abnormal immune responses.

WILD 410 Wildlife Ecology.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours of lectures per week) (Prerequisite: AEBI 205 or permission) Ecological processes and theories in animal populations. Interrelationships among biological processes, biotic and abiotic factors, and life history strategies. Topics include population dynamics, optimization strategies, predation, habitat selection, risks and decision making, and social behaviour. Application of problem-solving approach to wildlife ecology through individual and group work.

Courses for Higher Degrees

BIOT 505 Selected Topics in Biotechnology.

(3) (Fall) (Restricted to U3 students) Current methods and recent advances in biological, medical, agricultural and engineering aspects of biotechnology will be described and discussed. An extensive reading list will complement the lecture material.

BTEC 501 Bioinformatics.

(3) (2 lectures and 1 laboratory per week) This course introduces the application of computer software for analysis of biological sequence information. An emphasis is placed on the biological theory behind analytical techniques, the algorithms used and methods of developing a statistical framework for various types of analysis.

BTEC 502 Biotechnology Ethics and Society.
(3) (Restricted to U3 and over.) Examination of particular social and ethical challenges posed by modern biotechnology such as benefit sharing, informed consent in the research setting, access to medical care worldwide, environmental safety and biodiversity and the ethical challenges posed by patenting life.
BTEC 619 Biotechnology Laboratory 2.

(4) A laboratory-based course in a variety of topics including: proteomics, protein expression and purification, conventional and HPLC chromatography, protein-protein interactions, ELISA, and Western blot analysis and hybridoma techniques.

BTEC 620 Biotechnology Laboratory 1.

(4) (one 8-hour lab per week) Practical training in contemporary methods of molecular and cellular biology. Intended for students with background in molecular biology, biochemistry, or a related area, who are already familiar with theoretical principles of recombinant DNA technologies. Topics include: polymerase chain reaction (PCR), methods for gene cloning and mutagenesis, eukaryotic and prokaryotic gene expression systems, protein purification and methods of eukaryotic cell culture.

BTEC 621 Biotechnology Management.
(3) (one 3-hour lecture per week) Topics relevant to the management of research in industry are presented by experts working in industry. This course highlights the differences exisiting between research done in an academic environment and research done within industry.
BTEC 622 Biotechnology Research Project 1.

(2) (Prerequisite: BTEC 620.) (Restricted to M.Sc.(Applied) in Biotechnology students and is a prerequisite to BTEC 623, BTEC 624 and BTEC 625.) Research project proposal and literature review.

BTEC 623 Biotechnology Research Project 2.

(6) (Corequisite: BTEC 622.) (Restricted to M.Sc.(Applied) Biotechnology students.) Intensive research project, lasting a minumum of 16 weeks in conjunction with course Biotechnology Research Project 3, conducted in a university hospital or industry laboratory involved in biotechnology research or development.

BTEC 624 Biotechnology Research Project 3.

(6) (Prerequisite: BTEC 622.) (Corequisite: BTEC 623.) (Restricted to M.Sc.(Applied) Biotechnology students.) Intensive research project, lasting a minimum of 16 weeks in conjunction with Biotechnology Research Project 2, conducted in a university hospital or industry laboratory involved in biotechnology research or development.

BTEC 625 Biotechnology Research Project 4.

(2) (Prerequisite: BTEC 622.) (Corequisites: BTEC 623, BTEC 624.) (Restricted to M.Sc.(Applied) Biotechnology students.)Student will prepare a report on the research experience and give a presentation.

l

BTEC 691 Biotechnology Practicum.

(3) (Prerequisite: BTEC 620)

BTEC 691D1 (1.5), BTEC 691D2 (1.5) Biotechnology Practicum.
(Prerequisite: BTEC 620) (Students must register for both BTEC 691D1 and BTEC 691D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both BTEC 691D1 and BTEC 691D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (BTEC 691D1 and BTEC 691D2 together are equivalent to BTEC 691) The cooperating employer and the instructor (or designate) will develop an individualized practicum experience program of at least 12 weeks duration for each student.
PARA 600 Thesis Proposal for M.Sc.

(4) Comprises a written document outlining the proposed research objectives.

PARA 600D1 (2), PARA 600D2 (2) Thesis Proposal for M.Sc.

(Students must register for both PARA 600D1 and PARA 600D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PARA 600D1 and PARA 600D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PARA 600D1 and PARA 600D2 together are equivalent to PARA 600) Comprises a written document outlining the proposed research objectives.

PARA 606 Parasitology Seminar.

(2) A seminar series in which students present seminars covering topics in parasitology, in areas relevant to their research interests. Students register for the course in their second term of residency. Attendance and participation are compulsory for M.Sc. students.

PARA 607 Parasitology Research Seminar.

(2) This is a required course for M.Sc.students. A seminar course in which students registered at the Institute of Parasitology present seminars on the results of their thesis research. Students register for the course in the final term prior to thesis submission.

PARA 635 Cell Biology and Infection.

(3) (Prerequisite: students with some background in molecular biology) Research articles will be the primary source of information. This course will cover new principles in cell biology. In particular, the mechanisms by which gene expression is regulated through signal transduction pathways initiated at the cell surface will be presented.

PARA 655 Host-Parasite Interactions.

(3) Lectures, tutorials and laboratory demonstrations of the principal factors which affect levels of parasite infection and treatment of infections in humans and animals. The integration and management of the host-parasite relationship in terms of transmission, population dynamics, environmental management, behaviour, immune responses, pathology, and pharmacology to decrease parasitic disease.

l

PARA 665 Special Topics in Parasitology.

(3)

PARA 687 Thesis Research 1.

(10)

PARA 688 Thesis Research 2.

(10)

PARA 689 Thesis Research 3.

(12)

PARA 700 Thesis Proposal for Ph.D.

(0) Comprises a written document outlining the proposed research objectives.

PARA 700D1 (0), PARA 700D2 (0) Thesis Proposal for Ph.D.

(Students must register for both PARA 700D1 and PARA 700D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PARA 700D1 and PARA 700D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PARA 700D1 and PARA 700D2 together are equivalent to PARA 700) See PARA 700 for course description.

PARA 710 Parasitology Ph.D. Seminar 1.

(2) This first seminar is a review of the scientific literature in the topic area of the thesis research.

PARA 711 Parasitology Ph.D. Seminar 2.
(2) A seminar series in which students present seminars covering topics in parasitology in areas relevant to their reserach interests. Attendance and participation are compulsory.

59 Pathology

Department of Pathology
Duff Medical Building
3775 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 2B4
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-7192 Ext. 00481 or 00494
Fax: (514) 398-7446
E-mail: gradstudies.pathology@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/pathology 
Chair
C.C. Compton
Director of Graduate Program
E. Zorychta

59.1 Staff

Professors
M.N. Burnier Jr.; M.D., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Brazil)
C.C. Compton; B.A. M.D., Ph.D.(Harv.)
A.M.V. Duncan; B.Sc.(Queen's), Ph.D.(Edin.)
A. Ferenczy; B.A., B.Sc., M.D.(Montr.)
R. Fraser; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.), M.Sc.(Glas.), F.R.C.P.(C)
D. Haegert; M.D.(Br.Col.), F.R.C.P.(C)
Q.A. Hamid; M.D.(Mosul), Ph.D.(Lond.) (James McGill Professor) (joint appoint. with Medicine)
J.R. Jass; M.B.B.S., M.D.(Lond.), F.R.C.Path
R.P. Michel; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
J.B. Richardson; B.Sc., M.D., C.M., Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
Associate Professors
L. Alpert; M.D., Ph.D.(Tufts)
J. Arseneau; M.D.(Laval), F.R.C.P.(C)
M. Auger; M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
M.L. Brisson; B.A.(Paris), B.Sc., M.D.(Montr.)
B. Case; B.Sc., M.D., C.M., M.Sc.(McG.), Dipl. Occ. Hyg., F.R.C.P.(C)
M.F. Chen; M.B., B.S.(Monash), F.R.C.P.(C)
G. Domanowski; M.D.(N.Y.)
A. Giaid; D.V.M.S.(Baghdad), Ph.D.(Lond.)
R. Onerheim; M.D.(Alta.), F.R.C.P.(C)
L. Rochon; M.D.(Sher.), F.R.C.P.(C)
S. Tange; B.A., M.D.(Minn.)
K. Watters; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
E.A. Zorychta; B.Sc.(St.F.X.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Assistant Professors
S. Albrecht; M.D.(Sher.), F.R.C.P.(C)
C. Bernard; M.D.(Sher.)
M. Blumenkrantz; M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
C. Catzavelos; M.D.(Cape Town), F.R.C.P.(C)
P.J. Chauvin; M.Sc.(W.Ont.), D.D.S.(McG.)
M.-C. Guiot; B.Sc., M.D.(Bordeaux)
F. Halwani; M.D.(Iran), Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
K. Khetani; M.B.B.S.(Aga Khan)
E. Lamoureux; B.Sc., M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
A.T. Marcus; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
V.A. Marcus; M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
A.R. Mehio; M.D.(Leb.)
A. Nahal; M.D.(Aleppo)
S.H. Nasr; M.D.(Damascus)
V.-H. Nguyen; M.D.(Montr.), F.R.C.P.(C)
A. Péloquin; M.D.(Sher.), F.R.C.S.(C), F.R.C.P.(C)
D. Pilavdzic; M.D.(Zagreb), F.R.C.P.(C)
L.A. Quenneville; M.Sc., M.D.(Sask.), F.R.C.P.(C)
I. Roy; B.Sc., M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
K. Sircar; M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
H. Srolovitz; B.Sc.(Pitt.), M.D.(Basle)
J. St. Cyr; M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)

59.2 Programs Offered

M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees in Pathology.

The Pathology Department offers research training in a wide variety of areas such as atherosclerosis, immunology and transplantation, neoplasia, cell biology, pulmonary vascular and airways disease, pulmonary edema, neurodegenerative disorders, and smooth muscle pathophysiology.

Modern techniques and equipment include light, fluorescence and electron microscopy (both transmission and scanning), cell culture, advanced immunological, pharmacological, biochemical and physiological techniques, as well as morphometry and computers.

59.3 Admission Requirements

Applicants must have a B.Sc. or the equivalent degree with an extensive background in the physical and biological sciences. An academic record equivalent to or better than a CGPA of 3.2 out of 4 at McGill is required for at least the two final full-time years of undergraduate training with a minimum CGPA of 3.0 overall.

Non-Canadian students may be required to take the GRE and TOEFL examinations in order to properly evaluate their suitability. Students are normally accepted into the M.Sc. program, and those candidates showing exceptional ability may be permitted to transfer into the Ph.D. program after one year of training.

Applicants who already possess an additional degree (M.Sc., M.D.) and have some research experience may be allowed to register in the Ph.D. program directly.

Prospective students are encouraged to contact the Teaching Office, Department of Pathology, for application forms and a departmental brochure containing the research interests of the academic staff.

59.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All information is to be submitted directly to the Pathology Teaching Office.

All applications will be evaluated by the Graduate Students Committee. Candidates found suitable must then be accepted by a research director, and adequate funding must be obtained for both personal support and research expenses.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

59.5 Program Requirements

All students must take PATH 300 plus a course in statistics if they have not completed these requirements before admission.

Candidates with insufficient background in one of the biomedical sciences will be required to take specific courses to remedy the deficiency. These and additional courses which are relevant to the student's area of research will be chosen in consultation with the research director and Graduate Students Committee.

M.Sc. Program Requirements

The program consists of 45 credits, 30 credits obtained by laboratory work and submission of a thesis (PATH 690, PATH 691, PATH 692), with the remaining 15 course credits to be distributed as follows: PATH 613 or PATH 614, PATH 620, PATH 622, plus any two graduate level courses offered by the Department. A graduate course in another department may be substituted for one of the Pathology graduate courses upon approval by the research director and Graduate Students Committee.

Ph.D. Program Requirements

Ph.D. candidates are required to complete courses PATH 613, PATH 614, PATH 620, PATH 622, PATH 701, plus any three graduate level courses offered by the Department, and any additional courses considered necessary by the research director or the Graduate Students Committee.

Candidates will be evaluated primarily on their ability to conduct independent research and submit a thesis, which must be defended orally.

59.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

Advanced Undergraduate

PATH 300 Human Disease.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: BIOL 200, BIOL 201 or BIOC 212, PHGY 209. Pre-/co-requisite: PHGY 210) Provides a fundamental understanding of the diseases prevalent in North America, for upper level students in the biological sciences. Includes: general responses of cells and organ systems to injury; assessment of individual diseases by relating the causes, symptoms, diagnosis, treatment and prevention to the primary biological abnormalities in each disorder.

Graduate Courses

The following courses are given in a variable sequence depending on the interests and requirements of graduate students enrolled in the Department.

l

PATH 607 Biochemical Pathology.

(3)

PATH 613 Research Topics in Pathology.

(3)

PATH 614 Research Topics in Pathology.

(3)

PATH 620 Research Seminar 1.

(3)

PATH 622 Research Seminar 2.

(3)

l

PATH 650 Immunopathology.

(3)

l

PATH 651 Pathobiology of Arterial Wall.

(3)

PATH 653 Reading and Conference.

(3) (Offered in conjunction with the Department of Human Genetics.) Cytogenetics is the science and art of making and analyzing chromosome preparations. This course focuses on human chromosomes, although methodologies and principles apply broadly to other species as well. Basic facts and mysteries about chromosomes will be explained and discussed in the light of clinical examples.

PATH 690 M.Sc.Thesis Research Project 1.

(9)

PATH 691 M.Sc.Thesis Research Project 2.

(9)

PATH 692 M.Sc. Thesis Research Project 3.

(12)

PATH 701D1 (0), PATH 701D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination - Ph.D. Candidates.

(Students must register for both PATH 701D1 and PATH 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PATH 701D1 and PATH 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

60 Pharmacology and Therapeutics

Department of Pharmacology and Therapeutics
McIntyre Medical Sciences Building
3655 Promenade Sir-William-Osler, Room 1325
Montreal, QC  H3G 1Y6
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-3623
Fax: (514) 398-2045
E-mail: pamalla.moore@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.medicine.mcgill.ca/pharma 
Chair
H.H. Zingg
Chair, Graduate Committee
B. Collier

60.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
T. Sourkes; Ph.D.(C'nell.)
Professors
G. Almazan; Ph.D. (McG.)
R. Capek; M.D., Ph.D.(Prague)
P.B.S. Clarke; M.A.(Camb.), Ph.D.(Lond.)
B. Collier; Ph.D.(Leeds)
A.C. Cuello; M.D.(Buenos Aires), D.Sc.(Oxon), F.R.S.C.
B.F. Hales; Ph.D.(McG.)
P.J. McLeod; M.D.(Man.), F.R.C.P.(C)
A. Ribeiro-da-Silva; M.D., Ph.D. (Oporto)
B. Robaire; Ph.D.(McG.)
M. Szyf; Ph.D.(Hebrew Univ.)
J. Trasler; M.D., C.M., Ph.D.(McG.)
D.R. Varma; M.D.(L'now), Ph.D.(McG.)
H.H. Zingg; M.D., Ph.D.(McG.)
Associate Professors
B. Esplin; M.D.(Warsaw)
D. Maysinger; Ph.D.(S. Calif.)
S. Nattel; M.D. C.M.(McG.)
A.L. Padjen; M.D., Ph.D.(Zagreb)
H. Saragovi; Ph.D.(Miami)
B.I. Sasyniuk; Ph.D.(Man.)
E. Zorychta; Ph.D.(McG.)
Assistant Professor
D. Bowie; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Lond.)
Associate Members
M. Alaoui-Jamali; Ph.D.(Sorbonne)
G. Batist; M.D., C.M.(McG.)
G. Di Batista; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
P. Fiset; M.D.(Laval), F.R.C.P.S.(C)
S. Gauthier; M.D.(Montr.)
B.J. Jean-Claude; Ph.D.(McG.)
J.B. Richardson; M.D.,C.M., Ph.D.(McG.) F.R.C.P.
R. Prichard; Ph.D.(N.S.W.)
R. Quirion; Ph.D.(Sher.)
A. Tenenhouse; M.D.,C.M., Ph.D.(McG.)
Adjunct Professors
S. Chemtob, Y. de Koninck, L. Garofalo, T. Hebert, J.M.A. Laird, J. Mancini, K. Metters

60.2 Programs Offered

The Department of Pharmacology and Therapeutics offers training leading to M.Sc. (thesis), M.Sc. Applied (non-thesis) and Ph.D. degrees.
The Department also offers the Chemical Biology Interdisciplinary Graduate Option, together with the Departments of Biochemistry and Chemistry. Students interested in training in this option must first be accepted for graduate studies by one of the participating departments. Information on this option can be found at the following web address: www.mcgill.ca/biochemistry/chemicalbiology.

Pharmacology is a multi-disciplinary science which deals with all aspects of drugs and their interactions with living organisms. Thus, pharmacologists study the physical and chemical properties of drugs, their biochemical and physiological effects, mechanisms of action, pharmacokinetics and therapeutic and other uses. The Department offers broad exposure and training in both basic and clinical research in areas of specialty ranging from neuropharmacology, reproductive, endocrine, receptor, cardiovascular, cancer, developmental, autonomic, clinical and biochemical pharmacology, molecular biology, to toxicology.

The present 38 full and affiliate members of the Department have research laboratories located in the McIntyre Medical Sciences Building and in a variety of hospitals, institutes and industry including the Douglas Hospital Research Center, Allan Memorial Institute, Montreal Children's Hospital, Montreal General Hospital, Royal Victoria Hospital, Montreal Heart Institute, Lady Davis Research Institute, Pfizer Canada and Merck Frosst Canada Inc. The participation of researchers from both industry and government ensures the relevance of the Department's applications-oriented training programs.

60.3 Admission Requirements

Candidates are required to hold a B.Sc. degree in a discipline relevant to the proposed field of study; those with the M.D., D.D.S. or D.V.M. degrees are also eligible to apply. A background in the health sciences is recommended, but programs in biology, chemistry, mathematics, and physical sciences may be acceptable.

Admission is based on a student's academic record, letters of assessment, and, whenever possible, interviews with staff members. Non-Canadian students are required to take the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test (GRE) and the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or the equivalents.

Inquiries relating to all aspects of graduate study should be directed to the Graduate Coordinator, Department of Pharmacology and Therapeutics as early as possible in each academic year.

Admissions Requirements - Chemical Biology Option

As for the regular graduate programs of the participating departments, acceptance into the Chemical Biology Option consists of two steps:

1.	Preliminary approval by the Department's Graduate Commit-
tee based on the student's transcript, references and other 
documents submitted with the application. The criteria for 
assessment at this level are the same as for the regular grad-
uate programs of the participating departments.  
2.	Acceptance by an individual research director. For students 
wishing to participate in the Chemical Biology Option, the 
director must propose a research project for the student that 
provides training in the methods and philosophy of chemical 
biology. Project proposals are assessed by the Chemical 
Biology Program Committee.  

60.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

Applications and all documents should be submitted directly to the Graduate Co-ordinator, Mrs. Pam Moore, in the Department of Pharmacology.

Deadlines

September Admission:

Canadian/Permanent Resident applicants - June 1st 
(including interviews with graduate committee members). 
International applicants - March 1st. 

January Admission:

Canadian/Permanent Resident applicants - October 1st 
(including interviews with graduate committee members). 
International applicants - August 1st. 

60.5 Program Requirements

The objective of the M.Sc. (thesis) and Ph.D. degree training programs is to provide in-depth independent research experience in a specific area of pharmacology.

M.Sc. (Thesis)
(45 credits)

In addition to a M.Sc. Thesis, the specific requirements are as follows:

The M.Sc. program consists of 45 credits, a minimum of 18 credits are required in addition to thesis preparation courses PHAR 696, PHAR 698 and PHAR 699 (3, 9 and 12 credits respectively).

Ph.D. (Thesis)

Students enrolled in the Ph.D. program must successfully complete or be exempted from the same courses as for the M.Sc. degree, plus one additional 700-level graduate course (for total of three), in addition to a Ph.D. thesis.

M.Sc. (Applied) degree
(Not offered during the 2004-05 year.)

The objective of the M.Sc. Applied program is to provide a broad exposure and training in Pharmacology, with two terms of courses and two of research, one of which may be completed during the summer.

The course requirements (45 credits) are as follows:
PHAR 562 and PHAR 563, General Pharmacology 1 and 2, or their equivalents; PHAR 712, Statistics for Pharmacologists; PHAR 603, Drug Discovery and Development; one 700 level Pharmacology graduate course; PHAR 604, Advanced independent research project in pharmacology; PHAR 605, Advanced independent research project in applied pharmacology, plus three complementary courses to be chosen from options in Epidemiology, Experimental Medicine, Biotechnology, Bioethics, Biochemistry, Physiology, Microbiology and Immunology, Pathology, and Economics.

Program Requirements - Chemical Biology Option

The curriculum of the Chemical Biology Option is structured so that in completing the option, students also complete the course requirements for the regular graduate programs in their home departments. For this reason, program requirements are listed separately for each department, even though the 'core' content in Chemical Biology (9 lecture credits plus 2 or 4 seminar credits for each program) is the same for each. The course requirements for the Chemical Biology Option taken through the Pharmacology and Therapeutics Department are available at www.mcgill.ca/biochemistry/chemicalbiology.

60.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

The following courses are designed primarily for graduate students in the Department, but may be attended by others under special circumstances. These courses are given in a rotational sequence and students may register according to their specific requirements and interests.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
PHAR 601D1 (3), PHAR 601D2 (3) Comprehensive.

(Students must register for both PHAR 601D1 and PHAR 601D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHAR 601D1 and PHAR 601D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

PHAR 601N1 Comprehensive.

(3) (Students must also register for PHAR 601N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHAR 601N1 and PHAR 601N2 are successfully completed in a twelve moth period) See PHAR 601D1 for course description.

PHAR 601N2 Comprehensive.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHAR 601N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHAR 601N1 and PHAR 601N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) See PHAR 601D1 for course description.

PHAR 696 Thesis Preparation.

(3)

PHAR 697 Thesis Preparation 1.

(6)

PHAR 698 Thesis Preparation 2.

(9)

PHAR 699 Thesis Preparation 3.

(12)

l

PHAR 702 Biochemical Pharmacology.

(3)

l

PHAR 703 Neuropharmacology.

(3)

PHAR 704 Drug Distribution, Metabolism and Excretion.

(3) Mechanisms by which the body handles endogenous and foreign chemicals and the effects of these processes on the characteristics of drug action.

l

PHAR 705 Cardiovascular Regulation and Drug Action.

(3)

l

PHAR 706 Chemical Mediators and Autonomic Drugs.

(3)

l

PHAR 707 Molecular Pharmacology.

(3)

PHAR 712 Statistics for Pharmacologists.

(3) Basic theoretical and practical aspects of statistics for pharmacologists.

l

PHAR 713 Developmental Pharmacology.

(3)

PHAR 714 Endocrine Pharmacology.

(3) Mechanisms by which drugs interact with and modulate the endocrine system. Examples of drugs for discussion include oral contraceptives, drugs used to treat infertility and for the management of menopause, vitamin D, insulin, adrenal steroids and thyroid hormone.

61 Philosophy

Department of Philosophy
Leacock Building, Room 908
855 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2T7
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6060
Fax: (514) 398-7148
E-mail: info.philosophy@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/philo 
Chair
R.P. Buckley

61.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
R. Klibansky; M.A.(Oxon), D.Phil.(Heidel.), F.R.Hist. F.R.S.C. (John Frothingham Emeritus Professor of Logic and Metaphysics)
A.T. McKinnon; M.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Edin.), B.D.(McG.), F.R.S.C., R.D., D.H.L.(St. Olaf) (William C. Macdonald Emeritus Professor of Moral Philosophy)
D. Norton; M.A.(Claremont), Ph.D.(Calif.), F.R.S.C.
C. Taylor; M.A., D.Phil.(Oxon), F.R.S.C.
Professors
M.A. Bunge; Ph.D.(LaPlata), F.R.S.C. (John Frothingham Professor of Logic and Metaphysics)
G. DiGiovanni; B.A., M.A., S.T.B., Ph.D.(Tor.)
S. McCall; B.A.(McG.), B.Phil., D.Phil.(Oxon)
Associate Professors
R.P. Buckley; Ph.D.(Louvain)
D. Davies; B.A.(Oxon), M.A.(Manit.),Ph.D.(W.Ont.)
M. Deslauriers; B.A.(McG.), M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.)
M. Hallett; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Lond.)
A. Laywine; B.A.(Ott.), M.A.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Chic.)
E. Lewis; B.A.(C'nell), Ph.D.(Ill. at Chic.)
J. McGilvray; B.A.(Carleton College), Ph.D.(Yale)
S. Menn; M.A., Ph.D.(Chic.), M.A., Ph.D.(Johns H.)
S. Stroud; A.B.(Harv.), Ph.D.(Prin.)
Assistant Professors
A. Al-Saji; M.A.(Louvain), Ph.D.(Emory)
E. Carson; M.A.(McG.), Ph.D.(Harv.)
Gaëlle Fiasse; B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Louvain)
G. Mikkelson; M.S., Ph.D.(Chic.) (joint appoint. with McGill School of Environment)
Jeffrey Speaks; B.A. (Notre Dame), Ph.D. (Prin.)
Adjunct Professors
S. Davis (S. Fraser)
I. Gold (Monash)
Auxiliary Professor
K. Arvanitakis
Associate Members
C. Fraenkel (Jewish Studies), L. Kaplan (Jewish Studies), A. Patten (Political Science)

61.2 Programs Offered

The Department offers courses of study leading to the Ph.D. in Philosophy. It also offers, in conjunction with the Biomedical Ethics Unit, a course of study leading to the M.A. degree in Bioethics.

61.3 Admission Requirements

Ph.D.

Students with an Honours B.A. degree in philosophy, or the equivalent, are normally admitted to the Ph.D. program directly at the Ph.D.I level. The Department considers an Honours B.A. degree to include:

To demonstrate their competence in these areas applicants must submit transcripts of academic work, three letters of recommendation from persons with whom they have studied, and at least one substantial example (approximately 15-20 typewritten pages) of their written philosophical work.

In addition, applicants from North America whose first language is English are required to submit scores of the Graduate Record Examination. Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree from a recognized institution where English is the language of instruction are required to submit documented proof of competency in oral and written English (TOEFL score).

Students who hold an M.A. degree from another institution should apply for admission at the Ph.D. II level; such students will normally be required to complete two years of course work.

M.A. (Bioethics)

Students applying to the Bioethics Specialty program must write an M.A. thesis proposal. All applications to this program must also receive the approval of the Director of the Specialty program. Students who apply for this program should note that they must participate in a practicum which continues beyond the end of their second term of classes.

61.4 Application Procedures

Ph.D.

The Department conducts its admission process once a year. Applications are accepted between October 15 and January 15 for September admission. The application deadline is January 15.

The on-line application form is available at www.mcgill.ca/ applying/graduate.

Applications will be considered complete upon receipt of:

All supporting documents are to be submitted to the Department of Philosophy.

M.A. specialization in Bioethics

Applications are made initially through the Biomedical Ethics Unit in the Faculty of Medicine, which administers the program and teaches the core courses.

Applicants must be accepted first by the Department of Philosophy and then by the Bioethics Graduate Studies Advisory Committee.

For information, please contact the Chair, Master's Specialization in Bioethics, Biomedical Ethics Unit, 3690 Peel Street, Montreal, QC, H3A 1W9. Telephone: (514) 398-6980.
Fax: (514) 398-8349. E-mail: leigh.turner@mcgill.ca.

61.5 Program Requirements

The course work for the first four terms of the Ph.D. program will include two pro-seminars, in two of the following three areas: Value theory; Metaphysics and Epistemology; History of Philosophy. Each seminar will be led by two members of staff, and the grade for the seminar will be determined jointly by them. Each academic year, the Chair will invite joint proposals from staff for topics for the following year's pro-seminar and will, if necessary, choose among proposals, ensuring that the topics offered in successive years do not fall within the same area as defined above. The Chair will also consult with graduate students in Ph.D. I concerning the topic of the pro-seminar for the following year. The pro-seminar will normally be offered in the Fall term.

The course work taken towards completion of the requirements for the Ph.D. program must satisfy certain distribution requirements. Students must take at least two graduate courses in each of the following three areas: Value Theory; Metaphysics and Epistemology; History of Philosophy. Pro-seminars (6 credits each) may be counted in partial satisfaction of these requirements. The Graduate Director, in consultation with the student's advisory committee, will determine for which area(s) a given course may be counted. Students are entitled to appeal such decisions to the Department as a whole. No student may count a given course towards the satisfaction of the distribution requirements for more than one area.

By the end of the Ph.D. II year, a student must submit a research paper (the "candidacy paper" [3 credits]), which may be worked up from a paper written to fulfill the requirements of a graduate course, to a Thesis Advancement Committee consisting of a least two members of the staff of the Department. The membership of this committee will be determined by the Graduate Director in consultation with the student; it is anticipated that members of this committee would, in principle, direct the student's thesis. This committee assigns a grade to the student's paper and reviews her or his graduate performance; on the basis of its assessment and review, it recommends to the Department as a whole either to permit the student to continue with the Ph.D. program and undertake a thesis or to decline to permit the student to continue. Two necessary conditions for a positive recommendation are that the student (a) receive a grade of at least B+ on the candidacy paper, and (b) have at least a 3.5 GPA (on the undergraduate Grade Point scale) in the course work required for the program. The Department as a whole, taking into account the Thesis Advancement Committee's recommendation and the student's overall academic record in the program, decides whether to permit the student to continue.

Students who do not receive a positive recommendation but who satisfy Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office requirements (no courses below a B-minus and completion of 45 credits) will be recommended to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office by the Department to transfer from the Ph.D. program to the M.A. program.

M.A. specialization in Bioethics:

The curriculum is composed of required courses (for 6 credits) offered in the Biomedical Ethics Unit, bioethics courses (3 credit minimum) offered by Philosophy and any graduate courses required or accepted by Philosophy for the granting of a Master's degree, for a total of 18 to 21 credits. A minimum of 45 credits is required including the thesis. For further information refer to the Bioethics entry.

61.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Arts (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
PHIL 506 Seminar: Philosophy of Mind.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 306. Open only to students as indicated above and to Cognitive Science Minors) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department.) An advanced course devoted to specific topics in the philosophy of mind.

l

PHIL 507 Seminar: Cognitive Science.

(3) (Prerequisites: PHIL 306, PHIL 415 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department)

l

PHIL 510 Seminar: Advanced Logic 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 310 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department.)

l

PHIL 511 Seminar: Philosophy of Logic and Mathematics.

(3) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department.)

l

PHIL 515 Seminar: Philosophy of Language.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 415 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department)

PHIL 519 Seminar: Epistemology.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 420 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department.) An advanced course devoted to a topic in the theory of knowledge. Subject varies from year to year.

l

PHIL 521 Seminar: Metaphysics.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 421 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department.)

PHIL 534 Seminar: Ethics.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 334 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department)

PHIL 540 Sem: Philosophy and Social Sciences.

(3)

PHIL 541 Seminar: Philosophy of Science.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 441 or other requirements specified by the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department) An advanced course devoted to a topic in the philosophy of science.

PHIL 543 Seminar: Medical Ethics.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 343 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department) An advanced course devoted to a particular philosophical problem as it arises in the context of medical practice or the application of medical technology.

l

PHIL 544 Political Theory.

(3) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department)

l

PHIL 548 Seminar: Philosophy of Law.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 348 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department)

PHIL 551 Seminar: Ancient Philosophy 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: at least one course in ancient philosophy and the specific requirements of individual instructors) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department) An advanced course on a philosopher or philosophical issue articulated in antiquity.

PHIL 556 Seminar: Medieval Philosophy.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 345 or PHIL 357 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department) An advanced course devoted to a particular topic in medieval philosophy. Subject varies from year to year.

PHIL 560 Seminar: 17th Century Philosophy.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 360 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department) An advanced course on a seventeenth-century philosopher or philosophical issue.

PHIL 561 Seminar: 18th Century Philosophy.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 361 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department.) An advanced course on an eighteenth-century philosopher or philosophical issue.

l

PHIL 567 Seminar: 19th Century Philosophy.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 366 or PHIL 367 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department.)

l

PHIL 570 Seminar: Contemporary Analytic Philosophy.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 370 or PHIL 415 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department.)

PHIL 575 Seminar: Contemporary European Philosophy.

(3) (Prerequisite: PHIL 475 or written permission of the instructor) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department) An advanced course on contemporary European philosophy or some important issue in the Continental tradition.

PHIL 580 Seminar: Problems of Philosophy 1.

(3) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department)

l

PHIL 581 Seminar: Problems of Philosophy.

(3) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department)

PHIL 590 Seminar: Special Topics in Philosophy.

(3) (Prerequisites: one course in philosophy) (Seminars are open only to graduate students and final year Philosophy Majors, Honours and Joint Honours students, except by written permission of the Department) Psychoanalysis: a critical examination. Depending on the interests of the class, areas covered would include: psychoanalytic epistemology, psychoanalysis and the pre-socratics, psychoanalysis and tragedy, reasons versus causes in psychoanalysis, hermeneutics, psychoanalytic truth, self-deception, irrationality, paradox, creativity, internal object world and its relation to external objects.

l

PHIL 602 Seminar: History of Philosophy 2.

(3)

l

PHIL 604 Seminar: Metaphysics and Epistemology 2.

(3)

PHIL 607 Pro-Seminar 1.

(6) A series of seminars on selected topics designed for professional training to graduate students. Topics will be selected from the general area of Value Theory.

PHIL 682 Pro-Seminar 3.

(6) A series of seminars on selected topics designed to provide professional training to graduate students. Topics will be selected from the general area of Metaphysics/Epistemology.

PHIL 685 Fundamentals of Logic.

(3) A course in intermediate logic for graduate students in Philosophy, covering such topics as axiomatic systems, formal semantics, consistency, completeness, the limitative results, intuitionistic logic, formal theories of truth, aspects of the development of logic.

PHIL 690 Candidacy Paper.

(3)

l

PHIL 693 M.A. Thesis Research.

(5)

l

PHIL 693D1 (2.5), PHIL 693D2 (2.5) M.A. Thesis Research.

(Students must register for both PHIL 693D1 and PHIL 693D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHIL 693D1 and PHIL 693D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PHIL 693D1 and PHIL 693D2 together are equivalent to PHIL 693)

l

PHIL 693N1 M.A. Thesis Research.

(2.5) (Students must also register for PHIL 693N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHIL 693N1 and PHIL 693N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PHIL 693N1 and PHIL 693N2 together are equivalent to PHIL 693) Submission of thesis topic and detailed bibliography.

l

PHIL 693N2 M.A. Thesis Research.

(2.5) (Prerequisite: PHIL 693N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHIL 693N1 and PHIL 693N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PHIL 693N1 and PHIL 693N2 together are equivalent to PHIL 693) See PHIL 693N1 for course description.

l

PHIL 694 M.A. Thesis Research 2.

(5)

l

PHIL 694D1 (2.5), PHIL 694D2 (2.5) M.A. Thesis Research 2.

(Students must register for both PHIL 694D1 and PHIL 694D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHIL 694D1 and PHIL 694D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PHIL 694D1 and PHIL 694D2 together are equivalent to PHIL 694) Detailed thesis proposal.

l

PHIL 694N1 M.A. Thesis Research 2.

(2.5) (Students must also register for PHIL 694N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHIL 694N1 and PHIL 694N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PHIL 694N1 and PHIL 694N2 together are equivalent to PHIL 694) Detailed thesis proposal.

l

PHIL 694N2 M.A. Thesis Research 2.

(2.5) (Prerequisite: PHIL 694N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHIL 694N1 and PHIL 694N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PHIL 694N1 and PHIL 694N2 together are equivalent to PHIL 694) See PHIL 694N1 for course description.

l

PHIL 695 M.A. Thesis Research 3.

(14) Completion of thesis.

l

PHIL 695D1 (7), PHIL 695D2 (7) M.A. Thesis Research 3.

(Students must register for both PHIL 695D1 and PHIL 695D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHIL 695D1 and PHIL 695D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PHIL 695D1 and PHIL 695D2 together are equivalent to PHIL 695) Completion of thesis.

l

PHIL 695N1 M.A. Thesis Research 3.

(7) (Students must also register for PHIL 695N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHIL 695N1 and PHIL 695N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PHIL 695N1 and PHIL 695N2 together are equivalent to PHIL 695) Completion of thesis.

l

PHIL 695N2 M.A. Thesis Research 3.

(7) (Prerequisite: PHIL 695N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHIL 695N1 and PHIL 695N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PHIL 695N1 and PHIL 695N2 together are equivalent to PHIL 695) See PHIL 695N1 for course description.

l

PHIL 701D1 (0), PHIL 701D2 (0) Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both PHIL 701D1 and PHIL 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHIL 701D1 and PHIL 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PHIL 701D1 and PHIL 701D2 together are equivalent to PHIL 701)

l

PHIL 701N1 Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(0) (Students must also register for PHIL 701N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHIL 701N1 and PHIL 701N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PHIL 701N1 and PHIL 701N2 together are equivalent to PHIL 701)

l

PHIL 701N2 Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(0) (Prerequisite: PHIL 701N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHIL 701N1 and PHIL 701N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PHIL 701N1 and PHIL 701N2 together are equivalent to PHIL 701) See PHIL 701N1 for course description.

PHIL 705 Guided Research in Ethics.

(3)

PHIL 706 Guided Research in Ethics.

(3)

PHIL 710 Guided Research in Logic.

(3)

PHIL 711 Guided Research in Logic.

(3)

PHIL 720 Guided Research: Philosophy of Science.

(3)

PHIL 721 Guided Research: Philosophy of Science.

(3)

PHIL 730 Guided Research: Philosophy of Religion.

(3)

PHIL 731 Guided Research: Philosophy of Religion.

(3)

PHIL 740 Guided Research: Ancient Philosophy.

(3)

PHIL 741 Guided Research: Ancient Philosophy.

(3)

PHIL 750 Guided Research: Medieval Philosophy.

(3)

PHIL 751 Guided Research: Medieval Philosophy.

(3)

PHIL 760 Guided Research: History of Philosophy.

(3)

PHIL 761 Guided Research: History of Philosophy.

(3)

PHIL 770 Guided Research: Philosophy of Politics.

(3)

PHIL 771 Guided Research: Philosophy of Politics.

(3)

PHIL 780 Guided Research: Epistemology/Metaphysics.

(3)

PHIL 781 Guided Research: Epistemology/Metaphysics.

(3)

* Several courses, prmarily philosophical in content, are available in other departments. Note in particular the offerings in Classics, Jewish Studies, Islamic Institute and Political Science.

62 Physical and Occupational Therapy

School of Physical and Occupational Therapy
3654 Promenade Sir-William-Osler
Montreal, QC  H3G 1Y5
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4504
Fax: (514) 398-6360
E-mail: graduate.rehabilitation@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.medicine.mcgill.ca/spot 
Acting Director
Sharon Wood-Dauphinee
Director, Graduate Program
Diane St-Pierre

62.1 Staff

Professors
Hugues Barbeau; B.Sc.(P.T.), Ph.D.(Laval)
Robert W. Dykes; B.A.(UCLA), Ph.D.(Johns H.)
Erika Gisel; B.A.(Zur.), B.S.O.T., M.S., Ph.D.(Temple)
Sharon Wood-Dauphinee; B.Sc.(P.T.), Dip.Ed., M.Sc.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
Associate Professors
Katherine Berg; B.P.T., B.Sc. P.T., M.Sc.(Rehab Sc.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Joyce Fung; B.Sc.(P.T.)(HK PU), Ph.D.(McG.)
Eva Kehayia; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
Nicol Korner-Bitensky; B.Sc.(O.T.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Annette Majnemer; B.Sc.(O.T.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Nancy Mayo; B.Sc.(P.T.)(Queen's), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.) (James McGill Professor)
Patricia McKinley; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(U.C.L.A.)
Diane St-Pierre; B.Sc.(P.T.)(McG.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
Assistant Professors
Sophie De Serres; B.Eng., M.Eng.(École Poly.), Ph.D.(Alta.)
Isabelle Gélinas; B.Sc.(O.T.)(Montr.), M.Sc.(Virginia), Ph.D.(Rehab.Sc.)(McG.)
Anouk Lamontagne; B.Sc.(P.T.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Laval)
Bernadette Nedelec; B.Sc.(O.T.), Ph.D.(Alta.)
Laurie Snider; B.Sc.(O.T.)(McG.), M.A.(Br.Col.), Ph.D.(Tor.)

62.2 Programs Offered

Master of Science (non-thesis) in Rehabilitation Science

The program requires three terms of full-time residence study and can usually be completed within three to four terms. It is designed for graduates who hold a B.Sc. (or equivalent) in Physical or Occupational Therapy or related health professions. Two years of clinical experience is recommended. The program trains health professionals to become consumers of research in order to promote evidence-based practice in rehabilitation science. The curriculum is made up of both required and elective courses and may also include a research project.

Master of Science in Rehabilitation Science

The full curriculum consists of approximately two years of study for graduates who hold a B.Sc. degree in one of the medical rehabilitation disciplines or a related field. The program consists of required and elective course work, a research proposal and a research thesis.

Doctorate in Rehabilitation Science

The Ph.D. program curriculum consists of three to four years of study, on average, for graduates with Master's level training in one of the medical rehabilitation disciplines or a related field. The program consists of required and elective course work, a comprehensive written examination, a research proposal and a doctoral thesis.

62.3 Admission Requirements

Master of Science in Rehabilitation Science

Master of Science (non-thesis) in Rehabilitation Science

Doctorate in Rehabilitation Science

If a graduate student accepted into the M.Sc. program demonstrates superior performance in the first year, the Graduate Committee, in consultation with the thesis supervisor, may recommend waiving the M.Sc. thesis requirement, and allow the student to proceed directly to the Ph.D. program.

62.4 Application Procedures

Application forms for admission to graduate studies for the degree of M.Sc., M.Sc.(non-thesis), or Ph.D. in Rehabilitation Science may be requested directly from the School. An on-line application is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

Deadlines:
Canadian applicants - April 1
International applicants - March 1

Documents are to be mailed directly to the Associate Director, Graduate Program, School of Physical and Occupational Therapy

62.5 Program Requirements

Elective Courses (for all programs)

In addition to courses offered by the School of Physical and Occupational Therapy, students may choose courses given in other units. A complete list of suitable electives can be obtained from the Graduate Student Affairs Coordinator.

Master of Science in Rehabilitation Science
(45 credits)

The program requires a minimum of three terms of full-time residence study. It is not uncommon for a student to take two or more years to complete the degree.

Required Courses
(10 credits)
POTH 610
(3)
Research Methodology
POTH 614
(3)
Selected Topics in Rehabilitation Science
POTH 616
(1)
Seminars in Rehabilitation Science
POTH 617
(0)
Rehabilitation Seminars 1
POTH 631
(3)
Research Proposal

A research proposal is to be submitted in written form and defended in front of a supervisory committee. Research proposals should be completed by the beginning of the second full-time year.

Complementary Course
(3 credits)
One 3-credit graduate level course in statistics may be required if not already completed in a prior degree.
Elective Courses
(3 - 6 credits)
Courses at the 500 or 600 level which pertain to the student's area of specialization.
Thesis Component - Required
(29 credits)
POTH 696
(2)
Thesis Research
POTH 697
(6)
Thesis Research 1
POTH 698
(9)
Thesis Research 2
POTH 699
(12)
Thesis Research 3

The student carries out a research study in an approved subject area under the guidance of an internal supervisor (from within the School) or an external supervisor (from outside the School). In the case of an external supervisor, an internal co-supervisor must be appointed.

All four of these courses must be registered for within the first three terms of full-time study. The course POTH 699 is carried as IP "in progress" until completion of thesis.

Master of Science in Rehabilitation Science (non-thesis)
(45 credits)

This program has two options. In the first option, students complete 45 credits of required and complementary course work. In the second option, students complete 30 credits of required and complementary courses plus a 15-credit research project in their area of interest. The program normally takes 3 to 4 terms when done on a full -time basis.

Required Courses
(9 credits)
POTH 602
(3)
Educational Methodology
POTH 610
(3)
Research Methodology
POTH 617
(0)
Rehabilitation Seminars 1
POTH 619
(0)
Rehabilitation Seminars 2
 
(3)
Statistics at the 500 level or higher
Complementary Courses
(36 credits)
Group A, 21 credits:
chosen from the following courses offered by the School or other campus courses at the 500 and 600 levels with permission of the Director.
POTH 508
(3)
Plasticity in Rehabilitation
POTH 603
(3)
Directed Practicum
POTH 604
(3)
Current Topics in Pediatrics
POTH 614
(3)
Selected Topics in Rehabilitation Science
POTH 618
(3)
Topics in Rehabilitation
POTH 620
(3)
Measurement: Rehabilitation 1
POTH 622
(3)
Pathokinesiology
POTH 630
(3)
Measurement: Rehabilitation 2
Group B, 15 credits, one of the following options:
Option 1, Directed Project:
POTH 661
(7)
Research Project 1
POTH 662
(8)
Research Project 2
Option 2:
no directed project, 5 additional courses at the 500 or 600 level
Doctorate in Rehabilitation Science

Doctoral students are required to pursue at least three years of full-time residence study.

The curriculum is divided as follows:

Required Courses
(12 credits)
POTH 610*
(3)
Research Methodology
POTH 614*
(3)
Selected Topics in Rehabilitation Science
POTH 620
(3)
Measurement in Rehabilitation 1
POTH 630
(3)
Measurement in Rehabilitation 2

Of the four required courses, at least two* will already have been completed by students with an M.Sc. in Rehabilitation Science from McGill.

Complementary Course
(6 credits)
one of:
   
POTH 602
(3)
Educational Methodology
EDPH 689
(3)
Teaching & Learning in Higher Education
One 3-credit graduate-level course in statistics may be required if not already completed in a prior degree.
Elective Courses
(3-6 credits)
Courses which pertain to the student's area of specialization; chosen by the student in consultation with his/her supervisor and upon approval of the Director of the Graduate Program.
Comprehensive Examination
POTH 701
Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination

The student must successfully pass a written comprehensive examination by the end of the first academic year. The format is three questions to be answered in essay style over a five-day period. An additional requirement may include an oral component.

Research Proposal

A research proposal is to be submitted in written form and defended in front of a supervisory committee. Research proposals should be completed during the second full-time year, following the comprehensive examination.

Teaching Assistantship - Required

One .

Thesis Component - Required

The student carries out a research study in an approved subject area under the guidance of an internal supervisor (from within the School) or an external supervisor (from outside the School). In the case of an external supervisor, an internal co-supervisor must be appointed.

62.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
POTH 508 Plasticity in Rehabilitation.

(3) (Prerequisite: POTH 455 or equivalent.) A seminar course designed to provide students with a review of current research on plasticity in the central and peripheral nervous systems. Particular emphasis is placed on the mechanisms involved in the recovery of function after injury.

l

POTH 602 Educational Methodology.

(3) (Course equivalent: EDPH 689)

POTH 603 Directed Practicum.

(3) (Restricted to on-campus students only.) A tutorial with directed practical experience in a clinical setting related to the student's clinical specialization, including curriculum development, and emphasizing current thought in rehabilitation.

POTH 604 Current Topics in Pediatrics.

(3) (Prerequisite: POTH 260, or permission of instructors.) This course will provide an overview of current research in pediatrics.

POTH 610 Research Methodology.

(3) (Corequisite: PSYC 305 or EPIB 607, or EDPE 675 and EDPE 676) An advanced lecture and seminar course. The philosophy of scientific inquiry, principles of research design, and application of statistical techniques are discussed with special consideration given to research studies in health care and rehabilitation.

POTH 614 Selected Topics in Rehabilitation Science.

(3) (Restricted to on-campus students only.) A weekly lecture and seminar course taught by staff, designed to provide an overview of current research issues in rehabilitation.

POTH 616 Seminars in Rehabilitation Science.

(1) A weekly seminar course given by staff and invited speakers in different areas of research related to rehabilitation science. Students are expected to participate by reading pertinent literature prior to seminars and asking questions at each seminar. Attendance is compulsory, and the course is graded pass/fail based on participation.

POTH 617 Rehabilitation Seminars 1.

(0) A weekly seminar course given by staff and invited speakers in different areas of research related to rehabilitation science. Students are expected to participate by reading pertinent literature prior to seminars and asking questions at each seminar. Attendance is compulsory, and the course is graded pass/fail based on participation.

POTH 618 Topics in Rehabilitation.

(3) This is a directed reading course on a topic in rehabilitation science. The student will acquire extensive knowledge in the topic of interest and understand the strengths and limitations of the current body of work in the area.

POTH 619 Rehabilitation Seminars 2.

(0) (Restriction: During one academic year, students may not register for POTH 619 in the same term as POTH 616 or POTH 617.) Seminar course given by staff and invited speakers covering different areas of research related to rehabilitiation science.

l

POTH 620 Measurement: Rehabilitation 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: POTH 222 and permission of instructor.)

l

POTH 622 Pathokinesiology.

(3) (Prerequisite: POTH 620)

l

POTH 630 Measurement: Rehabilitation 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: EPIB 607 or PSYC 305 or equivalent.)

POTH 631 Research Proposal.

(3) The course covers issues involved in the development of a research protocol. The presentation of a written thesis proposal is required by the end of the course. This document will serve as the basis for an oral presentation to the student's Supervisory Committee which will also review the written proposal.

POTH 661 Research Project 1.

(7) (Campus students only.)

POTH 662 Research Project 2.

(8)

POTH 696 Thesis Research.

(2)

POTH 697 Thesis Research 1.

(6)

POTH 697D1 (3), POTH 697D2 (3) Thesis Research 1.

(Students must register for both POTH 697D1 and POTH 697D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both POTH 697D1 and POTH 697D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (POTH 697D1 and POTH 697D2 together are equivalent to POTH 697)

POTH 698 Thesis Research 2.

(9)

POTH 698D1 (4.5), POTH 698D2 (4.5) Thesis Research 2.

(Students must register for both POTH 698D1 and POTH 698D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both POTH 698D1 and POTH 698D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (POTH 698D1 and POTH 698D2 together are equivalent to POTH 698)

POTH 699 Thesis Research 3.

(12)

POTH 699D1 (6), POTH 699D2 (6) Thesis Research 3.

(Students must register for both POTH 699D1 and POTH 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both POTH 699D1 and POTH 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (POTH 699D1 and POTH 699D2 together are equivalent to POTH 699)

POTH 701 Ph.D. Comprehensive.

(0)

63 Physics

Department of Physics
Ernest Rutherford Physics Building
3600 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A, 2T8
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6485 (Graduate Information)
Fax: (514) 398-8434
E-mail: graduate.physics@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.physics.mcgill.ca 
Chair
M. Grant
Director of Graduate Studies
P.Grutter

63.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
M.P. Langleben; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.S.C.
S.K. Mark; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
E.R. Pounder; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.S.C.
D.G. Stairs; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Queen's), Ph.D.(Harv.)
P.R. Wallace; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.), F.R.S.C.
M.J. Zuckermann; M.A., D.Phil.(Oxon), F.R.S.C.
Post-Retirement
J.E. Crawford; B.A., M.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(McG.)
J.K.P. Lee; B.Eng., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
R.B. Moore; B.Eng., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
P.M. Patel; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Manc.), Ph.D.(Harv.)
Professors
J. Barrette; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
C. Burgess; B.Sc.(Wat.), Ph.D.(Texas) (James McGill Professor)
F. Corriveau; Ph.D.(Zür.)
S. Das Gupta; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Calc.), Ph.D.(McM.) (William C. Macdonald Professor of Physics)
N.B. DeTakacsy; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(McG.)
C. Gale; B.Sc.(Ott.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
M. Grant; B.Sc.(P.E.I.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.) (James McGill Professor)
H. Guo; B.Sc.(Sichuan), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Pitt.)
D. Hanna; B.Sc.(McG.), M.A., Ph.D.(Harv.)
R. Harris; B.A.(Oxon), Ph.D.(Sus)
C.S. Lam; B.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(M.I.T.) (Ernest Rutherford Professor of Physics)
S. Lovejoy; B.Sc.(Cantab.), Ph.D.(McG.)
D.H. Ryan; B.A., Ph.D.(Dub.)
J.O. Strom-Olsen; B.A., M.S., Ph.D.(Cantab.)
M. Sutton; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
L. Vinet; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.), Doctorat 3e cycle(Paris VI) (joint appoint. with Mathematics and Statistics)
J. Vinals; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Barcelona)
Associate Professors
R. Brandenberger; Dip.(Zür.), M.A., Ph.D.(Harv.)
J. Cline; B.Sc.(Calif.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Cal. Tech.)
P. Grutter; Diploma, Ph.D.(Basel) (William Dawson Scholar)
V. Kaspi; B.Sc.(McG.), M.A., Ph.D.(Prin.) (Canada Research Chair)
K. Ragan; B.Sc.(Alta.), Ph.D.(Geneva)
Assistant Professors
R. Bennewitz; Diploma, Ph.D.(Berlin)
A. Clerk; B.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(C'nell)
A. Cumming; B.A.(Camb.), Ph.D.(Calif.)
G. Gervais; B.Sc.(sher.), M.Sc.(McM.), Ph.D.(Northwestern)
M. Hilke; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Geneva)
G. Holder; M.Sc.(Qu.), Ph.D.(Camb.)
S. Jeon; B.Sc.(Korea), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Wash.)
M. Kilfoil; B.Sc.(UNB), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Mem.)
G. Moore; Ph.D.(Prin.)
R. Rutledge; B.Sc.(S.California), Ph.D.(MIT)
B. Vachon; B.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Vic. B.C.)
A. Warburton; B.Sc.(Vic.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
P. Wiseman; B.Sc.(St. F.X.), Ph.D.(W. Ont.)
Lecturers
Z. Altounian, F. Buchinger
Associate Members
M. Mackey (Physiology), E. Podgorsak (Radiation Pysics), D. Ronis (Chemistry)

63.2 Programs Offered

M.Sc. and Ph.D.

FIELDS OF RESEARCH

High-Energy Physics

Theoretical:

The McGill high energy theorists have interests in a wide range of problems pertaining to all fundamental interactions: strong, electromagnetic, weak and gravitational. The research program extends from studies closely connected with experimental data to purely theoretical questions. Ongoing projects involve: particle phenomenology, quantum chromodynamics, electroweak baryogensis, group theory, astroparticle physics, quantum gravity, grand unification and string theory.

Experimental High Energy Physics

The experimental high energy physics group is engaged in a number of experiments at the research frontiers of the field, both in subatomic physics and in high energy astrophysics. These include:

- BaBar: The group played a major role in constructing installation and commissioning of the drift chamber. The full detector has been operational and taking data since summer 1999. The physics interests of the group center on CP violation in B-meson decays to CP eigenstates and in the determination of CKM matrix elements Vcb and Vub.
- STACEE: Members of the group are currently constructing and installing a major air Cherenkov detector for the study of high energy gamma rays emitted by astrophysical objects such as supernova remnants and active galactic nuclei. The detector (located at Sandia National Labs in Albuquerque, New Mexico) operated and successfully observed the Crab Nebula, providing a proof-of-principle of this novel technique.
- ZEUS: A group working at the world's first electron-proton collider (HERA, at DESY, Hamburg) studies lepton-quark interactions at high energy. The physics topics of interest to the group include deep inelastic scattering (proton structure, forward jet production and low-x physics) and flavour (strange, charm) production.

Thus, graduate students at the M.Sc. and Ph.D. levels are offered a strong program of research in a challenging and rapidly advancing field. Short term Master's projects are based mainly on instrumentation or data analysis conducted on Campus, while Ph.D. research may involve an extended stay at one of the world's major research laboratories.

Nuclear Physics

Theoretical:

Transport equations for heavy ion collisions at intermediate energy; nuclear equation of state from heavy ion collisions; fragmentation at intermediate energy; electromagnetic probes in relativistic heavy ion collisions; effective lagrangians for hadronic systems at finite temperature; Quark-Gluon Plasma, QCD.

Experimental:

Current research programs in experimental nuclear physics at McGill are focussed on two main axes:

- The study of heavy-ion reactions at relativistic energies to determine the properties of nuclear matter at high density. This program is being performed at the Brookhaven National Laboratory. McGill physicists are part of a major experiment at the heavy-ion collider RHIC at BNL.
- The study of ground state properties of unstable nuclei using laser spectroscopy techniques and ion traps. This work is being carried out using the Canadian Penning trap facility at the Argonne National Laboratory and at the accelerator ISOLDE (CERN), and the ISAC facility at TRIUMF.

Furthermore, the Nuclear Physics Group has an active in-house research program that applies the ion trap and laser techniques to the detection of trace quantities of material and contaminants, and to ion spectroscopy.

Condensed-Matter Physics

Theoretical:

Programs of research are in progress on the properties of dilute alloys and amorphous metals, including magnetic systems and "spin-glasses"; on nonequilibrium characteristics of quantum devices; on kinetics of pattern formation during first order phase transitions, on structured fluids and polymers, on the statistical mechanics of biological membranes and growth problems; and on interface instabilities in dendritic crystal growth. Research is being done by nonlinear analysis and large-scale computational modelling.

Experimental:

Lines of research include structural, transport, Mössbauer and other magnetic properties of metallic glasses and rapidly quenched metals, and certain crystalline metal alloys. Also included are major areas of activity in high resolution X-ray diffraction using synchrotrons to study the time evolution of non-equilibrium structures and to study thin films and buried interfaces, scanning tunneling and atomic force microscopy, and the rapidly expanding area of nanoscience.

Astrophysics

This group does research in radio and X-ray observation of neutron stars and ground-based gamma-ray astronomy. The research program in X-ray astrophysics uses various X-Ray observatories including the RXTE, Chandra and the XMM satellites. Among the scientific issues addressed in this program are the properties of young neutron stars, both pulsars and "magnetars", pulsar wind nebulae, and supernova remnants.

Nonlinear Variability in Geophysics

This group studies nonlinear dynamical processes in the atmosphere and other geophysical systems, especially those associated with turbulent, chaotic and extremely variable behaviour. Emphasis is placed on multifractal analysis and modelling as well as the development of new theories and techniques covering wide ranges of scale in time and space. Data from a variety of in situ and remotely sensed sources are used. This includes satellite data of the earth's atmosphere and surface as well as high quality precipitation data from the McGill Radar Weather Observatory.

63.3 Admission Requirements

M.Sc.

Normal requirement is a B.Sc. in Physics, or equivalent, with high standing.

Ph.D.

Normal requirement is a M.Sc. in Physics or equivalent. Candidates in good standing may have the option of transferring into this program from the M.Sc. program after one year.

63.4 Application Procedures

An application package is available upon request. It includes a brochure with a detailed description of the research activities in the Department, application forms for admission to graduate studies and information concerning requirements for the M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees. Inquiries should be addressed to the Graduate Coordinator.

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All information is to be submitted to Paula Domingues, Department of Physics.

Applications and supporting documents should be submitted by:
February 1st - international applicants,
March 15th - Canadian applicants.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

Financial Assistance

Subject to the availability of funds, financial assistance will be offered to students in the form of a bursary, Teaching and Research assistanships. For new students, financial support will be offered at the time of acceptance and arrival. Forms are given and filled out on registration day.

63.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc.
(48 credits)

Candidates must successfully complete five 3-credit courses, plus PHYS 691, PHYS 692, PHYS 690 and PHYS 690D1/ PHYS 690D2 (M.Sc. Thesis), in addition to all the other normal requirements of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

Ph.D.

Candidates must successfully complete two one-term courses and a Preliminary examination and submit a Ph.D. thesis, in addition to all the normal requirements of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office. (Courses taken as part of the M.Sc. program at McGill may be accepted as substitutes for the two required courses.) Normally one of the courses must be a 600 or 700-level course in the candidate's area of specialization.

63.6 Advanced Undergraduate and Graduate Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
PHYS 514 General Relativity.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours lectures) (Honours students, or permission of the instructor) Transition from special to general relativity. Non-Euclidian geometry. The basic laws of Physics in co-variant form, Einstein's equations. Gravitational waves; neutron stars; black holes; cosmology.

PHYS 521 Astrophysics.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) A quantitative course in galactic and extragalactic astrophysics. Topics include observational techniques, stars and stellar evolution, compact objects, galaxy structure, kinematics, evolution and cosmology.

PHYS 534 Nanoscience and Nanotechnology.

(3) (Fall) Topics include scanning probe microscopy, chemical selfassembly, computer modeling, and microfabrication/micromachining.

PHYS 551 Quantum Theory.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours lectures) (Honours students, or permission of the instructor) General formulation, scattering theory, WKBJ approximation, time-dependent perturbation, theory and applications, angular momentum, relativistic wave equations.

PHYS 557 Nuclear Physics.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours lectures) (Honours students, or permission of the instructor) General nuclear properties, nucleon-nucleon interaction and scattering theory, radioactivity, nuclear models, nuclear reactions.

PHYS 558 Solid State Physics.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours lectures) (Honours students, or permission of the instructor) Properties of crystals, lattice vibrations and thermal properties of insulators, free electron model and band structure, semi-conductors, metals, optical properties.

PHYS 559 Advanced Statistical Mechanics.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours lectures) (Honours students, or permission of the instructor) Self averaging and central-limit theorem; thermodynamic fluctuations; ensemble theory; surface roughening; broken symmetry and Goldstone's theorem; phase transitions; mean-field, Landau and Ornstein-Zernicke theory; Monte Carlo method; molecular dynamics; scaling; renormalization group; epsilon expansion; non-equilibrium theory.

PHYS 562 Electromagnetic Theory.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours lectures) (Honours students, or permission of the instructor) (Graduate Prerequisites: U1 or U2 Honours Physics or permission of instructor.) Electrostatics, dielectrics, magnetostatics, timevarying fields, relativity, radiating systems, fields of moving charges.

PHYS 567 Particle Physics.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours lectures) (Honours students, or permission of the instructor) Survey of elementary particles; hadrons, leptons and hardrons' constituents (quarks). Invariance principles and conservation laws. Detectors and accelerators. Phenomenology of strong, electomagnetic and weak interactions.

PHYS 606 Selected Topics: Cont. Physics 1.

(3)

PHYS 607 Selected Topics: Cont. Physics 2.

(3)

PHYS 610 Advanced Quantum Mechanics.

(3) (3 hours) Relativistic wave equations for spin-0, spin-1/2, and spin-1 particles. Review of Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms for classical mechanics. Canonical, Feynman path-integral, and Schwinger external-source quantization techniques. Relativistic quantum field theories for free spin-0, spin-1/2, and spin-1 particles. Interactions, perturbation theory, and Feynman diagrams.

l

PHYS 614 Advanced Astrophysics 1.

(3) (Prerequisites: PHYS 521 or permission of instructor)

l

PHYS 615 Advanced Astrophysics 2.

(3) (Prerequisites: PHYS 521 or permission of instructor)

l

PHYS 616 Multifractals and Turbulance.

(3) (3 hours)

PHYS 618 Quantum Theory of Solids.

(3) (3 hours) Includes some of the following topics; excitations in solids, phonons, the electron gas, superconductivity and phase transitions.

PHYS 620 Experimental Methods of Subatomic Physics.

(3) (3 hours) Basic techniques of experimentation in nuclear and particle physics. Accelerators, beam optics, detection systems, major experiments, Monte-Carlo simulation, data acquisition and data analysis.

l

PHYS 621 High Energy Astrophysics.

(3) (Prerequisites: PHYS 567 or permission of instructor)

PHYS 634 Seminar in Advanced Materials.

(3) (3 hours) A series of research-level seminars about topics of current interest in advanced materials. Topics include molecular and nanoelectronics, computational approches to materials design and property predictions, new techniques in molecular and atomic imaging, advances in materials preparation, quantum device and quantum computing.

l

PHYS 658 Advanced Condensed Matter.

(3) (3 hours)

PHYS 659 Experimental Condensed Matter.

(3) (3 hours) To obtain an active understanding of the principles, the possibilities and the limitations of various experimental techniques. Possible topics include vacuum and low-temperature techniques; transport, thermal, magnetization and de Haas van Alphen measurements; scattering techniques; Mossbauer spectroscopy, NMR, scanning probe microscopy, electron microscopy; surface science methods.

PHYS 673 Theoretical High Energy Physics.

(3) (3 hours) Introduction to quantum field theory; perturbation theory and Feynman diagrams. Applications to quantum electrodynamics, quantum chromodynamics and electroweak (Weinberg-Salam) theory.

PHYS 690 M.Sc. Thesis.

(24)

PHYS 690D1 (12), PHYS 690D2 (12) M.Sc. Thesis.

(Students must register for both PHYS 690D1 and PHYS 690D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHYS 690D1 and PHYS 690D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PHYS 690D1 and PHYS 690D2 together are equivalent to PHYS 690)

PHYS 691 Thesis Preparation.

(3) Directed study of research papers and experimental or theoretical techniques in the student's designated area of research under the supervision of the graduate studies committee of the Department.

PHYS 692 Thesis Project.

(6) Independent work under the direction of the student's supervisor on a research problem in the student's designated area of research leading to a project report or seminar.

PHYS 692D1 (3), PHYS 692D2 (3) Thesis Project.

(Students must register for both PHYS 692D1 and PHYS 692D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHYS 692D1 and PHYS 692D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PHYS 692D1 and PHYS 692D2 together are equivalent to PHYS 692) Independent work under the direction of the student's supervisor on a research problem in the student's designated area of research leading to a project report or seminar.

PHYS 700 Preliminary Ph.D. Examination.

(0)

PHYS 719 Special Topics: Solid State Physics 2.

(3) (3 hours) Specialized discussion of some current problems in solid state physics.

l

PHYS 729 Special Topics in Nuclear Physics.

(3)

PHYS 730 Special Topics: High Energy Physics 1.

(3) (3 hours) Specialized discussion of some current problems in theoretical particle physics.

l

PHYS 731 Special Topics: High Energy Physics 2.

(3) (3 hours)

l

PHYS 732 Topics in Astophysics 1.

(3) (Prerequisites: PHYS 521 or permission of instructor)

l

PHYS 733 Topics in Astrophysics 2.

(3) (Prerequisites: PHYS 521 or permission of instructor)

64 Physiology

Department of Physiology
McIntyre Medical Sciences Building
3655 Promenade Sir-William-Osler
Montreal, QC  H3G 1Y6
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4343
Fax: (514) 398-7452
Web site: www.medicine.mcgill.ca/physio 
Chair
A. Shrier
Chair of Graduate Program
J. Orlowski

64.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
Kresmir Krnjevic; O.C., B.Sc., Ph.D., M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.), F.R.S.C.
Geoffrey Melvill Jones; B.A., M.A., M.B., B.Ch., M.D.(Cantab.)
Professors
Thomas M.S. Chang; B.Sc., M.D., C.M., Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C)
Munroe W. Cohen; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Ellis J. Cooper; B.Eng.(Sir G.Wms.), M.Sc.(Surr.), Ph.D.(McM.)
Mony Frojmovic; B.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Leon Glass; B.S.(Brooklyn), Ph.D.(Chic.) (Isadore Rosenfield Professor of Cardiology)
Phil Gold; M.Sc., Ph.D., M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C.) (joint appoint. with Medicine)
David Goltzman; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C) (Antoine G. Massabki Professor of Medicine) (joint appoint. with Medicine)
John Hanrahan; Ph.D.(Br.Col.)
Wayne S. Lapp; M.S.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Mortimer Levy; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.P.(C) (joint appoint. with Medicine)
Michael Mackey; B.A., Ph.D.(Wash.) (Joseph Morley Drake Professor of Physiology)
Jacapo P. Mortola; M.D.(Milan)
John Orlowski; B.Sc.(McG.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Queen's) (James McGill Professor)
Premsyl Ponka; M.D., Ph.D.(Prague)
Alvin Shrier; B.Sc.(C'dia), Ph.D.(Dal.) (Hosmer Professor of Physiology)
Douglas G.D. Watt; M.D., Ph.D.(McG.)
Associate Professors
Kathleen Cullen; B.Sc.(Brown), Ph.D.(Chic.) (William Dawson Scholar)
Riaz Farookhi; B.Sc., M.Sc.(M.I.T.), Ph.D.(Tufts)
Mladen Glavinovic; B.Sc.(Zagreb), M.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Michael Guevara; Ph.D.(McG.)
Sheldon Magder; M.D.(Tor.) (joint appoint. with Medicine)
Ursula Stochaj; Ph.D.(Cologne)
Teresa Trippenbach; M.D., Ph.D.(Warsaw)
Ann Wechsler; B.A.(Tor.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
John White; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Car.), Ph.D.(Harv.)
Associate Professors - Part Time
Nicole Bernard
Assistant Professors
Erik Cook; Ph.D.(Baylor College, Houston, Tx)
Julie Desbarats; Ph.D.(McG.)
Pejmun Haghighi; Ph.D.(McG.)
Julios Martinez-Trujillo; Ph.D.(Tübingen, Germany)
Assistant Professor - Part Time
Anne-Marie Lauzon
Adjunct Professors
Roy Caplan, Terence Herbert, James Henry, John Milton, Serge Rossignol, Malmur Sairam
Associate Members
Anaesthesia: Steven Backman
Biomedical: Robert Kearney, Satya Prakash
Dentistry: James Lund
Medicine: Angel Alonso, Andrey Cybulsky, Samuel O. Freedman, Abraham Fuks, Claude Gagnon, Raymond Gagnon, Harry L. Goldsmith, Geoffrey Hendy, Louise Larose, Serge_Lemay, Peter T. Macklem, James Martin, Shree Mulay, Mariana Newkirk, Barry Posner, Shafaat Rabbani, J.Enrique Silva, Alan Sniderman, Mary Stevenson, Simon Wing, Hans Zingg
Neurology and Neurosurgery: Albert Aguayo, Massimo Avoli, Charles Bourque, Sal Carbonetto, Pierre Drapeau, Daniel Guitton, David Rajsdale, Michael Rasminsky
Nephrology: Tomoko Takano
Opthamology: Curtis Baker
Otolaryngology: Bernard Segal
Pediatrics: Immanuela Moss, Charles Rohlicek
Psychiatry: Bernardo Dubrovsky, Christina Gianoulakis

64.2 Programs Offered

The Physiology Department offers training leading to M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees. The scope of the ongoing research, and close connections with the McGill teaching hospitals, offer excellent opportunities for collaborations with hospital based scientists.

All graduate students in Physiology receive financial support. Any faculty member who agrees to supervise a student who does not hold a fellowship, is obliged to provide financial support.

64.3 Admission Requirements

Admission to the Graduate Program is based on an evaluation by the Graduate Student Admissions and Advisory Committee (GSAAC), and on being accepted by a research supervisor. Final acceptance is contingent upon approval of the recommendation of the applicant by the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office, from whom official notification will be received.

Candidates for the M.Sc. degree must hold a B.Sc. degree or its equivalent. Candidates who have completed an M.Sc. may be admitted directly to the Ph.D. program. M.Sc. students interested in a Ph.D., may transfer to the Ph.D. program after 12-18 months, if all of the transfer requirements have been fulfilled. The M.Sc. thesis requirement is then waived. Candidates with exceptional academic records may be considered to proceed directly to the Ph.D. degree from the B.Sc. degree.

The GRE General Test is required for anyone who does not have a degree from a Canadian University. The TOEFL is required for anyone whose university studies were completed in a language other than English outside of Canada. A minimum CGPA of 3.2 on 4.0 is required for a file to be considered.

64.4 Application Procedures

The GSAAC will only consider applications upon receipt of all of the following documentation:

Applications should be submitted to the Graduate Secretary as early as possible in order to facilitate processing. However, no applications will be considered after the following deadlines:

September (Fall term): 
March 1 (November 1 for International students) 
January (Winter term):
October 1 (May 1 for International students) 

Interested candidates should refer to the Department's Web site.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

64.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc.

The M.Sc. program is comprised of a minimum of 49 credits.

Required Courses
(43 credits)
PHGY 601
(1)
M.Sc. Proposal Seminar
PHGY 602
(3)
Literature Search and Research Proposal
PHGY 607
(3)
Laboratory Research 1
PHGY 608
(3)
Laboratory Research 2
PHGY 620
(3)
Progress in Research
PHGY 621
(12)
Thesis 1
PHGY 622
(15)
Thesis 2
PHGY 623
(3)
M.Sc. Seminar
Elective Courses
(6 credits)

In addition to the above, students must select 6 approved credits in Physiology or Science at the 500 or 600 level.

Students may be requested to fulfil other course requirements.

Students are required to submit a thesis, usually equivalent to one first author paper.

Each student will have a supervisory committee which will monitor the progress of the studies.

Transfer to the Ph.D Program

After 18 months students may transfer to the Ph.D. program if all of the transfer requirements have been fulfilled. This includes completion of the Ph.D. Preliminary Exam and the successful completion of a transfer seminar. The M.Sc. thesis requirement is then waived.

Ph.D.

Students in the Ph.D. program are required to:

1.  present PHGY 702 - Ph.D. Proposal Seminar 3 months after 
starting the program (1 credit); 
2.  complete PHGY 701 - Comprehensive Examination within 6-12 
months of admission to the program (0); 
3.  complete PHGY 720 through 725 - Ph.D. Departmental Semi-
nar Course (1 credit each); 
4.  submit a thesis and defend it orally; 
5.  new students must take, in addition to the above, an additional 
9 credits of Physiology or Science at the 500 level or above, in 
consultation with the Graduate Student Admissions and Advi-
sory Committee and their supervisor; 

Each student will have a supervisory committee which will monitor the progress of the studies.

Required Courses
(9 credits)
PHGY 701
(0)
Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination
PHGY 702
(1)
Ph.D. Proposal Seminar
PHGY 703
(1)
Ph.D. Progress Seminar 1
PHGY 704
(1)
Ph.D. Progress Seminar 2
PHGY 720
(1)
Ph.D. Departmental Seminar 1
PHGY 721
(1)
Ph.D. Seminar Course 2
PHGY 722
(1)
Ph.D. Seminar Course 3
PHGY 723
(1)
Ph.D. Seminar Course 4
PHGY 724
(1)
Ph.D. Seminar Course 5
PHGY 725
(1)
Ph.D. Seminar Course 6
Complementary Courses
(9 credits)

In addition to the above, students are required to take an additional 9 credits of Physiology or Science at the 500 level or above, in consultation with the GSAAC and the candidate's supervisor.

64.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

H	Denotes courses taught only in alternate years. 
l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
PHGY 502 Exercise Physiology.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: PHGY 311, PHGY 312, and PHGY 313) Behaviour of physiological processes in response to physical effort, in areas such as structural basis of muscle contraction, thermoregulation during exercise, mechanics and energetics of muscle contraction, fuel utilization, fatigue, physiological adjustments during exercise and influence of training.

PHGY 508 Advanced Renal Physiology.

(3) (Fall) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: PHGY 312 or the equivalent) (Open to advanced undergraduate and graduate students) Offered in conjunction with the Department of Medicine. Lectures and seminars will cover advanced concepts in selected areas of kidney physiology (glomerular and tubular function) as well as membrane and epithelial transport. Students will be expected to critically discuss selected experimental papers.

PHGY 513 Cellular Immunology.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours lectures plus term paper) (Prerequisite: MIMM 314, or permission of the instructor) This course deals with cellular interactions, regulation and effector mechanisms of the normal immune response in relation to diseases and pathogenic processes. It is taught at an advanced level.

PHGY 515 Physiology of Blood 1.

(3) (Fall) (2 hours lecture plus 1 hour seminar weekly) (Prerequisite: PHGY 313 or PHGY 312 or permission of the instructor) Study of the cell and molecular physiology of hemostasis and its pathophysiology (bleeding and thrombosis). Emphases on molecular mechanisms regulating clot formation, fibrinolysis, and cell adhesion/aggregation. Experimental approaches and specific clinical disorders will be analyzed. Weekly discussions, and a major term paper.

PHGY 516 Physiology of Blood 2.

(3) (Winter) (2 hours lecture plus 1 hour seminar weekly) Bone marrow hematopoiesis, with emphasis on regulation of stem cell proliferation and differentiation along hematopoietic pathways. Formation and differentiation of red and white blood cells and some of the diseases associated with hemotopoiesis will be covered. Emphasis will be given to the molecular mechanisms involved in the normal and pathological conditions.

PHGY 517 Artificial Internal Organs.

(3) (Winter) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: permission of instructors.) Physiological, bioengineering, chemical and clinical aspects of artificial organs including basic principles and physiopathology of organ failure. Examples: oxygenator, cardiac support, vascular substitutes, cardiac pacemaker, biomaterials and tissue engineering, biocompatibility.

PHGY 518 Artificial Cells.

(3) (Fall) (Undergraduate Prerequisite: permission of instructors.) Physiology, biotechnology, chemistry and biomedical application of artificial cells, blood substitutes, immobilized enzymes, microorganisms and cells, hemoperfusion, artificial kidneys, and drug delivery systems. PHGY 517 and PHGY 518 when taken together, will give a complete picture of this field. However, the student can select one of these.

l

PHGY 520 Ion Channels.

(3) (Winter) (Offered in even numbered years) (1 1/2 hour lecture, 1 1/2 hour seminar) (Prerequisite: PHGY 311) (Priority to Graduate and Honours students; others by permission of instructors.)

PHGY 531 Topics in Applied Immunology.

(3) (Winter) (Permission of the instructor. U3 InterDept. Honours Immunology students and graduate students with strong immunology background i.e. PHGY 513 and BIOC 503) Seminar format course in which experts in immunologic mechanisms of resistance against a variety of infectious diseases, including AIDS, malaria, and tuberculosis oversee student moderators in their presentation of recent scientific literature in the field.

PHGY 550 Molecular Physiology of Bone.

(3) (Fall) (1 hour of lecture, 2 hours of seminar per week) (Prerequisites: PHGY 311, and BIOL 202 or equivalent) (Restricted to U3 Physiology students, and graduate students in biomedical departments; others by permission of the instructor) Students will develop a working knowledge of cartilage and bone. Discussion topics will include: molecular and cellular environment of bone; heritable and acquired skeletal defects; research models used to study metabolic bone disease.

PHGY 552 Cellular and Molecular Physiology.

(3) (Winter) (1 hour lecture, 2 hours seminar weekly) (Prerequisite: PHGY 311) (Preference will be given to Physiology Honours and Graduate students) Discussions of recent significant advances in our understanding of the gene products involved in diverse cellular signalling pathways. Topics will include cell-surface hormone receptors, nuclear steroid hormone receptors, and ion channels and transporters. Students will present and critically evaluate experimental approaches, results and interpretations of selected research publications.

PHGY 556 Topics in Systems Neuroscience.

(3) (Winter) (Permission of the instructor required.) (Not open to students who have taken PHGY 456) Topics of current interest in systems neurophysiology and behavioural neuroscience including: the neural representation of sensory information and motor behaviours, models of sensory motor integration, and the computational analysis of problems in motor control and perception. Students will be expected to present and critically discuss journal articles in class.

PHGY 601 M.Sc. Proposal Seminar.

(1)

PHGY 602 Literature Search and Research Proposal.

(3)

PHGY 607 Laboratory Research 1.

(3)

PHGY 608 Laboratory Research 2.

(3)

PHGY 610 Biophysics.

(3) (Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.) A series of seminars in selected topics in theoretical biology and biomathematics.

PHGY 620 Progress in Research.

(3)

PHGY 621 Thesis 1.

(12)

PHGY 622 Thesis 2.

(15)

PHGY 623 M.Sc. Seminar.

(3)

l

PHGY 701 Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

PHGY 701D1 (3), PHGY 701D2 (3) Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both PHGY 701D1 and PHGY 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PHGY 701D1 and PHGY 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

PHGY 702 Ph.D. Proposal.

(1)

PHGY 703 Ph.D. Progress Seminar 1.

(1)

PHGY 704 Ph.D. Progress Seminar 2.

(1)

PHGY 720 Ph.D. Seminar Course 1.

(1) Required for Ph.D. students. Coordinated in conjunction with the weekly Departmental seminar series, students will meet for one hour before each seminar to critically discuss papers on the subject of the weekly seminar. Students will take turns introducing the papers and leading discussions on an overview of the research topic, some of the methodologies, results and conclusions.

PHGY 721 Ph.D. Seminar Course 2.

(1) Required for Ph.D. students. Coordinated in conjunction with the weekly Departmental seminar series, students will meet for one hour before each seminar to critically discuss papers on the subject of the weekly seminar. Students will take turns introducing the papers and leading discussions on an overview of the research topic, some of the methodologies, results and conclusions.

PHGY 722 Ph.D. Seminar Course 3.

(1) Required for Ph.D. students. Coordinated in conjunction with the weekly Departmental seminar series, students will meet for one hour before each seminar to critically discuss papers on the subject of the weekly seminar. Students will take turns introducing the papers and leading discussions on an overview of the research topic, some of the methodologies, results and conclusions.

PHGY 723 Ph.D. Seminar Course 4.

(1) Required for Ph.D. students. Coordinated in conjunction with the weekly Departmental seminar series, students will meet for one hour before each seminar to critically discuss papers on the subject of the weekly seminar. Students will take turns introducing the papers and leading discussions on an overview of the research topic, some of the methodologies, results and conclusions.

PHGY 724 Ph.D. Seminar Course 5.

(1) Required for Ph.D. students. Coordinated in conjunction with the weekly Departmental seminar series, students will meet for one hour before each seminar to critically discuss papers on the subject of the weekly seminar. Students will take turns introducing the papers and leading discussions on an overview of the research topic, some of the methodologies, results and conclusions.

PHGY 725 Ph.D. Seminar Course 6.

(1) Required for Ph.D. students. Coordinated in conjunction with the weekly Departmental seminar series, students will meet for one hour before each seminar to critically discuss papers on the subject of the weekly seminar. Students will take turns introducing the papers and leading discussions on an overview of the research topic, some of the methodologies, results and conclusions.

COURSES OFFERED BY OTHER UNITS -

Department of Medicine, Division of Experimental Medicine:

EXMD 502 Advanced Endocrinology. (3)
EXMD 503 Advanced Endocrinology. (3) (Winter)
EXMD 504 Biology of Cancer. (3)
EXMD 506 Advanced Applied Cardiovascular Physiology. (3)
EXMD 507 Advanced Applied Respiratory Physiology. (3)
EXMD 508 Advanced Topics in Respiration. (3)
EXMD 509 Gastrointestinal Physiology and Pathology. (3)
EXMD 615 Membrane Carbohydrates. (3)

Biomedical Engineering:

BMDE 519 Biomedical Signals and Systems. (3) (2-0-8)

65 Plant Science

Department of Plant Science
Macdonald Campus
21,111 Lakeshore Road
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-7851
Fax: (514) 398-7897
E-mail: plantscience@macdonald.mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/plant 
Chair
M.G. Fortin

65.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
R.H. Estey; B.Ed.(U.N.B.), M.S.(Maine), D.I.C.(Imp. Coll.), B.Sc.(Agr.), Ph.D.(McG.), F.L.S.
W.F. Grant; B.A., M.A.(McM.), Ph.D.(Va), F.L.S.
H.A. Steppler; B.S.A.(Man.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.), F.A.I.C.
Professors
D.J.I. Buszard; B.Sc.(Bath), Ph.D.(Lond.)
P. Dutilleul; L.Sc., D.Sc.(Louvain)
D. Mather; B.Sc.(Agr.) (McG.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Guelph)
D.L. Smith; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Acad.), Ph.D.(Guelph)
A.K. Watson; B.Sc.(Agr.), M.Sc.(Br.Col.), Ph.D.(Sask.)
Associate Professors
D.J. Donnelly; B.Sc.(Agr.) (McG.), M.Sc.(U.B.C), Ph.D.(S.Fraser)
M.G. Fortin; B.Sc.(Pl.Sc.), M.Sc.(Laval), Ph.D.(McG.) (William Dawson Scholar)
S. Jabaji-Hare; B.Sc.(Beirut), M.Sc.(Guelph), Ph.D.(Wat.)
A.C. Kushalappa; B.Sc., M.Sc.(B'Lore), Ph.D.(Flor.)
K.A. Stewart; B.Sc.(Agr.)(Br.Col.), Ph.D.(R'dg)
M. Waterway; B.A.(Grand Rapids), M.S.(Wis.), Ph.D.(C'nell)
Assistant Professors
J. Bede; B.Sc.(Calg.), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
S. deBlois; B.Sc.(Agr.)(McG), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
P. Seguin; B.Sc.(Agr.), M.Sc.(McG), Ph.D.(Minn.)
M. Stromvik; B.A., M.S. (Stockholm), Ph.D. (Ill.)
Faculty Lecturers
C. Begg; B.Sc.(Agr.)(McG.), M.Sc.(Sask.), Ph.D.(McG.)
S. Lussier; B.Sc.(Agr.) (McG.)
K. McClintock; B.A.(Wellesley), B.Sc.(Agr), M.Sc.(McG.)
D. Wees; B.Sc.(Agr.), M.Sc.(McG.)
Associate Member
T.A. Johns (Dietetics and Human Nutrition)
Adjunct Professors
T.L. Capson, S. Jenni, J.-F. Laliberté, L. O'Donoughue

65.2 Programs Offered

The Department offers an M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Plant Science and provides for study in all fields of the plant sciences. Research facilities - both field and laboratory - are available for investigations in plant breeding, crop physiology, crop management, plant ecology, the epidemiology and biology of plant diseases, the physiology of diseased plants, cytogenetics, biosystematics, recombinant DNA technology, mycology, weed biology, tissue culture and plant biochemistry.

An advisory committee is named for each student, having the responsibility for developing the program of study appropriate to the student's background and area of specialization.

65.3 Admission Requirements

General

The minimum cumulative grade point average (CGPA) is 3.0/4.0 (second-class upper division) or a GPA of 3.2/4.0 during the last two years of full-time university study. High grades are expected in courses considered by the academic unit to be preparatory to the graduate program.

Ph.D.

Ph.D. candidates are required to have an M.Sc. degree in an area related to the chosen field of specialization for the Ph.D. program. Outstanding M.Sc. students may be permitted to transfer to the second year of the Ph.D program following one year of study.

65.4 Application Procedures

Applicants for graduate studies must forward supporting documents to:

Department of Plant Science
Macdonald Campus of McGill University
21,111 Lakeshore
Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, QC  H9X 3V9
Canada
Telephone: (514) 398-7851
Fax: (514) 398-7897
E-mail: carolyn.bowes@mcgill.ca

Applications will be considered upon receipt of a signed and completed application form, $60 application fee, and the following supporting documents:

DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED WILL NOT BE RETURNED.

Transcripts

- Two official copies of all university level transcripts with proof of degree(s) granted. Transcripts written in a language other than English or French must be accompanied by a certified translation. An explanation of the grading system used by the applicant's university is essential. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for transcripts to be sent.

It is desirable to submit a list of the titles of courses taken in the major subject, since transcripts often give code numbers only. Applicants must be graduates of a university of recognized reputation and hold a Bachelor's degree equivalent to a McGill Honours degree in a subject closely related to the one selected for graduate work. This implies that about one-third of all undergraduate courses should have been devoted to the subject itself and another third to cognate subjects.

Letters of Recommendation

- Two letters of recommendation on letterhead (official paper) of originating institution or bearing the university seal and with original signatures from two instructors familiar with the applicant's work, preferably in the applicant's area of specialization. It is the applicant's responsibility to arrange for these letters to be sent.

Competency in English

- Non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue is not English and who have not completed an undergraduate degree using the English language are required to submit documented proof of competency in oral and written English, by appropriate exams, e.g., TOEFL (minimum score 550 on the paper-based test, 213 on the computer-based test) or IELTS (minimum overall band 6.5). The MCHE is not considered equivalent. Results must be submitted as part of the application. The University code is 0935 (McGill University, Montreal); please use Department code 31(Graduate Schools), Biological Sciences - Agriculture, to ensure that your TOEFL reaches this office without delay.

Graduate Record Exam (GRE)

- The GRE is not required, but it is highly recommended.

Application Fee (non-refundable)

- A fee of $60 Canadian must accompany each application (including McGill students), otherwise it cannot be considered. This sum must be remitted using one of the following methods:

1. Credit card (by completing the appropriate section of the application form). NB: on-line applications must be paid for by credit card.

2. Certified cheque in Cdn.$ drawn on a Canadian bank.

3. Certified cheque in U.S.$ drawn on a U.S. bank.

4. Canadian Money order in Cdn.$.

5. U.S. Money Order in U.S.$.

6. An international draft in Canadian funds drawn on a Canadian bank requested from the applicant's bank in his/her own country.

Deadlines

- Applications, including all supporting documents must reach the Department no later than June 1 (March 1 for International) for the Fall Term (September); October 15 (July 1 for International) for the Winter Term (January); February 15 (November 1 for International) for the Summer Term (May). It may be necessary to delay review of the applicant's file until the following admittance period if application materials including supporting documents are received after these dates. International applicants are advised to apply well in advance of the deadline because immigration procedures may be lengthy. Applicants are encouraged to make use of the on-line application form available on the Web at www.mcgill.ca/applying/ graduate.

Financial aid is very limited and highly competitive. It is suggested that students give serious consideration to their financial planning before submitting an application.

Acceptance to all programs depends on a staff member agreeing to serve as the student's supervisor and the student obtaining financial support. Normally, a student will not be accepted unless adequate financial support can be provided by the student and/or the student's supervisor. Academic units cannot guarantee financial support via teaching assistantships or other funds.

Qualifying Students

- Some applicants whose academic degrees and standing entitle them to serious consideration for admission to graduate studies, but who are considered inadequately prepared in the subject selected may be admitted to a Qualifying Program if they have met the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office minimum CGPA of 3.0/4.0. The course(s) to be taken in a Qualifying Program will be prescribed by the academic unit concerned. Qualifying students are registered in graduate studies, but not as candidates for a degree. Only one qualifying year is permitted. Successful completion of a qualifying program does not guarantee admission to a degree program.

65.5 Program Requirements

M.Sc.

Candidates must complete a 45-credit course and research program established by their advisory committee. The program will consist of:

Plant Science M.Sc. research programs normally require two years for completion.

M.Sc. - Neotropical Environment

Candidates must complete a 45-credit course and research program established by their advisory committee. The program will consist of:

Plant Science research programs normally require two years for completion.

Ph.D.

Students will follow the program of study established by their advisory committee. This program will consist of:

Students who have taken their M.Sc. degree at McGill University will be required to spend one term in study at another research institution.

Ph.D. - Neotropical Environment

Students will follow the program of study established by their advisory committee. This program will consist of:

Students who have taken their M.Sc. degree at McGill University will be required to spend one term in study at another research institution.

65.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
AEMA 610 Statistical Methods 2.

(3) (3 lectures and one 2-hour lab) (Prerequisite: AEMA 310 or equivalent) Principles of linear models, multiple regression equations and classification models. Introduction to Analysis of Variance and common statistical designs used in agricultural and environmental sciences. Emphasis on balanced and unbalanced designs and data structures; their analysis and tests of statistical significance.

l

AEMA 611 Experimental Designs.

(3) (3 lectures and 1 conference) (Prerequisite AEMA 310 or equivalent) (Given in alternate years)

AEMA 614 Temporal and Spatial Statistics.

(3) (3 hours lectures) (Prerequisite AEMA 310 or equivalent) (Given in alternate years) Temporal statistics: analysis in the time domain, Box-Jenkins forecasting methodology, analysis in the frequency domain, periodogram analysis. Spatial statistics: mapping, autocorrelogram analysis, geostatistics. Statistical inference with autocorrelated sample data.

l

CELL 500 Techniques Plant Molecular Genetics.

(3)

l

CELL 501 Plant Molecular Biology and Genetics.

(3)

PLNT 525 Advanced Micropropagation.

(3) (One 3-hour lecture) A detailed study of the principles and techniques of plant micro propagation. Includes lectures, laboratories, discussion sessions and visits to local laboratories. Evaluation is based on contribution to discussions, laboratory reports and an individualized project.

PLNT 535 Plant Breeding.

(3) (Undergraduate prerequisite: CELL 204, PLNT 201 or PLNT 211) (Given in alternate years) Principles and practices of plant breeding, including reproduction of of crop plants; plant hybridization; sources of genetic variation; selection methods used for self- and cross-pollinated crops and for clonally reproduced crops; breeding for diseases and pest resistance; applications of biotechnology in plant breeding.

PLNT 600 Plant-Microbe Interactions.

(3) (3 hours) This course examines in detail the advances in several areas of plant-microbe research; signalling (recognition phenomena) and regulatory interactions between plants and microbes (including symbionts), biochemical and molecular plant response to biotic and abiotic stress and mechanisms of defense reactions.

PLNT 602 Forage Crop Experimentation.

(3)

l

PLNT 604 Vegetable Crops.

(3)

l

PLNT 614 Advanced Plant Breeding.

(3)

l

PLNT 619 Crop Physiology.

(3) (3 hours conference)

PLNT 622 Biological Control of Weeds.

(3) Directed reading and discussion on the use of plant-feeding organisms and disease to reduce the density of undesirable vegetation in favour of more useful plant species.

PLNT 623 Biochemistry and Physiology of Herbicides.

(3) Mechanisms of penetration, translocation, selectivity and modes of action of herbicides and their interactions with the environment.

l

PLNT 624 Advanced Cellular Regulation.

(3) (Restrictions: Not open to students who have taken PLNT 424.)

l

PLNT 626 Biochemistry and Physiology of Plant Lipids.

(3) (2 hours lectures)

PLNT 628 Plant Nitrogen Fixation and Mycorrhizae.

(3) A detailed examination of the chemistry, biochemistry, anatomy, physiology, ecology and agricultural application of biological nitrogen fixation and mycorrhizal associations in higher plants.

PLNT 633 Plant Pathogenic Fungi.

(3) Techniques to diagnose plant diseases based on culturing and identification of plant pathogenic fungi in the laboratory. Students will make a collection of fungi, and become familiar with monographs, host indices, taxonomic keys, and other literature for fungal identification.

PLNT 636 Epidemiology and Managment of Plant Disease.

(3) Concepts and principles of plant disease epidemiology. Quantification of factors influencing epidemiological processes. Influence of host, pathogen and environmental factors on the rate of disease development. Disease forecasting and timing fungicide application. Management of crop diseases, including chemical and biological control. Immunological and molecular techniques to detect pathogens.

l

PLNT 650 Advanced Systematic Botany.

(3)

PLNT 662 Laboratory Research Methods Plant Science.

(3) (3 hours lab) Physical and chemical methods applied to biology. Students are required to perform a formal project centered around the use of one or more instruments covered and provide a written and/or oral report of the project.

PLNT 664 M.Sc. Thesis 1.

(12) Written and oral presentation of thesis proposal to the research supervisory committee.

PLNT 665 M.Sc. Thesis 2.

(12) Oral presentation of a proposal to the department and progress report on the thesis research project to the supervisory committee.

PLNT 666 M.Sc. Thesis 3.

(15) Preparation and submission of an acceptable thesis. Oral presentation of the thesis research to the department.

PLNT 670 Special Topics.

(3) (2 hours seminar) This course is designed to develop seminar presentation skills in graduate students. The course consists of instruction on audio-visual preparation, speaking style, and organization of content, plus practice presentations by students.

PLNT 690 Research Horizons in Plant Science.

(0) A series of seminars presented by invited speakers, staff and senior graduate students. The topics are selected to integrate the many fields of plant science.

PLNT 690D1 (0), PLNT 690D2 (0) Research Horizons in Plant Science.

(Students must register for both PLNT 690D1 and PLNT 690D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PLNT 690D1 and PLNT 690D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PLNT 690D1 and PLNT 690D2 together are equivalent to PLNT 690) A series of seminars presented by invited speakers, staff and senior graduate students. The topics are selected to integrate the many fields of plant science.

PLNT 690N1 Research Horizons in Plant Science.

(0) (Students must also register for PLNT 690N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PLNT 690N1 and PLNT 690N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PLNT 690N1 and PLNT 690N2 together are equivalent to PLNT 690) A series of seminars presented by invited speakers, staff and senior graduate students. The topics are selected to integrate the many fields of plant science.

PLNT 690N2 Research Horizons in Plant Science.

(0) (Prerequisite: PLNT 690N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PLNT 690N1 and PLNT 690N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PLNT 690N1 and PLNT 690N2 together are equivalent to PLNT 690) See PLNT 690N2 for course description.

PLNT 691D1 (0), PLNT 691D2 (0) Research Horizons in Plant Science.

(Students must register for both PLNT 691D1 and PLNT 691D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PLNT 691D1 and PLNT 691D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) A series of seminars presented by invited speakers, staff and senior graduate students. The topics are selected to integrate the many fields of plant science.

PLNT 691N1 Research Horizons in Plant Science.

(0) (Students must also register for PLNT 691N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PLNT 691N1 and PLNT 691N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) A series of seminars presented by invited speakers, staff and senior graduate students. The topics are selected to integrate the many fields of plant science.

PLNT 691N2 Research Horizons in Plant Science.

(0) (Prerequisite: PLNT 691N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PLNT 691N1 and PLNT 691N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) See PLNT 691N1 for course description.

PLNT 701 Doctoral Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

PLNT 701D1 (0), PLNT 701D2 (0) Doctoral Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both PLNT 701D1 and PLNT 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PLNT 701D1 and PLNT 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PLNT 701D1 and PLNT 701D2 together are equivalent to PLNT 701)

PLNT 701N1 Doctoral Comprehensive Examination.

(0) (Students must also register for PLNT 701N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PLNT 701N1 and PLNT 701N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PLNT 701N1 and PLNT 701N2 together are equivalent to PLNT 701)

PLNT 701N2 Doctoral Comprehensive Examination.

(0) (Prerequisite: PLNT 701N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PLNT 701N1 and PLNT 701N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PLNT 701N1 and PLNT 701N2 together are equivalent to PLNT 701) See PLNT 701N1 for course description.

PLNT 766 Ph.D. Thesis 1.

(0) Written and oral presentation of thesis proposal to the research supervisory committee.

PLNT 767 Ph.D. Thesis 2.

(0) Oral presentation of a proposal to the Department and progress report on the thesis research project to the supervisory committee.

PLNT 768 Ph.D. Thesis 3.

(0) Preparation and submission of an appropriate final thesis. Oral presentation of the thesis research and thesis defense to the Faculty.

PLNT 770 Special Topics 2.

(3) Prescribed reading, conference and practical work on selected topics in the student's area of specialization.

66 Political Science

Department of Political Science
Stephen Leacock Building
855 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2T7
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4800
Fax: (514) 398-1770
Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/polisci 
Chair
Christopher Manfredi
Director of Graduate Program
Richard Schultz

66.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
Baldev Raj Nayar; B.A., M.A.(Punj.), M.A., Ph.D.(Chic.)
Blema Steinberg; B.A. (McG.), M.A. (C'nell.), Ph.D. (McG.)
Professors
Mark R. Brawley; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(U.C.L.A.)
Michael Brecher; B.A.(McG.), M.A., Ph.D.(Yale), F.R.S.C. (R.B. Angus Professor of Economics and Political Science) (on leave winter 2005)
Rex Brynen; B.A.(Vic.,B.C.), M.A., Ph.D.(Calg.)
Elisabeth Gidengil; B.A.(Lond.), M.A.(N.Y.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Christopher Manfredi; B.A., M.A.(Calg.), M.A., Ph.D.(Claremont)
T. V. Paul; B.A., M.A.(Kerala), M.Phil.(J. Nehru U.), M.A., Ph.D.(U.C.L.A.) (James McGill Professor)
Filippo Sabetti; B.A.(McM.), Ph.D.(Ind.)
Richard Schultz; B.A.(York), M.A.(Manc.), Ph.D.(York) (James McGill Professor) (on leave 2004-2005)
Harold M. Waller; M.S.(Northwestern), Ph.D.(Georgetown) (on leave 2004-2005)
Associate Professors
Arun Agrawal; B.A.(Delhi), M.B.A.(Indian Inst. of Mgmt), M.A., Ph.D.(Duke) (William Dawson Scholar)
Jerome H. Black; B.A.(Tor.), M.A.(Kent & Roch.), Ph.D.(Roch.) Barbara Haskel; A.M., Ph.D.(Harv.)
Juliet Johnson; A.B. (Stan.), M.A. , Ph.D. (Prin.)
Antonia Maioni; M.A.(Carl.), Ph.D.(Northwestern) (William Dawson Scholar)
Hudson Meadwell; B.A.(Man.), M.A., Ph.D.(Duke)
Samuel J. Noumoff; B.A.(Clark), M.A., Ph.D.(N.Y.)
Philip Oxhorn; B.A.(Redlands), M.A.(Cant.), Ph.D.(Harv.) Alan Patten; M.A., Ph.D.(Oxf.) (William Dawson Scholar)
Stephen Saideman; B.A.(Oberlin), M.A., Ph.D.(U.C., San Diego) (Canada Research Chair)
Narendra Subramanian; B.A.(Prin.), M.A., Ph.D.(M.I.T.)
Assistant Professors
Arash Abizadeh; B.A. (Winn.), M.Phil. (Oxf.), Ph.D. (Harv.)
Eric Bélanger; B.A., M.A.(Laval), Ph.D.(Montr.)
Erik Kuhonta; B.A.(Penn.), M.A.(C'nell.), Ph.D.(Stan.)
Catherine Lu; Ph.D.(Tor.)
Brian Rathbun; B.A.(Duke), M.A.(Mich.), Ph.D.(Calif.)
Stuart Soroka; B.A.(Queen's), M.A.(Carl.), Ph.D.(U.B.C.)
Dietlind Stolle; M.A.(Claremont), Ph.D.(Prin.)

66.2 Programs Offered

The Department offers programs leading to the M.A. (with or without thesis) and Ph.D. degrees. These programs combine depth of specialization in a particular field with breadth of knowledge in related fields. The staff offers courses and supervises research on most of the important areas of political science. Students may specialize in any of the following: Canadian Government and Politics; Comparative Politics of Developed or Developing Countries, Political Theory and International Relations.

The Department awards a number of teaching assistantships each year and students who are admitted to the graduate program are automatically considered for such an award. The announcements listing the positions expected to be available will be posted by October 15 for Winter Term courses and March 15 for Fall and Full Year courses.

Because this Calendar is prepared early in the year, changes may take place after it has been printed. Students are advised to contact the Department Office for supplementary information which may be important to their choice of program.

66.3 Admission Requirements

All applicants, including those who have done their undergraduate work at McGill, must submit at least two letters of reference. Transcripts from all universities attended must be sent to the Department.

Master's

Students holding a B.A. degree may be eligible for admission to the M.A. program. Preparation equivalent to a McGill Honours Program in Political Science is desirable. Students who have inadequate preparation in Political Science but are otherwise judged to be qualified are admitted to a qualifying year, in which they undertake advanced undergraduate work.

Ph.D.

Students holding a Master's degree in Political Science may be eligible for admission to the Ph.D. program. In some instances, students may be admitted directly into the Ph.D. program without having completed an MA degree. They will be considered Ph.D.1 and some previous political science course work could be applied to the requirements of the program, provided that it did not count towards any other degree.

GRE and TOEFL Exams

GRE results are required for applications to the Doctoral Program; this includes McGill Master's students applying to the Doctoral Program. GRE results are not required for students applying to the Master's Program or Qualifying term or year.

Non-Canadian students from countries where English is not the first language and who have not studied at a university in which teaching is conducted in English must submit TOEFL scores. A minimum score of 600 on the paper-based test (250 on the computer-based test) is required for admission. Files will not be considered unless TOEFL scores are received before the application deadline.

GRE information booklets and, when appropriate, TOEFL information booklets are included in the application package mailed to prospective students. For more information, consult the following Web sites: www.gre.org and www.toefl.org.

66.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All applications should be submitted to the Graduate Coordinator in the Department of Political Science.

The deadline for applications for admission to the Department is January 31.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

66.5 Program Requirements

Requirements for the M.A. Degree
(45 credits)

Students may select Option A (Thesis Option) or Option B (Research Project Option) in completing M.A. degree requirements. Students may switch from one option to the other while completing their coursework.

In addition, the Department offers an M.A. Research Project Option in Social Statistics.

A.  Thesis Option

There are two requirements:

B.  Research Project Option

For both of the above options, all students must take one of the following and preferably both:
POLI 616 or POLI 617 or POLI 561
OR POLI 612 or a suitable more advanced course.

M.A. Project Option in Social Statistics

The program complements disciplinary training with statistical research. Students will normally complete program course requirements, supplemented by further statistical courses, as advised by the Option advisor, and subject to approval by the Department.

Entrance to this option is by appplication to the Social Statistics Option Committee subsequent to acceptance into the Department program.

All students must take one of the following and preferably both:
POLI 616 or POLI 617 or POLI 561
OR POLI 612 or a suitable more advanced course.
In addition, students MUST take POLI 688 Research Seminar in Social Statistics (or equivalent).

Candidates for the M.A. degree follow a program approved on an individual basis by the Department. All students who wish to be considered for the Ph.D. program are evaluated on the basis of their M.A. program. Only a small number of students are permitted to go on for their doctorate and students currently enrolled in the M.A. program must formally re-apply for admission into the Ph.D. program. A pass for the M.A. degree does not necessarily imply permission to proceed to the doctorate.

Requirements for the Ph.D. Degree

Superior applicants, normally understood as students who are at least in the top 10 percent of their graduating class or who have a CPGA of at least 3.5 or its equivalent, will be eligible for admission into the Ph.D. track and receive a Ph.D. degree after successfully completing the requirements of the Ph.D. track. These are:

A. Successful completion of thirteen 3-credit courses.

B. Distribution of Courses:

Ph.D. - Neotropical Environment

candidates who choose the Language Requirement referred to in item C above, must fulfill that requirement in Spanish. They must also include the following courses as part of their program: ENVR 610 and BIOL 640, and one of POLI 644, SOCI 565, ENVR 611, ENVR 612, ENVR 680, BIOL 553, BIOL 641, GEOG 498, AGRI 550;

Transfer students and students with Master's degrees from other universities:

Transfer students will be treated as M.A. students who change tracks. Previous course work at the graduate level can be applied towards the requirements of the program, provided the Admission Committee is confident that the quality of such work is on par with McGill standards. Students transferring into the M.A.-Ph.D. track must fulfill a minimum residency requirement of two years, including a minimum of 6 courses and at least one 700-level Ph.D. research paper. All students will be required to pass the comprehensive written and oral exams.

66.6 Courses for Higher Degrees

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Undergraduate Courses for Qualifying Program and Graduate Students.

When it is appropriate to their programs, graduate students may take an undergraduate course approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. These courses are listed in the Faculty of Arts section of the Undergraduate Programs Calendar and in the annual course list prepared by the Department in the fall.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Arts (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
POLI 099 Teaching Methods.

(3) This registration is available to graduate students at the M.A. or Ph.D. level who have satisfactorily completed work as a Teaching Assistant for at least a two-thirds appointment over the course of two semesters.

l

POLI 099D1 (1.5), POLI 099D2 (1.5) Teaching Methods.

(Students must register for both POLI 099D1 and POLI 099D2.) (No credit will be given for this course unless both POLI 099D1 and POLI 099D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (POLI 099D1 and POLI 099D2 together are equivalent to POLI 099)

POLI 521 Seminar: Canadian Politics and Government.

(3) (Open to graduate students, final year Honours students, and other advanced undergraduates with the permission of the instructor) (Prerequisite: At least one 300 or 400-level course in Canadian Politics) Selected problems of Canadian socio-economic and political structures; political culture; constitutional development, and governmental structure.

POLI 522 Seminar: Developing Areas.

(3) (Prerequisite: At least one upper level course in the politics of developing areas) (Open to graduate students, final year Honours students, and other advanced undergraduates with the permission of the instructor) A research seminar dealing with experiences of various developing countries. Examines the intersections of visions of gender and community; the interactions between mobilization along gender and community lines; the gendered nature and cultural coding of various policy initiatives. Greater emphasis given to concerns and actions of women, and to visions of community based on religion and race. Students are expected to undertake a research project.

POLI 524 Seminar: Developed Areas.

(3) (Prerequisite: At least one upper-level course in the politics of developed areas) (Open to graduate students, final year Honours students, and other advanced undergraduates with the permission of the instructor)

POLI 561 Seminar: Political Theory.

(3) (Prerequisite: At least one upper level course in political philosophy) (Open to graduate students, final year Honours students, and other advanced undergraduates with the permission of the instructor) A topic in political philosophy such as democracy, liberty, property or nationalism, or a political philosopher, is studied to enable students to research a topic in depth, to present their papers to the seminar, and to engage in and profit from discussion and debate.

POLI 575 Seminar: International Politics.

(3) (Open to graduate students and final year Honours students only) A research seminar dealing with topics in the field of international politics.

POLI 599 Internship: Political Science.

(3) (Fall and Winter) (Open, with permission, to final year Honours and Joint Honours students, and graduate students. This course does not count as a 500-level seminar under the Honours requirements) The internship shall consist of a minimum of 150 hours of work over a period of 12 weeks, plus a major research project based on the internship. The major project will ordinarily consist of a major research paper, plus a substantial written record of the work conducted during the internship.

POLI 612 Empirical Methods.

(3) Fundamental principles of empirical research, in which the emphasis will be placed on acquainting the student with the techniques most commonly used by political scientists. The topics include the design of research projects, procedure in carrying out research, problems of measurement, survey research, scaling, data processing, and data analysis.

l

POLI 613 Selected Themes: Political Theory.

(3)

POLI 616 Modern Political Analysis.

(3) An introduction to the concepts underlying modern approaches to the study of politics. The scope of the discipline will be delineated and the foundations of empirical research, including the philosophy and methodology of science especially as these apply to social science, will be considered. Various alternatives and critiques will be presented and evaluated.

POLI 617 Problems in Political Theory.

(3) An introduction to central normative issues in the study of politics. The seminar consists of lectures, oral presentations, discussion and research papers.

POLI 619 Immigrants / Refugees / Minorities.

(3) A consideration of the different dimensions of politics associated with immigration and ethnoracial diversity. The course will emphasize the Canadian case in comparative perspective.

l

POLI 620 Society and Politics in Canada.

(3) A critical review of the theoretical and empirical literature in the areas of political attitudes and ideology, participation, parties and elections.

l

POLI 621 Interpreting Canadian Political Process.

(3)

l

POLI 622 Advanced Topics Canadian Politics.

(3) A specific problem area in Canadian Politics.

l

POLI 623 Judicial Politics and the Constitution.

(3)

l

POLI 625 Comparative Policy Analysis.

(3)

POLI 628 Comparative Politics.

(3) An introduction for graduate students to the sub-discipline of comparative politics. The logic of comparative analysis as well as a number of alternative paradigms for analyzing and comparing political systems and processes.

POLI 629 Post-Communist Transformations.

(3) This course will incorporate discussions of concrete political processes and events, but will focus primarily on theories in comparative politics that might help us understand changes currently underway in the former Soviet Union. Students will continously assess the value of these theories as methods of understanding change in the former Soviet Union.

l

POLI 630 Topics in European Politics.

(3)

POLI 632 Voting Behavior/Public Opinion.

(3) A critical examination of major debates within the comparative literature on voting behavior and public opinion. The work discussed will draw primarily on research conducted in the United States, Canada and Western Europe.

l

POLI 635 Theories of U.S. Politics.

(3)

l

POLI 636 Approches Theor:Politique Que.

(3) (This course will be conducted both in English and French; a reading knowledge and an ability to understand the two languages is recommended)

POLI 639 Politics of Developed Areas.

(3) A specific problem area in the Comparative Politics of Developed Areas.

POLI 640 Middle East Politics.

(3) Examination of political and socio-economic development in the Middle East, with particular emphasis on the Arab world. Topics to be addressed include state formation and consolidation; Arab nationalism; civil society and state-society relations; the politics of Islam; petro-politics; the political economy of economic liberalization; and future patterns of political change.

POLI 641 Political Change in South Asia.

(3) This course examines major political and social changes in South Asia. Explores such topics as colonialism and nationalism; trends in mass mobilization and electoral politics; regime changes; economic policies and their impact; and conflicts over authority patterns, policy agendas, and national boundaries.

l

POLI 642 African Politics.

(3)

POLI 643 Politics of Identity.

(3) Theoretical approaches to the politics of identity with reference to experiences in different world regions. The politics of nationalism, ethnicity, religion, race and gender, and the relationship of such forms of identity politics to democracy, tolerance, pluralism, violence, socio-economic change and equality.

l

POLI 646 Politics of Developing Areas.

(3)

POLI 647 Development Political Economy.

(3) Incorporation of subordinate groups into national systems in the developing countries of Africa, Asia, and Latin America. Specific topics include state formation, the emergence of civil society, modernization and dependency theories, alternative development models, democracy, authoritarianism, sustainable development and gender.

POLI 648 Latin American Politics.

(3) This course explores changing patterns of social, economic and political relations in Latin America, especially at the level of civil society. It examines such topics as state formation, institutional development, regime transformation and the insertion of Latin American countries in both the international capitalist economy and the inter-state system.

POLI 649 Mass Approach Political Development: China.

(3) The strategy of political and socio-economic development in contemporary China. Topics include: cultural and ideological foundations of socialization. The consequences of the disintegration of the USSR and the socialist countries of Europe, and the balance sheet of the post-1978 reform.

POLI 650 Seminar in Peacebuilding.

(3) An examination of transitions from civil war to peace, and the role of external actors (international organizations, bilateral donors, non-governmental organizations) in support of such transitions. Topics will include the dilemmas of humanitarian relief, peacekeeping operations, refugees, the demobilization of ex-combatants, transitional elections, and the politics of socio-economic reconstruction.

POLI 651 The EU and Political Integration.

(3) Theories from both comparative and international politics will be drawn upon to analyze the development, politics, institutions and polices of the EU. The internal political economy and external relations of the EU will be analyzed.

POLI 671 International Relations Theory.

(3) This course is designed to give students a thorough background in the basic theories and models used in International Relations. It emphasizes breadth, in order to ground students in the variety of approaches employed in the field of international politics.

POLI 672 International Political Economy.

(3) For students in international and comparative politics, a course in IPE in two senses: 1) the use of the economic model of purposive behaviour to examine international phenomena; 2) the politics of global economic issues such as production, trade, finance, debt, technology transfer, economic coordination. Connections between domestic political economies and the IPE, alternative strategies of state adjustment to a changing IPE.

l

POLI 673 International Politics North-South Relations.

(3)

l

POLI 676 Psychology and Politics.

(3) (Prerequisites: No previous course work in psychology is required. In addition to political science graduate students who are specializing in international relations and, subject to limitations of class size, this seminar is open to other interested political science graduate students and third year honours undergraduates in political science, history and psychology.)

POLI 677 International Crisis, Conflict, War.

(3) This seminar is designed to explore the literature on the concepts of international crisis, conflict and war. Discussions will focus on: research designs and methods; decision-making models; crisis/conflict management; bargaining in crisis; UN and superpower crisis intervention; deterrence and war prevention; theories of war; and polarity, war, crisis and stability.

l

POLI 678 State Behaviour.

(3)

l

POLI 679 International Security: Conflict and Co-operation.

(3)

l

POLI 688 Seminar on Social Statistics.

(3)

POLI 690 Reading in Political Science.

(3) A graduate student may take a one-term reading course per academic year in a particular field and under the supervision of a member of staff.

l

POLI 690D1 (1.5), POLI 690D2 (1.5) Reading in Political Science.

(Students must register for both POLI 690D1 and POLI 690D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both POLI 690D1 and POLI 690D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (POLI 690D1 and POLI 690D2 together are equivalent to POLI 690)

POLI 691 Bibliographic Methods 1.

(6) Research-related skills and the production of a research bibliography.

POLI 692 Bibliographic Methods 2.

(6) Advanced research-related skills and the production of a research bibliography.

POLI 693 M.A. Research Proposal.

(3)

POLI 694 Research Preparation 1.

(3)

POLI 695 Research Preparation 2.

(3)

POLI 696 Research Preparation 3.

(3)

POLI 697 Research Preparation 4.

(3)

POLI 698 Master's Thesis Submission.

(12) A thesis to demonstrate proficiency in research. The thesis is normally about 100 pages long, and is subject to evaluation by one examiner internal to the Department and one examiner external to the Department.

l

POLI 698D1 (6), POLI 698D2 (6) Master's Thesis Submission.

(Students must register for both POLI 698D1 and POLI 698D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both POLI 698D1 and POLI 698D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (POLI 698D1 and POLI 698D2 together are equivalent to POLI 698)

POLI 699 Master's Research Essay.

(6) The Master's research paper should explore a clearly defined problem, show familiarity with the most important work previously done in the field, and demonstrate the ability to carry out research, organize results and present them in good literary style. Normally the paper will flow out of a previous graduate seminar and will be approximately 50 pages in length.

l

POLI 699D1 (3), POLI 699D2 (3) Master's Research Essay.

(Students must register for both POLI 699D1 and POLI 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both POLI 699D1 and POLI 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (POLI 699D1 and POLI 699D2 together are equivalent to POLI 699)

POLI 701 Ph.D. General Written Examination First Field.

(0)

POLI 702 Ph.D. General Written Examination Second Field.

(0)

l

POLI 715 Issues in Contemporary Political Philosophy.

(3)

l

POLI 728 Research Seminar in Comparative Politics.

(3) (Suggested prerequisites: POLI 612 and POLI 628)

l

POLI 771 International Policy and Foreign Policy in Developing World.

(3) (Prerequisites: A graduate-level course in international relations or comparative politics/developing areas)

POLI 778 Research Seminar - International Politics.

(3) A workshop intended to help M.A. and Ph.D. students prepare their thesis proposals and chapters. Writing techniques and methodology will be covered. Students critique seminar presentations by leading scholars on their new works.

POLI 780 Reading Seminar.

(3) A research seminar on a topic that is not covered in the regular seminars, but which is of interest to a group of students and a faculty member. The exact topic for the research papers will be determined by mutual agreement among students and faculty members involved.

POLI 781 Reading Seminar.

(3) A research seminar on a topic that is not covered in the regular seminars, but which is of interest to a group of students and a faculty member. The exact topic for the research papers will be determined by mutual agreement among students and faculty members involved.

POLI 799 Ph.D. Oral Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

67 Psychiatry

Department of Psychiatry
1033 Pine Avenue West
Montreal, QC  H3A 1A1
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4176
Fax: (514) 398-4370
E-mail: msc.psychiatry@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.med.mcgill.ca/psychiatry/mscprog.htm 
Chair
J. Paris
Chair of Graduate Program
M. Leyton

67.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
B.E. Murphy; M.D.(Tor.), Ph.D.(McG.)
T.L. Sourkes; M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(C'nell)
Professors
F. Abbott; B.Sc.(Trent), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
L. Annable; B.Sc.(Liv.), Dipl. in Stat.(Edin.)
C. Benkelfat; M.D.(Rabat)
P. Boksa; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
G. Chouinard; B.A., M.D.(Montr.), Dipl.Psych.(McG.)
C. de Montigny; B.A., M.D., Ph.D.(Montr.)
M. Dongier; M.D.(Aix-Marseille), Dipl.Psych.(McG.)
F.R. Ervin; B.S.(Texas), M.D.(Tulane)
N. Frasure-Smith; B.A., Ph.D.(Johns H.)
S. Gauthier; B.A., M.D.(Montr.)
C. Gianoulakis; B.Sc.(Sir G.Wms.), Ph.D.(Rutgers)
H.A. Guttman; M.D.(Geneva)
L.T. Hechtman; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.)
L.J. Kirmayer; B.Sc., M.D.,C.M., Dipl.Psych.(McG.)
S. Lal; M.B., B.S.(Lond.), Dipl.Psych.(McG.)
E.P. Lester; M.D.(Athens);Dipl.Psych.(McG.)
M.J. Meaney; B.A.(Loyola), M.A., Ph.D.(C'dia.) (James McGill Professor)
K. Minde; M.D.(Munich), M.A.(Col.)
V.N.P. Nair; M.B., B.S.(Kerala), D.P.M.(Mys.)
J.C. Negrete; M.D.C.M., (Tucuman) Dipl.Psych.(McG.)
R. Palmour; B.A., Ph.D.(Texas)
J. Paris; M.D.,C.M.(McG.)
J.C. Perry; M.D.(Duke)
G. Pinard; B.A.(Loyola), M.D., Dipl.Psych.(Montr.)
J. Poirier; Ph.D.(Montr.)
R. Quirion; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Sher.)
J.J. Sigal; B.Sc., B.Ed.(Alta.), M.A., Ph.D.(Montr.)
H. Steiger; Ph.D.(McG.)
A. Young; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Penn.)
S. Young; B.A.(Oxon), M.Sc., Ph.D.(Lond.)
Associate Professors
S. Beaulieu; M.D./Ph.D.(Laval)
E.E. Corin; Ph.D.(Louvain)
G. Debonnel; M.D.(Lyon)
B.O. Dubrovsky; M.D.(Buenos Aires)
K. Gill; B.Sc.(Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D.(C'dia)
A. Gratton; Ph.D.(C'dia)
S. King; M.Ed., Ph.D.(Va.)
D. Pedersen; M.D.(Buenos Aires)
J. Rochford; M.A.(Queen's), Ph.D.(C'dia)
C. Rousseau; M.D.(Sher.), M.Sc.(McG.)
L.K. Srivastava; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Alld.), Ph.D.(New Delhi)
R. Tempier; M.D.(Aix-Marseille II)
C.-D. Walker; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Geneva)
M. Zoccolillo; B.Sc.(New Orleans), M.D.(Norfolk)
Assistant Professors
L. Beauclair; B.Sc., M.D.(Laval)
P. Beaudry; M.D.(Sher.), Dipl.Psych.(McG.)
D. Bloom; B.Sc.(Regina), M.D.(Queen's)
D. Boivin; Ph.D(Montr.)
D. Charney; M.D.,C.M.(McG.)
J.B. Debruille; M.D.(Paris), Ph.D.(U Pierre et Marie Curie)
M. Elie; M.D.,C.M.(McG.)
G. Galbaud du Fort; M.D., Ph.D.(Paris) (joint appoint. with Epidemiology and Biostatistics)
D. Groleau; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
R. Joober; M.D.(France), Ph.D.(Tunisia)
M. Lepage; Ph.D.(Que.)
M. Leyton; Ph.D.(C'dia)
S. Lupien; Ph.D.(Montr.)
A. Malla; Ph.D. (W.Ont.)
M. Perreault; Ph.D.(Montr.)
D. Sookman; Ph.D.(C'dia)
G. Turecki; M.D.(Brazil), Ph.D.(McG.)
S. Williams; Ph.D.(Montr.)
Associate Member
R.O. Pihl (Psychology)
Adjunct Professors
P. Blier, L. Gaston, C. Mercier, S. Welner

67.2 Programs Offered

Master of Science (M.Sc).

The M.Sc. program in Psychiatry is designed (1) to provide a mechanism for the training of medical scientists who intend to pursue a research career in psychiatry and (2) to provide a focus for basic science or social science students wishing to obtain advanced training in areas particularly relevant to psychiatric research. Students in this program receive no clinical training in psychiatry.

67.3 Admission Requirements

A B.Sc., B.A., B.N. or M.D. degree.

A strong background in science and/or social science, as demonstrated by academic achievement equivalent to a GPA of 3.3 (on a 4 point scale) or 3.5 in the last two years.

A written agreement from the proposed research supervisor, and student's statement of purpose for seeking an M Sc.

An outline of the proposed thesis research, to be written by the prospective student in collaboration with an appropriate research supervisor.

Two letters of reference.

Certified proficiency in written English or French.

67.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon delivery of the following to 
the Graduate Program Coordinator: 
    1. a completed application form;
    2. Cdn $60.00 application fee;
    3. two official transcripts of all university studies;
    4. written Confirmation of Supervision form (see department web site) from the proposed research supervisor
    5. A written statement of purpose, describing the specific reasons for seeking a Master of Science degree in Psychiatry.
    6. An outline of the proposed thesis research, to be written by the prospective student in collaboration with an appropriate research supervisor.
    7. Two letters of reference with Applicant Evaluation checklist forms (see department web site);
    8. TOEFL or IELTS certificate of proficiency in English for non-Canadian applicants whose mother tongue and language of education is not English, with a minimum score of 213 on the computerized TOEFL or 550 on the written TOEFL test, or 6.5 on the IELTS test.

Deadlines:

January (Winter term): August 1

May (Summer term): December 15

September (Fall term): March 1

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

67.5 Program Requirements

Formal coursework:

The M.Sc. in Psychiatry requires 45 credits, of which 36 are Thesis Research and 9 are to be taken in graduate level courses approved by the student's Supervisory Committee. These courses are selected on the basis of the area of research interest and the background of the student, and shall include a course in statistical analysis, if this is not presented upon admission.

Original research.

Each student shall complete an original investigation of a scope appropriate to the presentation of a Master's Thesis. This thesis will be reviewed by the Supervisory Committee prior to its submission to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office, and shall then be reviewed by external referees according to the usual regulations of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

Supervisory Committees.

The M.Sc. in Psychiatry is administered by the Graduate Training Committee. Each student selects a Supervisory Committee composed of the research supervisor plus 2-4 other faculty who are knowledgeable about the student's research area and who can advise both on appropriate coursework and on the thesis research project. The student will meet with this Supervisory Committee at least once during each year of matriculation for the purpose of evaluating academic and research progress of the student. The Supervisory Committee will also act as a resource body for the student, both with respect to academic and administrative matters.

Residence.

Three terms of full-time study. No part-time study allowed.

67.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

l

Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

PSYT 500 Advances: Neurobiology of Mental Disorders.

(3) (Winter) (3 hours) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: BIOC 212 and BIOC 311, or BIOC 312, or BIOL 200 and BIOL 201, or PHGY 311, or PSYC 308 and an upper-level biological science course with permission of the instructors, or equivalent. Basic knowledge of cellular and molecular biology is required.) (Open to U3 and graduate students only.) (Graduate Studies: strongly recommended for M.Sc. students in Psychiatry.) Current theories on the neurobiological basis of most well known mental disorders (e.g. schizophrenia, depression, anxiety, dementia). Methods and strategies in research on genetic, physiological and biochemical factors in mental illness will be discussed. Discussion will also focus on the rationale for present treatment approaches and on promising new approaches.

PSYT 502 Brain Evolution and Psychiatry.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisites: BIOL 115 or equivalent as authorized by instructor) The course will focus on the transcendental importance of evolution of nervous systems for normal and pathological behavior. Studies of allomeric brain growth and recent evolutionary theories of brain organization as they relate to normal and abnormal behavior will be emphasized.

PSYT 610 Diploma Evaluation: Written.

(0)

PSYT 611 Diploma Evaluation: Oral.

(0)

PSYT 630 Statistics for Neurosciences.

(3) Statistics needed for analysing the types of data generated in a laboratory setting, with emphasis on the neurosciences, will be covered. Hypothesis testing, parametric and non-parametric statistics will be studied with a practical approach, using data generated by the students. Computer analysis will be introduced.

PSYT 691 Thesis Research 1.

(12)

PSYT 692 Thesis Research 2.

(12)

PSYT 693 Thesis Research 3.

(12)

PSYT 696 Special Topics in Psychiatry.

(3) Supervised reading and discussion of selected issues and topics in contemporary psychiatry. Students will be responsible for assigned readings and for preparation of a graded paper.

l

PSYT 711 Cultural Psychiatry.

(3) (Prerequisites: Knowledge of psychiatry and anthropology)

l

PSYT 713 Psychiatric Epidemiology.

(3) (Prerequisites: EPIB 606 or equivalent or permission of instructor.)

68 Psychology

Department of Psychology
Stewart Biological Sciences Building, Room W8/38
1205 Avenue Docteur Penfield
Montreal, QC  H3A 1B1
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6124 / 398-6100
Fax: (514) 398-4896
E-mail: gradapp@psych.mcgill.ca
Web site: www.psych.mcgill.ca 
Chair
K.B.J. Franklin

68.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
A.S. Bregman; M.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Yale)
V. Douglas; B.A.(Qu.), M.A., M.S.W., Ph.D.(Mich.)
W.E. Lambert; M.A.(Colgate), Ph.D.(N. Carolina), F.R.S.C.
A.A.J. Marley; B.Sc.(Birm.), Ph.D.(Penn.)
R. Melzack; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.) (E.P. Taylor Emeritus Professor of Psychology)
P. Milner; B.Sc.(Leeds), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
Professors
F.E. Aboud; B.A.(Tor.), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
I.M. Binik; B.A.(N.Y.U.), M.A., Ph.D.(Penn.)
A. Chaudhuri; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(U.C.Berk.) (James McGill Professor)
B. Ditto; B.S.(Iowa), Ph.D.(Ind.)
K.B.J. Franklin; B.A., M.A.(Auck.), Ph.D.(Lond.)
F.H. Genesee; B.A.(W.Ont.), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
J. Mogil: B.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(U.C. LA) (E.P. Taylor Professor of Psychology)
D.S. Moskowitz; B.S.(Kirkland), M.A., Ph.D.(Conn.)
Y. Oshima-Takane; B.A.(Tokyo Women's Christian U.), M.A.(Tokyo), Ph.D.(McG.)
D.J. Ostry; B.A.Sc., M.A.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
C. Palmer; B.Sc.(Mich.), M.Sc.(Rutgers), Ph.D.(C'nell)
M. Petrides; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Lond.), Ph.D.(Cantab.)
R.O. Pihl; B.A.(Lawrence), Ph.D.(Ariz.)
J.O. Ramsay; B.Ed.(Alta.), Ph.D.(Prin.)
B. Sherwin; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(C'dia) (James McGill Professor)
T.R. Shultz; B.A.(Minn.), Ph.D.(Yale)
Y. Takane; B.L., M.A.(Tokyo), Ph.D.(N. Carolina)
D.M. Taylor; M.A., Ph.D.(W.Ont.)
N. White; B.A.(McG.), M.A., Ph.D.(Pitt.)
D.C. Zuroff; B.A.(Harv.), M.A., Ph.D.(Conn.)
Associate Professors
J. Abela; B.A.(Brown), M.A., Ph.D.(Penn.)
A.G. Baker; B.A.(Br.Col.), M.A., Ph.D.(Dal.)
E.S. Balaban; B.A. (Mich. St.), Ph.D. (Rockefeller)
M. Baldwin; B.A.(Tor.), M.A., Ph.D.(Wat.)
D. Donderi; B.A., B.Sc.(Chic.), Ph.D.(C'nell.)
R. Koestner; B.A., Ph.D.(Roch.)
D.J. Levitin; A.B.(Stan.), M.S., Ph.D.(Oregon) (Bell Professor of Psychology and E-Commerce)
J. Lydon; B.A.(Notre Dame), M.A., Ph.D.(Wat.)
J. MacDougall; B.A.(Carl.), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.) (Part-time)
M.J. Mendelson; B.Sc.(McG.), A.M., Ph.D.(Harv.)
G. O'Driscoll; B.A.(Wellesley), Ph.D.(Harv.) (William Dawson Scholar)
Z. Rosberger; B.Sc.(McG.), M.A., Ph.D.(C'dia) (Part-time)
Assistant Professors
I. Bradley; B.Sc., M.Sc.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Wat.) (Part-time)
M-H. Ho; B.Sc., M.Phil.(Chinese HK); M.Sc., Ph.D.(Ill.)
B. Knauper; Dr.phil.(Germany)
K. Nader; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Tor.)
D. Titone; B.A.(N.Y.), M.A., Ph.D.(SUNY at Binghamton)
Lecturers
N. Allard; R. Amsel
Associate Members
F. Abbott (School of Nursing, Psychiatry)
C. Baker, F.A.A. Kingdom, K. Mullen, R. Hess (McGill Vision Research Centre)
T. Coderre (Anesthesia)
M. Jones-Gotman, B. Milner, T. Paus, W. Sossin, V. Sziklas, R. Zatorre (Montreal Neurological Institute)
H. Steiger (Douglas Hospital Research Centre)
Adjunct Professors
M. Bruck, S. Bursein, F. Cramer-Azima, P. Delisle, C. Garson, P. Gregoire, L.A. Petitto, A. Routtenberg, M. Shapiro, D. Sookman, M. Spevack, A. Surkis
Part-Time Appointments
J. Armony, J-M. Assaad, V. Bohbut, J. Legallais, M. Lepage, M. Leyton, S. Lupien, Z. Pleszweski, S. Stotland

68.2 Programs offered

M.A. and M.Sc. degrees may be awarded in Experimental Psychology, but only as a stage in the Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology program.

Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology (there is no M.A. or M.Sc. program).

The aim of the Experimental program is to provide students with an environment in which they are free to develop skills and expertise that will serve during a professional career of teaching and research as a psychologist. Course work and other requirements are at a minimum. Success in the program depends on the student's ability to organize unscheduled time for self-education. Continuous involvement in research planning and execution is considered a very important component of the student's activities. Students are normally expected to do both Master's and Doctoral study.

The Clinical program adheres to the scientist-practitioner model and as such is designed to train students for careers in university teaching or clinical research, and for service careers - working with children or adults in a hospital, clinical, or educational setting. Most of our clinical graduates combine service and research roles. While there are necessarily many more course requirements than in the experimental program, the emphasis is again on research training. There is no Masters program in Clinical Psychology; students are expected to complete the full program leading to a doctoral degree.

Research interests of members of the Psychology Department include animal learning, behavioural neuroscience, clinical, child development, cognitive science, health psychology, psychology of language, perception, quantitative psychology, social psychology, and personality psychology.

Facilities for advanced research in a variety of fields are available within the Department itself. In addition, arrangements exist with the Departments of Psychology at the Montreal Neurological Institute, Allan Memorial Institute, Douglas Hospital, Jewish General Hospital, Lakeshore General Hospital, Lethbridge Rehabilitation Centre, MacKay Centre, Montreal Children's Hospital and the Montreal General Hospital, to permit graduate students to undertake research in a hospital setting.

For full information about all programs and financial aid, and for application forms, contact the Graduate Program Co-ordinator, Department of Psychology.

Ph.D. Option in Language Acquisition (LAP)

Information about this option is available from the Department and on the Web at: www.psych.mcgill.ca/lap.html.

68.3 Admission Requirements

Admission to the graduate program depends on an evaluation of students' research interests and their aptitude for original contributions to knowledge and, if applicable, for professional contributions in the applied field.

The usual requirement for admission is an Honours or Majors degree (B.A. or B.Sc.) in Psychology. This usually includes an introductory course plus twelve courses in psychology (each equivalent to three term hours). Courses in experimental psychology, the theoretical development of modern ideas in psychology, and statistical methods as applied to psychological problems (equivalent to an introductory course) are essential. Applicants' knowledge of relevant biological, physical, and social sciences is considered.

Applicants who hold a Bachelor's degree but who have not met these usual requirements should consult the Graduate Program Director to determine which (if any) courses must be completed before an application can be considered. Students with insufficient preparation for graduate work may register as special students in the Faculty of Arts or the Faculty of Science, and follow an appropriate course of study. Such registration requires the permission of the Department but carries no advantage with respect to a student's eventual admission to graduate studies.

68.4 Application Procedures

Applicants must submit to the Graduate Program Secretary in Psychology:

Applicants should note that the deadline for many scholarships and fellowships is about four months earlier than the application deadline and that applications for fellowships and scholarships should be submitted through their home university.

The application deadline is December 15th.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

68.5 Program Requirements

Master's (M.A. and M.Sc. Degrees - 45 credits each)

There is no M.A. or M.Sc. program in Clinical psychology. M.A. and M.Sc. degrees may be awarded in Experimental Psychology, but only as a stage in the Ph.D. program.

Candidates must demonstrate a sound knowledge of modern psychological theory, of its historical development, and of the logic of statistical methods as used in psychological research. Candidates will be expected to have an understanding of the main lines of current work in areas other than their own field of specialization. The primary concern of the candidate is research. Final standing for the degree is based mainly on the student's research progress and on the results of course work and other required assignments. All first year students, Experimental and Clinical must submit a General Comprehensive paper on a topic related to their research interests.

Ph.D.

All candidates for the Ph.D. degree must demonstrate broad scholarship, mastery of current theoretical issues in psychology and their historical development, and a detailed knowledge of their special field. Great emphasis is placed on the development of research skills, and the dissertation forms the major part of the evaluation at the Ph.D. level.

All Ph.D. 2 and 3 students must register for at least one graduate seminar each term (see course numbers PSYC 710 to PSYC 758); the seminars are conducted by different staff members each year and their content changes accordingly.

A special (doctoral) comprehensive examination is written in one of the following areas of psychology: clinical, behavioral neuroscience, learning and motivation, personality and social psychology, development and language, perception and cognition, quantitative and individual differences, or any other appropriate area.

Ph.D. students in clinical psychology must fulfill similar requirements to Ph.D. students in the experimental program and must also take a variety of specialized courses which include practicum and internship experiences.

The Department of Psychology does not ordinarily require an examination in a foreign language. It should be noted, however, that all students planning to practice in clinical psychology in the province of Quebec will be examined on their proficiency in French before being admitted to the professional association.

68.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Science (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

l

PSYC 501 Auditory Perception.

(3) (2 lectures) (Prerequisite: PSYC 212 or equivalent, or permission of instructor.) Non-mathematical presentation of the acoustics biology and perception of: loudness, pitch, spatial location, frequency specificity, musical and speech sounds. Auditory scene analysis (segregation of component sounds) in multi-sound environments. For graduate students and undergraduates in any department with some background in acoustics or perception. Lectures and student presentations.

l

PSYC 503 Computational Psychology.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.) (Not open to U0 or U1 students.) Application of computational methods to the simulation of psychological phenomena. Use of psychological ideas in robotic and other engineering applications. Comparison of natural and artificial intelligence. Symbolic and neural network techniques. Methods for evaluating simulations.

PSYC 505 The Psychology of Pain.

(3) (Fall) (2 lectures; 1 conference) (Prerequisites: any two of the following: PSYC 308, PSYC 311, PSYC 318, PSYC 522, ANAT 321, BIOL 306, PHGY 314 or permission of instructor.) An introduction to pain research and theory, with emphasis on the interactions of psychological, cultural and physiological factors in pain perception. The role of these factors in clinical pain and its management by pharmacological and non-pharmacological means will be discussed.

l

PSYC 507 Emotions, Stress, and Illness.

(3) (Prerequisites: PSYC 337, PSYC 429 and permission of the instructor.) Emotional effects on peripheral physiology and the development, course, and outcome of physical disorders such as high blood pressure, coronary artery disease, ulcers, asthma, and cancer.

PSYC 510 Statistical Analysis of Tests.

(3) (3 lectures) (Undergraduate Prerequisites: PSYC 305 or PSYC 536, PSYC 406 or permission of instructor.) This course aims to introduce students interested in developing or appraising tests to the important statistical problems and modern techniques associated with testing data. Testing situations discussed will range from one-shot classroom tests through special purpose scales to the highly refined large scale tests such as the SAT.

l

PSYC 511 Infant Competence.

(3) (1, 3 hour seminar) (Prerequisites: PSYC 351 or PSYC 352 or PSYC 353 or PSYC 380 or PSYC 450 and permission of instructor) Basic research on the nature of infant competence - both the development of mental representations/operations and expressive/communicative ability - will be examined. Implications for clinical assessment and intervention including information processing procedures as an alternative to conventional tests and treatment procedures for developmental delays will be covered.

l

PSYC 522 Neurochemistry and Behaviour.

(3) (2 lectures) (Prerequisites: any two of the following PSYC 308, PSYC 311, PSYC 318, ANAT 321, PHGY 314, BIOL 306) (Restrictions: Not open to students who have taken or are taking PHAR 562) Anatomical, biochemical and physiological aspects of neurotransmitter systems in the brain, current theories of the function of these systems in normal and abnormal behaviour, and the actions of psychotropic drugs.

PSYC 526 Advances in Visual Perception.

(3) (Fall) (2 lectures) We examine in detail the structure of the visual system, and its function as reflected in the perceptual abilities and behaviour of the organism. Parallels are also drawn with other sensory systems to demonstrate general principles of sensory coding.

l

PSYC 528 Vulnerability to Depression.

(3) (Prerequisite: PSYC 337 or PSYC 412 or permission of instructor. Requires departmental approval.) This course will examine in depth cognitive, behavioral, psychodynamic, biological, and developmental psychopathology models of the etiology of depression. Within each theoretical perspective, core issues, theoretical and methodological underpinnings, and research data will be examined.

PSYC 529 Music Cognition.

(3) (Prerequisites: PSYC 212, PSYC 213, PSYC 204 (or equivalent)) Overview of major topics in the interdisciplinary study of music cognition and perception, with an emphasis on cognitive psychological and experimental approaches. Topics include: psychoacoustics, music memory, scales, tonality, neuropsychology of music, performance, talent and expertise, absolute pitch, expectation, melody and rhythm.

l

PSYC 530 Applied Topics in Deafness.

(3) (Prerequisite: PSYC 340 or PSYC 316 or equivalent. Permission of instructor) Covers fundamental topics in deafness (sensory, perceptual, cognitive, social, linguistic, education and health issues) from an applied psychological perspective. Lectures and seminar presentations plus field work involving ASL/LSQ.

l

PSYC 531 Structural Equation Models.

(3) (one 2-hour lecture plus one lab) (Prerequisite: PSYC 536, PSYC 651, or equivalent, or permission of instructor.) The course introduces basic concepts underlying structural equation models (SEM). SEM, which combine regression analysis and factor analysis, are quite useful and are currently very popular in analyzing data that arise in social, developmental and clinical psychology. The students are expected to get first-hand experiences in fitting SEM, and learn how to interpret and report the results from SEM.

PSYC 532 Cognitive Science.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisites: Admission to the Cognitive Science Minor or permission of instructor. Students should ideally have some cognitive science background in at least two disciplines) The multi-disciplinary study of intelligent systems. Problems in vision, memory, categorization, choice, problem solving, cognitive development, syntax, language acquisition, and rationality. Rule-based and connectionist approaches.

PSYC 533 International Health Psychology.

(3) (Fall) (Prerequisite: PSYC 305 and PSYC 215 or PSYC 429 or PSYC 304 or ANTH 227.) (Departmental permission required.) The focus will be on health and illness in developing countries, in particular, on health problems (malnutrition, alcohol abuse, mental illness, family planning, and HIV) where psychosocial factors play a large role in the problem and the solution. Attempted solutions based on community participation, health education, non-governmental and international agencies will be discussed.

l

PSYC 534 Community Psychology.

(3) (Prerequisites: PSYC 337 and PSYC 338 or permission of instructor) (Open to Graduate students or U3 undergraduates in Psychology) (Enrolment limited) Community psychology aims to promote health in groups and communities rather than expending resources solely on relieving dysfunction in individuals. The course reviews the conceptual rationale for community psychology and explores examples of both successful and unsuccessful prevention programs. It also discusses crisis intervention, informal caregivers, self-help groups, and mental health education through the media.

l

PSYC 535 Advanced Topics in Social Psychology.

(3) (Prerequisites: PSYC 215, PSYC 333 and one additional course from the social and personality area of specialization, or PSYC 380. Departmental permission required.) (Graduate Students, enrolment limited) Classic and contemporary readings in a specific content area within social psychology will be assigned in order to examine the sub-area in depth. The focus will vary depending upon the speciality area of the instructor. These areas include interpersonal relationships, intergroup relations, the self, and social cognition.

PSYC 536 Correlational Techniques.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisites: PSYC 204 and PSYC 305 or their equivalents, and MATH 133 or equivalent. Requires departmental approval.) The statistical analysis of relations among a number of variables in situations common in psychology, ecology, and other fields. Methods include regression analysis, principal components analysis, and other techniques for modelling the structure of correlation matrices.

PSYC 541 Multilevel Modelling.

(3) (Prerequisite:PSYC 305 or equivalent or permission of the instructor.) (Limited enrolment.) Data in psychology, education and many applied sciences often show a multilevel or hierarchical structure which violates the independence assumption in standard statistical methods, including the basic concepts of multilevel linear and nonlinear models, and will get first-hand experiences in applying these methods to empirical data.

PSYC 561 Methods: Developmental Psycholinguistics.

(3) (3 hour lectures) (Prerequisites: PSYC 340 and LING 355 or equivalent or permission of instructor.) (Graduate students, limited enrolment) An examination of various approaches and methods used in investigations of the development of language and communication. The following approaches are discussed along with the representative studies: A case study approach, observational-correlational approach versus experimental-manipulative approach, cross sectional design versus longitudinal design, ethnographic approach.

PSYC 660D1 (3), PSYC 660D2 (3) Psychology Theory.

(Students must register for both PSYC 660D1 and PSYC 660D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PSYC 660D1 and PSYC 660D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) Professors representing the various research areas within the Department discuss critical issues and developments within their fields of expertise.

l

PSYC 690 Masters Research 1.

(15) Development of research topic, study and review of previous literature, preliminary experimental and/or theoretical thesis research.

PSYC 690D1 (7.5), PSYC 690D2 (7.5) Masters Research 1.

(Students must register for both PSYC 690D1 and PSYC 690D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PSYC 690D1 and PSYC 690D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 690D1 and PSYC 690D2 together are equivalent to PSYC 690) Development of research topic, study and review of previous literature, preliminary experimental and/or theoretical thesis research.

l

PSYC 690N1 Masters Research 1.

(7.5) (Students must also register for PSYC 690N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PSYC 690N1 and PSYC 690N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PSYC 690N1 and PSYC 690N2 together are equivalent to PSYC 690) Development of research topic, study and review of previous literature, preliminary experimental and/or theoretical thesis research.

l

PSYC 699 Masters Research 2.

(12) Continuation of PSYC 690. Further experimental and/or theoretical research. Data analysis (as needed). Writing of thesis.

PSYC 699D1 (6), PSYC 699D2 (6) Masters Research 2.

(Students must register for both PSYC 699D1 and PSYC 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PSYC 699D1 and PSYC 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 699D1 and PSYC 699D2 together are equivalent to PSYC 699) Continuation of PSYC 690. Further experimental and/or theoretical research. Data analysis (as needed). Writing of thesis.

l

PSYC 699N1 Masters Research 2.

(6) (Students must also register for PSYC 699N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PSYC 699N1 and PSYC 699N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PSYC 699N1 and PSYC 699N2 together are equivalent to PSYC 699) Continuation of PSYC 690. Further experimental and/or theoretical research. Data analysis (as needed). Writing of thesis.

l

PSYC 699N2 Masters Research 2.

(6) (Prerequisite: PSYC 699N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PSYC 699N1 and PSYC 699N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (PSYC 699N1 and PSYC 699N2 together are equivalent to PSYC 699) See PSYC 699N1 for course description.

PSYC 701 Doctoral Comprehensive Examination.

(6)

PSYC 701D1 (3), PSYC 701D2 (3) Doctoral Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both PSYC 701D1 and PSYC 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PSYC 701D1 and PSYC 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 701D1 and PSYC 701D2 together are equivalent to PSYC 701)

PSYC 706 Clinical Practicum.

(15)

l

PSYC 706D1 (7.5), PSYC 706D2 (7.5) Clinical Practicum.

(Students must register for both PSYC 706D1 and PSYC 706D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PSYC 706D1 and PSYC 706D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 706D1 and PSYC 706D2 together are equivalent to PSYC 706)

l

PSYC 706J1 Clinical Practicum.

(5) (Students must also register for PSYC 706J2 and PSYC 706J3) (No credit will be given for this course unless PSYC 706J1, PSYC 706J2 and PSYC 706J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 706J1, PSYC 706J2 and PSYC 706J3 together are equivalent to PSYC 706)

l

PSYC 706J2 Clinical Practicum.

(5) (Prerequisite: PSYC 706J1) (Students must also register for PSYC 706J3) (No credit will be given for this course unless PSYC 706J1, PSYC 706J2 and PSYC 706J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 706J1, PSYC 706J2 and PSYC 706J3 together are equivalent to PSYC 706) See PSYC 706J1 for course description.

l

PSYC 706J3 Clinical Practicum.

(5) (Prerequisite: PSYC 706J2) (No credit will be given for this course unless PSYC 706J1, PSYC 706J2 and PSYC 706J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 706J1, PSYC 706J2 and PSYC 706J3 together are equivalent to PSYC 706) See PSYC 706J1 for course description.

PSYC 707 Clinical Internship 1.

(15)

PSYC 707D1 (7.5), PSYC 707D2 (7.5) Clinical Internship 1.

(Students must register for both PSYC 707D1 and PSYC 707D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PSYC 707D1 and PSYC 707D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 707D1 and PSYC 707D2 together are equivalent to PSYC 707)

l

PSYC 707J1 Clinical Internship 1.

(5) (Students must also register for PSYC 707J2 and PSYC 707J3) (No credit will be given for this course unless PSYC 707J1, PSYC 707J2 and PSYC 707J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 707J1, PSYC 707J2 and PSYC 707J3 together are equivalent to PSYC 707)

l

PSYC 707J2 Clinical Internship 1.

(5) (Prerequisite: PSYC 707J1) (Students must also register for PSYC 707J3) (No credit will be given for this course unless PSYC 707J1, PSYC 707J2 and PSYC 707J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 707J1, PSYC 707J2 and PSYC 707J3 together are equivalent to PSYC 707) See PSYC 707J1 for course description.

l

PSYC 707J3 Clinical Internship 1.

(5) (Prerequisite: PSYC 707J2) (No credit will be given for this course unless PSYC 707J1, PSYC 707J2 and PSYC 707J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 707J1, PSYC 707J2 and PSYC 707J3 together are equivalent to PSYC 707) See PSYC 707J1 for course description.

l

PSYC 708 Clinical Internship 2.

(15)

PSYC 708D1 (7.5), PSYC 708D2 (7.5) Clinical Internship 2.

(Students must register for both PSYC 708D1 and PSYC 708D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PSYC 708D1 and PSYC 708D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 708D1 and PSYC 708D2 together are equivalent to PSYC 708)

l

PSYC 708J1 Clinical Internship 2.

(5) (Students must also register for PSYC 708J2 and PSYC 708J3) (No credit will be given for this course unless PSYC 708J1, PSYC 708J2 and PSYC 708J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 708J1, PSYC 708J2 and PSYC 708J3 together are equivalent to PSYC 708)

l

PSYC 708J2 Clinical Internship 2.

(5) (Prerequisite: PSYC 708J1) (Students must also register for PSYC 708J3) (No credit will be given for this course unless PSYC 708J1, PSYC 708J2 and PSYC 708J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 708J1, PSYC 708J2 and PSYC 708J3 together are equivalent to PSYC 708) See PSYC 708J1 for course description.

l

PSYC 708J3 Clinical Internship 2.

(5) (Prerequisite: PSYC 708J2) (No credit will be given for this course unless PSYC 708J1, PSYC 708J2 and PSYC 708J3 are all successfully completed in consecutive terms) (PSYC 708J1, PSYC 708J2 and PSYC 708J3 together are equivalent to PSYC 708) See PSYC 708J1 for course description.

PSYC 709 Language Acquisition Issues 1.

(2)

l

PSYC 710 Compar&Physiological Psych.

(3)

l

PSYC 711 Compar&Physiological Psych.

(3)

l

PSYC 712 Compar&Physiological Psych.

(3)

l

PSYC 713 Compar&Physiological Psych.

(3)

l

PSYC 715 Compar&Physiological Psych.

(3)

l

PSYC 722 Personality and Social Psychology.

(3)

l

PSYC 723 Personality and Social Psychology.

(3)

l

PSYC 724 Personality and Social Psychology.

(3)

l

PSYC 725 Personality and Social Psychology.

(3)

l

PSYC 726 Personality and Social Psychology.

(3)

l

PSYC 727 Personality and Social Psychology.

(3)

l

PSYC 728 Ethics and Professional Issues.

(3)

PSYC 729 Theory of Assessment.

(3)

PSYC 730 Clinical Neuroscience Methods.

(3)

PSYC 732 Clinical Psychology.

(3)

l

PSYC 733 Clinical Psychology.

(3)

l

PSYC 734 Developmental Psychology and Language.

(3)

l

PSYC 736 Developmental Psychology and Language.

(3)

l

PSYC 740 Perception and Cognition.

(3)

l

PSYC 741 Perception and Cognition.

(3)

l

PSYC 742 Perception and Cognition.

(3)

l

PSYC 743 Perception and Cognition.

(3)

l

PSYC 745 Perception and Cognition.

(3)

l

PSYC 746 Quantitative and Individual Differences.

(3)

l

PSYC 747 Quantitative and Individual Differences.

(3)

l

PSYC 748 Quantitative and Individual Differences.

(3)

l

PSYC 749 Quantitative and Individual Differences.

(3)

l

PSYC 750 Quantitative and Individual Differences.

(3)

l

PSYC 751 Quantitative and Individual Differences.

(3)

PSYC 752D1 (3), PSYC 752D2 (3) Psychotherapy and Behaviour Change.

(Students must register for both PSYC 752D1 and PSYC 752D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both PSYC 752D1 and PSYC 752D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) A practice-oriented course. Staff and students discuss current cases being treated with a variety of psychotherapeutic and behavioural change techniques.

PSYC 753 Health Psychology Seminar 1.

(3)

l

PSYC 754 Health Psychology Seminar 2.

(3)

l

PSYC 757 Health Psychology Seminar 5.

(3)

PSYC 780 Special Topics in Clinical Psychology.

(6)

PSYC 798 Teaching Methods: Psychology 2.
(3) Continuation of PSYC 797.

69 Quebec Studies/Études sur le Québec

Quebec Studies Program / Programme d'études sur le Québec
New Chancellor Day Hall, Room 514
3644, Peel Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 1W9
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-3960
Fax: (514) 398-3959
Web site: www.arts.mcgill.ca/programs/qs 
Director
Catherine Desbarats; B.A.(Qu.),D.Phil.(Oxon.), Ph.D.(McG.)
Québec Studies Coordinator and Assistant to the Director
Stéphan Gervais

In 1963-64 McGill University established a French Canada Studies Program. Some of the energies and resources of the Program are devoted to research on Quebec and French Canada. In 1992, the name of the program was changed to Quebec Studies to reflect its central focus.

The program is offered at the undergraduate level. Should their main field of study be Quebec, graduate students must apply to the relevant departments.

Graduate students taking courses dealing in whole or in part with Quebec, or who are studying Quebec as their special field of study, are welcome to make use of the facilities of the Quebec Studies Program.

En 1963-64, le programme d'études canadiennes-françaises fut créé à l'Université McGill. En collaboration avec les autres départements de l'Université, le programme a notamment pour but de développer la recherche sur divers aspects du Québec et du Canada français. Depuis 1992, l'appellation du programme a été modifée pour celle de programme d'études sur le Québec afin de refléter clairement les objectifs poursuivis.

Les activités du programme se concentrent au premier cycle. Les étudiants qui désirent poursuivre des études en vue de l'obtention d'une maîtrise ou d'un doctorat portant sur le Québec ou le Canada français doivent s'adresser aux départements concernés.

Les étudiants dont les cours portent, en tout ou en partie, sur le Canada français ou qui se spécialisent dans ce domaine, sont toutefois invités à se prévaloir des services du programme d'études sur le Québec.

70 Religious Studies

Faculty of Religious Studies
3520 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 2A7
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-4121
Fax: (514) 398-6665
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/religiousstudies 
Dean, Faculty of Religious Studies
B. Barry Levy
Graduate Program Chair
Gerbern Oegema
Graduate Admissions Chair
Patricia G. Kirkpatrick

70.1 Staff

Emeritus Professors
G.B. Baum; B.A.(McM.), M.A.(Ohio), D.Th.(Fribourg)
D.J. Hall; B.A.(W.Ont.), M.Div., S.T.M., Th.D.(U.T.S., N.Y.), D.D.(Queen's), LL.D.(Wat.), D.D.(Presb. Coll.)
J.C. McLelland; B.A.(McM.), M.A.(Tor.), B.D.(Knox, Tor.), Ph.D.(Edin.), D.D.(Mtl. Dio.Coll.), D.D.(Knox, Tor.)
Post-Retirement
R.C.Culley; B.A.(Tor.), B.D.(Knox, Tor.), M.A., Ph.D.(Tor.), D.D.(Mtl. Dio.Coll.)
F. Wisse; Ing.(Utrecht), B.A., B.D.(Calvin, Mich.), Ph.D.(Claremont)
Professors
M. Boutin; B.A., B.A., B.A., (Montr.), D.Th.(Munich) (J.W. McConnell Professor of Philosophy of Religion)
B. Barry Levy; B.A., M.A., B.R.E.(Yeshiva), Ph.D.(N.Y.U.)
A. Sharma; B.A.(Alld.), M.A.(Syr.), M.T.S., Ph.D.(Harv.) (Henry Birks Professor of Comparative Religion)
K.K. Young; B.A.(Vt.), M.A.(Chic.), Ph.D.(McG.) (James McGill Professor)
Associate Professors
E.B. Aitken; A.B.(Harv.), M.Div.(Univ. of the South), Th.D.(Harv.)
D.B. Farrow; B.R.E.(Providence), M.Div.(Grace), M.Th.(Regent), Ph.D.(Lond.)
I.H. Henderson; B.A.(Man.), B.D.(St. Andrews), M.A.(McM.), D.Phil.(Oxon)
G.V. Hori; B.A.(York), M.A.(Tor.), Ph.D.(Stan.)
T. Kirby; B.A.(King's, Halifax); M.A.(Dal.); D.Phil.(Oxon)
P.G. Kirkpatrick; B.A.(McG.), M.Th.(Lond.), D.Phil.(Oxon)
G.S. Oegema; B.A., Th.D.(Free, Amsterdam); M.A., Ph.D.(Freie, Berlin), Dr. Theol. Habil (Tübingen)
Assistant Professors
G. Fiasse; B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Louvain) (joint appointment with Department of Philosophy)
L.H. Sideris; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Ind.) (joint appoint. with McGill School of Environment)
D. Soneji; B.A. (Man.), Ph.D. (McG.)
Visiting Professor
V. Yifa; B.A.(Naticual Taiwan); M.A.(Hawaii); Ph.D.(Yale)
Adjunct Professor
T. Jinpa Langri
Associate Member
L. Turner (Bioethics)
Faculty Lecturer
J. Kanaris

70.2 Programs Offered

The Faculty of Religious Studies offers programs leading to the degrees of Master of Sacred Theology (S.T.M.), Master of Arts (M.A.) (thesis) and (non-thesis), M.A. (with Specialization in Bioethics) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.).

The purpose of the M.A. (thesis) degree is to encourage advanced study and research in one of the disciplines of religious studies (see below) for those who wish to become scholars or teachers, or will be engaged in some field of religious or public service. An option in the M.A. (thesis) program is the M.A. in Religious Studies with specialization in Bioethics offered in collaboration with the Biomedical Ethics Unit, see section 9.

The M.A. without thesis is intended to ensure a student's well-rounded exposure to several religions and to several of the disciplinary approaches currently used in their academic study.

The S.T.M. is meant for those who intend to enter the ministry of the Christian Church or another religious institution, or proceed to a teaching career or to some form of social work. The S.T.M. program is fully accredited by the Association of Theological Schools in the U.S. and Canada.

The purpose of the Ph.D. program is to engage students in advanced academic studies normally in preparation for an academic career.

Adequate library facilities are available in the William and Henry Birks Building and elsewhere in the University for the courses listed, and for research.

Specializations are offered in the following disciplines:

Hebrew Bible and Old Testament Studies; Greco-Roman Judaism, New Testament Studies; Church History; Christian Theology; Philosophy of Religion; Religious Ethics; Biomedical Ethics, Hinduism; Buddhism.

The M.A. (thesis) with specialization in Bioethics is offered in conjunction with the Biomedical Ethics Unit.

70.3 Admission Requirements

Master of Arts (M.A.) (thesis)

Applicants must possess a B.A. with a Major or Honours in Religious Studies or a Bachelor of Theology (B.Th.), or a Master of Divinity (M.Div.) degree, normally with a minimum CGPA of 3.3/4.0 (B+) from an accredited university or college. Applicants with less than 30 appropriate credits in Religious Studies or Theology are normally required to take a Qualifying Program before entering the M.A.

Master of Arts (M.A.) (thesis) in Religious Studies with specialization in Bioethics

- for information contact the Chair, Master's Specialization in Bioethics, Biomedical Ethics Unit, 3690 Peel Street, Montreal, QC, H3A 1W9. Telephone: (514) 398-6980. Fax: (514) 398-8349. E-mail: leigh.turner@mcgill.ca.

Master of Arts (M.A.) (non-thesis)

Applicants must possess a B.A. with a Major or Honours in Religious Studies or a Bachelor of Theology (B.Th.), or a Master of Divinity (M.Div.) degree, normally with a minimum CGPA of 3.3/4.0 (B+) from an accredited university or college. Applicants with less than 30 appropriate credits in Religious Studies or Theology are normally required to take a Qualifying Program before entering the M.A.

Master of Sacred Theology (S.T.M.)

Applicants must possess a B.A., normally with at least a good second class standing (B+ or CGPA 3.3/4.0), in a major or honours program in religious studies or theology from an accredited university or college. Those who have a McGill B.Th. or an equivalent degree in addition to a B.A. degree with a second class standing may be admitted to the second year of the S.T.M. program.

Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)

Entry into the doctoral program is limited to applicants who have earned an academic Master's degree in Religious Studies or Theology in a recognized graduate program, or those who have finished the course requirements of such a program with a minimum CGPA of 3.5/4.0.

Advanced standing (Ph.D. 2) may be granted if the completed Master's level work is in the same area as that of the intended doctoral specialization and involved not less than six (6) courses (18 credits).

It is recommended that French and/or German be included in the bachelor's or master's work preceding doctoral study.

Applicants for doctoral programs are requested to submit a substantial sample of their scholarly writing (15-20 pages) with their application. The application should specify one of the specializations listed in section 70.2.

70.4 Application Procedures

Application forms for admission are available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate. Applications are completed on-line and submitted electronically. All supporting documents must be submitted to the Graduate Admissions Office of the Faculty of Religious Studies.

The following items must be submitted before the application can be considered by the Faculty's Graduate Admissions Committee:

The application deadline for September admission is February 1 for funding consideration and March 1 for general admission. The deadline for January admission is November 1.

70.5 Program Requirements

Language Requirements

The Faculty of Religious Studies offers courses in primary text source languages, such as Biblical Hebrew, Aramaic, Biblical Greek, Coptic, Sanskrit, Pali, Tamil and classical literary Tibetan. The Faculty does not guarantee instruction in any languages other than those mentioned above. Therefore, if a student wishes to have a language such as French, German or Japanese counted as a second language, instruction may have to be sought outside the Faculty. The successful completion of at least twelve credits at the post-secondary level in a language course, or successful completion of a language examination administered by the appropriate member of the Faculty, will constitute evidence of the student's having the required reading knowledge of the language in question.

M.A.

Students are required to give their area committee evidence of reading knowledge of a scholarly language other than English. This language may be either a modern language in which there is a significant amount of scholarship relevant to the student's area of research, or a classical language relevant to the student's area of research. If a classical language is chosen, it must be in addition to any prerequisite language for the area in question.

Ph.D.

Students are required to give their area committee evidence of reading knowledge of two languages other than English. These languages must be chosen from modern languages in which there is a significant amount of scholarship relevant to the student's area of research or classical languages relevant to the student's area of research.

Research in some disciplines, or on certain thesis topics, may require proficiency in more than two languages besides English. In that case, additional language requirements may be stipulated by the supervisor.

S.T.M.

The S.T.M. program has no language requirement.

MASTER OF ARTS (M.A.) (thesis)
(48 credits)

The normal residence requirement is three terms of full-time resident study. Students may apply to do the third term during the summer of their first year. Students may also register on a half-time basis.

Candidates are required to complete satisfactorily a minimum of six, one-term courses (18 credits) and write a thesis (30 credits) embodying the results of their research. The minimum pass mark in courses is B- for M.A. students.

Research may be undertaken in the areas of specialization listed in section 70.2.

All students must consult with an adviser in the chosen area of study for selection of courses before registration.

Candidates who have studied only one major religious tradition before entering the M.A. program are recommended to do some course work in another major religious tradition. It may prove appropriate for a student to take one or more graduate seminars in other McGill Departments, e.g., in Jewish Studies, Classics, Philosophy, East Asian Studies, . Access is also possible to courses in the other universities in Montreal.

For language requirements, see above.

A thesis proposal (approved by the supervisor) must be submitted to the Graduate Committee for approval.

The dissertation may be submitted at the end of the third term provided all course work and language requirements have been successfully completed. Candidates must complete the degree within three years of initial full-time registration. A maximum one year extension may be granted.

Required Courses
(33 credits)
RELG 602
(3)
Theory in Religious Ethics
RELG 688
(3)
Thesis Research 1
RELG 689
(3)
Thesis Research 2
RELG 698
(12)
Thesis Research 3
RELG 699
(12)
Thesis Research 4
Complementary Courses
(15 credits)
15 credits selected from the 500- or 600-level courses accepted by the Faculty of Religious Studies for the granting of a Master's degree.

Master of Arts (M.A.) (thesis) in Religious Studies with specialization In Bioethics

The curriculum is composed of required courses (for 6 credits) offered in the Biomedical Ethics Unit, bioethics courses (6 credit minimum) offered by the base faculty or department and any graduate courses required or accepted by a base faculty for the granting of a Master's degree, for a total of 21 credits. A minimum of 45 credits is required including the thesis.

Registration Requirements: Depending upon the requirements of the base discipline, a minimum of three terms is required for completion of the program, including course work and thesis.

Thesis Supervision: Thesis supervision for students in the specialization is provided by a participating faculty member in the program. Those students whose supervisors are not appointed to a student's base discipline will have a co-supervisor appointed from the base discipline. Thesis examination will be conducted according to the base discipline norms.

Required Courses - Biomedical Ethics Unit
(6 credits)
BIOE 680
(3)
Bioethical Theory
BIOE 681
(3)
Bioethics Practicum
Required Courses - Faculty of Religious Studies
(6 credits)
RELG 571
(3)
Religion and Medicine
RELG 602
(3)
Theory in Religious Ethics
Complementary Courses
(9 credits)
The remaining credits are to be taken in any graduate courses (500 or 600 level) required or accepted by the base faculty for the granting of a Master's degree, in consultation with the supervisor.
Thesis Component - Required
(24 credits)
BIOE 690
(3)
M.Sc. Thesis Literature Survey
BIOE 691
(3)
M.Sc. Thesis Research Proposal
BIOE 692
(6)
M.Sc. Thesis Research Progress Report
BIOE 693
(12)
M.Sc. Thesis
MASTER OF ARTS (M.A.) (non-thesis)
(45 credits)

The normal residence requirement is three terms of full-time resident study. Students may apply to do the third term during the summer of their first year. Students may also register on a part-time basis.

The program requires completing a total of 45 credits taken at the 500 and 600 level. The student is required to take 36 credits in course work, normally by taking four courses per term for three terms. The minimum pass mark in courses is B- for M.A. students. Candidates who have studied only one major religious tradition before entering the M.A. program are recommended to do some course work in another major religious tradition.

For language requirements, see above.

All students must consult with a faculty adviser for selection of courses before registration.

The remaining 9 credits are to be earned by writing three research papers, each based on a reading list. Of these papers, one is to be in one specific religious tradition, a second in another religious tradition different from the first, and the third in methods used in the comparative study of religions. Each of these papers is worth three credits and each is graded on a PASS/FAIL basis.

Required Courses
(15 credits)
RELG 555
(3)
Honours Seminar
RELG 602
(3)
Theory in Religious Ethics
RELG 660
(3)
M.A. Research Paper 1
RELG 661
(3)
M.A. Research Paper 2
RELG 662
(3)
M.A. Research Paper 3
Complementary Courses
(30 credits)

10 courses selected from the 500- or 600-level courses accepted by the Faculty of Religious Studies for the granting of a Master's degree.

MASTER OF SACRED THEOLOGY (S.T.M.)
(48 credits)
ATS Accreditation

The S.T.M. program is fully accredited by the Association of Theological Schools in the U.S. and Canada.

The normal requirement is two years (of two terms each) of full-time study (or one year of full-time study for those admitted with advanced standing into S.T.M.2), but the degree may, by permission, be taken on a part-time basis.

Note: Ordination requirements for S.T.M. graduates will normally involve a further year of professional pastoral studies (the In-Ministry Year) provided by the Joint Board of Theological Colleges affiliated with the Faculty of Religious Studies.

Candidates are required to complete satisfactorily twelve one-term courses (36 credits) and pass four Area Studies courses (12 credits) chosen from the following areas:

Normally six 3-credit courses and two Area Studies courses shall be taken in each academic session. The pass mark in courses is B- for S.T.M. students. Normally graduate courses should be chosen from at least four different specialty areas in Religious Studies. Applicants who are admitted directly into S.T.M. 2 are required to complete six one-term courses (18 credits) and two Area Studies (6 credits).

Students who take the S.T.M. as part of their ordination requirements are to choose their courses in consultation with the Principal of the Theological College with which they are associated. Course selection for all S.T.M. students needs the approval of the Chair of the Religious Studies Graduate Committee.

Courses are offered by the Department in the areas of specialization listed in section 70.2.

Related courses are also available in other departments.

The S.T.M. has no language requirement.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PH.D.)

Candidates admitted to Ph.D. I must be registered on a full-time basis for 4 consecutive years (8 terms) and candidates admitted to Ph.D. II must be registered on a full-time basis for 3 consecutive years (6 terms), after which they will continue as additional session students until completion of the program. Half-time study may be permitted upon request. (Refer to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar section 4.2.1 Residence Requirements - Doctoral.

Candidates admitted to Ph.D. 1 take a minimum six graduate seminars during their first year and four seminars during their Ph.D. 2 year; those admitted to Ph.D. 2 must take a minimum of four graduate seminars. If possible, two seminars should be in their area of specialization, and at least one should be at the 700-level.

Supervision:

One of the professors in the area of specialization acts as program adviser of each candidate in that area until a thesis supervisor is selected. Candidates must meet with their adviser or supervisor prior to registration to select their courses and to obtain advice concerning the requirements they are obliged to meet (e.g., courses, modern languages, ancient languages, and comprehensive examinations). A thesis proposal (approved by the supervisor) must be submitted to the Religious Studies Graduate committee for approval by the time the course work is finished, or as soon as possible afterwards. The candidate is expected to be present for the discussion of the proposal. The thesis should be submitted by the end of the Ph.D.7 year. Further registration will not be allowed after Ph.D. 7 without prior approval of the Faculty of Religious Studies and the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

Comprehensive Examinations

These examinations are designed to ensure that candidates are adequately prepared to undertake the research required for a doctoral thesis and to teach university-level courses in their chosen field. They are meant to test students' competence in: 1) their chosen field, 2) one or two cognate areas. The latter are areas related to the chosen field and are to be determined by the supervisor in consultation with the candidate. Comprehensives may take the form of a written examination, a major essay, a project, an oral examination, or a combination of these. For further details, refer to "Guidelines for Comprehensive Examinations" on the website at www.mcgill.ca/religiousstudies/graduate/guidelines.

Doctoral Colloquium (Doktorklub)

As one of their requirements all Ph.D. students in residence shall attend the monthly graduate colloquium, at which time a student's thesis project is formally presented and discussed.

70.6 Courses Offered

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Term(s) offered (Fall, Winter, Summer) may appear after the credit weight to indicate when a course would normally be taught. Please check Class Schedule to confirm this information.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

AREA A (BIBLICAL)

RELG 520 Biblical Theology.

(3) (Fall and Winter) (Limited to S.T.M. students.) Tutorials and guided reading in the field of Biblical Theology.

RELG 601 Ancient Jewish Literature.

(3) An examination of current theories of the origin and development of Greco-Roman Judaism with special attention to the treatment of non-canonical Jewish writings, e.g., the Pseudopigrapha and the Qumran Scrolls.

RELG 602 Theory in Religious Ethics.

(3) Basic theories in philosophical and religious ethics.

l

RELG 603 Primary Text: Akkadian.

(3) (Prerequisite: Basic reading knowledge of Akkadian or permission of instructor.)

l

RELG 604 Formation: Post-Exilic Judaism.

(3)

l

RELG 605 Interpreters of Religion and Faith of Ancient Israel.

(3)

l

RELG 606 Studies in Biblical Poetry.

(3)

l

RELG 607 Studies: Biblical Narrative Traditions.

(3)

l

RELG 611 Pauline Theology.

(3)

l

RELG 613 The Ministry of Jesus.

(3)

RELG 618 The Church in the New Testament.

(3) A study of the history of the Early Church on the basis of the New Testament Writings.

JWST 510 Jewish Bible Interpretation 1.

(3) (Not open to students who have taken JWST 512) The issues, approaches, and texts of Jewish Bible interpretation between the Biblical and talmudic eras: Bible interpretation in the Bible; in Greco-Roman Jewish literature; in the Mishnah, Tosefta, Targumim, and Talmudim; early Samaritan interpretation, Bible interpretation in ancient synagogue art, and in the massoretic literature.

JWST 511 Jewish Bible Interpretation 2.

(3) (Not open to students who have taken JWST 512) The issues, problems, approaches, and texts of Jewish Bible interpretation in medieval, renaissance, early modern, and modern times. Interpretation in the Geonic, Ashkenazi, Sefardic, North African, Italian, European, Yemenite, North American and Israeli centres of Jewish Learning.

AREA B (HISTORICAL AND THEOLOGICAL)

RELG 530 Church History.

(3) (Fall and Winter) Limited to S.T.M. students. Tutorials and guided reading in the field of church history.

RELG 531 Christian Theology.

(3) (Fall and Winter) Limited to S.T.M. studies. Tutorials and guided reading in the field of Christian Theology.

l

RELG 532 History of Christian Thought 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: At least six (6) credits at the 300-level in Christianity or the Christian Bible.) (Not open to students who have taken RELG 320)

l

RELG 533 History of Christian Thought 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: At least six (6) credits at the 300-level in Christianity or the Christian Bible.) (Not open to students who have taken RELG 327)

RELG 625 Creeds and Confessions.

(3) An examination of selected credal and confessional statements from earliest extant confessional expressions to twentieth century creeds.

l

RELG 626 Reformation: Secular Dimensions.

(3)

RELG 629 Primary Text: Aramaic.

(3) (Prerequisite: Basic reading knowledge of Aramaic or permission of instructor) Religious texts in Aramaic, with particular attention to the problems of translation and interpretation as they apply to the student's thesis research.

l

RELG 630 Theological Foundations.

(3)

RELG 631 Theology of the Cross.

(3) The tradition Luther called Theologia Crucis as an appropriate theological response to the experience of the dominant culture of this continent.

l

RELG 633 The Theology of Karl Barth.

(3)

l

RELG 634 Movements in Contemporary Theology.

(3)

RELG 635 Christology and Ecclesiology.

(3) Studies in the relation between two central theological loci, with special attention to their trinitarian, sacramental and eschatological frame of reference.

l

RELG 636 Theological Method.

(3)

RELG 683 Research in Christian Theology.

(3) Theologies of Religious Pluralism.

AREA C (RELIGION AND CULTURE)

RELG 540 Philosophy of Religion.

(3) (Winter) (Limited to S.T.M. students.) Tutorials and guided reading in the field of Philosophy of Religion.

l

RELG 541 Theological Ethics.

(3) (Limited to S.T.M. students.)

RELG 571 Religion and Medicine.

(3) (Winter) A study of the resources of major world religions (Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism and Shinto) for thinking about ethical issues related to modern medicine, e.g., health, illness, suffering; new reproductive technologies; genetic engineering; euthanasia; palliative care; animal research; transplants.

RELG 641 Modern Philosophy of Religion.

(3)

RELG 642 Philosophy of Religion in Twentieth Century.

(3) Intuition, Concept, Experience.

l

RELG 643 Problems: Philosophy of Religion.

(3)

l

RELG 672 Value Systems - Christian Perspective.

(3)

l

RELG 673 Interpreters of Christian Values.

(3)

RELG 684 Research in Philosophy of Religion 1.

(3)

RELG 745 Meaning and Interpretation.

(3) (This course is available only to students in Ph.D. 2 or higher) An interdisciplinary seminar on hermeneutical problems.

AREA D (ASIAN RELIGIONS)

ISLA 531D1 Survey Development of Islamic Thought.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Students must also register for ISLA 531D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 531D1 and ISLA 531D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) A survey of the development of the major intellectual traditions of Islamic civilization in medieval and modern times.

ISLA 531D2 Survey Development of Islamic Thought.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: ISLA 531D1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both ISLA 531D1 and ISLA 531D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) See ISLA 531D1 for course description.

l

RELG 546 Indian Philosophy.

(3) (Prerequisites: 6 credits in Indian religions, philosophy of religion, philosophy, or permission of the instructor)

l

RELG 547 Hindu Philosophy 2.

(3) (Prerequisites: 6 credits in Indian religions, philosophy of religion, philosophy, or permission of the instructor)

l

RELG 548 Indian Buddhist Philosophy.

(3) (Prerequisites: RELG 252 or RELG 342 or permission of instructor)

l

H
RELG 549 East Asian Buddhist Philosophy.

(3) (Prerequisites: RELG 253 and RELG 342 or RELG 344 or approval of instructor)

l

RELG 550 Comparative Religion.

(3) (Limited to S.T.M. students.)

l

RELG 551 Indian Logic 1.

(3)

l

RELG 552 Advaita Vedanta.

(3) (Prerequisites: 6 credits in Indian religions)

l

RELG 553 Religions of South India 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: 6 credits in Indian religions)

RELG 555 Honours Seminar.

(3) (Winter) (For Religious Studies Honours students or with permission of the Chair of the Religious Studies B.A. Committee) Current trends in the study of religion, including the approaches of critical theory, feminism, post-modernism, and post-colonialism.

RELG 556 Issues in Buddhist Studies.

(3) (Winter) (Prerequisite: permission of instructor) A graduate seminar taught by the Numata Visiting Professor on critical issues in contemporary Buddhist Studies. Emphasis will be placed on the intensive application of different methods - philological, philosophical or social scientific - to some area of modern Buddhist research.

l

RELG 557 Asian Ethical Systems.

(3) (Prerequisites: RELG 252, RELG 253, or permission of instructor)

RELG 571 Religion and Medicine.

(3) (Winter) A study of the resources of major world religions (Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism and Shinto) for thinking about ethical issues related to modern medicine, e.g., health, illness, suffering; new reproductive technologies; genetic engineering; euthanasia; palliative care; animal research; transplants.

RELG 651 Indian Buddhist Epistemology.

(3) (Prerequisite: two years of Sanskrit or Pali, or permission of the instructor)

RELG 654 Primary Text: Japanese.

(3) (Prerequisite: Basic reading knowledge of Japanese or permission of instructor) Religious texts in Japanese, with particular attention to the problems of translation and interpretation as they apply to the student's thesis research.

l

RELG 655 Buddhist Epistemology.

(3) (Prerequisite: RELG 651)

RELG 658 Japanese Buddhist Philosophy.

(3) A close reading of the major texts of the Kyoto School.

RELG 751 Tutorial on a Selected Topic.

(3)

l

RELG 751, RELG 751 Tutorial on a Selected Topic.

(Students must register for both RELG 751D1 and RELG 751D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both RELG 751D1 and RELG 751D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (RELG 751D1 and RELG 751D2 together are equivalent to RELG 751)

l

RELG 752 Tutorial on a Selected Topic.

(6)

M.A. RESEARCH (NON-THESIS)

RELG 660 M.A. Research Paper 1.

(3)

RELG 661 M.A. Research Paper 2.

(3)

RELG 662 M.A. Research Paper 3.

(3)

M.A. RESEARCH (THESIS)

RELG 688 Thesis Research 1.

(3)

RELG 689 Thesis Research 2.

(3)

RELG 698 Thesis Research 3.

(12)

RELG 699 Thesis Research 4.

(12)

71 Russian and Slavic Studies

Department of Russian and Slavic Studies
688 Sherbrooke Street West, Suite 425
Montreal, QC  H3A 3R1
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-3639
Fax: (514) 398-1748
E-mail: russian.slavicstudies@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/russian 
Chair
Paul M. Austin
Graduate Director
Laura Beraha

71.1 Staff

Associate Professors
P.M. Austin; M.A.(C'nell), B.A., Ph.D.(Tor.)
L. Beraha; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)
L. Parts; M.A., Ph.D.(Col.)
T. Patera; M.Sc.(Moscow), M.A., Ph.D.(McG.)

71.2 Programs Offered

Master's and Ph.D. in Russian

The Department offers graduate instruction (seminar and guided independent reading courses) as well as research and thesis supervision in the fields of Russian culture and literature. Current faculty specialize in 19th and 20th century literature. Particular emphasis is laid on working with the original language; practicum courses may be allotted, at the discretion of the Department, to course work leading to advanced proficiency in this area.

Ph.D. Language Tests

Ph.D. candidates in other departments who require Russian for research and in satisfaction of the language requirement should contact the Department for recommended courses.

71.3 Admission Requirements

The general rules of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office apply and are outlined in the General Information and Regulations section of the Calendar.

The minimum academic requirement is normally a high standing in Honours Russian (or equivalent). Further, the Department must be convinced that the candidate for admission has an aptitude for research work and will be able to make an original contribution to knowledge.

A working knowledge of French is recommended for the Ph.D. program.

Any necessary preparation to fulfill these requirements will be offered within the Department or elsewhere at McGill. Certain graduate courses may be taken by arrangement at approved universities.

71.4 Application Procedures

Applications will be considered upon receipt of:

All information must be submitted to the Graduate Coordinator, Department of Russian and Slavic Studies.

Deadline: February 1.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

71.5 Program Requirements

Original research work and the scholarly qualities of the thesis are the principal criteria for conferring a graduate degree in Russian.

Master's

The M.A. requirements are 48 credits comprised of:

30 credits in M.A. thesis courses - 
RUSS 691 (6 credits), RUSS 692 (24 credits); 
12-18 credits in graduate coursework in Russian and Slavic 
Studies; 
0 - 6 credits in graduate coursework outside the Department, 
subject to approval by the Department Graduate Committee; 
0 credits in RUSS 600 or RUSS 601, if deemed necessary by 
the Department. 

The M.A. Thesis Proposal is normally submitted for review by the Department Graduate Committee at the end of the second term of residency. Candidates should consult the Department Thesis Proposal Guidelines.

Ph.D.

The Ph.D. requirements include:
RUSS 700, RUSS 701, and RUSS 702; 
French Language Examination;
Thesis and Thesis Defence. 

Depending on their individual background, students may be asked to take additional coursework as approved by the Department Graduate Committee and students must complete two of the following guided research projects: RUSS 750, RUSS 760 or RUSS 770.

Ph.D. language requirements include proficiency in Russian, functional ability in English and in French, and proficiency in a second Slavic language, if relevant to the research topic and where deemed appropriate by the Department Graduate Committee.

71.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
RUSS 510 High Stalinist Culture.

(3) (Fall) (Given in English) Novels, films, art, architecture, pageantry, rhetoric and routine of the Stalinist 1930s-40s, including socialist relaism as an aesthetic doctrine, utopian blueprint, target of parody, amalgam of a submerged avantgarde and state-controlled pop culture, precursor of the postmodernist simulacrum, self-proclaimed international style and/or uniquely Russian 20th-century project.

RUSS 619 Topics in Literary Theory.

(3)

RUSS 675 Russian Realism 1

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of Department Graduate Committee) Major works of the period 1860-1900: prose, poetry and drama from Tiutchev and Turgenev to Tolstoi and Chedhov. Development of the Realist school and its relationship to Romanticism, its struggle with the questions of the functions and responsibilities of art in society, its philosophical and political aspirations and achievements.

RUSS 676 Russian Realism 2

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of Department Graduate Committee) The second stage of the inquiry into the nature, origins, power and limitations of Realism in major works by Turgenev, Tolstoi and Dostoevskii. A more detailed examination of the works' philosophies, ideologies and poetics.

RUSS 679 Russian Romanticism 1

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee) The emergence of Russian literature from dependence on steriotypical eighteenth-century European models; its response to the new sensibilities of Sentimentalism nad early Romanticism. Focus on the interrelationship between the creation of a new literary language based on a hybrid of European and traditional models, and new concepts of the Self.

l

RUSS 681 Russian Romanticism 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken RUSS 681D1/D2.)

l

RUSS 682 Russian Twentieth Century 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken RUSS 681D1/D2.)

l

RUSS 683 Russian Twentieth Century 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken RUSS 682D1/D2.)

l

RUSS 684 Yuri Trifonov and his Times.

(3)

l

RUSS 685 Post-Soviet Women's Prose.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee.)

l

RUSS 689 19th Century Russian Literature in Theory.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken RUSS 690D1/D2.)

l

RUSS 690 20th Century Russian Literature in Theory.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken RUSS 690D1/D2.)

RUSS 691 M.A. Thesis Proposal.

(6)

l

RUSS 691D1 (3), RUSS 691D2 (3) M.A. Thesis Proposal.

(Students must register for both RUSS 691D1 and RUSS 691D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both RUSS 691D1 and RUSS 691D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (RUSS 691D1 and RUSS 691D2 together are equivalent to RUSS 691)

RUSS 692 M.A. Thesis.

(24)

RUSS 700 PhD Tutorial.

(0) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee.) Supervised preparation for the candidate's two designated Major Fields in the PhD Comprehensive Examination.

l

RUSS 701 Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(0) (Prerequisites: RUSS 700 and two of: RUSS 750, RUSS 760, RUSS 770.)

l

RUSS 701D1 (0), RUSS 701D2 (0) Ph.D. Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both RUSS 701D1 and RUSS 701D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both RUSS 701D1 and RUSS 701D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (RUSS 701D1 and RUSS 701D2 together are equivalent to RUSS 701)

l

RUSS 702 PhD Thesis Proposal.

(0) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee.)

l

RUSS 720 Special Topics Seminar 1.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee.)

l

RUSS 721 Special Topics Seminar 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee.)

l

RUSS 750 History of Russian Language.

(0) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken RUSS 650D1/D2.)

l

RUSS 760 Pre-Petrine Foundation.

(0) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken RUSS 660D1/D2.)

l

RUSS 770 18th Century Foundation.

(0) (Prerequisite: Permission of the Department Graduate Committee.) (Restriction: Not open to students who have taken RUSS 670D1/D2.)

RUSS 790D1 (0), RUSS 790D2 (0) Russian Language Requirement - Ph.D.

(Students must register for both RUSS 790D1 and RUSS 790D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both RUSS 790D1 and RUSS 790D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

72 Social Studies of Medicine

Department of Social Studies of Medicine
3647 Peel Street, 2nd Floor 
Montreal, QC  H3A 1X1
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 398-6033
Fax: (514) 398-1498
E-mail: ssom@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/ssom/ 
Chair
Allan Young

72.1 Staff

Professors
Alberto Cambrosio; M.A.(Sher.), Ph.D.(Montr.)
Margaret Lock; B.Sc.(Leeds), M.A., Ph.D.(Calif.) (Marjorie Bronfman Professor of Social Studies in Medicine)
Andrea Tone; M.A., Ph.D.(Emory U.)
George Weisz; M.A., Ph.D.(SUNY), Dr. 3rd Cy(Paris) (Cotton-Hannah Professor of the History of Medicine)
Allan Young; M.A.(Wash.), B.A., Ph.D.(Penn.)
Associate Professors
Cornelius Borck; M.D.(Free U.), Ph.D.(Imperial College, U. of London)
Faith E. Wallis; M.A., M.L.S.(McG.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
Assistant Professor
Thomas Schlich; M.D.(Marburg), Ph.D.(Freiburg)

72.2 Programs Offered

The Department (SSOM) offers graduate studies in three programs:

In each program, the student may work towards the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. All degrees are awarded by the relevant Faculty of Arts department. For further information regarding those departments, please consult the Anthropology, History, or Sociology sections.

The Department (SSOM) is interdisciplinary, having faculty in the fields of medical anthropology, medical history, and medical sociology. In its programs of graduate studies, it attempts to provide two things: a training that is solidly grounded in the discipline of the chosen program, i.e., in anthropology, history or sociology; and, through seminars and interaction with Department members and other graduate students, exposure to the other disciplines that are represented in the Department. The Department aims to instill in its graduates a combination of disciplinary competence and interdisciplinary perspective.

72.3 Admission Requirements

M.A. in Medical Anthropology

The program is open to students with backgrounds in the social sciences, the medical professions, or the medical sciences.

M.A. in the History of Medicine

Candidates must have a background in either history (Honours B.A. in History, or equivalent) or a degree in one of the health professions.

M.A. in Medical Sociology

The program is open to students with a background in social sciences, health professions or health sciences. It aims to prepare candidates for a career of teaching and research in medical sociology, and there is consequently a preference for applicants with the potential to proceed to the doctoral degree.

Ph.D. Programs

Candidates for a Ph.D. will normally have taken their M.A. in the same field. Please refer to the appropriate Department - Anthropology, History, or Sociology.

72.4 Application Procedures

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

M.A. in Medical Anthropology

Admission is granted by a joint admissions committee made up of representatives from Anthropology and SSOM.

For details concerning applications, teaching assistantships, fellowships, etc. see Department of Anthropology.

M.A. in the History of Medicine

Application is made directly to the History Department. For details see Department of History.

M.A. in Medical Sociology

Admission is granted by a joint admissions committee made up of representatives from Sociology and SSOM. For details concerning applications, teaching, assistantships, fellowships, etc., see Department of Sociology.

Ph.D. Programs

Please refer to the appropriate Department - Anthropology, History, or Sociology.

72.5 Program Requirements

M.A. IN MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY

With the medical anthropology program, candidates will apply for permission to take either of two courses of study, M.A. thesis or non-thesis.

For Anthropology courses, see Department of Anthropology. For SSOM seminars, see below.

M.A. in Medical Anthropology with thesis
(48 credits)
Required Courses
(42 credits)
HSSM 605
(3)
Medical Anthropology
ANTH 615
(3)
Seminar in Medical Anthropology
ANTH 694
(6)
M.A. Thesis Tutorial 1
ANTH 695
(6)
M.A. Thesis Tutorial 2
ANTH 699
(24)
M.A. Thesis
Complementary Courses
(6 credits)
Two Anthropology courses.
M.A. in Medical Anthropology, without thesis
(45 credits)
Required Courses
(45 credits)
HSSM 605
(3)
Medical Anthropology
ANTH 615
(3)
Seminar in Medical Anthropology
ANTH 602
(3)
Theory 1
ANTH 609
(6)
Proseminar in Anthropology
ANTH 611
(3)
Research Design
ANTH 660
(3)
Research Methods
ANTH 665
(3)
Quantitative Methods
ANTH 685
(3)
Research Tutorial 1
ANTH 686
(3)
Research Tutorial 2
ANTH 696
(15)
M.A. Research Paper
M.A. IN THE HISTORY OF MEDICINE

The M.A. degree in Medical History does not have a thesis option.

The program requires the completion of 48 credits, composed of three full-year graduate seminars, plus a major research paper, (30 credits) (HIST 691, HIST 692 in the first year and HIST 693, HIST 694 in the second year).

Graduate seminars offered in the History of Medicine include

HIST 619
(3)
Ancient Medicine Seminar 1
HIST 620
(3)
Ancient Medicine Seminar 2
HIST 636
(3)
Medieval Medicine Seminar 1
HIST 637
(3)
Medieval Medicine Seminar 2

For SSOM seminars, see below.

M.A. IN MEDICAL SOCIOLOGY

Students may choose between two programs: M.A. thesis or non-thesis.

For Sociology courses, see Department of Sociology. For SSOM seminars, see below.

M.A. in Medical Sociology (thesis)
(48 credits)

This includes 18 credits of course work and a research thesis that is based on original research (30 credits)

Required Courses
(12 credits)
SOCI 504
(3)
Quantitative Methods 1
SOCI 540
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods
SOCI 580
(3)
Social Research Design and Practice
SOCI 652
(3)
Current Sociological Theory
Complementary Courses
(6 credits)
one of the following two courses:
SOCI 515
(3)
Medicine and Society
SOCI 538
(3)
Selected Topics in Sociology of Biomedical Knowledge
plus one course in the History of Medicine.
Thesis Component - Required
(30 credits)
SOCI 690
(3)
M.A. Thesis 1
SOCI 691
(6)
M.A. Thesis 2
SOCI 692
(3)
M.A. Thesis 3
SOCI 693
(3)
M.A. Thesis 4
SOCI 695
(15)
M.A. Thesis 6
M.A. in Medical Sociology (non-thesis)
(45 credits)

This includes 21 credits of course work and a research paper based on original research (24 credits).

Required Courses
(12 credits)
SOCI 652
(3)
Current Sociological Theory
SOCI 580
(3)
Design and Practice of Social Research
SOCI 504
(3)
Seminar: Quantitative Methods I
SOCI 540
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods
Complementary Courses
(9 credits)
one of the following two courses:
SOCI 515
(3)
Medicine and Society
SOCI 538
(3)
Selected Topics in the Sociology of Biomedical Knowledge
plus two courses in the Social Studies of Medicine, one of which must be in the History of Medicine.
Research Component - Required
(24 credits)
SOCI 696
(3)
Research Paper 1
SOCI 697
(3)
Research Paper 2
SOCI 698
(6)
Research Paper 3
SOCI 699
(12)
Research Paper 4

PH.D. PROGRAMS

For information on the doctoral programs, please refer to the appropriate Department - Anthropology, History, or Sociology.

72.6 SSOM Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

l

HSSM 603D1 (3), HSSM 603D2 (3) Medicine in 19th and 20th Century.

(Students must register for both HSSM 603D1 and HSSM 603D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HSSM 603D1 and HSSM 603D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

HSSM 604 History of Medicine.

(3) Tutorial.

HSSM 605 Medical Anthropology.

(3)

HSSM 606 Medical Anthropology Tutorial.

(3)

HSSM 609 Social Sciences of Medicine.

(3) Tutorial.

l

HSSM 610 Sociology of Medicine.

(3)

l

HSSM 611 Sociology of Biomedical Knowledge.

(3)

l

HSSM 612D1 (3), HSSM 612D2 (3) Medicine and the Scientific Revolution 1500-1700.

(Students must register for both HSSM 612D1 and HSSM 612D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HSSM 612D1 and HSSM 612D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

l

HSSM 614D1 (3), HSSM 614D2 (3) History of Medieval Medicine.

(Students must register for both HSSM 614D1 and HSSM 614D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both HSSM 614D1 and HSSM 614D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

73 Social Work

School of Social Work
Wilson Hall
3506 University Street
Montreal, QC  H3A 2A7
Canada  
Telephone: (514) 398-7070
Fax: (514) 398-4760
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/socialwork
E-Mail: graduate.socialwork@mcgill.ca 
Director
T.B.A.
Acting Director
Estelle Hopmeyer

73.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
David E. Woodsworth; B.A., Dipl.S.W.(Tor.), M.A.(Mich.), Ph.D.(Brandeis)
Professors
Peter Leonard; B.Sc., M.Sc., Dipl. Mental Health(Lond.)
James Torczyner; B.H.L.(Yeshiva), M.S.W., D.S.W.(Calif.)
Associate Professors
Ben Zion Dalfen; B.A., M.S.W., Dip. Adv. Soc. Wk. Practice(McG.)
Linda Davies; B.S.W., M.S.W.(McG.), Ph.D.(N. Lond. Poly.)
Sydney Duder; B.Sc., M.S.W., Dipl. Adv. Soc. Wk. Practice, Ph.D.(McG.)
Estelle Hopmeyer; B.A., M.S.W.(McG.)
Julia Krane; B.A.(Ott.), B.S.W.(McG.), M.S.W., Ph.D.(Tor.)
Carol Cumming Speirs; B.A.(Sir G.Wms.), M.S.W.(McG.)
Ingrid Thompson; B.A.(Sir G.Wms.), M.S.W.(McG.), Ph.D.(Cantab.)
Assistant Professors
Shari Brotman; B.S.W., M.S.W.(McG.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
Amanda Grenier; B.S.N.(Windsor); M.S.W., Ph.D.(McG.)
Lindsay John; B.A.(Guelph), M.S.W.(W. Laur.), M.Sc.(McM.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
Lucyna Lach; B.A., M.S.W., Ph.D.(Tor.)
Robin Wright; B.A./B.S.W.(McM.), M.S.W., Ph.D.(Tor.)
Coordinator of Field Education
Francine Granner

73.2 Programs Offered

Master of Social Work, a Joint M.S.W. and Law degree, and a Ph.D. program offered jointly with Université de Montréal.

The McGill School of Social Work is a member of the International Association of Schools of Social Work, the Canadian Association of Schools of Social Work, and of the Rassemblement des Unités de Formation Universitaire en Travail Social du Québec.

The School of Social Work is a professional school whose primary objective is to prepare students for careers and for leadership in the fields of social work and social welfare.

M.S.W. Program

The global objective of the Master's program is the provision of advanced professional training by means of integrated learning experiences. At a more specific level, the educational goals are to develop:

Joint Ph.D. Program in Social Work

The Schools of Social Work at McGill and Université de Montréal of Montreal and McGill have established a Doctoral joint program in social work and social policy in order to respond to the pressing needs for professors, social policy analysts and researchers in Canada and Quebec. This bilingual program presents characteristics unique among Canadian doctoral programs in social work.

Specifically, this program aims to:

Of particular value and importance is the opportunity for students to be exposed throughout their program to the multicultural and multiracial character of Montreal.

73.3 Admission Requirements

M.S.W Program

Students who have successfully completed a B.S.W., with a minimum B average (GPA 3.0/4.0), and who have completed course work in statistics and in research methods at the undergraduate level are admissible to the Master of Social Work program. It is expected that students will have professional social work experience with supporting references.

Joint M.S.W./Law Program

Students must apply separately for admission to each Faculty. Students must meet or surpass the requirements for admission to both the M.S.W. program and to Law and must submit a brief statement explaining their interest in this joint program.

Joint Ph.D. Program (McGill University and Université de Montréal)

Students are free to seek admission to either McGill or the Université de Montréal. Students accepted into the program have access to the resources offered by both schools.

Applicants applying to the joint Ph.D. program must hold a Master's degree in social work or, exceptionally, a Bachelor's degree in social work with a Master's degree in a related subject from an accredited program. Candidates must be proficient in French and English to be able to understand teaching and class discussion in both languages and to carry out necessary reading.

Criteria considered in weighing applications include:
1) demonstrated intellectual ability and critical capacity; 2) relevant experience; 3) admissibility and quality of the student's project.

73.4 Application Procedures

Applications are available on-line by mid-September from the School of Social Work Web site. The deadline to apply is February 1. Applications will only be considered upon receipt of all required documents.

Applications will only be considered upon receipt of all required documents.

International applicants are required to submit documented proof of competency in English, e.g., TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) minimum score of 550 on the paper-based test (213 on the computer-based test) or an equivalent test. Applicants from the U.S.A. are exempt.

All documents must be submitted to the School of Social Work, attention: Ms. Lillian Iannone, Student Affairs Coordinator.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/online.

73.5 Program Requirements

MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK

The M.S.W. is a second cycle of professional study in which students pursue programs at an advanced level, building upon their first professional degree (B.S.W.). Each student works out a study plan in consultation with her/his academic advisor in relation to the student's identified study goals.

There are two options, practice (non-thesis, including a practicum and independent study project) and thesis (thesis, no practicum). Both options carry a weight of 45 credits, and, taken on a full-time basis, both options involve three terms of study. In both options, part-time study can be arranged (see section on Duration and Time Limitations below).

M.S.W.
(Non-Thesis Option) (45 credits)

This option is designed for students who are interested in developing skills in specialized practice and policy analysis.

Required Courses
(24 credits)
SWRK 612
(3)
Knowledge, Values and Practice
SWRK 650
(3)
Field Work Practicum 1
SWRK 651
(3)
Field Work Practicum 2
SWRK 660
(6)
Field Work Practicum 3
SWRK 690
(9)
Independent Study Project
Complementary Course
(3 credits)
one of the following research methods courses:
SWRK 615
(3)
Applied Clinical Research
SWRK 633
(3)
Program Evaluation
SWRK 643
(3)
Quantitative Research Methods
SWRK 653
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods
Elective Courses
(18 credits)
18 credits from SWRK 500- or 600-level courses. Up to 6 credits in total may be taken outside of the department.
M.S.W.
(Thesis Option) (45 credits)

This option is designed for students who have strong research interests.

Required Courses
(33 credits)
SWRK 612
(3)
Knowledge, Values and Practice
SWRK 643
(3)
Quantitative Research Methods
SWRK 698
(12)
Thesis Research 1
SWRK 699
(15)
Thesis Research 2
Complementary Course
(3 credits)
one of the following research methods courses:
SWRK 615
(3)
Applied Clinical Research
SWRK 633
(3)
Program Evaluation
SWRK 653
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods
Elective Courses
(9 credits)
9 credits from SWRK 500- or 600-level courses. Up to 6 credits may be taken outside of the department.
NOTE: While not a prerequisite for admission, possession of a working knowledge of the French language is important not only to candidates who intend to seek admission to the Quebec professional coporation after graduation but also to those who wish to maximize their field placement oportunities during their program. Students, however, have the option of completing their field requirements at an approved social service agency outside of Quebec.

Courses taken outside of the Department

Students in both M.S.W. options are invited to take up to two courses in other departments of the University in areas of study not offered in the School of Social Work. Students also have the option of taking equivalent research methodology courses offered in other departments to fulfill the research requirement. All students must secure the approval of their academic advisor prior to registration for such courses.

Duration and Time Limitations

Taken on a full-time basis, both M.S.W. options involve three terms of study. The third term may optionally be taken in the summer, in which case the entire program may be completed in one calendar year.

In both options, part-time study can be arranged. In the thesis option, a student may register for half-time studies, in which case the program may be completed in six terms. In the practice (non-thesis) option, students may arrange to register course by course, so that greater flexibility is possible. When residency requirements are complete, students may, if necessary, register for additional sessions for research advising only. Students should note, however, that they are charged tuition fees for these additional sessions.

The Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office sets time limitations for students pursuing masters programs at McGill. Full-time students must complete the M.S.W. degree within three years of initial registration, and part-time students must complete the degree within five years of initial registration. Under certain exceptional conditions, an extension may be permitted. These conditions are described in the General Information section of the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Calendar.

JOINT DEGREE IN SOCIAL WORK AND LAW
(M.S.W./B.C.L./L.L.B.)

This degree may be completed in three calendar years, rather than the four calendar years it would take to attain both degrees separately, as some courses are jointly credited. Students must complete a total of 126 credits over the three-year period, as follows:

Practicum:

(12 credits)
to be completed during the summer of the first or second year.

Coursework:

(102 credits)

Twenty-nine pure law courses (87 credits). 
Five pure social work courses (15 credits),
including course SWRK 612 (required) and at least one of the 
four research methods courses (SWRK 615, 633, 643, or 653). 
Research:

(12 credits)
A major social work/law research paper, jointly credited in both degree programs. This is a key component of this joint degree.

Two social work courses are also jointly credited in the Law program, to make up the required 105 Law credits, and two Law courses are also jointly credited in the Social Work program, to make up the required 45 Social Work credits.

JOINT Ph.D. PROGRAM IN SOCIAL WORK

The program consists of 90 credits:

15 course credits (five 3-credit courses), 
75 credits for the comprehensive examination and the disserta-
tion.  

A student assessed as having insufficient knowledge in research methodology may be required by the Admissions Committee to take one or more complementary research courses as part of their program.

Duration of Program

McGill Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies regulations prescribe a minimum of two years' "residence" - that is, registration on a full-time basis for two years, or paying the corresponding fees - after the master's degree for a doctoral degree. The deadline for submission of the dissertation is five years from the completion of residence requirements. Students entering McGill with a Masters' degree, as will be the case with all students in this program, have the student status of Ph.D. II in their first year.

Regulations of both universities will be interpreted in a flexible way in order to remain as equitable as possible for all students.

McGill Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Regulations prescribe a minimum of two years' residence after the Master's degree for a doctoral degree.

73.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
SWRK 530 Social Perspectives on Aging 1.

(3) (Limited to U3 and M.S.W. students)

l

SWRK 531 Social Perspectives on Aging 2.

(3) (Summer) (School of Social Work: Limited to U3 and M.S.W. students)

SWRK 532 International Social Work.

(3) (Winter) (Limited to B.S.W. U3, Special B.S.W. and M.S.W. students) Discussion based upon intensive study and reports on problems in selected countries. Emphasis on identifying major social problems, understanding the social forces bearing on those problems and considering appropriate professional approaches to aid in their solution.

SWRK 539 Chronic and Terminal Illness.

(3) (Winter) (Limited to B.S.W. U3, Special B.S.W. and M.S.W. students) A seminar to examine practice with persons living with chronic and terminal illnesses. Needs of families, caretakers, health care workers and the gay community are studied.

SWRK 600 Practice with Women as Mothers.

(3) This course will explore maternal subjectivity and its implications for clinical practice with mothers and families. We will examine how social work intervention has tended to reproduce traditional attitudes towards mothers and consider the develoment of alternative social relations in our practice with mothers.

SWRK 601 Construction of Subjectivity.

(3) This course will present a critical approach to understanding how personality is constructed within the major social relations of class, gender and race. Relevance to students' research and practice interests will be explored.

l

SWRK 604 Critical Issues: Social Policy.

(3)

SWRK 606 Practice in Child Welfare.

(3) Reflection on current practices in child welfare. An overview of contemporary theoretical frameworks and students' experiences in the field will form the basis of class discussion. Topics include: the construction of abuse and neglect; the risk ethos, families'/mothers' experiences of child welfare services; the reflective practitioner and resistance.

l

SWRK 608 Seminar in Corrections.

(3)

SWRK 609 Health and Social Work.

(3) An examination of major social work policy and practice issues bearing on health, including: ethics, legal issues, medicalization, health as an industry, uses of epidemiology and health economics. Practice questions will include crisis intervention, multidisciplinary teamwork in hospital settings, and emerging issues for social workers in health.

SWRK 610 Family Treatment.

(3) (Prerequisite: SWRK 622) An advanced seminar on techniques and practice of current therapies.

l

SWRK 611 Substitute Care: Child/Adolescent.

(3)

SWRK 612 Knowledge, Values and Practice.

(3) (Required course) Introduction of the current debate about the status of knowledge in the social sciences, especially issues of scientific objectivity, cultural differences and their implications for social work practice.

l

SWRK 615 Applied Clinical Research.

(3)

SWRK 622 Family Assessment and Treatment.

(3) A seminar on current techniques of family diagnosis and therapy.

l

SWRK 623 Couple Counselling.

(3)

SWRK 624 Community Organization.

(3) The aim of this course is to develop an understanding of the organizing process at the grass-roots level. Emphasis is placed upon community power and conflict, the development of organizing strategies and the application of such strategies in groups and movements dedicated to social change.

l

SWRK 627 Social Work Practice with Groups.

(3)

SWRK 628 Violence against Women.

(3) Discussion of the psychological, social and political factors which create and maintain a society where male violence against the women they love occurs. A feminist theoretical perspective will be developed and analyzed. Treatment approaches will be considered focussing on interventive strategies to help both the battered and the batterers.

SWRK 631 Supervision/Management.

(3) Every human service organization is characterized by the need to manage people, information and resources. This course will provide an overview of the nature and function of these fundamental supervision and management processes.

SWRK 633 Program Evaluation.

(3) The theoretical and practical problems involved in evaluating the impact of social work services and social welfare programs. Topics include goal definition, comparison of experimental and non-experimental designs, data sources, qualitative and quantitative approaches, and outcome measures.

l

SWRK 635 Advanced Clinical Practice.

(3)

SWRK 636 Tutorial in Social Work.

(3) An individual or small group tutorial in which students will work independently in conjunction with the instructor. The student will undertake a major project related to the area of specialization.

SWRK 642 Tutorial Social Welfare.

(3) This tutorial permits students to pursue studies in special areas not covered in other courses offered, or to study in greater depth subjects covered in earlier work. Emphasis is on the content, operation and analysis of social welfare programs.

SWRK 643 Quantitative Research Methods.

(3) A comparative review of the research methods and data sources that are used in social work and social welfare, with consideration of the statistical methods and computer programs that are appropriate for each. Topics will include experimental and nonexperimental designs, questionnaire construction, data analysis and reporting research.

l

SWRK 646 Employee Assistance Programs.

(3)

l

SWRK 646D1 (1.5), SWRK 646D2 (1.5) Employee Assistance Programs.

(Students must register for both SWRK 646D1 and SWRK 646D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SWRK 646D1 and SWRK 646D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (SWRK 646D1 and SWRK 646D2 together are equivalent to SWRK 646)

SWRK 648 Special Topics in Social Work.

(3) This course will be offered from time to time to deal with topics of current interest in social work, that are not covered in other courses. Specific content will differ from year to year.

l

SWRK 649 Special Topics in Social Welfare.

(3)

SWRK 650 Field Work Practicum 1.

(3) Supervised educational experience in social work practice integrating practice with theoretical knowledge characteristic of the specialized field. Individual and group instruction. Involves approximately 115 hours of work in a field setting.

SWRK 651 Field Work Practicum 2.

(3) Supervised educational experience in social work practice integrating practice with theoretical knowledge characteristic of the specialized field. Individual and group instruction. Involves approximately 115 hours of work in a field setting.

SWRK 653 Qualitative Research Methods.

(3) Qualitative methodologies concerned with description and interpretation of social phenomena, including participant observation, structured and unstructured interviewing. Student research projects will form the basis for class discussion.

l

SWRK 655 Seminar on Aging.

(3)

l

SWRK 656 Alternative Service Organizations.

(3)

SWRK 657 Mental Health Policy and Practice.

(3) The definition and management of madness during the last 200 years or so of Western societies. Focuses upon relevant dimensions of intellectual and social history, particularly the histories of what we now think of as mental health professions. Particular attention is paid to the history of current controversies about involuntary commitment, chemotherapy, and so forth.

l

SWRK 658 Models of Direct Practice.

(3)

SWRK 660 Field Work Practicum 3.

(6) (Involves approximately 220 hours of work in a field setting) Supervised educational experience in social work practice integrating practice with theoretical knowledge characteristic of the specialized field. Individual and group instruction. Involves approximately 115 hours of work in a field setting.

l

SWRK 663 Social Work Applied to Alcoholism.

(3)

SWRK 664 Multicultural Context Practice.

(3) This course will examine current theory in "multicultural" social work and explore alternative models of practice based on anti-racist/anti-oppression principles. Of special interest in this course are the issues of access and equity in human services. Students are encouraged to develop critical analyses and to develop projects based on practice issues.

SWRK 668 Life-Threatening Illness and Bereavement.

(3) This seminar addresses the psycho-social concerns of patients and family members living with life threatening illness. An interdisciplinary theoretical perspective is combined with clinical practice interventions. Topics discussed include phases of the illness (diagnosis, chronic, terminal), bereavement, suicide, euthanasia, AIDS and cultural factors related to illness. Special attention will be given to the role of the social worker.

SWRK 669 Disability and Rehabilitation.

(3) This seminar focusses on social work practice with individuals who experience various disabilities. It examines the societal reaction to disability and the history of these values and attitudes and provides an overview of historical and contemporary perspectives regarding intervention. As well, it critically reviews and analyzes recent legislation and advances in the integration of the disabled into the social contexts of the family, school, work force, community, and society at large.

SWRK 690 Independent Study Project.

(9) An independent study project on a topic of interest in a comprehensive and creative fashion. The project is completed by the student following initial guidance from her/his advisor. It systematically examines a theoretical, substantive or empirical matter, using appropriate methodology.

SWRK 690D1 (4.5), SWRK 690D2 (4.5) Independent Study Project.

(Students must register for both SWRK 690D1 and SWRK 690D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SWRK 690D1 and SWRK 690D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (SWRK 690D1 and SWRK 690D2 together are equivalent to SWRK 690) An independent study project on a topic of interest in a comprehensive and creative fashion. The project is completed by the student following initial guidance from her/his advisor. It systematically examines a theoretical, substantive or empirical matter, using appropriate methodology.

SWRK 691 Social Work / Law Independent Study Project.

(12) Students will produce an essay consisting of: 1) identifying a substantive area which integrates core legal and social work knowledge; 2) analyzing the legal and behavioural science information in each substantive area; 3) developing and applying relevant theoretical frameworks; 4) developing research questions to be examined by qualitative or quantitative methods; 5) integrating research findings.

l

SWRK 691D1 (6), SWRK 691D2 (6) Social Work / Law Independent Study Project.

(Students must register for both SWRK 691D1 and SWRK 691D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SWRK 691D1 and SWRK 691D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (SWRK 691D1 and SWRK 691D2 together are equivalent to SWRK 691)

SWRK 698 Thesis Research 1.

(12) Independent research work under the direction of a supervisor.

SWRK 698D1 (6), SWRK 698D2 (6) Thesis Research 1.

(Students must register for both SWRK 698D1 and SWRK 698D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SWRK 698D1 and SWRK 698D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (SWRK 698D1 and SWRK 698D2 together are equivalent to SWRK 698) Independent research work under the direction of a supervisor.

SWRK 699 Thesis Research 2.

(15) Independent research work under the direction of a surpervisor.

SWRK 699D1 (7.5), SWRK 699D2 (7.5) Thesis Research 2.

(Students must register for both SWRK 699D1 and SWRK 699D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both SWRK 699D1 and SWRK 699D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (SWRK 699D1 and SWRK 699D2 together are equivalent to SWRK 699) Independent research work under the direction of a surpervisor.

SWRK 701 Comprehensive Examination.

(0) (Open only to students in the joint Social Work Ph.D. program)

SWRK 720 Thought and Theory Development in Social Work.

(3) (Open only to students in the joint Social Work Ph.D. program) The purpose of this seminar is to explore the origins and historical development of social work theory. Included in the analysis of this development will be the impact of material, cultural and ideological shifts within society in general and social welfare in particular. Attention will also be given to the effect of changes within relevant social science disciplines on the process of social work theory development and its relation to intervention.

SWRK 721 Dissertation Seminar.

(3) (Open only to students in the joint Social Work Ph.D. program) The objective of this seminar is to provide an opportunity for doctoral students and faculty to explore a range of issues arising from students' research projects. Particular attention will be given to the relationship between research objectives and research methodology, and to situating the project in its historical context. The implications for intervention of students' research in terms of "Who benefits?" will also be an important focus of the seminar. It is to be given every other week throughout the two consecutive terms following completion of comprehensives.

l

SWRK 722 Advanced Seminar: Social Work Intervention.

(3) (Open only to students in the joint Social Work Ph.D. program)

SWRK 723 Advanced Seminar on Social Policy.

(3) (Open only to students in the joint Social Work Ph.D. program) Analysis of social policies and their impact on social work practice and on the clienteles that they affect. Study of the interaction between social policies and styles of management of social work organizations responsible for their application.

SWRK 724 Advanced Research Methods and Analysis: Quantitative Data.

(3) (Open only to students in the joint Social Work Ph.D. program) Problems encountered in the use of quantitative methods in social work research. Types of quantitative research useful in social welfare policy analysis and discussion of yield from alternative analytic methods.

SWRK 725 Advanced Qualitative Research Methods and Data Analysis.

(3) (Open only to students in the joint Social Work Ph.D. program) Review of the principal methods comprised under the area of qualitative research and problems related to the utilization of those methods. Particular attention to analysis arising from these methods.

SWRK 726 Independent Study.

(3) (Open only to students in the joint Social Work Ph.D. program)

74 Sociology

Department of Sociology
Stephen Leacock Building
855 Sherbrooke Street West, Room 712
Montreal, QC  H3A 2T7
Canada 
Graduate Program and Admission Information: 
Telephone: (514) 398-6847
Fax: (514) 398-3403
E-mail: graduate.sociology@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/sociology 
Chair
Suzanne Staggenborg
Graduate Program Director
TBA
Graduate Admissions Director
TBA

74.1 Staff

Emeritus Professor
Maurice Pinard; B.A., LL.L., M.A.(Montr.), Ph.D.(Johns H.), F.R.S.C.
Professors
John A. Hall; B.A.(Oxon), M.A.(Penn. St.), Ph.D.(L.S.E.) (Dean, Faculty of Arts)
Céline Le Bourdais B.Sc. (Montr.), B.Sc. (Laval), M.Sc. (Montr.), Ph.D. (Brown)
Michael Smith; B.A.(Leic.), M.A., Ph.D.(Brown)
Suzanne Staggenborg; B.A.(Miami), M.A.(Wash.), Ph.D. (Northwestern) (on leave 2004-05)
Axel P.M. van den Berg; Kand.Doc.(Amsterdam), Ph.D.(McG.) (on leave 2004-05)
Morton Weinfeld; B.A.(McG.), Ed.M., Ph.D.(Harv.) (Chair, Canadian Ethnic Studies) (on leave 2004-05)
Associate Professors
Lucia Benaquisto; B.A.(S.U.N.Y., Albany), A.M. Ph.D.(Harv.)
Alberto Cambrosio; M.A.(Sher.), Ph.D.(Montr.) (Social Studies of Medicine) (on leave 2004-05)
Uli Locher; V.D.M.(Berne), S.T.M., Ph.D.(Yale) (Assoc. Dean of Arts, Projects & Technology)
Anthony Masi; A.B.(Colgate), M.A., Ph.D.(Brown) (Deputy Provost & Chief Information Officer)
James Ron; B.A.(Stan.), M.A., Ph.D.(Berkeley) (Canada Research Chair in Conflict and Human Rights)
Steven L. Rytina; B.G.S., Ph.D.(Mich.)
Donald von Eschen; A.B.(Beloit), M.A.(Chic.), Ph.D.(Johns H.)
Assistant Professors
Giovani Burgos; B.A.(SUNY, Albany), M.A., Ph.D.(Ind.)
Kathleen Fallon; B.A.(Calif.), M.A., Ph.D.(Ind.)
Jennifer Fosket; B.A.(Hills College), Ph.D.(Calif.)
John (Jack) Sandberg; B.A.(Hunter), Ph.D.(Mich.)
Matthew Lange; B.A. (Carleton College), M.A., Ph.D. (Brown)
Elaine Weiner; B.A.(Grinnell College); M.A.(Fla.); Ph.D. (Mich.)
Associate Members
David Aberbach (Jewish Studies)
Gregory Baum (Religious Studies)
Adjunct Professors
Catherine Montgomery, Rodney Nelson

74.2 Programs Offered

The Department offers training leading to the degrees of Master of Arts in Sociology (thesis and non-thesis options), Master of Arts in Sociology - Medical Sociology option (thesis and non-thesis options) with the Social Studies of Medicine Department, Master of Arts in Sociology - Neotropical Environment option (non-thesis), Master of Arts in Sociology - Social Statistics option (non-thesis); and the Doctor of Philosophy in Sociology.

Theses and dissertations are normally supervised in one of the following areas of Department research concentration: states and social movements; economy and society; social inequality (class, ethnicity and gender) and deviance and social control.

Availability of Funding

Prospective students may apply for a variety of fellowships administered by the University, through research-granting agencies in Quebec, Canada, or in their home countries. Other sources of funding include private companies, agencies, foundations, other provincial and federal government agencies, as well as foreign governments and organizations. Detailed information on other funding sources is available on the McGill Web site, www.mcgill. ca/gps/fellowships.

The Department offers a limited number of teaching assistantships of $3,663 per term. Teaching assistantships require 12 hours of work per week in the Fall and Winter terms. Students who wish to be considered for such assistantships should inform the Graduate Admissions Director, Leacock 712, in writing and preference will be given to those dossiers completed by February 15th.

A limited number of differential fee waivers are also available for international students. Several research assistantships may be available from faculty members.

74.3 Admission Requirements

Applicants must have a Bachelor's degree with a standing equivalent to a Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 3.3 or better out of a possible 4.0. The degree may be either in Sociology - in which case it should be equivalent to the Honours B.A. degree at McGill - or it may be in another relevant social science. In the latter case, applicants may be required to take some additional Sociology courses to fill gaps in their background.

The strength of an applicant's academic record is of primary importance in consideration of an applicant's dossier. For a detailed description of courses open to graduates and undergraduates, and of preparation required of McGill University honours students, candidates should consult the Undergraduate Programs Calendar via on the Web at www.mcgill.ca.

All applicants are asked to submit two letters of recommendation and two certified copies of their university-level grades along with an example of their written work. Applicants who have received a Master's degree at a university other than McGill should submit a copy of their thesis or evidence of equivalent research experience with their application for admission. The applicant's dossier must be completed by February 15th to be considered for the McGill Awards Competition and the internal Teaching Assistantship competition.

Applicants not registered at Canadian universities must submit with their applications the results of the Verbal and Quantitative aptitude tests of the Graduate Record Examination. Canadian students are also encouraged to submit the results of this test with their application. Arrangements to take the Graduate Record Examination should be made directly with the Educational Testing Service, Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540, USA. The Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is also required of all non-Canadian students whose mother tongue is not English. The minimum acceptable score for the TOEFL exam is 580 on the paper-based test or 237 on the computer-based test.

Candidates who lack sufficient preparation in the social sciences, but whose academic record justifies consideration for eventual admission to the Master's graduate program, must register for a qualifying year during which they are required to take courses to broaden their knowledge of sociology. Candidates must achieve a final mark of at least a B in these courses and an average in all courses of at least B+; in general, they must, in the opinion of the Department, have achieved sufficient preparation in the subject matter of sociology before they will be allowed to proceed with graduate work. All candidates are expected to have taken courses in statistics, research methods and sociological theory at the undergraduate level.

The program of study is designed to give students an advanced understanding of a major field in sociology, of current methods of sociological research, and of some principal theoretic issues in the discipline. Three terms of residence study is the minimum requirement for a Master's degree.

M.A. in Medical Sociology

The program is open to students with a social sciences, health professions or health sciences background. It is interdisciplinary in nature and includes required courses offered by both participating departments as well as a research thesis based on original research. For additional information concerning this program, please consult the Social Studies of Medicine section or the Web site, www.mcgill.ca/ssom.

74.4 Application Procedures

Please note that the dossier must be complete with ALL of the following information before the applicant will be considered for entrance to the graduate program:

Applicants may apply using one of three formats:

Applications can be obtained by contacting the Graduate Secretary, Department of Sociology at (514) 398-6847, sending a fax to (514) 398-3403, an e-mail to graduate.sociology@mcgill.ca or sending a request in writing to the Sociology Department.

M.A. in Medical Sociology

Admission is granted by a joint admissions committee made up of representatives from Sociology and Social Studies of Medicine.

74.5 Program Requirements

M.A. PROGRAM OPTIONS

The M.A. degree has six options:

Although the non-thesis option requires more course work, students taking this option are likely to obtain the M.A. more rapidly than those in the thesis option because of the difficulty and length of time involved in completing an M.A. thesis. The expectation is that most students will choose the non-thesis Master's program so as to progress more quickly, especially those wishing to pursue a doctoral degree. The programs are described in more detail below.

M.A. Degree Program Non-Thesis Option
(45 credits)
Required Courses
(12 credits)
All students must have taken, or take during the first year of the program, the following four courses:
SOCI 504
(3)
Quantitative Methods 1
SOCI 540
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods
SOCI 580
(3)
Social Research Design and Practice
SOCI 652
(3)
Current Sociological Theory

Should a student be granted an exemption from any one or more of these courses by the Graduate Studies Committee, another substantive seminar must be substituted in its place.

Elective Courses
(9 credits)
Students are required to choose three elective courses, one of which may be in a cognate field, subject to the approval of the Graduate Committee.
Research Paper Component - Required
(24 credits)
SOCI 696
(3)
Research Paper 1(first term)
SOCI 697
(3)
Research Paper 2 (second term)
SOCI 698
(6)
Research Paper 3 (third term)
SOCI 699
(12)
Research Paper 4 (third term)

The research paper will normally, but not necessarily, flow out of a paper written for one of the graduate seminars or an independent reading course. Comparable to an article in a professional journal, the paper ought to focus on a clearly defined research problem, demonstrating familiarity with the most important relevant scholarly work and the ability to carry out research and organize the results of the research. This paper is expected to be no more than 30 pages in length, exclusive of footnotes and bibliography.

M.A. Degree Program Thesis Option
(48 credits)
Required Courses
(12 credits)
All students must have taken, or take during the first year of the program, the following four course:
SOCI 504
(3)
Quantitative Methods 1
SOCI 540
(3)
Qualitative Research Methods
SOCI 580
(3)
Social Research Design and Practice
SOCI 652
(3)
Current Sociological Theory

Should a student be granted an exemption from any one or more of these courses by the Graduate Committee, another course must be substituted in its place.

Elective Courses
(3 credits)
Students are required to choose one course, which may be in a cognate field, subject to the approval of the Graduate Committee.
Thesis Component - Required
(33 credits)
SOCI 690
(3)
M.A. Thesis 1 (first term)
SOCI 691
(6)
M.A. Thesis 2 (second term)
SOCI 692
(3)
M.A. Thesis 3 (second term)
SOCI 693
(3)
M.A. Thesis 4 (second term)
SOCI 694
(18)
M.A. Thesis 5 (third term)

To provide students with some research experience, all candidates must present a thesis based on their own research. While not necessarily requiring an exhaustive review of work in the particular field of study, or a great deal of original scholarship, the thesis must show familiarity with previous work in the field and must normally demonstrate the ability to carry out research and to organize results, all of which must be presented in good literary style. The thesis will consist of between 50-75 pages of text, exclusive of footnotes and bibliography, which must be completed no later than August 31st of the second year in the program.

M.A. Degree Program Non-Thesis Option in Social Statistics

The program complements disciplinary training with research experience applying statistical methods to Statistics Canada data (or equivalent). Students will complete normal program course requirements under the M.A. non-thesis program, supplemented by further statistical courses, as advised by the option advisor, and subject to approval by the home department. Students will complete a statistics-based M.A. research paper (Economics, Political Science, Sociology) or thesis (Geography) in conjunction with an interdisciplinary capstone seminar.

Acceptance into the program is by appplication to the Social Statistics Option Committee and is contingent on acceptance into the M.A. program in one of the participating departments (Economics, Geography, Political Science, Sociology).

M.A. Degree in Medical Sociology

The Department offers M.A. programs in Medical Sociology which are given jointly by the Sociology Department and the Department of Social Studies in Medicine. Both the thesis and non-thesis options are available.

Sociology/NeoTropical Environment M.A. Program

McGill University and the Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute (STRI) are joining forces to offer graduate studies in neotropical environment. These are offered as options within existing programs in Biology, Bioresource Engineering, Geography, Political Science, Plant Science, Renewable Resources, and Sociology. Advisors will be McGill professors and STRI scientists. The degrees are granted by McGill University.

Students must meet the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office admission requirements, enter through one of the participating departments and meet the requirements of that unit. In addition, to meet the option requirements, students will take two core courses (ENVR 610A and BIOL 640). These specific NEO courses will be taught in Panama. Students also take one of POLI 644; SOCI 565, ENVR 611, ENVR 612, ENVR 680, BIOL 553, BIOL 641, GEOG 498, AGRI 550. The thesis fieldwork must be conducted in Latin America on a topic approved by the NEO coordinating committee.

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PH.D. DEGREE

A minimum of three years of study is required. There is one year of course work consisting of six courses. It is important to note that students admitted without any one or more of the required courses or their equivalent at the M.A. level (SOCI 580, SOCI 652, SOCI 504, and SOCI 540) will be expected to make up any deficiencies in addition to the regular course requirements.

Course Requirements:

Ph.D. students are required to take six additional courses, the only required course being SOCI 505 Quantitative Methods 2. The other five courses can be chosen from among the elective courses listed in the Sociology Department course offerings.

Examination Requirements:

Ph.D. Candidates must take examinations in two subfields of sociology. These fields will be chosen from the Department's areas of specialization.

Examinations must be completed and the student's candidacy for the degree established no later than the end of the third year of graduate study.

Language Requirement:

Ph.D. Candidates must demonstrate ability to read French with high proficiency or to read another language relevant to their field of research. The language requirement should be met by the end of the third year and may be satisfied by taking an approved French language course at the English and French Language Centre at McGill, or by a written examination in the Department or by exemption.

Thesis Requirement:

Ph.D. Candidates are required to submit a thesis on an approved topic. The topic must be approved by a dissertation proposal committee convened by the student's dissertation supervisor. The thesis should be completed within five years after the initial residency period of two years.

Further details on the requirements and regulations for the thesis and the fields in which the Department is prepared to direct research may be obtained from the Sociology Web site at www.mcgill.ca/sociology and at www.mcgill.ca/gps.

74.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Note:

All undergraduate courses administered by the Faculty of Arts (courses at the 100- to 500-level) have limited enrolment.

All 300, 400 and 500-level Sociology courses listed in the Faculty of Arts Calendar are open to graduate students and can be taken for graduate credit provided appropriate work load adjustments are agreed upon with the instructor.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
SOCI 504 Quantitative Methods 1.

(3) (Prerequisites: SOCI 350 and SOCI 461 or equivalents) Analysis of quantitative information, especially in large, survey-type, data sets. Use of computer programs such as SPSS and SAS. Topics include: cross tabulations with an emphasis on multi-dimensional tables, multiple correlation and regression, and, the relationship between individual and aggregate level statistical analyses. Special reference to demographic techniques.

SOCI 505 Quantitative Methods 2.

(3) (Prerequisite: SOCI 504) Topics include: problems - and solutions - in regression analysis, models for categorical dependent variables, including logit, log-linear, and linear probability models, measurement models, structural equation models with latent variables (LISREL), and time series and panel analysis.

SOCI 510 Seminar in Social Stratification.

(3) (Prerequisites: SOCI 333 and SOCI 350 or equivalents) Recent theoretical and empirical developments in social stratification and inequality. The study of social class, with attention to the anomalous findings on heterogeneity in labour markets and the labour process, status attainment processes, and the socio-political and industrial attitudes of the working class. Students will prepare quantitative analysis of Canadian survey material as well as critical qualitative reviews.

SOCI 511 Movements/Collective Action.

(3) A critical examination of classical and more recent approaches to the study of social movements and collective action. Discussion of: the role of grievances and interests, incentives and beliefs, conditions of breakdown and solidarity, mobilization and social control, the dynamics of collective action.

l

SOCI 515 Medicine and Society.

(3) (Prerequisite: Undergraduate students require permission of instructor)

l

SOCI 516 Advanced Psychological Sociology.

(3)

l

SOCI 520 Migration and Immigrant Groups.

(3) (Prerequisite: 15 credits in the Social Sciences)

SOCI 530 Sex and Gender.

(3) (Restriction: Open to Honours Sociology students and to Sociology Majors with the permission of the instructor) This seminar critcally reviews theoretical perspectives and research on sex and gender in various domains of social life. It gives special emphasis to work which considers the meaning of gender and how it differs across time and place.

l

SOCI 535 Sociology of the Family.

(3) (Undergraduate students require permisson of instructor)

SOCI 538 Selected Topics in Sociology of Biomedical Knowledge.

(3) The seminar will examine recent work in the sociology of biomedical knowledge. It will focus on the technological shaping of biomedical knowledge, i.e. on the impact of new technologies and equipments on the development of biomedical knowledge.

SOCI 540 Qualitative Research Methods.

(3) (Restrictions: open to Sociology Honours students, and Sociology Major Concentration students with the instructor's permission) Qualitative methodology, mainly participant observation, structured and unstructured interviewing. Students begin a research project using these techniques and submit field notes once a week.

SOCI 545 Selected Topics.

(3) This seminar is directed to the needs of individual students. It will focus on the areas of expertise of visiting Professors/Scholars. The topics covered are not included in our regular curriculum and vary from year to year.

SOCI 550 Developing Societies.

(3) Comparison of alternative explanations of underdevelopment: the impact of social stratification, relations of domination and subordination between countries, state interference with the market. Alternative strategies of change: revolution, structural adjustment, community development and cooperatives. Students will write and present a research paper, and participate extensively in class discussion.

l

SOCI 560 Gender and Organization.

(3) (Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor)

SOCI 565 Social Change in Panama.

(3) (Prerequisites: SOCI 210 and SOCI 350 or equivalents.) (Corequisites: BIOL 473, ENVR 451 and ABEN 450.) (Restriction: location in Panama. Students must register for a full term in Panama.) Analysis of social change in Panama, particularly during the 20th century: demography, social and economic structures, rural and urban activities and landscapes, indigenous peoples, the effects of the Canal and the Free Trade Zone. Focus throughout on the interaction of human society and the environment. Four field trips.

SOCI 571 Deviance and Social Control.

(3) This seminar focuses on how social groups enforce rules (and maintain social order) through coercion and socialization. It reviews current research and critiques key theoretical approaches to social control. Included are discussions of regulating institutions such as prisons and mental asylums, and the roles of gossip, manners and etiquettes.

SOCI 580 Social Research Design and Practice.

(3) (Open to U3 and graduate students) Asking researchable sociological questions and evaluation of different research designs used to answer such questions. Development of cogent research proposals, including data collection procedures. Principles, dynamics, strengths and practical limitations of research designs. Examples from recent publications.

SOCI 590 Conflict and State Breakdown.

(3) (Open to graduate students in Sociology, Political Science, Anthropology, and History AND undergraduate students with permission of instructor.) Survey of central theories of ethnic conflict, state breakdown, and warlordism in the developing world. Emphasis on the conflicts of the 1990s in Africa, the former Soviet Union and the Balkans.

SOCI 627 Political Sociology.

(3) Key theories and empirical areas of political sociology. Major works relevant to each theme will be read and analyzed. Topics include: political socialization, the social psychology of political behaviour, class and politics, political organizations, elite studies. A research paper in one of the areas covered will be required.

l

SOCI 629 Ethnicity and Public Policy.

(3)

SOCI 652 Current Sociological Theory.

(3) (Prerequisite: SOCI 330) Examination of works in some major areas of Sociology with a focus on: antecedent thought and research in the area; the internal structure and consistency of these works; the validity of the major claims made; and the implications for future theoretical development and research.

l

SOCI 661 Seminar: Sociology of Knowledge.

(3)

l

SOCI 670 Comp Urbanization-Third World.

(3)

l

SOCI 688 Seminar on Social Statistics.

(3) (Restriction: open only to students in the M.A. Social Statistics Option, or with permission of instructor. Not open to students who have taken POLI 688, SOCI 668 or GEOG 688.)

SOCI 690 M.A. Thesis 1.

(3) (Restriction: Open only to graduate students registered in the M.A. thesis program of the Sociology Department.) Exploratory thesis research for the selection of a thesis topic.

SOCI 691 M.A. Thesis 2.

(6) (Restriction: Open only to graduate students registered in the M.A. thesis program of the Sociology Department.) Preparation, submission and approval of the thesis proposal by the student to his/her committee.

SOCI 692 M.A. Thesis 3.

(3) (Restriction: Open only to graduate students registered in the M.A. thesis program of the Sociology Department.) Fieldwork and data analysis on the thesis. Progress report to the supervisor.

SOCI 693 M.A. Thesis 4.

(3) (Restriction: Open only to graduate students registered in the M.A. thesis program of the Sociology Department.) Fieldwork and data analysis on the thesis. Progress report to the supervisor.

SOCI 694 M.A. Thesis 5.

(18) (Restriction: Open only to graduate students registered in the M.A. thesis program of the Sociology Department.) Completion, submission, and approval of the M.A. Thesis by the committee and the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

SOCI 695 M.A. Thesis 6.

(15) (Open only to graduate students registered in the Medical Sociology thesis program.) Completion, submission, and approval of the M.A. Thesis by the committee and the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office.

SOCI 696 Research Paper 1.

(3) (Restriction: Open only to graduate students registered in the M.A. thesis program of the Sociology Department.) Exploratory research for the selection of a research topic.

SOCI 697 Research Paper 2.

(3) Preparation, submission and approval of the proposal by the student to his/her supervisor.

SOCI 698 Research Paper 3.

(6) (Restriction: Open only to graduate students registered in the M.A. thesis program of the Sociology Department.) Fieldwork and data analysis on the research.

SOCI 699 Research Paper 4.

(12) Completion, submission and approval of the research paper by the committee.

SOCI 700 Ph.D. Area Examination 1.

(0) (Restriction: Only open to Ph.D. students in the Sociology Department) The examination assesses the student's breadth of knowledge in one substantive area. This is the first of two required comprehensive examinations for the Ph.D. Program.

SOCI 701 Ph.D. Area Examination 2.

(0) (Restriction: Only open to Ph.D. students in the Sociology Department) The examination assesses the student's breadth of knowledge in one substantive area. This is the second of two required comprehensive examinations for the Ph.D. Program.

SOCI 702 Ph.D. Proposal Approval.

(0) (Only open to Ph.D. students in the Sociology Department) Presentation and acceptance of the Ph.D. Proposal Defense by the student to the Department Proposal Committee.

SOCI 720 Reading in Social Theory.

(3)

SOCI 730 Reading and Research.

(3)

75 Surgical Research

Department of Surgery (Division of Surgical Research)
Montreal General Hospital
1650 Cedar Avenue, Room C9-160
Montreal, QC  H3G 1A4
Canada 
Telephone: (514) 934-1934 ext. 42837
Fax: (514) 934-8289
E-mail: gradstudies.surgery@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.surgery-research.mcgill.ca 
Director
L. Rosenberg
Associate Director
A. Philip
Administrative & Student Affairs Coordinator
I. Sidorenko

75.1 Staff

Professors
P. Brodt; B.Sc.(Bar-Ilan), M.Sc.(Ott.), Ph.D.(McG.)
R.C.-J. Chiu; M.B.(Taiwan), Ph.D.(McG.)
N.V. Christou; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D., M.D.,C.M.(McG.)
M.M. Elhilali; M.B., B.Ch., D.S., DU, M.Ch.(Cairo), Ph.D.(McG.)
G.M. Fried; B.Sc., M.D.,C.M.(McG.)
C. Gagnon; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
F. Glorieux; M.D.(Louvain), M.Sc.(Montr.), Ph.D.(McG.)
J.M. Laberge; M.D.(Laval)
D.S. Mulder; M.D.(Sask.), M.Sc.(McG.)
A.R. Poole; B.Sc., Ph.D.(R'dg)
L. Rosenberg; M.Sc., M.D., Ph.D.(McG.)
P.J. Roughley; B.Sc., Ph.D.(Nott.)
H. Shennib; M.D.(Cairo), F.R.C.S.(C)
H.B. Williams; B.A.(Acadia), M.D.,C.M.(McG.)
Associate Professors
J. Barkun; M.D., M.Sc.(McG.)
O. Blaschuk; B.Sc.(Winn.), M.Sc.(Man.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
J.D. Bobyn; B.Sc., M.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(Tor.)
S. Chevalier; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Montr.)
D. Fleiszer; B.Sc., M.D., C.M.(McG.)
C. Lee; M.D., M.Sc.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)
L. Lessard; B.Sc., M.D.(Laval), F.R.C.S.(C)
P. Metrakos; B.Sc., M.D.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)
J.S. Mort; B.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(McM.)
R. St.-Arnaud; Ph.D.(Laval)
J. Sampalis; M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
D. Shum-Tim; M.Sc., M.D.,C.M.(McG.)
T. Taketo-Hosotani; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Kyoto)
C.I. Tchervenkov; B.Sc., M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)
J.I. Tchervenkov; M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)
D. Zukor; B.Sc., M.D.,C.M.(McG.)
Assistant Professors
J. Antoniou; M.D.,C.M., Ph.D.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)
M. Basik, M.D.,C.M. (McG.)
E. Chevet; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Paris)
M. Chevrette; B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Laval)
D.C. Evans; B.A., M.D.,C.M.(McG.)
J. Faria; M.D.,C.M., M.Sc.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)
L. Feldman; M.D.,C.M., M.Sc.(McG.)
H. Flageole; M.D., M.Sc.(McG.)
R.C. Hamdy; M.Sc, M.D.(Egypt), F.R.C.S.(C)
E. Harvey; B.Sc.(Ont.) M.D.,C.M., M.Sc.(McG.)
K.J. Lachapelle; M.Sc., M.D.,C.M.(McG.)
E. Lee; B.A.(Boston), M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
S. Meterissian; M.D.,C.M., M.Sc.(McG.)
M. Petropavlovskaia; M.Sc., Ph.D.(Moscow)
A. Philip; M.Sc., Ph.D.(McG.)
P. Puligandla; M.D., M.Sc.(W.Ont.), F.R.C.S.(C)
A.D. Recklies; B.Sc.(McG.), Ph.D.(McM.)
K. Shaw; M.D.,C.M., M.Sc.(McG.)
T. Steffen, M.D.(Switz.), Ph.D.(McG.)
M. Tanzer; M.D.,C.M.(McG.), F.R.C.S.(C)

75.2 Programs Offered

The Department of Surgery offers graduate programs leading to M.Sc. and Ph.D. degrees.

The main research interests in the Department include projects in islet cell differentiation and islet transplantation, tissue engineering of cardiac muscle, immunopathogenesis of liver xenograft rejection; the biology of tissue repair and fibrosis; cartilage regeneration, osteoinduction and biomechanics; sepsis and multi-organ failure; biology of cancer; sexual dysfunction and prostate cancer; and surgical health outcomes.

A list of research directors and a description of their research topics, as well as application forms may be obtained from our Web site.

75.3 Admission Requirements

Graduate Diploma in Surgical Health Care Research

The program is open to all graduate students in the Division of Surgical Research, but is specifically designed for surgical residents who have allotted time during their residency training. To be accepted into the Graduate Diploma Program students must be accepted into the Division of Surgical Research; fulfill the minimum requirements for admission to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office; identify an acceptable and feasible research project; and identify an accredited faculty member willing to support the research and supervise the student. The program is under the direction of Professor John Sampalis.

M.Sc. Program

Usually a B.Sc., M.D. or D.V.M. degree, with a minimum CGPA of 3.2/4.0. Applications will be accepted from candidates sponsored by a research supervisor willing to provide laboratory space and direction for their research work.

Ph.D. Program

Admission is usually from the M.Sc. program either upon completion of the M.Sc. degree, or by transfer from the first year of M.Sc. to the second year of Ph.D. studies. Request for such transfer is to be made in writing by the thesis supervisor during the candidate's first year of M.Sc. studies, not later than March 30th for students enrolled in September, or November 1st for those registered in January. Transfer is granted on the basis of an examination administered by the student's Research Supervisory Committee. Exceptional students with a minimum 3.5/4.0 CGPA may apply directly to the Ph.D. program.

Students with an M.Sc. degree from other departments or from other recognized universities whose M.Sc. topic is closely related to the subject of their Ph.D. research may be admitted directly into the Ph.D. program, at the level of Ph.D.2, at the discretion of the Department. Exceptional students with a Master's degree unrelated to their proposed research may be admitted to Ph.D.1.

75.4 Application Procedures

Applicants must submit a completed application form including a brief curriculum vitae, a short description of the proposed thesis research (prepared by the student and/or the prospective research director), $60 (payable by credit card, certified cheque or money order to McGill University), as well as two copies of all academic transcripts and two letters of recommendation mailed directly to the Department. A letter of intent and a memorandum of agreement are also required from the prospective supervisor.

Deadline for receipt of complete applications:

Canadian applicants: May 1 for September (Fall term)
September 1 for January (Winter term)
International applicants: February 2 for September (Fall term)
August 1 for January (Winter term)

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

75.5 Program Requirements

Graduate Diploma in Surgical Health Care Research
(30 credits)
This diploma program consists primarily of coursework, however a research project must be completed to obtain the required 30 credits. The program is designed to be completed within one year.
Required Courses
(18 credits)
EXSU 606
(3)
Statistics for Surgical Research
EXSU 601
(6)
Knowledge Management
EXSU 637
(9)
Research Project
Complementary Courses
(12 credits)
at least 3 credits from the following courses:
EPIB 631*
(2)
Pharmacoepidemiology 2
EPIB 633*
(2)
Pharmacoepidemiology 1
EPIB 656
(3)
Health Care Technology Assessment
EPIB 679
(3)
Special Topics 5
EXMD 631
(3)
Topics in Economic Evaluation
* Must be taken in tandem for a total of four credits.
at least 9 credits from the following courses:
EPIB 606
(3)
Introduction to Epidemiology
EPIB 607
(3)
Inferential Statistics
EPIB 610
(3)
Occurence of Health Events in Population
EPIB 631*
(2)
Pharmacoepidemiology 2
EPIB 633*
(2)
Pharmacoepidemiology 1
EPIB 643
(1)
Substantive Epidemiology 3
EPIB 655
(3)
Epidemiology in Public Heatlh
EPIB 668
(2)
Special Topics 1
EXMD 631
(3)
Topics in Economic Evaluation
POTH 630
(3)
Measurement: Rehabilitation 2
* Must be taken in tandem for a total of four credits.
M.Sc. Program
(48 credits)

The M.Sc. program consists of research work in preparation of a thesis and completion of required courses for a total of 48 credits. The program is to be completed during three terms; an additional term is assigned for the preparation of the thesis.

The course requirements for a total of 15 credits are as follows:

EXSU 601
(6)
Knowledge Management
EXSU 606
(3)
Statistics for Surgical Research
EXSU 605
(3)
Biomedical Research Innovation

A graduate level course in the student's specialty is also mandatory. Selection of the former and of additional courses, if required, will be in consultation with a Research Supervisory Committee appointed for each student.

The laboratory research component of the program is worth 33 credits.

Ph.D. Program

The minimum residence time in the program is three calendar years. In addition to the courses listed under the M.Sc. program, students are encouraged to select additional courses from allied disciplines relevant to their research topic. To graduate, candidates will also have to pass a predoctoral examination.

Predoctoral comprehensive examination:

All Ph.D. students (admitted directly into the Ph.D. program, or those allowed to transfer from M.Sc.1 to Ph.D. 2 without writing an M.Sc. thesis) must take this examination.

The examination is to take place after 12 months of residence in the Ph.D. program, and will be administered by an expanded Research Supervisory Committee under its Chair. The examination will have two components: an oral presentation of the candidate's research project, as well as preparation of a report in writing on an assigned research publication, and its oral presentation. The candidate must receive a pass mark in both components to continue in the Ph.D. program.

75.6 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

Courses with numbers ending D1 and D2

are taught in two consecutive terms (most commonly Fall and Winter). Students must register for both the D1 and D2 components. No credit will be given unless both components (D1 and D2) are successfully completed in consecutive terms.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l

Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.

l

EXSU 601 Knowledge Management.

(6) (1 1/2 hours/week) (Compulsory for students in the Department of Surgery and available to others by permission of the coordinators)

EXSU 601D1 (3), EXSU 601D2 (3) Knowledge Management.

(Students must register for both EXSU 601D1 and EXSU 601D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 601D1 and EXSU 601D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EXSU 601D1 and EXSU 601D2 together are equivalent to EXSU 601) Critical elements required for the preparation of abstracts and full-length manuscripts, and the creation and delivery of digital slide presentations.

l

EXSU 601N1 Knowledge Management.

(3) (Students must also register for EXSU 601N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 601N1 and EXSU 601N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EXSU 601N1 and EXSU 601N2 together are equivalent to EXSU 601)

l

EXSU 601N2 Knowledge Management.

(3) (Prerequisite: EXSU 601N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 601N1 and EXSU 601N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EXSU 601N1 and EXSU 601N2 together are equivalent to EXSU 601) See EXSU 601N1 for course description.

l

EXSU 605 Biomedical Research Innovation.

(3) (2 hours/week) (Compulsory for students in the Department of Surgery and available to others by permission of the coordinators)

EXSU 606 Statistics for Surgical Research.

(3) (2 hours/week) (Compulsory for students in the Department of Surgery and available to others by permission of the coordinators)

l

EXSU 637 Research Project.

(9)

EXSU 637D1 (4.5), EXSU 637D2 (4.5) Research Project.

(Students must register for both EXSU 637D1 and EXSU 637D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 637D1 and EXSU 637D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms)

EXSU 684 Signal Transduction.

(3) (2 hours/week) (Open to graduate students with prerequisites and U3 undergraduates with special permission)

EXSU 690 M.Sc. Research 1.

(4)

l

EXSU 690D1 (2), EXSU 690D2 (2) M.Sc. Research 1.

(Students must register for both EXSU 690D1 and EXSU 690D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 690D1 and EXSU 690D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EXSU 690D1 and EXSU 690D2 together are equivalent to EXSU 690)

l

EXSU 690N1 M.Sc. Research 1.

(2) (Students must also register for EXSU 690N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 690N1 and EXSU 690N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EXSU 690N1 and EXSU 690N2 together are equivalent to EXSU 690)

l

EXSU 690N2 M.Sc. Research 1.

(2) (Prerequisite: EXSU 690N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 690N1 and EXSU 690N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EXSU 690N1 and EXSU 690N2 together are equivalent to EXSU 690) See EXSU 690N1 for course description.

EXSU 691 M.Sc. Research 2.

(4)

l

EXSU 691D1 (2), EXSU 691D2 (2) M.Sc. Research 2.

(Students must register for both EXSU 691D1 and EXSU 691D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 691D1 and EXSU 691D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EXSU 691D1 and EXSU 691D2 together are equivalent to EXSU 691)

l

EXSU 691N1 M.Sc. Research 2.

(2) (Students must also register for EXSU 691N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 691N1 and EXSU 691N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EXSU 691N1 and EXSU 691N2 together are equivalent to EXSU 691)

l

EXSU 691N2 M.Sc. Research 2.

(2) (Prerequisite: EXSU 691N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 691N1 and EXSU 691N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EXSU 691N1 and EXSU 691N2 together are equivalent to EXSU 691) See EXSU 691N1 for course description.

EXSU 692 M.Sc. Research 3.

(4)

l

EXSU 692D1 (2), EXSU 692D2 (2) M.Sc. Research 3.

(Students must register for both EXSU 692D1 and EXSU 692D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 692D1 and EXSU 692D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EXSU 692D1 and EXSU 692D2 together are equivalent to EXSU 692)

l

EXSU 692N1 M.Sc. Research 3.

(2) (Students must also register for EXSU 692N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 692N1 and EXSU 692N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EXSU 692N1 and EXSU 692N2 together are equivalent to EXSU 692)

l

EXSU 692N2 M.Sc. Research 3.

(2) (Prerequisite: EXSU 692N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 692N1 and EXSU 692N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EXSU 692N1 and EXSU 692N2 together are equivalent to EXSU 692) See EXSU 692N1 for course description.

EXSU 693 M.Sc. Thesis.

(21)

l

EXSU 693D1 (10.5), EXSU 693D2 (10.5) M.Sc. Thesis.

(Students must register for both EXSU 693D1 and EXSU 693D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 693D1 and EXSU 693D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EXSU 693D1 and EXSU 693D2 together are equivalent to EXSU 693)

l

EXSU 693N1 M.Sc. Thesis.

(10.5) (Students must also register for EXSU 693N2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 693N1 and EXSU 693N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EXSU 693N1 and EXSU 693N2 together are equivalent to EXSU 693)

l

EXSU 693N2 M.Sc. Thesis.

(10.5) (Prerequisite: EXSU 693N1) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 693N1 and EXSU 693N2 are successfully completed in a twelve month period) (EXSU 693N1 and EXSU 693N2 together are equivalent to EXSU 693) See EXSU 693N1 for course description.

EXSU 700 Comprehensive Examination.

(0)

l

EXSU 700D1 (0), EXSU 700D2 (0) Comprehensive Examination.

(Students must register for both EXSU 700D1 and EXSU 700D2) (No credit will be given for this course unless both EXSU 700D1 and EXSU 700D2 are successfully completed in consecutive terms) (EXSU 700D1 and EXSU 700D2 together are equivalent to EXSU 700)

76 Urban Planning

School of Urban Planning
Macdonald Harrington Building
815 Sherbrooke Street West
Montreal, QC  H3A 2K6
Canada 

Telephone: (514) 398-4075
Fax: (514) 398-8376
E-mail: admissions.planning@mcgill.ca
Web site: www.mcgill.ca/urbanplanning

Director
David F. Brown

76.1 Staff

Emerita Professor
Jeanne M. Wolfe; B.Sc.(Lond.), M.Sc.(W.Ont.), M.A.(McG.)
Professor
Jane Matthews-Glenn; B.A., LL.B.(Queen's), D.en droit (Strasbourg)
Associate Professors
David F. Brown; B.A.(Bishop's), M.U.P.(McG.), Ph.D.(Sheffield)
Raphaël Fischler; B.Eng.(Eindhoven), M.Sc., M.C.P.(M.I.T.), Ph.D.(Calif.)
Assistant Professors
Madhav G. Badami; B.Tech., M.S.(I.I.T., Madras) M.E.Des.(Calg.), Ph.D.(UBC) (joint appoint. with McGill School of Environment)
Lisa Bornstein; B.Sc.(U.C.Berk.), M.R.P.(C'nell), Ph.D.(U.C.Berk.)
Murtaza Haider; B.Sc.(Peshawar), M.A.Sc., Ph.D. (Tor.) (joint appoint. with Civil Engineering)
Associate Member
Gordon O. Ewing (Geography)
Adjunct Professors
David Farley, Mario Polèse
Instructor
François Dufaux
Guest Lecturers
Cameron Charlebois, Luc Danielse, Marc Denhez, Andrew Hoffmann, Brenda Lee, Léon Ploegaerts, Ray Tomalty, Alain Trudeau, Martin Wexler

76.2 Programs Offered

The objective of the School is to produce qualified professional urban planners for the public and the private sectors. Training is provided at the post-graduate level; the degree offered is the Master of Urban Planning (M.U.P.).

Upon completion of the two-year program of studies, graduates are expected to have acquired basic planning skills, a broad understanding of urban issues, and specialized knowledge in a field of their own choice.

The program of study offered by the School is fully recognized by the Ordre des Urbanistes du Québec (O.U.Q.) and the Canadian Institute of Planners (C.I.P.). Graduates can become full members of these professional organizations after meeting their internship requirements.

Modern urban planning developed into a profession in the early decades of the twentieth century, largely as a response to the appalling sanitary, social and economic conditions of rapidly developing industrial cities. Initially the disciplines of architecture, civil engineering and public health provided the nucleus of concerned professionals; beautification schemes and infrastructure works marked the early stages of public intervention in the nineteenth century. Architects, engineers and public health specialists were joined by economists, sociologists, lawyers and geographers as the complexities of the city's problems came to be more fully understood and public pressure mounted for their solution. Contemporary urban and regional planning techniques for survey, analysis, design and implementation developed from an interdisciplinary synthesis of these various fields.

Today, urban planning can be described as the collective management of urban development. It is concerned with the welfare of communities, control of the use of land, design of the built environment, including transportation and communication networks, and protection and enhancement of the natural environment. It is at once a technical and a political process which brings together actors from the public, private and community spheres. Planners participate in that process in a variety of ways, as designers and analysts, advocates and mediators, facilitating the search for equitable and efficient solutions to urban development problems.

McGill University was the first institution in Canada to offer a full-time planning program. An inter-disciplinary program was established in 1947, in which students combined a master's degree in Urban Planning with one in a related field. An autonomous program was established in 1972. It became the School of Urban Planning in 1976, a unit within the Faculty of Engineering.

Students come to the School from diverse backgrounds, the physical sciences, the traditional professions, such as architecture and engineering, and the social sciences. Alumni of the School work as planners and designers at various levels of government, in non-profit organizations and with private consulting firms. Their expertise ranges from historic preservation to traffic management, from housing development to computer imaging. They devote their efforts in increasing numbers to environmental planning and sustainable development.

The School is a partner in the Montreal Interuniversity "Group Urbanization and Development", a consortium recognized by CIDA as a Centre of Excellence, which is devoted to the study of urban problems and the formulation of policies in developing regions. Faculty and students collaborate actively with members of other McGill departments, notably Architecture, Geography, Civil Engineering and Law, and with colleagues at other institutions in Canada and abroad.

76.3 Admission Requirements

The M.U.P. degree is open to students holding a bachelor's degree or equivalent in Anthropology, Architecture, Economics, Engineering, Environmental Studies, Geography, Law, Management, Political Science, Social Work, Sociology or Urban Studies. Students from other backgrounds are considered for admission on an individual basis.

In addition to the documents for admission required by the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office, the following must be submitted:

The deadline for submitting applications and supporting material is March 1st.

McGill's on-line application form for graduate program candidates is available at www.mcgill.ca/applying/graduate.

Awards and Financial Assistance

For information regarding awards and financial assistance, please refer to the Graduate and Postdoctoral Studies Office Graduate Fellowships and Awards Calendar.

76.4 Program Requirements

The program in Urban Planning requires two years of study (69 credits). A three-month internship with a member of a recognized planning association is required.

Students are required to prepare a Supervised Research Project which may take the form of investigative research, an impact study, a development project or a plan. It may be undertaken jointly with another student.

Required Courses
(51 credits)
PUB1 004*
(3)
Land Use Planning
URBP 604
(6)
Planning Projects 3
URBP 606
(3)
Supervised Research Seminar
URBP 609*
(3)
Planning Graphics
URBP 612
(3)
History and Theory of Planning
URBP 622
(6)
Planning Project 1
URBP 623
(3)
Planning Projects 2
URBP 628
(6)
Practical Experience
URBP 630
(3)
Supervised Research Project 1
URBP 631
(6)
Supervised Research Project 2
URBP 632
(6)
Supervised Research Project 3
URBP 633
(3)
Planning Methods

Students who have completed the material for courses marked with an * may request permission from the instructor to substitute another course.

Complementary Courses

(12 - 18 credits)

at least 12 credits, a minimum of 4 courses, must be selected from the following list. It is highly recommended that students complete at least one course in each of the disciplines: housing, transportation, environment and design.
ARCH 378
(3)
Site Usage
ARCH 527
(3)
Civic Design
ARCH 528
(3)
History of Housing
ARCH 529
(3)
Housing Theory
ARCH 550
(3)
Urban Planning 1
ARCH 551
(3)
Urban Planning 2
CIVE 540
(3)
Urban Transportation Planning
GEOG 351
(3)
Quantitative Methods
URBP 501
(2)
Principles and Practice 1
URBP 505
(3)
Geographical Information Systems
URBP 605
(3)
Graduate Seminar
URBP 607
(3)
Reading Course: Urban Planning
URBP 614
(3)
Urban Environmental Planning
URBP 616
(3)
Selected Topics 1
URBP 617
(3)
Selected Topics 2
URBP 618
(3)
Selected Topics 3
URBP 619
(3)
Transportation and Land Development
URBP 620
(3)
Computer Applications in Planning
URBP 621
(3)
Theories of Urban Form
URBP 625
(2)
Principles and Practice 2
URBP 626
(2)
Principles and Practice 3

Electives
(0 - 6 credits)

Students may select additional courses that would be helpful in developing an in-depth knowledge of one or more subject areas in the field of planning. These courses must be at the 500 or 600 levels. They may be taken in any academic unit at McGill or at another university. Frequent choices are classes in real-estate analysis, urban geography, sociology, anthropology, law, politics, and environmental science. Students must confirm that the elective course(s) they select will be counted towards the MUP degree prior to registration.

76.5 Courses

Students preparing to register should consult the Web at www.mcgill.ca/minerva (click on Class Schedule) for the most up-to-date list of courses available; courses may have been added, rescheduled or cancelled after this Calendar went to press. Class Schedule lists courses by term and includes days, times, locations, and names of instructors.

The course credit weight is given in parentheses after the title.

l Denotes courses not offered in 2004-05.
URBP 501 Principles and Practice 1.

(2) This six-week intensive course exposes students to issues and techniques that are applicable in diverse professional planning contexts. The subject matter, geographic area, scale of intervention and institutional location of planning varies from semester to semester. The course focuses on a specific case study and is taught by a visiting lecturer with professional experience in the selected subject matter.

URBP 505 Geographic Information Systems.

(3) An introduction to fundamental geographic information system (GIS) concepts and a range of GIS applications in urban and regional planning.

URBP 506 Environmental Policy and Planning.

(3) (Restriction: This course is open to students in U3 and above) Analytical and institutional approaches for understanding and addressing urban and other environmental problems at various scales; characteristics of environmental problems and implications; political-institutional context and policy instruments; risk perception and implications; cost-benefit analysis, risk assessment, multiple-objectives approaches, life-cycle analysis; policy implementation issues; case studies.

URBP 507 Planning and Infrastructure.

(3) (Corequisites: Enrolment in full "Barbados Field Study Semester"; AGRI 413, AGRI 519 or CIVE 519 or URBP 519, AGRI 452 or CIVE 452.) An exploration of the interrelationship between land-use planning and infrastructure provision, especially water and sewerage. An examination of their policy and regulatory frameworks and other methodology of plan making and evaluation.

URBP 519 Sustainable Development Plans.

(6) (Corequisites: Enrolment in full "Barbados Field Study Semester"; AGRI 413, AGRI 519 or CIVE 519 or URBP 519, AGRI 452 or CIVE 452, URBP 507) (Restrictions: Not open to students who have taken AGRI 519 or CIVE 519.) Geared for solving real-world environmental problems related to water at the local, regional and international scale in Barbados. Projects to be designed by instructors in consultation with university, government and NGO partners and to be conducted by teams of 2 to 4 students in collaboration with them.

URBP 604 Planning Projects 3.

(6) (Prerequisites: Planning Projects I and II.) The second-year studio is designed to permit the study of planning problems in depth. Problems are chosen depending on the experience and research interests of the participants, or for their topical nature.

l

URBP 605 Graduate Seminar.

(3)

URBP 606 Supervised Research Seminar.

(3) The supervised research seminar consists of group conferences between students and staff, both to introduce and discuss the topic of professional ethics, and to permit the formulation and development of the students' research project.

URBP 607 Reading Course: Urban Planning.

(3) The Reading Course offers an opportunity to explore, under the supervision of a staff member, subject areas relevant to urban planning.

URBP 609 Planning Graphics.

(3) Designed to familiarize the student with graphic techniques used in professional planning work, as well as to heighten environmental perception. Weekly lecture which reviews theory and practice followed by a weekly studio assignment involving the application of practical skills.

URBP 612 History and Theory of Planning.

(3) A review of planning history and theories of planning. These are examined under three categories: explanation of urban phenomena, substantive theory, and theories of process.

URBP 614 Urban Environmental Planning.

(3) Examination and evaluation of methodologies pertaining to the assessment of environmental impact in the urban context and the integration of diverse environmental elements directly within the urban planning process. Consideration is given to both theoretical and practical issues. The quality of recent professional reports is assessed.

URBP 616 Selected Topics 1.

(3) Special topics related to Urban Planning will be presented by staff and visiting lecturers.

URBP 617 Selected Topics 2.

(3) Special topics related to Urban Planning will be presented by staff and visiting lecturers.

URBP 618 Selected Topics 3.

(3) Special topics related to Urban Planning will be presented by staff and visiting lecturers.

URBP 619 Transportation and Land Development.

(3) Urban land development projects: design procedures and standards for internal traffic distribution, auto, truck and pedestrian access, parking requirements, and the development of transportation-related land-use controls. Methods for assessing the impact of land development projects on external traffic. Transportation/land-use relationships at the broader regional scale, with a review of land-use forecasting and allocation models and procedures for the coordination of comprehensive transportation/land-use planning.

l

URBP 620 Computer Applications in Planning.

(3)

l

URBP 621 Theories of Urban Form.

(3)

URBP 622 Planning Project 1.

(6) (studio) This studio introduces practical problems based on real world cases. Material covered includes: problem definition; data sources, collection and analysis; goal setting; the creative process; problem solving; and policy implications. Students work in interdisciplinary groups. Each studio terminates with an oral and graphic presentation of work to which expert critics are invited. Progress is evaluated according to performance in class, in the oral presentation, and on written reports.

URBP 623 Planning Projects 2.

(3) This studio introduces practical problems based on real world cases. Material covered includes: problem definition; data sources, collection and analysis; goal setting; the creative process; problem solving; and policy implications. Students work in interdisciplinary groups. Each studio terminates with an oral and graphic presentation of work to which expert critics are invited. Progress is evaluated according to performance in class, in the oral presentation, and on written reports.

URBP 625 Principles and Practice 2.

(2) This six-week intensive course exposes students to issues and techniques which are applicable in diverse professional planning contexts that vary in terms of their subject matter, location, scale and the role played by planners. The course focusses on a specific case study and is taught by a visiting lecturer with experience in the selected subject area. Course topics are systematically varied over a two-year cycle.

URBP 626 Principles and Practice 3.

(2)

URBP 628 Practical Experience.

(6) An internship related to the practice of urban planning is required. The practical experience must be of at least 3 months duration and be supervised by a professional in the planning field. An evaluation of the student's performance by the supervisor, as well as a short report by the student, forms the basis for assessment.

l

URBP 629 Cities in a Globalizing World.

(3) (3-0-6) (Prerequisite: URBP 622 or permission of instructor.)

URBP 630 Supervised Research Project 1.

(3) The Supervised Research Project is intended to focus a student's interests on a particular area of enquiry at the end of studies for a Master's Degree in Planning. It should ideally provide the transition into practice or more advanced studies. Joint research projects are allowed.

URBP 631 Supervised Research Project 2.

(6) Continuation of the requirements for the Supervised Research Project.

URBP 632 Supervised Research Project 3.

(6) Continuation of the requirements for the Supervised Research Project.

URBP 633 Planning Methods.

(3) (Priority given to Urban Planning Students) An introduction to quantitative methods that are commonly used in urban research and planning practice. Topics include municipal information systems, fieldwork techniques, survey design and analysis, analysis of spatial and temporal patterns, and the evaluation of policies and plans.

Courses offered jointly by the School and other academic units

ARCH 550 Urban Planning 1.

(3) (2-0-7) (Prerequisite: B.Sc.(Arch.) or permission of instructor) (Not normally open to Urban Planning students) Theory and practice. An examination of different basic approaches to urban planning with special reference to Quebec.

ARCH 551 Urban Planning 2.

(3) (2-1-6) (Prerequisite: ARCH 550) Urban design and project development, theory and practice. Detailed analysis of selected examples of the development process and of current techniques in urban design. Includes case studies from Quebec and elsewhere.

CIVE 433 Urban Planning.

(3) (3-1-5) (Prerequisites: CIVE 421 and MIME 310. Corequisite: CIVE 319) The City in History. The planning profession, evolution of planning in North America, Canada and Quebec. Planning theories, the general or master plan, planning processes and techniques, planning and design of residential subdivisions. Local planning issues, housing policies, planning laws.

CIVE 540 Urban Transportation Planning.

(3) (3-1-5) (Prerequisite: CIVE 319 or permission of instructor.) Process and techniques of urban transportation engineering and planning, including demand analysis framework, data collection procedures, travel demand modelling and forecasting, and cost-effectiveness framework for evaluation of project and system alternatives.

GEOG 351 Quantitative Methods.

(3) (Fall) (3 hours) (Prerequisite: MATH 203 or permission of instructor) (Credit for other statistics courses may preclude credit for this course conversely. See "Course Overlap" under "Course Requirements") Multiple regression and correlation, logit models, discrete choice models, gravity models, facility location algorithms, survey design, population projection.

Index of Graduate Programs
Administration and Policy Studies [Education] 217
Administration, Joint Ph.D. 262
Aerospace Engineering 268
Agricultural Economics 105
Air and Space Law 234
Anatomy and Cell Biology 107
Animal Science 109
Anthropology 112
Anthropology, Medical [Anthropology] 112
Anthropology, Medical [SSOM] 349
Architecture 115
Art History 118
Asian Studies, East 165
Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 120
Biochemistry 123
Bioethics [Biomedical Ethics Unit] 125
Bioethics [Experimental Medicine] 275
Bioethics [Law] 234
Bioethics [Philosophy] 318
Bioethics [Religious Studies] 343
Biology 127
Biomedical Engineering 130
Bioresource Engineering 132
Biotechnology [Parasitology] 312
Chemical Engineering 135
Chemistry 138
Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics 142
Clinical Research [Experimental Medicine] 275
Communication Sciences and Disorders 146
Communication Studies 150
Comparative Law 234
Composition [Music] 286
Computer Applications in Music 286
Computer Science 152
Counselling Psychology (M.A.) 174
Counselling Psychology (M.Ed.) 173
Counselling Psychology (Ph.D.) 174
Curriculum Studies [Education] 217
Dental Sciences 157
Earth and Planetary Sciences 163
East Asian Studies 165
Economics 105, 168
Education, Administration and Policy Studies 217
Education, Curriculum Studies 217
Education, Literacy Studies 217
Education, Music 286
Education, Physical 231
Educational Psychology (M.A.) 176
Educational Psychology (M.Ed.) 175
Educational Psychology (Ph.D.) 177
Educational Studies 217
Electrical Engineering 187
Engineering, Aerospace 268
Engineering, Biomedical 130
Engineering, Bioresource Engineering 132
Engineering, Chemical 135
Engineering, Civil and Applied Mechanics 142
Engineering, Electrical 187
Engineering, Environmental [Bioresource Engineering] 132
Engineering, Environmental [Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics] 142
Engineering, Mechanical 268
Engineering, Mining 282
English 192
Entomology - see Natural Resource Sciences 298
Environmental Engineering [Bioresource Engineering] 132
Environmental Engineering [Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics] 142
Epidemiology and Biostatistics 195
Experimental Medicine 275
Experimental Surgery 359
Food Science and Agricultural Chemistry 198
French 201
Genetic Counselling 214
Geography 204
German Studies 207
Hispanic Studies 208
History 210
History of Medicine [History] 210
History of Medicine [SSOM] 349
Human Genetics 214
Human Nutrition 159
Immunology, Microbiology and 279
International Masters Programs in Practicising
Management (IMPM) 260
Islamic Studies 224
Italian Studies 227
Jewish Studies 229
Kinesiology 231
Law 234
Law and M.B.A. [Law] 234
Law and M.S.W. [Law] 234
Law and M.S.W. [Social Work] 351
Law, Air and Space 234
Law, Comparative 234
Law/M.B.A. [Mgmt] 254
Library and Information Studies 241
Linguistics 247
Literacy Studies [Education] 217
M.B.A. 249, 253
M.B.A. and Law [Law] 234
M.B.A./Law [Mgmt] 254
M.B.A./M.D. [Mgmt] 254
M.D./M.B.A. [Mgmt] 254
Management 249
Management - Joint Ph.D. in Administration 262
Management (M.B.A) 252
Management, International Masters Program in
Practicising (IMPM) 260
Management, Master of Manufacturing (M.M.M.) [ Mgmt.] 260
Manufacturing Management [Management] 249
Manufacturing Management [Mechanical Engineering] 268
Manufacturing Management, Master of (M.M.M.) [Mgmt.] 259
Mathematics and Statistics 264
Mechanical Engineering 268
Medical Anthropology [Anthropology] 112
Medical Anthropology [SSOM] 349
Medical Radiation Physics 274
Medicine, Clinical Research 275
Medicine, Experimental 275
Microbiology - see Natural Resource Sciences 298
Microbiology and Immunology 279
Mining Engineering 282
Music 286
Music, Computer Applications in 286
Music Education 286
Music Performance 286
Music Technology 286
Music Theory 286
Musicology 286
Neurological Sciences 301
Nursing 305
Nutrition, Human 159
Occupational Health Sciences 308
Oceanic and Atmospheric Sciences 120
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery 157
Otolaryngology 311
Parasitology 312
Pathology 315
Performance [Music] 286
Pharmacology and Therapeutics 317
Philosophy 318
Physical Education 231
Physics 324
Physics, Medical Radiation 274
Physiology 327
Planetary and Earth Sciences 163
Plant Science 330
Political Science 333
Psychiatry 337
Psychology 339
Rehabilitation Sciences 322
Religious Studies 343
Renewable Resources - see Natural Resource Sciences 298
Russian and Slavic Studies 348
Second Language Education (M.A.) 219
Social Work 351
Social Work and Law [Social Work] 351
Sociology 355
Sociology, Medical [Sociology] 355
Sociology, Medical [SSOM] 349
Sound Recording [Music] 286
Spanish - see Hispanic Studies 208
Surgery, Experimental 359
Urban Planning 361
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES

McGill University
www.mcgill.ca/gps/
PreviousNext